Index: vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/sqlite3.c
===================================================================
--- vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/sqlite3.c	(revision 98)
+++ 	(revision )
@@ -1,97092 +1,0 @@
-/******************************************************************************
-** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
-** version 3.6.3.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
-** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a one translation
-** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
-** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
-** of 5% are more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
-** translation unit.
-**
-** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
-** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines
-** the programming interface to the SQLite library.  (If you do not have 
-** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy in the first
-** 6364 lines past this header comment.)  Additional code files may be
-** needed if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of
-** programming language.  The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell
-** is also in a separate file.  This file contains only code for the core
-** SQLite library.
-**
-** This amalgamation was generated on 2008-09-22 10:45:10 UTC.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1
-#ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE
-# define SQLITE_PRIVATE static
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_API
-# define SQLITE_API
-#endif
-/************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Internal interface definitions for SQLite.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqliteInt.h,v 1.772 2008/09/12 16:03:48 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITEINT_H_
-#define _SQLITEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the
-** autoconf-based build
-*/
-#ifdef _HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-/************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/
-/************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** 
-** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.8 2008/03/26 15:56:22 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes.   This also
-** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
-**
-** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
-** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This is the maximum number of
-**
-**    * Columns in a table
-**    * Columns in an index
-**    * Columns in a view
-**    * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
-**    * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
-**    * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
-**    * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
-**
-** The hard upper limit here is 32676.  Most database people will
-** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
-** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table.  And if
-** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
-** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
-**
-** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
-** turn the limit off.  That is no longer true.  It is not possible
-** to turn this limit off.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to 
-** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might 
-** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an 
-** expression.
-**
-** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
-** But that is no longer true.  The limit is now strictly enforced
-** at all times.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
-** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
-** level of recursion for each term.  A stack overflow can result
-** if the number of terms is too large.  In practice, most SQL
-** never has more than 3 or 4 terms.  Use a value of 0 to disable
-** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
-** Not currently enforced.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
-# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 100
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
-** table and for temporary tables.  The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE  2000
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE  500
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The maximum number of attached databases.  This must be between 0
-** and 30.  The upper bound on 30 is because a 32-bit integer bitmap
-** is used internally to track attached databases.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
-# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
-#endif
-
-/* Maximum page size.  The upper bound on this value is 32768.  This a limit
-** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
-** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The default size of a database page.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
-** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
-** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
-** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
-** SQLite will choose on its own.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
-**
-** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
-** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
-** max_page_count macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
-# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
-** operator.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
-#endif
-
-/************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */
-#pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */
-#pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */
-#pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */
-#pragma warn -spa /* Suspicous pointer arithmetic */
-#endif
-
-/* Needed for various definitions... */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include standard header files as necessary
-*/
-#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
-#include <stdint.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A macro used to aid in coverage testing.  When doing coverage
-** testing, the condition inside the argument must be evaluated 
-** both true and false in order to get full branch coverage.
-** This macro can be inserted to ensure adequate test coverage
-** in places where simple condition/decision coverage is inadequate.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3Coverage(int);
-# define testcase(X)  if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); }
-#else
-# define testcase(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which 
-** are intended to always be true or false, respectively.  Such
-** expressions could be omitted from the code completely.  But they
-** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience
-** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing"
-** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first
-** hint of unplanned behavior.
-**
-** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to
-** be true and false so that the unreachable code then specify will
-** not be counted as untested code.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-# define ALWAYS(X)      (1)
-# define NEVER(X)       (0)
-#else
-# define ALWAYS(X)      (X)
-# define NEVER(X)       (X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean
-** expression that is usually false.  Macro likely() surrounds
-** a boolean expression that is usually true.  GCC is able to
-** use these hints to generate better code, sometimes.
-*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && 0
-# define likely(X)    __builtin_expect((X),1)
-# define unlikely(X)  __builtin_expect((X),0)
-#else
-# define likely(X)    !!(X)
-# define unlikely(X)  !!(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * This macro is used to "hide" some ugliness in casting an int
- * value to a ptr value under the MSVC 64-bit compiler.   Casting
- * non 64-bit values to ptr types results in a "hard" error with 
- * the MSVC 64-bit compiler which this attempts to avoid.  
- *
- * A simple compiler pragma or casting sequence could not be found
- * to correct this in all situations, so this macro was introduced.
- *
- * It could be argued that the intptr_t type could be used in this
- * case, but that type is not available on all compilers, or 
- * requires the #include of specific headers which differs between
- * platforms.
- */
-#define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X)   ((void*)&((char*)0)[X])
-#define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X)   ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0))
-
-/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
-** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
-** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops.
-**
-** Ticket #2739:  The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any
-** system #includes.  Hence, this block of code must be the very first
-** code in all source files.
-**
-** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
-** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
-** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
-** portability you should omit LFS.
-**
-** Similar is true for MacOS.  LFS is only supported on MacOS 9 and later.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# define _LARGE_FILE       1
-# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-# endif
-# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
-** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro.
-** We support that for legacy
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
-#if defined(THREADSAFE)
-# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE
-#else
-# define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS macro must be defined as either 0 or 1.
-** It determines whether or not the features related to 
-** SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS are availabe by default or not. This value can
-** be overridden at runtime using the sqlite3_config() API.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS)
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
-** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
-**
-**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
-**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
-**     SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE            // internal allocator #1
-**     SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE         // internal mmap() allocator
-**     SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE       // internal power-of-two allocator
-**
-** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
-** the default.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
-    defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
-    defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)>1
-# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\
- is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG, SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE,\
- SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE, SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE"
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)+\
-    defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE)+defined(SQLITE_MMAP_HEAP_SIZE)+\
-    defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE)==0
-# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is defined, then try to keep the
-** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE) && !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT)
-# define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024
-#endif
-
-/*
-** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable
-** recursive mutexes on most unix systems.  But Mac OS X is different.
-** The _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X we are told,
-** so it is omitted there.  See ticket #2673.
-**
-** Later we learn that _XOPEN_SOURCE is poorly or incorrectly
-** implemented on some systems.  So we avoid defining it at all
-** if it is already defined or if it is unneeded because we are
-** not doing a threadsafe build.  Ticket #2681.
-**
-** See also ticket #2741.
-*/
-#if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 500  /* Needed to enable pthread recursive mutexes */
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The TCL headers are only needed when compiling the TCL bindings.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TCL) || defined(TCLSH)
-# include <tcl.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Many people are failing to set -DNDEBUG=1 when compiling SQLite.
-** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and run faster.  So the following
-** lines are added to automatically set NDEBUG unless the -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
-** option is set.  Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out
-** feature.
-*/
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 
-# define NDEBUG 1
-#endif
-
-/************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/
-/************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
-** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
-** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
-** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
-** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
-**
-** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
-** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if
-** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
-**
-** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
-** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
-** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
-**
-** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
-** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
-** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
-** part of the build process.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.398 2008/09/10 13:09:24 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#define _SQLITE3_H_
-#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to override 'extern'
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
-# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to mark interfaces as deprecated.
-*/
-#if (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
-  /* GCC added the deprecated attribute in version 3.1 */
-  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER>1200) 
-  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to mark interfaces as experimental.
-*/
-#if (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
-  /* I can confirm that it does not work on version 4.1.0... */
-  /* First appears in GCC docs for version 4.3.0 */
-  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL __attribute__ ((warning ("is experimental")))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER>1200) 
-  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL __declspec(deprecated("was declared experimental"))
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} <S60100>
-**
-** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
-** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
-** that header file is associated.
-**
-** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "X.Y.Z".
-** The phrase "alpha" or "beta" might be appended after the Z.
-** The X value is major version number always 3 in SQLite3.
-** The X value only changes when backwards compatibility is
-** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
-** The Y value is the minor version number and only changes when
-** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
-** but not backwards compatible.
-** The Z value is the release number and is incremented with
-** each release but resets back to 0 whenever Y is incremented.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10011} The SQLITE_VERSION #define in the sqlite3.h header file shall
-**          evaluate to a string literal that is the SQLite version
-**          with which the header file is associated.
-**
-** {H10014} The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #define shall resolve to an integer
-**          with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z
-**          are the major version, minor version, and release number.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.6.3"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3006003
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
-**
-** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
-** with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious programmers might
-** include a check in their application to verify that
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() always returns the value
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
-**
-** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
-** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function is provided
-** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
-** constants within the DLL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10021} The [sqlite3_libversion_number()] interface shall return
-**          an integer equal to [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
-**
-** {H10022} The [sqlite3_version] string constant shall contain
-**          the text of the [SQLITE_VERSION] string.
-**
-** {H10023} The [sqlite3_libversion()] function shall return
-**          a pointer to the [sqlite3_version] string constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[];
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
-**
-** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro 1 or 2, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
-** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
-**
-** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
-** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
-** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
-**
-** This interface can be used by a program to make sure that the
-** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
-**
-** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
-** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
-** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
-** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  The return value of this function shows
-** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes
-** to that setting.
-**
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function shall return nonzero if
-**          and only if
-**          SQLite was compiled with the its mutexes enabled by default.
-**
-** {H10102} The value returned by the [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function
-**          shall not change when mutex setting are modified at
-**          runtime using the [sqlite3_config()] interface and 
-**          especially the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD],
-**          [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED],
-**          and [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] verbs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {H12000} <S40200>
-** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
-**
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
-** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
-** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** is its destructor.  There are many other interfaces (such as
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
-** sqlite3 object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {H10200} <S10110>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
-**
-** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
-** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
-**
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
-** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10201} The [sqlite_int64] and [sqlite3_int64] type shall specify
-**          a 64-bit signed integer.
-**
-** {H10202} The [sqlite_uint64] and [sqlite3_uint64] type shall specify
-**          a 64-bit unsigned integer.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
-#else
-  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
-typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite3_int64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {H12010} <S30100><S40200>
-**
-** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
-** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
-** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
-** The [sqlite3_next_stmt()] interface can be used to locate all
-** [prepared statements] associated with a [database connection] if desired.
-** Typical code might look like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-** while( (pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, 0))!=0 ){
-** &nbsp;   sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-** }
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
-** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12011} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall destroy the
-**          [database connection] object C.
-**
-** {H12012} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** {H12013} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall release all
-**          memory and system resources associated with [database connection]
-**          C.
-**
-** {H12014} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] on a [database connection] C that
-**          has one or more open [prepared statements] shall fail with
-**          an [SQLITE_BUSY] error code.
-**
-** {H12015} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] where C is a NULL pointer shall
-**          return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** {H12019} When [sqlite3_close(C)] is invoked on a [database connection] C
-**          that has a pending transaction, the transaction shall be
-**          rolled back.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12016} The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
-**          pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
-**          from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
-
-/*
-** The type for a callback function.
-** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
-** compatibility and is not documented.
-*/
-typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {H12100} <S10000>
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running one or more
-** SQL statements without having to write a lot of C code.  The UTF-8 encoded
-** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to sqlite3_exec().
-** The statements are evaluated one by one until either an error or
-** an interrupt is encountered, or until they are all done.  The 3rd parameter
-** is an optional callback that is invoked once for each row of any query
-** results produced by the SQL statements.  The 5th parameter tells where
-** to write any error messages.
-**
-** The error message passed back through the 5th parameter is held
-** in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  To avoid a memory leak,
-** the calling application should call [sqlite3_free()] on any error
-** message returned through the 5th parameter when it has finished using
-** the error message.
-**
-** If the SQL statement in the 2nd parameter is NULL or an empty string
-** or a string containing only whitespace and comments, then no SQL
-** statements are evaluated and the database is not changed.
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is implemented in terms of
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing to the database that cannot be done
-** by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12101} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)]
-**          shall sequentially evaluate all of the UTF-8 encoded,
-**          semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated
-**          string S within the context of the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12102} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL then
-**          the actions of the interface shall be the same as if the
-**          S parameter were an empty string.
-**
-** {H12104} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] shall be [SQLITE_OK] if all
-**          SQL statements run successfully and to completion.
-**
-** {H12105} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] shall be an appropriate
-**          non-zero [error code] if any SQL statement fails.
-**
-** {H12107} If one or more of the SQL statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          return results and the 3rd parameter is not NULL, then
-**          the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter shall be
-**          invoked once for each row of result.
-**
-** {H12110} If the callback returns a non-zero value then [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          shall abort the SQL statement it is currently evaluating,
-**          skip all subsequent SQL statements, and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** {H12113} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall pass its 4th parameter through
-**          as the 1st parameter of the callback.
-**
-** {H12116} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 2nd parameter of its
-**          callback to be the number of columns in the current row of
-**          result.
-**
-** {H12119} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 3rd parameter of its
-**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
-**          values for each column in the current result set row as
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** {H12122} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 4th parameter of its
-**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
-**          names of result columns as obtained from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** {H12125} If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] is NULL then
-**          [sqlite3_exec()] shall silently discard query results.
-**
-** {H12131} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL
-**          statements in the S parameter of [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] and if
-**          the E parameter is not NULL, then [sqlite3_exec()] shall store
-**          in *E an appropriate error message written into memory obtained
-**          from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-**
-** {H12134} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] routine shall set the value of
-**          *E to NULL if E is not NULL and there are no errors.
-**
-** {H12137} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] function shall set the [error code]
-**          and message accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** {H12138} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL or an
-**          empty string or contains nothing other than whitespace, comments,
-**          and/or semicolons, then results of [sqlite3_errcode()],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
-**          shall reset to indicate no errors.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12141} The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open
-**          [database connection].
-**
-** {A12142} The database connection must not be closed while
-**          [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-**
-** {A12143} The calling function should use [sqlite3_free()] to free
-**          the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error
-**          message is no longer needed.
-**
-** {A12145} The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
-  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
-  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {H10210} <S10700>
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
-**
-** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicates success or failure.
-**
-** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes]
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
-/* beginning-of-error-codes */
-#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
-#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
-#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
-#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
-#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
-#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */
-#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */
-#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
-#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
-#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
-#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
-#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
-#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
-#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
-#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
-#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
-#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
-/* end-of-error-codes */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {H10220} <S10700>
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
-**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
-** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
-** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
-** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
-** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
-** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
-** be exactly zero.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10223} The symbolic name for an extended result code shall contains
-**          a related primary result code as a prefix.
-**
-** {H10224} Primary result code names shall contain a single "_" character.
-**
-** {H10225} Extended result code names shall contain two or more "_" characters.
-**
-** {H10226} The numeric value of an extended result code shall contain the
-**          numeric value of its corresponding primary result code in
-**          its least significant 8 bits.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
-**
-** These bit values are intended for use in the
-** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
-**
-** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
-** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
-** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** refers to.
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC          0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512       0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K        0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K        0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K        0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K        0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K       0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K       0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K       0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND     0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL      0x00000400
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {H10250} <H11120> <H11310>
-**
-** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
-** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
-** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {H10260} <H11120>
-**
-** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
-** these integer values as the second argument.
-**
-** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
-** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means
-** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means
-** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync().
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} <S20110>
-**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS
-** interface layer.  Individual OS interface implementations will
-** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
-** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
-** I/O operations on the open file.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
-struct sqlite3_file {
-  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {H11120} <S20110>
-**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an
-** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
-** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
-** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
-** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
-**
-** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
-** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS-X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
-** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
-** and not its inode needs to be synced.
-**
-** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
-** </ul>
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
-** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
-** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
-**
-** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
-** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
-** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
-** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
-** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
-** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
-** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
-** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.
-**
-** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
-** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
-** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
-** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
-** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
-** underlying device:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
-struct sqlite3_io_methods {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
-  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {H11310} <S30800>
-**
-** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
-** interface.
-**
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
-** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
-** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
-** is defined.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE        1
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} <S20130>
-**
-** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
-** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
-** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
-** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
-**
-** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {H11140} <S20100>
-**
-** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
-** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".
-**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
-**
-** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
-** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
-** a pathname in this VFS.
-**
-** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
-** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
-** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
-** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
-** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
-**
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
-** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
-** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
-** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
-** object once the object has been registered.
-**
-** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
-** be unique across all VFS modules.
-**
-** {H11141} SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
-** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname().  SQLite further guarantees that
-** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. {END}  Because of the previous sentense,
-** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
-** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invite its own temporary name for the file.  Whenever the 
-** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
-** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
-**
-** {H11142} The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
-** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. {END}
-** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
-**
-** {H11143} SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
-** call, depending on the object being opened:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** </ul> {END}
-**
-** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
-** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
-** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
-** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-**
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
-** </ul>
-**
-** {H11145} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  {H11146} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP  databases, journals and for subjournals.
-**
-** {H11147} The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened
-** for exclusive access.  This flag is set for all files except
-** for the main database file.
-**
-** {H11148} At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen. {END}  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.
-**
-** {H11149} The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
-** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
-** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable. {END}  The file can be a
-** directory.
-**
-** {H11150} SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname. {H11151} The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. {END}  If the output buffer
-** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
-** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
-** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces
-** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
-** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
-** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
-** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
-** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given.  The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
-struct sqlite3_vfs {
-  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number */
-  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
-  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
-  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
-               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
-  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
-  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol);
-  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-  /* New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} <H11140>
-**
-** {H11191} These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END}  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** {H11192} With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** {H11193} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is both readable and writable.
-** {H11194} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library {H10130} <S20000><S30100>
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library.  The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
-** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
-** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
-** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  Only an effective call
-** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.
-**
-** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
-** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success.
-** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
-** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
-** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
-** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
-** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
-** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already.  However, if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
-** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
-** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
-** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
-** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
-** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT might become the
-** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
-**
-** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
-** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
-** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
-** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
-** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
-** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
-** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
-**
-** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
-** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
-** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
-** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
-** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
-** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
-** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for unix, windows, or os/2.
-** When built for other platforms (using the SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1 compile-time
-** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
-** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
-** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return SQLITE_OK on success and some other [error code] upon
-** failure.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H10145} <S20000><S30200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
-** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
-** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
-** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
-** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
-** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
-** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** Note, however, that sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
-** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
-**
-** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines
-** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option]
-** in the first argument.
-**
-** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
-** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections  {H10180} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
-** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
-** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).  The
-** sqlite3_db_config() interface can only be used immediately after
-** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()],
-** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()].  
-**
-** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what
-** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE].
-** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Additional arguments depend on the verb.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} <S20120>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
-** and low-level memory allocation routines.
-**
-** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
-** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
-** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  By creating an instance of this object
-** and passing it to [sqlite3_config()] during configuration, an
-** application can specify an alternative memory allocation subsystem
-** for SQLite to use for all of its dynamic memory needs.
-**
-** Note that SQLite comes with a built-in memory allocator that is
-** perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
-** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
-** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
-** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
-** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
-** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
-** conditions.
-**
-** The xMalloc, xFree, and xRealloc methods must work like the
-** malloc(), free(), and realloc() functions from the standard library.
-**
-** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
-** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
-** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
-**
-** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
-** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
-** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
-** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
-**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
-** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
-** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
-** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
-** xInit and xShutdown.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
-  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
-  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
-  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
-  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
-  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
-  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10160} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
-** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
-** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** The application is responsible for serializing access to
-** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
-** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time.  See the [threading mode]
-** documentation for additional information.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option enables
-** all mutexes including the recursive
-** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
-** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
-** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
-** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.
-** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
-** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
-** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
-** statistics. When disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become 
-** non-operational:
-**   <ul>
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
-**   </ul>
-** </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer to the memory, the
-** size of each scratch buffer (sz), and the number of buffers (N).  The sz
-** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes
-** larger than the actual scratch space required due internal overhead.
-** The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer at once per thread, so
-** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads.  The sz
-** parameter should be 6 times the size of the largest database page size.
-** Scratch buffers are used as part of the btree balance operation.  If
-** The btree balancer needs additional memory beyond what is provided by
-** scratch buffers or if no scratch buffer space is specified, then SQLite
-** goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] to obtain the memory it needs.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache.  There are three arguments: A pointer to the
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
-** The sz argument must be a power of two between 512 and 32768.  The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold 
-** memory accounting information. </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
-** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** There are three arguments: A pointer to the memory, the number of
-** bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.  If
-** the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
-** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
-** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
-** the mutex routines built into SQLite.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
-** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
-** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
-** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes two arguments that determine the default
-** memory allcation lookaside optimization.  The first argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.</dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC   12  /* int threshold */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
-** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.  The first
-** argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the lookaside
-** buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()].  The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
-** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
-** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.</dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE    1001  /* void* int int */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {H12200} <S10700>
-**
-** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility considerations.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12201} Each new [database connection] shall have the
-**          [extended result codes] feature disabled by default.
-**
-** {H12202} The [sqlite3_extended_result_codes(D,F)] interface shall enable
-**          [extended result codes] for the  [database connection] D
-**          if the F parameter is true, or disable them if F is false.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} <S10700>
-**
-** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the "rowid". The rowid is always available
-** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If
-** the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column
-** is another alias for the rowid.
-**
-** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent
-** successful INSERT into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument.  If no successful INSERTs
-** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
-**
-** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the inserted
-** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running.
-** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine
-** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.
-**
-** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful INSERT and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine.  Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
-** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  When INSERT OR REPLACE
-** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
-** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
-** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, an INSERT is considered to
-** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the rowid
-**          of the most recent successful INSERT performed on the same
-**          [database connection] and within the same or higher level
-**          trigger context, or zero if there have been no qualifying inserts.
-**
-** {H12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the
-**          same value when called from the same trigger context
-**          immediately before and after a ROLLBACK.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12232} If a separate thread performs a new INSERT on the same
-**          database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-**          function is running and thus changes the last insert rowid,
-**          then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-**          unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-**          last insert rowid.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {H12240} <S10600>
-**
-** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
-** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
-** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** Only changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE,
-** or DELETE statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
-** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
-**
-** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
-** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
-** are changed as side effects of REPLACE constraint resolution,
-** rollback, ABORT processing, DROP TABLE, or by any other
-** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
-**
-** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
-** ends with the script of a trigger.  Most SQL statements are
-** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
-** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
-** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
-** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
-**
-** Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
-** not create a new trigger context.
-**
-** This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
-** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
-** trigger context.
-**
-** Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
-** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level.  Within the body of a trigger,
-** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
-** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** statement within the body of the same trigger.
-** However, the number returned does not include changes
-** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
-**
-** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
-** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
-** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
-** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
-** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
-** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
-** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12241} The [sqlite3_changes()] function shall return the number of
-**          row changes caused by the most recent INSERT, UPDATE,
-**          or DELETE statement on the same database connection and
-**          within the same or higher trigger context, or zero if there have
-**          not been any qualifying row changes.
-**
-** {H12243} Statements of the form "DELETE FROM tablename" with no
-**          WHERE clause shall cause subsequent calls to
-**          [sqlite3_changes()] to return zero, regardless of the
-**          number of rows originally in the table.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12252} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-**          while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-**          is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} <S10600>
-**
-** This function returns the number of row changes caused by INSERT,
-** UPDATE or DELETE statements since the [database connection] was opened.
-** The count includes all changes from all trigger contexts.  However,
-** the count does not include changes used to implement REPLACE constraints,
-** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or DROP table processing.
-** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
-** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
-**
-** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
-** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
-** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
-** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
-** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
-** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
-** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12261} The [sqlite3_total_changes()] returns the total number
-**          of row changes caused by INSERT, UPDATE, and/or DELETE
-**          statements on the same [database connection], in any
-**          trigger context, since the database connection was created.
-**
-** {H12263} Statements of the form "DELETE FROM tablename" with no
-**          WHERE clause shall not change the value returned
-**          by [sqlite3_total_changes()].
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12264} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-**          while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
-**          returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {H12270} <S30500>
-**
-** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
-** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
-** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
-** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
-** immediately.
-**
-** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
-** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
-** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
-** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
-** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
-**
-** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
-** will be rolled back automatically.
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_interrupt() has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12271} The [sqlite3_interrupt()] interface will force all running
-**          SQL statements associated with the same database connection
-**          to halt after processing at most one additional row of data.
-**
-** {H12272} Any SQL statement that is interrupted by [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-**          will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12279} If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-**          is running then bad things will likely happen.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} <S70200>
-**
-** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form complete a SQL statement or
-** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return true if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a fragment of a
-** CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
-** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
-** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.
-**
-** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
-** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10511} A successful evaluation of [sqlite3_complete()] or
-**          [sqlite3_complete16()] functions shall
-**          return a numeric 1 if and only if the last non-whitespace
-**          token in their input is a semicolon that is not in between
-**          the BEGIN and END of a CREATE TRIGGER statement.
-**
-** {H10512} If a memory allocation error occurs during an invocation
-**          of [sqlite3_complete()] or [sqlite3_complete16()] then the
-**          routine shall return [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A10512} The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string.
-**
-** {A10513} The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-16 string in native byte order.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {H12310} <S40400>
-**
-** This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
-**
-** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback will be invoked with two arguments.
-**
-** The first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  The second argument to
-** the handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event.  If the
-** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
-** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
-**
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
-** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
-** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
-** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
-** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
-** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
-** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
-** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
-** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
-** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
-** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
-** the second process to proceed.
-**
-** The default busy callback is NULL.
-**
-** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers.  If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
-** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
-** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
-** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler.  Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
-**
-** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
-** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12311} The [sqlite3_busy_handler(D,C,A)] function shall replace
-**          busy callback in the [database connection] D with a new
-**          a new busy handler C and application data pointer A.
-**
-** {H12312} Newly created [database connections] shall have a busy
-**          handler of NULL.
-**
-** {H12314} When two or more [database connections] share a
-**          [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache | common cache],
-**          the busy handler for the database connection currently using
-**          the cache shall be invoked when the cache encounters a lock.
-**
-** {H12316} If a busy handler callback returns zero, then the SQLite interface
-**          that provoked the locking event shall return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** {H12318} SQLite shall invokes the busy handler with two arguments which
-**          are a copy of the pointer supplied by the 3rd parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_busy_handler()] and a count of the number of prior
-**          invocations of the busy handler for the same locking event.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12319} A busy handler must not close the database connection
-**          or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {H12340} <S40410>
-**
-** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  The handler
-** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated. {H12343} After "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
-** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
-**
-** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
-** turns off all busy handlers.
-**
-** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
-** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12341} The [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] function shall override any prior
-**          [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] or [sqlite3_busy_handler()] setting
-**          on the same [database connection].
-**
-** {H12343} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is less than
-**          or equal to zero, then the busy handler shall be cleared so that
-**          all subsequent locking events immediately return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** {H12344} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is a positive
-**          number N, then a busy handler shall be set that repeatedly calls
-**          the xSleep() method in the [sqlite3_vfs | VFS interface] until
-**          either the lock clears or until the cumulative sleep time
-**          reported back by xSleep() exceeds N milliseconds.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {H12370} <S10000>
-**
-** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
-** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
-** complete query results from one or more queries.
-**
-** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
-** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
-** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
-** and M be the number of columns.
-**
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
-** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
-** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
-** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
-** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
-** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
-** is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
-** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
-** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
-**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
-**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
-**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
-**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
-** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter.  It returns a result table to the
-** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
-**
-** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should
-** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
-** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
-** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
-** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
-** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
-** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12371} If a [sqlite3_get_table()] fails a memory allocation, then
-**          it shall free the result table under construction, abort the
-**          query in process, skip any subsequent queries, set the
-**          *pazResult output pointer to NULL and return [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** {H12373} If the pnColumn parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
-**          then a successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] shall
-**          write the number of columns in the
-**          result set of the query into *pnColumn.
-**
-** {H12374} If the pnRow parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
-**          then a successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] shall
-**          writes the number of rows in the
-**          result set of the query into *pnRow.
-**
-** {H12376} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] that computes
-**          N rows of result with C columns per row shall make *pazResult
-**          point to an array of pointers to (N+1)*C strings where the first
-**          C strings are column names as obtained from
-**          [sqlite3_column_name()] and the rest are column result values
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** {H12379} The values in the pazResult array returned by [sqlite3_get_table()]
-**          shall remain valid until cleared by [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** {H12382} When an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_get_table()]
-**          the function shall set *pazResult to NULL, write an error message
-**          into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()], make
-**          **pzErrmsg point to that error message, and return a
-**          appropriate [error code].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
-  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
-  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
-);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} <S70000><S20000>
-**
-** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions
-** from the standard C library.
-**
-** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
-** memory to hold the resulting string.
-**
-** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
-** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
-** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
-** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().  This is an
-** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility.  Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
-** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer.  We admit that
-** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
-** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
-** now without breaking compatibility.
-**
-** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  The first
-** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
-** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
-** written will be n-1 characters.
-**
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
-**
-** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes) in place of the %Q option.  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The "%z" formatting option works exactly like "%s" with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. {END}
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17403}  The [sqlite3_mprintf()] and [sqlite3_vmprintf()] interfaces
-**           return either pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings held in
-**           memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] or NULL pointers if
-**           a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] fails.
-**
-** {H17406}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface writes a zero-terminated
-**           UTF-8 string into the buffer pointed to by the second parameter
-**           provided that the first parameter is greater than zero.
-**
-** {H17407}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface does not write slots of
-**           its output buffer (the second parameter) outside the range
-**           of 0 through N-1 (where N is the first parameter)
-**           regardless of the length of the string
-**           requested by the format specification.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {H17300} <S20000>
-**
-** The SQLite core  uses these three routines for all of its own
-** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
-**
-** The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
-** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  If the parameter N to
-** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
-** a NULL pointer.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
-** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused.  The sqlite3_free() routine is
-** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
-** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
-** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
-** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
-** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
-** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_free().
-**
-** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.  If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
-** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
-** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
-** If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
-** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
-**
-** The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. {END}
-**
-** The default implementation of the memory allocation subsystem uses
-** the malloc(), realloc() and free() provided by the standard C library.
-** {H17382} However, if SQLite is compiled with the
-** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=<i>NNN</i> C preprocessor macro (where <i>NNN</i>
-** is an integer), then SQLite create a static array of at least
-** <i>NNN</i> bytes in size and uses that array for all of its dynamic
-** memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional memory allocator options
-** may be added in future releases.
-**
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** The Windows OS interface layer calls
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors are detected, but
-** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17303}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns either a pointer to
-**           a newly checked-out block of at least N bytes of memory
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, or it returns NULL if it is unable
-**           to fulfill the request.
-**
-** {H17304}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns a NULL pointer if
-**           N is less than or equal to zero.
-**
-** {H17305}  The [sqlite3_free(P)] interface releases memory previously
-**           returned from [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           making it available for reuse.
-**
-** {H17306}  A call to [sqlite3_free(NULL)] is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {H17310}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(0,N)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_malloc(N)].
-**
-** {H17312}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(P,0)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_free(P)].
-**
-** {H17315}  The SQLite core uses [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           and [sqlite3_free()] for all of its memory allocation and
-**           deallocation needs.
-**
-** {H17318}  The [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] interface returns either a pointer
-**           to a block of checked-out memory of at least N bytes in size
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, or a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H17321}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           copies the first K bytes of content from P into the newly
-**           allocated block, where K is the lesser of N and the size of
-**           the buffer P.
-**
-** {H17322}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           releases the buffer P.
-**
-** {H17323}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns NULL, the buffer P is
-**           not modified or released.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A17350}  The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-**           must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
-**           invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
-**           not yet been released.
-**
-** {A17351}  The application must not read or write any part of
-**           a block of memory after it has been released using
-**           [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {H17370} <S30210>
-**
-** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
-** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17371} The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
-**          of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
-**
-** {H17373} The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-**          value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
-**          was last reset.
-**
-** {H17374} The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-**          added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-**          but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-**          routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-**
-** {H17375} The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
-**          [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  The value returned
-**          by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
-**          prior to the reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} <S20000>
-**
-** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random ROWIDs when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible ROWID.  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
-**
-** A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
-**
-** The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
-** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
-** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
-** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
-** method.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17392} The [sqlite3_randomness(N,P)] interface writes N bytes of
-**          high-quality pseudo-randomness into buffer P.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {H12500} <S70100>
-**
-** This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular
-** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
-** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  At various
-** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
-** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed.  The authorizer callback should
-** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
-** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
-** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.  If the authorizer callback returns
-** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
-** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
-**
-** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
-** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.  If the authorizer code is [SQLITE_READ]
-** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
-** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
-** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
-** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
-** columns of a table.
-**
-** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
-** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
-** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
-** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
-** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
-** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
-** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
-** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
-** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
-** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
-**
-** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
-** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
-** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
-** in addition to using an authorizer.
-**
-** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
-** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call.  Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
-** The authorizer is disabled by default.
-**
-** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
-** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
-** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12501} The [sqlite3_set_authorizer(D,...)] interface registers a
-**          authorizer callback with database connection D.
-**
-** {H12502} The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are
-**          being parseed and compiled.
-**
-** {H12503} If the authorizer callback returns any value other than
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY], then
-**          the application interface call that caused
-**          the authorizer callback to run shall fail with an
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {H12504} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_OK], the operation
-**          described is processed normally.
-**
-** {H12505} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-**          application interface call that caused the
-**          authorizer callback to run shall fail
-**          with an [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an error message
-**          explaining that access is denied.
-**
-** {H12506} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is [SQLITE_READ] and the authorizer callback returns
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], then the prepared statement is constructed to
-**          insert a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-**          been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.
-**
-** {H12507} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is anything other than [SQLITE_READ], then
-**          a return of [SQLITE_IGNORE] has the same effect as [SQLITE_DENY].
-**
-** {H12510} The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
-**          the third parameter to the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface.
-**
-** {H12511} The second parameter to the callback is an integer
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
-**          to be authorized.
-**
-** {H12512} The third through sixth parameters to the callback are
-**          zero-terminated strings that contain
-**          additional details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** {H12520} Each call to [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] overrides
-**          any previously installed authorizer.
-**
-** {H12521} A NULL authorizer means that no authorization
-**          callback is invoked.
-**
-** {H12522} The default authorizer is NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3*,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pUserData
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {H12590} <H12500>
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
-** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
-** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
-** information.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
-#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {H12550} <H12500>
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
-** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
-** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
-** the authorizer callback may be passed.
-**
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
-** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
-** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
-** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-** top-level SQL code.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12551} The second parameter to an
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be an integer
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] that specifies what action
-**          is being authorized.
-**
-** {H12552} The 3rd and 4th parameters to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorization callback]
-**          shall be parameters or NULL depending on which
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] is used as the second parameter.
-**
-** {H12553} The 5th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
-**          of the database (example: "main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.
-**
-** {H12554} The 6th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
-**          of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-**          the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-**          top-level SQL code.
-*/
-/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
-#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {H12280} <S60400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
-** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
-**
-** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
-** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** The callback returns a UTF-8 rendering of the SQL statement text
-** as the statement first begins executing.  Additional callbacks occur
-** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.
-**
-** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes.  The profile callback contains
-** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()] 
-**          shall be invoked
-**          whenever an SQL statement first begins to execute and
-**          whenever a trigger subprogram first begins to run.
-**
-** {H12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] shall override the previously
-**          registered trace callback.
-**
-** {H12283} A NULL trace callback shall disable tracing.
-**
-** {H12284} The first argument to the trace callback shall be a copy of
-**          the pointer which was the 3rd argument to [sqlite3_trace()].
-**
-** {H12285} The second argument to the trace callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the original text
-**          of the SQL statement as it was passed into [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent, or an SQL comment indicating the beginning
-**          of a trigger subprogram.
-**
-** {H12287} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_profile()] is invoked
-**          as each SQL statement finishes.
-**
-** {H12288} The first parameter to the profile callback is a copy of
-**          the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_profile()].
-**
-** {H12289} The second parameter to the profile callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string that contains the complete text of
-**          the SQL statement as it was processed by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent.
-**
-** {H12290} The third parameter to the profile callback is an estimate
-**          of the number of nanoseconds of wall-clock time required to
-**          run the SQL statement from start to finish.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
-   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {H12910} <S60400>
-**
-** This routine configures a callback function - the
-** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long
-** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and
-** [sqlite3_get_table()].  An example use for this
-** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
-**
-** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
-** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
-**
-** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12911} The callback function registered by sqlite3_progress_handler()
-**          is invoked periodically during long running calls to
-**          [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** {H12912} The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual
-**          machine opcodes, where N is the second argument to
-**          the [sqlite3_progress_handler()] call that registered
-**          the callback.  If N is less than 1, sqlite3_progress_handler()
-**          acts as if a NULL progress handler had been specified.
-**
-** {H12913} The progress callback itself is identified by the third
-**          argument to sqlite3_progress_handler().
-**
-** {H12914} The fourth argument to sqlite3_progress_handler() is a
-**          void pointer passed to the progress callback
-**          function each time it is invoked.
-**
-** {H12915} If a call to [sqlite3_step()] results in fewer than N opcodes
-**          being executed, then the progress callback is never invoked.
-**
-** {H12916} Every call to [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
-**          overwrites any previously registered progress handler.
-**
-** {H12917} If the progress handler callback is NULL then no progress
-**          handler is invoked.
-**
-** {H12918} If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then
-**          the behavior is a if [sqlite3_interrupt()] had been called.
-**          <S30500>
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {H12700} <S40200>
-**
-** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the
-** filename argument. The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). A [database connection] handle is usually
-** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
-** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
-** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object. If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.  The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error.
-**
-** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
-**
-** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
-** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
-** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags:
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
-** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>
-** </dl>
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-**
-** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
-** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
-** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
-** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
-** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created.  This private database will be
-** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
-**
-** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use.  If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
-** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
-** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12701} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces create a new
-**          [database connection] associated with
-**          the database file given in their first parameter.
-**
-** {H12702} The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
-**          for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
-**          in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** {H12703} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] writes a pointer to a new
-**          [database connection] into *ppDb.
-**
-** {H12704} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces return [SQLITE_OK] upon success,
-**          or an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {H12706} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] will be UTF-8.
-**
-** {H12707} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open16()] will be UTF-16.
-**
-** {H12709} The [sqlite3_open(F,D)] interface is equivalent to
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,0)] where the G parameter is
-**          [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]|[SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
-**
-** {H12711} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] then the database is opened
-**          for reading only.
-**
-** {H12712} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] then the database is opened
-**          reading and writing if possible, or for reading only if the
-**          file is write protected by the operating system.
-**
-** {H12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, an error is returned.
-**
-** {H12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, then an attempt is made to create and
-**          initialize the database.
-**
-** {H12717} If the filename argument to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is ":memory:", then an private,
-**          ephemeral, in-memory database is created for the connection.
-**          <todo>Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?</todo>
-**
-** {H12719} If the filename is NULL or an empty string, then a private,
-**          ephemeral on-disk database will be created.
-**          <todo>Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?</todo>
-**
-** {H12721} The [database connection] created by [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)]
-**          will use the [sqlite3_vfs] object identified by the V parameter,
-**          or the default [sqlite3_vfs] object if V is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H12723} Two [database connections] will share a common cache if both were
-**          opened with the same VFS while [shared cache mode] was enabled and
-**          if both filenames compare equal using memcmp() after having been
-**          processed by the [sqlite3_vfs | xFullPathname] method of the VFS.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {H12800} <S60200>
-**
-** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
-** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
-** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
-** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
-**
-** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
-** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
-**
-** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
-** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
-** error code and message may or may not be set.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12801} The [sqlite3_errcode(D)] interface returns the numeric
-**          [result code] or [extended result code] for the most recently
-**          failed interface call associated with the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12803} The [sqlite3_errmsg(D)] and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)]
-**          interfaces return English-language text that describes
-**          the error in the mostly recently failed interface call,
-**          encoded as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-**
-** {H12807} The strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
-**          are valid until the next SQLite interface call.
-**
-** {H12808} Calls to API routines that do not return an error code
-**          (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not
-**          change the error code or message returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** {H12809} Interfaces that are not associated with a specific
-**          [database connection] (examples:
-**          [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]
-**          do not change the values returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {H13000} <H13010>
-** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
-** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
-** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
-**
-** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
-**      function.
-** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
-**      interfaces.
-** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
-**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
-** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** </ol>
-**
-** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
-** information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {H12760} <S20600>
-**
-** This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
-** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
-** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
-** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
-** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct.  The function returns the old limit.
-**
-** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a hard upper
-** bound set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named SQLITE_MAX_XYZ.
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
-** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
-**
-** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
-** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
-** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** webbrowser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
-** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
-** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
-** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
-** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
-** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
-** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
-**
-** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12762} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is
-**          positive changes the limit on the size of construct C in the
-**          [database connection] D to the lesser of V and the hard upper
-**          bound on the size of C that is set at compile-time.
-**
-** {H12766} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is negative
-**          leaves the state of the [database connection] D unchanged.
-**
-** {H12769} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] returns the
-**          value of the limit on the size of construct C in the
-**          [database connection] D as it was prior to the call.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} <H12760>
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
-**
-** These constants define various aspects of a [database connection]
-** that can be limited in size by calls to [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The meanings of the various limits are as follows:
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.<dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a SELECT or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of attached databases.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the LIKE or
-** GLOB operators.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
-** be bound.</dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
-**
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
-**
-** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
-** prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
-**
-** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of  bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
-** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
-** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator bytes.
-**
-** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the
-** first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only compile the first
-** statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains
-** uncompiled.
-**
-** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
-** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** {A13018} The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
-** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
-**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
-** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave a differently in two ways:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li>
-** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
-** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again.  If the schema has changed in
-** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still
-** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
-** now a fatal error.  Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
-** error go away.  Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text
-** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  The legacy behavior was that
-** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and you would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] in order
-** to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
-** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
-** </li>
-** </ol>
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13011} The [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-8.
-**
-** {H13012} The [sqlite3_prepare16(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** {H13013} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is less than zero, the SQL text is
-**          read from zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** {H13014} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is non-negative, then at most nBytes bytes of
-**          SQL text is read from zSql.
-**
-** {H13015} In [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,P,pzTail)] and its variants
-**          if the zSql input text contains more than one SQL statement
-**          and pzTail is not NULL, then *pzTail is made to point to the
-**          first byte past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.
-**          <todo>What does *pzTail point to if there is one statement?</todo>
-**
-** {H13016} A successful call to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,ppStmt,...)]
-**          or one of its variants writes into *ppStmt a pointer to a new
-**          [prepared statement] or a pointer to NULL if zSql contains
-**          nothing other than whitespace or comments.
-**
-** {H13019} The [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] interface and its variants return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] or an appropriate [error code] upon failure.
-**
-** {H13021} Before [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,nByte,ppStmt,pzTail)] or its
-**          variants returns an error (any value other than [SQLITE_OK]),
-**          they first set *ppStmt to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPIREF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} <H13000>
-**
-** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13101} If the [prepared statement] passed as the argument to
-**          [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], then [sqlite3_sql()] returns
-**          a pointer to a zero-terminated string containing a UTF-8 rendering
-**          of the original SQL statement.
-**
-** {H13102} If the [prepared statement] passed as the argument to
-**          [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16()], then [sqlite3_sql()] returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H13103} The string returned by [sqlite3_sql(S)] is valid until the
-**          [prepared statement] S is deleted using [sqlite3_finalize(S)].
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object {H15000} <S20200>
-** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
-**
-** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores. Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
-** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
-**
-** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
-** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
-** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
-**
-** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held.  A internal mutex is held for a protected
-** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
-** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
-** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
-** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** The sqlite3_value object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
-** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
-** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
-** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object {H16001} <S20200>
-**
-** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
-** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
-** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
-** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
-** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
-** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
-** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} <S70300>
-** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
-**
-** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a parameter in one of these forms:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  ?
-** <li>  ?NNN
-** <li>  :VVV
-** <li>  @VVV
-** <li>  $VVV
-** </ul>
-**
-** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
-** and VVV is an alpha-numeric parameter name. The values of these
-** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
-** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
-**
-** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
-** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
-**
-** The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
-** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  The index
-** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
-**
-** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
-**
-** In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
-** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.
-** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
-** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is
-** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
-** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
-** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
-** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
-**
-** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and
-** before [sqlite3_step()].
-** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.  [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] might be returned if these routines are called on a
-** virtual machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
-** Detection of misuse is unreliable.  Applications should not depend
-** on SQLITE_MISUSE returns.  SQLITE_MISUSE is intended to indicate a
-** a logic error in the application.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** panic rather than return SQLITE_MISUSE.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13506} The [SQL statement compiler] recognizes tokens of the forms
-**          "?", "?NNN", "$VVV", ":VVV", and "@VVV" as SQL parameters,
-**          where NNN is any sequence of one or more digits
-**          and where VVV is any sequence of one or more alphanumeric
-**          characters or "::" optionally followed by a string containing
-**          no spaces and contained within parentheses.
-**
-** {H13509} The initial value of an SQL parameter is NULL.
-**
-** {H13512} The index of an "?" SQL parameter is one larger than the
-**          largest index of SQL parameter to the left, or 1 if
-**          the "?" is the leftmost SQL parameter.
-**
-** {H13515} The index of an "?NNN" SQL parameter is the integer NNN.
-**
-** {H13518} The index of an ":VVV", "$VVV", or "@VVV" SQL parameter is
-**          the same as the index of leftmost occurrences of the same
-**          parameter, or one more than the largest index over all
-**          parameters to the left if this is the first occurrence
-**          of this parameter, or 1 if this is the leftmost parameter.
-**
-** {H13521} The [SQL statement compiler] fails with an [SQLITE_RANGE]
-**          error if the index of an SQL parameter is less than 1
-**          or greater than the compile-time SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-**          parameter.
-**
-** {H13524} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,V,...)]
-**          associate the value V with all SQL parameters having an
-**          index of N in the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13527} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,...)]
-**          override prior calls with the same values of S and N.
-**
-** {H13530} Bindings established by [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,...)]
-**          persist across calls to [sqlite3_reset(S)].
-**
-** {H13533} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds the first L
-**          bytes of the BLOB or string pointed to by V, when L
-**          is non-negative.
-**
-** {H13536} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)] or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds characters
-**          from V through the first zero character when L is negative.
-**
-** {H13539} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_STATIC], SQLite assumes that the value V
-**          is held in static unmanaged space that will not change
-**          during the lifetime of the binding.
-**
-** {H13542} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], the routine makes a
-**          private copy of the value V before it returns.
-**
-** {H13545} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is a pointer to
-**          a function, SQLite invokes that function to destroy the
-**          value V after it has finished using the value V.
-**
-** {H13548} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(S,N,V,L)] the value bound
-**          is a BLOB of L bytes, or a zero-length BLOB if L is negative.
-**
-** {H13551} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_value(S,N,V)] the V argument may
-**          be either a [protected sqlite3_value] object or an
-**          [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {H13600} <S70300>
-**
-** This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
-** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
-**
-** This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
-** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13601} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(S)] interface returns
-**          the largest index of all SQL parameters in the
-**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S contains no SQL parameters.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {H13620} <S70300>
-**
-** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th
-** [SQL parameter] in a [prepared statement].
-** SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** respectively.
-** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.
-** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are also referred to as "anonymous parameters".
-**
-** The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
-**
-** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned.  The returned string is
-** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
-** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
-** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13621} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(S,N)] interface returns
-**          a UTF-8 rendering of the name of the SQL parameter in
-**          the [prepared statement] S having index N, or
-**          NULL if there is no SQL parameter with index N or if the
-**          parameter with index N is an anonymous parameter "?".
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {H13640} <S70300>
-**
-** Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  The
-** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  The parameter
-** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
-** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13641} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(S,N)] interface returns
-**          the index of SQL parameter in the [prepared statement]
-**          S whose name matches the UTF-8 string N, or 0 if there is
-**          no match.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {H13660} <S70300>
-**
-** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13661} The [sqlite3_clear_bindings(S)] interface resets all SQL
-**          parameter bindings in the [prepared statement] S back to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {H13710} <S10700>
-**
-** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
-** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13711} The [sqlite3_column_count(S)] interface returns the number of
-**          columns in the result set generated by the [prepared statement] S,
-**          or 0 if S does not generate a result set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {H13720} <S10700>
-**
-** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
-** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string.  The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. The second parameter is the
-** column number.  The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to
-** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
-**
-** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
-** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
-** NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
-** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
-** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
-** one release of SQLite to the next.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13721} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name of the Nth column (where 0 is
-**          the leftmost column) for the result set of the
-**          [prepared statement] S as a zero-terminated UTF-8 string.
-**
-** {H13723} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name of the Nth column (where 0 is
-**          the leftmost column) for the result set of the
-**          [prepared statement] S as a zero-terminated UTF-16 string
-**          in the native byte order.
-**
-** {H13724} The [sqlite3_column_name()] and [sqlite3_column_name16()]
-**          interfaces return a NULL pointer if they are unable to
-**          allocate memory to hold their normal return strings.
-**
-** {H13725} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] is out of range, then the
-**          interfaces return a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H13726} The strings returned by [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] and
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] are valid until the next
-**          call to either routine with the same S and N parameters
-**          or until [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
-**
-** {H13727} When a result column of a [SELECT] statement contains
-**          an AS clause, the name of that column is the identifier
-**          to the right of the AS keyword.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {H13740} <S10700>
-**
-** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
-** table in which database a result of a [SELECT] statement comes from.
-** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  The _database_ routines return
-** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
-** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
-** again in a different encoding.
-**
-** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
-** database, table, and column.
-**
-** The first argument to the following calls is a [prepared statement].
-** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by
-** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
-**
-** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
-** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs.  Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table
-** and column that query result column was extracted from.
-**
-** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. {END}
-**
-** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-**
-** {A13751}
-** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
-** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
-** undefined.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13741} The [sqlite3_column_database_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the database from which the
-**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
-**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13742} The [sqlite3_column_database_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the database
-**          from which the Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is
-**          extracted, or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13743} The [sqlite3_column_table_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table from which the
-**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
-**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13744} The [sqlite3_column_table_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the table
-**          from which the Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is
-**          extracted, or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13745} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table column from which the
-**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
-**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13746} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the table
-**          column from which the Nth result column of the
-**          [prepared statement] S is extracted, or NULL if the Nth column
-**          of S is a general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**
-** {H13748} The return values from
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-**          are valid for the lifetime of the [prepared statement]
-**          or until the encoding is changed by another metadata
-**          interface call for the same prepared statement and column.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A13751} If two or more threads call one or more
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-**          for the same [prepared statement] and result column
-**          at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {H13760} <S10700>
-**
-** The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
-** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
-** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
-** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned.  If the Nth column of the result set is an
-** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. {END}
-**
-** For example, given the database schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
-**
-** and the following statement to be compiled:
-**
-** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
-**
-** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).
-**
-** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  So just because a column
-** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
-** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  Type
-** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
-** used to hold those values.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13761}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] returns a
-**           zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the declared datatype
-**           of the table column that appears as the Nth column (numbered
-**           from 0) of the result set to the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13762}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)]
-**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order string
-**           containing the declared datatype of the table column that appears
-**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
-**           [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13763}  If N is less than 0 or N is greater than or equal to
-**           the number of columns in the [prepared statement] S,
-**           or if the Nth column of S is an expression or subquery rather
-**           than a table column, or if a memory allocation failure
-**           occurs during encoding conversions, then
-**           calls to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] or
-**           [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)] return NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement {H13200} <S10000>
-**
-** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
-** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
-** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
-** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
-** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
-** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
-** interface will continue to be supported.
-**
-** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
-** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
-** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
-**
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a [COMMIT]
-** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a
-** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
-** continuing.
-**
-** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
-** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
-** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
-** machine back to its initial state.
-**
-** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
-** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
-** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
-** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-**
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
-** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
-** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
-** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement].  In the "v2" interface,
-** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
-**
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
-** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
-** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
-** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
-** more threads at the same moment in time.
-**
-** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
-** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
-** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
-** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
-** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
-** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
-** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
-** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
-** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
-** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13202}  If the [prepared statement] S is ready to be run, then
-**           [sqlite3_step(S)] advances that prepared statement until
-**           completion or until it is ready to return another row of the
-**           result set, or until an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt]
-**           or a run-time error occurs.
-**
-** {H15304}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] causes the [prepared statement]
-**           S to run to completion, the function returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {H15306}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] stops because it is ready to
-**           return another row of the result set, it returns [SQLITE_ROW].
-**
-** {H15308}  If a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] encounters an
-**           [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt] or a run-time error,
-**           it returns an appropriate error code that is not one of
-**           [SQLITE_OK], [SQLITE_ROW], or [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {H15310}  If an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt] or a run-time error
-**           occurs during a call to [sqlite3_step(S)]
-**           for a [prepared statement] S created using
-**           legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**           [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the function returns either
-**           [SQLITE_ERROR], [SQLITE_BUSY], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {H13770} <S10700>
-**
-** Returns the number of values in the current row of the result set.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13771}  After a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] that returns [SQLITE_ROW],
-**           the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine will return the same value
-**           as the [sqlite3_column_count(S)] function.
-**
-** {H13772}  After [sqlite3_step(S)] has returned any value other than
-**           [SQLITE_ROW] or before [sqlite3_step(S)] has been called on the
-**           [prepared statement] for the first time since it was
-**           [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] or [sqlite3_reset | reset],
-**           the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine returns zero.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {H10265} <S10110><S10120>
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
-**
-** {H10266} Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> 64-bit signed integer
-** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
-** <li> string
-** <li> BLOB
-** <li> NULL
-** </ul> {END}
-**
-** These constants are codes for each of those types.
-**
-** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
-** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
-** SQLITE_TEXT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
-#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
-#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
-#define SQLITE_NULL     5
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
-# undef SQLITE_TEXT
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
-#endif
-#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query {H13800} <S10700>
-** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-**
-** These routines form the "result set query" interface.
-**
-** These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query.  In every case the first argument is a pointer
-** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
-** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
-** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned.  The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
-**
-** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
-** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
-** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
-** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
-** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
-** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.
-**
-** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column.  The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
-** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
-** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
-** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
-** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
-** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
-** following a type conversion.
-**
-** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
-** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end
-** of the string.  For clarity: the value returned is the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
-**
-** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero terminated.  The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary
-** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.
-** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
-**
-** The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
-** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
-** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
-** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically.  The following table details the conversions
-** that are applied:
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
-**
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is NULL pointer
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert from float to integer
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> Use atoi()
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Use atof()
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>
-**
-** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
-** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
-** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
-** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
-** C programmers.
-**
-** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
-** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
-** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
-** in the following cases:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**      need to be added to the string.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-16.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-8.</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
-** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
-** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
-**
-** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
-** in one of the following ways:
-**
-** <ul>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
-** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
-** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
-** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
-** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
-**
-** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
-** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  The memory space used to hold strings
-** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
-** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
-** [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
-** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
-** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
-** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13803} The [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S into a BLOB and then returns a
-**          pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {H13806} The [sqlite3_column_bytes(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the BLOB or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)].
-**
-** {H13809} The [sqlite3_column_bytes16(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)].
-**
-** {H13812} The [sqlite3_column_double(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {H13815} The [sqlite3_column_int(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {H13818} The [sqlite3_column_int64(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {H13821} The [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated UTF-8
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H13824} The [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order string and returns
-**          a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H13827} The [sqlite3_column_type(S,N)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13830} The [sqlite3_column_value(S,N)] interface returns a
-**          pointer to an [unprotected sqlite3_value] object for the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {H13300} <S70300><S30100>
-**
-** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the statement failed then an
-** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
-** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not
-** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
-** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt].
-** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled,
-** depending on the circumstances, and the
-** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H11302} The [sqlite3_finalize(S)] interface destroys the
-**          [prepared statement] S and releases all
-**          memory and file resources held by that object.
-**
-** {H11304} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S returned an error,
-**          then [sqlite3_finalize(S)] returns that same error.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {H13330} <S70300>
-**
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
-** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
-** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
-**
-** {H11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-**          back to the beginning of its program.
-**
-** {H11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-**          or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-**          then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** {H11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
-**
-** {H11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {H16100} <S20200>
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
-**
-** These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
-** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only difference between the
-** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or
-** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16
-** for sqlite3_create_function16().
-**
-** The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  If a single program uses more than one database
-** connection internally, then SQL functions must be added individually to
-** each database connection.
-**
-** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined.  The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of
-** the zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
-** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
-**
-** The third parameter (nArg)
-** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
-**
-** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
-** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
-** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
-** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
-** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
-** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
-** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
-**
-** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].
-**
-** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
-**
-** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
-** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
-** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.  A function implementation with a non-negative
-** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg.  A function where the preferred text encoding
-** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
-** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
-** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
-** between UTF8 and UTF16.
-**
-** Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-** The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all
-** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name.
-** Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override 
-** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the
-** number of parameters and preferred encoding.
-**
-** An application-defined function is permitted to call other
-** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
-** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
-** statement in which the function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,...)] interface shall behave
-**          as [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] in every way except that it
-**          interprets the X argument as zero-terminated UTF-16
-**          native byte order instead of as zero-terminated UTF-8.
-**
-** {H16106} A successful invocation of the
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface shall register
-**          or replaces callback functions in the [database connection] D
-**          used to implement the SQL function named X with N parameters
-**          and having a preferred text encoding of E.
-**
-** {H16109} A successful call to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          shall replace the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
-**          the same D, X, N, and E values.
-**
-** {H16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface shall fail
-**          if the SQL function name X is
-**          longer than 255 bytes exclusive of the zero terminator.
-**
-** {H16118} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] interface
-**          shall fail unless either F is NULL and S and L are non-NULL or
-***         F is non-NULL and S and L are NULL.
-**
-** {H16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface shall fails with an
-**          error code of [SQLITE_BUSY] if there exist [prepared statements]
-**          associated with the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface shall fail with
-**          an error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N is less
-**          than -1 or greater than 127.
-**
-** {H16127} When N is non-negative, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface shall register callbacks to be invoked for the
-**          SQL function
-**          named X when the number of arguments to the SQL function is
-**          exactly N.
-**
-** {H16130} When N is -1, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface shall register callbacks to be invoked for the SQL
-**          function named X with any number of arguments.
-**
-** {H16133} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X
-**          and when one implementation has N>=0 and the other has N=(-1)
-**          the implementation with a non-zero N shall be preferred.
-**
-** {H16136} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X with
-**          the same number of arguments N but with different
-**          encodings E, then the implementation where E matches the
-**          database encoding shall preferred.
-**
-** {H16139} For an aggregate SQL function created using
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,0,S,L)] the finalizer
-**          function L shall always be invoked exactly once if the
-**          step function S is called one or more times.
-**
-** {H16142} When SQLite invokes either the xFunc or xStep function of
-**          an application-defined SQL function or aggregate created
-**          by [sqlite3_create_function()] or [sqlite3_create_function16()],
-**          then the array of [sqlite3_value] objects passed as the
-**          third parameter shall be [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {H10267} <S50200> <H16100>
-**
-** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
-** text encodings supported by SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
-#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
-#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
-#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
-** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
-** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} <S20200>
-**
-** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
-** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
-** the function or aggregate.
-**
-** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
-** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
-** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
-** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
-**
-** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-** object results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
-** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
-**
-** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  The
-** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
-**
-** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
-** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
-** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
-** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
-**
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
-** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
-** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
-** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread as
-** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H15103} The [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a BLOB and then
-**          returns a pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {H15106} The [sqlite3_value_bytes(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the BLOB or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] or
-**          [sqlite3_value_text(V)].
-**
-** {H15109} The [sqlite3_value_bytes16(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_text16(V)],
-**          [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)], or [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)].
-**
-** {H15112} The [sqlite3_value_double(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {H15115} The [sqlite3_value_int(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {H15118} The [sqlite3_value_int64(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {H15121} The [sqlite3_value_text(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated UTF-8
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15124} The [sqlite3_value_text16(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15127} The [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 big-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15130} The [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 little-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15133} The [sqlite3_value_type(V)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the [sqlite3_value] object V.
-**
-** {H15136} The [sqlite3_value_numeric_type(V)] interface converts
-**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V into either an integer or
-**          a floating point value if it can do so without loss of
-**          information, and returns one of [SQLITE_NULL],
-**          [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], or
-**          [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V after the conversion attempt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {H16210} <S20200>
-**
-** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
-** a structure for storing their state.
-**
-** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is called for a
-** particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory, zeroes out that
-** memory, and returns a pointer to it. On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function index,
-** the same buffer is returned. The implementation of the aggregate can use
-** the returned buffer to accumulate data.
-**
-** SQLite automatically frees the allocated buffer when the aggregate
-** query concludes.
-**
-** The first parameter should be a copy of the
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the callback routine that implements the aggregate function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16211} The first invocation of [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for
-**          a particular instance of an aggregate function (for a particular
-**          context C) causes SQLite to allocate N bytes of memory,
-**          zero that memory, and return a pointer to the allocated memory.
-**
-** {H16213} If a memory allocation error occurs during
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] then the function returns 0.
-**
-** {H16215} Second and subsequent invocations of
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for the same context pointer C
-**          ignore the N parameter and return a pointer to the same
-**          block of memory returned by the first invocation.
-**
-** {H16217} The memory allocated by [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] is
-**          automatically freed on the next call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-**          or [sqlite3_finalize()] for the [prepared statement] containing
-**          the aggregate function associated with context C.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {H16240} <S20200>
-**
-** The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function. {END}
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the application-defined function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16243} The [sqlite3_user_data(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          P pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with [sqlite3_context] C.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {H16250} <S60600><S20200>
-**
-** The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16253} The [sqlite3_context_db_handle(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          D pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with [sqlite3_context] C.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {H16270} <S20200>
-**
-** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
-** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
-** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
-** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
-** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
-** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
-** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
-** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. If no metadata has been ever
-** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
-** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
-** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
-** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
-** not been destroyed.
-** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
-** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
-** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
-** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
-**
-** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
-** parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee is that
-** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
-**
-** In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
-** values and SQL variables.
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
-** the SQL function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16272} The [sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to metadata associated with the Nth parameter of the SQL function
-**          whose context is C, or NULL if there is no metadata associated
-**          with that parameter.
-**
-** {H16274} The [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] interface assigns a metadata
-**          pointer P to the Nth parameter of the SQL function with context C.
-**
-** {H16276} SQLite will invoke the destructor D with a single argument
-**          which is the metadata pointer P following a call to
-**          [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] when SQLite ceases to hold
-**          the metadata.
-**
-** {H16277} SQLite ceases to hold metadata for an SQL function parameter
-**          when the value of that parameter changes.
-**
-** {H16278} When [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] is invoked, the destructor
-**          is called for any prior metadata associated with the same function
-**          context C and parameter N.
-**
-** {H16279} SQLite will call destructors for any metadata it is holding
-**          in a particular [prepared statement] S when either
-**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] or [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {H10280} <S30100>
-**
-** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  If the destructor
-** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The
-** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
-** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
-** the content before returning.
-**
-** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
-*/
-typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
-#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
-#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {H16400} <S20200>
-**
-** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
-** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
-** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** for additional information.
-**
-** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
-** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
-** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
-** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
-** by its 2nd argument.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
-** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
-** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message.  SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order.  If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
-** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
-** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
-** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
-** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
-** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a string or BLOB is to long to represent.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
-** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
-** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
-** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
-** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** SQLite takes the text result from the application from
-** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
-** through the first zero character.
-** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
-** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or
-** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
-** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
-** copy the it or call a destructor when it has finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
-** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a copy the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  The
-** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
-** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
-** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
-**
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
-** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16403} The default return value from any SQL function is NULL.
-**
-** {H16406} The [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be a BLOB that is N bytes
-**          in length and with content pointed to by V.
-**
-** {H16409} The [sqlite3_result_double(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the floating point value V.
-**
-** {H16412} The [sqlite3_result_error(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF-8 error message copied from V up to the
-**          first zero byte or until N bytes are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {H16415} The [sqlite3_result_error16(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF-16 native byte order error message
-**          copied from V up to the first zero terminator or until N bytes
-**          are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {H16418} The [sqlite3_result_error_toobig(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_TOOBIG] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {H16421} The [sqlite3_result_error_nomem(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_NOMEM] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {H16424} The [sqlite3_result_error_code(C,E)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code E.
-**          The error message text is unchanged.
-**
-** {H16427} The [sqlite3_result_int(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 32-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {H16430} The [sqlite3_result_int64(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 64-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {H16433} The [sqlite3_result_null(C)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be NULL.
-**
-** {H16436} The [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-8 string
-**          V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16439} The [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16442} The [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 big-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes or V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16445} The [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 little-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16448} The [sqlite3_result_value(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-**          object V.
-**
-** {H16451} The [sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be an N-byte BLOB of all zeros.
-**
-** {H16454} The [sqlite3_result_error()] and [sqlite3_result_error16()]
-**          interfaces make a copy of their error message strings before
-**          returning.
-**
-** {H16457} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant [SQLITE_STATIC]
-**          then no destructor is ever called on the pointer V and SQLite
-**          assumes that V is immutable.
-**
-** {H16460} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant
-**          [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then the interfaces makes a copy of the
-**          content of V and retains the copy.
-**
-** {H16463} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is some value other than
-**          the constants [SQLITE_STATIC] and [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then
-**          SQLite will invoke the destructor D with V as its only argument
-**          when it has finished with the V value.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {H16600} <S20300>
-**
-** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
-** [database connection] specified as the first argument.
-**
-** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
-** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases
-** the name is passed as the second function argument.
-**
-** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
-** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
-** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
-** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that
-** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
-** of UTF-16 in the native byte order of the host computer.
-**
-** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
-** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
-** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
-** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
-** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
-** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
-**
-** The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings,
-** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding
-** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
-** registered. {END}  The application defined collation routine should
-** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than,
-** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
-**
-** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
-** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
-** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
-** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
-** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
-** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
-** using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16603} A successful call to the
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] interface
-**          registers function F as the comparison function used to
-**          implement collation X on the [database connection] B for
-**          databases having encoding E.
-**
-** {H16604} SQLite understands the X parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] as a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string in which case is ignored for ASCII characters and
-**          is significant for non-ASCII characters.
-**
-** {H16606} Successive calls to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          with the same values for B, X, and E, override prior values
-**          of P, F, and D.
-**
-** {H16609} If the destructor D in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is not NULL then it is called with argument P when the
-**          collating function is dropped by SQLite.
-**
-** {H16612} A collating function is dropped when it is overloaded.
-**
-** {H16615} A collating function is dropped when the database connection
-**          is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** {H16618} The pointer P in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is passed through as the first parameter to the comparison
-**          function F for all subsequent invocations of F.
-**
-** {H16621} A call to [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] is exactly
-**          the same as a call to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()] with
-**          the same parameters and a NULL destructor.
-**
-** {H16624} Following a [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)],
-**          SQLite uses the comparison function F for all text comparison
-**          operations on the [database connection] B on text values that
-**          use the collating sequence named X.
-**
-** {H16627} The [sqlite3_create_collation16(B,X,E,P,F)] works the same
-**          as [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] except that the
-**          collation name X is understood as UTF-16 in native byte order
-**          instead of UTF-8.
-**
-** {H16630} When multiple comparison functions are available for the same
-**          collating sequence, SQLite chooses the one whose text encoding
-**          requires the least amount of conversion from the default
-**          text encoding of the database.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void*,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void*,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void*,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {H16700} <S20300>
-**
-** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
-** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be called whenever an undefined collation
-** sequence is required.
-**
-** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
-** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. {H16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
-** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** A call to either function replaces any existing callback.
-**
-** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
-** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
-** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.
-**
-** The callback function should register the desired collation using
-** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16702} A successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed(D,P,F)]
-**          or [sqlite3_collation_needed16(D,P,F)] causes
-**          the [database connection] D to invoke callback F with first
-**          parameter P whenever it needs a comparison function for a
-**          collating sequence that it does not know about.
-**
-** {H16704} Each successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed()] or
-**          [sqlite3_collation_needed16()] overrides the callback registered
-**          on the same [database connection] by prior calls to either
-**          interface.
-**
-** {H16706} The name of the requested collating function passed in the
-**          4th parameter to the callback is in UTF-8 if the callback
-**          was registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and
-**          is in UTF-16 native byte order if the callback was
-**          registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*,
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time {H10530} <S40410>
-**
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
-** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
-**
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the operating system is returned.
-**
-** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10533} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface invokes the xSleep
-**          method of the default [sqlite3_vfs|VFS] in order to
-**          suspend execution of the current thread for at least
-**          M milliseconds.
-**
-** {H10536} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface returns the number of
-**          milliseconds of sleep actually requested of the operating
-**          system, which might be larger than the parameter M.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {H10310} <S20000>
-**
-** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
-** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
-** temporary file directory.
-**
-** It is not safe to modify this variable once a [database connection]
-** has been opened.  It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} <S60200>
-** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
-** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.  Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
-**
-** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
-** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
-** an error is to use this function.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12931} The [sqlite3_get_autocommit(D)] interface returns non-zero or
-**          zero if the [database connection] D is or is not in autocommit
-**          mode, respectively.
-**
-** {H12932} Autocommit mode is on by default.
-**
-** {H12933} Autocommit mode is disabled by a successful [BEGIN] statement.
-**
-** {H12934} Autocommit mode is enabled by a successful [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]
-**          statement.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12936} If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-**          connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-**          is undefined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} <S60600>
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  The database handle returned by
-** sqlite3_db_handle is the same database handle that was the first argument
-** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
-** create the statement in the first place.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13123} The [sqlite3_db_handle(S)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to the [database connection] associated with the
-**          [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement {H13140} <S60600>
-**
-** This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  If pStmt is NULL
-** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb.  If no prepared statement
-** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13143} If D is a [database connection] that holds one or more
-**          unfinalized [prepared statements] and S is a NULL pointer,
-**          then [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a pointer
-**          to one of the prepared statements associated with D.
-**
-** {H13146} If D is a [database connection] that holds no unfinalized
-**          [prepared statements] and S is a NULL pointer, then
-**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H13149} If S is a [prepared statement] in the [database connection] D
-**          and S is not the last prepared statement in D, then
-**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a pointer
-**          to the next prepared statement in D after S.
-**
-** {H13152} If S is the last [prepared statement] in the
-**          [database connection] D then the [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)]
-**          routine shall return a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A13154} The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
-**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
-**          connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {H12950} <S60400>
-**
-** The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
-** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
-**
-** If another function was previously registered, its
-** pArg value is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
-**
-** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
-** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
-**
-** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
-** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
-** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero.
-** <todo> Check on this </todo>
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12951} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction commits on the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12952} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P argument
-**          from the previous call with the same [database connection] D,
-**          or NULL on the first call for a particular database connection D.
-**
-** {H12953} Each call to [sqlite3_commit_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {H12954} If the F argument to [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the commit hook callback is canceled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction commits.
-**
-** {H12955} If the commit callback returns non-zero then the commit is
-**          converted into a rollback.
-**
-** {H12961} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction rolls back on the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12962} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
-**          argument from the previous call with the same
-**          [database connection] D, or NULL on the first call
-**          for a particular database connection D.
-**
-** {H12963} Each call to [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {H12964} If the F argument to [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the rollback hook callback is canceled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction rolls back.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {H12970} <S60400>
-**
-** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
-** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to this function
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-**
-** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
-** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
-** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
-** to be invoked.
-** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
-** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row. In the case of
-** an update, this is the rowid after the update takes place.
-**
-** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
-**
-** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
-** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12971} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface causes the callback
-**          function F to be invoked with first parameter P whenever
-**          a table row is modified, inserted, or deleted on
-**          the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12973} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the value
-**          of P for the previous call on the same [database connection] D,
-**          or NULL for the first call.
-**
-** {H12975} If the update hook callback F in [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)]
-**          is NULL then the no update callbacks are made.
-**
-** {H12977} Each call to [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] overrides prior calls
-**          to the same interface on the same [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12979} The update hook callback is not invoked when internal system
-**          tables such as sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence are modified.
-**
-** {H12981} The second parameter to the update callback
-**          is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
-**          depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
-**
-** {H12983} The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers
-**          to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings which are the names of the
-**          database and table that is being updated.
-
-** {H12985} The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row after
-**          the change occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {H10330} <S30900>
-** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} {shared cache mode}
-**
-** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
-** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.
-**
-** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. {END}
-** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
-** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
-**
-** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
-** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
-** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.
-**
-** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.  When shared
-** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register
-** virtual tables will always return an error.
-**
-** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.
-**
-** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
-** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
-** cache setting should set it explicitly.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10331} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)]
-**          will enable or disable shared cache mode for any subsequently
-**          created [database connection] in the same process.
-**
-** {H10336} When shared cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()]
-**          interface will always return an error.
-**
-** {H10337} The [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)] interface returns
-**          [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled successfully.
-**
-** {H10339} Shared cache is disabled by default.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory {H17340} <S30220>
-**
-** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
-** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library. {END}  Memory used to cache database
-** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
-** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17341} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] interface attempts to
-**          free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
-**          memory allocations held by the database library.
-**
-** {H16342} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] returns the number
-**          of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
-**          than the amount requested.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size {H17350} <S30220>
-**
-** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit
-** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the
-** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or
-** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed.
-**
-** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
-** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
-**
-** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted.
-** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
-**
-** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.
-** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will
-** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is
-** called a "soft" limit.  It is advisory only.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory
-** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine
-** runs.  Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is
-** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit
-** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In
-** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for
-** individual threads.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16351} The [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] interface places a soft limit
-**          of N bytes on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
-**          using [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] at any point
-**          in time.
-**
-** {H16352} If a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] would
-**          cause the total amount of allocated memory to exceed the
-**          soft heap limit, then [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked
-**          in an attempt to reduce the memory usage prior to proceeding
-**          with the memory allocation attempt.
-**
-** {H16353} Calls to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that trigger
-**          attempts to reduce memory usage through the soft heap limit
-**          mechanism continue even if the attempt to reduce memory
-**          usage is unsuccessful.
-**
-** {H16354} A negative or zero value for N in a call to
-**          [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] means that there is no soft
-**          heap limit and [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be
-**          called when memory is completely exhausted.
-**
-** {H16355} The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
-**
-** {H16358} Each call to [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] overrides the
-**          values set by all prior calls.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {H12850} <S60300>
-**
-** This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
-** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
-** passed as the first function argument.
-**
-** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
-** resolve unqualified table references.
-**
-** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
-** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
-** may be NULL.
-**
-** Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these arguments may be
-** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
-**
-** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
-** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
-** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
-** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is AUTOINCREMENT
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>
-**
-** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
-** call to any SQLite API function.
-**
-** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
-** explicitly declared INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, then the output
-** parameters are set as follows:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-** </pre>
-**
-** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
-** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
-** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
-** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
-**
-** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {H12600} <S20500>
-**
-** This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
-**
-** {H12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-**          SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
-**
-** {H12602} The entry point is zProc.
-**
-** {H12603} zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
-**          defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
-**
-** {H12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
-**
-** {H12605} If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-**          [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-**          fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. {END}  The calling function
-**          should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** {H12606} Extension loading must be enabled using
-**          [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-**          otherwise an error will be returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {H12620} <S20500>
-**
-** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
-** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
-** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
-**
-** Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
-**
-** {H12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-**          to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-**          it back off again.
-**
-** {H12622} Extension loading is off by default.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions {H12640} <S20500>
-**
-** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
-** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
-** to all new [database connections]. {END}
-**
-** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array that is
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  If you run a memory leak checker
-** on your program and it reports a leak because of this array, invoke
-** [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior to shutdown to free the memory.
-**
-** {H12641} This function registers an extension entry point that is
-**          automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection]
-**          is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
-**
-** {H12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine
-**          multiple times with the same extension is harmless.
-**
-** {H12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
-**          that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-**
-** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} <S20500>
-**
-** This function disables all previously registered automatic
-** extensions. {END}  It undoes the effect of all prior
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.
-**
-** {H12661} This function disables all previously registered
-**          automatic extensions.
-**
-** {H12662} This function disables automatic extensions in all threads.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
-/*
-****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
-**
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the virtual table interface
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
-typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
-typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
-** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
-** mostly of methods for the module.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_module {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
-  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
-  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
-  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
-  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
-                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                       void **ppArg);
-  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
-** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
-** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
-** results into the **Outputs** fields.
-**
-** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
-**
-** <pre>column OP expr</pre>
-**
-** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.  The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
-** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.
-**
-** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
-** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
-** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
-** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
-**
-** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
-** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
-** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
-**
-** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
-** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
-**
-** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
-** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
-** sorting step is required.
-**
-** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
-** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
-** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
-** cost of approximately log(N).
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_index_info {
-  /* Inputs */
-  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
-     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
-     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
-     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
-  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
-  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
-     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
-  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  /* Outputs */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
-    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
-    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
-  } *aConstraintUsage;
-  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
-  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
-  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
-  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
-};
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This routine is used to register a new module name with a
-** [database connection].  Module names must be registered before
-** creating new virtual tables on the module, or before using
-** preexisting virtual tables of the module.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method above,
-** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
-** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
-** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
-** common to all module implementations.
-**
-** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
-** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
-** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
-** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
-** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
-  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
-** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
-** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
-**
-** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
-** are common to all implementations.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
-** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
-** the virtual tables they implement.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.
-**
-** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
-** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
-** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
-** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
-** by virtual tables.
-**
-** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
-** which is experimental and subject to change.
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-**
-****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
-*/
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {H17800} <S30230>
-** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {H17810} <S30230>
-**
-** This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
-** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
-** </pre> {END}
-**
-** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
-**
-** Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
-** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
-** is assigned when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main".
-** For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
-**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
-** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and any value written
-** to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller.
-** This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
-** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
-** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
-** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
-** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.
-** Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17813} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)]
-**          interface shall open an [sqlite3_blob] object P on the BLOB
-**          in column C of the table T in the database B on
-**          the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H17814} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)] shall start
-**          a new transaction on the [database connection] D if that
-**          connection is not already in a transaction.
-**
-** {H17816} The [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)] interface shall open
-**          the BLOB for read and write access if and only if the F
-**          parameter is non-zero.
-**
-** {H17819} The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface shall return [SQLITE_OK] on
-**          success and an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {H17821} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
-**          information appropriate for that error.
-**
-** {H17824} If any column in the row that a [sqlite3_blob] has open is
-**          changed by a separate [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statement or by
-**          an [ON CONFLICT] side effect, then the [sqlite3_blob] shall
-**          be marked as invalid.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3*,
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable,
-  const char *zColumn,
-  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
-  int flags,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle {H17830} <S30230>
-**
-** Closes an open [BLOB handle].
-**
-** Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
-** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
-** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-** If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
-** until the close operation if they will fit. {END}
-**
-** Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
-** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
-** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  {H17833} Any errors that occur during
-** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.
-**
-** The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
-** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17833} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interface closes an [sqlite3_blob]
-**          object P previously opened using [sqlite3_blob_open()].
-**
-** {H17836} Closing an [sqlite3_blob] object using
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close()] shall cause the current transaction to
-**          commit if there are no other open [sqlite3_blob] objects
-**          or [prepared statements] on the same [database connection] and
-**          the database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-**
-** {H17839} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interfaces shall close the
-**          [sqlite3_blob] object P unconditionally, even if
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] returns something other than [SQLITE_OK].
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {H17840} <S30230>
-**
-** Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the open
-** []BLOB handle] in its only argument.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17843} The [sqlite3_blob_bytes(P)] interface returns the size
-**          in bytes of the BLOB that the [sqlite3_blob] object P
-**          refers to.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {H17850} <S30230>
-**
-** This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
-**
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-**
-** An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17853} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] 
-**          shall reads N bytes of data out of the BLOB referenced by
-**          [BLOB handle] P beginning at offset X and store those bytes
-**          into buffer Z.
-**
-** {H17856} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the BLOB
-**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function shall leave the
-**          Z buffer unchanged and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17859} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
-**          then the function shall leave the Z buffer unchanged
-**          and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17862} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return [SQLITE_OK]
-**          if N bytes are successfully read into buffer Z.
-**
-** {H17863} If the [BLOB handle] P is expired and X and N are within bounds
-**          then [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave the Z buffer
-**          unchanged and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** {H17865} If the requested read could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {H17868} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
-**          information appropriate for that error, where D is the
-**          [database connection] that was used to open the [BLOB handle] P.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {H17870} <S30230>
-**
-** This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
-** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
-**
-** If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
-** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
-** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If N is
-** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
-**
-** An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  Writes to the BLOB that occurred
-** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
-** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
-** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
-** or by other independent statements.
-**
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17873} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)]
-**          shall write N bytes of data from buffer Z into the BLOB 
-**          referenced by [BLOB handle] P beginning at offset X into
-**          the BLOB.
-**
-** {H17874} In the absence of other overridding changes, the changes
-**          written to a BLOB by [sqlite3_blob_write()] shall
-**          remain in effect after the associated [BLOB handle] expires.
-**
-** {H17875} If the [BLOB handle] P was opened for reading only then
-**          an invocation of [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave
-**          the referenced BLOB unchanged and return [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** {H17876} If the size of the BLOB referenced by [BLOB handle] P is
-**          less than N+X bytes then [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] shall
-**          leave the BLOB unchanged and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17877} If the [BLOB handle] P is expired and X and N are within bounds
-**          then [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave the BLOB
-**          unchanged and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** {H17879} If X or N are less than zero then [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)]
-**          shall leave the BLOB referenced by [BLOB handle] P unchanged
-**          and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17882} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] if N bytes where successfully written into the BLOB.
-**
-** {H17885} If the requested write could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {H17888} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_write(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
-**          information appropriate for that error.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects {H11200} <S20100>
-**
-** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
-** that SQLite uses to interact
-** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
-** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
-** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
-** The following interfaces are provided.
-**
-** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** Names are case sensitive.
-** Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
-**
-** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
-** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
-** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
-** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H11203} The [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] interface returns a pointer to the
-**          registered [sqlite3_vfs] object whose name exactly matches
-**          the zero-terminated UTF-8 string N, or it returns NULL if
-**          there is no match.
-**
-** {H11206} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] is NULL then
-**          the function returns a pointer to the default [sqlite3_vfs]
-**          object if there is one, or NULL if there is no default
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** {H11209} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface registers the
-**          well-formed [sqlite3_vfs] object P using the name given
-**          by the zName field of the object.
-**
-** {H11212} Using the [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface to register
-**          the same [sqlite3_vfs] object multiple times is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {H11215} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface makes the [sqlite3_vfs]
-**          object P the default [sqlite3_vfs] object if F is non-zero.
-**
-** {H11218} The [sqlite3_vfs_unregister(P)] interface unregisters the
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object P so that it is no longer returned by
-**          subsequent calls to [sqlite3_vfs_find()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {H17000} <S20000>
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
-** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
-** permitted to use any of these routines.
-**
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
-** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
-** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
-** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
-**
-** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
-** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
-** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
-**
-** {H17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {H17012} If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {H17013} SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error. {H17014} The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** </ul>
-**
-** {H17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. {END}
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Four static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  {H17034} But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-**
-** {H17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex. {H17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {A17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in
-** use when they are deallocated. {A17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior. {H17023} SQLite never deallocates
-** a static mutex. {END}
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex. {H17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY. {H17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry.  {H17026} Mutexes created using
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** {H17027} In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  {A17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
-** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** {H17029} SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.
-**
-** Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
-** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {H17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.
-**
-** {H17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  {A17032} The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {H17033} SQLite will
-** never do either. {END}
-**
-** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
-** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
-** behave as no-ops.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object {H17120} <S20130>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
-** used to allocate and use mutexes.
-**
-** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
-** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
-** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
-** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
-** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
-** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
-** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
-** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
-** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
-**
-** The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** {H17001} The xMutexInit routine shall be called by SQLite once for each
-** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
-**
-** The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
-** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
-** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. {H17003} The xMutexEnd()
-** interface shall be invoked once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-**
-** The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
-** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
-** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
-** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
-** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
-** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
-** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
-** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
-** it is passed a NULL pointer).
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
-  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
-  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
-  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines {H17080} <S20130> <S30800>
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {H17081} The SQLite core
-** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {H17082} The core only
-** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {A17087} External mutex implementations
-** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
-**
-** {H17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
-**
-** {X17084} The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
-** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
-** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
-**
-** {H17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1.  {END} This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But the
-** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
-** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
-** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  {H17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
-** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {H17001} <H17000>
-**
-** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants.
-**
-** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
-** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
-** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* sqlite3_release_memory() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* lru page list */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} <S30800>
-**
-** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
-** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {H11302} The
-** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the
-** <a href="lang_attach.html">ATTACH</a> SQL command that opened the
-** database. {H11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
-** or a NULL pointer. {H11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
-** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  {H11305} The return value of the xFileControl
-** method becomes the return value of this routine.
-**
-** {H11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {H11307} This error
-** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {A11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {A11309} There is no way to distinguish between
-** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method. {END}
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {H11400} <S30800>
-**
-** The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
-** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  The first parameter is an operation code that determines
-** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
-**
-** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
-** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
-** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
-**
-** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
-** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
-** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
-** operate consistently from one release to the next.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {H11410} <H11400>
-**
-** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
-** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
-**
-** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
-** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
-** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
-** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks.  The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure.  Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].
-** The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  If the
-** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written. Some parameters do not record the highest
-** value.  For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
-** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
-**
-** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
-** [error code] on failure.
-**
-** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can
-** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
-** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
-** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
-** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
-** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17201} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
-** about a single [database connection].  The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated.  The second argument
-** is the parameter to interrogate.  Currently, the only allowed value
-** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
-** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The current value of the request parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
-
-
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} <H17200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
-** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
-** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
-** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
-** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
-** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
-** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
-** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
-** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
-** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
-** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
-** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
-** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
-** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
-** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
-** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
-** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
-** slots were available.
-** </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>
-** </dl>
-**
-** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17275} <H17200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Status verbs for [sqlite3_db_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED     0
-
-/*
-** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
-** builds on processors without floating point support.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# undef double
-#endif
-
-#if 0
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: hash.h,v 1.11 2007/09/04 14:31:47 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct Hash Hash;
-typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-*/
-struct Hash {
-  char keyClass;          /* SQLITE_HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
-  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
-  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
-  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
-  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
-    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
-  } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
-** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct HashElem {
-  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
-  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
-**                           is ignored in comparisons.
-**
-**   SQLITE_HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
-**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
-*/
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
-/* #define SQLITE_HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
-#define SQLITE_HASH_STRING    3
-#define SQLITE_HASH_BINARY    4
-
-/*
-** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
-** like this:
-**
-**   Hash h;
-**   HashElem *p;
-**   ...
-**   for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-**     SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
-**     // do something with pData
-**   }
-*/
-#define sqliteHashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
-#define sqliteHashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
-#define sqliteHashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-#define sqliteHashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
-#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-#define sqliteHashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */
-
-/************** End of hash.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/
-#define TK_SEMI                            1
-#define TK_EXPLAIN                         2
-#define TK_QUERY                           3
-#define TK_PLAN                            4
-#define TK_BEGIN                           5
-#define TK_TRANSACTION                     6
-#define TK_DEFERRED                        7
-#define TK_IMMEDIATE                       8
-#define TK_EXCLUSIVE                       9
-#define TK_COMMIT                         10
-#define TK_END                            11
-#define TK_ROLLBACK                       12
-#define TK_CREATE                         13
-#define TK_TABLE                          14
-#define TK_IF                             15
-#define TK_NOT                            16
-#define TK_EXISTS                         17
-#define TK_TEMP                           18
-#define TK_LP                             19
-#define TK_RP                             20
-#define TK_AS                             21
-#define TK_COMMA                          22
-#define TK_ID                             23
-#define TK_ABORT                          24
-#define TK_AFTER                          25
-#define TK_ANALYZE                        26
-#define TK_ASC                            27
-#define TK_ATTACH                         28
-#define TK_BEFORE                         29
-#define TK_CASCADE                        30
-#define TK_CAST                           31
-#define TK_CONFLICT                       32
-#define TK_DATABASE                       33
-#define TK_DESC                           34
-#define TK_DETACH                         35
-#define TK_EACH                           36
-#define TK_FAIL                           37
-#define TK_FOR                            38
-#define TK_IGNORE                         39
-#define TK_INITIALLY                      40
-#define TK_INSTEAD                        41
-#define TK_LIKE_KW                        42
-#define TK_MATCH                          43
-#define TK_KEY                            44
-#define TK_OF                             45
-#define TK_OFFSET                         46
-#define TK_PRAGMA                         47
-#define TK_RAISE                          48
-#define TK_REPLACE                        49
-#define TK_RESTRICT                       50
-#define TK_ROW                            51
-#define TK_TRIGGER                        52
-#define TK_VACUUM                         53
-#define TK_VIEW                           54
-#define TK_VIRTUAL                        55
-#define TK_REINDEX                        56
-#define TK_RENAME                         57
-#define TK_CTIME_KW                       58
-#define TK_ANY                            59
-#define TK_OR                             60
-#define TK_AND                            61
-#define TK_IS                             62
-#define TK_BETWEEN                        63
-#define TK_IN                             64
-#define TK_ISNULL                         65
-#define TK_NOTNULL                        66
-#define TK_NE                             67
-#define TK_EQ                             68
-#define TK_GT                             69
-#define TK_LE                             70
-#define TK_LT                             71
-#define TK_GE                             72
-#define TK_ESCAPE                         73
-#define TK_BITAND                         74
-#define TK_BITOR                          75
-#define TK_LSHIFT                         76
-#define TK_RSHIFT                         77
-#define TK_PLUS                           78
-#define TK_MINUS                          79
-#define TK_STAR                           80
-#define TK_SLASH                          81
-#define TK_REM                            82
-#define TK_CONCAT                         83
-#define TK_COLLATE                        84
-#define TK_UMINUS                         85
-#define TK_UPLUS                          86
-#define TK_BITNOT                         87
-#define TK_STRING                         88
-#define TK_JOIN_KW                        89
-#define TK_CONSTRAINT                     90
-#define TK_DEFAULT                        91
-#define TK_NULL                           92
-#define TK_PRIMARY                        93
-#define TK_UNIQUE                         94
-#define TK_CHECK                          95
-#define TK_REFERENCES                     96
-#define TK_AUTOINCR                       97
-#define TK_ON                             98
-#define TK_DELETE                         99
-#define TK_UPDATE                         100
-#define TK_INSERT                         101
-#define TK_SET                            102
-#define TK_DEFERRABLE                     103
-#define TK_FOREIGN                        104
-#define TK_DROP                           105
-#define TK_UNION                          106
-#define TK_ALL                            107
-#define TK_EXCEPT                         108
-#define TK_INTERSECT                      109
-#define TK_SELECT                         110
-#define TK_DISTINCT                       111
-#define TK_DOT                            112
-#define TK_FROM                           113
-#define TK_JOIN                           114
-#define TK_USING                          115
-#define TK_ORDER                          116
-#define TK_BY                             117
-#define TK_GROUP                          118
-#define TK_HAVING                         119
-#define TK_LIMIT                          120
-#define TK_WHERE                          121
-#define TK_INTO                           122
-#define TK_VALUES                         123
-#define TK_INTEGER                        124
-#define TK_FLOAT                          125
-#define TK_BLOB                           126
-#define TK_REGISTER                       127
-#define TK_VARIABLE                       128
-#define TK_CASE                           129
-#define TK_WHEN                           130
-#define TK_THEN                           131
-#define TK_ELSE                           132
-#define TK_INDEX                          133
-#define TK_ALTER                          134
-#define TK_TO                             135
-#define TK_ADD                            136
-#define TK_COLUMNKW                       137
-#define TK_TO_TEXT                        138
-#define TK_TO_BLOB                        139
-#define TK_TO_NUMERIC                     140
-#define TK_TO_INT                         141
-#define TK_TO_REAL                        142
-#define TK_END_OF_FILE                    143
-#define TK_ILLEGAL                        144
-#define TK_SPACE                          145
-#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING                146
-#define TK_FUNCTION                       147
-#define TK_COLUMN                         148
-#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION                   149
-#define TK_AGG_COLUMN                     150
-#define TK_CONST_FUNC                     151
-
-/************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite_int64
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64
-# ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-#   define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (0x7fffffffffffffff)
-# endif
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1
-# define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1
-# undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL
-# define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0
-** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler 
-** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 1
-#else
-#define OMIT_TEMPDB 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the following macro is set to 1, then NULL values are considered
-** distinct when determining whether or not two entries are the same
-** in a UNIQUE index.  This is the way PostgreSQL, Oracle, DB2, MySQL,
-** OCELOT, and Firebird all work.  The SQL92 spec explicitly says this
-** is the way things are suppose to work.
-**
-** If the following macro is set to 0, the NULLs are indistinct for
-** a UNIQUE index.  In this mode, you can only have a single NULL entry
-** for a column declared UNIQUE.  This is the way Informix and SQL Server
-** work.
-*/
-#define NULL_DISTINCT_FOR_UNIQUE 1
-
-/*
-** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever
-** the VDBE-level file format changes.  The following macros define the
-** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format
-** that the library can read.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
-** on the command-line
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
-** ourselves.
-*/
-#ifndef offsetof
-#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC.  (Yes, believe it or
-** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.)
-*/
-#if 'A' == '\301'
-# define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_ASCII 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Integers of known sizes.  These typedefs might change for architectures
-** where the sizes very.  Preprocessor macros are available so that the
-** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type.  Like this:
-**
-**         cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ...
-*/
-#ifndef UINT32_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T
-#  define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t
-# else
-#  define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T
-#  define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t
-# else
-#  define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT16_T
-#  define INT16_TYPE int16_t
-# else
-#  define INT16_TYPE short int
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T
-#  define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t
-# else
-#  define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_TYPE
-# ifdef HAVE_INT8_T
-#  define INT8_TYPE int8_t
-# else
-#  define INT8_TYPE signed char
-# endif
-#endif
-#ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE
-# define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 i64;          /* 8-byte signed integer */
-typedef sqlite_uint64 u64;         /* 8-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT32_TYPE u32;           /* 4-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef UINT16_TYPE u16;           /* 2-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT16_TYPE i16;            /* 2-byte signed integer */
-typedef UINT8_TYPE u8;             /* 1-byte unsigned integer */
-typedef INT8_TYPE i8;              /* 1-byte signed integer */
-
-/*
-** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian,
-** evaluated at runtime.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one;
-#endif
-#if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    0
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE  SQLITE_UTF16LE
-#else
-# define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN    (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0)
-# define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1)
-# define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers.
-** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit
-** compilers.
-*/
-#define LARGEST_INT64  (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32))
-#define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64)
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler
-** callback for a given sqlite handle. 
-**
-** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy
-** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite
-** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler
-** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c.
-*/
-typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler;
-struct BusyHandler {
-  int (*xFunc)(void *,int);  /* The busy callback */
-  void *pArg;                /* First arg to busy callback */
-  int nBusy;                 /* Incremented with each busy call */
-};
-
-/*
-** Name of the master database table.  The master database table
-** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all
-** user tables and indices.
-*/
-#define MASTER_NAME       "sqlite_master"
-#define TEMP_MASTER_NAME  "sqlite_temp_master"
-
-/*
-** The root-page of the master database table.
-*/
-#define MASTER_ROOT       1
-
-/*
-** The name of the schema table.
-*/
-#define SCHEMA_TABLE(x)  ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME)
-
-/*
-** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in
-** an array.
-*/
-#define ArraySize(X)    (sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))
-
-/*
-** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree().
-** This is an internal extension to SQLITE_STATIC and SQLITE_TRANSIENT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DYNAMIC   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3DbFree)
-
-/*
-** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does
-** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables.
-** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from
-** the heap.  When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered
-** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead.  The SQLITE_WSD
-** macro is used for this purpose.  And instead of referencing the variable
-** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated
-** buffer that holds real variable.  The constant is also the initializer
-** for the run-time allocated buffer.
-**
-** In the usually case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL
-** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  #define SQLITE_WSD const
-  #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v)))
-  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config)
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_WSD 
-  #define GLOBAL(t,v) v
-  #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Forward references to structures
-*/
-typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo;
-typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext;
-typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec;
-typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq;
-typedef struct Column Column;
-typedef struct Db Db;
-typedef struct Schema Schema;
-typedef struct Expr Expr;
-typedef struct ExprList ExprList;
-typedef struct FKey FKey;
-typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef;
-typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash;
-typedef struct IdList IdList;
-typedef struct Index Index;
-typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass;
-typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo;
-typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside;
-typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot;
-typedef struct Module Module;
-typedef struct NameContext NameContext;
-typedef struct Parse Parse;
-typedef struct Select Select;
-typedef struct SrcList SrcList;
-typedef struct StrAccum StrAccum;
-typedef struct Table Table;
-typedef struct TableLock TableLock;
-typedef struct Token Token;
-typedef struct TriggerStack TriggerStack;
-typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep;
-typedef struct Trigger Trigger;
-typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord;
-typedef struct Walker Walker;
-typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo;
-typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel;
-
-/*
-** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and 
-** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque
-** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above.
-*/
-/************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
-** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
-** of what each interface routine does.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.103 2008/08/13 19:11:48 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _BTREE_H_
-#define _BTREE_H_
-
-/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
-** needs to be revisited.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
-
-/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0        /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1        /* Do full auto-vacuum */
-#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2        /* Incremental vacuum */
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations of structure
-*/
-typedef struct Btree Btree;
-typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
-typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
-typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray;
-
-/*
-** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold
-** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec().  The Btrees are
-** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt.  That way,
-** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly.
-*/
-struct BtreeMutexArray {
-  int nMutex;
-  Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1];
-};
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
-  sqlite3 *db,             /* Associated database connection */
-  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
-  int flags,               /* Flags */
-  int vfsFlags             /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
-);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
-** following values.
-**
-** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
-** pager.h.
-*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
-#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
-#define BTREE_READONLY      8  /* Open the database in read-only mode */
-#define BTREE_READWRITE    16  /* Open for both reading and writing */
-#define BTREE_CREATE       32  /* Create the database if it does not exist */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the following flags:
-*/
-#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
-#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
-  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
-  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo*,                     /* First argument to compare function */
-  BtCursor *pCursor                    /* Space to write cursor structure */
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
-  BtCursor*,
-  const void *pKey,
-  i64 nKey,
-  int bias,
-  int *pRes
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
-  BtCursor*,
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
-  i64 intKey,
-  int bias,
-  int *pRes
-);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
-                                  const void *pData, int nData,
-                                  int nZero, int bias);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
-** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures.  So make the
-** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
-#endif
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */
-# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
-#endif
-# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
-# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */
-
-/************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
-**
-** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
-** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
-** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
-**
-** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.138 2008/08/20 22:06:48 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
-
-/*
-** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
-** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
-** of this structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
-
-/*
-** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
-** for the VdbeOp definition.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
-typedef struct Mem Mem;
-
-/*
-** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
-** and as many as three operands.  The instruction is recorded
-** as an instance of the following structure:
-*/
-struct VdbeOp {
-  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
-  signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
-  u8 opflags;         /* Not currently used */
-  u8 p5;              /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
-  int p1;             /* First operand */
-  int p2;             /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
-  int p3;             /* The third parameter */
-  union {             /* forth parameter */
-    int i;                 /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
-    void *p;               /* Generic pointer */
-    char *z;               /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
-    i64 *pI64;             /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
-    double *pReal;         /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
-    FuncDef *pFunc;        /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
-    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
-    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
-    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
-    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
-    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
-  } p4;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
-  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
-#endif
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
-
-/*
-** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
-** it takes up less space.
-*/
-struct VdbeOpList {
-  u8 opcode;          /* What operation to perform */
-  signed char p1;     /* First operand */
-  signed char p2;     /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
-  signed char p3;     /* Third parameter */
-};
-typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
-*/
-#define P4_NOTUSED    0   /* The P4 parameter is not used */
-#define P4_DYNAMIC  (-1)  /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
-#define P4_STATIC   (-2)  /* Pointer to a static string */
-#define P4_COLLSEQ  (-4)  /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
-#define P4_FUNCDEF  (-5)  /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
-#define P4_KEYINFO  (-6)  /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
-#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7)  /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
-#define P4_MEM      (-8)  /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem*    structure */
-#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
-#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
-#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
-#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
-#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
-
-/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
-** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
-** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
-** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
-** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
-** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
-*/
-#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16)
-#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC  (-17)
-
-/*
-** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the 
-** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
-*/
-#define COLNAME_NAME     0
-#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
-#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
-#define COLNAME_TABLE    3
-#define COLNAME_COLUMN   4
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define COLNAME_N        5      /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
-#else
-# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-#   define COLNAME_N      1      /* Store only the name */
-# else
-#   define COLNAME_N      2      /* Store the name and decltype */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
-** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that 
-** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative.  Calling
-** the macro again restores the address.
-*/
-#define ADDR(X)  (-1-(X))
-
-/*
-** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
-** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
-*/
-/************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/
-/************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/
-/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
-#define OP_VNext                                1
-#define OP_Affinity                             2
-#define OP_Column                               3
-#define OP_SetCookie                            4
-#define OP_Real                               125   /* same as TK_FLOAT    */
-#define OP_Sequence                             5
-#define OP_MoveGt                               6
-#define OP_Ge                                  72   /* same as TK_GE       */
-#define OP_RowKey                               7
-#define OP_SCopy                                8
-#define OP_Eq                                  68   /* same as TK_EQ       */
-#define OP_OpenWrite                            9
-#define OP_NotNull                             66   /* same as TK_NOTNULL  */
-#define OP_If                                  10
-#define OP_ToInt                              141   /* same as TK_TO_INT   */
-#define OP_String8                             88   /* same as TK_STRING   */
-#define OP_VRowid                              11
-#define OP_CollSeq                             12
-#define OP_OpenRead                            13
-#define OP_Expire                              14
-#define OP_AutoCommit                          15
-#define OP_Gt                                  69   /* same as TK_GT       */
-#define OP_Pagecount                           17
-#define OP_IntegrityCk                         18
-#define OP_Sort                                19
-#define OP_Copy                                20
-#define OP_Trace                               21
-#define OP_Function                            22
-#define OP_IfNeg                               23
-#define OP_And                                 61   /* same as TK_AND      */
-#define OP_Subtract                            79   /* same as TK_MINUS    */
-#define OP_Noop                                24
-#define OP_Return                              25
-#define OP_Remainder                           82   /* same as TK_REM      */
-#define OP_NewRowid                            26
-#define OP_Multiply                            80   /* same as TK_STAR     */
-#define OP_Variable                            27
-#define OP_String                              28
-#define OP_RealAffinity                        29
-#define OP_VRename                             30
-#define OP_ParseSchema                         31
-#define OP_VOpen                               32
-#define OP_Close                               33
-#define OP_CreateIndex                         34
-#define OP_IsUnique                            35
-#define OP_NotFound                            36
-#define OP_Int64                               37
-#define OP_MustBeInt                           38
-#define OP_Halt                                39
-#define OP_Rowid                               40
-#define OP_IdxLT                               41
-#define OP_AddImm                              42
-#define OP_Statement                           43
-#define OP_RowData                             44
-#define OP_MemMax                              45
-#define OP_Or                                  60   /* same as TK_OR       */
-#define OP_NotExists                           46
-#define OP_Gosub                               47
-#define OP_Divide                              81   /* same as TK_SLASH    */
-#define OP_Integer                             48
-#define OP_ToNumeric                          140   /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
-#define OP_Prev                                49
-#define OP_Concat                              83   /* same as TK_CONCAT   */
-#define OP_BitAnd                              74   /* same as TK_BITAND   */
-#define OP_VColumn                             50
-#define OP_CreateTable                         51
-#define OP_Last                                52
-#define OP_IsNull                              65   /* same as TK_ISNULL   */
-#define OP_IncrVacuum                          53
-#define OP_IdxRowid                            54
-#define OP_ShiftRight                          77   /* same as TK_RSHIFT   */
-#define OP_ResetCount                          55
-#define OP_FifoWrite                           56
-#define OP_ContextPush                         57
-#define OP_Yield                               58
-#define OP_DropTrigger                         59
-#define OP_DropIndex                           62
-#define OP_IdxGE                               63
-#define OP_IdxDelete                           64
-#define OP_Vacuum                              73
-#define OP_MoveLe                              84
-#define OP_IfNot                               85
-#define OP_DropTable                           86
-#define OP_MakeRecord                          89
-#define OP_ToBlob                             139   /* same as TK_TO_BLOB  */
-#define OP_ResultRow                           90
-#define OP_Delete                              91
-#define OP_AggFinal                            92
-#define OP_Compare                             93
-#define OP_ShiftLeft                           76   /* same as TK_LSHIFT   */
-#define OP_Goto                                94
-#define OP_TableLock                           95
-#define OP_FifoRead                            96
-#define OP_Clear                               97
-#define OP_MoveLt                              98
-#define OP_Le                                  70   /* same as TK_LE       */
-#define OP_VerifyCookie                        99
-#define OP_AggStep                            100
-#define OP_ToText                             138   /* same as TK_TO_TEXT  */
-#define OP_Not                                 16   /* same as TK_NOT      */
-#define OP_ToReal                             142   /* same as TK_TO_REAL  */
-#define OP_SetNumColumns                      101
-#define OP_Transaction                        102
-#define OP_VFilter                            103
-#define OP_Ne                                  67   /* same as TK_NE       */
-#define OP_VDestroy                           104
-#define OP_ContextPop                         105
-#define OP_BitOr                               75   /* same as TK_BITOR    */
-#define OP_Next                               106
-#define OP_IdxInsert                          107
-#define OP_Lt                                  71   /* same as TK_LT       */
-#define OP_Insert                             108
-#define OP_Destroy                            109
-#define OP_ReadCookie                         110
-#define OP_ForceInt                           111
-#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       112
-#define OP_Explain                            113
-#define OP_OpenPseudo                         114
-#define OP_OpenEphemeral                      115
-#define OP_Null                               116
-#define OP_Move                               117
-#define OP_Blob                               118
-#define OP_Add                                 78   /* same as TK_PLUS     */
-#define OP_Rewind                             119
-#define OP_MoveGe                             120
-#define OP_VBegin                             121
-#define OP_VUpdate                            122
-#define OP_IfZero                             123
-#define OP_BitNot                              87   /* same as TK_BITNOT   */
-#define OP_VCreate                            124
-#define OP_Found                              126
-#define OP_IfPos                              127
-#define OP_NullRow                            128
-#define OP_Jump                               129
-#define OP_Permutation                        130
-
-/* The following opcode values are never used */
-#define OP_NotUsed_131                        131
-#define OP_NotUsed_132                        132
-#define OP_NotUsed_133                        133
-#define OP_NotUsed_134                        134
-#define OP_NotUsed_135                        135
-#define OP_NotUsed_136                        136
-#define OP_NotUsed_137                        137
-
-
-/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
-** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
-** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
-*/
-#define OPFLG_JUMP            0x0001  /* jump:  P2 holds jmp target */
-#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002  /* out2-prerelease: */
-#define OPFLG_IN1             0x0004  /* in1:   P1 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_IN2             0x0008  /* in2:   P2 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_IN3             0x0010  /* in3:   P3 is an input */
-#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0020  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
-#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
-/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x02, 0x11, 0x00,\
-/*   8 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  16 */ 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05,\
-/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x05, 0x00,\
-/*  40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x11, 0x01,\
-/*  48 */ 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\
-/*  56 */ 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11,\
-/*  64 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
-/*  72 */ 0x15, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
-/*  80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x11, 0x05, 0x00, 0x04,\
-/*  88 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00,\
-/*  96 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,\
-/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x05,\
-/* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01,\
-/* 120 */ 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x05,\
-/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
-/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,}
-
-/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/
-
-/*
-** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
-** for a description of what each of these routines does.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,
-                                        UnpackedRecord*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
-
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeComment X
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)  sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
-#else
-# define VdbeComment(X)
-# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem.  The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
-** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.83 2008/09/18 17:34:44 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PAGER_H_
-#define _PAGER_H_
-
-/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The type used to represent a page number.  The first page in a file
-** is called page 1.  0 is used to represent "not a page".
-*/
-typedef u32 Pgno;
-
-/*
-** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
-*/
-typedef struct Pager Pager;
-
-/*
-** Handle type for pages.
-*/
-typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
-**
-** NOTE: This values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
-*/
-#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
-#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
-*/
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
-#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
-
-/*
-** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerJournalMode().
-*/
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY      -1
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE      0   /* Commit by deleting journal file */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST     1   /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
-#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF         2   /* Journal omitted.  */
-
-/*
-** See source code comments for a detailed description of the following
-** routines:
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, void(*)(DbPage*), int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
-#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager*,Pgno);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage*, int exFlag);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, Pgno, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */
-
-/************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
-** subsystem. 
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.11 2008/09/18 17:34:44 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
-
-typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
-typedef struct PCache PCache;
-
-/*
-** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-struct PgHdr {
-  void *pData;                   /* Content of this page */
-  void *pExtra;                  /* Extra content */
-  PgHdr *pDirty;                 /* Transient list of dirty pages */
-  Pgno pgno;                     /* Page number for this page */
-  Pager *pPager;                 /* The pager this page is part of */
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-  u32 pageHash;                  /* Hash of page content */
-#endif
-  u16 flags;                     /* PGHDR flags defined below */
-  /**********************************************************************
-  ** Elements above are public.  All that follows is private to pcache.c
-  ** and should not be accessed by other modules.
-  */
-  i16 nRef;                      /* Number of users of this page */
-  PCache *pCache;                /* Cache that owns this page */
-  void *apSave[2];               /* Journal entries for in-memory databases */
-  /**********************************************************************
-  ** Elements above are accessible at any time by the owner of the cache
-  ** without the need for a mutex.  The elements that follow can only be
-  ** accessed while holding the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex.
-  */
-  PgHdr *pNextHash, *pPrevHash;  /* Hash collision chain for PgHdr.pgno */
-  PgHdr *pNext, *pPrev;          /* List of clean or dirty pages */
-  PgHdr *pNextLru, *pPrevLru;    /* Part of global LRU list */
-};
-
-/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
-#define PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL        0x001  /* Page is in rollback journal */
-#define PGHDR_DIRTY             0x002  /* Page has changed */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC         0x004  /* Fsync the rollback journal before
-                                       ** writing this page to the database */
-#define PGHDR_NEED_READ         0x008  /* Content is unread */
-#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY    0x010  /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
-#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE        0x020  /* Do not write content to disk */
-
-/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
-
-/* Page cache buffer management:
-** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PCacheMalloc(int sz);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheFree(void*);
-
-/* Create a new pager cache.
-** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
-** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
-  int szPage,                    /* Size of every page */
-  int szExtra,                   /* Extra space associated with each page */
-  int bPurgeable,                /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  void (*xDestroy)(PgHdr *),     /* Called to destroy a page */
-  int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
-  void *pStress,                 /* Argument to xStress */
-  PCache *pToInit                /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-);
-
-/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
-
-/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.  Used to preallocate
-** storage space.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
-
-/* One release per successful fetch.  Page is pinned until released.
-** Reference counted. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*);         /* Remove page from cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*);    /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*);    /* Mark a single page as clean */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*);    /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
-
-/* Change a page number.  Used by incr-vacuum. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
-
-/* Remove all pages with pgno>x.  Reset the cache if x==0 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
-
-/* Routines used to implement transactions on memory-only databases. */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePreserve(PgHdr*, int);    /* Preserve current page content */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCommit(PCache*, int);    /* Drop preserved copy */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRollback(PCache*, int, void (*xReiniter)(PgHdr*));
-
-/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
-
-/* Reset and close the cache object */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
-
-/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearFlags(PCache*, int mask);
-
-/* Assert flags settings on all pages.  Debugging only */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(PCache*, int trueMask, int falseMask);
-#else
-# define sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(A,B,C)
-#endif
-
-/* Return true if the number of dirty pages is 0 or 1 */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheZeroOrOneDirtyPages(PCache*);
-
-/* Discard the contents of the cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
-
-/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
-
-/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
-
-/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
-
-/* Iterate through all pages currently stored in the cache. This interface
-** is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the library is 
-** built.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterate(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
-
-/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
-**
-** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
-** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
-** of the suggested cache-sizes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
-
-/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
-
-#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */
-
-/************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-/************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/
-/************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
-** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
-** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
-**
-** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
-** being included by every source file.
-**
-** $Id: os.h,v 1.105 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
-#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
-
-/*
-** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
-** operating system.  After the following block of preprocess macros,
-** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER 
-** will defined to either 1 or 0.  One of the four will be 1.  The other 
-** three will be 0.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
-#   undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-#   define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#   undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#   define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#   undef SQLITE_OS_OS2
-#   define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-# else
-#   undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
-# endif
-#endif
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
-# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
-# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#   if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
-#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-#   elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
-#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1
-#   else
-#     define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-#     define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
-#     define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-#  endif
-# else
-#  define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
-#  define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
-#  define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
-*/
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
-#else
-# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# include <windows.h>
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
-#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
-# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
-#  include <os2safe.h> /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */
-# endif
-# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
-# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
-# define INCL_DOSERRORS
-# define INCL_DOSMISC
-# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
-# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR
-# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES
-# include <os2.h>
-# include <uconv.h>
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
-#endif
-
-/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
-** a no-op
-*/
-#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
-# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The default size of a disk sector
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
-** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
-** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
-** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
-** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
-** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
-** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
-**
-** 2006-10-31:  The default prefix used to be "sqlite_".  But then
-** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
-** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
-** This annoyed many windows users.  Those users would then do a 
-** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
-** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
-** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" 
-** spelled backwards.  So the temp files are still identified, but
-** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
-** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
-** of the file.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
-# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
-** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
-**
-** SHARED:    Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
-** RESERVED:  A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
-**            any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
-** PENDING:   A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
-**            any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
-**            SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
-** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
-**
-** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
-** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
-** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
-** sqlite3OsLock().
-*/
-#define NO_LOCK         0
-#define SHARED_LOCK     1
-#define RESERVED_LOCK   2
-#define PENDING_LOCK    3
-#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  4
-
-/*
-** File Locking Notes:  (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
-**
-** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
-** those functions are not available.  So we use only LockFile() and
-** UnlockFile().
-**
-** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
-** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen 
-** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at 
-** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the 
-** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
-** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
-** There can only be one writer.  A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
-** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
-** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
-** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
-**
-** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
-** which means we can use reader/writer locks.  When reader/writer locks
-** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
-** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME.  Hence, the locking scheme
-** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
-** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
-** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
-**
-** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
-** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
-** a random byte is selected for a shared lock.  The pool of bytes for
-** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. 
-**
-** These #defines are available in sqlite_aux.h so that adaptors for
-** connecting SQLite to other operating systems can use the same byte
-** ranges for locking.  In particular, the same locking strategy and
-** byte ranges are used for Unix.  This leaves open the possiblity of having
-** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
-** and all locking correctly.  To do so would require that samba (or whatever
-** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
-** windows and unix.  I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
-** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
-**
-** Locking in windows is manditory.  For this reason, we cannot store
-** actual data in the bytes used for locking.  The pager never allocates
-** the pages involved in locking therefore.  SHARED_SIZE is selected so
-** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
-** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks.  By default PENDING_BYTE
-** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
-** for very large databases.  But one should test the page skipping logic 
-** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
-**
-** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
-** file format.  Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
-** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
-** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
-** 1GB boundary.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_TEST
-#define PENDING_BYTE      0x40000000  /* First byte past the 1GB boundary */
-#else
-SQLITE_API extern unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte;
-#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3_pending_byte
-#endif
-
-#define RESERVED_BYTE     (PENDING_BYTE+1)
-#define SHARED_FIRST      (PENDING_BYTE+2)
-#define SHARED_SIZE       510
-
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
-
-/* 
-** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*);
-
-/*
-** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using 
-** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */
-
-/************** End of os.h **************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-/************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/
-/************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
-** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
-** to all source files.  We break it out in an effort to keep the code
-** better organized.
-**
-** NOTE:  source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
-** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
-** include this one indirectly.
-**
-** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.8 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF
-/*
-** If SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF is defined, then this whole module is
-** omitted and equivalent functionality must be provided by the
-** application that links against the SQLite library.
-*/
-#else
-/*
-** Figure out what version of the code to use.  The choices are
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP         For single-threaded applications that
-**                             do not desire error checking.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG   For single-threaded applications with
-**                             error checking to help verify that mutexes
-**                             are being used correctly even though they
-**                             are not needed.  Used when SQLITE_DEBUG is
-**                             defined on single-threaded builds.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS     For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32          For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
-**
-**   SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2          For multi-threaded applications on OS/2.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP 1   /* The default */
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_UNIX
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_WIN
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE && SQLITE_OS_OS2
-# undef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-/*
-** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
-*/
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X)    ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X)      SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
-#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X)     1
-#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X)  1
-#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X)      ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
-#define sqlite3MutexInit()        SQLITE_OK
-#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF */
-
-/************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/
-
-
-/*
-** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance
-** of the following structure.  There are normally two of these structures
-** in the sqlite.aDb[] array.  aDb[0] is the main database file and
-** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables.  Additional
-** databases may be attached.
-*/
-struct Db {
-  char *zName;         /* Name of this database */
-  Btree *pBt;          /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */
-  u8 inTrans;          /* 0: not writable.  1: Transaction.  2: Checkpoint */
-  u8 safety_level;     /* How aggressive at synching data to disk */
-  void *pAux;               /* Auxiliary data.  Usually NULL */
-  void (*xFreeAux)(void*);  /* Routine to free pAux */
-  Schema *pSchema;     /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema.
-**
-** If there are no virtual tables configured in this schema, the
-** Schema.db variable is set to NULL. After the first virtual table
-** has been added, it is set to point to the database connection 
-** used to create the connection. Once a virtual table has been
-** added to the Schema structure and the Schema.db variable populated, 
-** only that database connection may use the Schema to prepare 
-** statements.
-*/
-struct Schema {
-  int schema_cookie;   /* Database schema version number for this file */
-  Hash tblHash;        /* All tables indexed by name */
-  Hash idxHash;        /* All (named) indices indexed by name */
-  Hash trigHash;       /* All triggers indexed by name */
-  Hash aFKey;          /* Foreign keys indexed by to-table */
-  Table *pSeqTab;      /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */
-  u8 file_format;      /* Schema format version for this file */
-  u8 enc;              /* Text encoding used by this database */
-  u16 flags;           /* Flags associated with this schema */
-  int cache_size;      /* Number of pages to use in the cache */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* "Owner" connection. See comment above */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
-** Db.flags field.
-*/
-#define DbHasProperty(D,I,P)     (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P)  (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define DbSetProperty(D,I,P)     (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags|=(P)
-#define DbClearProperty(D,I,P)   (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->flags&=~(P)
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for the DB.flags field.
-**
-** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been
-** read into internal hash tables.
-**
-** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that
-** have been filled out.  If the schema changes, these column names might
-** changes and so the view will need to be reset.
-*/
-#define DB_SchemaLoaded    0x0001  /* The schema has been loaded */
-#define DB_UnresetViews    0x0002  /* Some views have defined column names */
-#define DB_Empty           0x0004  /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */
-
-/*
-** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited
-** using the sqlite3_limit() interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER+1)
-
-/*
-** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used
-** to satisify small transient memory allocation requests for objects
-** associated with a particular database connection.  The use of
-** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement
-** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing
-** SQL statements.
-**
-** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the
-** lookaside malloc subsystem.  Each available memory allocation in
-** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot
-** objects.
-*/
-struct Lookaside {
-  u16 sz;                 /* Size of each buffer in bytes */
-  u8 bEnabled;            /* True if use lookaside.  False to ignore it */
-  u8 bMalloced;           /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */
-  int nOut;               /* Number of buffers currently checked out */
-  int mxOut;              /* Highwater mark for nOut */
-  LookasideSlot *pFree;   /* List of available buffers */
-  void *pStart;           /* First byte of available memory space */
-  void *pEnd;             /* First byte past end of available space */
-};
-struct LookasideSlot {
-  LookasideSlot *pNext;    /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */
-};
-
-/*
-** A hash table for function definitions.
-**
-** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots.
-** Collisions are on the FuncDef.pHash chain.
-*/
-struct FuncDefHash {
-  FuncDef *a[23];       /* Hash table for functions */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each database is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** The sqlite.lastRowid records the last insert rowid generated by an
-** insert statement.  Inserts on views do not affect its value.  Each
-** trigger has its own context, so that lastRowid can be updated inside
-** triggers as usual.  The previous value will be restored once the trigger
-** exits.  Upon entering a before or instead of trigger, lastRowid is no
-** longer (since after version 2.8.12) reset to -1.
-**
-** The sqlite.nChange does not count changes within triggers and keeps no
-** context.  It is reset at start of sqlite3_exec.
-** The sqlite.lsChange represents the number of changes made by the last
-** insert, update, or delete statement.  It remains constant throughout the
-** length of a statement and is then updated by OP_SetCounts.  It keeps a
-** context stack just like lastRowid so that the count of changes
-** within a trigger is not seen outside the trigger.  Changes to views do not
-** affect the value of lsChange.
-** The sqlite.csChange keeps track of the number of current changes (since
-** the last statement) and is used to update sqlite_lsChange.
-**
-** The member variables sqlite.errCode, sqlite.zErrMsg and sqlite.zErrMsg16
-** store the most recent error code and, if applicable, string. The
-** internal function sqlite3Error() is used to set these variables
-** consistently.
-*/
-struct sqlite3 {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;            /* OS Interface */
-  int nDb;                      /* Number of backends currently in use */
-  Db *aDb;                      /* All backends */
-  int flags;                    /* Miscellanous flags. See below */
-  int openFlags;                /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  int errCode;                  /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */
-  int errMask;                  /* & result codes with this before returning */
-  u8 autoCommit;                /* The auto-commit flag. */
-  u8 temp_store;                /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */
-  u8 mallocFailed;              /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */
-  u8 dfltLockMode;              /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */
-  u8 dfltJournalMode;           /* Default journal mode for attached dbs */
-  signed char nextAutovac;      /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */
-  int nextPagesize;             /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */
-  int nTable;                   /* Number of tables in the database */
-  CollSeq *pDfltColl;           /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */
-  i64 lastRowid;                /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */
-  i64 priorNewRowid;            /* Last randomly generated ROWID */
-  int magic;                    /* Magic number for detect library misuse */
-  int nChange;                  /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */
-  int nTotalChange;             /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Connection mutex */
-  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
-  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
-    int iDb;                    /* When back is being initialized */
-    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
-    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
-  } init;
-  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
-  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared libraray handles */
-  struct Vdbe *pVdbe;           /* List of active virtual machines */
-  int activeVdbeCnt;            /* Number of vdbes currently executing */
-  void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*);        /* Trace function */
-  void *pTraceArg;                          /* Argument to the trace function */
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64);  /* Profiling function */
-  void *pProfileArg;                        /* Argument to profile function */
-  void *pCommitArg;                 /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */   
-  int (*xCommitCallback)(void*);    /* Invoked at every commit. */
-  void *pRollbackArg;               /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */   
-  void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */
-  void *pUpdateArg;
-  void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64);
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*);
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*);
-  void *pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_value *pErr;          /* Most recent error message */
-  char *zErrMsg;                /* Most recent error message (UTF-8 encoded) */
-  char *zErrMsg16;              /* Most recent error message (UTF-16 encoded) */
-  union {
-    volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */
-    double notUsed1;            /* Spacer */
-  } u1;
-  Lookaside lookaside;          /* Lookaside malloc configuration */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-                                /* Access authorization function */
-  void *pAuthArg;               /* 1st argument to the access auth function */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  int (*xProgress)(void *);     /* The progress callback */
-  void *pProgressArg;           /* Argument to the progress callback */
-  int nProgressOps;             /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Hash aModule;                 /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */
-  Table *pVTab;                 /* vtab with active Connect/Create method */
-  sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;       /* Virtual tables with open transactions */
-  int nVTrans;                  /* Allocated size of aVTrans */
-#endif
-  FuncDefHash aFunc;            /* Hash table of connection functions */
-  Hash aCollSeq;                /* All collating sequences */
-  BusyHandler busyHandler;      /* Busy callback */
-  int busyTimeout;              /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */
-  Db aDbStatic[2];              /* Static space for the 2 default backends */
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  sqlite3_stmt *pFetch;         /* Used by SSE to fetch stored statements */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A macro to discover the encoding of a database.
-*/
-#define ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc)
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite.flags and or Db.flags fields.
-**
-** On sqlite.flags, the SQLITE_InTrans value means that we have
-** executed a BEGIN.  On Db.flags, SQLITE_InTrans means a statement
-** transaction is active on that particular database file.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VdbeTrace      0x00000001  /* True to trace VDBE execution */
-#define SQLITE_InTrans        0x00000008  /* True if in a transaction */
-#define SQLITE_InternChanges  0x00000010  /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */
-#define SQLITE_FullColNames   0x00000020  /* Show full column names on SELECT */
-#define SQLITE_ShortColNames  0x00000040  /* Show short columns names */
-#define SQLITE_CountRows      0x00000080  /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */
-                                          /*   DELETE, or UPDATE and return */
-                                          /*   the count using a callback. */
-#define SQLITE_NullCallback   0x00000100  /* Invoke the callback once if the */
-                                          /*   result set is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SqlTrace       0x00000200  /* Debug print SQL as it executes */
-#define SQLITE_VdbeListing    0x00000400  /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */
-#define SQLITE_WriteSchema    0x00000800  /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */
-#define SQLITE_NoReadlock     0x00001000  /* Readlocks are omitted when 
-                                          ** accessing read-only databases */
-#define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks   0x00002000  /* Do not enforce check constraints */
-#define SQLITE_ReadUncommitted 0x00004000 /* For shared-cache mode */
-#define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt  0x00008000  /* Create new databases in format 1 */
-#define SQLITE_FullFSync      0x00010000  /* Use full fsync on the backend */
-#define SQLITE_LoadExtension  0x00020000  /* Enable load_extension */
-
-#define SQLITE_RecoveryMode   0x00040000  /* Ignore schema errors */
-#define SQLITE_SharedCache    0x00080000  /* Cache sharing is enabled */
-#define SQLITE_Vtab           0x00100000  /* There exists a virtual table */
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field.
-** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other
-** than being distinct from one another.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN     0xa029a697  /* Database is open */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED   0x9f3c2d33  /* Database is closed */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK     0x4b771290  /* Error and awaiting close */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY     0xf03b7906  /* Database currently in use */
-#define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR    0xb5357930  /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */
-
-/*
-** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure.  A pointer to this structure is stored in the sqlite.aFunc
-** hash table.  When multiple functions have the same name, the hash table
-** points to a linked list of these structures.
-*/
-struct FuncDef {
-  i8 nArg;             /* Number of arguments.  -1 means unlimited */
-  u8 iPrefEnc;         /* Preferred text encoding (SQLITE_UTF8, 16LE, 16BE) */
-  u8 needCollSeq;      /* True if sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called */
-  u8 flags;            /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */
-  void *pUserData;     /* User data parameter */
-  FuncDef *pNext;      /* Next function with same name */
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Regular function */
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* Aggregate step */
-  void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*);                /* Aggregate finializer */
-  char *zName;         /* SQL name of the function. */
-  FuncDef *pHash;      /* Next with a different name but the same hash */
-};
-
-/*
-** Possible values for FuncDef.flags
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE     0x01  /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE     0x02  /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */
-#define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM    0x04  /* Ephermeral.  Delete with VDBE */
-
-/*
-** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are
-** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures.
-**
-**   FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc)
-**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
-**     implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The
-**     value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available
-**     as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If 
-**     argument bNC is true, then the FuncDef.needCollate flag is set.
-**
-**   AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal)
-**     Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by
-**     the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters
-**     are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to
-**     FUNCTION().
-**
-**   LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags)
-**     Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName 
-**     that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C 
-**     function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made
-**     available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The
-**     FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags
-**     parameter.
-*/
-#define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, bNC, 0, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, #zName}
-#define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, flags, (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, #zName}
-#define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal) \
-  {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, nc, 0, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, 0, xStep,xFinal, #zName}
-
-
-/*
-** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an
-** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule
-** hash table.
-*/
-struct Module {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;       /* Callback pointers */
-  const char *zName;                   /* Name passed to create_module() */
-  void *pAux;                          /* pAux passed to create_module() */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *);            /* Module destructor function */
-};
-
-/*
-** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance
-** of this structure.
-*/
-struct Column {
-  char *zName;     /* Name of this column */
-  Expr *pDflt;     /* Default value of this column */
-  char *zType;     /* Data type for this column */
-  char *zColl;     /* Collating sequence.  If NULL, use the default */
-  u8 notNull;      /* True if there is a NOT NULL constraint */
-  u8 isPrimKey;    /* True if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY */
-  char affinity;   /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  u8 isHidden;     /* True if this column is 'hidden' */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following
-** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and
-** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence.
-**
-** There may two seperate implementations of the collation function, one
-** that processes text in UTF-8 encoding (CollSeq.xCmp) and another that
-** processes text encoded in UTF-16 (CollSeq.xCmp16), using the machine
-** native byte order. When a collation sequence is invoked, SQLite selects
-** the version that will require the least expensive encoding
-** translations, if any.
-**
-** The CollSeq.pUser member variable is an extra parameter that passed in
-** as the first argument to the UTF-8 comparison function, xCmp.
-** CollSeq.pUser16 is the equivalent for the UTF-16 comparison function,
-** xCmp16.
-**
-** If both CollSeq.xCmp and CollSeq.xCmp16 are NULL, it means that the
-** collating sequence is undefined.  Indices built on an undefined
-** collating sequence may not be read or written.
-*/
-struct CollSeq {
-  char *zName;          /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */
-  u8 enc;               /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */
-  u8 type;              /* One of the SQLITE_COLL_... values below */
-  void *pUser;          /* First argument to xCmp() */
-  int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*);
-  void (*xDel)(void*);  /* Destructor for pUser */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of CollSeq.type:
-*/
-#define SQLITE_COLL_BINARY  1  /* The default memcmp() collating sequence */
-#define SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE  2  /* The built-in NOCASE collating sequence */
-#define SQLITE_COLL_REVERSE 3  /* The built-in REVERSE collating sequence */
-#define SQLITE_COLL_USER    0  /* Any other user-defined collating sequence */
-
-/*
-** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SO_ASC       0  /* Sort in ascending order */
-#define SQLITE_SO_DESC      1  /* Sort in ascending order */
-
-/*
-** Column affinity types.
-**
-** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and
-** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT.  But we can save a little space and improve
-** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively.  
-**
-** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'a'.  That way,
-** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and
-** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable.
-**
-** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing
-** for a numeric type is a single comparison.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT     'a'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NONE     'b'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC  'c'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER  'd'
-#define SQLITE_AFF_REAL     'e'
-
-#define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X)  ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC)
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an
-** affinity value. 
-*/
-#define SQLITE_AFF_MASK     0x67
-
-/*
-** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without
-** changing the affinity.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL   0x08  /* jumps if either operand is NULL */
-#define SQLITE_STOREP2      0x10  /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */
-
-/*
-** Each SQL table is represented in memory by an instance of the
-** following structure.
-**
-** Table.zName is the name of the table.  The case of the original
-** CREATE TABLE statement is stored, but case is not significant for
-** comparisons.
-**
-** Table.nCol is the number of columns in this table.  Table.aCol is a
-** pointer to an array of Column structures, one for each column.
-**
-** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then Table.iPKey is the index of
-** the column that is that key.   Otherwise Table.iPKey is negative.  Note
-** that the datatype of the PRIMARY KEY must be INTEGER for this field to
-** be set.  An INTEGER PRIMARY KEY is used as the rowid for each row of
-** the table.  If a table has no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then a random rowid
-** is generated for each row of the table.  TF_HasPrimaryKey is set if
-** the table has any PRIMARY KEY, INTEGER or otherwise.
-**
-** Table.tnum is the page number for the root BTree page of the table in the
-** database file.  If Table.iDb is the index of the database table backend
-** in sqlite.aDb[].  0 is for the main database and 1 is for the file that
-** holds temporary tables and indices.  If TF_Ephemeral is set
-** then the table is stored in a file that is automatically deleted
-** when the VDBE cursor to the table is closed.  In this case Table.tnum 
-** refers VDBE cursor number that holds the table open, not to the root
-** page number.  Transient tables are used to hold the results of a
-** sub-query that appears instead of a real table name in the FROM clause 
-** of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct Table {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* Associated database connection.  Might be NULL. */
-  char *zName;         /* Name of the table or view */
-  int iPKey;           /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the primary key */
-  int nCol;            /* Number of columns in this table */
-  Column *aCol;        /* Information about each column */
-  Index *pIndex;       /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */
-  int tnum;            /* Root BTree node for this table (see note above) */
-  Select *pSelect;     /* NULL for tables.  Points to definition if a view. */
-  u16 nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this Table */
-  u8 tabFlags;         /* Mask of TF_* values */
-  u8 keyConf;          /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* List of SQL triggers on this table */
-  FKey *pFKey;         /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */
-  char *zColAff;       /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Expr *pCheck;        /* The AND of all CHECK constraints */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  int addColOffset;    /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Module *pMod;        /* Pointer to the implementation of the module */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to the module instance */
-  int nModuleArg;      /* Number of arguments to the module */
-  char **azModuleArg;  /* Text of all module args. [0] is module name */
-#endif
-  Schema *pSchema;     /* Schema that contains this table */
-  Table *pNextZombie;  /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Tabe.tabFlags.
-*/
-#define TF_Readonly        0x01    /* Read-only system table */
-#define TF_Ephemeral       0x02    /* An emphermal table */
-#define TF_HasPrimaryKey   0x04    /* Table has a primary key */
-#define TF_Autoincrement   0x08    /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */
-#define TF_Virtual         0x10    /* Is a virtual table */
-#define TF_NeedMetadata    0x20    /* aCol[].zType and aCol[].pColl missing */
-
-
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table.  This is
-** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual
-** table support is omitted from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      (((X)->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0)
-#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) ((X)->isHidden)
-#else
-#  define IsVirtual(X)      0
-#  define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** A foreign key is associated with two tables.  The "from" table is
-** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign
-** key.  The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause.
-** Consider this example:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE ex1(
-**       a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
-**       b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x)
-**     );
-**
-** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2".
-**
-** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure
-** which is attached to the from-table.  The to-table need not exist when
-** the from-table is created.  The existance of the to-table is not checked
-** until an attempt is made to insert data into the from-table.
-**
-** The sqlite.aFKey hash table stores pointers to this structure
-** given the name of a to-table.  For each to-table, all foreign keys
-** associated with that table are on a linked list using the FKey.pNextTo
-** field.
-*/
-struct FKey {
-  Table *pFrom;     /* The table that constains the REFERENCES clause */
-  FKey *pNextFrom;  /* Next foreign key in pFrom */
-  char *zTo;        /* Name of table that the key points to */
-  FKey *pNextTo;    /* Next foreign key that points to zTo */
-  int nCol;         /* Number of columns in this key */
-  struct sColMap {  /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */
-    int iFrom;         /* Index of column in pFrom */
-    char *zCol;        /* Name of column in zTo.  If 0 use PRIMARY KEY */
-  } *aCol;          /* One entry for each of nCol column s */
-  u8 isDeferred;    /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */
-  u8 updateConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on UPDATE */
-  u8 deleteConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on DELETE */
-  u8 insertConf;    /* How to resolve conflicts that occur on INSERT */
-};
-
-/*
-** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint
-** error.  ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation
-** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction
-** to be rolled back.  ABORT processing means the operation in process
-** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out,
-** but the transaction is not rolled back.  FAIL processing means that
-** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code.  But prior
-** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback
-** occurs.  IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint
-** error is not inserted or updated.  Processing continues and no error
-** is returned.  REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused
-** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or
-** update can proceed.  Processing continues and no error is reported.
-**
-** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys.
-** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the
-** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys.  SETNULL means that the foreign
-** key is set to NULL.  CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the
-** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the
-** foreign key.
-** 
-** The following symbolic values are used to record which type
-** of action to take.
-*/
-#define OE_None     0   /* There is no constraint to check */
-#define OE_Rollback 1   /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */
-#define OE_Abort    2   /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */
-#define OE_Fail     3   /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */
-#define OE_Ignore   4   /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */
-#define OE_Replace  5   /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */
-
-#define OE_Restrict 6   /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */
-#define OE_SetNull  7   /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */
-#define OE_SetDflt  8   /* Set the foreign key value to its default */
-#define OE_Cascade  9   /* Cascade the changes */
-
-#define OE_Default  99  /* Do whatever the default action is */
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first
-** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the 
-** comparison of the two index keys.
-*/
-struct KeyInfo {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
-  u8 enc;             /* Text encoding - one of the TEXT_Utf* values */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in aColl[] */
-  u8 *aSortOrder;     /* If defined an aSortOrder[i] is true, sort DESC */
-  CollSeq *aColl[1];  /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds information about a
-** single index record that has already been parsed out into individual
-** values.
-**
-** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data.
-** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store
-** the key of an index.  A blob encoding of a record is created by
-** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassemblied by the
-** OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** This structure holds a record that has already been disassembled
-** into its constitutent fields.
-*/
-struct UnpackedRecord {
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Collation and sort-order information */
-  u16 nField;         /* Number of entries in apMem[] */
-  u16 flags;          /* Boolean settings.  UNPACKED_... below */
-  Mem *aMem;          /* Values */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of UnpackedRecord.flags
-*/
-#define UNPACKED_NEED_FREE     0x0001  /* Memory is from sqlite3Malloc() */
-#define UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY  0x0002  /* apMem[]s should all be destroyed */
-#define UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID  0x0004  /* Ignore trailing rowid on key1 */
-#define UNPACKED_INCRKEY       0x0008  /* Make this key an epsilon larger */
-#define UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH  0x0010  /* A prefix match is considered OK */
-
-/*
-** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-**
-** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described
-** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure.  For example, suppose
-** we have the following table and index:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text);
-**     CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1);
-**
-** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are
-** three columns in the table.  In the Index structure describing
-** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed.
-** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}.  aiColumn[0]==2 because the 
-** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[].
-** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in
-** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0.
-**
-** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns
-** must be unique and what to do if they are not.  When Index.onError=OE_None,
-** it means this is not a unique index.  Otherwise it is a unique index
-** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution 
-** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique
-** element.
-*/
-struct Index {
-  char *zName;     /* Name of this index */
-  int nColumn;     /* Number of columns in the table used by this index */
-  int *aiColumn;   /* Which columns are used by this index.  1st is 0 */
-  unsigned *aiRowEst; /* Result of ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */
-  Table *pTable;   /* The SQL table being indexed */
-  int tnum;        /* Page containing root of this index in database file */
-  u8 onError;      /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  u8 autoIndex;    /* True if is automatically created (ex: by UNIQUE) */
-  char *zColAff;   /* String defining the affinity of each column */
-  Index *pNext;    /* The next index associated with the same table */
-  Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */
-  u8 *aSortOrder;  /* Array of size Index.nColumn. True==DESC, False==ASC */
-  char **azColl;   /* Array of collation sequence names for index */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of
-** this structure.  Tokens are also used as part of an expression.
-**
-** Note if Token.z==0 then Token.dyn and Token.n are undefined and
-** may contain random values.  Do not make any assuptions about Token.dyn
-** and Token.n when Token.z==0.
-*/
-struct Token {
-  const unsigned char *z; /* Text of the token.  Not NULL-terminated! */
-  unsigned dyn  : 1;      /* True for malloced memory, false for static */
-  unsigned n    : 31;     /* Number of characters in this token */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate
-** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions.
-**
-** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a
-** pointer to this structure.  The Expr.iColumn field is the index in
-** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate
-** code for that node.
-**
-** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the
-** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement.  These
-** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-struct AggInfo {
-  u8 directMode;          /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly
-                          ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */
-  u8 useSortingIdx;       /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather
-                          ** than the source table */
-  int sortingIdx;         /* Cursor number of the sorting index */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The group by clause */
-  int nSortingColumn;     /* Number of columns in the sorting index */
-  struct AggInfo_col {    /* For each column used in source tables */
-    Table *pTab;             /* Source table */
-    int iTable;              /* Cursor number of the source table */
-    int iColumn;             /* Column number within the source table */
-    int iSorterColumn;       /* Column number in the sorting index */
-    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* The original expression */
-  } *aCol;
-  int nColumn;            /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */
-  int nColumnAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aCol[] */
-  int nAccumulator;       /* Number of columns that show through to the output.
-                          ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to
-                          ** aggregate functions */
-  struct AggInfo_func {   /* For each aggregate function */
-    Expr *pExpr;             /* Expression encoding the function */
-    FuncDef *pFunc;          /* The aggregate function implementation */
-    int iMem;                /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */
-    int iDistinct;           /* Ephermeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */
-  } *aFunc;
-  int nFunc;              /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */
-  int nFuncAlloc;         /* Number of slots allocated for aFunc[] */
-};
-
-/*
-** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance
-** of this structure.
-**
-** Expr.op is the opcode.  The integer parser token codes are reused
-** as opcodes here.  For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer
-** code representing the ">=" operator.  This same integer code is reused
-** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression
-** tree.
-**
-** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are subexpressions.  Expr.pList is a list
-** of argument if the expression is a function.
-**
-** Expr.token is the operator token for this node.  For some expressions
-** that have subexpressions, Expr.token can be the complete text that gave
-** rise to the Expr.  In the latter case, the token is marked as being
-** a compound token.
-**
-** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table.
-** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is
-** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and
-** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column.  If the
-** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the
-** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that
-** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed.
-**
-** If the expression is a function, the Expr.iTable is an integer code
-** representing which function.  If the expression is an unbound variable
-** marker (a question mark character '?' in the original SQL) then the
-** Expr.iTable holds the index number for that variable.
-**
-** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer
-** register number containing the result of the subquery.  If the
-** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1.  If the subquery
-** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing
-** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery.
-**
-** The Expr.pSelect field points to a SELECT statement.  The SELECT might
-** be the right operand of an IN operator.  Or, if a scalar SELECT appears
-** in an expression the opcode is TK_SELECT and Expr.pSelect is the only
-** operand.
-**
-** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from
-** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the
-** corresponding table definition.
-*/
-struct Expr {
-  u8 op;                 /* Operation performed by this node */
-  char affinity;         /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */
-  u16 flags;             /* Various flags.  See below */
-  CollSeq *pColl;        /* The collation type of the column or 0 */
-  Expr *pLeft, *pRight;  /* Left and right subnodes */
-  ExprList *pList;       /* A list of expressions used as function arguments
-                         ** or in "<expr> IN (<expr-list)" */
-  Token token;           /* An operand token */
-  Token span;            /* Complete text of the expression */
-  int iTable, iColumn;   /* When op==TK_COLUMN, then this expr node means the
-                         ** iColumn-th field of the iTable-th table. */
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo;     /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */
-  int iAgg;              /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */
-  int iRightJoinTable;   /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */
-  Select *pSelect;       /* When the expression is a sub-select.  Also the
-                         ** right side of "<expr> IN (<select>)" */
-  Table *pTab;           /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. */
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  int nHeight;           /* Height of the tree headed by this node */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field.
-*/
-#define EP_FromJoin   0x0001  /* Originated in ON or USING clause of a join */
-#define EP_Agg        0x0002  /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */
-#define EP_Resolved   0x0004  /* IDs have been resolved to COLUMNs */
-#define EP_Error      0x0008  /* Expression contains one or more errors */
-#define EP_Distinct   0x0010  /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */
-#define EP_VarSelect  0x0020  /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */
-#define EP_Dequoted   0x0040  /* True if the string has been dequoted */
-#define EP_InfixFunc  0x0080  /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */
-#define EP_ExpCollate 0x0100  /* Collating sequence specified explicitly */
-#define EP_AnyAff     0x0200  /* Can take a cached column of any affinity */
-#define EP_FixedDest  0x0400  /* Result needed in a specific register */
-#define EP_IntValue   0x0800  /* Integer value contained in iTable */
-/*
-** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
-** Expr.flags field.
-*/
-#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
-#define ExprHasAnyProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
-#define ExprSetProperty(E,P)     (E)->flags|=(P)
-#define ExprClearProperty(E,P)   (E)->flags&=~(P)
-
-/*
-** A list of expressions.  Each expression may optionally have a
-** name.  An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such
-** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the
-** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE.  A list of expressions can
-** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName
-** field is not used.
-*/
-struct ExprList {
-  int nExpr;             /* Number of expressions on the list */
-  int nAlloc;            /* Number of entries allocated below */
-  int iECursor;          /* VDBE Cursor associated with this ExprList */
-  struct ExprList_item {
-    Expr *pExpr;           /* The list of expressions */
-    char *zName;           /* Token associated with this expression */
-    u8 sortOrder;          /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */
-    u8 done;               /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */
-    u16 iCol;              /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */
-    u16 iAlias;            /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */
-  } *a;                  /* One entry for each expression */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers,
-** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements:
-**
-**      INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...;
-**      CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c);
-**      CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...;
-**
-** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of
-** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement.  In the statement
-**
-**     INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ...
-**
-** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k.
-*/
-struct IdList {
-  struct IdList_item {
-    char *zName;      /* Name of the identifier */
-    int idx;          /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */
-  } *a;
-  int nId;         /* Number of identifiers on the list */
-  int nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated for a[] below */
-};
-
-/*
-** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations.
-**
-** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of
-** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64.  But it also reduces the size
-** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86.
-*/
-typedef u64 Bitmask;
-
-/*
-** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
-** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of
-** the SrcList.a[] array.
-**
-** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure
-** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that
-** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  In standard SQL,
-** such a table must be a simple name: ID.  But in SQLite, the table can
-** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID.
-**
-** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table
-** and the next table on the list.  The parser builds the list this way.
-** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each
-** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table.
-*/
-struct SrcList {
-  i16 nSrc;        /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */
-  i16 nAlloc;      /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */
-  struct SrcList_item {
-    char *zDatabase;  /* Name of database holding this table */
-    char *zName;      /* Name of the table */
-    char *zAlias;     /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase.  zName is the "A" */
-    Table *pTab;      /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */
-    Select *pSelect;  /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */
-    u8 isPopulated;   /* Temporary table associated with SELECT is populated */
-    u8 jointype;      /* Type of join between this able and the previous */
-    int iCursor;      /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */
-    Expr *pOn;        /* The ON clause of a join */
-    IdList *pUsing;   /* The USING clause of a join */
-    Bitmask colUsed;  /* Bit N (1<<N) set if column N or pTab is used */
-  } a[1];             /* One entry for each identifier on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field
-*/
-#define JT_INNER     0x0001    /* Any kind of inner or cross join */
-#define JT_CROSS     0x0002    /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */
-#define JT_NATURAL   0x0004    /* True for a "natural" join */
-#define JT_LEFT      0x0008    /* Left outer join */
-#define JT_RIGHT     0x0010    /* Right outer join */
-#define JT_OUTER     0x0020    /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */
-#define JT_ERROR     0x0040    /* unknown or unsupported join type */
-
-/*
-** For each nested loop in a WHERE clause implementation, the WhereInfo
-** structure contains a single instance of this structure.  This structure
-** is intended to be private the the where.c module and should not be
-** access or modified by other modules.
-**
-** The pIdxInfo and pBestIdx fields are used to help pick the best
-** index on a virtual table.  The pIdxInfo pointer contains indexing
-** information for the i-th table in the FROM clause before reordering.
-** All the pIdxInfo pointers are freed by whereInfoFree() in where.c.
-** The pBestIdx pointer is a copy of pIdxInfo for the i-th table after
-** FROM clause ordering.  This is a little confusing so I will repeat
-** it in different words.  WhereInfo.a[i].pIdxInfo is index information 
-** for WhereInfo.pTabList.a[i].  WhereInfo.a[i].pBestInfo is the
-** index information for the i-th loop of the join.  pBestInfo is always
-** either NULL or a copy of some pIdxInfo.  So for cleanup it is 
-** sufficient to free all of the pIdxInfo pointers.
-** 
-*/
-struct WhereLevel {
-  int iFrom;            /* Which entry in the FROM clause */
-  int flags;            /* Flags associated with this level */
-  int iMem;             /* First memory cell used by this level */
-  int iLeftJoin;        /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */
-  Index *pIdx;          /* Index used.  NULL if no index */
-  int iTabCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */
-  int iIdxCur;          /* The VDBE cursor used to acesss pIdx */
-  int brk;              /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int nxt;              /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */
-  int cont;             /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */
-  int top;              /* First instruction of interior of the loop */
-  int op, p1, p2;       /* Opcode used to terminate the loop */
-  int nEq;              /* Number of == or IN constraints on this loop */
-  int nIn;              /* Number of IN operators constraining this loop */
-  struct InLoop {
-    int iCur;              /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */
-    int topAddr;           /* Top of the IN loop */
-  } *aInLoop;           /* Information about each nested IN operator */
-  sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx;  /* Index information for this level */
-
-  /* The following field is really not part of the current level.  But
-  ** we need a place to cache index information for each table in the
-  ** FROM clause and the WhereLevel structure is a convenient place.
-  */
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;  /* Index info for n-th source table */
-};
-
-/*
-** Flags appropriate for the wflags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin().
-*/
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL     0   /* No-op */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN        1   /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX        2   /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */
-#define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED    4   /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */
-
-/*
-** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves.  The
-** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second
-** half does the tail of the WHERE loop.  An instance of
-** this structure is returned by the first half and passed
-** into the second half to give some continuity.
-*/
-struct WhereInfo {
-  Parse *pParse;       /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  u8 okOnePass;        /* Ok to use one-pass algorithm for UPDATE or DELETE */
-  SrcList *pTabList;   /* List of tables in the join */
-  int iTop;            /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */
-  int iContinue;       /* Jump here to continue with next record */
-  int iBreak;          /* Jump here to break out of the loop */
-  int nLevel;          /* Number of nested loop */
-  sqlite3_index_info **apInfo;  /* Array of pointers to index info structures */
-  WhereLevel a[1];     /* Information about each nest loop in the WHERE */
-};
-
-/*
-** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column
-** names.  The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and
-** a list of named expression (pEList).  The named expression list may
-** be NULL.  The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or
-** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The
-** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for
-** other statements.
-**
-** NameContexts can be nested.  When resolving names, the inner-most 
-** context is searched first.  If no match is found, the next outer
-** context is checked.  If there is still no match, the next context
-** is checked.  This process continues until either a match is found
-** or all contexts are check.  When a match is found, the nRef member of
-** the context containing the match is incremented. 
-**
-** Each subquery gets a new NameContext.  The pNext field points to the
-** NameContext in the parent query.  Thus the process of scanning the
-** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer
-** subqueries looking for a match.
-*/
-struct NameContext {
-  Parse *pParse;       /* The parser */
-  SrcList *pSrcList;   /* One or more tables used to resolve names */
-  ExprList *pEList;    /* Optional list of named expressions */
-  int nRef;            /* Number of names resolved by this context */
-  int nErr;            /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */
-  u8 allowAgg;         /* Aggregate functions allowed here */
-  u8 hasAgg;           /* True if aggregates are seen */
-  u8 isCheck;          /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */
-  int nDepth;          /* Depth of subquery recursion. 1 for no recursion */
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo;   /* Information about aggregates at this level */
-  NameContext *pNext;  /* Next outer name context.  NULL for outermost */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure contains all information
-** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement.
-**
-** nLimit is set to -1 if there is no LIMIT clause.  nOffset is set to 0.
-** If there is a LIMIT clause, the parser sets nLimit to the value of the
-** limit and nOffset to the value of the offset (or 0 if there is not
-** offset).  But later on, nLimit and nOffset become the memory locations
-** in the VDBE that record the limit and offset counters.
-**
-** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes.
-** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in
-** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later.  Neither the KeyInfo nor
-** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time
-** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not
-** enough information about the compound query is known at that point.
-** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences
-** for the result set.  The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[2] contains collating
-** sequences for the ORDER BY clause.
-*/
-struct Select {
-  ExprList *pEList;      /* The fields of the result */
-  u8 op;                 /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */
-  char affinity;         /* MakeRecord with this affinity for SRT_Set */
-  u16 selFlags;          /* Various SF_* values */
-  SrcList *pSrc;         /* The FROM clause */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pPrior;        /* Prior select in a compound select statement */
-  Select *pNext;         /* Next select to the left in a compound */
-  Select *pRightmost;    /* Right-most select in a compound select statement */
-  Expr *pLimit;          /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */
-  Expr *pOffset;         /* OFFSET expression. NULL means not used. */
-  int iLimit, iOffset;   /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */
-  int addrOpenEphm[3];   /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Select.selFlags.  The "SF" prefix stands for
-** "Select Flag".
-*/
-#define SF_Distinct        0x0001  /* Output should be DISTINCT */
-#define SF_Resolved        0x0002  /* Identifiers have been resolved */
-#define SF_Aggregate       0x0004  /* Contains aggregate functions */
-#define SF_UsesEphemeral   0x0008  /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */
-#define SF_Expanded        0x0010  /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */
-#define SF_HasTypeInfo     0x0020  /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */
-
-
-/*
-** The results of a select can be distributed in several ways.  The
-** "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result Type".
-*/
-#define SRT_Union        1  /* Store result as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_Except       2  /* Remove result from a UNION index */
-#define SRT_Exists       3  /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */
-#define SRT_Discard      4  /* Do not save the results anywhere */
-
-/* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */
-#define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_Discard)
-
-#define SRT_Output       5  /* Output each row of result */
-#define SRT_Mem          6  /* Store result in a memory cell */
-#define SRT_Set          7  /* Store results as keys in an index */
-#define SRT_Table        8  /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */
-#define SRT_EphemTab     9  /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */
-#define SRT_Coroutine   10  /* Generate a single row of result */
-
-/*
-** A structure used to customize the behaviour of sqlite3Select(). See
-** comments above sqlite3Select() for details.
-*/
-typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest;
-struct SelectDest {
-  u8 eDest;         /* How to dispose of the results */
-  u8 affinity;      /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */
-  int iParm;        /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */
-  int iMem;         /* Base register where results are written */
-  int nMem;         /* Number of registers allocated */
-};
-
-/*
-** An SQL parser context.  A copy of this structure is passed through
-** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to
-** carry around information that is global to the entire parse.
-**
-** The structure is divided into two parts.  When the parser and code
-** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure
-** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of
-** each recursion.
-**
-** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache 
-** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are
-** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being
-** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the
-** list.
-*/
-struct Parse {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* The main database structure */
-  int rc;              /* Return code from execution */
-  char *zErrMsg;       /* An error message */
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;         /* An engine for executing database bytecode */
-  u8 colNamesSet;      /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */
-  u8 nameClash;        /* A permanent table name clashes with temp table name */
-  u8 checkSchema;      /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */
-  u8 nested;           /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */
-  u8 parseError;       /* True after a parsing error.  Ticket #1794 */
-  u8 nTempReg;         /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */
-  u8 nTempInUse;       /* Number of aTempReg[] currently checked out */
-  int aTempReg[8];     /* Holding area for temporary registers */
-  int nRangeReg;       /* Size of the temporary register block */
-  int iRangeReg;       /* First register in temporary register block */
-  int nErr;            /* Number of errors seen */
-  int nTab;            /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */
-  int nMem;            /* Number of memory cells used so far */
-  int nSet;            /* Number of sets used so far */
-  int ckBase;          /* Base register of data during check constraints */
-  int disableColCache; /* True to disable adding to column cache */
-  int nColCache;       /* Number of entries in the column cache */
-  int iColCache;       /* Next entry of the cache to replace */
-  struct yColCache {
-    int iTable;           /* Table cursor number */
-    int iColumn;          /* Table column number */
-    char affChange;       /* True if this register has had an affinity change */
-    int iReg;             /* Register holding value of this column */
-  } aColCache[10];     /* One for each valid column cache entry */
-  u32 writeMask;       /* Start a write transaction on these databases */
-  u32 cookieMask;      /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */
-  int cookieGoto;      /* Address of OP_Goto to cookie verifier subroutine */
-  int cookieValue[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2];  /* Values of cookies to verify */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nTableLock;        /* Number of locks in aTableLock */
-  TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */
-#endif
-  int regRowid;        /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */
-  int regRoot;         /* Register holding root page number for new objects */
-
-  /* Above is constant between recursions.  Below is reset before and after
-  ** each recursion */
-
-  int nVar;            /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */
-  int nVarExpr;        /* Number of used slots in apVarExpr[] */
-  int nVarExprAlloc;   /* Number of allocated slots in apVarExpr[] */
-  Expr **apVarExpr;    /* Pointers to :aaa and $aaaa wildcard expressions */
-  int nAlias;          /* Number of aliased result set columns */
-  int *aAlias;         /* Register used to hold aliased result */
-  u8 explain;          /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */
-  Token sErrToken;     /* The token at which the error occurred */
-  Token sNameToken;    /* Token with unqualified schema object name */
-  Token sLastToken;    /* The last token parsed */
-  const char *zSql;    /* All SQL text */
-  const char *zTail;   /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */
-  Table *pNewTable;    /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */
-  Trigger *pNewTrigger;     /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */
-  TriggerStack *trigStack;  /* Trigger actions being coded */
-  const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Token sArg;                /* Complete text of a module argument */
-  u8 declareVtab;            /* True if inside sqlite3_declare_vtab() */
-  int nVtabLock;             /* Number of virtual tables to lock */
-  Table **apVtabLock;        /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */
-#endif
-  int nHeight;            /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */
-  Table *pZombieTab;      /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0
-#else
-  #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->declareVtab)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used
-** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later.
-*/
-struct AuthContext {
-  const char *zAuthContext;   /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */
-  Parse *pParse;              /* The Parse structure */
-};
-
-/*
-** Bitfield flags for P2 value in OP_Insert and OP_Delete
-*/
-#define OPFLAG_NCHANGE   1    /* Set to update db->nChange */
-#define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 2    /* Set to update db->lastRowid */
-#define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE  4    /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */
-#define OPFLAG_APPEND    8    /* This is likely to be an append */
-
-/*
- * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of
- * struct Trigger. 
- *
- * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways.
- * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the 
- *    database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name.
- * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the
- *    pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the
- *    linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated
- *    struct Table.
- *
- * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list
- * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program.
- */
-struct Trigger {
-  char *name;             /* The name of the trigger                        */
-  char *table;            /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */
-  u8 op;                  /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT         */
-  u8 tr_tm;               /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Expr *pWhen;            /* The WHEN clause of the expresion (may be NULL) */
-  IdList *pColumns;       /* If this is an UPDATE OF <column-list> trigger,
-                             the <column-list> is stored here */
-  Token nameToken;        /* Token containing zName. Use during parsing only */
-  Schema *pSchema;        /* Schema containing the trigger */
-  Schema *pTabSchema;     /* Schema containing the table */
-  TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps             */
-  Trigger *pNext;         /* Next trigger associated with the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger.  The following constants
-** determine which. 
-**
-** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER.
-** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together.
-*/
-#define TRIGGER_BEFORE  1
-#define TRIGGER_AFTER   2
-
-/*
- * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement
- * that is a part of a trigger-program. 
- *
- * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked
- * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the 
- * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is
- * the first step of the trigger-program.
- * 
- * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or
- * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the 
- * value of "op" as follows:
- *
- * (op == TK_INSERT)
- * orconf    -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm
- * pSelect   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then
- *              this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL.
- * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to insert into.
- * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then
- *              this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL.
- * pIdList   -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... (<column-names>) VALUES ... 
- *              statement, then this stores the column-names to be
- *              inserted into.
- *
- * (op == TK_DELETE)
- * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to delete from.
- * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified.
- *              Otherwise NULL.
- * 
- * (op == TK_UPDATE)
- * target    -> A token holding the name of the table to update rows of.
- * pWhere    -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified.
- *              Otherwise NULL.
- * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update
- *              them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges"
- *              argument.
- * 
- */
-struct TriggerStep {
-  int op;              /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */
-  int orconf;          /* OE_Rollback etc. */
-  Trigger *pTrig;      /* The trigger that this step is a part of */
-
-  Select *pSelect;     /* Valid for SELECT and sometimes 
-                          INSERT steps (when pExprList == 0) */
-  Token target;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT steps */
-  Expr *pWhere;        /* Valid for DELETE, UPDATE steps */
-  ExprList *pExprList; /* Valid for UPDATE statements and sometimes 
-                           INSERT steps (when pSelect == 0)         */
-  IdList *pIdList;     /* Valid for INSERT statements only */
-  TriggerStep *pNext;  /* Next in the link-list */
-  TriggerStep *pLast;  /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */
-};
-
-/*
- * An instance of struct TriggerStack stores information required during code
- * generation of a single trigger program. While the trigger program is being
- * coded, its associated TriggerStack instance is pointed to by the
- * "pTriggerStack" member of the Parse structure.
- *
- * The pTab member points to the table that triggers are being coded on. The 
- * newIdx member contains the index of the vdbe cursor that points at the temp
- * table that stores the new.* references. If new.* references are not valid
- * for the trigger being coded (for example an ON DELETE trigger), then newIdx
- * is set to -1. The oldIdx member is analogous to newIdx, for old.* references.
- *
- * The ON CONFLICT policy to be used for the trigger program steps is stored 
- * as the orconf member. If this is OE_Default, then the ON CONFLICT clause 
- * specified for individual triggers steps is used.
- *
- * struct TriggerStack has a "pNext" member, to allow linked lists to be
- * constructed. When coding nested triggers (triggers fired by other triggers)
- * each nested trigger stores its parent trigger's TriggerStack as the "pNext" 
- * pointer. Once the nested trigger has been coded, the pNext value is restored
- * to the pTriggerStack member of the Parse stucture and coding of the parent
- * trigger continues.
- *
- * Before a nested trigger is coded, the linked list pointed to by the 
- * pTriggerStack is scanned to ensure that the trigger is not about to be coded
- * recursively. If this condition is detected, the nested trigger is not coded.
- */
-struct TriggerStack {
-  Table *pTab;         /* Table that triggers are currently being coded on */
-  int newIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "new" temp table */
-  int oldIdx;          /* Index of vdbe cursor to "old" temp table */
-  u32 newColMask;
-  u32 oldColMask;
-  int orconf;          /* Current orconf policy */
-  int ignoreJump;      /* where to jump to for a RAISE(IGNORE) */
-  Trigger *pTrigger;   /* The trigger currently being coded */
-  TriggerStack *pNext; /* Next trigger down on the trigger stack */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix...
-** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references
-** explicit.  
-*/
-typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer;
-struct DbFixer {
-  Parse *pParse;      /* The parsing context.  Error messages written here */
-  const char *zDb;    /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */
-  const char *zType;  /* Type of the container - used for error messages */
-  const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */
-};
-
-/*
-** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we
-** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end.
-*/
-struct StrAccum {
-  sqlite3 *db;         /* Optional database for lookaside.  Can be NULL */
-  char *zBase;         /* A base allocation.  Not from malloc. */
-  char *zText;         /* The string collected so far */
-  int  nChar;          /* Length of the string so far */
-  int  nAlloc;         /* Amount of space allocated in zText */
-  int  mxAlloc;        /* Maximum allowed string length */
-  u8   mallocFailed;   /* Becomes true if any memory allocation fails */
-  u8   useMalloc;      /* True if zText is enlargable using realloc */
-  u8   tooBig;         /* Becomes true if string size exceeds limits */
-};
-
-/*
-** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information
-** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback.
-*/
-typedef struct {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database being initialized */
-  int iDb;            /* 0 for main database.  1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */
-  char **pzErrMsg;    /* Error message stored here */
-  int rc;             /* Result code stored here */
-} InitData;
-
-/*
-** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library.
-**
-** This structure also contains some state information.
-*/
-struct Sqlite3Config {
-  int bMemstat;                     /* True to enable memory status */
-  int bCoreMutex;                   /* True to enable core mutexing */
-  int bFullMutex;                   /* True to enable full mutexing */
-  int mxStrlen;                     /* Maximum string length */
-  int szLookaside;                  /* Default lookaside buffer size */
-  int nLookaside;                   /* Default lookaside buffer count */
-  sqlite3_mem_methods m;            /* Low-level memory allocation interface */
-  sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex;      /* Low-level mutex interface */
-  void *pHeap;                      /* Heap storage space */
-  int nHeap;                        /* Size of pHeap[] */
-  int mnReq, mxReq;                 /* Min and max heap requests sizes */
-  void *pScratch;                   /* Scratch memory */
-  int szScratch;                    /* Size of each scratch buffer */
-  int nScratch;                     /* Number of scratch buffers */
-  void *pPage;                      /* Page cache memory */
-  int szPage;                       /* Size of each page in pPage[] */
-  int nPage;                        /* Number of pages in pPage[] */
-  int isInit;                       /* True after initialization has finished */
-  int inProgress;                   /* True while initialization in progress */
-  int isMallocInit;                 /* True after malloc is initialized */
-  sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex;        /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */
-  int nRefInitMutex;                /* Number of users of pInitMutex */
-  int nSmall;                       /* alloc size threshold used by mem6.c */
-  int mxParserStack;                /* maximum depth of the parser stack */
-  int sharedCacheEnabled;           /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */
-};
-
-/*
-** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk.
-*/
-struct Walker {
-  int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*);     /* Callback for expressions */
-  int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*);  /* Callback for SELECTs */
-  Parse *pParse;                            /* Parser context.  */
-  union {                                   /* Extra data for callback */
-    NameContext *pNC;                          /* Naming context */
-    int i;                                     /* Integer value */
-  } u;
-};
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*);
-
-/*
-** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their
-** callbacks.
-*/
-#define WRC_Continue    0
-#define WRC_Prune       1
-#define WRC_Abort       2
-
-/*
-** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character,
-** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) {                        \
-  if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){                              \
-    while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; }             \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-/*
-** The SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT macro can be either a constant (for production
-** builds) or a function call (for debugging).  If it is a function call,
-** it allows the operator to set a breakpoint at the spot where database
-** corruption is first detected.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Corrupt(void);
-# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3Corrupt()
-#else
-# define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT SQLITE_CORRUPT
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Internal function prototypes
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char*, int*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3*, const char*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(void (*)(void*, sqlite3_int64, int), void*, sqlite3_int64);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexInit(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3MutexEnd(void);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(StrAccum*, int, const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3*,char*,const char*,...);
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...);
-#endif
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr*,Token*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse*,Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Select*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,Select*,int,int);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Select*, IdList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int,int*,int*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3*, IdList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*,
-                                      Select*, Expr*, IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*,
-                        Token*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,
-                         Expr*,ExprList*,int,Expr*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList**, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse*,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,int isView,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int,int,
-                                     int*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*,int,int,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3*,Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(FuncDefHash*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,u8,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetBuiltinFunction(const char *, int, FuncDef **);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3SafetyOn(A) 0
-# define sqlite3SafetyOff(A) 0
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int);
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*,
-                           Expr*,int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse*, Table*, int, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, 
-                           int, int, u32*, u32*);
-  void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(sqlite3*,Token*, IdList*,
-                                        ExprList*,Select*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(sqlite3*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(sqlite3*,Token*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3TriggersExist(A,B,C,D,E,F) 0
-# define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B)
-# define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B)
-# define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C)
-# define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K) 0
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d)
-# define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e)    SQLITE_OK
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c)
-# define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a)  ((void)(a))
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(const sqlite3 *db, const char *zFilename,
-                       int omitJournal, int nCache, int flags, Btree **ppBtree);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8*, const u8*, const u8**);
-
-/*
-** Routines to read and write variable-length integers.  These used to
-** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c
-** file.  Code should use the MACRO forms below, as the Varint32 versions
-** are coded to assume the single byte case is already handled (which 
-** the MACRO form does).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char*, u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v);
-
-/*
-** The header of a record consists of a sequence variable-length integers.
-** These integers are almost always small and are encoded as a single byte.
-** The following macros take advantage this fact to provide a fast encode
-** and decode of the integers in a record header.  It is faster for the common
-** case where the integer is a single byte.  It is a little slower when the
-** integer is two or more bytes.  But overall it is faster.
-**
-** The following expressions are equivalent:
-**
-**     x = sqlite3GetVarint32( A, &B );
-**     x = sqlite3PutVarint32( A, B );
-**
-**     x = getVarint32( A, B );
-**     x = putVarint32( A, B );
-**
-*/
-#define getVarint32(A,B)  ((*(A)<(unsigned char)0x80) ? ((B) = (u32)*(A)),1 : sqlite3GetVarint32((A), &(B)))
-#define putVarint32(A,B)  (((B)<(u32)0x80) ? (*(A) = (unsigned char)(B)),1 : sqlite3PutVarint32((A), (B)))
-#define getVarint    sqlite3GetVarint
-#define putVarint    sqlite3PutVarint
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Index *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *, Table *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char *,int,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *, Token *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, 
-                        void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8);
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[];
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config;
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *, Expr *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(sqlite3*, CollSeq *, const char *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *, Index *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, 
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, char*, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum*,const char*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(size_t));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token, Parse*);
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*);
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*);
-#else
-# define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-#  define sqlite3VtabClear(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK
-#  define sqlite3VtabRollback(X)
-#  define sqlite3VtabCommit(X)
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    void sqlite3VtabClear(Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE    int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3*, sqlite3_vtab*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, sqlite3_vtab *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *);
-
-
-/*
-** Available fault injectors.  Should be numbered beginning with 0.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC     0
-#define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT      1
-
-/*
-** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign"
-** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-** is not defined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc()
-  #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-#endif
-
-#define IN_INDEX_ROWID           1
-#define IN_INDEX_EPH             2
-#define IN_INDEX_INDEX           3
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, int*);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs) ((pVfs)->szOsFile)
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
-  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
-  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-#include "sseInt.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *);
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable
-** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to
-** print I/O tracing messages. 
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE
-# define IOTRACE(A)  if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...);
-#else
-# define IOTRACE(A)
-# define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 June 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
-**
-** $Id: global.c,v 1.8 2008/09/04 17:17:39 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
-** lower-case character. 
-**
-** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters.  We do not
-** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
-** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
-     18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
-     36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
-     54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
-    104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
-    122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
-    108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
-    126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
-    162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
-    180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
-    198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
-    216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
-    234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
-    252,253,254,255
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
-     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
-     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
-     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
-     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
-     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
-     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
-    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
-    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
-    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
-    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
-    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
-    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
-    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
-    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
-    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
-** the SQLite library.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
-   SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS,  /* bMemstat */
-   1,                         /* bCoreMutex */
-   SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1,      /* bFullMutex */
-   0x7ffffffe,                /* mxStrlen */
-   100,                       /* szLookaside */
-   500,                       /* nLookaside */
-   /* Other fields all default to zero */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
-** database connections.  After initialization, this table is
-** read-only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
-
-/************** End of global.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 June 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
-** functionality.
-**
-** $Id: status.c,v 1.9 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Variables in which to record status information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
-  int nowValue[9];         /* Current value */
-  int mxValue[9];          /* Maximum value */
-} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
-
-
-/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
-** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdStatInit  sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
-# define wsdStat x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdStatInit
-# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return the current value of a status parameter.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-}
-
-/*
-** Add N to the value of a status record.  It is assumed that the
-** caller holds appropriate locks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
-  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of a status to X.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
-  wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
-  if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information.
-**
-** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
-** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation.  If that assumption is not true,
-** then this routine is not threadsafe.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
-  wsdStatInit;
-  if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
-  if( resetFlag ){
-    wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query status information for a single database connection
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* The database connection whose status is desired */
-  int op,               /* Status verb */
-  int *pCurrent,        /* Write current value here */
-  int *pHighwater,      /* Write high-water mark here */
-  int resetFlag         /* Reset high-water mark if true */
-){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
-      *pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      *pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
-      if( resetFlag ){
-        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/************** End of status.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 October 31
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time
-** functions for SQLite.  
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** $Id: date.c,v 1.90 2008/09/03 17:11:16 drh Exp $
-**
-** SQLite processes all times and dates as Julian Day numbers.  The
-** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon
-** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian
-** calendar system. 
-**
-** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5
-** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5
-**
-** This implemention requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number
-** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can
-** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider
-** range of dates.
-**
-** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times,
-** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar.  Historians usually
-** use the Julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some
-** dates afterwards, depending on locale.  Beware of this difference.
-**
-** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions
-** in the following text:
-**
-**      Jean Meeus
-**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
-**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
-**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
-**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
-*/
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-
-/*
-** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available
-** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to 
-** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the 
-** order of the parameters is reversed.
-**
-** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx.
-**
-** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s()
-** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides 
-** localtime_s().
-*/
-#if !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_R) && !defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S) && \
-     defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE)
-#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A structure for holding a single date and time.
-*/
-typedef struct DateTime DateTime;
-struct DateTime {
-  sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */
-  int Y, M, D;       /* Year, month, and day */
-  int h, m;          /* Hour and minutes */
-  int tz;            /* Timezone offset in minutes */
-  double s;          /* Seconds */
-  char validYMD;     /* True if Y,M,D are valid */
-  char validHMS;     /* True if h,m,s are valid */
-  char validJD;      /* True if iJD is valid */
-  char validTZ;      /* True if tz is valid */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Convert zDate into one or more integers.  Additional arguments
-** come in groups of 5 as follows:
-**
-**       N       number of digits in the integer
-**       min     minimum allowed value of the integer
-**       max     maximum allowed value of the integer
-**       nextC   first character after the integer
-**       pVal    where to write the integers value.
-**
-** Conversions continue until one with nextC==0 is encountered.
-** The function returns the number of successful conversions.
-*/
-static int getDigits(const char *zDate, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int val;
-  int N;
-  int min;
-  int max;
-  int nextC;
-  int *pVal;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  va_start(ap, zDate);
-  do{
-    N = va_arg(ap, int);
-    min = va_arg(ap, int);
-    max = va_arg(ap, int);
-    nextC = va_arg(ap, int);
-    pVal = va_arg(ap, int*);
-    val = 0;
-    while( N-- ){
-      if( !isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
-        goto end_getDigits;
-      }
-      val = val*10 + *zDate - '0';
-      zDate++;
-    }
-    if( val<min || val>max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){
-      goto end_getDigits;
-    }
-    *pVal = val;
-    zDate++;
-    cnt++;
-  }while( nextC );
-end_getDigits:
-  va_end(ap);
-  return cnt;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read text from z[] and convert into a floating point number.  Return
-** the number of digits converted.
-*/
-#define getValue sqlite3AtoF
-
-/*
-** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time.
-** The extension is of the form:
-**
-**        (+/-)HH:MM
-**
-** Or the "zulu" notation:
-**
-**        Z
-**
-** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes
-** of change in p->tz and return 0.  If a parser error occurs,
-** return non-zero.
-**
-** A missing specifier is not considered an error.
-*/
-static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int sgn = 0;
-  int nHr, nMn;
-  int c;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
-  p->tz = 0;
-  c = *zDate;
-  if( c=='-' ){
-    sgn = -1;
-  }else if( c=='+' ){
-    sgn = +1;
-  }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){
-    zDate++;
-    goto zulu_time;
-  }else{
-    return c!=0;
-  }
-  zDate++;
-  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 14, ':', &nHr, 2, 0, 59, 0, &nMn)!=2 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 5;
-  p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60);
-zulu_time:
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) ){ zDate++; }
-  return *zDate!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF.
-** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits.  The
-** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits.
-**
-** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success.
-*/
-static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int h, m, s;
-  double ms = 0.0;
-  if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 24, ':', &h, 2, 0, 59, 0, &m)!=2 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 5;
-  if( *zDate==':' ){
-    zDate++;
-    if( getDigits(zDate, 2, 0, 59, 0, &s)!=1 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    zDate += 2;
-    if( *zDate=='.' && isdigit((u8)zDate[1]) ){
-      double rScale = 1.0;
-      zDate++;
-      while( isdigit(*(u8*)zDate) ){
-        ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0';
-        rScale *= 10.0;
-        zDate++;
-      }
-      ms /= rScale;
-    }
-  }else{
-    s = 0;
-  }
-  p->validJD = 0;
-  p->validHMS = 1;
-  p->h = h;
-  p->m = m;
-  p->s = s + ms;
-  if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1;
-  p->validTZ = p->tz!=0;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day.  We always assume
-** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar.
-**
-** Reference:  Meeus page 61
-*/
-static void computeJD(DateTime *p){
-  int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2;
-
-  if( p->validJD ) return;
-  if( p->validYMD ){
-    Y = p->Y;
-    M = p->M;
-    D = p->D;
-  }else{
-    Y = 2000;  /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */
-    M = 1;
-    D = 1;
-  }
-  if( M<=2 ){
-    Y--;
-    M += 12;
-  }
-  A = Y/100;
-  B = 2 - A + (A/4);
-  X1 = 365.25*(Y+4716);
-  X2 = 30.6001*(M+1);
-  p->iJD = (X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5)*86400000;
-  p->validJD = 1;
-  if( p->validHMS ){
-    p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + p->s*1000;
-    if( p->validTZ ){
-      p->iJD -= p->tz*60000;
-      p->validYMD = 0;
-      p->validHMS = 0;
-      p->validTZ = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse dates of the form
-**
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-**     YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM
-**     YYYY-MM-DD
-**
-** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0
-** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed
-** date.
-*/
-static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){
-  int Y, M, D, neg;
-
-  if( zDate[0]=='-' ){
-    zDate++;
-    neg = 1;
-  }else{
-    neg = 0;
-  }
-  if( getDigits(zDate,4,0,9999,'-',&Y,2,1,12,'-',&M,2,1,31,0,&D)!=3 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  zDate += 10;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; }
-  if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
-    /* We got the time */
-  }else if( *zDate==0 ){
-    p->validHMS = 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-  p->validJD = 0;
-  p->validYMD = 1;
-  p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y;
-  p->M = M;
-  p->D = D;
-  if( p->validTZ ){
-    computeJD(p);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS
-*/
-static void setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){
-  double r;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &r);
-  p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
-  p->validJD = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to parse the given string into a Julian Day Number.  Return
-** the number of errors.
-**
-** The following are acceptable forms for the input string:
-**
-**      YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF  +/-HH:MM
-**      DDDD.DD 
-**      now
-**
-** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional.  The fractional
-** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional.  The seconds portion
-** (":SS.FFF") is option.  The year and date can be omitted as long
-** as there is a time string.  The time string can be omitted as long
-** as there is a year and date.
-*/
-static int parseDateOrTime(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  const char *zDate, 
-  DateTime *p
-){
-  if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0){
-    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
-    return 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3IsNumber(zDate, 0, SQLITE_UTF8) ){
-    double r;
-    getValue(zDate, &r);
-    p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5);
-    p->validJD = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){
-  int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1;
-  if( p->validYMD ) return;
-  if( !p->validJD ){
-    p->Y = 2000;
-    p->M = 1;
-    p->D = 1;
-  }else{
-    Z = (p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000;
-    A = (Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25;
-    A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4);
-    B = A + 1524;
-    C = (B - 122.1)/365.25;
-    D = 365.25*C;
-    E = (B-D)/30.6001;
-    X1 = 30.6001*E;
-    p->D = B - D - X1;
-    p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13;
-    p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715;
-  }
-  p->validYMD = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number.
-*/
-static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){
-  int s;
-  if( p->validHMS ) return;
-  computeJD(p);
-  s = (p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000;
-  p->s = s/1000.0;
-  s = p->s;
-  p->s -= s;
-  p->h = s/3600;
-  s -= p->h*3600;
-  p->m = s/60;
-  p->s += s - p->m*60;
-  p->validHMS = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute both YMD and HMS
-*/
-static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){
-  computeYMD(p);
-  computeHMS(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ
-*/
-static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){
-  p->validYMD = 0;
-  p->validHMS = 0;
-  p->validTZ = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-/*
-** Compute the difference (in milliseconds)
-** between localtime and UTC (a.k.a. GMT)
-** for the time value p where p is in UTC.
-*/
-static int localtimeOffset(DateTime *p){
-  DateTime x, y;
-  time_t t;
-  x = *p;
-  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-  if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){
-    x.Y = 2000;
-    x.M = 1;
-    x.D = 1;
-    x.h = 0;
-    x.m = 0;
-    x.s = 0.0;
-  } else {
-    int s = x.s + 0.5;
-    x.s = s;
-  }
-  x.tz = 0;
-  x.validJD = 0;
-  computeJD(&x);
-  t = x.iJD/1000 - 2440587.5*86400.0;
-#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
-  {
-    struct tm sLocal;
-    localtime_r(&t, &sLocal);
-    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
-    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
-    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
-    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
-    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
-    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
-  }
-#elif defined(HAVE_LOCALTIME_S)
-  {
-    struct tm sLocal;
-    localtime_s(&sLocal, &t);
-    y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900;
-    y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1;
-    y.D = sLocal.tm_mday;
-    y.h = sLocal.tm_hour;
-    y.m = sLocal.tm_min;
-    y.s = sLocal.tm_sec;
-  }
-#else
-  {
-    struct tm *pTm;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-    pTm = localtime(&t);
-    y.Y = pTm->tm_year + 1900;
-    y.M = pTm->tm_mon + 1;
-    y.D = pTm->tm_mday;
-    y.h = pTm->tm_hour;
-    y.m = pTm->tm_min;
-    y.s = pTm->tm_sec;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-  }
-#endif
-  y.validYMD = 1;
-  y.validHMS = 1;
-  y.validJD = 0;
-  y.validTZ = 0;
-  computeJD(&y);
-  return y.iJD - x.iJD;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */
-
-/*
-** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp.  The modifiers are
-** as follows:
-**
-**     NNN days
-**     NNN hours
-**     NNN minutes
-**     NNN.NNNN seconds
-**     NNN months
-**     NNN years
-**     start of month
-**     start of year
-**     start of week
-**     start of day
-**     weekday N
-**     unixepoch
-**     localtime
-**     utc
-**
-** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error.
-*/
-static int parseModifier(const char *zMod, DateTime *p){
-  int rc = 1;
-  int n;
-  double r;
-  char *z, zBuf[30];
-  z = zBuf;
-  for(n=0; n<sizeof(zBuf)-1 && zMod[n]; n++){
-    z[n] = tolower(zMod[n]);
-  }
-  z[n] = 0;
-  switch( z[0] ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-    case 'l': {
-      /*    localtime
-      **
-      ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to
-      ** show local time.
-      */
-      if( strcmp(z, "localtime")==0 ){
-        computeJD(p);
-        p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p);
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case 'u': {
-      /*
-      **    unixepoch
-      **
-      ** Treat the current value of p->iJD as the number of
-      ** seconds since 1970.  Convert to a real julian day number.
-      */
-      if( strcmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->validJD ){
-        p->iJD = p->iJD/86400.0 + 2440587.5*86400000.0;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME
-      else if( strcmp(z, "utc")==0 ){
-        double c1;
-        computeJD(p);
-        c1 = localtimeOffset(p);
-        p->iJD -= c1;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-#endif
-      break;
-    }
-    case 'w': {
-      /*
-      **    weekday N
-      **
-      ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of
-      ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth.  If the
-      ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op.
-      */
-      if( strncmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && getValue(&z[8],&r)>0
-                 && (n=r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){
-        sqlite3_int64 Z;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->validTZ = 0;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7;
-        if( Z>n ) Z -= 7;
-        p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000;
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case 's': {
-      /*
-      **    start of TTTTT
-      **
-      ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day,
-      ** or month or year.
-      */
-      if( strncmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break;
-      z += 9;
-      computeYMD(p);
-      p->validHMS = 1;
-      p->h = p->m = 0;
-      p->s = 0.0;
-      p->validTZ = 0;
-      p->validJD = 0;
-      if( strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
-        p->D = 1;
-        rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
-        computeYMD(p);
-        p->M = 1;
-        p->D = 1;
-        rc = 0;
-      }else if( strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        rc = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case '+':
-    case '-':
-    case '0':
-    case '1':
-    case '2':
-    case '3':
-    case '4':
-    case '5':
-    case '6':
-    case '7':
-    case '8':
-    case '9': {
-      n = getValue(z, &r);
-      assert( n>=1 );
-      if( z[n]==':' ){
-        /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the
-        ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds
-        ** to the time.  The ".FFF" may be omitted.  The ":SS.FFF" may be
-        ** omitted.
-        */
-        const char *z2 = z;
-        DateTime tx;
-        sqlite3_int64 day;
-        if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z2) ) z2++;
-        memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx));
-        if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break;
-        computeJD(&tx);
-        tx.iJD -= 43200000;
-        day = tx.iJD/86400000;
-        tx.iJD -= day*86400000;
-        if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD;
-        computeJD(p);
-        clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-        p->iJD += tx.iJD;
-        rc = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      z += n;
-      while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
-      n = strlen(z);
-      if( n>10 || n<3 ) break;
-      if( z[n-1]=='s' ){ z[n-1] = 0; n--; }
-      computeJD(p);
-      rc = 0;
-      if( n==3 && strcmp(z,"day")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += r*86400000.0 + 0.5;
-      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"hour")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/24.0) + 0.5;
-      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"minute")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0)) + 0.5;
-      }else if( n==6 && strcmp(z,"second")==0 ){
-        p->iJD += r*(86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0)) + 0.5;
-      }else if( n==5 && strcmp(z,"month")==0 ){
-        int x, y;
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->M += r;
-        x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12;
-        p->Y += x;
-        p->M -= x*12;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-        y = r;
-        if( y!=r ){
-          p->iJD += (r - y)*30.0*86400000.0 + 0.5;
-        }
-      }else if( n==4 && strcmp(z,"year")==0 ){
-        computeYMD_HMS(p);
-        p->Y += r;
-        p->validJD = 0;
-        computeJD(p);
-      }else{
-        rc = 1;
-      }
-      clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Process time function arguments.  argv[0] is a date-time stamp.
-** argv[1] and following are modifiers.  Parse them all and write
-** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p.  Return 0
-** on success and 1 if there are any errors.
-**
-** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined)
-** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0].
-*/
-static int isDate(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv, 
-  DateTime *p
-){
-  int i;
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  int eType;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p));
-  if( argc==0 ){
-    setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p);
-  }else if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT
-                   || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-    p->iJD = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])*86400000.0 + 0.5;
-    p->validJD = 1;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
-    if( (z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]))==0 || parseModifier((char*)z, p) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The following routines implement the various date and time functions
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-
-/*
-**    julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments
-*/
-static void juliandayFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    computeJD(&x);
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-*/
-static void datetimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d",
-                     x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s));
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return HH:MM:SS
-*/
-static void timeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeHMS(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return YYYY-MM-DD
-*/
-static void dateFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){
-    char zBuf[100];
-    computeYMD(&x);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-**    strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...)
-**
-** Return a string described by FORMAT.  Conversions as follows:
-**
-**   %d  day of month
-**   %f  ** fractional seconds  SS.SSS
-**   %H  hour 00-24
-**   %j  day of year 000-366
-**   %J  ** Julian day number
-**   %m  month 01-12
-**   %M  minute 00-59
-**   %s  seconds since 1970-01-01
-**   %S  seconds 00-59
-**   %w  day of week 0-6  sunday==0
-**   %W  week of year 00-53
-**   %Y  year 0000-9999
-**   %%  %
-*/
-static void strftimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  DateTime x;
-  u64 n;
-  int i, j;
-  char *z;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  char zBuf[100];
-  if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return;
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){
-    if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){
-      switch( zFmt[i+1] ){
-        case 'd':
-        case 'H':
-        case 'm':
-        case 'M':
-        case 'S':
-        case 'W':
-          n++;
-          /* fall thru */
-        case 'w':
-        case '%':
-          break;
-        case 'f':
-          n += 8;
-          break;
-        case 'j':
-          n += 3;
-          break;
-        case 'Y':
-          n += 8;
-          break;
-        case 's':
-        case 'J':
-          n += 50;
-          break;
-        default:
-          return;  /* ERROR.  return a NULL */
-      }
-      i++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( n<sizeof(zBuf) ){
-    z = zBuf;
-  }else if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    return;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-    if( z==0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  computeJD(&x);
-  computeYMD_HMS(&x);
-  for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){
-    if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){
-      z[j++] = zFmt[i];
-    }else{
-      i++;
-      switch( zFmt[i] ){
-        case 'd':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break;
-        case 'f': {
-          double s = x.s;
-          if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999;
-          sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s);
-          j += strlen(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'H':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break;
-        case 'W': /* Fall thru */
-        case 'j': {
-          int nDay;             /* Number of days since 1st day of year */
-          DateTime y = x;
-          y.validJD = 0;
-          y.M = 1;
-          y.D = 1;
-          computeJD(&y);
-          nDay = (x.iJD - y.iJD)/86400000.0 + 0.5;
-          if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){
-            int wd;   /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */
-            wd = ((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000) % 7;
-            sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7);
-            j += 2;
-          }else{
-            sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1);
-            j += 3;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'J': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0);
-          j+=strlen(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'm':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break;
-        case 'M':  sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break;
-        case 's': {
-          sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%d",
-                           (int)(x.iJD/1000.0 - 210866760000.0));
-          j += strlen(&z[j]);
-          break;
-        }
-        case 'S':  sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break;
-        case 'w':  z[j++] = (((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; break;
-        case 'Y':  sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=strlen(&z[j]);break;
-        default:   z[j++] = '%'; break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  z[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1,
-                      z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_time()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as time('now').
-*/
-static void ctimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  timeFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_date()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as date('now').
-*/
-static void cdateFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  dateFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** current_timestamp()
-**
-** This function returns the same value as datetime('now').
-*/
-static void ctimestampFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-/*
-** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time
-** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version
-** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp()
-** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that
-** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc.
-**
-** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime()
-** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied
-** as the user-data for the function.
-*/
-static void currentTimeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  time_t t;
-  char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  double rT;
-  char zBuf[20];
-
-  db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rT);
-  t = 86400.0*(rT - 2440587.5) + 0.5;
-#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
-  {
-    struct tm sNow;
-    gmtime_r(&t, &sNow);
-    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow);
-  }
-#else
-  {
-    struct tm *pTm;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-    pTm = gmtime(&t);
-    strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, pTm);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS
-    FUNCTION(julianday,        -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ),
-    FUNCTION(date,             -1, 0, 0, dateFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(time,             -1, 0, 0, timeFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(datetime,         -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc  ),
-    FUNCTION(strftime,         -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc  ),
-    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc     ),
-    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc),
-    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, 0, 0, cdateFunc     ),
-#else
-    FUNCTION(current_time,      0, "%H:%M:%S",          0, currentTimeFunc),
-    FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d",          0, currentTimeFunc),
-    FUNCTION(current_date,      0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc),
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aDateTimeFuncs);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-/************** End of date.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 November 29
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
-** architectures.
-**
-** $Id: os.c,v 1.122 2008/09/02 17:18:52 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
-#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
-
-/*
-** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
-** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
-** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
-** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
-** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
-**
-** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure 
-** testing:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsOpen()
-**     sqlite3OsRead()
-**     sqlite3OsWrite()
-**     sqlite3OsSync()
-**     sqlite3OsLock()
-**
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0) && 0
-  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) {            \
-    void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10);       \
-    if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;  \
-    sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc);                    \
-  }
-#else
-  #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
-** of the sqlite3_file object.  This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
-** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
-** C++ instead of plain old C.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pId->pMethods ){
-    rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
-    pId->pMethods = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
-  return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
-  return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
-  return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
-}
-
-/*
-** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
-** VFS methods.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  sqlite3_file *pFile, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pFlagsOut
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
-  return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int nPathOut, 
-  char *zPathOut
-){
-  return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
-  return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-  return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHandle, zSymbol);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
-  return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
-  return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
-  return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zFile, 
-  sqlite3_file **ppFile, 
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  sqlite3_file *pFile;
-  pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( pFile ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_free(pFile);
-    }else{
-      *ppFile = pFile;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile );
-  rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
-  sqlite3_free(pFile);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
-*/
-static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
-#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
-
-/*
-** Locate a VFS by name.  If no name is given, simply return the
-** first VFS on the list.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return 0;
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
-    if( zVfs==0 ) break;
-    if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return pVfs;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
-*/
-static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
-  if( pVfs==0 ){
-    /* No-op */
-  }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
-    vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
-  }else if( vfsList ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
-    while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
-      p = p->pNext;
-    }
-    if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
-      p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a VFS with the system.  It is harmless to register the same
-** VFS multiple times.  The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
-** true.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
-  if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
-    pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
-    vfsList = pVfs;
-  }else{
-    pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
-    vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
-  }
-  assert(vfsList);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  vfsUnlink(pVfs);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/************** End of os.c **************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 Jan 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** $Id: fault.c,v 1.11 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" 
-** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
-** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
-** and returns 0). 
-**
-** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
-** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
-** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
-** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this 
-** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The 
-** hash table will continue to function normally.  So a malloc failure 
-** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-
-/*
-** Global variables.
-*/
-typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
-  void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
-  void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
-} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
-** structure.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdHooksInit \
-  BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
-# define wsdHooks x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdHooksInit
-# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
-** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
-  void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
-  void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
-){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
-  wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
-}
-
-/*
-** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
-** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
-** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
-    wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
-  wsdHooksInit;
-  if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
-    wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
-  }
-}
-
-#endif   /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
-**
-** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.26 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is the default.  It is
-** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
-** macros.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
-
-/*
-** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
-** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
-**
-** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
-** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
-** routines.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  assert( nByte>0 );
-  nByte = (nByte+7)&~7;
-  p = malloc( nByte+8 );
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nByte;
-    p++;
-  }
-  return (void *)p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
-** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
-**
-** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
-** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
-** by higher-level routines.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 );
-  p--;
-  free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Like realloc().  Resize an allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3MemMalloc().
-**
-** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0.  Cases where
-** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
-** redirected to xMalloc.  Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
-** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
-** routines and redirected to xFree.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
-  nByte = (nByte+7)&~7;
-  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  p--;
-  p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
-  if( p ){
-    p[0] = nByte;
-    p++;
-  }
-  return (void*)p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
-** or xRealloc().
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
-  p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
-  p--;
-  return p[0];
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
-  return (n+7) & ~7;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  return;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &defaultMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetDefault());
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */
-
-/************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
-** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
-** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
-** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
-** leaks and memory usage errors.
-**
-** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
-** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
-**
-** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.39 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
-** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
-
-/*
-** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
-*/
-#ifdef __GLIBC__
-  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
-  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
-#else
-# define backtrace(A,B) 1
-# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Each memory allocation looks like this:
-**
-**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
-**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation.  We have
-** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr.  The
-** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
-** backtrace pointers.  There is also a guard word at the end of the
-** MemBlockHdr.
-*/
-struct MemBlockHdr {
-  i64 iSize;                          /* Size of this allocation */
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
-  char nBacktrace;                    /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
-  char nBacktraceSlots;               /* Available backtrace slots */
-  short nTitle;                       /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
-  int iForeGuard;                     /* Guard word for sanity */
-};
-
-/*
-** Guard words
-*/
-#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
-#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
-
-/*
-** Number of malloc size increments to track.
-*/
-#define NCSIZE  1000
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static struct {
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
-  /*
-  ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
-  */
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
-  
-  /*
-  ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
-  */
-  int nBacktrace;
-  void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
-
-  /*
-  ** Title text to insert in front of each block
-  */
-  int nTitle;        /* Bytes of zTitle to save.  Includes '\0' and padding */
-  char zTitle[100];  /* The title text */
-
-  /* 
-  ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
-  ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
-  */
-  int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
-
-  /*
-  ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
-  ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
-  ** bytes.  i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
-  ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
-  */
-  int nAlloc[NCSIZE];      /* Total number of allocations */
-  int nCurrent[NCSIZE];    /* Current number of allocations */
-  int mxCurrent[NCSIZE];   /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
-
-} mem;
-
-
-/*
-** Adjust memory usage statistics
-*/
-static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
-  int i = ((iSize+7)&~7)/8;
-  if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
-    i = NCSIZE - 1;
-  }
-  if( increment>0 ){
-    mem.nAlloc[i]++;
-    mem.nCurrent[i]++;
-    if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
-      mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
-    }
-  }else{
-    mem.nCurrent[i]--;
-    assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
-**
-** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
-** if they are incorrect it asserts.
-*/
-static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *p;
-  int *pInt;
-  u8 *pU8;
-  int nReserve;
-
-  p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
-  p--;
-  assert( p->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD );
-  nReserve = (p->iSize+7)&~7;
-  pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
-  pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
-  assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==REARGUARD );
-  assert( (nReserve-0)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-1]==0x65 );
-  assert( (nReserve-1)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-2]==0x65 );
-  assert( (nReserve-2)<=p->iSize || pU8[nReserve-3]==0x65 );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  if( !p ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
-  return pHdr->iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
-    ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
-    mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  mem.mutex = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
-  return (n+7) & ~7;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  char *z;
-  int *pInt;
-  void *p = 0;
-  int totalSize;
-  int nReserve;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-  nReserve = (nByte+7)&~7;
-  totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
-               mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
-  p = malloc(totalSize);
-  if( p ){
-    z = p;
-    pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
-    pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
-    pHdr->pNext = 0;
-    pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
-    if( mem.pLast ){
-      mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
-    }else{
-      mem.pFirst = pHdr;
-    }
-    mem.pLast = pHdr;
-    pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
-    pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
-    pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
-    if( mem.nBacktrace ){
-      void *aAddr[40];
-      pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
-      memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
-      if( mem.xBacktrace ){
-        mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
-      }
-    }else{
-      pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
-    }
-    if( mem.nTitle ){
-      memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
-    }
-    pHdr->iSize = nByte;
-    adjustStats(nByte, +1);
-    pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
-    pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
-    memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve);
-    p = (void*)pInt;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-  return p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  char *z;
-  assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
-  pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-  pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( pHdr->pPrev ){
-    assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
-    pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
-    mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pHdr->pNext ){
-    assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
-    pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
-  }else{
-    assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
-    mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
-  }
-  z = (char*)pBt;
-  z -= pHdr->nTitle;
-  adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
-  memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
-                  pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
-  free(z);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
-**
-** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
-** allocation into a new place in memory.  In this way, if the 
-** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is 
-** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
-** the error.
-*/
-static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
-  void *pNew;
-  assert( mem.disallow==0 );
-  pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
-  pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
-  if( pNew ){
-    memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
-    if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
-      memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
-    }
-    sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetDefault(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
-     sqlite3MemMalloc,
-     sqlite3MemFree,
-     sqlite3MemRealloc,
-     sqlite3MemSize,
-     sqlite3MemRoundup,
-     sqlite3MemInit,
-     sqlite3MemShutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &defaultMethods;
-}
-
-/*
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
-  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetDefault());
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
-** A value of zero turns off backtracing.  The number is always rounded
-** up to a multiple of 2.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
-  if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
-  if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
-  depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
-  mem.nBacktrace = depth;
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
-  mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
-  int n = strlen(zTitle) + 1;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
-  if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
-  memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
-  mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
-  mem.nTitle = (n+7)&~7;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
-    void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-    pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-    mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
-  FILE *out;
-  struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
-  void **pBt;
-  int i;
-  out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-  if( out==0 ){
-    fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                    zFilename);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
-    char *z = (char*)pHdr;
-    z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
-    fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", 
-            pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
-    if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
-      fflush(out);
-      pBt = (void**)pHdr;
-      pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
-      backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-    }
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
-  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
-    if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
-      fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n", 
-            i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
-    fprintf(out, "   %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
-             NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
-             mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
-  }
-  fclose(out);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
-  int i;
-  int nTotal = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
-    nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
-  }
-  return nTotal;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */
-
-/************** End of mem2.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem3.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 October 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
-** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
-** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
-** be changed.
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
-** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
-**
-** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.23 2008/09/02 17:52:52 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
-** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
-** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
-** sqlite3_config().
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-
-/*
-** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
-*/
-#define MX_SMALL 10
-
-
-/*
-** Number of freelist hash slots
-*/
-#define N_HASH  61
-
-/*
-** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or 
-** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes.  The first 8 bytes are 
-** a header that is not returned to the user.
-**
-** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
-** free.  The first block has format u.hdr.  u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
-** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
-** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
-** false if the chunk is on the freelist.  The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
-** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
-** previous chunk is free.  The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
-** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
-** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
-** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
-** not be read or written.
-**
-** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[].  When
-** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
-** the chunk.  In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
-** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
-** of a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list.  The
-** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
-** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[] 
-** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
-**
-** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked 
-** out.  If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
-** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
-struct Mem3Block {
-  union {
-    struct {
-      u32 prevSize;   /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
-      u32 size4x;     /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
-    } hdr;
-    struct {
-      u32 next;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
-      u32 prev;       /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
-    } list;
-  } u;
-};
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem3".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
-  ** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
-  */
-  u32 nPool;
-  Mem3Block *aPool;
-
-  /*
-  ** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
-  */
-  int alarmBusy;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  
-  /*
-  ** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
-  */
-  u32 mnMaster;
-
-  /*
-  ** iMaster is the index of the master chunk.  Most new allocations
-  ** occur off of this chunk.  szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
-  ** of the current master.  iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
-  ** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
-  */
-  u32 iMaster;
-  u32 szMaster;
-
-  /*
-  ** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size 
-  ** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
-  ** chunks.
-  */
-  u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1];   /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
-  u32 aiHash[N_HASH];        /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
-} mem3 = { 97535575 };
-
-#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
-*/
-static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-  u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  if( prev==0 ){
-    *pRoot = next;
-  }else{
-    mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
-  }
-  if( next ){
-    mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
-  }
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at index i from 
-** whatever list is currently a member of.
-*/
-static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
-  u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-  assert( size>=2 );
-  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
-  }else{
-    hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
-** at *pRoot.
-*/
-static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
-  mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
-  if( *pRoot ){
-    mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
-  }
-  *pRoot = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
-** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
-*/
-static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
-  u32 size, hash;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-  assert( size>=2 );
-  if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
-  }else{
-    hash = size % N_HASH;
-    memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
-** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
-*/
-static void memsys3Enter(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
-    mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
-}
-static void memsys3Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
-*/
-static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
-  if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
-    mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-    sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
-    mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked.  Adjust its 
-** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the 
-** user portion of the chunk.
-*/
-static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, int nBlock){
-  u32 x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=1 );
-  assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
-  assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
-  x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
-  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-  mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-  return &mem3.aPool[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
-** Return a pointer to the new allocation.  Or, if the master chunk
-** is not large enough, return 0.
-*/
-static void *memsys3FromMaster(int nBlock){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
-  if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
-    /* Use the entire master */
-    void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
-    mem3.iMaster = 0;
-    mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    mem3.mnMaster = 0;
-    return p;
-  }else{
-    /* Split the master block.  Return the tail. */
-    u32 newi, x;
-    newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
-    assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
-    mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
-    mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-    if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
-      mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-    return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
-** or same size hash.  In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
-** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].  
-**
-** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
-** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.  
-**
-** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces 
-** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk.  In order for
-** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
-** linked into the hash tables.  That is not the normal state of
-** affairs, of course.  The calling routine must link the master
-** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
-** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
-*/
-static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
-  u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
-    iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
-    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-    assert( (size&1)==0 );
-    if( (size&2)==0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
-      assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
-      prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      if( prev==iNext ){
-        iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
-      }
-      memsys3Unlink(prev);
-      size = i + size/4 - prev;
-      x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-      memsys3Link(prev);
-      i = prev;
-    }else{
-      size /= 4;
-    }
-    if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
-      mem3.iMaster = i;
-      mem3.szMaster = size;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.
-**
-** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
-** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
-*/
-static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
-  u32 i;
-  int nBlock;
-  int toFree;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
-  if( nByte<=12 ){
-    nBlock = 2;
-  }else{
-    nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
-  }
-  assert( nBlock>=2 );
-
-  /* STEP 1:
-  ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
-  ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table.  This is
-  ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
-  */
-  if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
-    i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
-    if( i>0 ){
-      memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
-      return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
-    for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
-      if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
-        memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
-        return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* STEP 2:
-  ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
-  ** of the master chunk.  This step usually works if step 1 fails.
-  */
-  if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-    return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
-  }
-
-
-  /* STEP 3:  
-  ** Loop through the entire memory pool.  Coalesce adjacent free
-  ** chunks.  Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
-  ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
-  ** of the end of the master chunk.  This step happens very
-  ** rarely (we hope!)
-  */
-  for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
-    memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
-    if( mem3.iMaster ){
-      memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
-      mem3.iMaster = 0;
-      mem3.szMaster = 0;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
-      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
-      memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
-    }
-    if( mem3.szMaster ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
-        return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
-**
-** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
-** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
-*/
-void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
-  Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
-  int i;
-  u32 size, x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
-  assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
-  i = p - mem3.aPool;
-  assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
-  size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-  assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
-  mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
-  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
-  mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
-  memsys3Link(i);
-
-  /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
-  if( mem3.iMaster ){
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
-      size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
-      mem3.iMaster -= size;
-      mem3.szMaster += size;
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
-      x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-    x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
-    while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
-      memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
-      mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
-      mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-static int memsys3Size(void *p){
-  Mem3Block *pBlock;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
-  assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
-  return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
-  if( n<=12 ){
-    return 12;
-  }else{
-    return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory.
-*/
-static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p;
-  assert( nBytes>0 );          /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
-  memsys3Enter();
-  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  memsys3Leave();
-  return (void*)p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
-  assert( pPrior );
-  memsys3Enter();
-  memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys3Leave();
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  void *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pPrior);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
-  if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
-    return pPrior;
-  }
-  memsys3Enter();
-  p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  if( p ){
-    if( nOld<nBytes ){
-      memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
-    }
-    memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  }
-  memsys3Leave();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
-  assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
-  mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
-  mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
-
-  /* Initialize the master block. */
-  mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
-  mem3.iMaster = 1;
-  mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
-  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
-  mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  return;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  FILE *out;
-  int i, j;
-  u32 size;
-  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
-    out = stdout;
-  }else{
-    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-    if( out==0 ){
-      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                      zFilename);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memsys3Enter();
-  fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
-  for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
-    size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
-    if( size/4<=1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
-      assert( 0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    if( size&1 ){
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
-    }else{
-      fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
-                  i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
-    if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
-    fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
-    for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
-              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
-    }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
-    if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
-    fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
-    for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
-      fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
-              (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
-    }
-    fprintf(out, "\n"); 
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
-  fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
-  fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
-  if( out==stdout ){
-    fflush(stdout);
-  }else{
-    fclose(out);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage.
-**
-** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
-** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
-**
-** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
-** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
-     memsys3Malloc,
-     memsys3Free,
-     memsys3Realloc,
-     memsys3Size,
-     memsys3Roundup,
-     memsys3Init,
-     memsys3Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &mempoolMethods;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */
-
-/************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 October 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
-** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. 
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
-** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
-** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() 
-** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
-** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
-** be changed.
-**
-** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
-** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
-**
-** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.14 2008/09/02 17:52:52 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocator is used only when 
-** SQLITE_POW2_MEMORY_SIZE is defined.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-
-/*
-** Log2 of the minimum size of an allocation.  For example, if
-** 4 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 16 bytes.
-** If 5 then all allocations will be rounded up to at least 32 bytes.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN
-# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN 6
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Log2 of the maximum size of an allocation.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX
-# define SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX 20
-#endif
-#define POW2_MAX (((unsigned int)1)<<SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX)
-
-/*
-** Number of distinct allocation sizes.
-*/
-#define NSIZE (SQLITE_POW2_LOGMAX - SQLITE_POW2_LOGMIN + 1)
-
-/*
-** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
-** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
-** size of the array is a power of 2.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
-struct Mem5Link {
-  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
-  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.nAtom). Since
-** mem5.nAtom is always at least 8, this is not really a practical
-** limitation.
-*/
-#define LOGMAX 30
-
-/*
-** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
-*/
-#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
-#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
-
-/*
-** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
-** into a single structure named "mem5".  This is to keep the
-** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
-** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation
-  */
-  int nAtom;       /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
-  int nBlock;      /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
-  u8 *zPool;
-  
-  /*
-  ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-
-  /*
-  ** Performance statistics
-  */
-  u64 nAlloc;         /* Total number of calls to malloc */
-  u64 totalAlloc;     /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
-  u64 totalExcess;    /* Total internal fragmentation */
-  u32 currentOut;     /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
-  u32 currentCount;   /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
-  u32 maxOut;         /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
-  u32 maxCount;       /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
-  u32 maxRequest;     /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
-  
-  /*
-  ** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.
-  */
-  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
-
-  /*
-  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
-  ** of each block.  One byte per block.
-  */
-  u8 *aCtrl;
-
-} mem5 = { 19804167 };
-
-#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
-
-#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.nAtom]))
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
-*/
-static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
-  int next, prev;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
-  prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
-  if( prev<0 ){
-    mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
-  }else{
-    MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
-  }
-  if( next>=0 ){
-    MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
-** free list.
-*/
-static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
-  int x;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
-  assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
-  if( x>=0 ){
-    assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
-    MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
-  }
-  mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
-** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
-** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
-*/
-static void memsys5Enter(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){
-    mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
-}
-static void memsys5Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.  The
-** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead.  This only
-** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
-*/
-static int memsys5Size(void *p){
-  int iSize = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
-    assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
-    iSize = mem5.nAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
-  }
-  return iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
-** entry and return its index. 
-*/
-static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){
-  int i;
-  int iFirst;
-
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
-  i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  assert( iFirst>=0 );
-  while( i>0 ){
-    if( i<iFirst ) iFirst = i;
-    i = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
-  }
-  memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
-  return iFirst;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
-** Return NULL if unable.
-*/
-static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
-  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
-  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
-  int iFullSz;     /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
-  int iLogsize;    /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
-
-  /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request.  Even unfulfilled
-  ** requests are counted */
-  if( nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
-    mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
-  }
-
-  /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
-  if( nByte>POW2_MAX ) return 0;
-  for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
-
-  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
-  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
-  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
-  */
-  for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
-  if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
-  i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
-  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
-    int newSize;
-
-    iBin--;
-    newSize = 1 << iBin;
-    mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
-    memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
-  }
-  mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
-
-  /* Update allocator performance statistics. */
-  mem5.nAlloc++;
-  mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
-  mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
-  mem5.currentCount++;
-  mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
-  if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
-  if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
-  return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.nAtom];
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
-*/
-static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
-  u32 size, iLogsize;
-  int iBlock;             
-
-  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
-  ** the array of mem5.nAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
-  */
-  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
-
-  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
-  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
-  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.nAtom==0 );
-  assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
-
-  iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
-  size = 1<<iLogsize;
-  assert( iBlock+size-1<mem5.nBlock );
-
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
-  assert( mem5.currentOut>=0 );
-  mem5.currentCount--;
-  mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.nAtom;
-  assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
-  assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
-
-  mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-  while( iLogsize<LOGMAX ){
-    int iBuddy;
-    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
-      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
-    }else{
-      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
-    }
-    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
-    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
-    if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
-    memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
-    iLogsize++;
-    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
-      iBlock = iBuddy;
-    }else{
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
-    }
-    size *= 2;
-  }
-  memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nBytes of memory
-*/
-static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
-  sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
-  if( nBytes>0 ){
-    memsys5Enter();
-    p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-    memsys5Leave();
-  }
-  return (void*)p; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory.
-*/
-static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-assert(0);
-    return;
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  memsys5Leave();  
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
-  int nOld;
-  void *p;
-  if( pPrior==0 ){
-    return memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    memsys5Free(pPrior);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
-  if( nBytes<=nOld ){
-    return pPrior;
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
-  if( p ){
-    memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
-    memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
-  }
-  memsys5Leave();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
-*/
-static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
-  int iFullSz;
-  for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
-  return iFullSz;
-}
-
-static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
-  int iLog;
-  for(iLog=0; (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
-  return iLog;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize this module.
-*/
-static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
-  int ii;
-  int nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
-  u8 *zByte = (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
-  int nMinLog;                 /* Log of minimum allocation size in bytes*/
-  int iOffset;
-
-  if( !zByte ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
-  mem5.nAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
-  while( sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.nAtom ){
-    mem5.nAtom = mem5.nAtom << 1;
-  }
-
-  mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
-  mem5.zPool = zByte;
-  mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.nAtom];
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
-    mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
-  }
-
-  iOffset = 0;
-  for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
-    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
-    if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
-      mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
-      memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
-      iOffset += nAlloc;
-    }
-    assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize this module.
-*/
-static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory 
-** allocations into that log.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  FILE *out;
-  int i, j, n;
-  int nMinLog;
-
-  if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
-    out = stdout;
-  }else{
-    out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
-    if( out==0 ){
-      fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
-                      zFilename);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memsys5Enter();
-  nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.nAtom);
-  for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
-    for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
-    fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.nAtom << i, n);
-  }
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc       = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc   = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess  = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut   = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut       = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount     = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
-  fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest   = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
-  memsys5Leave();
-  if( out==stdout ){
-    fflush(stdout);
-  }else{
-    fclose(out);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
-** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
-     memsys5Malloc,
-     memsys5Free,
-     memsys5Realloc,
-     memsys5Size,
-     memsys5Roundup,
-     memsys5Init,
-     memsys5Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &memsys5Methods;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */
-
-/************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mem6.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 July 24
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains an alternative memory allocation system for SQLite.
-** This system is implemented as a wrapper around the system provided
-** by the operating system - vanilla malloc(), realloc() and free().
-**
-** This system differentiates between requests for "small" allocations 
-** (by default those of 128 bytes or less) and "large" allocations (all
-** others). The 256 byte threshhold is configurable at runtime.
-**
-** All requests for large allocations are passed through to the 
-** default system.
-**
-** Requests for small allocations are met by allocating space within
-** one or more larger "chunks" of memory obtained from the default
-** memory allocation system. Chunks of memory are usually 64KB or 
-** larger. The algorithm used to manage space within each chunk is
-** the same as that used by mem5.c. 
-**
-** This strategy is designed to prevent the default memory allocation
-** system (usually the system malloc) from suffering from heap 
-** fragmentation. On some systems, heap fragmentation can cause a 
-** significant real-time slowdown.
-**
-** $Id: mem6.c,v 1.10 2008/09/02 17:52:52 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS6
-
-
-/*
-** Maximum size of any "small" allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*Mem6Chunk.nAtom).
-** Mem6Chunk.nAtom is always at least 8, so this is not a practical
-** limitation
-*/
-#define LOGMAX 30
-
-/*
-** Default value for the "small" allocation size threshold.
-*/
-#define SMALL_MALLOC_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD 256
-
-/*
-** Minimum size for a memory chunk.
-*/
-#define MIN_CHUNKSIZE (1<<16)
-
-#define LOG2_MINALLOC 4
-
-
-typedef struct Mem6Chunk Mem6Chunk;
-typedef struct Mem6Link Mem6Link;
-
-/*
-** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
-** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
-** size of the array is a power of 2.
-*/
-struct Mem6Link {
-  int next;       /* Index of next free chunk */
-  int prev;       /* Index of previous free chunk */
-};
-
-/*
-** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
-*/
-#define CTRL_LOGSIZE  0x1f    /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
-#define CTRL_FREE     0x20    /* True if not checked out */
-
-struct Mem6Chunk {
-  Mem6Chunk *pNext;
-
-  /*
-  ** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.
-  */
-  int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
-
-  int nCheckedOut; /* Number of currently outstanding allocations */
-
-  /*
-  ** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
-  ** of each block. One byte per block.
-  */
-  u8 *aCtrl;
-
-  /*
-  ** Memory available for allocation
-  */
-  int nAtom;       /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
-  int nBlock;      /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
-  u8 *zPool;       /* Pointer to memory chunk from which allocations are made */
-};
-
-#define MEM6LINK(idx) ((Mem6Link *)(&pChunk->zPool[(idx)*pChunk->nAtom]))
-
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem6Global {
-  int nMinAlloc;                  /* Minimum allowed allocation size */
-  int nThreshold;                 /* Allocs larger than this go to malloc() */
-  int nLogThreshold;              /* log2 of (nThreshold/nMinAlloc) */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
-  Mem6Chunk *pChunk;              /* Singly linked list of all memory chunks */
-} mem6 = { 48642791 };
-
-#define mem6 GLOBAL(struct Mem6Global, mem6)
-
-/*
-** Unlink the chunk at pChunk->aPool[i] from list it is currently
-** on.  It should be found on pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize].
-*/
-static void memsys6Unlink(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int i, int iLogsize){
-  int next, prev;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
-  assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  next = MEM6LINK(i)->next;
-  prev = MEM6LINK(i)->prev;
-  if( prev<0 ){
-    pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
-  }else{
-    MEM6LINK(prev)->next = next;
-  }
-  if( next>=0 ){
-    MEM6LINK(next)->prev = prev;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
-** free list.
-*/
-static void memsys6Link(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int i, int iLogsize){
-  int x;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
-  assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
-
-  x = MEM6LINK(i)->next = pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  MEM6LINK(i)->prev = -1;
-  if( x>=0 ){
-    assert( x<pChunk->nBlock );
-    MEM6LINK(x)->prev = i;
-  }
-  pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize.  Unlink that
-** entry and return its index. 
-*/
-static int memsys6UnlinkFirst(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int iLogsize){
-  int i;
-  int iFirst;
-
-  assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=mem6.nLogThreshold );
-  i = iFirst = pChunk->aiFreelist[iLogsize];
-  assert( iFirst>=0 );
-  memsys6Unlink(pChunk, iFirst, iLogsize);
-  return iFirst;
-}
-
-static int roundupLog2(int n){
-  static const char LogTable256[256] = {
-    0,                                                    /* 1 */
-    1,                                                    /* 2 */
-    2, 2,                                                 /* 3..4 */
-    3, 3, 3, 3,                                           /* 5..8 */
-    4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,                               /* 9..16 */
-    5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,       /* 17..32 */
-    6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,
-    6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,       /* 33..64 */
-    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
-    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
-    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,
-    7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7,       /* 65..128 */
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
-    8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,       /* 129..256 */
-  };
-
-  assert(n<=(1<<16) && n>0);
-  if( n<=256 ) return LogTable256[n-1];
-  return LogTable256[(n>>8) - ((n&0xFF)?0:1)] + 8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return a block of (pChunk->nAtom << iLogsize) bytes from chunk
-** pChunk. If the allocation request cannot be satisfied, return 0.
-*/
-static void *chunkMalloc(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, int iLogsize){
-  int i;           /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
-  int iBin;        /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
-
-  /* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
-  ** block.  If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
-  ** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
-  */
-  for(iBin=iLogsize; pChunk->aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=mem6.nLogThreshold; iBin++){}
-  if( iBin>mem6.nLogThreshold ) return 0;
-  i = memsys6UnlinkFirst(pChunk, iBin);
-  while( iBin>iLogsize ){
-    int newSize;
-    iBin--;
-    newSize = 1 << iBin;
-    pChunk->aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
-    memsys6Link(pChunk, i+newSize, iBin);
-  }
-  pChunk->aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
-
-  /* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
-  pChunk->nCheckedOut++;
-  return (void*)&pChunk->zPool[i*pChunk->nAtom];
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the allocation pointed to by p, which is guaranteed to be non-zero
-** and a part of chunk object pChunk.
-*/
-static void chunkFree(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, void *pOld){
-  u32 size, iLogsize;
-  int iBlock;             
-
-  /* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in 
-  ** the array of pChunk->nAtom byte blocks pointed to by pChunk->zPool.
-  */
-  iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-pChunk->zPool)/pChunk->nAtom;
-
-  /* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
-  assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<pChunk->nBlock );
-  assert( ((u8 *)pOld-pChunk->zPool)%pChunk->nAtom==0 );
-  assert( (pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
-
-  iLogsize = pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
-  size = 1<<iLogsize;
-  assert( iBlock+size-1<pChunk->nBlock );
-
-  pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
-  pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
-
-  pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-  while( iLogsize<mem6.nLogThreshold ){
-    int iBuddy;
-    if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
-      iBuddy = iBlock - size;
-    }else{
-      iBuddy = iBlock + size;
-    }
-    assert( iBuddy>=0 );
-    if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>pChunk->nBlock ) break;
-    if( pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
-    memsys6Unlink(pChunk, iBuddy, iLogsize);
-    iLogsize++;
-    if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
-      pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
-      iBlock = iBuddy;
-    }else{
-      pChunk->aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
-      pChunk->aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
-    }
-    size *= 2;
-  }
-  pChunk->nCheckedOut--;
-  memsys6Link(pChunk, iBlock, iLogsize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the actual size of the block pointed to by p, which is guaranteed
-** to have been allocated from chunk pChunk.
-*/
-static int chunkSize(Mem6Chunk *pChunk, void *p){
-  int iSize = 0;
-  if( p ){
-    int i = ((u8 *)p-pChunk->zPool)/pChunk->nAtom;
-    assert( i>=0 && i<pChunk->nBlock );
-    iSize = pChunk->nAtom * (1 << (pChunk->aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
-  }
-  return iSize;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if there are currently no outstanding allocations.
-*/
-static int chunkIsEmpty(Mem6Chunk *pChunk){
-  return (pChunk->nCheckedOut==0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the buffer zChunk, which is nChunk bytes in size, as
-** an Mem6Chunk object. Return a copy of the zChunk pointer.
-*/
-static Mem6Chunk *chunkInit(u8 *zChunk, int nChunk, int nMinAlloc){
-  int ii;
-  int iOffset;
-  Mem6Chunk *pChunk = (Mem6Chunk *)zChunk;
-
-  assert( nChunk>sizeof(Mem6Chunk) );
-  assert( nMinAlloc>sizeof(Mem6Link) );
-
-  memset(pChunk, 0, sizeof(Mem6Chunk));
-  pChunk->nAtom = nMinAlloc;
-  pChunk->nBlock = ((nChunk-sizeof(Mem6Chunk)) / (pChunk->nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
-
-  pChunk->zPool = (u8 *)&pChunk[1];
-  pChunk->aCtrl = &pChunk->zPool[pChunk->nBlock*pChunk->nAtom];
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<=mem6.nLogThreshold; ii++){
-    pChunk->aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
-  }
-
-  iOffset = 0;
-  for(ii=mem6.nLogThreshold; ii>=0; ii--){
-    int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
-    while( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=pChunk->nBlock ){
-      pChunk->aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
-      memsys6Link(pChunk, iOffset, ii);
-      iOffset += nAlloc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pChunk;
-}
-
-
-static void mem6Enter(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem6.mutex);
-}
-
-static void mem6Leave(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem6.mutex);
-}
-
-/*
-** Based on the number and size of the currently allocated chunks, return
-** the size of the next chunk to allocate, in bytes.
-*/
-static int nextChunkSize(void){
-  int iTotal = MIN_CHUNKSIZE;
-  Mem6Chunk *p;
-  for(p=mem6.pChunk; p; p=p->pNext){
-    iTotal = iTotal*2;
-  }
-  return iTotal;
-}
-
-static void freeChunk(Mem6Chunk *pChunk){
-  Mem6Chunk **pp = &mem6.pChunk;
-  for( pp=&mem6.pChunk; *pp!=pChunk; pp = &(*pp)->pNext );
-  *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
-  free(pChunk);
-}
-
-static void *memsys6Malloc(int nByte){
-  Mem6Chunk *pChunk;
-  void *p = 0;
-  int nTotal = nByte+8;
-  int iOffset = 0;
-
-  if( nTotal>mem6.nThreshold ){
-    p = malloc(nTotal);
-  }else{
-    int iLogsize = 0;
-    if( nTotal>(1<<LOG2_MINALLOC) ){
-      iLogsize = roundupLog2(nTotal) - LOG2_MINALLOC;
-    }
-    mem6Enter();
-    for(pChunk=mem6.pChunk; pChunk; pChunk=pChunk->pNext){
-      p = chunkMalloc(pChunk, iLogsize);
-      if( p ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !p ){
-      int iSize = nextChunkSize();
-      p = malloc(iSize);
-      if( p ){
-        pChunk = chunkInit((u8 *)p, iSize, mem6.nMinAlloc);
-        pChunk->pNext = mem6.pChunk;
-        mem6.pChunk = pChunk;
-        p = chunkMalloc(pChunk, iLogsize);
-        assert(p);
-      }
-    }
-    iOffset = ((u8*)p - (u8*)pChunk);
-    mem6Leave();
-  }
-
-  if( !p ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  ((u32 *)p)[0] = iOffset;
-  ((u32 *)p)[1] = nByte;
-  return &((u32 *)p)[2];
-}
-
-static int memsys6Size(void *pPrior){
-  if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
-  return ((u32*)pPrior)[-1];
-}
-
-static void memsys6Free(void *pPrior){
-  int iSlot;
-  void *p = &((u32 *)pPrior)[-2];
-  iSlot = ((u32 *)p)[0];
-  if( iSlot ){
-    Mem6Chunk *pChunk;
-    mem6Enter();
-    pChunk = (Mem6Chunk *)(&((u8 *)p)[-1 * iSlot]);
-    chunkFree(pChunk, p);
-    if( chunkIsEmpty(pChunk) ){
-      freeChunk(pChunk);
-    }
-    mem6Leave();
-  }else{
-    free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-static void *memsys6Realloc(void *p, int nByte){
-  void *p2;
-
-  if( p && nByte<=memsys6Size(p) ){
-    p2 = p;
-  }else{
-    p2 = memsys6Malloc(nByte);
-    if( p && p2 ){
-      memcpy(p2, p, memsys6Size(p));
-      memsys6Free(p);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return p2;
-}
-
-static int memsys6Roundup(int n){
-  if( n>mem6.nThreshold ){
-    return n;
-  }else{
-    return (1<<roundupLog2(n));
-  }
-}
-
-static int memsys6Init(void *pCtx){
-  u8 bMemstat = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat;
-  mem6.nMinAlloc = (1 << LOG2_MINALLOC);
-  mem6.pChunk = 0;
-  mem6.nThreshold = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nSmall;
-  if( mem6.nThreshold<=0 ){
-    mem6.nThreshold = SMALL_MALLOC_DEFAULT_THRESHOLD;
-  }
-  mem6.nLogThreshold = roundupLog2(mem6.nThreshold) - LOG2_MINALLOC;
-  if( !bMemstat ){
-    mem6.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void memsys6Shutdown(void *pCtx){
-  memset(&mem6, 0, sizeof(mem6));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is the only routine in this file with external 
-** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
-** struct populated with the memsys6 methods.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6(void){
-  static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys6Methods = {
-     memsys6Malloc,
-     memsys6Free,
-     memsys6Realloc,
-     memsys6Size,
-     memsys6Roundup,
-     memsys6Init,
-     memsys6Shutdown,
-     0
-  };
-  return &memsys6Methods;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of mem6.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
-**
-** The implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
-** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
-** that use SQLite in a single thread.  But this implementation
-** does do a lot of error checking on mutexes to make sure they
-** are called correctly and at appropriate times.  Hence, this
-** implementation is suitable for testing.
-** debugging purposes
-**
-** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.28 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-/*
-** Initialize the mutex system.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ 
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
-      /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
-      ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to 
-      ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
-      ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
-      **
-      ** The danger is that although sqlite3_config() is not a threadsafe
-      ** API, sqlite3_initialize() is, and so multiple threads may be
-      ** attempting to run this function simultaneously. To guard write
-      ** access to the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure, the 'MASTER' static mutex
-      ** is obtained before modifying it.
-      */
-      sqlite3_mutex_methods *p = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
-      sqlite3_mutex *pMaster = 0;
-  
-      rc = p->xMutexInit();
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pMaster = p->xMutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-        assert(pMaster);
-        p->xMutexEnter(pMaster);
-        assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==0 
-             || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==p->xMutexAlloc
-        );
-        if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
-          sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *p;
-        }
-        p->xMutexLeave(pMaster);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
-** sqlite3MutexInit().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a dynamic mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
-** until it can be obtained.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
-** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p ){
-    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
-** entered by the same thread.  The behavior is undefined if the mutex 
-** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
-** this function is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG
-/*
-** In this implementation, mutexes do not provide any mutual exclusion.
-** But the error checking is provided.  This implementation is useful
-** for test purposes.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The mutex object
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  int id;     /* The mutex type */
-  int cnt;    /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
-};
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
-}
-static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){
-  static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6];
-  sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0;
-  switch( id ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
-      if( pNew ){
-        pNew->id = id;
-        pNew->cnt = 0;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( id-2 < sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0]) );
-      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
-      pNew->id = id;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
-*/
-static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->cnt==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
-  p->cnt++;
-}
-static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
-  p->cnt++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( noopMutexHeld(p) );
-  p->cnt--;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || noopMutexNotheld(p) );
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    noopMutexInit,
-    noopMutexEnd,
-    noopMutexAlloc,
-    noopMutexFree,
-    noopMutexEnter,
-    noopMutexTry,
-    noopMutexLeave,
-
-    noopMutexHeld,
-    noopMutexNotheld
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP_DEBUG */
-
-/************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_os2.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
-**
-** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.10 2008/06/23 22:13:28 pweilbacher Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined.
-** See the mutex.h file for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-
-/********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation **********************
-**
-** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The mutex object
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  HMTX mutex;       /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-  int  id;          /* Mutex type */
-  int  nRef;        /* Number of references */
-  TID  owner;       /* Thread holding this mutex */
-};
-
-#define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER   0,0,0,0
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. 
-** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST               0
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE          1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER      2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM         3
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG        4
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){
-  sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL;
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-        p->id = iType;
-        if( DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE ) != NO_ERROR ){
-          sqlite3_free( p );
-          p = NULL;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      static volatile int isInit = 0;
-      static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
-        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
-        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
-        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
-        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
-        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
-        { OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
-      };
-      if ( !isInit ){
-        APIRET rc;
-        PTIB ptib;
-        PPIB ppib;
-        HMTX mutex;
-        char name[32];
-        DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, &ppib );
-        sqlite3_snprintf( sizeof(name), name, "\\SEM32\\SQLITE%04x",
-                          ppib->pib_ulpid );
-        while( !isInit ){
-          mutex = 0;
-          rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
-          if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
-            int i;
-            if( !isInit ){
-              for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){
-                DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE );
-              }
-              isInit = 1;
-            }
-            DosCloseMutexSem( mutex );
-          }else if( rc == ERROR_DUPLICATE_NAME ){
-            DosSleep( 1 );
-          }else{
-            return p;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
-      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
-      p->id = iType;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
-** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( p->nRef==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex );
-  sqlite3_free( p );
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  TID tid;
-  PID holder1;
-  ULONG holder2;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
-  DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
-  DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
-  p->owner = tid;
-  p->nRef++;
-}
-static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc;
-  TID tid;
-  PID holder1;
-  ULONG holder2;
-  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
-  if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) {
-    DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
-    p->owner = tid;
-    p->nRef++;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  } else {
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  TID tid;
-  PID holder1;
-  ULONG holder2;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
-  assert( p->owner==tid );
-  p->nRef--;
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  TID tid;
-  PID pid;
-  ULONG ulCount;
-  PTIB ptib;
-  if( p!=0 ) {
-    DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
-  } else {
-    DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
-    tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
-  }
-  return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid);
-}
-static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  TID tid;
-  PID pid;
-  ULONG ulCount;
-  PTIB ptib;
-  if( p!= 0 ) {
-    DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
-  } else {
-    DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
-    tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
-  }
-  return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
-}
-#endif
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    os2MutexInit,
-    os2MutexEnd,
-    os2MutexAlloc,
-    os2MutexFree,
-    os2MutexEnter,
-    os2MutexTry,
-    os2MutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    os2MutexHeld,
-    os2MutexNotheld
-#endif
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */
-
-/************** End of mutex_os2.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 28
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
-**
-** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.13 2008/07/16 12:33:24 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
-** under unix with pthreads.
-**
-** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
-** supports recursive mutexes.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
-
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-
-/*
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
-  int nRef;                  /* Number of entrances */
-  pthread_t owner;           /* Thread that is within this mutex */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
-#endif
-};
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
-#else
-#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0 }
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.  On some platforms,
-** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
-** deliver incorrect results.  In particular, if pthread_equal() is
-** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
-** incorrect results.  On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a 
-** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic.  But we are
-** told that HPUX is not such a platform.  If so, then these routines
-** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
-**
-** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
-** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
-** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
-** routines are never called.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
-}
-static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
-  static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
-    SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
-  };
-  sqlite3_mutex *p;
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-        /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
-        ** build our own.  See below. */
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
-#else
-        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
-        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
-        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
-        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
-        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
-#endif
-        p->id = iType;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-        p->id = iType;
-        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
-      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
-      p->id = iType;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->nRef==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
-  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
-  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
-  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
-  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
-  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
-  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
-  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
-  */
-  {
-    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
-    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
-      p->nRef++;
-    }else{
-      pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-      assert( p->nRef==0 );
-      p->owner = self;
-      p->nRef = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
-  */
-  pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
-  p->owner = pthread_self();
-  p->nRef++;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
-  ** our own.  This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
-  ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
-  ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
-  ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
-  ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that 
-  ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
-  ** address at the same time.  If either of these two conditions
-  ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
-  */
-  {
-    pthread_t self = pthread_self();
-    if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
-      p->nRef++;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
-      assert( p->nRef==0 );
-      p->owner = self;
-      p->nRef = 1;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
-  */
-  if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
-    p->owner = pthread_self();
-    p->nRef++;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
-    printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
-  p->nRef--;
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
-  if( p->nRef==0 ){
-    pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-  }
-#else
-  pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  if( p->trace ){
-    printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    pthreadMutexInit,
-    pthreadMutexEnd,
-    pthreadMutexAlloc,
-    pthreadMutexFree,
-    pthreadMutexEnter,
-    pthreadMutexTry,
-    pthreadMutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    pthreadMutexHeld,
-    pthreadMutexNotheld
-#endif
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */
-
-/************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/
-/************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
-**
-** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.11 2008/06/26 10:41:19 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
-** on a win32 system.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-
-/*
-** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_mutex {
-  CRITICAL_SECTION mutex;    /* Mutex controlling the lock */
-  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
-  int nRef;                  /* Number of enterances */
-  DWORD owner;               /* Thread holding this mutex */
-};
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define mutexIsNT()  (1)
-#else
-  static int mutexIsNT(void){
-    static int osType = 0;
-    if( osType==0 ){
-      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
-      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
-      osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
-    }
-    return osType==2;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
-** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
-*/
-static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
-}
-static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId();
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
-*/
-static int winMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-static int winMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it.  If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.  SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error.  The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST               0
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE          1
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER      2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM         3
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG        4
-** </ul>
-**
-** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex.  Three static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  But for the static 
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-*/
-static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
-  sqlite3_mutex *p;
-
-  switch( iType ){
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
-    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
-      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-      if( p ){
-        p->id = iType;
-        InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6];
-      static int isInit = 0;
-      while( !isInit ){
-        static long lock = 0;
-        if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
-          int i;
-          for(i=0; i<sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++){
-            InitializeCriticalSection(&staticMutexes[i].mutex);
-          }
-          isInit = 1;
-        }else{
-          Sleep(1);
-        }
-      }
-      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
-      assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
-      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
-      p->id = iType;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** mutex that it allocates.
-*/
-static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p );
-  assert( p->nRef==0 );
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
-** upon successful entry.  Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
-** be entered multiple times by the same thread.  In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
-** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-*/
-static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
-  EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-  p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId(); 
-  p->nRef++;
-}
-static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
-  /*
-  ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
-  ** is used it is merely an optimization.  So it is OK for it to always
-  ** fail.  
-  **
-  ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
-  ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
-  ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
-  ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now.  See
-  ** ticket #2685.
-  */
-#if 0
-  if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
-    p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId();
-    p->nRef++;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-#endif
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
-** is not currently allocated.  SQLite will never do either.
-*/
-static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
-  p->nRef--;
-  assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
-  LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
-  static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
-    winMutexInit,
-    winMutexEnd,
-    winMutexAlloc,
-    winMutexFree,
-    winMutexEnter,
-    winMutexTry,
-    winMutexLeave,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    winMutexHeld,
-    winMutexNotheld
-#endif
-  };
-
-  return &sMutex;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */
-
-/************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
-**
-** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.41 2008/09/04 04:32:49 shane Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
-** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
-** limit.
-*/
-static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
-  void *NotUsed, 
-  sqlite3_int64 inUse,
-  int allocSize
-){
-  sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or 
-** negative value indicates no limit.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
-  sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
-  int overage;
-  if( n<0 ){
-    iLimit = 0;
-  }else{
-    iLimit = n;
-  }
-  sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( iLimit>0 ){
-    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  overage = sqlite3_memory_used() - n;
-  if( overage>0 ){
-    sqlite3_release_memory(overage);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
-** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
-** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  int nRet = 0;
-#if 0
-  nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
-#endif
-  nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
-  return nRet;
-#else
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
-  /* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
-  u32 nScratchFree;
-  u32 nPageFree;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;         /* Mutex to serialize access */
-
-  /*
-  ** The alarm callback and its arguments.  The mem0.mutex lock will
-  ** be held while the callback is running.  Recursive calls into
-  ** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
-  ** issued.  The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
-  ** callbacks.
-  */
-  sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
-  void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
-  void *alarmArg;
-  int alarmBusy;
-
-  /*
-  ** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and
-  ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records
-  ** which pages are available.
-  */
-  u32 *aScratchFree;
-  u32 *aPageFree;
-} mem0 = { 62560955 };
-
-#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
-
-/*
-** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
-    sqlite3MemSetDefault();
-  }
-  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
-      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){
-    int i;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch -= 4;
-    mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)
-                  [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch];
-    for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; i++){ mem0.aScratchFree[i] = i; }
-    mem0.nScratchFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage>=512
-      && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){
-    int i;
-    int overhead;
-    int sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage;
-    int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
-    overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead;
-    mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)
-                  [sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage];
-    for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; i++){ mem0.aPageFree[i] = i; }
-    mem0.nPageFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
-  memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
-  int n, mx;
-  sqlite3_int64 res;
-  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
-  res = (sqlite3_int64)n;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
-** checked out since either the beginning of this process
-** or since the most recent reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
-  int n, mx;
-  sqlite3_int64 res;
-  sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
-  res = (sqlite3_int64)mx;  /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the alarm callback
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
-  mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
-  mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
-  void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
-  void *pArg,
-  sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
-){
-  return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
-}
-
-/*
-** Trigger the alarm 
-*/
-static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
-  sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
-  void *pArg;
-  if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 || mem0.alarmBusy  ) return;
-  mem0.alarmBusy = 1;
-  xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
-  nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-  pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-  mem0.alarmBusy = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms.  Assume the
-** lock is already held.
-*/
-static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
-  int nFull;
-  void *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
-  nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
-  if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
-    int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
-    if( nUsed+nFull >= mem0.alarmThreshold ){
-      sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
-    }
-  }
-  p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
-  if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
-    sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
-  }
-  if( p ){
-    nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
-  }
-  *pp = p;
-  return nFull;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory.  This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
-** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
-  void *p;
-  if( n<=0 ){
-    p = 0;
-  }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
-** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
-** allocation.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3Malloc(n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
-** xScratchMalloc().  We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
-** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
-** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
-** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
-** for situations where the memory might be held long-term.  This
-** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
-** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
-** embedded processor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
-  void *p;
-  assert( n>0 );
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-  /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
-  ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
-  ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
-  ** would be much more complicated.) */
-  assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch<n ){
-    goto scratch_overflow;
-  }else{  
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    if( mem0.nScratchFree==0 ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      goto scratch_overflow;
-    }else{
-      int i;
-      i = mem0.aScratchFree[--mem0.nScratchFree];
-      i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
-      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)[i];
-    }
-  }
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-  scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
-#endif
-
-  return p;
-
-scratch_overflow:
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
-    n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
-    if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
-  }
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-  scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
-#endif
-  return p;    
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
-  if( p ){
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
-    /* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
-    ** is outstanding at one time.  (This is only checked in the
-    ** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
-    ** would be much more complicated.) */
-    assert( scratchAllocOut==1 );
-    scratchAllocOut = 0;
-#endif
-
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0
-           || p<sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch
-           || p>=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-      }
-    }else{
-      int i;
-      i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch;
-      i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
-      assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-      assert( mem0.nScratchFree<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
-      mem0.aScratchFree[mem0.nScratchFree++] = i;
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate memory to be used by the page cache.  Make use of the
-** memory buffer provided by SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE if there is one
-** and that memory is of the right size and is not completely
-** consumed.  Otherwise, failover to sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-#if 0
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int n){
-  void *p;
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( (n & (n-1))==0 );
-  assert( n>=512 && n<=32768 );
-
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<n ){
-    goto page_overflow;
-  }else{  
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    if( mem0.nPageFree==0 ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      goto page_overflow;
-    }else{
-      int i;
-      i = mem0.aPageFree[--mem0.nPageFree];
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage;
-      sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, n);
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
-      p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return p;
-
-page_overflow:
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, n);
-    n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
-    if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, n);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
-  }
-  return p;    
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
-  if( p ){
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0
-           || p<sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage
-           || p>=(void*)mem0.aPageFree ){
-      /* In this case, the page allocation was obtained from a regular 
-      ** call to sqlite3_mem_methods.xMalloc() (a page-cache-memory 
-      ** "overflow"). Free the block with sqlite3_mem_methods.xFree().
-      */
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-        int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-        sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* The page allocation was allocated from the sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage
-      ** buffer. In this case all that is add the index of the page in
-      ** the sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage array to the set of free indexes stored
-      ** in the mem0.aPageFree[] array.
-      */
-      int i;
-      i = (u8 *)p - (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage;
-      i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage;
-      assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage );
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-      assert( mem0.nPageFree<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage );
-      mem0.aPageFree[mem0.nPageFree++] = i;
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && 0
-      /* Assert that a duplicate was not just inserted into aPageFree[]. */
-      for(i=0; i<mem0.nPageFree-1; i++){
-        assert( mem0.aPageFree[i]!=mem0.aPageFree[mem0.nPageFree-1] );
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
-*/
-static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  return db && p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
-** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
-  return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-    return db->lookaside.sz;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
-** connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
-  if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-    LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
-    pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
-    db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
-    db->lookaside.nOut--;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
-  int nOld, nNew;
-  void *pNew;
-  if( pOld==0 ){
-    return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes);
-  }
-  if( nBytes<=0 ){
-    sqlite3_free(pOld);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
-    nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
-    if( nOld==nNew ){
-      pNew = pOld;
-    }else{
-      if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >= 
-            mem0.alarmThreshold ){
-        sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
-      }
-      pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-      if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
-        sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
-        pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
-      }
-      if( pNew ){
-        nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
-        sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
-  }else{
-    pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc.  Make sure that the memory
-** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
-** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and zero memory.  If the allocation fails, make
-** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
-  void *p;
-  if( db ){
-    LookasideSlot *pBuf;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz
-         && (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){
-      db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
-      db->lookaside.nOut++;
-      if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
-        db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
-      }
-      return (void*)pBuf;
-    }
-  }
-  p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
-  if( !p && db ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
-** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
-  void *pNew = 0;
-  if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
-    if( p==0 ){
-      return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-    }
-    if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
-      if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
-        return p;
-      }
-      pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
-      if( pNew ){
-        memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-      }
-    }else{
-      pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
-      if( !pNew ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to reallocate p.  If the reallocation fails, then free p
-** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
-  void *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
-  if( !pNew ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These 
-** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
-** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are 
-** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
-** ThreadData structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
-  char *zNew;
-  size_t n;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  n = strlen(z)+1;
-  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
-  if( zNew ){
-    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
-  char *zNew;
-  if( z==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
-  zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
-  if( zNew ){
-    memcpy(zNew, z, n);
-    zNew[n] = 0;
-  }
-  return zNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
-** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
-** point to that string.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
-  *pz = z;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. 
-** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
-** sqlite3_realloc.
-**
-** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
-** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occured since the previous
-** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. 
-**
-** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occured,
-** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
-** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
-  /* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
-  ** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed 
-  ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
-  */
-  assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
-    db->mallocFailed = 0;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
-}
-
-/************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's.  It is in
-** the public domain.  The original comments are included here for
-** completeness.  They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
-** an historical reference.  Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
-** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
-**
-** $Id: printf.c,v 1.94 2008/08/22 14:08:36 drh Exp $
-**
-**************************************************************************
-**
-** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
-** found in the standard C library.  The following enhancements are
-** supported:
-**
-**      +  Additional functions.  The standard set of "printf" functions
-**         includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
-**         vsprintf.  This module adds the following:
-**
-**           *  snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
-**                          which is the size of the buffer written to.
-**
-**           *  mprintf --  Similar to sprintf.  Writes output to memory
-**                          obtained from malloc.
-**
-**           *  xprintf --  Calls a function to dispose of output.
-**
-**           *  nprintf --  No output, but returns the number of characters
-**                          that would have been output by printf.
-**
-**           *  A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
-**              supplied.
-**
-**      +  A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
-**
-**           *  The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
-**              be centered in the appropriately sized field.
-**
-**           *  The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
-**
-**           *  The %c field now accepts a precision.  The character output
-**              is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
-**
-**           *  The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
-**              next character of the format string, instead of the next
-**              argument.  For example,  printf("%.78'-")  prints 78 minus
-**              signs, the same as  printf("%.78c",'-').
-**
-**      +  When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
-**         faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
-**
-**      +  All functions are fully reentrant.
-**
-*/
-
-/*
-** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
-** following enumeration.
-*/
-#define etRADIX       1 /* Integer types.  %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
-#define etFLOAT       2 /* Floating point.  %f */
-#define etEXP         3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
-#define etGENERIC     4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
-#define etSIZE        5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
-#define etSTRING      6 /* Strings. %s */
-#define etDYNSTRING   7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
-#define etPERCENT     8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
-#define etCHARX       9 /* Characters. %c */
-/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
-#define etSQLESCAPE  10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled.  %q */
-#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
-                          NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL.  %Q */
-#define etTOKEN      12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
-#define etSRCLIST    13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
-#define etPOINTER    14 /* The %p conversion */
-#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
-#define etORDINAL    16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc.  English only */
-
-
-/*
-** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
-*/
-typedef unsigned char etByte;
-
-/*
-** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
-** by an instance of the following structure
-*/
-typedef struct et_info {   /* Information about each format field */
-  char fmttype;            /* The format field code letter */
-  etByte base;             /* The base for radix conversion */
-  etByte flags;            /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
-  etByte type;             /* Conversion paradigm */
-  etByte charset;          /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
-  etByte prefix;           /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
-} et_info;
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for et_info.flags
-*/
-#define FLAG_SIGNED  1     /* True if the value to convert is signed */
-#define FLAG_INTERN  2     /* True if for internal use only */
-#define FLAG_STRING  4     /* Allow infinity precision */
-
-
-/*
-** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
-** most frequently used conversion types first.
-*/
-static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
-static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
-static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
-  {  'd', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  's',  0, 4, etSTRING,     0,  0 },
-  {  'g',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    30, 0 },
-  {  'z',  0, 4, etDYNSTRING,  0,  0 },
-  {  'q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE,  0,  0 },
-  {  'Q',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0,  0 },
-  {  'w',  0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0,  0 },
-  {  'c',  0, 0, etCHARX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'o',  8, 0, etRADIX,      0,  2 },
-  {  'u', 10, 0, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'x', 16, 0, etRADIX,      16, 1 },
-  {  'X', 16, 0, etRADIX,      0,  4 },
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  {  'f',  0, 1, etFLOAT,      0,  0 },
-  {  'e',  0, 1, etEXP,        30, 0 },
-  {  'E',  0, 1, etEXP,        14, 0 },
-  {  'G',  0, 1, etGENERIC,    14, 0 },
-#endif
-  {  'i', 10, 1, etRADIX,      0,  0 },
-  {  'n',  0, 0, etSIZE,       0,  0 },
-  {  '%',  0, 0, etPERCENT,    0,  0 },
-  {  'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER,    0,  1 },
-  {  'T',  0, 2, etTOKEN,      0,  0 },
-  {  'S',  0, 2, etSRCLIST,    0,  0 },
-  {  'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL,    0,  0 },
-};
-#define etNINFO  (sizeof(fmtinfo)/sizeof(fmtinfo[0]))
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
-** conversions will work.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-/*
-** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
-** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
-** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
-**
-** Example:
-**     input:     *val = 3.14159
-**     output:    *val = 1.4159    function return = '3'
-**
-** The counter *cnt is incremented each time.  After counter exceeds
-** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
-** always returned.
-*/
-static int et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
-  int digit;
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
-  if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
-  digit = (int)*val;
-  d = digit;
-  digit += '0';
-  *val = (*val - d)*10.0;
-  return digit;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-
-/*
-** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
-*/
-static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
-  static const char zSpaces[] = "                             ";
-  while( N>=sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
-    N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
-  }
-  if( N>0 ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
-** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350.  But beware - for
-** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
-# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
-#endif
-#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE  /* Size of the output buffer */
-
-/*
-** The root program.  All variations call this core.
-**
-** INPUTS:
-**   func   This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
-**            1. A pointer to anything.  Same as the "arg" parameter.
-**            2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
-**               (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
-**            3. An integer number of characters to be output.
-**               (Note: This number might be zero.)
-**
-**   arg    This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
-**          first argument to "func".  Use it for whatever you like.
-**
-**   fmt    This is the format string, as in the usual print.
-**
-**   ap     This is a pointer to a list of arguments.  Same as in
-**          vfprint.
-**
-** OUTPUTS:
-**          The return value is the total number of characters sent to
-**          the function "func".  Returns -1 on a error.
-**
-** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
-** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
-** will run.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VXPrintf(
-  StrAccum *pAccum,                  /* Accumulate results here */
-  int useExtended,                   /* Allow extended %-conversions */
-  const char *fmt,                   /* Format string */
-  va_list ap                         /* arguments */
-){
-  int c;                     /* Next character in the format string */
-  char *bufpt;               /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
-  int precision;             /* Precision of the current field */
-  int length;                /* Length of the field */
-  int idx;                   /* A general purpose loop counter */
-  int width;                 /* Width of the current field */
-  etByte flag_leftjustify;   /* True if "-" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_plussign;      /* True if "+" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_blanksign;     /* True if " " flag is present */
-  etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_altform2;      /* True if "!" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_zeropad;       /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
-  etByte flag_long;          /* True if "l" flag is present */
-  etByte flag_longlong;      /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
-  etByte done;               /* Loop termination flag */
-  sqlite_uint64 longvalue;   /* Value for integer types */
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
-  const et_info *infop;      /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
-  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */
-  char prefix;               /* Prefix character.  "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
-  etByte xtype;              /* Conversion paradigm */
-  char *zExtra;              /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int  exp, e2;              /* exponent of real numbers */
-  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
-  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
-  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
-  etByte flag_exp;           /* True to force display of the exponent */
-  int nsd;                   /* Number of significant digits returned */
-#endif
-
-  length = 0;
-  bufpt = 0;
-  for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
-    if( c!='%' ){
-      int amt;
-      bufpt = (char *)fmt;
-      amt = 1;
-      while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt);
-      if( c==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
-      break;
-    }
-    /* Find out what flags are present */
-    flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign = 
-     flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
-    done = 0;
-    do{
-      switch( c ){
-        case '-':   flag_leftjustify = 1;     break;
-        case '+':   flag_plussign = 1;        break;
-        case ' ':   flag_blanksign = 1;       break;
-        case '#':   flag_alternateform = 1;   break;
-        case '!':   flag_altform2 = 1;        break;
-        case '0':   flag_zeropad = 1;         break;
-        default:    done = 1;                 break;
-      }
-    }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
-    /* Get the field width */
-    width = 0;
-    if( c=='*' ){
-      width = va_arg(ap,int);
-      if( width<0 ){
-        flag_leftjustify = 1;
-        width = -width;
-      }
-      c = *++fmt;
-    }else{
-      while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-        width = width*10 + c - '0';
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }
-    }
-    if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
-      width = etBUFSIZE-10;
-    }
-    /* Get the precision */
-    if( c=='.' ){
-      precision = 0;
-      c = *++fmt;
-      if( c=='*' ){
-        precision = va_arg(ap,int);
-        if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }else{
-        while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
-          precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
-          c = *++fmt;
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      precision = -1;
-    }
-    /* Get the conversion type modifier */
-    if( c=='l' ){
-      flag_long = 1;
-      c = *++fmt;
-      if( c=='l' ){
-        flag_longlong = 1;
-        c = *++fmt;
-      }else{
-        flag_longlong = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
-    }
-    /* Fetch the info entry for the field */
-    infop = 0;
-    for(idx=0; idx<etNINFO; idx++){
-      if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
-        infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
-        if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
-          xtype = infop->type;
-        }else{
-          return;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    zExtra = 0;
-    if( infop==0 ){
-      return;
-    }
-
-
-    /* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
-    if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
-      precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
-    **
-    **   flag_alternateform          TRUE if a '#' is present.
-    **   flag_altform2               TRUE if a '!' is present.
-    **   flag_plussign               TRUE if a '+' is present.
-    **   flag_leftjustify            TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
-    **                               field width was negative.
-    **   flag_zeropad                TRUE if the width began with 0.
-    **   flag_long                   TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
-    **                               the conversion character.
-    **   flag_longlong               TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
-    **                               the conversion character.
-    **   flag_blanksign              TRUE if a ' ' is present.
-    **   width                       The specified field width.  This is
-    **                               always non-negative.  Zero is the default.
-    **   precision                   The specified precision.  The default
-    **                               is -1.
-    **   xtype                       The class of the conversion.
-    **   infop                       Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
-    */
-    switch( xtype ){
-      case etPOINTER:
-        flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
-        flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
-        /* Fall through into the next case */
-      case etORDINAL:
-      case etRADIX:
-        if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
-          i64 v;
-          if( flag_longlong )   v = va_arg(ap,i64);
-          else if( flag_long )  v = va_arg(ap,long int);
-          else                  v = va_arg(ap,int);
-          if( v<0 ){
-            longvalue = -v;
-            prefix = '-';
-          }else{
-            longvalue = v;
-            if( flag_plussign )        prefix = '+';
-            else if( flag_blanksign )  prefix = ' ';
-            else                       prefix = 0;
-          }
-        }else{
-          if( flag_longlong )   longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
-          else if( flag_long )  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
-          else                  longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
-          prefix = 0;
-        }
-        if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
-        if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
-          precision = width-(prefix!=0);
-        }
-        bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
-        if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
-          static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
-          int x = longvalue % 10;
-          if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
-            x = 0;
-          }
-          buf[etBUFSIZE-3] = zOrd[x*2];
-          buf[etBUFSIZE-2] = zOrd[x*2+1];
-          bufpt -= 2;
-        }
-        {
-          register const char *cset;      /* Use registers for speed */
-          register int base;
-          cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
-          base = infop->base;
-          do{                                           /* Convert to ascii */
-            *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
-            longvalue = longvalue/base;
-          }while( longvalue>0 );
-        }
-        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
-        for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
-          *(--bufpt) = '0';                             /* Zero pad */
-        }
-        if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix;               /* Add sign */
-        if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){      /* Add "0" or "0x" */
-          const char *pre;
-          char x;
-          pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
-          for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
-        }
-        length = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt;
-        break;
-      case etFLOAT:
-      case etEXP:
-      case etGENERIC:
-        realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-        if( precision<0 ) precision = 6;         /* Set default precision */
-        if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
-        if( realvalue<0.0 ){
-          realvalue = -realvalue;
-          prefix = '-';
-        }else{
-          if( flag_plussign )          prefix = '+';
-          else if( flag_blanksign )    prefix = ' ';
-          else                         prefix = 0;
-        }
-        if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
-#if 0
-        /* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used.  Wierd! */
-        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
-#else
-        /* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
-        for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
-#endif
-        if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
-        /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
-        exp = 0;
-        if( sqlite3IsNaN(realvalue) ){
-          bufpt = "NaN";
-          length = 3;
-          break;
-        }
-        if( realvalue>0.0 ){
-          while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
-          while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
-          while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
-          while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
-          while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
-          if( exp>350 ){
-            if( prefix=='-' ){
-              bufpt = "-Inf";
-            }else if( prefix=='+' ){
-              bufpt = "+Inf";
-            }else{
-              bufpt = "Inf";
-            }
-            length = strlen(bufpt);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        bufpt = buf;
-        /*
-        ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
-        ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
-        */
-        flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
-        if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
-          realvalue += rounder;
-          if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
-        }
-        if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
-          flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
-          if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
-            xtype = etEXP;
-          }else{
-            precision = precision - exp;
-            xtype = etFLOAT;
-          }
-        }else{
-          flag_rtz = 0;
-        }
-        if( xtype==etEXP ){
-          e2 = 0;
-        }else{
-          e2 = exp;
-        }
-        nsd = 0;
-        flag_dp = (precision>0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
-        /* The sign in front of the number */
-        if( prefix ){
-          *(bufpt++) = prefix;
-        }
-        /* Digits prior to the decimal point */
-        if( e2<0 ){
-          *(bufpt++) = '0';
-        }else{
-          for(; e2>=0; e2--){
-            *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
-          }
-        }
-        /* The decimal point */
-        if( flag_dp ){
-          *(bufpt++) = '.';
-        }
-        /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
-        ** significant digit of the number */
-        for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
-          assert( precision>0 );
-          *(bufpt++) = '0';
-        }
-        /* Significant digits after the decimal point */
-        while( (precision--)>0 ){
-          *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
-        }
-        /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
-        if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
-          while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
-          assert( bufpt>buf );
-          if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
-            if( flag_altform2 ){
-              *(bufpt++) = '0';
-            }else{
-              *(--bufpt) = 0;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
-        if( flag_exp || xtype==etEXP ){
-          *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
-          if( exp<0 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
-          }else{
-            *(bufpt++) = '+';
-          }
-          if( exp>=100 ){
-            *(bufpt++) = (exp/100)+'0';                /* 100's digit */
-            exp %= 100;
-          }
-          *(bufpt++) = exp/10+'0';                     /* 10's digit */
-          *(bufpt++) = exp%10+'0';                     /* 1's digit */
-        }
-        *bufpt = 0;
-
-        /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
-        ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
-        ** integer conversions. */
-        length = bufpt-buf;
-        bufpt = buf;
-
-        /* Special case:  Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
-        ** set and we are not left justified */
-        if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
-          int i;
-          int nPad = width - length;
-          for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
-            bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
-          }
-          i = prefix!=0;
-          while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
-          length = width;
-        }
-#endif
-        break;
-      case etSIZE:
-        *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      case etPERCENT:
-        buf[0] = '%';
-        bufpt = buf;
-        length = 1;
-        break;
-      case etCHARX:
-        c = buf[0] = va_arg(ap,int);
-        if( precision>=0 ){
-          for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = c;
-          length = precision;
-        }else{
-          length =1;
-        }
-        bufpt = buf;
-        break;
-      case etSTRING:
-      case etDYNSTRING:
-        bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
-        if( bufpt==0 ){
-          bufpt = "";
-        }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
-          zExtra = bufpt;
-        }
-        if( precision>=0 ){
-          for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
-        }else{
-          length = strlen(bufpt);
-        }
-        break;
-      case etSQLESCAPE:
-      case etSQLESCAPE2:
-      case etSQLESCAPE3: {
-        int i, j, n, ch, isnull;
-        int needQuote;
-        char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\'');   /* Quote character */
-        char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
-        isnull = escarg==0;
-        if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
-        for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
-          if( ch==q )  n++;
-        }
-        needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
-        n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
-        if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
-          bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
-          if( bufpt==0 ) return;
-        }else{
-          bufpt = buf;
-        }
-        j = 0;
-        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
-        for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
-          bufpt[j++] = ch;
-          if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
-        }
-        if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
-        bufpt[j] = 0;
-        length = j;
-        /* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
-        /* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
-        break;
-      }
-      case etTOKEN: {
-        Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
-        if( pToken ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
-        }
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      case etSRCLIST: {
-        SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
-        int k = va_arg(ap, int);
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
-        assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
-        if( pItem->zDatabase ){
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
-          sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
-        }
-        sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
-        length = width = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-    }/* End switch over the format type */
-    /*
-    ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
-    ** "length" characters long.  The field width is "width".  Do
-    ** the output.
-    */
-    if( !flag_leftjustify ){
-      register int nspace;
-      nspace = width-length;
-      if( nspace>0 ){
-        appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
-      }
-    }
-    if( length>0 ){
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
-    }
-    if( flag_leftjustify ){
-      register int nspace;
-      nspace = width-length;
-      if( nspace>0 ){
-        appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
-      }
-    }
-    if( zExtra ){
-      sqlite3_free(zExtra);
-    }
-  }/* End for loop over the format string */
-} /* End of function */
-
-/*
-** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
-  if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( N<0 ){
-    N = strlen(z);
-  }
-  if( N==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
-    char *zNew;
-    if( !p->useMalloc ){
-      p->tooBig = 1;
-      N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
-      if( N<=0 ){
-        return;
-      }
-    }else{
-      i64 szNew = p->nChar;
-      szNew += N + 1;
-      if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
-        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-        p->tooBig = 1;
-        return;
-      }else{
-        p->nAlloc = szNew;
-      }
-      zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc );
-      if( zNew ){
-        memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
-        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-        p->zText = zNew;
-      }else{
-        p->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
-  p->nChar += N;
-}
-
-/*
-** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
-** Return a pointer to the resulting string.  Return a NULL
-** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
-  if( p->zText ){
-    p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
-    if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
-      p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
-      if( p->zText ){
-        memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
-      }else{
-        p->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return p->zText;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset an StrAccum string.  Reclaim all malloced memory.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
-  if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
-  }
-  p->zText = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a string accumulator
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
-  p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
-  p->db = 0;
-  p->nChar = 0;
-  p->nAlloc = n;
-  p->mxAlloc = mx;
-  p->useMalloc = 1;
-  p->tooBig = 0;
-  p->mallocFailed = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  char *z;
-  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
-  StrAccum acc;
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
-                      db ? db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] : SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  acc.db = db;
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  if( acc.mallocFailed && db ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc().  Use the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
-** the string and before returnning.  This routine is intended to be used
-** to modify an existing string.  For example:
-**
-**       x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  Omit the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
-  char *z;
-  char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
-  StrAccum acc;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()().  Omit the internal
-** %-conversion extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *z;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
-#endif
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
-** current locale settings.  This is important for SQLite because we
-** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
-** specified by some locales.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  char *z;
-  va_list ap;
-  StrAccum acc;
-
-  if( n<=0 ){
-    return zBuf;
-  }
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
-  acc.useMalloc = 0;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  return z;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** A version of printf() that understands %lld.  Used for debugging.
-** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
-** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  StrAccum acc;
-  char zBuf[500];
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
-  acc.useMalloc = 0;
-  va_start(ap,zFormat);
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
-  fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
-  fflush(stdout);
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of printf.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
-** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
-**
-** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
-** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
-**
-** $Id: random.c,v 1.26 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/* All threads share a single random number generator.
-** This structure is the current state of the generator.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
-  unsigned char isInit;          /* True if initialized */
-  unsigned char i, j;            /* State variables */
-  unsigned char s[256];          /* State variables */
-} sqlite3Prng = { 0, };
-
-/*
-** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG.  The Mutex
-** must be held while executing this routine.
-**
-** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
-** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
-** good source of random numbers.  The lrand48() library function may
-** well be good enough.  But maybe not.  Or maybe lrand48() has some
-** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems.  It is hard
-** to know.  To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
-** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
-** on RC4, which we know works very well.
-**
-** (Later):  Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
-** randomness any more.  But we will leave this code in all the same.
-*/
-static int randomByte(void){
-  unsigned char t;
-
-
-  /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
-  ** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-  ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-  ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
-  ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
-# define wsdPrng p[0]
-#else
-# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
-#endif
-
-
-  /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
-  ** the first time this routine is called.  The seed value does
-  ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
-  ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
-  **
-  ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
-  ** encryption.  The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
-  ** number generator) not as an encryption device.
-  */
-  if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
-    int i;
-    char k[256];
-    wsdPrng.j = 0;
-    wsdPrng.i = 0;
-    sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
-    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      wsdPrng.s[i] = i;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<256; i++){
-      wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
-      t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
-      wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
-      wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
-    }
-    wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Generate and return single random byte
-  */
-  wsdPrng.i++;
-  t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
-  wsdPrng.j += t;
-  wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
-  wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
-  t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
-  return wsdPrng.s[t];
-}
-
-/*
-** Return N random bytes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
-  unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  while( N-- ){
-    *(zBuf++) = randomByte();
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
-** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
-** to reset the PRNG to its initial state.  These routines accomplish
-** those tasks.
-**
-** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
-** control the PRNG.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng = { 0, };
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
-  memcpy(
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
-    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
-  );
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
-  memcpy(
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
-    &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
-    sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
-  );
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
-  GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of random.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 13
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, 
-** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
-**
-** $Id: utf.c,v 1.65 2008/08/12 15:04:59 danielk1977 Exp $
-**
-** Notes on UTF-8:
-**
-**   Byte-0    Byte-1    Byte-2    Byte-3    Value
-**  0xxxxxxx                                 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
-**  110yyyyy  10xxxxxx                       00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
-**  1110zzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx             00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**  11110uuu  10uuzzzz  10yyyyyy  10xxxxxx   000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**
-**
-** Notes on UTF-16:  (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
-**
-**      Word-0               Word-1          Value
-**  110110ww wwzzzzyy   110111yy yyxxxxxx    000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**  zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx                        00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
-**
-**
-** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
-**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
-**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
-**
-*/
-/************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of utf.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for information that is private to the
-** VDBE.  This information used to all be at the top of the single
-** source code file "vdbe.c".  When that file became too big (over
-** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
-** this header information was factored out.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.154 2008/08/13 19:11:48 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
-#define _VDBEINT_H_
-
-/*
-** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid.  But with
-** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
-*/
-#define keyToInt(X)   (X)
-#define intToKey(X)   (X)
-
-
-/*
-** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
-** executed by a virtual machine.  Each instruction is an instance
-** of the following structure.
-*/
-typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
-
-/*
-** Boolean values
-*/
-typedef unsigned char Bool;
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
-** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
-** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
-** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-** 
-** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
-** instance of the following structure.
-**
-** If the Cursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
-** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
-** a row trigger.  The data for the row is stored in Cursor.pData and
-** the rowid is in Cursor.iKey.
-*/
-struct Cursor {
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* The cursor structure of the backend */
-  int iDb;              /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
-  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
-  i64 nextRowid;        /* Next rowid returned by OP_NewRowid */
-  Bool zeroed;          /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
-  Bool rowidIsValid;    /* True if lastRowid is valid */
-  Bool atFirst;         /* True if pointing to first entry */
-  Bool useRandomRowid;  /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
-  Bool nullRow;         /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
-  Bool nextRowidValid;  /* True if the nextRowid field is valid */
-  Bool pseudoTable;     /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
-  Bool ephemPseudoTable;
-  Bool deferredMoveto;  /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
-  Bool isTable;         /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
-  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
-  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
-  Btree *pBt;           /* Separate file holding temporary table */
-  int nData;            /* Number of bytes in pData */
-  char *pData;          /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
-  i64 iKey;             /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;    /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
-  int nField;           /* Number of fields in the header */
-  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
-
-  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
-  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheValid is true.
-  ** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
-  ** be NULL.
-  */
-  int cacheStatus;      /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
-  int payloadSize;      /* Total number of bytes in the record */
-  u32 *aType;           /* Type values for all entries in the record */
-  u32 *aOffset;         /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
-  u8 *aRow;             /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
-};
-typedef struct Cursor Cursor;
-
-/*
-** A value for Cursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
-*/
-#define CACHE_STALE 0
-
-/*
-** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
-** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
-** integer etc.) of the same value.  A value (and therefore Mem structure)
-** has the following properties:
-**
-** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
-** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
-** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
-** SQLITE_BLOB.
-*/
-struct Mem {
-  union {
-    i64 i;              /* Integer value. Or FuncDef* when flags==MEM_Agg */
-    FuncDef *pDef;      /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
-  } u;
-  double r;           /* Real value */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
-  char *z;            /* String or BLOB value */
-  int n;              /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
-  u16 flags;          /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
-  u8  type;           /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
-  u8  enc;            /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
-  void (*xDel)(void *);  /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
-  char *zMalloc;      /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
-};
-
-/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
-** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
-**
-** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
-** No other flags may be set in this case.
-**
-** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
-** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
-** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
-** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real 
-** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
-**
-** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags.  But only one
-** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
-*/
-#define MEM_Null      0x0001   /* Value is NULL */
-#define MEM_Str       0x0002   /* Value is a string */
-#define MEM_Int       0x0004   /* Value is an integer */
-#define MEM_Real      0x0008   /* Value is a real number */
-#define MEM_Blob      0x0010   /* Value is a BLOB */
-
-#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
-  ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))|f)
-
-/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
-** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
-** policy for Mem.z.  The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
-** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
-*/
-#define MEM_Term      0x0020   /* String rep is nul terminated */
-#define MEM_Dyn       0x0040   /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
-#define MEM_Static    0x0080   /* Mem.z points to a static string */
-#define MEM_Ephem     0x0100   /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
-#define MEM_Agg       0x0400   /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
-#define MEM_Zero      0x0800   /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  #undef MEM_Zero
-  #define MEM_Zero 0x0000
-#endif
-
-
-/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
-** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
-** of the function.  This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
-** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs.  The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
-** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function.  This
-** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
-** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
-** invocations.
-*/
-struct VdbeFunc {
-  FuncDef *pFunc;               /* The definition of the function */
-  int nAux;                     /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
-  struct AuxData {
-    void *pAux;                   /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
-    void (*xDelete)(void *);      /* Destructor for the aux data */
-  } apAux[1];                   /* One slot for each function argument */
-};
-
-/*
-** The "context" argument for a installable function.  A pointer to an
-** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
-** implement the SQL functions.
-**
-** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h.  So all routines,
-** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
-** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
-** structure are known.
-**
-** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
-** (Mem) which are only defined there.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_context {
-  FuncDef *pFunc;       /* Pointer to function information.  MUST BE FIRST */
-  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;  /* Auxilary data, if created. */
-  Mem s;                /* The return value is stored here */
-  Mem *pMem;            /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
-  int isError;          /* Error code returned by the function. */
-  CollSeq *pColl;       /* Collating sequence */
-};
-
-/*
-** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
-** is part of a small set.  Sets are used to implement code like
-** this:
-**            x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
-*/
-typedef struct Set Set;
-struct Set {
-  Hash hash;             /* A set is just a hash table */
-  HashElem *prev;        /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
-};
-
-/*
-** A FifoPage structure holds a single page of valves.  Pages are arranged
-** in a list.
-*/
-typedef struct FifoPage FifoPage;
-struct FifoPage {
-  int nSlot;         /* Number of entries aSlot[] */
-  int iWrite;        /* Push the next value into this entry in aSlot[] */
-  int iRead;         /* Read the next value from this entry in aSlot[] */
-  FifoPage *pNext;   /* Next page in the fifo */
-  i64 aSlot[1];      /* One or more slots for rowid values */
-};
-
-/*
-** The Fifo structure is typedef-ed in vdbeInt.h.  But the implementation
-** of that structure is private to this file.
-**
-** The Fifo structure describes the entire fifo.  
-*/
-typedef struct Fifo Fifo;
-struct Fifo {
-  int nEntry;         /* Total number of entries */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The associated database connection */
-  FifoPage *pFirst;   /* First page on the list */
-  FifoPage *pLast;    /* Last page on the list */
-};
-
-/*
-** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
-** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
-** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
-** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
-** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
-** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
-** trigger finishes.
-*/
-typedef struct Context Context;
-struct Context {
-  i64 lastRowid;    /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
-  int nChange;      /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges)     */
-  Fifo sFifo;       /* Records that will participate in a DELETE or UPDATE */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the virtual machine.  This structure contains the complete
-** state of the virtual machine.
-**
-** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
-** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
-**
-** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
-** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
-** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
-** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
-** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
-** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table 
-** method function.
-*/
-struct Vdbe {
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The whole database */
-  Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
-  int nOp;            /* Number of instructions in the program */
-  int nOpAlloc;       /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
-  Op *aOp;            /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
-  int nLabel;         /* Number of labels used */
-  int nLabelAlloc;    /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
-  int *aLabel;        /* Space to hold the labels */
-  Mem **apArg;        /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
-  Mem *aColName;      /* Column names to return */
-  int nCursor;        /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
-  Cursor **apCsr;     /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
-  int nVar;           /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
-  Mem *aVar;          /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
-  char **azVar;       /* Name of variables */
-  int okVar;          /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
-  int magic;              /* Magic number for sanity checking */
-  int nMem;               /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
-  Mem *aMem;              /* The memory locations */
-  int nCallback;          /* Number of callbacks invoked so far */
-  int cacheCtr;           /* Cursor row cache generation counter */
-  Fifo sFifo;             /* A list of ROWIDs */
-  int contextStackTop;    /* Index of top element in the context stack */
-  int contextStackDepth;  /* The size of the "context" stack */
-  Context *contextStack;  /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
-  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
-  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
-  unsigned uniqueCnt;     /* Used by OP_MakeRecord when P2!=0 */
-  int errorAction;        /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
-  int inTempTrans;        /* True if temp database is transactioned */
-  int nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
-  char **azResColumn;     /* Values for one row of result */ 
-  char *zErrMsg;          /* Error message written here */
-  Mem *pResultSet;        /* Pointer to an array of results */
-  u8 explain;             /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
-  u8 changeCntOn;         /* True to update the change-counter */
-  u8 expired;             /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
-  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
-  u8 inVtabMethod;        /* See comments above */
-  int nChange;            /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
-  i64 startTime;          /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
-  int btreeMask;          /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
-  BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */
-  int nSql;             /* Number of bytes in zSql */
-  char *zSql;           /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  FILE *trace;        /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
-#endif
-  int openedStatement;  /* True if this VM has opened a statement journal */
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  int fetchId;          /* Statement number used by sqlite3_fetch_statement */
-  int lru;              /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-  Vdbe *pLruPrev;
-  Vdbe *pLruNext;
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
-*/
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT     0x26bceaa5    /* Building a VDBE program */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN      0xbdf20da3    /* VDBE is ready to execute */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT     0x519c2973    /* VDBE has completed execution */
-#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD     0xb606c3c8    /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
-
-/*
-** Function prototypes
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, Cursor*);
-void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor*);
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
-
-int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(Cursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem*);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
-#endif
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo*, sqlite3*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo*, i64);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo*, i64*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo*);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
-#else
-  #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */
-
-/************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in utf.c ************************/
-
-/*
-** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
-** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
-
-/*
-** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
-** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
-*/
-static const unsigned char sqlite3UtfTrans1[] = {
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
-  0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
-  0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
-};
-
-
-#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) {                          \
-  if( c<0x00080 ){                                     \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0xFF);                                \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x00800 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xC0 + ((c>>6)&0x1F);                    \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
-  }                                                    \
-  else if( c<0x10000 ){                                \
-    *zOut++ = 0xE0 + ((c>>12)&0x0F);                   \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
-  }else{                                               \
-    *zOut++ = 0xF0 + ((c>>18) & 0x07);                 \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>12) & 0x3F);                 \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + ((c>>6) & 0x3F);                  \
-    *zOut++ = 0x80 + (c & 0x3F);                       \
-  }                                                    \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) {                                \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-  }else{                                                        \
-    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-  }                                                             \
-}
-
-#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) {                                \
-  if( c<=0xFFFF ){                                              \
-    *zOut++ = ((c>>8)&0x00FF);                                  \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }else{                                                        \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03));              \
-    *zOut++ = (((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0));  \
-    *zOut++ = (0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03));                         \
-    *zOut++ = (c&0x00FF);                                       \
-  }                                                             \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){                                         \
-  c = (*zIn++);                                                       \
-  c += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                 \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
-    int c2 = (*zIn++);                                                \
-    c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8);                                              \
-    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
-  }                                                                   \
-}
-
-#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){                                         \
-  c = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                                  \
-  c += (*zIn++);                                                      \
-  if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){                                       \
-    int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8);                                           \
-    c2 += (*zIn++);                                                   \
-    c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10);   \
-    if( (c & 0xFFFF0000)==0 ) c = 0xFFFD;                             \
-  }                                                                   \
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate a single UTF-8 character.  Return the unicode value.
-**
-** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
-** is a 0x00.
-**
-** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
-**
-** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
-**
-**  *  This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
-**     be encoded as a multi-byte character.  Any multi-byte character that
-**     attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-**  *  This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
-**     If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
-**     0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
-**
-**  *  Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
-**     byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
-**     and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
-**     invalid characters.
-**
-**  *  This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
-**     for unicode values 0x80 and greater.  It do not change over-length
-**     encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
-*/
-#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c)                           \
-  c = *(zIn++);                                            \
-  if( c>=0xc0 ){                                           \
-    c = sqlite3UtfTrans1[c-0xc0];                          \
-    while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){            \
-      c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));                      \
-    }                                                      \
-    if( c<0x80                                             \
-        || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800                          \
-        || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){  c = 0xFFFD; }        \
-  }
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8Read(
-  const unsigned char *z,         /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
-  const unsigned char *zTerm,     /* Pretend this byte is 0x00 */
-  const unsigned char **pzNext    /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
-){
-  int c;
-  READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, c);
-  *pzNext = z;
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
-** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
-*/ 
-/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
-** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
-** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
-  int len;                    /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
-  unsigned char *zOut;                  /* Output buffer */
-  unsigned char *zIn;                   /* Input iterator */
-  unsigned char *zTerm;                 /* End of input */
-  unsigned char *z;                     /* Output iterator */
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
-  assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
-  assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
-  assert( pMem->n>=0 );
-
-#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  {
-    char zBuf[100];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
-    fprintf(stderr, "INPUT:  %s\n", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then 
-  ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
-  ** differently from the others.
-  */
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    u8 temp;
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-    zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
-    while( zIn<zTerm ){
-      temp = *zIn;
-      *zIn = *(zIn+1);
-      zIn++;
-      *zIn++ = temp;
-    }
-    pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
-    goto translate_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
-  if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
-    ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
-    ** A single byte is required for the output string
-    ** nul-terminator.
-    */
-    len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
-  }else{
-    /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
-    ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
-    ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
-    ** nul-terminator.
-    */
-    len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
-  }
-
-  /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
-  ** byte past the end.
-  **
-  ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
-  ** from sqlite3_malloc().
-  */
-  zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
-  zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
-  zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
-  if( !zOut ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  z = zOut;
-
-  if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
-      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
-        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
-        WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-      /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        /* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
-        READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
-        WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
-      }
-    }
-    pMem->n = z - zOut;
-    *z++ = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
-    if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
-      /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c); 
-        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
-      }
-    }else{
-      /* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
-      while( zIn<zTerm ){
-        READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c); 
-        WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
-      }
-    }
-    pMem->n = z - zOut;
-  }
-  *z = 0;
-  assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
-  pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
-  pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
-  pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
-  pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
-
-translate_out:
-#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-  {
-    char zBuf[100];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
-    fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the 
-** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
-** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
-** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
-**
-** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
-** changed by this function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u8 bom = 0;
-
-  if( pMem->n<0 || pMem->n>1 ){
-    u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
-    u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
-    if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
-      bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-    }
-    if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
-      bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( bom ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pMem->n -= 2;
-      memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
-      pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
-      pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
-      pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-      pMem->enc = bom;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
-** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
-** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
-** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to 
-** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
-  int r = 0;
-  const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
-  const u8 *zTerm;
-  if( nByte>=0 ){
-    zTerm = &z[nByte];
-  }else{
-    zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
-  }
-  assert( z<=zTerm );
-  while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
-    SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    r++;
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite. 
-** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
-**
-** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
-** UTF-8.  Miscoded characters are removed.
-**
-** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
-** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
-  unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
-  unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
-  unsigned char *zTerm = &zIn[strlen((char *)zIn)];
-  u32 c;
-
-  while( zIn[0] ){
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn);
-    if( c!=0xfffd ){
-      WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
-    }
-  }
-  *zOut = 0;
-  return zOut - zStart;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
-** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
-** be freed by the calling function.
-**
-** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte){
-  Mem m;
-  memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
-  m.db = db;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-    m.z = 0;
-  }
-  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
-}
-
-/*
-** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string. If nChar is less than zero,
-** return the number of bytes up to (but not including), the first pair
-** of consecutive 0x00 bytes in pZ. If nChar is not less than zero,
-** then return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
-** in pZ (or up until the first pair of 0x00 bytes, whichever comes first).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
-  unsigned int c = 1;
-  char const *z = zIn;
-  int n = 0;
-  if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
-    /* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
-    ** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
-    ** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
-    ** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and 
-    ** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
-    ** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
-    ** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
-    ** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
-    */
-    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
-      READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
-      n++;
-    }
-  }else{
-    while( c && ((nChar<0) || n<nChar) ){
-      READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
-      n++;
-    }
-  }
-  return (z-(char const *)zIn)-((c==0)?2:0);
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
-** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
-** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
-  unsigned int i, t;
-  unsigned char zBuf[20];
-  unsigned char *z;
-  unsigned char *zTerm;
-  int n;
-  unsigned int c;
-
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
-    n = z-zBuf;
-    z[0] = 0;
-    zTerm = z;
-    z = zBuf;
-    c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, zTerm, (const u8**)&z);
-    t = i;
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
-    if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
-    assert( c==t );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
-    n = z-zBuf;
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
-    assert( c==i );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
-    if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
-    z = zBuf;
-    WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
-    n = z-zBuf;
-    z[0] = 0;
-    z = zBuf;
-    READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
-    assert( c==i );
-    assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/************** End of utf.c *************************************************/
-/************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
-**
-** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
-** strings, and stuff like that.
-**
-** $Id: util.c,v 1.241 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
-  /* This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
-  ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
-  ** warning:
-  **
-  **      This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
-  **      -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
-  **      which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO 
-  **      rules/specifications for math functions.
-  **
-  ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
-  ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise.  From the MSDN 
-  ** documentation:
-  **
-  **      The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons 
-  **      involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN 
-  **      ...
-  */
-#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
-# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
-#endif
-  volatile double y = x;
-  volatile double z = y;
-  return y!=z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the length of a string, except do not allow the string length
-** to exceed the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH setting.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
-  const char *z2 = z;
-  int len;
-  size_t x;
-  while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
-  x = z2 - z;
-  len = 0x7fffffff & x;
-  if( len!=x || len > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    return db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }else{
-    return len;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
-** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
-**
-** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
-** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
-** format characters are allowed:
-**
-**      %s      Insert a string
-**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
-**      %d      Insert an integer
-**      %T      Insert a token
-**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
-**
-** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
-** encoded in UTF-8.
-**
-** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
-** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
-** to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
-    db->errCode = err_code;
-    if( zFormat ){
-      char *z;
-      va_list ap;
-      va_start(ap, zFormat);
-      z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-      va_end(ap);
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
-** The following formatting characters are allowed:
-**
-**      %s      Insert a string
-**      %z      A string that should be freed after use
-**      %d      Insert an integer
-**      %T      Insert a token
-**      %S      Insert the first element of a SrcList
-**
-** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
-** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
-** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
-** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
-** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
-** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  pParse->nErr++;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pParse->zErrMsg);
-  pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-  pParse->nErr = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
-** brackets from around identifers.  For example:  "[a-b-c]" becomes
-** "a-b-c".
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
-  int quote;
-  int i, j;
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  quote = z[0];
-  switch( quote ){
-    case '\'':  break;
-    case '"':   break;
-    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
-    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
-    default:    return;
-  }
-  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
-    if( z[i]==quote ){
-      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
-        z[j++] = quote;
-        i++;
-      }else{
-        z[j++] = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-    }else{
-      z[j++] = z[i];
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/* Convenient short-hand */
-#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
-
-/*
-** Some systems have stricmp().  Others have strcasecmp().  Because
-** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
-  register unsigned char *a, *b;
-  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
-  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
-  while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
-  return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
-  register unsigned char *a, *b;
-  a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
-  b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
-  while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
-  return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string.  Return FALSE if the
-** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
-** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
-** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
-**
-** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
-  int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
-  if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
-  if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  z += incr;
-  if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
-  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
-  if( *z=='.' ){
-    z += incr;
-    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
-    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
-  }
-  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
-    z += incr;
-    if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
-    if( !isdigit(*(u8*)z) ) return 0;
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){ z += incr; }
-    if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
-  }
-  return *z==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
-** Convert this string to a double.
-**
-** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number.  If it
-** is not, the result is undefined.
-**
-** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
-** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
-** of "." depending on how locale is set.  But that would cause problems
-** for SQL.  So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-  int sign = 1;
-  const char *zBegin = z;
-  LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
-  int nSignificant = 0;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
-  if( *z=='-' ){
-    sign = -1;
-    z++;
-  }else if( *z=='+' ){
-    z++;
-  }
-  while( z[0]=='0' ){
-    z++;
-  }
-  while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-    v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
-    z++;
-    nSignificant++;
-  }
-  if( *z=='.' ){
-    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
-    z++;
-    if( nSignificant==0 ){
-      while( z[0]=='0' ){
-        divisor *= 10.0;
-        z++;
-      }
-    }
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-      if( nSignificant<18 ){
-        v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
-        divisor *= 10.0;
-        nSignificant++;
-      }
-      z++;
-    }
-    v1 /= divisor;
-  }
-  if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
-    int esign = 1;
-    int eval = 0;
-    LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
-    z++;
-    if( *z=='-' ){
-      esign = -1;
-      z++;
-    }else if( *z=='+' ){
-      z++;
-    }
-    while( isdigit(*(u8*)z) ){
-      eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
-      z++;
-    }
-    while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
-    while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
-    while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
-    while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
-    if( esign<0 ){
-      v1 /= scale;
-    }else{
-      v1 *= scale;
-    }
-  }
-  *pResult = sign<0 ? -v1 : v1;
-  return z - zBegin;
-#else
-  return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
-** value 2^63:  9223372036854775808.  Return negative, zero, or positive
-** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
-**
-** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
-** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
-** last digit.  So, for example,
-**
-**      compare2pow63("9223372036854775800")
-**
-** will return -8.
-*/
-static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){
-  int c;
-  c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18);
-  if( c==0 ){
-    c = zNum[18] - '8';
-  }
-  return c;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
-** the value of the integer into *pNum.  If zNum is not an integer
-** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
-** then return false.
-**
-** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
-** 32-bit numbers.  At that time, it was much faster than the
-** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
-  i64 v = 0;
-  int neg;
-  int i, c;
-  const char *zStart;
-  while( isspace(*(u8*)zNum) ) zNum++;
-  if( *zNum=='-' ){
-    neg = 1;
-    zNum++;
-  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
-    neg = 0;
-    zNum++;
-  }else{
-    neg = 0;
-  }
-  zStart = zNum;
-  while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
-  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
-    v = v*10 + c - '0';
-  }
-  *pNum = neg ? -v : v;
-  if( c!=0 || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19 ){
-    /* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
-    ** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */
-    return 0;
-  }else if( i<19 ){
-    /* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    /* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive
-    ** or 9223372036854775808 if negative.  Note that 9223372036854665808
-    ** is 2^63. */
-    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The string zNum represents an integer.  There might be some other
-** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
-** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
-** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE.  Otherwise return FALSE.
-**
-** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
-** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer.  Positive
-** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits.  So it seems safer to return
-** false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
-  int i, c;
-  int neg = 0;
-  if( *zNum=='-' ){
-    neg = 1;
-    zNum++;
-  }else if( *zNum=='+' ){
-    zNum++;
-  }
-  if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
-  while( *zNum=='0' ){
-    zNum++;   /* Skip leading zeros.  Ticket #2454 */
-  }
-  for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
-  if( i<19 ){
-    /* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
-    return 1;
-  }else if( i>19 ){
-    /* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    /* Compare against 2^63. */
-    return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
-** *pValue to that integer and return true.  Otherwise return false.
-**
-** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
-** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
-** input number to be zero-terminated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
-  sqlite_int64 v = 0;
-  int i, c;
-  int neg = 0;
-  if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
-    neg = 1;
-    zNum++;
-  }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
-    zNum++;
-  }
-  while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
-  for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
-    v = v*10 + c;
-  }
-
-  /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
-  **
-  **             1234567890
-  **     2^31 -> 2147483648
-  */
-  if( i>10 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( neg ){
-    v = -v;
-  }
-  *pValue = (int)v;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         C = xxxxxxxx    8 bits of data
-**
-**  7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** 28 bits - BBBA
-** 35 bits - BBBBA
-** 42 bits - BBBBBA
-** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
-** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
-** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
-*/
-
-/*
-** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
-** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes.  The number
-** of bytes written is returned.
-**
-** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
-** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
-** bit clear.  Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
-** 8 bits and is the last byte.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
-  int i, j, n;
-  u8 buf[10];
-  if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
-    p[8] = v;
-    v >>= 8;
-    for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
-      p[i] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
-      v >>= 7;
-    }
-    return 9;
-  }    
-  n = 0;
-  do{
-    buf[n++] = (v & 0x7f) | 0x80;
-    v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 );
-  buf[0] &= 0x7f;
-  assert( n<=9 );
-  for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
-    p[i] = buf[j];
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
-** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
-** the common case of small integers.  A MACRO version, putVarint32,
-** is provided which inlines the single-byte case.  All code should use
-** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
-** already been handled.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-#ifndef putVarint32
-  if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
-    p[0] = v;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
-    p[0] = (v>>7) | 0x80;
-    p[1] = v & 0x7f;
-    return 2;
-  }
-  return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
-  u32 a,b,s;
-
-  a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    *v = a;
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= 0x7f;
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 2;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= 0x7f;
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 3;
-  }
-
-  /* CSE1 from below */
-  a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    /* moved CSE1 up */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    *v = a;
-    return 4;
-  }
-
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-  /* moved CSE1 up */
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-  b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-  s = a;
-  /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>18;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 5;
-  }
-
-  /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-  s = s<<7;
-  s |= b;
-  /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
-
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
-    /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>18;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 6;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b = b<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>11;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 7;
-  }
-
-  /* CSE2 from below */
-  a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    /* moved CSE2 up */
-    /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
-    a = a<<7;
-    a |= b;
-    s = s>>4;
-    *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-    return 8;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<15;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
-
-  /* moved CSE2 up */
-  /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
-  b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-  b = b<<8;
-  a |= b;
-
-  s = s<<4;
-  b = p[-4];
-  b &= 0x7f;
-  b = b>>3;
-  s |= b;
-
-  *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
-
-  return 9;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
-** Return the number of bytes read.  The value is stored in *v.
-** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the 
-** single-byte case.  All code should use the MACRO version as 
-** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
-  u32 a,b;
-
-  a = *p;
-  /* a: p0 (unmasked) */
-#ifndef getVarint32
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    *v = a;
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  p++;
-  b = *p;
-  /* b: p1 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= 0x7f;
-    a = a<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 2;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= 0x7f;
-    b = b<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 3;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  b = b<<14;
-  b |= *p;
-  /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(b&0x80))
-  {
-    b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    a = a<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 4;
-  }
-
-  p++;
-  a = a<<14;
-  a |= *p;
-  /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
-  if (!(a&0x80))
-  {
-    a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
-    b = b<<7;
-    *v = a | b;
-    return 5;
-  }
-
-  /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
-  ** file.  In that case we are not in any hurry.  Use the (relatively
-  ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
-  ** value. */
-  {
-    u64 v64;
-    int n;
-
-    p -= 4;
-    n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
-    assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
-    *v = (u32)v64;
-    return n;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
-** 64-bit integer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
-  int i = 0;
-  do{
-    i++;
-    v >>= 7;
-  }while( v!=0 && i<9 );
-  return i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
-  return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
-  p[0] = v>>24;
-  p[1] = v>>16;
-  p[2] = v>>8;
-  p[3] = v;
-}
-
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-/*
-** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
-** This routinen only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
-** character:  0..9a..fA..F
-*/
-static int hexToInt(int h){
-  assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') ||  (h>='a' && h<='f') ||  (h>='A' && h<='F') );
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-  h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
-#endif
-  return h & 0xf;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
-/*
-** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
-** value.  Return a pointer to its binary value.  Space to hold the
-** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
-** the calling routine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
-  char *zBlob;
-  int i;
-
-  zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
-  n--;
-  if( zBlob ){
-    for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
-      zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
-    }
-    zBlob[i/2] = 0;
-  }
-  return zBlob;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
-
-
-/*
-** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
-** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-** when this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine is called when entering an SQLite API.  The SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-** value indicates that the database connection passed into the API is
-** open and is not being used by another thread.  By changing the value
-** to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY we indicate that the connection is in use.
-** sqlite3SafetyOff() below will change the value back to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
-** when the API exits. 
-**
-** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
-** same sqlite* pointer at the same time.  There is a race 
-** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
-** But usually the problem will be seen.  The result will be an
-** error which can be used to debug the application that is
-** using SQLite incorrectly.
-**
-** Ticket #202:  If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
-** to modify the db structure at all.  It could be that db is a stale
-** pointer.  In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
-** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated.  And we do
-** not want to write into deallocated memory.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-    return 0;
-  }else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
-** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
-** when this routine is called.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer.  This test is not
-** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
-** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
-** NULL or which have been previously closed.  If this routine returns
-** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
-** dereferenced for any reason.  The calling function should invoke
-** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
-**
-** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
-** use.  sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
-** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
-** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  int magic;
-  if( db==0 ) return 0;
-  magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
-  int magic;
-  if( db==0 ) return 0;
-  magic = db->magic;
-  if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
-      magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/************** End of util.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file hash.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
-** used in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: hash.c,v 1.30 2008/06/20 14:59:51 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
-**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants SQLITE_HASH_INT, SQLITE_HASH_POINTER,
-** SQLITE_HASH_BINARY, or SQLITE_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
-** sense for SQLITE_HASH_STRING and SQLITE_HASH_BINARY and is ignored
-** for other key classes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
-  assert( pNew!=0 );
-  assert( keyClass>=SQLITE_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
-  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-#if 0
-  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_POINTER || keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
-#endif
-  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
-  pNew->first = 0;
-  pNew->count = 0;
-  pNew->htsize = 0;
-  pNew->ht = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
-  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  elem = pH->first;
-  pH->first = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = 0;
-  pH->htsize = 0;
-  while( elem ){
-    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-      sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(elem);
-    elem = next_elem;
-  }
-  pH->count = 0;
-}
-
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_INT
-*/
-static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
-}
-static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  return n2 - n1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if 0 /* NOT USED */
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_POINTER
-*/
-static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
-  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
-}
-static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
-  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
-*/
-static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  int h = 0;
-  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = strlen(z);
-  while( nKey > 0  ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
-    nKey--;
-  }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_BINARY
-*/
-static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h = 0;
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
-  }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
-** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
-*/
-static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
-  switch( keyClass ){
-    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
-    default: break;
-  }
-  return 0;
-#else
-  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &strHash;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &binHash;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
-*/
-static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
-  switch( keyClass ){
-    case SQLITE_HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
-    case SQLITE_HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
-    default: break;
-  }
-  return 0;
-#else
-  if( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &strCompare;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==SQLITE_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &binCompare;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Link an element into the hash table
-*/
-static void insertElement(
-  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
-  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
-  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
-){
-  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
-  pHead = pEntry->chain;
-  if( pHead ){
-    pNew->next = pHead;
-    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
-    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
-    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
-    pHead->prev = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pNew->next = pH->first;
-    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
-    pNew->prev = 0;
-    pH->first = pNew;
-  }
-  pEntry->count++;
-  pEntry->chain = pNew;
-}
-
-
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
-** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails.
-*/
-static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
-  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
-  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
-  if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
-    new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
-  }
-  if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return;
-#endif
-
-  /* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is
-  ** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it
-  ** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance
-  ** hit only, not a fatal error).
-  */
-  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
-  if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size;
-  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
-    next_elem = elem->next;
-    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
-  }
-}
-
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
-*/
-static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
-  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  int nKey,
-  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
-){
-  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
-
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    elem = pEntry->chain;
-    count = pEntry->count;
-    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
-    while( count-- && elem ){
-      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
-        return elem;
-      }
-      elem = elem->next;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
-*/
-static void removeElementGivenHash(
-  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
-  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
-){
-  struct _ht *pEntry;
-  if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
-  }else{
-    pH->first = elem->next;
-  }
-  if( elem->next ){
-    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
-  }
-  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
-  }
-  pEntry->count--;
-  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
-    pEntry->chain = 0;
-  }
-  if( pH->copyKey ){
-    sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free( elem );
-  pH->count--;
-  if( pH->count<=0 ){
-    assert( pH->first==0 );
-    assert( pH->count==0 );
-    sqlite3HashClear(pH);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return a pointer to the corresponding 
-** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL
-** otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h;             /* A hash on key */
-  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
-  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
-  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize);
-  return elem;
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
-  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
-}
-
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
-  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
-  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
-  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
-  if( pH->htsize ){
-    h = hraw % pH->htsize;
-    elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
-    if( elem ){
-      void *old_data = elem->data;
-      if( data==0 ){
-        removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
-      }else{
-        elem->data = data;
-        if( !pH->copyKey ){
-          elem->pKey = (void *)pKey;
-        }
-        assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
-      }
-      return old_data;
-    }
-  }
-  if( data==0 ) return 0;
-  new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
-  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
-  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
-    new_elem->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( nKey );
-    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
-      return data;
-    }
-    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
-  }else{
-    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
-  }
-  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
-  pH->count++;
-  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-    rehash(pH, 128/sizeof(pH->ht[0]));
-    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-      pH->count = 0;
-      if( pH->copyKey ){
-        sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(new_elem);
-      return data;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
-    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
-  }
-  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-  h = hraw % pH->htsize;
-  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
-  new_elem->data = data;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of hash.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/
-/* Automatically generated.  Do not edit */
-/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
- static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
-     /*   1 */ "VNext",
-     /*   2 */ "Affinity",
-     /*   3 */ "Column",
-     /*   4 */ "SetCookie",
-     /*   5 */ "Sequence",
-     /*   6 */ "MoveGt",
-     /*   7 */ "RowKey",
-     /*   8 */ "SCopy",
-     /*   9 */ "OpenWrite",
-     /*  10 */ "If",
-     /*  11 */ "VRowid",
-     /*  12 */ "CollSeq",
-     /*  13 */ "OpenRead",
-     /*  14 */ "Expire",
-     /*  15 */ "AutoCommit",
-     /*  16 */ "Not",
-     /*  17 */ "Pagecount",
-     /*  18 */ "IntegrityCk",
-     /*  19 */ "Sort",
-     /*  20 */ "Copy",
-     /*  21 */ "Trace",
-     /*  22 */ "Function",
-     /*  23 */ "IfNeg",
-     /*  24 */ "Noop",
-     /*  25 */ "Return",
-     /*  26 */ "NewRowid",
-     /*  27 */ "Variable",
-     /*  28 */ "String",
-     /*  29 */ "RealAffinity",
-     /*  30 */ "VRename",
-     /*  31 */ "ParseSchema",
-     /*  32 */ "VOpen",
-     /*  33 */ "Close",
-     /*  34 */ "CreateIndex",
-     /*  35 */ "IsUnique",
-     /*  36 */ "NotFound",
-     /*  37 */ "Int64",
-     /*  38 */ "MustBeInt",
-     /*  39 */ "Halt",
-     /*  40 */ "Rowid",
-     /*  41 */ "IdxLT",
-     /*  42 */ "AddImm",
-     /*  43 */ "Statement",
-     /*  44 */ "RowData",
-     /*  45 */ "MemMax",
-     /*  46 */ "NotExists",
-     /*  47 */ "Gosub",
-     /*  48 */ "Integer",
-     /*  49 */ "Prev",
-     /*  50 */ "VColumn",
-     /*  51 */ "CreateTable",
-     /*  52 */ "Last",
-     /*  53 */ "IncrVacuum",
-     /*  54 */ "IdxRowid",
-     /*  55 */ "ResetCount",
-     /*  56 */ "FifoWrite",
-     /*  57 */ "ContextPush",
-     /*  58 */ "Yield",
-     /*  59 */ "DropTrigger",
-     /*  60 */ "Or",
-     /*  61 */ "And",
-     /*  62 */ "DropIndex",
-     /*  63 */ "IdxGE",
-     /*  64 */ "IdxDelete",
-     /*  65 */ "IsNull",
-     /*  66 */ "NotNull",
-     /*  67 */ "Ne",
-     /*  68 */ "Eq",
-     /*  69 */ "Gt",
-     /*  70 */ "Le",
-     /*  71 */ "Lt",
-     /*  72 */ "Ge",
-     /*  73 */ "Vacuum",
-     /*  74 */ "BitAnd",
-     /*  75 */ "BitOr",
-     /*  76 */ "ShiftLeft",
-     /*  77 */ "ShiftRight",
-     /*  78 */ "Add",
-     /*  79 */ "Subtract",
-     /*  80 */ "Multiply",
-     /*  81 */ "Divide",
-     /*  82 */ "Remainder",
-     /*  83 */ "Concat",
-     /*  84 */ "MoveLe",
-     /*  85 */ "IfNot",
-     /*  86 */ "DropTable",
-     /*  87 */ "BitNot",
-     /*  88 */ "String8",
-     /*  89 */ "MakeRecord",
-     /*  90 */ "ResultRow",
-     /*  91 */ "Delete",
-     /*  92 */ "AggFinal",
-     /*  93 */ "Compare",
-     /*  94 */ "Goto",
-     /*  95 */ "TableLock",
-     /*  96 */ "FifoRead",
-     /*  97 */ "Clear",
-     /*  98 */ "MoveLt",
-     /*  99 */ "VerifyCookie",
-     /* 100 */ "AggStep",
-     /* 101 */ "SetNumColumns",
-     /* 102 */ "Transaction",
-     /* 103 */ "VFilter",
-     /* 104 */ "VDestroy",
-     /* 105 */ "ContextPop",
-     /* 106 */ "Next",
-     /* 107 */ "IdxInsert",
-     /* 108 */ "Insert",
-     /* 109 */ "Destroy",
-     /* 110 */ "ReadCookie",
-     /* 111 */ "ForceInt",
-     /* 112 */ "LoadAnalysis",
-     /* 113 */ "Explain",
-     /* 114 */ "OpenPseudo",
-     /* 115 */ "OpenEphemeral",
-     /* 116 */ "Null",
-     /* 117 */ "Move",
-     /* 118 */ "Blob",
-     /* 119 */ "Rewind",
-     /* 120 */ "MoveGe",
-     /* 121 */ "VBegin",
-     /* 122 */ "VUpdate",
-     /* 123 */ "IfZero",
-     /* 124 */ "VCreate",
-     /* 125 */ "Real",
-     /* 126 */ "Found",
-     /* 127 */ "IfPos",
-     /* 128 */ "NullRow",
-     /* 129 */ "Jump",
-     /* 130 */ "Permutation",
-     /* 131 */ "NotUsed_131",
-     /* 132 */ "NotUsed_132",
-     /* 133 */ "NotUsed_133",
-     /* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
-     /* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
-     /* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
-     /* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
-     /* 138 */ "ToText",
-     /* 139 */ "ToBlob",
-     /* 140 */ "ToNumeric",
-     /* 141 */ "ToInt",
-     /* 142 */ "ToReal",
-  };
-  return azName[i];
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_os2.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Feb 14
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to OS/2.
-**
-** $Id: os_os2.c,v 1.56 2008/08/22 13:47:57 pweilbacher Exp $
-*/
-
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_OS2
-
-/*
-** A Note About Memory Allocation:
-**
-** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
-** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free().  Those wrappers
-** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
-** malloc failures happen frequently.  OS/2 does not typically run on
-** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
-** problems to worry about than running out of memory.  So there is not
-** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
-**
-** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers.  If we use the
-** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
-** driver.  And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests.  We
-** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
-** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
-** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
-** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
-** code.  Better to leave the code out, we think.
-**
-** The point of this discussion is as follows:  When creating a new
-** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
-** avoid the use of malloc()/free().  Those routines work ok on OS/2
-** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_OS2_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_os2.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_os2.c *********************/
-
-/*
-** The os2File structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the OS/2
-** protability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct os2File os2File;
-struct os2File {
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
-  HFILE h;                  /* Handle for accessing the file */
-  char* pathToDel;          /* Name of file to delete on close, NULL if not */
-  unsigned char locktype;   /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
-};
-
-#define LOCK_TIMEOUT 10L /* the default locking timeout */
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int os2Close( sqlite3_file *id ){
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  os2File *pFile;
-  if( id && (pFile = (os2File*)id) != 0 ){
-    OSTRACE2( "CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h );
-    rc = DosClose( pFile->h );
-    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
-    if( pFile->pathToDel != NULL ){
-      rc = DosForceDelete( (PSZ)pFile->pathToDel );
-      free( pFile->pathToDel );
-      pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
-    }
-    id = 0;
-    OpenCounter( -1 );
-  }
-
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int os2Read(
-  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to read from */
-  void *pBuf,                     /* Write content into this buffer */
-  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  ULONG fileLocation = 0L;
-  ULONG got;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_READ );
-  OSTRACE3( "READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
-  if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-  if( DosRead( pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got ) != NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }
-  if( got == (ULONG)amt )
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  else {
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int os2Write(
-  sqlite3_file *id,               /* File to write into */
-  const void *pBuf,               /* The bytes to be written */
-  int amt,                        /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset            /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
-  ULONG fileLocation = 0L;
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  ULONG wrote;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE );
-  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );
-  OSTRACE3( "WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
-  if( DosSetFilePtr(pFile->h, offset, FILE_BEGIN, &fileLocation) != NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  while( amt > 0 &&
-         ( rc = DosWrite( pFile->h, (PVOID)pBuf, amt, &wrote ) ) == NO_ERROR &&
-         wrote > 0
-  ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
-  }
-
-  return ( rc != NO_ERROR || amt > (int)wrote ) ? SQLITE_FULL : SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int os2Truncate( sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte ){
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  OSTRACE3( "TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
-  rc = DosSetFileSize( pFile->h, nByte );
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int os2Sync( sqlite3_file *id, int flags ){
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  OSTRACE3( "SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL){
-    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-  return DosResetBuffer( pFile->h ) == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int os2FileSize( sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize ){
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  FILESTATUS3 fsts3FileInfo;
-  memset(&fsts3FileInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3FileInfo));
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-  rc = DosQueryFileInfo( ((os2File*)id)->h, FIL_STANDARD, &fsts3FileInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
-  if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
-    *pSize = fsts3FileInfo.cbFile;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-*/
-static int getReadLock( os2File *pFile ){
-  FILELOCK  LockArea,
-            UnlockArea;
-  APIRET res;
-  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
-  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
-  LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
-  LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
-  UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-  UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
-  res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
-  OSTRACE3( "GETREADLOCK %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo a readlock
-*/
-static int unlockReadLock( os2File *id ){
-  FILELOCK  LockArea,
-            UnlockArea;
-  APIRET res;
-  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
-  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
-  LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-  LockArea.lRange = 0L;
-  UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
-  UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
-  res = DosSetFileLocks( id->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 1L );
-  OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK-READLOCK file handle=%d res=%d?\n", id->h, res );
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  The os2Unlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
-*/
-static int os2Lock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Return code from subroutines */
-  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;    /* Result of an OS/2 lock call */
-  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
-  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
-  FILELOCK  LockArea,
-            UnlockArea;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
-  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  OSTRACE4( "LOCK %d %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** os2File, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d %d ok (already held)\n", pFile->h, locktype );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
-  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
-  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
-  */
-  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
-  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
-      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
-  ){
-    LockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
-    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
-
-    /* wait longer than LOCK_TIMEOUT here not to have to try multiple times */
-    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, 100L, 0L );
-    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
-      gotPendingLock = 1;
-      OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d pending lock boolean set.  res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a shared lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
-    res = getReadLock(pFile);
-    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
-      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
-    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire shared lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
-      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
-    }
-    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire reserved lock. res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
-    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-    gotPendingLock = 0;
-    OSTRACE2( "LOCK %d acquire pending lock. pending lock boolean unset.\n", pFile->h );
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res == NO_ERROR ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
-    OSTRACE2( "unreadlock = %d\n", res );
-    LockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
-    LockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    if( res == NO_ERROR ){
-      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      OSTRACE2( "OS/2 error-code = %d\n", res );
-      getReadLock(pFile);
-    }
-    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d acquire exclusive lock.  res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-  }
-
-  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
-  ** release it now.
-  */
-  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    int r;
-    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
-    r = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d unlocking pending/is shared. r=%d\n", pFile->h, r );
-  }
-
-  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
-  ** return the appropriate result code.
-  */
-  if( res == NO_ERROR ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    OSTRACE4( "LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
-              locktype, newLocktype );
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
-  OSTRACE3( "LOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int os2CheckReservedLock( sqlite3_file *id, int *pOut ){
-  int r = 0;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    r = 1;
-    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, r );
-  }else{
-    FILELOCK  LockArea,
-              UnlockArea;
-    APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-    memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
-    memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
-    LockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    LockArea.lRange = 1L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    rc = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d lock reserved byte rc=%d\n", pFile->h, rc );
-    if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
-      APIRET rcu = NO_ERROR; /* return code for unlocking */
-      LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-      LockArea.lRange = 0L;
-      UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
-      UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
-      rcu = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-      OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d unlock reserved byte r=%d\n", pFile->h, rcu );
-    }
-    r = !(rc == NO_ERROR);
-    OSTRACE3( "TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, r );
-  }
-  *pOut = r;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
-*/
-static int os2Unlock( sqlite3_file *id, int locktype ){
-  int type;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  APIRET rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  APIRET res = NO_ERROR;
-  FILELOCK  LockArea,
-            UnlockArea;
-  memset(&LockArea, 0, sizeof(LockArea));
-  memset(&UnlockArea, 0, sizeof(UnlockArea));
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  OSTRACE4( "UNLOCK %d to %d was %d\n", pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype );
-  type = pFile->locktype;
-  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = SHARED_FIRST;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = SHARED_SIZE;
-    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d exclusive lock res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && getReadLock(pFile) != NO_ERROR ){
-      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
-      ** reacquire the read lock */
-      OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d to %d getReadLock() failed\n", pFile->h, locktype );
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-    }
-  }
-  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
-    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d reserved res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
-    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
-    OSTRACE5( "UNLOCK %d is %d want %d res=%d\n", pFile->h, type, locktype, res );
-  }
-  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-    LockArea.lOffset = 0L;
-    LockArea.lRange = 0L;
-    UnlockArea.lOffset = PENDING_BYTE;
-    UnlockArea.lRange = 1L;
-    res = DosSetFileLocks( pFile->h, &UnlockArea, &LockArea, LOCK_TIMEOUT, 0L );
-    OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d pending res=%d\n", pFile->h, res );
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  OSTRACE3( "UNLOCK %d now %d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
-*/
-static int os2FileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = ((os2File*)id)->locktype;
-      OSTRACE3( "FCNTL_LOCKSTATE %d lock=%d\n", ((os2File*)id)->h, ((os2File*)id)->locktype );
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int os2SectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
-*/
-static int os2DeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Character set conversion objects used by conversion routines.
-*/
-static UconvObject ucUtf8 = NULL; /* convert between UTF-8 and UCS-2 */
-static UconvObject uclCp = NULL;  /* convert between local codepage and UCS-2 */
-
-/*
-** Helper function to initialize the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
-*/
-static void initUconvObjects( void ){
-  if( UniCreateUconvObject( UTF_8, &ucUtf8 ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
-    ucUtf8 = NULL;
-  if ( UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"@path=yes", &uclCp ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
-    uclCp = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function to free the conversion objects from and to UTF-8.
-*/
-static void freeUconvObjects( void ){
-  if ( ucUtf8 )
-    UniFreeUconvObject( ucUtf8 );
-  if ( uclCp )
-    UniFreeUconvObject( uclCp );
-  ucUtf8 = NULL;
-  uclCp = NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function to convert UTF-8 filenames to local OS/2 codepage.
-** The two-step process: first convert the incoming UTF-8 string
-** into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the current codepage.
-** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
-*/
-static char *convertUtf8PathToCp( const char *in ){
-  UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
-  char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
-
-  if( !out )
-    return NULL;
-
-  if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
-    initUconvObjects();
-
-  /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
-  if( UniStrToUcs( ucUtf8, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
-    return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
-
-  /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
-  UniStrFromUcs( uclCp, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
-
-  return out;
-}
-
-/*
-** Helper function to convert filenames from local codepage to UTF-8.
-** The two-step process: first convert the incoming codepage-specific
-** string into UCS-2 and then from UCS-2 to the codepage of UTF-8.
-** The returned char pointer has to be freed.
-**
-** This function is non-static to be able to use this in shell.c and
-** similar applications that take command line arguments.
-*/
-char *convertCpPathToUtf8( const char *in ){
-  UniChar tempPath[CCHMAXPATH];
-  char *out = (char *)calloc( CCHMAXPATH, 1 );
-
-  if( !out )
-    return NULL;
-
-  if( !ucUtf8 || !uclCp )
-    initUconvObjects();
-
-  /* conversion for current codepage which can be used for paths */
-  if( UniStrToUcs( uclCp, tempPath, (char *)in, CCHMAXPATH ) != ULS_SUCCESS )
-    return out; /* if conversion fails, return the empty string */
-
-  /* determine string for the conversion of UTF-8 which is CP1208 */
-  UniStrFromUcs( ucUtf8, out, tempPath, CCHMAXPATH );
-
-  return out;
-}
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for os2.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods os2IoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  os2Close,
-  os2Read,
-  os2Write,
-  os2Truncate,
-  os2Sync,
-  os2FileSize,
-  os2Lock,
-  os2Unlock,
-  os2CheckReservedLock,
-  os2FileControl,
-  os2SectorSize,
-  os2DeviceCharacteristics
-};
-
-/***************************************************************************
-** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-**
-** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
-*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
-  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  int i, j;
-  char zTempPathBuf[3];
-  PSZ zTempPath = (PSZ)&zTempPathBuf;
-  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    zTempPath = sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  }else{
-    if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TEMP", &zTempPath ) ){
-      if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMP", &zTempPath ) ){
-        if( DosScanEnv( (PSZ)"TMPDIR", &zTempPath ) ){
-           ULONG ulDriveNum = 0, ulDriveMap = 0;
-           DosQueryCurrentDisk( &ulDriveNum, &ulDriveMap );
-           sprintf( (char*)zTempPath, "%c:", (char)( 'A' + ulDriveNum - 1 ) );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Strip off a trailing slashes or backslashes, otherwise we would get *
-   * multiple (back)slashes which causes DosOpen() to fail.              *
-   * Trailing spaces are not allowed, either.                            */
-  j = strlen(zTempPath);
-  while( j > 0 && ( zTempPath[j-1] == '\\' || zTempPath[j-1] == '/'
-                    || zTempPath[j-1] == ' ' ) ){
-    j--;
-  }
-  zTempPath[j] = '\0';
-  if( !sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    char *zTempPathUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zTempPath );
-    sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
-                      "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPathUTF );
-    free( zTempPathUTF );
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_snprintf( nBuf-30, zBuf,
-                      "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath );
-  }
-  j = strlen( zBuf );
-  sqlite3_randomness( 20, &zBuf[j] );
-  for( i = 0; i < 20; i++, j++ ){
-    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-  }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-  OSTRACE2( "TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
-** pathname into zFull[].  zFull[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
-*/
-static int os2FullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zRelative,      /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nFull,                  /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zFull                 /* Output buffer */
-){
-  char *zRelativeCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zRelative );
-  char zFullCp[CCHMAXPATH] = "\0";
-  char *zFullUTF;
-  APIRET rc = DosQueryPathInfo( zRelativeCp, FIL_QUERYFULLNAME, zFullCp,
-                                CCHMAXPATH );
-  free( zRelativeCp );
-  zFullUTF = convertCpPathToUtf8( zFullCp );
-  sqlite3_snprintf( nFull, zFull, zFullUTF );
-  free( zFullUTF );
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Open a file.
-*/
-static int os2Open(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Not used */
-  const char *zName,            /* Name of the file */
-  sqlite3_file *id,             /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
-  int flags,                    /* Open mode flags */
-  int *pOutFlags                /* Status return flags */
-){
-  HFILE h;
-  ULONG ulFileAttribute = FILE_NORMAL;
-  ULONG ulOpenFlags = 0;
-  ULONG ulOpenMode = 0;
-  os2File *pFile = (os2File*)id;
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  ULONG ulAction;
-  char *zNameCp;
-  char zTmpname[CCHMAXPATH+1];    /* Buffer to hold name of temp file */
-
-  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
-  ** temporary file name to use 
-  */
-  if( !zName ){
-    int rc = getTempname(CCHMAXPATH+1, zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zName = zTmpname;
-  }
-
-
-  memset( pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile) );
-
-  OSTRACE2( "OPEN want %d\n", flags );
-
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READWRITE;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN read/write\n" );
-  }else{
-    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN read only\n" );
-  }
-
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
-    ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_CREATE_IF_NEW;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN open new/create\n" );
-  }else{
-    ulOpenFlags |= OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS | OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN open existing\n" );
-  }
-
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
-    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read/write\n" );
-  }else{
-    ulOpenMode |= OPEN_SHARE_DENYWRITE;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN share read only\n" );
-  }
-
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
-    char pathUtf8[CCHMAXPATH];
-#ifdef NDEBUG /* when debugging we want to make sure it is deleted */
-    ulFileAttribute = FILE_HIDDEN;
-#endif
-    os2FullPathname( pVfs, zName, CCHMAXPATH, pathUtf8 );
-    pFile->pathToDel = convertUtf8PathToCp( pathUtf8 );
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN hidden/delete on close file attributes\n" );
-  }else{
-    pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
-    OSTRACE1( "OPEN normal file attribute\n" );
-  }
-
-  /* always open in random access mode for possibly better speed */
-  ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_RANDOM;
-  ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR;
-  ulOpenMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
-
-  zNameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zName );
-  rc = DosOpen( (PSZ)zNameCp,
-                &h,
-                &ulAction,
-                0L,
-                ulFileAttribute,
-                ulOpenFlags,
-                ulOpenMode,
-                (PEAOP2)NULL );
-  free( zNameCp );
-  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
-    OSTRACE7( "OPEN Invalid handle rc=%d: zName=%s, ulAction=%#lx, ulAttr=%#lx, ulFlags=%#lx, ulMode=%#lx\n",
-              rc, zName, ulAction, ulFileAttribute, ulOpenFlags, ulOpenMode );
-    if( pFile->pathToDel )
-      free( pFile->pathToDel );
-    pFile->pathToDel = NULL;
-    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-      OSTRACE2( "OPEN %d Invalid handle\n", ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE) );
-      return os2Open( pVfs, zName, id,
-                      ((flags | SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE),
-                      pOutFlags );
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    *pOutFlags = flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ? SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE : SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-  }
-
-  pFile->pMethod = &os2IoMethod;
-  pFile->h = h;
-  OpenCounter(+1);
-  OSTRACE3( "OPEN %d pOutFlags=%d\n", pFile->h, pOutFlags );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the named file.
-*/
-static int os2Delete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,                     /* Not used on os2 */
-  const char *zFilename,                 /* Name of file to delete */
-  int syncDir                            /* Not used on os2 */
-){
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE );
-  rc = DosDelete( (PSZ)zFilenameCp );
-  free( zFilenameCp );
-  OSTRACE2( "DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename );
-  return rc == NO_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check the existance and status of a file.
-*/
-static int os2Access(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used on os2 */
-  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of file to check */
-  int flags,                /* Type of test to make on this file */
-  int *pOut                 /* Write results here */
-){
-  FILESTATUS3 fsts3ConfigInfo;
-  APIRET rc = NO_ERROR;
-  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp( zFilename );
-
-  memset( &fsts3ConfigInfo, 0, sizeof(fsts3ConfigInfo) );
-  rc = DosQueryPathInfo( (PSZ)zFilenameCp, FIL_STANDARD,
-                         &fsts3ConfigInfo, sizeof(FILESTATUS3) );
-  free( zFilenameCp );
-  OSTRACE4( "ACCESS fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile=%d flags=%d rc=%d\n",
-            fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile, flags, rc );
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      rc = (rc == NO_ERROR);
-      OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read and exists  rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      rc = (rc == NO_ERROR) && ( (fsts3ConfigInfo.attrFile & FILE_READONLY) == 0 );
-      OSTRACE3( "ACCESS %s access of read/write  rc=%d\n", zFilename, rc );
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert( !"Invalid flags argument" );
-  }
-  *pOut = rc;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-static void *os2DlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  UCHAR loadErr[256];
-  HMODULE hmod;
-  APIRET rc;
-  char *zFilenameCp = convertUtf8PathToCp(zFilename);
-  rc = DosLoadModule((PSZ)loadErr, sizeof(loadErr), zFilenameCp, &hmod);
-  free(zFilenameCp);
-  return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)hmod;
-}
-/*
-** A no-op since the error code is returned on the DosLoadModule call.
-** os2Dlopen returns zero if DosLoadModule is not successful.
-*/
-static void os2DlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-/* no-op */
-}
-static void *os2DlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-  PFN pfn;
-  APIRET rc;
-  rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, zSymbol, &pfn);
-  if( rc != NO_ERROR ){
-    /* if the symbol itself was not found, search again for the same
-     * symbol with an extra underscore, that might be needed depending
-     * on the calling convention */
-    char _zSymbol[256] = "_";
-    strncat(_zSymbol, zSymbol, 255);
-    rc = DosQueryProcAddr((HMODULE)pHandle, 0L, _zSymbol, &pfn);
-  }
-  return rc != NO_ERROR ? 0 : (void*)pfn;
-}
-static void os2DlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  DosFreeModule((HMODULE)pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define os2DlOpen 0
-  #define os2DlError 0
-  #define os2DlSym 0
-  #define os2DlClose 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
-*/
-static int os2Randomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf ){
-  ULONG sizeofULong = sizeof(ULONG);
-  int n = 0;
-  if( sizeof(DATETIME) <= nBuf - n ){
-    DATETIME x;
-    DosGetDateTime(&x);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
-    n += sizeof(x);
-  }
-
-  if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-    PPIB ppib;
-    DosGetInfoBlocks(NULL, &ppib);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ppib->pib_ulpid, sizeofULong);
-    n += sizeofULong;
-  }
-
-  if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-    PTIB ptib;
-    DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid, sizeofULong);
-    n += sizeofULong;
-  }
-
-  /* if we still haven't filled the buffer yet the following will */
-  /* grab everything once instead of making several calls for a single item */
-  if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-    ULONG ulSysInfo[QSV_MAX];
-    DosQuerySysInfo(1L, QSV_MAX, ulSysInfo, sizeofULong * QSV_MAX);
-
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_MS_COUNT - 1], sizeofULong);
-    n += sizeofULong;
-
-    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIMER_INTERVAL - 1], sizeofULong);
-      n += sizeofULong;
-    }
-    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_LOW - 1], sizeofULong);
-      n += sizeofULong;
-    }
-    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TIME_HIGH - 1], sizeofULong);
-      n += sizeofULong;
-    }
-    if( sizeofULong <= nBuf - n ){
-      memcpy(&zBuf[n], &ulSysInfo[QSV_TOTAVAILMEM - 1], sizeofULong);
-      n += sizeofULong;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
-*/
-static int os2Sleep( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec ){
-  DosSleep( (microsec/1000) );
-  return microsec;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-int os2CurrentTime( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow ){
-  double now;
-  SHORT minute; /* needs to be able to cope with negative timezone offset */
-  USHORT second, hour,
-         day, month, year;
-  DATETIME dt;
-  DosGetDateTime( &dt );
-  second = (USHORT)dt.seconds;
-  minute = (SHORT)dt.minutes + dt.timezone;
-  hour = (USHORT)dt.hours;
-  day = (USHORT)dt.day;
-  month = (USHORT)dt.month;
-  year = (USHORT)dt.year;
-
-  /* Calculations from http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd.html
-     http://www.astro.keele.ac.uk/~rno/Astronomy/hjd-0.1.c */
-  /* Calculate the Julian days */
-  now = day - 32076 +
-    1461*(year + 4800 + (month - 14)/12)/4 +
-    367*(month - 2 - (month - 14)/12*12)/12 -
-    3*((year + 4900 + (month - 14)/12)/100)/4;
-
-  /* Add the fractional hours, mins and seconds */
-  now += (hour + 12.0)/24.0;
-  now += minute/1440.0;
-  now += second/86400.0;
-  *prNow = now;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int os2GetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs os2Vfs = {
-    1,                 /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(os2File),   /* szOsFile */
-    CCHMAXPATH,        /* mxPathname */
-    0,                 /* pNext */
-    "os2",             /* zName */
-    0,                 /* pAppData */
-
-    os2Open,           /* xOpen */
-    os2Delete,         /* xDelete */
-    os2Access,         /* xAccess */
-    os2FullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
-    os2DlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
-    os2DlError,        /* xDlError */
-    os2DlSym,          /* xDlSym */
-    os2DlClose,        /* xDlClose */
-    os2Randomness,     /* xRandomness */
-    os2Sleep,          /* xSleep */
-    os2CurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
-    os2GetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
-  };
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&os2Vfs, 1);
-  initUconvObjects();
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){
-  freeUconvObjects();
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_OS2 */
-
-/************** End of os_os2.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to Unix systems.
-**
-** $Id: os_unix.c,v 1.201 2008/09/15 04:20:32 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_UNIX              /* This file is used on unix only */
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is defined, then several different 
-** locking implementations are provided:
-**
-**   * POSIX locking (the default),
-**   * No locking,
-**   * Dot-file locking,
-**   * flock() locking,
-**   * AFP locking (OSX only).
-*/
-/* #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 */
-
-/*
-** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on Posix if the
-** underlying operating system supports it.  If the OS lacks
-** large file support, these should be no-ops.
-**
-** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch
-** on the compiler command line.  This is necessary if you are compiling
-** on a recent machine (ex: RedHat 7.2) but you want your code to work
-** on an older machine (ex: RedHat 6.0).  If you compile on RedHat 7.2
-** without this option, LFS is enable.  But LFS does not exist in the kernel
-** in RedHat 6.0, so the code won't work.  Hence, for maximum binary
-** portability you should omit LFS.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# define _LARGE_FILE       1
-# ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-#   define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
-# endif
-# define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** standard include files.
-*/
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#include <sys/mount.h>
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
-** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default permissions when creating a new file
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
-# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum supported path-length.
-*/
-#define MAX_PATHNAME 512
-
-
-/*
-** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific for the unix
-** protability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
-struct unixFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that 
-  ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c.
-  */
-  char aPadding[32];
-#endif
-  struct openCnt *pOpen;    /* Info about all open fd's on this inode */
-  struct lockInfo *pLock;   /* Info about locks on this inode */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  void *lockingContext;     /* Locking style specific state */
-#endif
-  int h;                    /* The file descriptor */
-  unsigned char locktype;   /* The type of lock held on this fd */
-  int dirfd;                /* File descriptor for the directory */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  pthread_t tid;            /* The thread that "owns" this unixFile */
-#endif
-  int lastErrno;            /* The unix errno from the last I/O error */
-};
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/
-
-/*
-** Define various macros that are missing from some systems.
-*/
-#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS
-# undef O_LARGEFILE
-# define O_LARGEFILE 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
-# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
-#endif
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it
-** lacks the fcntl() system call.  So redefine fcntl() to be something
-** that always succeeds.  This means that locking does not occur under
-** DJGPP.  But it is DOS - what did you expect?
-*/
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# define fcntl(A,B,C) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0.  Used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-#define threadid pthread_self()
-#else
-#define threadid 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set or check the unixFile.tid field.  This field is set when an unixFile
-** is first opened.  All subsequent uses of the unixFile verify that the
-** same thread is operating on the unixFile.  Some operating systems do
-** not allow locks to be overridden by other threads and that restriction
-** means that sqlite3* database handles cannot be moved from one thread
-** to another.  This logic makes sure a user does not try to do that
-** by mistake.
-**
-** Version 3.3.1 (2006-01-15):  unixFile can be moved from one thread to
-** another as long as we are running on a system that supports threads
-** overriding each others locks (which now the most common behavior)
-** or if no locks are held.  But the unixFile.pLock field needs to be
-** recomputed because its key includes the thread-id.  See the 
-** transferOwnership() function below for additional information
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-# define SET_THREADID(X)   (X)->tid = pthread_self()
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) (threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks==0 && \
-                            !pthread_equal((X)->tid, pthread_self()))
-#else
-# define SET_THREADID(X)
-# define CHECK_THREADID(X) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Here is the dirt on POSIX advisory locks:  ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996)
-** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process
-** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set
-** by the same process.  It does not explicitly say so, but this implies
-** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different
-** file descriptor.  Consider this test case:
-**       int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644);
-**
-** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because
-** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set
-** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock
-** on fd2, it works.  I would have expected the second lock to
-** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1.
-** But not so.  Since both locks came from the same process, the
-** second overrides the first, even though they were on different
-** file descriptors opened on different file names.
-**
-** Bummer.  If you ask me, this is broken.  Badly broken.  It means
-** that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access among
-** competing threads of the same process.  POSIX locks will work fine
-** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not
-** threads within the same process.
-**
-** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally
-** on its own.  Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the
-** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the
-** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in)
-** and check for locks already existing on that inode.  When locks are
-** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the
-** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same
-** inode.
-**
-** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file
-** descriptor.  It is now a structure that holds the integer file
-** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal
-** locks on the corresponding inode.  There is one locking structure
-** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures
-** point to the same locking structure.  The locking structure keeps
-** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt"
-** field that tells us its internal lock status.  cnt==0 means the
-** file is unlocked.  cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock.
-** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file.
-**
-** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking
-** structure.  The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a 
-** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between
-** a locked and an unlocked state.
-**
-** 2004-Jan-11:
-** More recent discoveries about POSIX advisory locks.  (The more
-** I discover, the more I realize the a POSIX advisory locks are
-** an abomination.)
-**
-** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks,
-** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are
-** released.  To work around this problem, each unixFile structure contains
-** a pointer to an openCnt structure.  There is one openCnt structure
-** per open inode, which means that multiple unixFile can point to a single
-** openCnt.  When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are
-** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call
-** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear.
-** The openCnt structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to
-** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock
-** clears.
-**
-** First, under Linux threads, because each thread has a separate
-** process ID, lock operations in one thread do not override locks
-** to the same file in other threads.  Linux threads behave like
-** separate processes in this respect.  But, if you close a file
-** descriptor in linux threads, all locks are cleared, even locks
-** on other threads and even though the other threads have different
-** process IDs.  Linux threads is inconsistent in this respect.
-** (I'm beginning to think that linux threads is an abomination too.)
-** The consequence of this all is that the hash table for the lockInfo
-** structure has to include the process id as part of its key because
-** locks in different threads are treated as distinct.  But the 
-** openCnt structure should not include the process id in its
-** key because close() clears lock on all threads, not just the current
-** thread.  Were it not for this goofiness in linux threads, we could
-** combine the lockInfo and openCnt structures into a single structure.
-**
-** 2004-Jun-28:
-** On some versions of linux, threads can override each others locks.
-** On others not.  Sometimes you can change the behavior on the same
-** system by setting the LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variable.  The
-** POSIX standard is silent as to which behavior is correct, as far
-** as I can tell, so other versions of unix might show the same
-** inconsistency.  There is no little doubt in my mind that posix
-** advisory locks and linux threads are profoundly broken.
-**
-** To work around the inconsistencies, we have to test at runtime 
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks.  This test
-** is run once, the first time any lock is attempted.  A static 
-** variable is set to record the results of this test for future
-** use.
-*/
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular lockInfo structure given its inode.
-**
-** If threads cannot override each others locks, then we set the
-** lockKey.tid field to the thread ID.  If threads can override
-** each others locks then tid is always set to zero.  tid is omitted
-** if we compile without threading support.
-*/
-struct lockKey {
-  dev_t dev;       /* Device number */
-  ino_t ino;       /* Inode number */
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  pthread_t tid;   /* Thread ID or zero if threads can override each other */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode on each thread with a different process ID.  (Threads have
-** different process IDs on linux, but not on most other unixes.)
-**
-** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile
-** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this
-** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it.
-*/
-struct lockInfo {
-  struct lockKey key;  /* The lookup key */
-  int cnt;             /* Number of SHARED locks held */
-  int locktype;        /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */
-  int nRef;            /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  struct lockInfo *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all lockInfo objects */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used
-** to locate a particular openCnt structure given its inode.  This
-** is the same as the lockKey except that the thread ID is omitted.
-*/
-struct openKey {
-  dev_t dev;   /* Device number */
-  ino_t ino;   /* Inode number */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open
-** inode.  This structure keeps track of the number of locks on that
-** inode.  If a close is attempted against an inode that is holding
-** locks, the close is deferred until all locks clear by adding the
-** file descriptor to be closed to the pending list.
-*/
-struct openCnt {
-  struct openKey key;   /* The lookup key */
-  int nRef;             /* Number of pointers to this structure */
-  int nLock;            /* Number of outstanding locks */
-  int nPending;         /* Number of pending close() operations */
-  int *aPending;        /* Malloced space holding fd's awaiting a close() */
-  struct openCnt *pNext, *pPrev;   /* List of all openCnt objects */
-};
-
-/*
-** List of all lockInfo and openCnt objects.  This used to be a hash
-** table.  But the number of objects is rarely more than a dozen and
-** never exceeds a few thousand.  And lookup is not on a critical
-** path oo a simple linked list will suffice.
-*/
-static struct lockInfo *lockList = 0;
-static struct openCnt *openList = 0;
-
-/*
-** The locking styles are associated with the different file locking
-** capabilities supported by different file systems.  
-**
-** POSIX locking style fully supports shared and exclusive byte-range locks 
-** AFP locking only supports exclusive byte-range locks
-** FLOCK only supports a single file-global exclusive lock
-** DOTLOCK isn't a true locking style, it refers to the use of a special
-**   file named the same as the database file with a '.lock' extension, this
-**   can be used on file systems that do not offer any reliable file locking
-** NO locking means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-**   read-only file systems currently
-** UNSUPPORTED means that no locking will be attempted, this is only used for
-**   file systems that are known to be unsupported
-*/
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX        1
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_NONE         2
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE      3
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK        4
-#define LOCKING_STYLE_AFP          5
-
-/*
-** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not 
-** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK
-*/
-#define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x)  ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY))
-
-/*
-** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex.
-*/
-static void enterMutex(){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-static void leaveMutex(){
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-/*
-** This variable records whether or not threads can override each others
-** locks.
-**
-**    0:  No.  Threads cannot override each others locks.
-**    1:  Yes.  Threads can override each others locks.
-**   -1:  We don't know yet.
-**
-** On some systems, we know at compile-time if threads can override each
-** others locks.  On those systems, the SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK macro
-** will be set appropriately.  On other systems, we have to check at
-** runtime.  On these latter systems, SQLTIE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK is
-** undefined.
-**
-** This variable normally has file scope only.  But during testing, we make
-** it a global so that the test code can change its value in order to verify
-** that the right stuff happens in either case.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK -1
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-#else
-static int threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks = SQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This structure holds information passed into individual test
-** threads by the testThreadLockingBehavior() routine.
-*/
-struct threadTestData {
-  int fd;                /* File to be locked */
-  struct flock lock;     /* The locking operation */
-  int result;            /* Result of the locking operation */
-};
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-/*
-** Print out information about all locking operations.
-**
-** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded
-** platforms.  Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
-** command-line option on the compiler.  This code is normally
-** turned off.
-*/
-static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){
-  char *zOpName, *zType;
-  int s;
-  int savedErrno;
-  if( op==F_GETLK ){
-    zOpName = "GETLK";
-  }else if( op==F_SETLK ){
-    zOpName = "SETLK";
-  }else{
-    s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s);
-    return s;
-  }
-  if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){
-    zType = "RDLCK";
-  }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){
-    zType = "WRLCK";
-  }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){
-    zType = "UNLCK";
-  }else{
-    assert( 0 );
-  }
-  assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET );
-  s = fcntl(fd, op, p);
-  savedErrno = errno;
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n",
-     threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len,
-     (int)p->l_pid, s);
-  if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){
-    struct flock l2;
-    l2 = *p;
-    fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2);
-    if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){
-      zType = "RDLCK";
-    }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){
-      zType = "WRLCK";
-    }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){
-      zType = "UNLCK";
-    }else{
-      assert( 0 );
-    }
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n",
-       zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid);
-  }
-  errno = savedErrno;
-  return s;
-}
-#define fcntl lockTrace
-#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */
-
-/*
-** The testThreadLockingBehavior() routine launches two separate
-** threads on this routine.  This routine attempts to lock a file
-** descriptor then returns.  The success or failure of that attempt
-** allows the testThreadLockingBehavior() procedure to determine
-** whether or not threads can override each others locks.
-*/
-static void *threadLockingTest(void *pArg){
-  struct threadTestData *pData = (struct threadTestData*)pArg;
-  pData->result = fcntl(pData->fd, F_SETLK, &pData->lock);
-  return pArg;
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure attempts to determine whether or not threads
-** can override each others locks then sets the 
-** threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable appropriately.
-*/
-static void testThreadLockingBehavior(int fd_orig){
-  int fd;
-  struct threadTestData d[2];
-  pthread_t t[2];
-
-  fd = dup(fd_orig);
-  if( fd<0 ) return;
-  memset(d, 0, sizeof(d));
-  d[0].fd = fd;
-  d[0].lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  d[0].lock.l_len = 1;
-  d[0].lock.l_start = 0;
-  d[0].lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  d[1] = d[0];
-  d[1].lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-  pthread_create(&t[0], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[0]);
-  pthread_create(&t[1], 0, threadLockingTest, &d[1]);
-  pthread_join(t[0], 0);
-  pthread_join(t[1], 0);
-  close(fd);
-  threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks =  d[0].result==0 && d[1].result==0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
-
-/*
-** Release a lockInfo structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
-*/
-static void releaseLockInfo(struct lockInfo *pLock){
-  if( pLock ){
-    pLock->nRef--;
-    if( pLock->nRef==0 ){
-      if( pLock->pPrev ){
-        assert( pLock->pPrev->pNext==pLock );
-        pLock->pPrev->pNext = pLock->pNext;
-      }else{
-        assert( lockList==pLock );
-        lockList = pLock->pNext;
-      }
-      if( pLock->pNext ){
-        assert( pLock->pNext->pPrev==pLock );
-        pLock->pNext->pPrev = pLock->pPrev;
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(pLock);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a openCnt structure previously allocated by findLockInfo().
-*/
-static void releaseOpenCnt(struct openCnt *pOpen){
-  if( pOpen ){
-    pOpen->nRef--;
-    if( pOpen->nRef==0 ){
-      if( pOpen->pPrev ){
-        assert( pOpen->pPrev->pNext==pOpen );
-        pOpen->pPrev->pNext = pOpen->pNext;
-      }else{
-        assert( openList==pOpen );
-        openList = pOpen->pNext;
-      }
-      if( pOpen->pNext ){
-        assert( pOpen->pNext->pPrev==pOpen );
-        pOpen->pNext->pPrev = pOpen->pPrev;
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
-      sqlite3_free(pOpen);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-/*
-** Tests a byte-range locking query to see if byte range locks are 
-** supported, if not we fall back to dotlockLockingStyle.
-*/
-static int testLockingStyle(int fd){
-  struct flock lockInfo;
-
-  /* Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, 
-  ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. 
-  */
-  lockInfo.l_len = 1;
-  lockInfo.l_start = 0;
-  lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-  lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-  if( fcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) {
-    return LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX;
-  }
-  
-  /* Testing for flock() can give false positives.  So if if the above 
-  ** test fails, then we fall back to using dot-file style locking.
-  */  
-  return LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is defined, this function Examines the 
-** f_fstypename entry in the statfs structure as returned by stat() for 
-** the file system hosting the database file and selects  the appropriate
-** locking style based on its value.  These values and assignments are 
-** based on Darwin/OSX behavior and have not been thoroughly tested on 
-** other systems.
-**
-** If SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is not defined, this function always
-** returns LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX.
-*/
-static int detectLockingStyle(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
-  const char *filePath, 
-  int fd
-){
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  struct Mapping {
-    const char *zFilesystem;
-    int eLockingStyle;
-  } aMap[] = {
-    { "hfs",    LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX },
-    { "ufs",    LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX },
-    { "afpfs",  LOCKING_STYLE_AFP },
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_AFP_LOCKING_SMB
-    { "smbfs",  LOCKING_STYLE_AFP },
-#else
-    { "smbfs",  LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK },
-#endif
-    { "msdos",  LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE },
-    { "webdav", LOCKING_STYLE_NONE },
-    { 0, 0 }
-  };
-  int i;
-  struct statfs fsInfo;
-
-  if( !filePath ){
-    return LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
-  }
-  if( pVfs->pAppData ){
-    return SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVfs->pAppData);
-  }
-
-  if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){
-    if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){
-      return LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
-    }
-    for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){
-      if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){
-        return aMap[i].eLockingStyle;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". */
-  return testLockingStyle(fd);  
-#endif
-  return LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a file descriptor, locate lockInfo and openCnt structures that
-** describes that file descriptor.  Create new ones if necessary.  The
-** return values might be uninitialized if an error occurs.
-**
-** Return an appropriate error code.
-*/
-static int findLockInfo(
-  int fd,                      /* The file descriptor used in the key */
-  struct lockInfo **ppLock,    /* Return the lockInfo structure here */
-  struct openCnt **ppOpen      /* Return the openCnt structure here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  struct lockKey key1;
-  struct openKey key2;
-  struct stat statbuf;
-  struct lockInfo *pLock;
-  struct openCnt *pOpen;
-  rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-#ifdef EOVERFLOW
-    if( errno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
-#endif
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-
-  /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported
-  ** incorrectly for zero-size files.  See ticket #3260.  To work
-  ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite)
-  ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte
-  ** prior to accessing the inode number.  The one byte written is
-  ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte
-  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
-  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
-  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
-  */
-  if( statbuf.st_size==0 ){
-    write(fd, "S", 1);
-    rc = fstat(fd, &statbuf);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  memset(&key1, 0, sizeof(key1));
-  key1.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-  key1.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks<0 ){
-    testThreadLockingBehavior(fd);
-  }
-  key1.tid = threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ? 0 : pthread_self();
-#endif
-  memset(&key2, 0, sizeof(key2));
-  key2.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
-  key2.ino = statbuf.st_ino;
-  pLock = lockList;
-  while( pLock && memcmp(&key1, &pLock->key, sizeof(key1)) ){
-    pLock = pLock->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pLock==0 ){
-    pLock = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pLock) );
-    if( pLock==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto exit_findlockinfo;
-    }
-    pLock->key = key1;
-    pLock->nRef = 1;
-    pLock->cnt = 0;
-    pLock->locktype = 0;
-    pLock->pNext = lockList;
-    pLock->pPrev = 0;
-    if( lockList ) lockList->pPrev = pLock;
-    lockList = pLock;
-  }else{
-    pLock->nRef++;
-  }
-  *ppLock = pLock;
-  if( ppOpen!=0 ){
-    pOpen = openList;
-    while( pOpen && memcmp(&key2, &pOpen->key, sizeof(key2)) ){
-      pOpen = pOpen->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pOpen==0 ){
-      pOpen = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pOpen) );
-      if( pOpen==0 ){
-        releaseLockInfo(pLock);
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        goto exit_findlockinfo;
-      }
-      pOpen->key = key2;
-      pOpen->nRef = 1;
-      pOpen->nLock = 0;
-      pOpen->nPending = 0;
-      pOpen->aPending = 0;
-      pOpen->pNext = openList;
-      pOpen->pPrev = 0;
-      if( openList ) openList->pPrev = pOpen;
-      openList = pOpen;
-    }else{
-      pOpen->nRef++;
-    }
-    *ppOpen = pOpen;
-  }
-
-exit_findlockinfo:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging
-** binaries. This returns the string represetation of the supplied
-** integer lock-type.
-*/
-static const char *locktypeName(int locktype){
-  switch( locktype ){
-  case NO_LOCK: return "NONE";
-  case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED";
-  case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED";
-  case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING";
-  case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE";
-  }
-  return "ERROR";
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we are currently in a different thread than the thread that the
-** unixFile argument belongs to, then transfer ownership of the unixFile
-** over to the current thread.
-**
-** A unixFile is only owned by a thread on systems where one thread is
-** unable to override locks created by a different thread.  RedHat9 is
-** an example of such a system.
-**
-** Ownership transfer is only allowed if the unixFile is currently unlocked.
-** If the unixFile is locked and an ownership is wrong, then return
-** SQLITE_MISUSE.  SQLITE_OK is returned if everything works.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
-static int transferOwnership(unixFile *pFile){
-  int rc;
-  pthread_t hSelf;
-  if( threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks ){
-    /* Ownership transfers not needed on this system */
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  hSelf = pthread_self();
-  if( pthread_equal(pFile->tid, hSelf) ){
-    /* We are still in the same thread */
-    OSTRACE1("No-transfer, same thread\n");
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK ){
-    /* We cannot change ownership while we are holding a lock! */
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  OSTRACE4("Transfer ownership of %d from %d to %d\n",
-            pFile->h, pFile->tid, hSelf);
-  pFile->tid = hSelf;
-  if (pFile->pLock != NULL) {
-    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
-    rc = findLockInfo(pFile->h, &pFile->pLock, 0);
-    OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d is now %s(%s,%d)\n", pFile->h,
-           locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
-           locktypeName(pFile->pLock->locktype), pFile->pLock->cnt);
-    return rc;
-  } else {
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-#else
-  /* On single-threaded builds, ownership transfer is a no-op */
-# define transferOwnership(X) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt 
-** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read.
-**
-** NB:  If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also
-** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500.  This varies from
-** one system to another.  Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD
-** any any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE.
-** See tickets #2741 and #2681.
-*/
-static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  int got;
-  i64 newOffset;
-  TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-  got = pread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  got = pread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-  SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
-#else
-  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
-  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
-  if( newOffset!=offset ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  got = read(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE5("READ    %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
-  return got;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int unixRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset
-){
-  int got;
-  assert( id );
-  got = seekAndRead((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt);
-  if( got==amt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( got<0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }else{
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf.
-** Return the number of bytes actually read.  Update the offset.
-*/
-static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){
-  int got;
-  i64 newOffset;
-  TIMER_START;
-#if defined(USE_PREAD)
-  got = pwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
-  got = pwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
-#else
-  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
-  if( newOffset!=offset ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  got = write(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
-#endif
-  TIMER_END;
-  OSTRACE5("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED);
-  return got;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int unixWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id, 
-  const void *pBuf, 
-  int amt,
-  sqlite3_int64 offset 
-){
-  int wrote = 0;
-  assert( id );
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  while( amt>0 && (wrote = seekAndWrite((unixFile*)id, offset, pBuf, amt))>0 ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    offset += wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
-  }
-  SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 ));
-  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));
-  if( amt>0 ){
-    if( wrote<0 ){
-      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_FULL;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Use the fdatasync() API only if the HAVE_FDATASYNC macro is defined.
-** Otherwise use fsync() in its place.
-*/
-#ifndef HAVE_FDATASYNC
-# define fdatasync fsync
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
-** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
-** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
-*/
-#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1
-#else
-# define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many
-** unix systems.  The following procedure is an attempt to make
-** it work better.
-**
-** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s.  This is useful
-** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly.
-** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash
-** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file.
-*/
-static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and 
-  ** FULLSYNC.  This is used during testing to verify that this procedure
-  ** gets called with the correct arguments.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-
-  /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a
-  ** no-op
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#else
-
-#if HAVE_FULLFSYNC
-  if( fullSync ){
-    rc = fcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0);
-  }else{
-    rc = 1;
-  }
-  /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync().
-   * It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local 
-   * file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC
-   * isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync 
-   * and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call.  
-   * It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid 
-   * the fcntl call every time sync is called.
-   */
-  if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd);
-
-#else 
-  if( dataOnly ){
-    rc = fdatasync(fd);
-  }else{
-    rc = fsync(fd);
-  }
-#endif /* HAVE_FULLFSYNC */
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) */
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-**
-** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
-** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
-** file data is synced.
-**
-** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file
-** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file.
-** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory
-** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot.  The next
-** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because
-** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction
-** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption.
-*/
-static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY);
-  int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
-
-  /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */
-  assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL
-      || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
-  );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE2("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC;
-  }
-  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
-    OSTRACE4("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
-            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync);
-#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
-    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
-    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
-    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
-    */
-    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
-       /*
-       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
-       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
-       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
-       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
-       */
-       /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
-    }
-#endif
-    close(pFile->dirfd);  /* Only need to sync once, so close the directory */
-    pFile->dirfd = -1;    /* when we are done. */
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){
-  int rc;
-  assert( id );
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE );
-  rc = ftruncate(((unixFile*)id)->h, (off_t)nByte);
-  if( rc ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-  struct stat buf;
-  assert( id );
-  rc = fstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
-  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
-  }
-  *pSize = buf.st_size;
-
-  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findLockInfo() procedure
-  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
-  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
-  ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is
-  ** really 1.   Ticket #3260.
-  */
-  if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0;
-
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something
-** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions.  Specifically, it is
-** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY
-** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into 
-** SQLITE_IOERR
-** 
-** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks,
-** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately.
-*/
-static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) {
-  switch (posixError) {
-  case 0: 
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-    
-  case EAGAIN:
-  case ETIMEDOUT:
-  case EBUSY:
-  case EINTR:
-  case ENOLCK:  
-    /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support 
-     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    
-  case EACCES: 
-    /* EACCES is like EAGAIN during locking operations, but not any other time*/
-    if( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || 
-	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || 
-	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) ||
-	(sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ){
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    /* else fall through */
-  case EPERM: 
-    return SQLITE_PERM;
-    
-  case EDEADLK:
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED;
-    
-#if EOPNOTSUPP!=ENOTSUP
-  case EOPNOTSUPP: 
-    /* something went terribly awry, unless during file system support 
-     * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-#ifdef ENOTSUP
-  case ENOTSUP: 
-    /* invalid fd, unless during file system support introspection, in which 
-     * it actually means what it says */
-#endif
-  case EIO:
-  case EBADF:
-  case EINVAL:
-  case ENOTCONN:
-  case ENODEV:
-  case ENXIO:
-  case ENOENT:
-  case ESTALE:
-  case ENOSYS:
-    /* these should force the client to close the file and reconnect */
-    
-  default: 
-    return sqliteIOErr;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut
-** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
-** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
-*/
-static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  enterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pLock is shared across threads */
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->pLock->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-  */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    struct flock lock;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1;
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-    if (-1 == fcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock)) {
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
-      reserved = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  Use the sqlite3OsUnlock()
-** routine to lower a locking level.
-*/
-static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and
-  ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive
-  ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid
-  ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated
-  ** slightly in order to be compatible with windows systems simultaneously
-  ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required.
-  **
-  ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved
-  ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte
-  ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset.
-  **
-  ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending
-  ** byte'.  If this is successful, a random byte from the 'shared byte
-  ** range' is read-locked and the lock on the 'pending byte' released.
-  **
-  ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock.
-  ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the
-  ** 'reserved byte'. 
-  **
-  ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a
-  ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock
-  ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be
-  ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process
-  ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock.
-  ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file
-  ** after a crash.
-  **
-  ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is
-  ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte
-  ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes
-  ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the
-  ** database. 
-  **
-  ** The reason a single byte cannot be used instead of the 'shared byte
-  ** range' is that some versions of windows do not support read-locks. By
-  ** locking a random byte from a range, concurrent SHARED locks may exist
-  ** even if the locking primitive used is always a write-lock.
-  */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  struct lockInfo *pLock = pFile->pLock;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int s;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE7("LOCK    %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
-      locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype),
-      locktypeName(pLock->locktype), pLock->cnt , getpid());
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
-            locktypeName(locktype));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
-  */
-  enterMutex();
-
-  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
-  */
-  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    leaveMutex();
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pLock = pFile->pLock;
-
-  /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile*
-  ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY.
-  */
-  if( (pFile->locktype!=pLock->locktype && 
-          (pLock->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK || locktype>SHARED_LOCK))
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto end_lock;
-  }
-
-  /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already
-  ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and
-  ** return SQLITE_OK.
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && 
-      (pLock->locktype==SHARED_LOCK || pLock->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK) ){
-    assert( locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-    assert( pFile->locktype==0 );
-    assert( pLock->cnt>0 );
-    pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    pLock->cnt++;
-    pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
-    goto end_lock;
-  }
-
-  lock.l_len = 1L;
-
-  lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
-  ){
-    lock.l_type = (locktype==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
-    if( s==(-1) ){
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-      goto end_lock;
-    }
-  }
-
-
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    int tErrno = 0;
-    assert( pLock->cnt==0 );
-    assert( pLock->locktype==0 );
-
-    /* Now get the read-lock */
-    lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-    lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-    if( (s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock))==(-1) ){
-      tErrno = errno;
-    }
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 1L;
-    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-    if( fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=0 ){
-      if( s != -1 ){
-        /* This could happen with a network mount */
-        tErrno = errno; 
-        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); 
-        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-        }
-        goto end_lock;
-      }
-    }
-    if( s==(-1) ){
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-      pFile->pOpen->nLock++;
-      pLock->cnt = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pLock->cnt>1 ){
-    /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
-    ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
-    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
-    switch( locktype ){
-      case RESERVED_LOCK:
-        lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
-        break;
-      case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK:
-        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-        break;
-      default:
-        assert(0);
-    }
-    s = fcntl(pFile->h, F_SETLK, &lock);
-    if( s==(-1) ){
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    pLock->locktype = locktype;
-  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-    pLock->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-  }
-
-end_lock:
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
-      rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  struct lockInfo *pLock;
-  struct flock lock;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int h;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE7("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-      pFile->locktype, pFile->pLock->locktype, pFile->pLock->cnt, getpid());
-
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  enterMutex();
-  h = pFile->h;
-  pLock = pFile->pLock;
-  assert( pLock->cnt!=0 );
-  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    assert( pLock->locktype==pFile->locktype );
-    SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-    SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
-    SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-      lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
-      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
-      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)==(-1) ){
-        int tErrno = errno;
-        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
-        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-        }
-				goto end_unlock;
-      }
-    }
-    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
-    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
-    if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
-      pLock->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-			goto end_unlock;
-    }
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
-    struct openCnt *pOpen;
-
-    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
-    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
-    ** the lock.
-    */
-    pLock->cnt--;
-    if( pLock->cnt==0 ){
-      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
-      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
-      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
-      SimulateIOError( h=(-1) )
-      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
-      if( fcntl(h, F_SETLK, &lock)!=(-1) ){
-        pLock->locktype = NO_LOCK;
-      }else{
-        int tErrno = errno;
-        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-        }
-        pLock->cnt = 1;
-				goto end_unlock;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
-    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
-    ** was deferred because of outstanding locks.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
-      pOpen->nLock--;
-      assert( pOpen->nLock>=0 );
-      if( pOpen->nLock==0 && pOpen->nPending>0 ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i<pOpen->nPending; i++){
-          close(pOpen->aPending[i]);
-        }
-        sqlite3_free(pOpen->aPending);
-        pOpen->nPending = 0;
-        pOpen->aPending = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-	
-end_unlock:
-  leaveMutex();
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation 
-** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file
-** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile
-** structure to 0.
-*/
-static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  if( pFile ){
-    if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
-      close(pFile->dirfd);
-    }
-    if( pFile->h>=0 ){
-      close(pFile->h);
-    }
-    OSTRACE2("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h);
-    OpenCounter(-1);
-    memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id;
-    unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    enterMutex();
-    if( pFile->pOpen && pFile->pOpen->nLock ){
-      /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just
-      ** yet because that would clear those locks.  Instead, add the file
-      ** descriptor to pOpen->aPending.  It will be automatically closed when
-      ** the last lock is cleared.
-      */
-      int *aNew;
-      struct openCnt *pOpen = pFile->pOpen;
-      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pOpen->aPending, (pOpen->nPending+1)*sizeof(int) );
-      if( aNew==0 ){
-        /* If a malloc fails, just leak the file descriptor */
-      }else{
-        pOpen->aPending = aNew;
-        pOpen->aPending[pOpen->nPending] = pFile->h;
-        pOpen->nPending++;
-        pFile->h = -1;
-      }
-    }
-    releaseLockInfo(pFile->pLock);
-    releaseOpenCnt(pFile->pOpen);
-    closeUnixFile(id);
-    leaveMutex();
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-#pragma mark AFP Support
-
-/*
- ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state
- */
-typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext;
-struct afpLockingContext {
-  unsigned long long sharedLockByte;
-  const char *filePath;
-};
-
-struct ByteRangeLockPB2
-{
-  unsigned long long offset;        /* offset to first byte to lock */
-  unsigned long long length;        /* nbr of bytes to lock */
-  unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */
-  unsigned char unLockFlag;         /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */
-  unsigned char startEndFlag;       /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */
-  int fd;                           /* file desc to assoc this lock with */
-};
-
-#define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL        _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2)
-
-/* 
- ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure.
- */
-static int _AFPFSSetLock(
-  const char *path, 
-  unixFile *pFile, 
-  unsigned long long offset, 
-  unsigned long long length, 
-  int setLockFlag
-){
-  struct ByteRangeLockPB2       pb;
-  int                     err;
-  
-  pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1;
-  pb.startEndFlag = 0;
-  pb.offset = offset;
-  pb.length = length; 
-  pb.fd = pFile->h;
-  OSTRACE5("AFPLOCK setting lock %s for %d in range %llx:%llx\n", 
-    (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, offset, length);
-  err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0);
-  if ( err==-1 ) {
-    int rc;
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    OSTRACE4("AFPLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno));
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); /* error */
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-    return rc;
-  } else {
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/* AFP-style reserved lock checking following the behavior of 
-** unixCheckReservedLock, see the unixCheckReservedLock function comments */
-static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it.
-   */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    /* lock the RESERVED byte */
-    int lrc = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);  
-    if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){
-      /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore
-      ** the original state */
-      lrc = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    } else {
-      /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */
-      reserved = 1;
-    }
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-      rc=lrc;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
-  
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* AFP-style locking following the behavior of unixLock, see the unixLock 
-** function comments for details of lock management. */
-static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE5("LOCK    %d %s was %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h,
-         locktypeName(locktype), locktypeName(pFile->locktype), getpid());
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** enterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    OSTRACE3("LOCK    %d %s ok (already held)\n", pFile->h,
-           locktypeName(locktype));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pLock is shared across threads
-  */
-  enterMutex();
-
-  /* Make sure the current thread owns the pFile.
-  */
-  rc = transferOwnership(pFile);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    leaveMutex();
-    return rc;
-  }
-    
-  /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before
-  ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock.  For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will
-  ** be released.
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK 
-      || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<PENDING_LOCK)
-  ){
-    int failed;
-    failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1);
-    if (failed) {
-      rc = failed;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
-  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    int lk, lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
-    
-    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
-    /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */
-    lk = random(); 
-    context->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    lrc1 = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
-          SHARED_FIRST+context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
-      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
-    }
-    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
-    lrc2 = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
-    
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
-      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
-      rc = lrc1;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
-      rc = lrc2;
-      goto afp_end_lock;
-    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
-      rc = lrc1;
-    } else {
-      pFile->locktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock.  It is
-    ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file
-    ** already.
-    */
-    int failed = 0;
-    assert( 0!=pFile->locktype );
-    if (locktype >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->locktype < RESERVED_LOCK) {
-        /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */
-        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1);
-    }
-    if (!failed && locktype == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
-      /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */
-        
-      /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range.  we'll need to 
-      ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the  afpUnlock
-      */
-      if (!(failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST +
-                         context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0))) {
-        /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */
-        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
-                               SHARED_SIZE, 1);
-        if (failed && (failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
-                       SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1))) {
-          rc = failed;
-        }
-      } else {
-        rc = failed; 
-      }
-    }
-    if( failed ){
-      rc = failed;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  }else if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    pFile->locktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-  }
-  
-afp_end_lock:
-  leaveMutex();
-  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
-         rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-         pFile->locktype, getpid());
-
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  if( pFile->locktype<=locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( CHECK_THREADID(pFile) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  enterMutex();
-  int failed = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-
-      /* unlock the exclusive range - then re-establish the shared lock */
-      if (pFile->locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) {
-        failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, 
-                                 SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-        if (!failed) {
-          /* successfully removed the exclusive lock */
-          if ((failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST+
-                            context->sharedLockByte, 1, 1))) {
-            /* failed to re-establish our shared lock */
-            rc = failed;
-          }
-        } else {
-          rc = failed;
-        } 
-      }
-    }
-    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=PENDING_LOCK) {
-      if ((failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
-                                  PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0))){
-        /* failed to release the pending lock */
-        rc = failed; 
-      }
-    } 
-    if (rc == SQLITE_OK && pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK) {
-      if ((failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
-                                  RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0))) {
-        /* failed to release the reserved lock */
-        rc = failed;  
-      }
-    } 
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK ){
-    int failed = _AFPFSSetLock(context->filePath, pFile, 
-                               SHARED_FIRST + context->sharedLockByte, 1, 0);
-    if (failed) {
-      rc = failed;  
-    }
-  }
-  if (rc == SQLITE_OK)
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  leaveMutex();
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context 
-*/
-static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-  }
-  return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
-
-
-#pragma mark flock() style locking
-
-/*
-** The flockLockingContext is not used
-*/
-typedef void flockLockingContext;
-
-/* flock-style reserved lock checking following the behavior of 
- ** unixCheckReservedLock, see the unixCheckReservedLock function comments */
-static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    /* attempt to get the lock */
-    int lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB);
-    if( !lrc ){
-      /* got the lock, unlock it */
-      lrc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
-      if ( lrc ) {
-        int tErrno = errno;
-        /* unlock failed with an error */
-        lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); 
-        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-          rc = lrc;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      int tErrno = errno;
-      reserved = 1;
-      /* someone else might have it reserved */
-      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-        rc = lrc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  
-  if (flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    /* didn't get, must be busy */
-    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  }
-  OSTRACE4("LOCK    %d %s %s\n", pFile->h, locktypeName(locktype), 
-           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed");
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-           pFile->locktype, getpid());
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
-  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* no, really, unlock. */
-  int rc = flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
-  if (rc) {
-    int r, tErrno = errno;
-    r = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(r) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-    return r;
-  } else {
-    pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-  }
-  return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
-
-#pragma mark Old-School .lock file based locking
-
-/* Dotlock-style reserved lock checking following the behavior of 
-** unixCheckReservedLock, see the unixCheckReservedLock function comments */
-static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int reserved = 0;
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
-  
-  assert( pFile );
-
-  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
-  if( pFile->locktype>SHARED_LOCK ){
-    reserved = 1;
-  }
-  
-  /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */
-  if( !reserved ){
-    char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-    struct stat statBuf;
-    
-    if( lstat(zLockFile, &statBuf)==0 ){
-      /* file exists, someone else has the lock */
-      reserved = 1;
-    }else{
-      /* file does not exist, we could have it if we want it */
-			int tErrno = errno;
-      if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
-        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
-        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  OSTRACE4("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved);
-
-  *pResOut = reserved;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  int fd;
-  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-  int rc=SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive.  
-  ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */
-  if (pFile->locktype > NO_LOCK) {
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    
-    /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */
-    utimes(zLockFile, NULL);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    goto dotlock_end_lock;
-  }
-  
-  /* check to see if lock file already exists */
-  struct stat statBuf;
-  if (lstat(zLockFile,&statBuf) == 0){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY; /* it does, busy */
-    goto dotlock_end_lock;
-  }
-  
-  /* grab an exclusive lock */
-  fd = open(zLockFile,O_RDONLY|O_CREAT|O_EXCL,0600);
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    /* failed to open/create the file, someone else may have stolen the lock */
-    int tErrno = errno;
-    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
-      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    } else {
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
-      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-	pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-      }
-    }
-    goto dotlock_end_lock;
-  } 
-  close(fd);
-  
-  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
-  pFile->locktype = locktype;
-
- dotlock_end_lock:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-  char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext;
-
-  assert( pFile );
-  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK  %d %d was %d pid=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-	   pFile->locktype, getpid());
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  
-  /* no-op if possible */
-  if( pFile->locktype==locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */
-  if (locktype==SHARED_LOCK) {
-    pFile->locktype = locktype;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  
-  /* no, really, unlock. */
-  if (unlink(zLockFile) ) {
-    int rc, tErrno = errno;
-    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
-      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
-    }
-    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
-      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
-    }
-    return rc; 
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = NO_LOCK;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
- ** Close a file.
- */
-static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  if( id ){
-    unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
-    dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK);
-    sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext);
-  }
-  return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
-
-/*
-** The nolockLockingContext is void
-*/
-typedef void nolockLockingContext;
-
-static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) {
-  *pResOut = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype) {
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-*/
-static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) {
-  return closeUnixFile(id);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Information and control of an open file handle.
-*/
-static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = ((unixFile*)id)->locktype;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the device characteristics for the file. This is always 0.
-*/
-static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
-**
-** When locking extensions are enabled, the filepath and locking style 
-** are needed to determine the unixFile pMethod to use for locking operations.
-** The locking-style specific lockingContext data structure is created 
-** and assigned here also.
-*/
-static int fillInUnixFile(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
-  int dirfd,              /* Directory file descriptor */
-  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
-  int noLock              /* Omit locking if true */
-){
-  int eLockingStyle;
-  unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Macro to define the static contents of an sqlite3_io_methods 
-  ** structure for a unix backend file. Different locking methods
-  ** require different functions for the xClose, xLock, xUnlock and
-  ** xCheckReservedLock methods.
-  */
-  #define IOMETHODS(xClose, xLock, xUnlock, xCheckReservedLock) {    \
-    1,                          /* iVersion */                           \
-    xClose,                     /* xClose */                             \
-    unixRead,                   /* xRead */                              \
-    unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                             \
-    unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                          \
-    unixSync,                   /* xSync */                              \
-    unixFileSize,               /* xFileSize */                          \
-    xLock,                      /* xLock */                              \
-    xUnlock,                    /* xUnlock */                            \
-    xCheckReservedLock,         /* xCheckReservedLock */                 \
-    unixFileControl,            /* xFileControl */                       \
-    unixSectorSize,             /* xSectorSize */                        \
-    unixDeviceCharacteristics   /* xDeviceCapabilities */                \
-  }
-  static sqlite3_io_methods aIoMethod[] = {
-    IOMETHODS(unixClose, unixLock, unixUnlock, unixCheckReservedLock) 
-   ,IOMETHODS(nolockClose, nolockLock, nolockUnlock, nolockCheckReservedLock)
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-   ,IOMETHODS(dotlockClose, dotlockLock, dotlockUnlock,dotlockCheckReservedLock)
-   ,IOMETHODS(flockClose, flockLock, flockUnlock, flockCheckReservedLock)
-   ,IOMETHODS(afpClose, afpLock, afpUnlock, afpCheckReservedLock)
-#endif
-  };
-  /* The order of the IOMETHODS macros above is important.  It must be the
-  ** same order as the LOCKING_STYLE numbers
-  */
-  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX==1);
-  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_NONE==2);
-  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE==3);
-  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK==4);
-  assert(LOCKING_STYLE_AFP==5);
-
-  assert( pNew->pLock==NULL );
-  assert( pNew->pOpen==NULL );
-
-  OSTRACE3("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename);    
-  pNew->h = h;
-  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
-  SET_THREADID(pNew);
-
-  if( noLock ){
-    eLockingStyle = LOCKING_STYLE_NONE;
-  }else{
-    eLockingStyle = detectLockingStyle(pVfs, zFilename, h);
-  }
-
-  switch( eLockingStyle ){
-
-    case LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX: {
-      enterMutex();
-      rc = findLockInfo(h, &pNew->pLock, &pNew->pOpen);
-      leaveMutex();
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-    case LOCKING_STYLE_AFP: {
-      /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-      ** the afpLockingContext.
-      */
-      afpLockingContext *pCtx;
-      pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCtx) );
-      if( pCtx==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed
-        ** according to requirement F11141.  So we do not need to make a
-        ** copy of the filename. */
-        pCtx->filePath = zFilename;
-        srandomdev();
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE: {
-      /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in
-      ** the dotlockLockingContext 
-      */
-      char *zLockFile;
-      int nFilename;
-      nFilename = strlen(zFilename) + 6;
-      zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nFilename);
-      if( zLockFile==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s.lock", zFilename);
-      }
-      pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK: 
-    case LOCKING_STYLE_NONE: 
-      break;
-#endif
-  }
-  
-  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( dirfd>=0 ) close(dirfd);
-    close(h);
-  }else{
-    pNew->pMethod = &aIoMethod[eLockingStyle-1];
-    OpenCounter(+1);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
-** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
-** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
-** value.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
-** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
-*/
-static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
-  int ii;
-  int fd = -1;
-  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
-  for(ii=strlen(zDirname); ii>=0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
-  if( ii>0 ){
-    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
-    fd = open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
-    if( fd>=0 ){
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
-      fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-      OSTRACE3("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname);
-    }
-  }
-  *pFd = fd;
-  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_CANTOPEN);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be allocated
-** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least
-** pVfs->mxPathname bytes.
-*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  static const char *azDirs[] = {
-     0,
-     "/var/tmp",
-     "/usr/tmp",
-     "/tmp",
-     ".",
-  };
-  static const unsigned char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  int i, j;
-  struct stat buf;
-  const char *zDir = ".";
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. 
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR );
-
-  azDirs[0] = sqlite3_temp_directory;
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]); i++){
-    if( azDirs[i]==0 ) continue;
-    if( stat(azDirs[i], &buf) ) continue;
-    if( !S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) ) continue;
-    if( access(azDirs[i], 07) ) continue;
-    zDir = azDirs[i];
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the output buffer is large enough for the temporary file 
-  ** name. If it is not, return SQLITE_ERROR.
-  */
-  if( (strlen(zDir) + strlen(SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX) + 17) >= nBuf ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  do{
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-17, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zDir);
-    j = strlen(zBuf);
-    sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]);
-    for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){
-      zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-    }
-    zBuf[j] = 0;
-  }while( access(zBuf,0)==0 );
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Open the file zPath.
-** 
-** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this
-** one:
-**
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly();
-**     sqlite3OsOpenExclusive();
-**
-** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags:
-**
-**     ReadWrite() ->     (READWRITE | CREATE)
-**     ReadOnly()  ->     (READONLY) 
-**     OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE)
-**
-** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If
-** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the
-** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new 
-** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for 
-** OpenExclusive().
-*/
-static int unixOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,
-  int flags,
-  int *pOutFlags
-){
-  int fd = 0;                    /* File descriptor returned by open() */
-  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
-  int oflags = 0;                /* Flags to pass to open() */
-  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
-  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
-
-  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
-  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
-  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
-
-  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
-  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
-  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
-  */
-  int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && 
-      (eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
-  );
-
-  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
-  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
-  */
-  char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];
-  const char *zName = zPath;
-
-  /* Check the following statements are true: 
-  **
-  **   (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and 
-  **   (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and
-  **   (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  **   (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set.
-  */
-  assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly));
-  assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite);
-  assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate);
-  assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate);
-
-  /* The main DB, main journal, and master journal are never automatically
-  ** deleted
-  */
-  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || !isDelete );
-  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
-  assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || !isDelete );
-
-  /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */
-  assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB      || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL   || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
-       || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB
-  );
-
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile));
-
-  if( !zName ){
-    int rc;
-    assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
-    rc = getTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zName = zTmpname;
-  }
-
-  if( isReadonly )  oflags |= O_RDONLY;
-  if( isReadWrite ) oflags |= O_RDWR;
-  if( isCreate )    oflags |= O_CREAT;
-  if( isExclusive ) oflags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW);
-  oflags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY);
-
-  fd = open(zName, oflags, isDelete?0600:SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
-  if( fd<0 && errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){
-    /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */
-    flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-    flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-    return unixOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
-  }
-  if( fd<0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-  }
-  if( isDelete ){
-    unlink(zName);
-  }
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    *pOutFlags = flags;
-  }
-
-  assert(fd!=0);
-  if( isOpenDirectory ){
-    int rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      close(fd);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
-  fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, fcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
-#endif
-
-  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;
-  return fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync()
-** the directory after deleting the file.
-*/
-static int unixDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  unlink(zPath);
-  if( dirSync ){
-    int fd;
-    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( fsync(fd) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC;
-      }
-      close(fd);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Test the existance of or access permissions of file zPath. The
-** test performed depends on the value of flags:
-**
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable.
-**     SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable.
-**
-** Otherwise return 0.
-*/
-static int unixAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, 
-  const char *zPath, 
-  int flags, 
-  int *pResOut
-){
-  int amode = 0;
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; );
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      amode = F_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      amode = W_OK|R_OK;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-      amode = R_OK;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
-  }
-  *pResOut = (access(zPath, amode)==0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path
-** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by
-** zPath. 
-**
-** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes 
-** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to
-** this buffer before returning.
-*/
-static int unixFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zPath,            /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nOut,                     /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zOut                    /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-  /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just
-  ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this
-  ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the
-  ** current working directly has been unlinked.
-  */
-  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR );
-
-  assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME );
-  zOut[nOut-1] = '\0';
-  if( zPath[0]=='/' ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath);
-  }else{
-    int nCwd;
-    if( getcwd(zOut, nOut-1)==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-    }
-    nCwd = strlen(zOut);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-nCwd, &zOut[nCwd], "/%s", zPath);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-#if 0
-  /*
-  ** Remove "/./" path elements and convert "/A/./" path elements
-  ** to just "/".
-  */
-  if( zFull ){
-    int i, j;
-    for(i=j=0; zFull[i]; i++){
-      if( zFull[i]=='/' ){
-        if( zFull[i+1]=='/' ) continue;
-        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='/' ){
-          i += 1;
-          continue;
-        }
-        if( zFull[i+1]=='.' && zFull[i+2]=='.' && zFull[i+3]=='/' ){
-          while( j>0 && zFull[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; }
-          i += 3;
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-      zFull[j++] = zFull[i];
-    }
-    zFull[j] = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-#include <dlfcn.h>
-static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL);
-}
-
-/*
-** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or
-** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error
-** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message
-** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default
-** error message.
-*/
-static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  char *zErr;
-  enterMutex();
-  zErr = dlerror();
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr);
-  }
-  leaveMutex();
-}
-static void *unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-  return dlsym(pHandle, zSymbol);
-}
-static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  dlclose(pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define unixDlOpen  0
-  #define unixDlError 0
-  #define unixDlSym   0
-  #define unixDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf.
-*/
-static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-
-  assert(nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int)));
-
-  /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting
-  ** errors.  The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would
-  ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the
-  ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry
-  ** some users.  Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize
-  ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness
-  ** in the random seed.
-  **
-  ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do.  That means
-  ** that we always use the same random number sequence.  This makes the
-  ** tests repeatable.
-  */
-  memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf);
-#if !defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  {
-    int pid, fd;
-    fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY);
-    if( fd<0 ){
-      time_t t;
-      time(&t);
-      memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t));
-      pid = getpid();
-      memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &pid, sizeof(pid));
-    }else{
-      read(fd, zBuf, nBuf);
-      close(fd);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep.
-** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which
-** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less
-** than the argument.
-*/
-static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microseconds){
-#if defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP
-  usleep(microseconds);
-  return microseconds;
-#else
-  int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000;
-  sleep(seconds);
-  return seconds*1000000;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-#ifdef NO_GETTOD
-  time_t t;
-  time(&t);
-  *prNow = t/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-#else
-  struct timeval sNow;
-  gettimeofday(&sNow, 0);
-  *prNow = 2440587.5 + sNow.tv_sec/86400.0 + sNow.tv_usec/86400000000.0;
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the operating system interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ 
-  /* Macro to define the static contents of an sqlite3_vfs structure for
-  ** the unix backend. The two parameters are the values to use for
-  ** the sqlite3_vfs.zName and sqlite3_vfs.pAppData fields, respectively.
-  ** 
-  */
-  #define UNIXVFS(zVfsName, pVfsAppData) {                  \
-    1,                    /* iVersion */                    \
-    sizeof(unixFile),     /* szOsFile */                    \
-    MAX_PATHNAME,         /* mxPathname */                  \
-    0,                    /* pNext */                       \
-    zVfsName,             /* zName */                       \
-    (void *)pVfsAppData,  /* pAppData */                    \
-    unixOpen,             /* xOpen */                       \
-    unixDelete,           /* xDelete */                     \
-    unixAccess,           /* xAccess */                     \
-    unixFullPathname,     /* xFullPathname */               \
-    unixDlOpen,           /* xDlOpen */                     \
-    unixDlError,          /* xDlError */                    \
-    unixDlSym,            /* xDlSym */                      \
-    unixDlClose,          /* xDlClose */                    \
-    unixRandomness,       /* xRandomness */                 \
-    unixSleep,            /* xSleep */                      \
-    unixCurrentTime,      /* xCurrentTime */                \
-    unixGetLastError      /* xGetLastError */               \
-  }
-
-  static sqlite3_vfs unixVfs = UNIXVFS("unix", 0);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
-  int i;
-  static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = {
-    UNIXVFS("unix-posix",   LOCKING_STYLE_POSIX), 
-    UNIXVFS("unix-afp",     LOCKING_STYLE_AFP), 
-    UNIXVFS("unix-flock",   LOCKING_STYLE_FLOCK), 
-    UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", LOCKING_STYLE_DOTFILE), 
-    UNIXVFS("unix-none",    LOCKING_STYLE_NONE)
-  };
-  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
-    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], 0);
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&unixVfs, 1);
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the operating system interface. This is a no-op for unix.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
- 
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */
-
-/************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code that is specific to windows.
-**
-** $Id: os_win.c,v 1.133 2008/09/01 22:15:19 shane Exp $
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN               /* This file is used for windows only */
-
-
-/*
-** A Note About Memory Allocation:
-**
-** This driver uses malloc()/free() directly rather than going through
-** the SQLite-wrappers sqlite3_malloc()/sqlite3_free().  Those wrappers
-** are designed for use on embedded systems where memory is scarce and
-** malloc failures happen frequently.  Win32 does not typically run on
-** embedded systems, and when it does the developers normally have bigger
-** problems to worry about than running out of memory.  So there is not
-** a compelling need to use the wrappers.
-**
-** But there is a good reason to not use the wrappers.  If we use the
-** wrappers then we will get simulated malloc() failures within this
-** driver.  And that causes all kinds of problems for our tests.  We
-** could enhance SQLite to deal with simulated malloc failures within
-** the OS driver, but the code to deal with those failure would not
-** be exercised on Linux (which does not need to malloc() in the driver)
-** and so we would have difficulty writing coverage tests for that
-** code.  Better to leave the code out, we think.
-**
-** The point of this discussion is as follows:  When creating a new
-** OS layer for an embedded system, if you use this file as an example,
-** avoid the use of malloc()/free().  Those routines work ok on windows
-** desktops but not so well in embedded systems.
-*/
-
-#include <winbase.h>
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include <sys/cygwin.h>
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros used to determine whether or not to use threads.
-*/
-#if defined(THREADSAFE) && THREADSAFE
-# define SQLITE_W32_THREADS 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
-*/
-/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
-** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
-** files.
-**
-** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only.  It is not a
-** general purpose header file.
-**
-** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.37 2008/05/29 20:22:37 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
-#define _OS_COMMON_H_
-
-/*
-** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
-** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
-** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
-*/
-#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
-# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- * When testing, this global variable stores the location of the
- * pending-byte in the database file.
- */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_pending_byte = 0x40000000;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
-#define OSTRACE1(X)         if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)       if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)     if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)   if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
-    if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#else
-#define OSTRACE1(X)
-#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
-#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
-#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
-#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Macros for performance tracing.  Normally turned off.  Only works
-** on i486 hardware.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/
-
-static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
-static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
-#define TIMER_START       g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
-#define TIMER_END         g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     g_elapsed
-#else
-#define TIMER_START
-#define TIMER_END
-#define TIMER_ELAPSED     ((sqlite_uint64)0)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
-** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error.  This
-** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0;            /* Total number of I/O Errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0;        /* Number of non-benign errors */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0;        /* Count down to first I/O error */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0;        /* True if I/O errors persist */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0;         /* True if errors are benign */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(CODE)  \
-  if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
-       || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 )  \
-              { local_ioerr(); CODE; }
-static void local_ioerr(){
-  IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
-  sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
-  if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
-}
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
-   if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
-     if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
-       local_ioerr(); \
-       sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
-       sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
-       CODE; \
-     }else{ \
-       sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
-     } \
-   }
-#else
-#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
-#define SimulateIOError(A)
-#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
-#define OpenCounter(X)  sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
-#else
-#define OpenCounter(X)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */
-
-/************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/
-
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
-# define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) 
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
-** reduced API.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OS_WINCE)
-# define AreFileApisANSI() 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it
-** with some code of our own.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-typedef struct winceLock {
-  int nReaders;       /* Number of reader locks obtained */
-  BOOL bPending;      /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bReserved;     /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */
-  BOOL bExclusive;    /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */
-} winceLock;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32
-** portability layer.
-*/
-typedef struct winFile winFile;
-struct winFile {
-  const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;/* Must be first */
-  HANDLE h;               /* Handle for accessing the file */
-  unsigned char locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */
-  short sharedLockByte;   /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  WCHAR *zDeleteOnClose;  /* Name of file to delete when closing */
-  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
-  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
-  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
-  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
-#endif
-};
-
-
-/*
-** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes
-** thereafter.  It records whether the operating system is Win95
-** or WinNT.
-**
-** 0:   Operating system unknown.
-** 1:   Operating system is Win95.
-** 2:   Operating system is WinNT.
-**
-** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture
-** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#else
-static int sqlite3_os_type = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
-** or WinCE.  Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
-**
-** Here is an interesting observation:  Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
-** the LockFileEx() API.  But we can still statically link against that
-** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME.  A call to
-** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
-** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
-** the LockFileEx() API.
-*/
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-# define isNT()  (1)
-#else
-  static int isNT(void){
-    if( sqlite3_os_type==0 ){
-      OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
-      sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
-      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
-      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
-    }
-    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nChar;
-  WCHAR *zWideFilename;
-
-  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL, 0);
-  zWideFilename = malloc( nChar*sizeof(zWideFilename[0]) );
-  if( zWideFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zFilename, -1, zWideFilename, nChar);
-  if( nChar==0 ){
-    free(zWideFilename);
-    zWideFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zWideFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to UTF-8.  Space to hold the returned string is
-** obtained from malloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToUtf8(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
-                              0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an ansi string to microsoft unicode, based on the
-** current codepage settings for file apis.
-** 
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained
-** from malloc.
-*/
-static WCHAR *mbcsToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  WCHAR *zMbcsFilename;
-  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
-  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, NULL,0)*sizeof(WCHAR);
-  zMbcsFilename = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zMbcsFilename[0]) );
-  if( zMbcsFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = MultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zFilename, -1, zMbcsFilename, nByte);
-  if( nByte==0 ){
-    free(zMbcsFilename);
-    zMbcsFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zMbcsFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert microsoft unicode to multibyte character string, based on the
-** user's Ansi codepage.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from
-** malloc().
-*/
-static char *unicodeToMbcs(const WCHAR *zWideFilename){
-  int nByte;
-  char *zFilename;
-  int codepage = AreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP;
-
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  zFilename = malloc( nByte );
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  nByte = WideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideFilename, -1, zFilename, nByte,
-                              0, 0);
-  if( nByte == 0 ){
-    free(zFilename);
-    zFilename = 0;
-  }
-  return zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert multibyte character string to UTF-8.  Space to hold the
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
-*/
-static char *mbcsToUtf8(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameUtf8;
-  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
-
-  zTmpWide = mbcsToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilenameUtf8 = unicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide);
-  free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameUtf8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert UTF-8 to multibyte character string.  Space to hold the 
-** returned string is obtained from malloc().
-*/
-static char *utf8ToMbcs(const char *zFilename){
-  char *zFilenameMbcs;
-  WCHAR *zTmpWide;
-
-  zTmpWide = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  if( zTmpWide==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  zFilenameMbcs = unicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide);
-  free(zTmpWide);
-  return zFilenameMbcs;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-/*************************************************************************
-** This section contains code for WinCE only.
-*/
-/*
-** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
-** substitute.
-*/
-struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
-{
-  static struct tm y;
-  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
-  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
-  sqlite3_int64 t64;
-  t64 = *t;
-  t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000;
-  uTm.dwLowDateTime = t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF;
-  uTm.dwHighDateTime= t64 >> 32;
-  FileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm);
-  FileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm);
-  y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900;
-  y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1;
-  y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek;
-  y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay;
-  y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour;
-  y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute;
-  y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond;
-  return &y;
-}
-
-/* This will never be called, but defined to make the code compile */
-#define GetTempPathA(a,b)
-
-#define LockFile(a,b,c,d,e)       winceLockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define UnlockFile(a,b,c,d,e)     winceUnlockFile(&a, b, c, d, e)
-#define LockFileEx(a,b,c,d,e,f)   winceLockFileEx(&a, b, c, d, e, f)
-
-#define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-offsetof(winFile,h)]
-
-/*
-** Acquire a lock on the handle h
-*/
-static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){
-   DWORD dwErr;
-   do {
-     dwErr = WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE);
-   } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED);
-}
-/*
-** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire()
-*/
-#define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h)
-
-/*
-** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file
-** descriptor pFile
-*/
-static BOOL winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){
-  WCHAR *zTok;
-  WCHAR *zName = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  BOOL bInit = TRUE;
-
-  /* Initialize the local lockdata */
-  ZeroMemory(&pFile->local, sizeof(pFile->local));
-
-  /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it
-  ** to derive a mutex name. */
-  zTok = CharLowerW(zName);
-  for (;*zTok;zTok++){
-    if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_';
-  }
-
-  /* Create/open the named mutex */
-  pFile->hMutex = CreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName);
-  if (!pFile->hMutex){
-    free(zName);
-    return FALSE;
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-  
-  /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are 
-  ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name
-  ** and using that as the shared filemapping name.
-  */
-  CharUpperW(zName);
-  pFile->hShared = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL,
-                                       PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock),
-                                       zName);  
-
-  /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it 
-  ** must be zero-initialized */
-  if (GetLastError() == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){
-    bInit = FALSE;
-  }
-
-  free(zName);
-
-  /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */
-  if (pFile->hShared){
-    pFile->shared = (winceLock*)MapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, 
-             FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock));
-    /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */
-    if (!pFile->shared){
-      CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-      pFile->hShared = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */
-  if (pFile->hShared == NULL){
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-    return FALSE;
-  }
-  
-  /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */
-  if (bInit) {
-    ZeroMemory(pFile->shared, sizeof(winceLock));
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks
-*/
-static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){
-  if (pFile->hMutex){
-    /* Acquire the mutex */
-    winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-    /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they
-       are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */
-    if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved){
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */
-    UnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared);
-    CloseHandle(pFile->hShared);
-
-    /* Done with the mutex */
-    winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);    
-    CloseHandle(pFile->hMutex);
-    pFile->hMutex = NULL;
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** An implementation of the LockFile() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFile(
-  HANDLE *phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow == SHARED_FIRST
-       && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
-    if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-       pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE;
-       pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE;
-       bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a read-only lock? */
-  else if ((dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
-            dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE) &&
-            nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){
-      pFile->local.nReaders ++;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){
-        pFile->shared->nReaders ++;
-      }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Want a pending lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */
-    if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bPending = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Want a reserved lock? */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) {
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE;
-      pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceUnlockFile(
-  HANDLE *phFile,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetLow,
-  DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh
-){
-  winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile);
-  BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
-  if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE;
-  winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex);
-
-  /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */
-  if (dwFileOffsetLow >= SHARED_FIRST &&
-       dwFileOffsetLow < SHARED_FIRST + SHARED_SIZE){
-    /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */
-    if (pFile->local.bExclusive){
-      pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* Did we just have a reader lock? */
-    else if (pFile->local.nReaders){
-      pFile->local.nReaders --;
-      if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0)
-      {
-        pFile->shared->nReaders --;
-      }
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Releasing a pending lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bPending){
-      pFile->local.bPending = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Releasing a reserved lock */
-  else if (dwFileOffsetLow == RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){
-    if (pFile->local.bReserved) {
-      pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE;
-      pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE;
-      bReturn = TRUE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex);
-  return bReturn;
-}
-
-/*
-** An implementation of the LockFileEx() API of windows for wince
-*/
-static BOOL winceLockFileEx(
-  HANDLE *phFile,
-  DWORD dwFlags,
-  DWORD dwReserved,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow,
-  DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh,
-  LPOVERLAPPED lpOverlapped
-){
-  /* If the caller wants a shared read lock, forward this call
-  ** to winceLockFile */
-  if (lpOverlapped->Offset == SHARED_FIRST &&
-      dwFlags == 1 &&
-      nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == SHARED_SIZE){
-    return winceLockFile(phFile, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  return FALSE;
-}
-/*
-** End of the special code for wince
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified
-** by the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-******************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Close a file.
-**
-** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes
-** fail.  This is a very unreasonable result, but windows is notorious
-** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen.  If
-** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again.  As
-** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before
-** giving up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3
-static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){
-  int rc, cnt = 0;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h);
-  do{
-    rc = CloseHandle(pFile->h);
-  }while( rc==0 && cnt++ < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-#define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3
-  winceDestroyLock(pFile);
-  if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    while(
-           DeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0
-        && GetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff 
-        && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS
-    ){
-       Sleep(100);  /* Wait a little before trying again */
-    }
-    free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose);
-  }
-#endif
-  OpenCounter(-1);
-  return rc ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Some microsoft compilers lack this definition.
-*/
-#ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER
-# define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read data from a file into a buffer.  Return SQLITE_OK if all
-** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes
-** wrong.
-*/
-static int winRead(
-  sqlite3_file *id,          /* File to read from */
-  void *pBuf,                /* Write content into this buffer */
-  int amt,                   /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset       /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
-  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
-  DWORD rc;
-  DWORD got;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ);
-  OSTRACE3("READ %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  if( !ReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &got, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
-  }
-  if( got==(DWORD)amt ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data from a buffer into a file.  Return SQLITE_OK on success
-** or some other error code on failure.
-*/
-static int winWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *id,         /* File to write into */
-  const void *pBuf,         /* The bytes to be written */
-  int amt,                  /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite3_int64 offset      /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */
-){
-  LONG upperBits = (offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
-  LONG lowerBits = offset & 0xffffffff;
-  DWORD rc;
-  DWORD wrote;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  assert( id!=0 );
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE);
-  SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL);
-  OSTRACE3("WRITE %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-  rc = SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-  if( rc==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && GetLastError()!=NO_ERROR ){
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  assert( amt>0 );
-  while(
-     amt>0
-     && (rc = WriteFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &wrote, 0))!=0
-     && wrote>0
-  ){
-    amt -= wrote;
-    pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote];
-  }
-  if( !rc || amt>(int)wrote ){
-    return SQLITE_FULL;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate an open file to a specified size
-*/
-static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){
-  LONG upperBits = (nByte>>32) & 0x7fffffff;
-  LONG lowerBits = nByte & 0xffffffff;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE3("TRUNCATE %d %lld\n", pFile->h, nByte);
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);
-  SetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN);
-  SetEndOfFile(pFile->h);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs.  This is used to test
-** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
-*/
-static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  OSTRACE3("SYNC %d lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( flags & SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){
-    sqlite3_fullsync_count++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_sync_count++;
-#endif
-  if( FlushFileBuffers(pFile->h) ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_IOERR;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Determine the current size of a file in bytes
-*/
-static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  DWORD upperBits, lowerBits;
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT);
-  lowerBits = GetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits);
-  *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems.
-*/
-#ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY
-# define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Acquire a reader lock.
-** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this
-** is Win95 or WinNT.
-*/
-static int getReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    OVERLAPPED ovlp;
-    ovlp.Offset = SHARED_FIRST;
-    ovlp.OffsetHigh = 0;
-    ovlp.hEvent = 0;
-    res = LockFileEx(pFile->h, LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY,
-                     0, SHARED_SIZE, 0, &ovlp);
-  }else{
-    int lk;
-    sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk);
-    pFile->sharedLockByte = (lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1);
-    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo a readlock
-*/
-static int unlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){
-  int res;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-  }else{
-    res = UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST + pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  return res;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one
-** of the following:
-**
-**     (1) SHARED_LOCK
-**     (2) RESERVED_LOCK
-**     (3) PENDING_LOCK
-**     (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK
-**
-** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states
-** are inserted in between.  The locking might fail on one of the later
-** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but
-** still short of its goal.  The following chart shows the allowed
-** transitions and the inserted intermediate states:
-**
-**    UNLOCKED -> SHARED
-**    SHARED -> RESERVED
-**    SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE
-**    PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE
-**
-** This routine will only increase a lock.  The winUnlock() routine
-** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0.
-** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time.  You
-** must go straight to locking level 0.
-*/
-static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;    /* Return code from subroutines */
-  int res = 1;           /* Result of a windows lock call */
-  int newLocktype;       /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */
-  int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  OSTRACE5("LOCK %d %d was %d(%d)\n",
-          pFile->h, locktype, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
-
-  /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the
-  ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as
-  ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet.
-  */
-  if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct
-  */
-  assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK );
-  assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-
-  /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or
-  ** a SHARED lock.  If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of
-  ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary.
-  */
-  newLocktype = pFile->locktype;
-  if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK
-   || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype==RESERVED_LOCK)
-  ){
-    int cnt = 3;
-    while( cnt-->0 && (res = LockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){
-      /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock.  The pending lock might be
-      ** held by another reader process who will release it momentarily.
-      */
-      OSTRACE2("could not get a PENDING lock. cnt=%d\n", cnt);
-      Sleep(1);
-    }
-    gotPendingLock = res;
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a shared lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK );
-    res = getReadLock(pFile);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a RESERVED lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire a PENDING lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
-    newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK;
-    gotPendingLock = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock
-  */
-  if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){
-    assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK );
-    res = unlockReadLock(pFile);
-    OSTRACE2("unreadlock = %d\n", res);
-    res = LockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( res ){
-      newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
-    }else{
-      OSTRACE2("error-code = %d\n", GetLastError());
-      getReadLock(pFile);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then
-  ** release it now.
-  */
-  if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then
-  ** return the appropriate result code.
-  */
-  if( res ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    OSTRACE4("LOCK FAILED %d trying for %d but got %d\n", pFile->h,
-           locktype, newLocktype);
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = newLocktype;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified
-** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return
-** non-zero, otherwise zero.
-*/
-static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
-  int rc;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    rc = 1;
-    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (local)\n", pFile->h, rc);
-  }else{
-    rc = LockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    if( rc ){
-      UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-    }
-    rc = !rc;
-    OSTRACE3("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d (remote)\n", pFile->h, rc);
-  }
-  *pResOut = rc;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype.  locktype
-** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK.
-**
-** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below
-** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument
-** is NO_LOCK.  If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine
-** might return SQLITE_IOERR;
-*/
-static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){
-  int type;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pFile!=0 );
-  assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK );
-  OSTRACE5("UNLOCK %d to %d was %d(%d)\n", pFile->h, locktype,
-          pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte);
-  type = pFile->locktype;
-  if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0);
-    if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !getReadLock(pFile) ){
-      /* This should never happen.  We should always be able to
-      ** reacquire the read lock */
-      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
-    }
-  }
-  if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){
-    unlockReadLock(pFile);
-  }
-  if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){
-    UnlockFile(pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0);
-  }
-  pFile->locktype = locktype;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Control and query of the open file handle.
-*/
-static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
-      *(int*)pArg = ((winFile*)id)->locktype;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for
-** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be
-** larger for some devices.
-**
-** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that
-** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e.
-** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the
-** same for both.
-*/
-static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a vector of device characteristics.
-*/
-static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an
-** sqlite3_file for win32.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = {
-  1,                        /* iVersion */
-  winClose,
-  winRead,
-  winWrite,
-  winTruncate,
-  winSync,
-  winFileSize,
-  winLock,
-  winUnlock,
-  winCheckReservedLock,
-  winFileControl,
-  winSectorSize,
-  winDeviceCharacteristics
-};
-
-/***************************************************************************
-** Here ends the I/O methods that form the sqlite3_io_methods object.
-**
-** The next block of code implements the VFS methods.
-****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying
-** operating system wants filenames in.  Space to hold the result
-** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-*/
-static void *convertUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){
-  void *zConverted = 0;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    zConverted = utf8ToUnicode(zFilename);
-  }else{
-    zConverted = utf8ToMbcs(zFilename);
-  }
-  /* caller will handle out of memory */
-  return zConverted;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a temporary file name in zBuf.  zBuf must be big enough to
-** hold at pVfs->mxPathname characters.
-*/
-static int getTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  static char zChars[] =
-    "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
-    "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
-    "0123456789";
-  size_t i, j;
-  char zTempPath[MAX_PATH+1];
-  if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory);
-  }else if( isNT() ){
-    char *zMulti;
-    WCHAR zWidePath[MAX_PATH];
-    GetTempPathW(MAX_PATH-30, zWidePath);
-    zMulti = unicodeToUtf8(zWidePath);
-    if( zMulti ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zMulti);
-      free(zMulti);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    char *zUtf8;
-    char zMbcsPath[MAX_PATH];
-    GetTempPathA(MAX_PATH-30, zMbcsPath);
-    zUtf8 = mbcsToUtf8(zMbcsPath);
-    if( zUtf8 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATH-30, zTempPath, "%s", zUtf8);
-      free(zUtf8);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=strlen(zTempPath); i>0 && zTempPath[i-1]=='\\'; i--){}
-  zTempPath[i] = 0;
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-30, zBuf,
-                   "%s\\"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX, zTempPath);
-  j = strlen(zBuf);
-  sqlite3_randomness(20, &zBuf[j]);
-  for(i=0; i<20; i++, j++){
-    zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ];
-  }
-  zBuf[j] = 0;
-  OSTRACE2("TEMP FILENAME: %s\n", zBuf);
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-
-/*
-** The return value of getLastErrorMsg
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated).
-*/
-static int getLastErrorMsg(int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  DWORD error = GetLastError();
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
-#else
-  /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure.  Otherwise it
-  ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output
-  ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char.
-  */
-  if (!FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
-                      NULL,
-                      error,
-                      0,
-                      zBuf,
-                      nBuf-1,
-                      0))
-  {
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%x (%u)", error, error);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Open a file.
-*/
-static int winOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,        /* Not used */
-  const char *zName,        /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3_file *id,         /* Write the SQLite file handle here */
-  int flags,                /* Open mode flags */
-  int *pOutFlags            /* Status return flags */
-){
-  HANDLE h;
-  DWORD dwDesiredAccess;
-  DWORD dwShareMode;
-  DWORD dwCreationDisposition;
-  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
-  int isTemp;
-  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
-  void *zConverted;                 /* Filename in OS encoding */
-  const char *zUtf8Name = zName;    /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
-  char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1];        /* Buffer used to create temp filename */
-
-  /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a 
-  ** temporary file name to use 
-  */
-  if( !zUtf8Name ){
-    int rc = getTempname(MAX_PATH+1, zTmpname);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    zUtf8Name = zTmpname;
-  }
-
-  /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */
-  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE;
-  }else{
-    dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ){
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS;
-  }else{
-    dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){
-    dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE;
-  }else{
-    dwShareMode = 0;
-  }
-  if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN;
-#else
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY
-                               | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN
-                               | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE;
-#endif
-    isTemp = 1;
-  }else{
-    dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL;
-    isTemp = 0;
-  }
-  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
-  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
-  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
-  if( isNT() ){
-    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
-       dwDesiredAccess,
-       dwShareMode,
-       NULL,
-       dwCreationDisposition,
-       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-       NULL
-    );
-  }else{
-    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
-       dwDesiredAccess,
-       dwShareMode,
-       NULL,
-       dwCreationDisposition,
-       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
-       NULL
-    );
-  }
-  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
-    free(zConverted);
-    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-      return winOpen(0, zName, id, 
-             ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)&~SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE), pOutFlags);
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pOutFlags ){
-    if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ){
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE;
-    }else{
-      *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
-    }
-  }
-  memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(*pFile));
-  pFile->pMethod = &winIoMethod;
-  pFile->h = h;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  if( (flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)) ==
-               (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)
-       && !winceCreateLock(zName, pFile)
-  ){
-    CloseHandle(h);
-    free(zConverted);
-    return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-  }
-  if( isTemp ){
-    pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    free(zConverted);
-  }
-  OpenCounter(+1);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the named file.
-**
-** Note that windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other
-** process has it open.  Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program
-** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do
-** whatever it does.  While this other process is holding the
-** file open, we will be unable to delete it.  To work around this
-** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again.  Up
-** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving
-** up and returning an error.
-*/
-#define MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 5
-static int winDelete(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,          /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,      /* Name of file to delete */
-  int syncDir                 /* Not used on win32 */
-){
-  int cnt = 0;
-  int rc;
-  DWORD error;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
-  if( isNT() ){
-    do{
-      DeleteFileW(zConverted);
-    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesW(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
-               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
-           && (cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
-           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-  }else{
-    do{
-      DeleteFileA(zConverted);
-    }while(   (   ((rc = GetFileAttributesA(zConverted)) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
-               || ((error = GetLastError()) == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED))
-           && (cnt++ < MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTS)
-           && (Sleep(100), 1) );
-  }
-  free(zConverted);
-  OSTRACE2("DELETE \"%s\"\n", zFilename);
-  return (   (rc==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) 
-          && (error == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check the existance and status of a file.
-*/
-static int winAccess(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* Not used on win32 */
-  const char *zFilename,     /* Name of file to check */
-  int flags,                 /* Type of test to make on this file */
-  int *pResOut               /* OUT: Result */
-){
-  DWORD attr;
-  int rc;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( isNT() ){
-    attr = GetFileAttributesW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
-  }else{
-    attr = GetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted);
-  }
-  free(zConverted);
-  switch( flags ){
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ:
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS:
-      rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
-      break;
-    case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE:
-      rc = (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0;
-      break;
-    default:
-      assert(!"Invalid flags argument");
-  }
-  *pResOut = rc;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname.  Write the full
-** pathname into zOut[].  zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname
-** bytes in size.
-*/
-static int winFullPathname(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,            /* Pointer to vfs object */
-  const char *zRelative,        /* Possibly relative input path */
-  int nFull,                    /* Size of output buffer in bytes */
-  char *zFull                   /* Output buffer */
-){
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  cygwin_conv_to_full_win32_path(zRelative, zFull);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */
-  sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zRelative);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-#endif
-
-#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
-  int nByte;
-  void *zConverted;
-  char *zOut;
-  zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zRelative);
-  if( isNT() ){
-    WCHAR *zTemp;
-    nByte = GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
-    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    GetFullPathNameW((WCHAR*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    free(zConverted);
-    zOut = unicodeToUtf8(zTemp);
-    free(zTemp);
-  }else{
-    char *zTemp;
-    nByte = GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0) + 3;
-    zTemp = malloc( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) );
-    if( zTemp==0 ){
-      free(zConverted);
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    GetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0);
-    free(zConverted);
-    zOut = mbcsToUtf8(zTemp);
-    free(zTemp);
-  }
-  if( zOut ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(pVfs->mxPathname, zFull, "%s", zOut);
-    free(zOut);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-/*
-** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points
-** within the shared library, and closing the shared library.
-*/
-static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){
-  HANDLE h;
-  void *zConverted = convertUtf8Filename(zFilename);
-  if( zConverted==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( isNT() ){
-    h = LoadLibraryW((WCHAR*)zConverted);
-  }else{
-    h = LoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted);
-  }
-  free(zConverted);
-  return (void*)h;
-}
-static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){
-  getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBufOut);
-}
-void *winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle, const char *zSymbol){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on wince. */
-  return GetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#else
-  /* All other windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take
-  ** an Ansi string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */
-  return GetProcAddress((HANDLE)pHandle, zSymbol);
-#endif
-}
-void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
-  FreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle);
-}
-#else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */
-  #define winDlOpen  0
-  #define winDlError 0
-  #define winDlSym   0
-  #define winDlClose 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf.
-*/
-static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  int n = 0;
-  if( sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)<=nBuf-n ){
-    SYSTEMTIME x;
-    GetSystemTime(&x);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &x, sizeof(x));
-    n += sizeof(x);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD pid = GetCurrentProcessId();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &pid, sizeof(pid));
-    n += sizeof(pid);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(DWORD)<=nBuf-n ){
-    DWORD cnt = GetTickCount();
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &cnt, sizeof(cnt));
-    n += sizeof(cnt);
-  }
-  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
-    LARGE_INTEGER i;
-    QueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
-    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
-    n += sizeof(i);
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){
-  Sleep((microsec+999)/1000);
-  return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, becomes the result
-** returned from sqlite3OsCurrentTime().  This is used for testing.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time).  Write the
-** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and
-** return 0.  Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found.
-*/
-int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){
-  FILETIME ft;
-  /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 
-     100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). 
-  */
-  double now;
-#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
-  SYSTEMTIME time;
-  GetSystemTime(&time);
-  /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */
-  if (!SystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){
-    return 1;
-  }
-#else
-  GetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft );
-#endif
-  now = ((double)ft.dwHighDateTime) * 4294967296.0; 
-  *prNow = (now + ft.dwLowDateTime)/864000000000.0 + 2305813.5;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  if( sqlite3_current_time ){
-    *prNow = sqlite3_current_time/86400.0 + 2440587.5;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The idea is that this function works like a combination of
-** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on windows (or errno and
-** strerror_r() on unix). After an error is returned by an OS
-** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to
-** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the
-** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message
-** describing the last IO error to have occured within the calling
-** thread.
-**
-** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer,
-** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError
-** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero
-** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned,
-** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character
-** in the output buffer.
-**
-** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect
-** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never
-** returns an error message:
-**
-**   int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-**     assert(zBuf[0]=='\0');
-**     return 0;
-**   }
-**
-** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated
-** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using
-** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug.
-*/
-static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){
-  return getLastErrorMsg(nBuf, zBuf);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){
-  static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = {
-    1,                 /* iVersion */
-    sizeof(winFile),   /* szOsFile */
-    MAX_PATH,          /* mxPathname */
-    0,                 /* pNext */
-    "win32",           /* zName */
-    0,                 /* pAppData */
- 
-    winOpen,           /* xOpen */
-    winDelete,         /* xDelete */
-    winAccess,         /* xAccess */
-    winFullPathname,   /* xFullPathname */
-    winDlOpen,         /* xDlOpen */
-    winDlError,        /* xDlError */
-    winDlSym,          /* xDlSym */
-    winDlClose,        /* xDlClose */
-    winRandomness,     /* xRandomness */
-    winSleep,          /* xSleep */
-    winCurrentTime,    /* xCurrentTime */
-    winGetLastError    /* xGetLastError */
-  };
-  sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1);
-  return SQLITE_OK; 
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ 
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */
-
-/************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file bitvec.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 February 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
-** bitmap.  Bits are numbered starting with 1.
-**
-** A bitmap is used to record what pages a database file have been
-** journalled during a transaction.  Usually only a few pages are
-** journalled.  So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
-** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
-** or all of the pages get journalled.  In those cases, the bitmap becomes
-** dense.  The algorithm needs to handle both cases well.
-**
-** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
-**
-** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created.  Individual bits
-** may be set or cleared one at a time.
-**
-** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
-** Clear operations are exceedingly rare.  There are usually between
-** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
-** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger.  The size of the
-** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
-** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
-** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.6 2008/06/20 14:59:51 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#define BITVEC_SZ        512
-/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how 
-** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
-#define BITVEC_USIZE     (((BITVEC_SZ-12)/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
-#define BITVEC_NCHAR     BITVEC_USIZE
-#define BITVEC_NBIT      (BITVEC_NCHAR*8)
-#define BITVEC_NINT      (BITVEC_USIZE/4)
-#define BITVEC_MXHASH    (BITVEC_NINT/2)
-#define BITVEC_NPTR      (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
-
-#define BITVEC_HASH(X)   (((X)*37)%BITVEC_NINT)
-
-/*
-** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
-** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
-**
-** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
-** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
-** bitmap.  The least significant bit is bit 1.
-**
-** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
-** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
-**
-** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
-** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[].  Each subbitmap
-** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i.  apSub[0] holds
-** values between 1 and iDivisor.  apSub[1] holds values between
-** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor.  apSub[N] holds values between
-** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor.  Each subbitmap is normalized
-** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
-*/
-struct Bitvec {
-  u32 iSize;      /* Maximum bit index */
-  u32 nSet;       /* Number of bits that are set */
-  u32 iDivisor;   /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry */
-  union {
-    u8 aBitmap[BITVEC_NCHAR];    /* Bitmap representation */
-    u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT];      /* Hash table representation */
-    Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR];  /* Recursive representation */
-  } u;
-};
-
-/*
-** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
-** inclusive.  Return a pointer to the new object.  Return NULL if 
-** malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
-  Bitvec *p;
-  assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
-  if( p ){
-    p->iSize = iSize;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the i-th bit is set.  Return true or false.
-** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
-** i is out of range, then return false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    i--;
-    return (p->u.aBitmap[i/8] & (1<<(i&7)))!=0;
-  }
-  if( p->iDivisor>0 ){
-    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
-    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
-    return sqlite3BitvecTest(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
-  }else{
-    u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
-    while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-      if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
-      h++;
-      if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  u32 h;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( i>0 );
-  assert( i<=p->iSize );
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    i--;
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/8] |= 1 << (i&7);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
-    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
-    if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-      if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    return sqlite3BitvecSet(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
-  }
-  h = BITVEC_HASH(i);
-  while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
-    if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
-    h++;
-    if( h==BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
-  }
-  p->nSet++;
-  if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
-    int j, rc;
-    u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
-    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
-    memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub[0])*BITVEC_NPTR);
-    p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
-    rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
-    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
-      if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-  p->u.aHash[h] = i;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the i-th bit.  Return 0 on success and an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( i>0 );
-  if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
-    i--;
-    p->u.aBitmap[i/8] &= ~(1 << (i&7));
-  }else if( p->iDivisor ){
-    u32 bin = (i-1)/p->iDivisor;
-    i = (i-1)%p->iDivisor + 1;
-    if( p->u.apSub[bin] ){
-      sqlite3BitvecClear(p->u.apSub[bin], i);
-    }
-  }else{
-    int j;
-    u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
-    memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
-    memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash[0])*BITVEC_NINT);
-    p->nSet = 0;
-    for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
-      if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=i ){
-        sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a bitmap object.  Reclaim all memory used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p->iDivisor ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-/*
-** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
-** up to N bits.  Let I be an integer between 0 and N.  0<=I<N.
-** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
-** individual bits within V.
-*/
-#define SETBIT(V,I)      V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
-#define CLEARBIT(V,I)    V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
-#define TESTBIT(V,I)     (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
-
-/*
-** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
-**
-** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
-** to test the Bitvec.  The integers are opcodes followed
-** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode.  Another
-** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
-**
-** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5.  0 is the
-** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
-**
-**    0          Halt and return the number of errors
-**    1 N S X    Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    2 N S X    Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
-**    3 N        Set N randomly chosen bits
-**    4 N        Clear N randomly chosen bits
-**    5 N S X    Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
-**
-** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
-** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
-** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
-** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
-** confirm that error detection works.
-**
-** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
-** against the Bitvec object.  If there are any differences,
-** an error is returned.  If they are the same, zero is returned.
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
-  Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
-  unsigned char *pV = 0;
-  int rc = -1;
-  int i, nx, pc, op;
-
-  /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
-  ** bits to act as the reference */
-  pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
-  pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
-  if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
-  memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
-
-  /* Run the program */
-  pc = 0;
-  while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
-    switch( op ){
-      case 1:
-      case 2:
-      case 5: {
-        nx = 4;
-        i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
-        aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
-        break;
-      }
-      case 3:
-      case 4: 
-      default: {
-        nx = 2;
-        sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
-    pc += nx;
-    i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
-    if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
-      SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      if( op!=5 ){
-        if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
-      }
-    }else{
-      CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
-      sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
-  ** Bitvec object.  Start with the assumption that they do
-  ** match (rc==0).  Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
-  ** is found.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
-          + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0);
-  for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
-    if(  (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
-      rc = i;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Free allocated structure */
-bitvec_end:
-  sqlite3_free(pV);
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-
-/************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 05
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements that page cache.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.31 2008/09/21 15:14:04 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
-**
-** A cache may only be deleted by its owner and while holding the
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATUS_LRU mutex.
-*/
-struct PCache {
-  /*********************************************************************
-  ** The first group of elements may be read or written at any time by
-  ** the cache owner without holding the mutex.  No thread other than the
-  ** cache owner is permitted to access these elements at any time.
-  */
-  PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail;         /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
-  PgHdr *pSynced;                     /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
-  int nRef;                           /* Number of pinned pages */
-  int nPinned;                        /* Number of pinned and/or dirty pages */
-  int nMax;                           /* Configured cache size */
-  int nMin;                           /* Configured minimum cache size */
-  /**********************************************************************
-  ** The next group of elements are fixed when the cache is created and
-  ** may not be changed afterwards.  These elements can read at any time by
-  ** the cache owner or by any thread holding the the mutex.  Non-owner
-  ** threads must hold the mutex when reading these elements to prevent
-  ** the entire PCache object from being deleted during the read.
-  */
-  int szPage;                         /* Size of every page in this cache */
-  int szExtra;                        /* Size of extra space for each page */
-  int bPurgeable;                     /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  void (*xDestroy)(PgHdr*);           /* Called when refcnt goes 1->0 */
-  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*);       /* Call to try make a page clean */
-  void *pStress;                      /* Argument to xStress */
-  /**********************************************************************
-  ** The final group of elements can only be accessed while holding the
-  ** mutex.  Both the cache owner and any other thread must hold the mutex
-  ** to read or write any of these elements.
-  */
-  int nPage;                          /* Total number of pages in apHash */
-  int nHash;                          /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
-  PgHdr **apHash;                     /* Hash table for fast lookup by pgno */
-  PgHdr *pClean;                      /* List of clean pages in use */
-};
-
-/*
-** Free slots in the page block allocator
-*/
-typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
-struct PgFreeslot {
-  PgFreeslot *pNext;  /* Next free slot */
-};
-
-/*
-** Global data for the page cache.
-*/
-static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
-  int isInit;                         /* True when initialized */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;               /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */
-
-  int nMaxPage;                       /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */
-  int nMinPage;                       /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */
-  int nCurrentPage;                   /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
-  PgHdr *pLruHead, *pLruTail;         /* LRU list of unused clean pgs */
-
-  /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */
-  int szSlot;                         /* Size of each free slot */
-  void *pStart, *pEnd;                /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
-  PgFreeslot *pFree;                  /* Free page blocks */
-} pcache = {0};
-
-/*
-** All code in this file should access the global pcache structure via the
-** alias "pcache_g". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
-** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
-*/
-#define pcache_g (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache))
-
-/*
-** All global variables used by this module (all of which are grouped 
-** together in global structure "pcache" above) are protected by the static 
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex. A pointer to this mutex is stored in
-** variable "pcache.mutex".
-**
-** Some elements of the PCache and PgHdr structures are protected by the 
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATUS_LRU mutex and other are not.  The protected
-** elements are grouped at the end of the structures and are clearly
-** marked.
-**
-** Use the following macros must surround all access (read or write)
-** of protected elements.  The mutex is not recursive and may not be
-** entered more than once.  The pcacheMutexHeld() macro should only be
-** used within an assert() to verify that the mutex is being held.
-*/
-#define pcacheEnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache_g.mutex)
-#define pcacheExitMutex()  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache_g.mutex)
-#define pcacheMutexHeld()  sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex)
-
-/*
-** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
-** even during normal debugging.  Use them only rarely on long-running
-** tests.  Enable the expensive asserts using the
-** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
-# define expensive_assert(X)  assert(X)
-#else
-# define expensive_assert(X)
-#endif
-
-/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
-/*
-** This routine verifies that the number of entries in the hash table
-** is pCache->nPage.  This routine is used within assert() statements
-** only and is therefore disabled during production builds.
-*/
-static int pcacheCheckHashCount(PCache *pCache){
-  int i;
-  int nPage = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pCache->nHash; i++){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    for(p=pCache->apHash[i]; p; p=p->pNextHash){
-      nPage++;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( nPage==pCache->nPage );
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
-/*
-** Based on the current value of PCache.nRef and the contents of the
-** PCache.pDirty list, return the expected value of the PCache.nPinned
-** counter. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
-**
-**   expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
-*/
-static int pcachePinnedCount(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  int nPinned = pCache->nRef;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->nRef==0 ){
-      nPinned++;
-    }
-  }
-  return nPinned;
-}
-#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
-/*
-** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
-** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
-** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
-**
-**   expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
-*/
-static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p = pCache->pDirtyTail;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pPrev){
-    assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
-  }
-  return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
-}
-#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
-
-
-
-/*
-** Remove a page from its hash table (PCache.apHash[]).
-*/
-static void pcacheRemoveFromHash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() );
-  if( pPage->pPrevHash ){
-    pPage->pPrevHash->pNextHash = pPage->pNextHash;
-  }else{
-    PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
-    u32 h = pPage->pgno % pCache->nHash;
-    assert( pCache->apHash[h]==pPage );
-    pCache->apHash[h] = pPage->pNextHash;
-  }
-  if( pPage->pNextHash ){
-    pPage->pNextHash->pPrevHash = pPage->pPrevHash;
-  }
-  pPage->pCache->nPage--;
-  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckHashCount(pPage->pCache) );
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a page into the hash table
-**
-** The mutex must be held by the caller.
-*/
-static void pcacheAddToHash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
-  u32 h = pPage->pgno % pCache->nHash;
-  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() );
-  pPage->pNextHash = pCache->apHash[h];
-  pPage->pPrevHash = 0;
-  if( pCache->apHash[h] ){
-    pCache->apHash[h]->pPrevHash = pPage;
-  }
-  pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
-  pCache->nPage++;
-  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckHashCount(pCache) );
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to increase the size the hash table to contain
-** at least nHash buckets.
-*/
-static int pcacheResizeHash(PCache *pCache, int nHash){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  PgHdr **pNew;
-  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() );
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
-  if( nHash*sizeof(PgHdr*)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
-    nHash = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(PgHdr *);
-  }
-#endif
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-  pNew = (PgHdr **)sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr*)*nHash);
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  if( !pNew ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr *)*nHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
-  pCache->apHash = pNew;
-  pCache->nHash = nHash;
-  pCache->nPage = 0;
- 
-  for(p=pCache->pClean; p; p=p->pNext){
-    pcacheAddToHash(p);
-  }
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    pcacheAddToHash(p);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove a page from a linked list that is headed by *ppHead.
-** *ppHead is either PCache.pClean or PCache.pDirty.
-*/
-static void pcacheRemoveFromList(PgHdr **ppHead, PgHdr *pPage){
-  int isDirtyList = (ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty);
-  assert( ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pClean || ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty );
-  assert( pcacheMutexHeld() || ppHead!=&pPage->pCache->pClean );
-
-  if( pPage->pPrev ){
-    pPage->pPrev->pNext = pPage->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( *ppHead==pPage );
-    *ppHead = pPage->pNext;
-  }
-  if( pPage->pNext ){
-    pPage->pNext->pPrev = pPage->pPrev;
-  }
-
-  if( isDirtyList ){
-    PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
-    assert( pPage->pNext || pCache->pDirtyTail==pPage );
-    if( !pPage->pNext ){
-      pCache->pDirtyTail = pPage->pPrev;
-    }
-    if( pCache->pSynced==pPage ){
-      PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pPrev;
-      while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-        pSynced = pSynced->pPrev;
-      }
-      pCache->pSynced = pSynced;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a page from a linked list that is headed by *ppHead.
-** *ppHead is either PCache.pClean or PCache.pDirty.
-*/
-static void pcacheAddToList(PgHdr **ppHead, PgHdr *pPage){
-  int isDirtyList = (ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty);
-  assert( ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pClean || ppHead==&pPage->pCache->pDirty );
-
-  if( (*ppHead) ){
-    (*ppHead)->pPrev = pPage;
-  }
-  pPage->pNext = *ppHead;
-  pPage->pPrev = 0;
-  *ppHead = pPage;
-
-  if( isDirtyList ){
-    PCache *pCache = pPage->pCache;
-    if( !pCache->pDirtyTail ){
-      assert( pPage->pNext==0 );
-      pCache->pDirtyTail = pPage;
-    }
-    if( !pCache->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-      pCache->pSynced = pPage;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove a page from the global LRU list
-*/
-static void pcacheRemoveFromLruList(PgHdr *pPage){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  assert( (pPage->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
-  if( pPage->pCache->bPurgeable==0 ) return;
-  if( pPage->pNextLru ){
-    assert( pcache_g.pLruTail!=pPage );
-    pPage->pNextLru->pPrevLru = pPage->pPrevLru;
-  }else{
-    assert( pcache_g.pLruTail==pPage );
-    pcache_g.pLruTail = pPage->pPrevLru;
-  }
-  if( pPage->pPrevLru ){
-    assert( pcache_g.pLruHead!=pPage );
-    pPage->pPrevLru->pNextLru = pPage->pNextLru;
-  }else{
-    assert( pcache_g.pLruHead==pPage );
-    pcache_g.pLruHead = pPage->pNextLru;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a page to the global LRU list.  The page is normally added
-** to the front of the list so that it will be the last page recycled.
-** However, if the PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY bit is set, the page is added
-** to the end of the LRU list so that it will be the next to be recycled.
-*/
-static void pcacheAddToLruList(PgHdr *pPage){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  assert( (pPage->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
-  if( pPage->pCache->bPurgeable==0 ) return;
-  if( pcache_g.pLruTail && (pPage->flags & PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY)!=0 ){
-    /* If reuse is unlikely.  Put the page at the end of the LRU list
-    ** where it will be recycled sooner rather than later. 
-    */
-    assert( pcache_g.pLruHead );
-    pPage->pNextLru = 0;
-    pPage->pPrevLru = pcache_g.pLruTail;
-    pcache_g.pLruTail->pNextLru = pPage;
-    pcache_g.pLruTail = pPage;
-    pPage->flags &= ~PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY;
-  }else{
-    /* If reuse is possible. the page goes at the beginning of the LRU
-    ** list so that it will be the last to be recycled.
-    */
-    if( pcache_g.pLruHead ){
-      pcache_g.pLruHead->pPrevLru = pPage;
-    }
-    pPage->pNextLru = pcache_g.pLruHead;
-    pcache_g.pLruHead = pPage;
-    pPage->pPrevLru = 0;
-    if( pcache_g.pLruTail==0 ){
-      pcache_g.pLruTail = pPage;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*********************************************** Memory Allocation ***********
-**
-** Initialize the page cache memory pool.
-**
-** This must be called at start-time when no page cache lines are
-** checked out. This function is not threadsafe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
-  PgFreeslot *p;
-  sz &= ~7;
-  pcache_g.szSlot = sz;
-  pcache_g.pStart = pBuf;
-  pcache_g.pFree = 0;
-  while( n-- ){
-    p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
-    p->pNext = pcache_g.pFree;
-    pcache_g.pFree = p;
-    pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
-  }
-  pcache_g.pEnd = pBuf;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a page cache line.  Look in the page cache memory pool first
-** and use an element from it first if available.  If nothing is available
-** in the page cache memory pool, go to the general purpose memory allocator.
-*/
-static void *pcacheMalloc(int sz, PCache *pCache){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  if( sz<=pcache_g.szSlot && pcache_g.pFree ){
-    PgFreeslot *p = pcache_g.pFree;
-    pcache_g.pFree = p->pNext;
-    sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, sz);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
-    return (void*)p;
-  }else{
-    void *p;
-
-    /* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the
-    ** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is 
-    ** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the 
-    ** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to
-    ** reclaim memory from this pager-cache.
-    */
-    pcacheExitMutex();
-    p = sqlite3Malloc(sz);
-    pcacheEnterMutex();
-
-    if( p ){
-      sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
-    }
-    return p;
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
-  void *p;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  p = pcacheMalloc(sz, 0);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a pager memory allocation
-*/
-static void pcacheFree(void *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p>=pcache_g.pStart && p<pcache_g.pEnd ){
-    PgFreeslot *pSlot;
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
-    pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
-    pSlot->pNext = pcache_g.pFree;
-    pcache_g.pFree = pSlot;
-  }else{
-    int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  pcacheFree(p);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pcachePageAlloc(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  int sz = sizeof(*p) + pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  p = pcacheMalloc(sz, pCache);
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PgHdr));
-  p->pData = (void*)&p[1];
-  p->pExtra = (void*)&((char*)p->pData)[pCache->szPage];
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    pcache_g.nCurrentPage++;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a page
-*/
-static void pcachePageFree(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    pcache_g.nCurrentPage--;
-  }
-  pcacheFree(p->apSave[0]);
-  pcacheFree(p->apSave[1]);
-  pcacheFree(p);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes that will be returned to the heap when
-** the argument is passed to pcachePageFree().
-*/
-static int pcachePageSize(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  assert( !pcache_g.pStart );
-  assert( p->apSave[0]==0 );
-  assert( p->apSave[1]==0 );
-  assert( p && p->pCache );
-  return sqlite3MallocSize(p);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Attempt to 'recycle' a page from the global LRU list. Only clean,
-** unreferenced pages from purgeable caches are eligible for recycling.
-**
-** This function removes page pcache.pLruTail from the global LRU list,
-** and from the hash-table and PCache.pClean list of the owner pcache.
-** There should be no other references to the page.
-**
-** A pointer to the recycled page is returned, or NULL if no page is
-** eligible for recycling.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pcacheRecyclePage(){
-  PgHdr *p = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-
-  if( (p=pcache_g.pLruTail) ){
-    assert( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
-    pcacheRemoveFromLruList(p);
-    pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
-    pcacheRemoveFromList(&p->pCache->pClean, p);
-  }
-
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain space for a page. Try to recycle an old page if the limit on the 
-** number of pages has been reached. If the limit has not been reached or
-** there are no pages eligible for recycling, allocate a new page.
-**
-** Return a pointer to the new page, or NULL if an OOM condition occurs.
-*/
-static int pcacheRecycleOrAlloc(PCache *pCache, PgHdr **ppPage){
-  PgHdr *p = 0;
-
-  int szPage = pCache->szPage;
-  int szExtra = pCache->szExtra;
-
-  assert( pcache_g.isInit );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-
-  *ppPage = 0;
-
-  /* If we have reached either the global or the local limit for 
-  ** pinned+dirty pages, and there is at least one dirty page,
-  ** invoke the xStress callback to cause a page to become clean.
-  */
-  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
-  expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
-  if( pCache->xStress
-   && pCache->pDirty
-   && (pCache->nPinned>=(pcache_g.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache_g.nMinPage)
-           || pCache->nPinned>=pCache->nMax)
-  ){
-    PgHdr *pPg;
-    assert(pCache->pDirtyTail);
-
-    for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; 
-        pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 
-        pPg=pPg->pPrev
-    );
-    if( !pPg ){
-      for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pPrev);
-    }
-    if( pPg ){
-      int rc;
-      pcacheExitMutex();
-      rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
-      pcacheEnterMutex();
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If either the local or the global page limit has been reached, 
-  ** try to recycle a page. 
-  */
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable && (pCache->nPage>=pCache->nMax-1 ||
-                             pcache_g.nCurrentPage>=pcache_g.nMaxPage) ){
-    p = pcacheRecyclePage();
-  }
-
-  /* If a page has been recycled but it is the wrong size, free it. */
-  if( p && (p->pCache->szPage!=szPage || p->pCache->szPage!=szExtra) ){
-    pcachePageFree(p);
-    p = 0;
-  }
-
-  if( !p ){
-    p = pcachePageAlloc(pCache);
-  }
-
-  *ppPage = p;
-  return (p?SQLITE_OK:SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
-**
-** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these 
-** functions are threadsafe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
-  assert( pcache_g.isInit==0 );
-  memset(&pcache_g, 0, sizeof(pcache));
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-    /* No need to check the return value of sqlite3_mutex_alloc(). 
-    ** Allocating a static mutex cannot fail.
-    */
-    pcache_g.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
-  }
-  pcache_g.isInit = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
-  memset(&pcache_g, 0, sizeof(pcache));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
-
-/*
-** Create a new PCache object.  Storage space to hold the object
-** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
-  int szPage,                  /* Size of every page */
-  int szExtra,                 /* Extra space associated with each page */
-  int bPurgeable,              /* True if pages are on backing store */
-  void (*xDestroy)(PgHdr*),    /* Called to destroy a page */
-  int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
-  void *pStress,               /* Argument to xStress */
-  PCache *p                    /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
-){
-  assert( pcache_g.isInit );
-  memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
-  p->szPage = szPage;
-  p->szExtra = szExtra;
-  p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
-  p->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-  p->xStress = xStress;
-  p->pStress = pStress;
-  p->nMax = 100;
-  p->nMin = 10;
-
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  if( bPurgeable ){
-    pcache_g.nMaxPage += p->nMax;
-    pcache_g.nMinPage += p->nMin;
-  }
-
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page size for PCache object.  This can only happen
-** when the cache is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
-  assert(pCache->nPage==0);
-  pCache->szPage = szPage;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
-  PCache *pCache,       /* Obtain the page from this cache */
-  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to obtain */
-  int createFlag,       /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
-  PgHdr **ppPage        /* Write the page here */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  PgHdr *pPage = 0;
-
-  assert( pcache_g.isInit );
-  assert( pCache!=0 );
-  assert( pgno>0 );
-  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
-
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-
-  /* Search the hash table for the requested page. Exit early if it is found. */
-  if( pCache->apHash ){
-    u32 h = pgno % pCache->nHash;
-    for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage; pPage=pPage->pNextHash){
-      if( pPage->pgno==pgno ){
-        if( pPage->nRef==0 ){
-          if( 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
-            pcacheRemoveFromLruList(pPage);
-            pCache->nPinned++;
-          }
-          pCache->nRef++;
-        }
-        pPage->nRef++;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage && createFlag ){
-    if( pCache->nHash<=pCache->nPage ){
-      rc = pcacheResizeHash(pCache, pCache->nHash<256 ? 256 : pCache->nHash*2);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = pcacheRecycleOrAlloc(pCache, &pPage);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPage->pPager = 0;
-      pPage->flags = 0;
-      pPage->pDirty = 0;
-      pPage->pgno = pgno;
-      pPage->pCache = pCache;
-      pPage->nRef = 1;
-      pCache->nRef++;
-      pCache->nPinned++;
-      pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pClean, pPage);
-      pcacheAddToHash(pPage);
-    }
-  }
-
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-
-  *ppPage = pPage;
-  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
-  assert( pPage || !createFlag || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Dereference a page.  When the reference count reaches zero,
-** move the page to the LRU list if it is clean.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  p->nRef--;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ){
-    PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
-    if( p->pCache->xDestroy ){
-      p->pCache->xDestroy(p);
-    }
-    pCache->nRef--;
-    if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
-      pCache->nPinned--;
-      pcacheEnterMutex();
-      if( pcache_g.nCurrentPage>pcache_g.nMaxPage ){
-        pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
-        pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
-        pcachePageFree(p);
-      }else{
-        pcacheAddToLruList(p);
-      }
-      pcacheExitMutex();
-    }else{
-      /* Move the page to the head of the caches dirty list. */
-      pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
-      pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
-  assert(p->nRef>0);
-  p->nRef++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
-** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
-** page pointed to by p is invalid.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
-  PCache *pCache;
-  assert( p->nRef==1 );
-  assert( 0==(p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) );
-  pCache = p->pCache;
-  pCache->nRef--;
-  pCache->nPinned--;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
-  pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
-  pcachePageFree(p);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as dirty.  If it isn't dirty already,
-** make it so.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
-  PCache *pCache;
-  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-  if( p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY ) return;
-  assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  pCache = p->pCache;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
-  pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-  p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
-}
-
-static void pcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
-  PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
-  assert( p->apSave[0]==0 && p->apSave[1]==0 );
-  assert( p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY );
-  pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
-  pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pClean, p);
-  p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DIRTY;
-  if( p->nRef==0 ){
-    pcacheAddToLruList(p);
-    pCache->nPinned--;
-  }
-  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the page is marked as clean.  If it isn't clean already,
-** make it so.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
-  if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
-    pcacheEnterMutex();
-    pcacheMakeClean(p);
-    pcacheExitMutex();
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make every page in the cache clean.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
-    assert( p->apSave[0]==0 && p->apSave[1]==0 );
-    pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
-    p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DIRTY;
-    pcacheAddToList(&pCache->pClean, p);
-    if( p->nRef==0 ){
-      pcacheAddToLruList(p);
-      pCache->nPinned--;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(pCache, 0, PGHDR_DIRTY);
-  expensive_assert( pCache->nPinned==pcachePinnedCount(pCache) );
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. If newPgno is 0, then the
-** page object is added to the clean-list and the PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 
-** flag set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
-  assert( p->nRef>0 );
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
-  p->pgno = newPgno;
-  if( newPgno==0 ){
-    pcacheFree(p->apSave[0]);
-    pcacheFree(p->apSave[1]);
-    p->apSave[0] = 0;
-    p->apSave[1] = 0;
-    if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
-      pcacheMakeClean(p);
-    }
-    p->flags = PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY;
-  }
-  pcacheAddToHash(p);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove all content from a page cache
-*/
-static void pcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p, *pNext;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  for(p=pCache->pClean; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-    pcacheRemoveFromLruList(p);
-    pcachePageFree(p);
-  }
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-    pcachePageFree(p);
-  }
-  pCache->pClean = 0;
-  pCache->pDirty = 0;
-  pCache->pDirtyTail = 0;
-  pCache->nPage = 0;
-  pCache->nPinned = 0;
-  memset(pCache->apHash, 0, pCache->nHash*sizeof(pCache->apHash[0]));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno".
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *p, *pNext;
-  PgHdr *pDirty = pCache->pDirty;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  for(p=pCache->pClean; p||pDirty; p=pNext){
-    if( !p ){
-      p = pDirty;
-      pDirty = 0;
-    }
-    pNext = p->pNext;
-    if( p->pgno>pgno ){
-      if( p->nRef==0 ){
-        pcacheRemoveFromHash(p);
-        if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
-          pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pDirty, p);
-          pCache->nPinned--;
-        }else{
-          pcacheRemoveFromList(&pCache->pClean, p);
-          pcacheRemoveFromLruList(p);
-        }
-        pcachePageFree(p);
-      }else{
-        /* If there are references to the page, it cannot be freed. In this
-        ** case, zero the page content instead.
-        */
-        memset(p->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try
-** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage.
-*/
-static void pcacheEnforceMaxPage(){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache_g.mutex) );
-  while( pcache_g.nCurrentPage>pcache_g.nMaxPage && (p = pcacheRecyclePage()) ){
-    pcachePageFree(p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-
-  /* Free all the pages used by this pager and remove them from the LRU list. */
-  pcacheClear(pCache);
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    pcache_g.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
-    pcache_g.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
-    pcacheEnforceMaxPage();
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Preserve the content of the page.  It is assumed that the content
-** has not been preserved already.
-**
-** If idJournal==0 then this is for the overall transaction.
-** If idJournal==1 then this is for the statement journal.
-**
-** This routine is used for in-memory databases only.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePreserve(PgHdr *p, int idJournal){
-  void *x;
-  int sz;
-  assert( p->pCache->bPurgeable==0 );
-  assert( p->apSave[idJournal]==0 );
-  sz = p->pCache->szPage;
-  p->apSave[idJournal] = x = sqlite3PageMalloc( sz );
-  if( x==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memcpy(x, p->pData, sz);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a change previously preserved.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCommit(PCache *pCache, int idJournal){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  int mask = idJournal==0 ? ~PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL : 0xffffff;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();     /* Mutex is required to call pcacheFree() */
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->apSave[idJournal] ){
-      pcacheFree(p->apSave[idJournal]);
-      p->apSave[idJournal] = 0;
-    }
-    p->flags &= mask;
-  }
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback a change previously preserved.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRollback(
-  PCache *pCache,                  /* Pager cache */
-  int idJournal,                   /* Which copy to rollback to */
-  void (*xReiniter)(PgHdr*)        /* Called on each rolled back page */
-){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  int sz;
-  int mask = idJournal==0 ? ~PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL : 0xffffff;
-  pcacheEnterMutex();     /* Mutex is required to call pcacheFree() */
-  sz = pCache->szPage;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p->apSave[idJournal] ){
-      memcpy(p->pData, p->apSave[idJournal], sz);
-      pcacheFree(p->apSave[idJournal]);
-      p->apSave[idJournal] = 0;
-      if( xReiniter ){
-        xReiniter(p);
-      }
-    }
-    p->flags &= mask;
-  }
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* 
-** Assert flags settings on all pages.  Debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(PCache *pCache, int trueMask, int falseMask){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    assert( (p->flags&trueMask)==trueMask );
-    assert( (p->flags&falseMask)==0 );
-  }
-  for(p=pCache->pClean; p; p=p->pNext){
-    assert( (p->flags&trueMask)==trueMask );
-    assert( (p->flags&falseMask)==0 );
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** Discard the contents of the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
-  assert(pCache->nRef==0);
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-  pcacheClear(pCache);
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
-** Do not both fixing the pPrevDirty pointers.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
-  PgHdr result, *pTail;
-  pTail = &result;
-  while( pA && pB ){
-    if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
-      pTail->pDirty = pA;
-      pTail = pA;
-      pA = pA->pDirty;
-    }else{
-      pTail->pDirty = pB;
-      pTail = pB;
-      pB = pB->pDirty;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pA ){
-    pTail->pDirty = pA;
-  }else if( pB ){
-    pTail->pDirty = pB;
-  }else{
-    pTail->pDirty = 0;
-  }
-  return result.pDirty;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno.  Pages are
-** connected by pDirty pointers.  The pPrevDirty pointers are
-** corrupted by this sort.
-*/
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25
-#define N_SORT_BUCKET       25
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0;
-  #undef N_SORT_BUCKET
-  #define N_SORT_BUCKET \
-   (sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC)
-#endif
-static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
-  PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p;
-  int i;
-  memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
-  while( pIn ){
-    p = pIn;
-    pIn = p->pDirty;
-    p->pDirty = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1; i++){
-      if( a[i]==0 ){
-        a[i] = p;
-        break;
-      }else{
-        p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
-        a[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    if( i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1 ){
-      /* Coverage: To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET) 
-      ** elements in the input list. This is possible, but impractical.
-      ** Testing this line is the point of global variable
-      ** sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket.
-      */
-      a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
-    }
-  }
-  p = a[0];
-  for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
-    p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->pDirty = p->pNext;
-  }
-  return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the total number of outstanding page references.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
-  return pCache->nRef;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
-  assert( pCache->nPage>=0 );
-  return pCache->nPage;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** This function is used by the pager.c module to iterate through all 
-** pages in the cache. At present, this is only required if the
-** SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro (used for debugging) is specified.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterate(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  for(p=pCache->pClean; p; p=p->pNext){
-    xIter(p);
-  }
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    xIter(p);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** Set flags on all pages in the page cache 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearFlags(PCache *pCache, int mask){
-  PgHdr *p;
-
-  /* Obtain the global mutex before modifying any PgHdr.flags variables 
-  ** or traversing the LRU list.
-  */ 
-  pcacheEnterMutex();
-
-  mask = ~mask;
-  for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->flags &= mask;
-  }
-  for(p=pCache->pClean; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->flags &= mask;
-  }
-
-  if( 0==(mask&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
-    pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
-    assert( !pCache->pSynced || (pCache->pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
-  }
-
-  pcacheExitMutex();
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
-  return pCache->nMax;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the suggested cache-size value.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
-  if( mxPage<10 ){
-    mxPage = 10;
-  }
-  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
-    pcacheEnterMutex();
-    pcache_g.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
-    pcache_g.nMaxPage += mxPage;
-    pcacheEnforceMaxPage();
-    pcacheExitMutex();
-  }
-  pCache->nMax = mxPage;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-/*
-** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
-** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
-** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
-**
-** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
-** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
-** of bytes of memory released.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
-  int nFree = 0;
-  if( pcache_g.pStart==0 ){
-    PgHdr *p;
-    pcacheEnterMutex();
-    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && (p=pcacheRecyclePage()) ){
-      nFree += pcachePageSize(p);
-      pcachePageFree(p);
-    }
-    pcacheExitMutex();
-  }
-  return nFree;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(
-  int *pnCurrent,
-  int *pnMax,
-  int *pnMin,
-  int *pnRecyclable
-){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  int nRecyclable = 0;
-  for(p=pcache_g.pLruHead; p; p=p->pNextLru){
-    nRecyclable++;
-  }
-
-  *pnCurrent = pcache_g.nCurrentPage;
-  *pnMax = pcache_g.nMaxPage;
-  *pnMin = pcache_g.nMinPage;
-  *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
-** 
-** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
-** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
-** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
-** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
-** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
-** another is writing.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: pager.c,v 1.493 2008/09/19 09:14:44 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-
-/*
-** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
-*/
-#if 0
-#define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
-#define PAGERTRACE1(X)       sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
-#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)     sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
-#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)   sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
-#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,W,V)
-#else
-#define PAGERTRACE1(X)
-#define PAGERTRACE2(X,Y)
-#define PAGERTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
-#define PAGERTRACE4(X,Y,Z,W)
-#define PAGERTRACE5(X,Y,Z,W,V)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACEX() macros above
-** to print out file-descriptors. 
-**
-** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
-** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
-** struct as its argument.
-*/
-#define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
-#define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
-
-/*
-** The page cache as a whole is always in one of the following
-** states:
-**
-**   PAGER_UNLOCK        The page cache is not currently reading or 
-**                       writing the database file.  There is no
-**                       data held in memory.  This is the initial
-**                       state.
-**
-**   PAGER_SHARED        The page cache is reading the database.
-**                       Writing is not permitted.  There can be
-**                       multiple readers accessing the same database
-**                       file at the same time.
-**
-**   PAGER_RESERVED      This process has reserved the database for writing
-**                       but has not yet made any changes.  Only one process
-**                       at a time can reserve the database.  The original
-**                       database file has not been modified so other
-**                       processes may still be reading the on-disk
-**                       database file.
-**
-**   PAGER_EXCLUSIVE     The page cache is writing the database.
-**                       Access is exclusive.  No other processes or
-**                       threads can be reading or writing while one
-**                       process is writing.
-**
-**   PAGER_SYNCED        The pager moves to this state from PAGER_EXCLUSIVE
-**                       after all dirty pages have been written to the
-**                       database file and the file has been synced to
-**                       disk. All that remains to do is to remove or
-**                       truncate the journal file and the transaction 
-**                       will be committed.
-**
-** The page cache comes up in PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time a
-** sqlite3PagerGet() occurs, the state transitions to PAGER_SHARED.
-** After all pages have been released using sqlite_page_unref(),
-** the state transitions back to PAGER_UNLOCK.  The first time
-** that sqlite3PagerWrite() is called, the state transitions to
-** PAGER_RESERVED.  (Note that sqlite3PagerWrite() can only be
-** called on an outstanding page which means that the pager must
-** be in PAGER_SHARED before it transitions to PAGER_RESERVED.)
-** PAGER_RESERVED means that there is an open rollback journal.
-** The transition to PAGER_EXCLUSIVE occurs before any changes
-** are made to the database file, though writes to the rollback
-** journal occurs with just PAGER_RESERVED.  After an sqlite3PagerRollback()
-** or sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(), the state can go back to PAGER_SHARED,
-** or it can stay at PAGER_EXCLUSIVE if we are in exclusive access mode.
-*/
-#define PAGER_UNLOCK      0
-#define PAGER_SHARED      1   /* same as SHARED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_RESERVED    2   /* same as RESERVED_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_EXCLUSIVE   4   /* same as EXCLUSIVE_LOCK */
-#define PAGER_SYNCED      5
-
-/*
-** If the SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK macro is set to true at compile-time,
-** then failed attempts to get a reserved lock will invoke the busy callback.
-** This is off by default.  To see why, consider the following scenario:
-** 
-** Suppose thread A already has a shared lock and wants a reserved lock.
-** Thread B already has a reserved lock and wants an exclusive lock.  If
-** both threads are using their busy callbacks, it might be a long time
-** be for one of the threads give up and allows the other to proceed.
-** But if the thread trying to get the reserved lock gives up quickly
-** (if it never invokes its busy callback) then the contention will be
-** resolved quickly.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK
-# define SQLITE_BUSY_RESERVED_LOCK 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This macro rounds values up so that if the value is an address it
-** is guaranteed to be an address that is aligned to an 8-byte boundary.
-*/
-#define FORCE_ALIGNMENT(X)   (((X)+7)&~7)
-
-/*
-** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) if( P->xCodec!=0 ){ P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X); }
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)(P->xCodec!=0?P->xCodec(P->pCodecArg,D,N,X):D))
-#else
-# define CODEC1(P,D,N,X) /* NO-OP */
-# define CODEC2(P,D,N,X) ((char*)D)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A open page cache is an instance of the following structure.
-**
-** Pager.errCode may be set to SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or
-** or SQLITE_FULL. Once one of the first three errors occurs, it persists
-** and is returned as the result of every major pager API call.  The
-** SQLITE_FULL return code is slightly different. It persists only until the
-** next successful rollback is performed on the pager cache. Also,
-** SQLITE_FULL does not affect the sqlite3PagerGet() and sqlite3PagerLookup()
-** APIs, they may still be used successfully.
-*/
-struct Pager {
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
-  u8 journalOpen;             /* True if journal file descriptors is valid */
-  u8 journalStarted;          /* True if header of journal is synced */
-  u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
-  u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
-  u8 stmtOpen;                /* True if the statement subjournal is open */
-  u8 stmtInUse;               /* True we are in a statement subtransaction */
-  u8 stmtAutoopen;            /* Open stmt journal when main journal is opened*/
-  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
-  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
-  u8 sync_flags;              /* One of SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL */
-  u8 state;                   /* PAGER_UNLOCK, _SHARED, _RESERVED, etc. */
-  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
-  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
-  u8 needSync;                /* True if an fsync() is needed on the journal */
-  u8 dirtyCache;              /* True if cached pages have changed */
-  u8 alwaysRollback;          /* Disable DontRollback() for all pages */
-  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
-  u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
-  u8 doNotSync;               /* Boolean. While true, do not spill the cache */
-  u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
-  u8 journalMode;             /* On of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
-  u8 dbModified;              /* True if there are any changes to the Db */
-  u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
-  u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-  int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
-  int dbSize;                 /* Number of pages in the file */
-  int origDbSize;             /* dbSize before the current change */
-  int stmtSize;               /* Size of database (in pages) at stmt_begin() */
-  int nRec;                   /* Number of pages written to the journal */
-  u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
-  int stmtNRec;               /* Number of records in stmt subjournal */
-  int nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
-  int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
-  int nPage;                  /* Total number of in-memory pages */
-  int mxPage;                 /* Maximum number of pages to hold in cache */
-  Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
-  Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
-  Bitvec *pInStmt;            /* One bit for each page in the database */
-  Bitvec *pAlwaysRollback;    /* One bit for each page marked always-rollback */
-  char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
-  char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
-  char *zDirectory;           /* Directory hold database and journal files */
-  sqlite3_file *fd, *jfd;     /* File descriptors for database and journal */
-  sqlite3_file *stfd;         /* File descriptor for the statement subjournal*/
-  BusyHandler *pBusyHandler;  /* Pointer to sqlite.busyHandler */
-  i64 journalOff;             /* Current byte offset in the journal file */
-  i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
-  i64 stmtHdrOff;             /* First journal header written this statement */
-  i64 stmtCksum;              /* cksumInit when statement was started */
-  i64 stmtJSize;              /* Size of journal at stmt_begin() */
-  int sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int nHit, nMiss;            /* Cache hits and missing */
-  int nRead, nWrite;          /* Database pages read/written */
-#endif
-  void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
-  void *pCodecArg;            /* First argument to xCodec() */
-#endif
-  char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-  char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
-  i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
-  PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
-};
-
-/*
-** The following global variables hold counters used for
-** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
-** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
-#else
-# define PAGER_INCR(v)
-#endif
-
-
-
-/*
-** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
-** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
-**
-** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
-** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is begin
-** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
-** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
-** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
-** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
-** journal and ignore it.
-**
-** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
-** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
-** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
-** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
-** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
-** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
-** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
-** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
-** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
-** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
-*/
-static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
-  0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
-};
-
-/*
-** The size of the header and of each page in the journal is determined
-** by the following macros.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
-
-/*
-** The journal header size for this pager. In the future, this could be
-** set to some value read from the disk controller. The important
-** characteristic is that it is the same size as a disk sector.
-*/
-#define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
-
-/*
-** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
-** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
-** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
-** out code that would never execute.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-# define MEMDB 0
-#else
-# define MEMDB pPager->memDb
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
-** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
-** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file 
-** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
-** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() for details.
-*/
-/* #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) (PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize)) */
-#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)
-
-/*
-** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
-*/
-#define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
-
-/*
-** Return true if page *pPg has already been written to the statement
-** journal (or statement snapshot has been created, if *pPg is part
-** of an in-memory database).
-*/
-static int pageInStatement(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    return pPg->apSave[1]!=0;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
-** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
-** error code is something goes wrong.
-**
-** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
-*/
-static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
-  unsigned char ac[4];
-  int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
-*/
-#define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
-
-/*
-** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
-*/
-static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
-  char ac[4];
-  put32bits(ac, val);
-  return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
-}
-
-/*
-** If file pFd is open, call sqlite3OsUnlock() on it.
-*/
-static int osUnlock(sqlite3_file *pFd, int eLock){
-  if( !pFd->pMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return sqlite3OsUnlock(pFd, eLock);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
-** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
-**
-**  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
-**      a database page may be written atomically, and
-**  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
-**      to the page size.
-**
-** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
-** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
-** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
-  int dc;           /* Device characteristics */
-  int nSector;      /* Sector size */
-  int szPage;        /* Page size */
-  sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
-
-  if( fd->pMethods ){
-    dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd);
-    nSector = sqlite3OsSectorSize(fd);
-    szPage = pPager->pageSize;
-  }
-
-  assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-  assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-
-  if( !fd->pMethods || 
-       (dc & (SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) && nSector<=szPage) ){
-    return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This function should be called when an error occurs within the pager
-** code. The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the
-** second the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. 
-** The value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 
-**
-** If the second argument is SQLITE_IOERR, SQLITE_CORRUPT, or SQLITE_FULL
-** the error becomes persistent. Until the persisten error is cleared,
-** subsequent API calls on this Pager will immediately return the same 
-** error code.
-**
-** A persistent error indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 
-** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 
-** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
-** the persistent error occured, then the rollback journal may need
-** to be replayed.
-*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager);
-static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
-  int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
-  assert(
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
-       pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
-       (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
-  );
-  if(
-    rc2==SQLITE_FULL ||
-    rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ||
-    rc2==SQLITE_CORRUPT
-  ){
-    pPager->errCode = rc;
-    if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK 
-     && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
-    ){
-      /* If the pager is already unlocked, call pager_unlock() now to
-      ** clear the error state and ensure that the pager-cache is 
-      ** completely empty.
-      */
-      pager_unlock(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
-** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
-** and debugging only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-/*
-** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
-*/
-static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
-  u32 hash = 0;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
-    hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
-  }
-  return hash;
-}
-static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
-}
-static u32 pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
-  pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
-** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
-*/
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
-static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  assert( !pPg->pageHash || pPager->errCode || MEMDB 
-      || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
-}
-
-#else
-#define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
-#define pager_pagehash(X)  0
-#define CHECK_PAGE(x)
-#endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
-
-/*
-** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
-** The master journal file name is read from the end of the file and 
-** written into memory supplied by the caller. 
-**
-** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
-** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
-** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
-** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
-** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
-** were present in the journal.
-**
-** If no master journal file name is present zMaster[0] is set to 0 and
-** SQLITE_OK returned.
-*/
-static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, int nMaster){
-  int rc;
-  u32 len;
-  i64 szJ;
-  u32 cksum;
-  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-
-  zMaster[0] = '\0';
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ<16 ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  if( len>=nMaster ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  zMaster[len] = '\0';
-
-  /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
-  for(u=0; u<len; u++){
-    cksum -= zMaster[u];
-   }
-  if( cksum ){
-    /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
-    ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
-    ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
-    ** master-journal filename.
-    */
-    zMaster[0] = '\0';
-  }
-   
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Seek the journal file descriptor to the next sector boundary where a
-** journal header may be read or written. Pager.journalOff is updated with
-** the new seek offset.
-**
-** i.e for a sector size of 512:
-**
-** Input Offset              Output Offset
-** ---------------------------------------
-** 0                         0
-** 512                       512
-** 100                       512
-** 2000                      2048
-** 
-*/
-static void seekJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 offset = 0;
-  i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
-  if( c ){
-    offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-  assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
-  assert( offset>=c );
-  assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-  pPager->journalOff = offset;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write zeros over the header of the journal file.  This has the
-** effect of invalidating the journal file and committing the
-** transaction.
-*/
-static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
-
-  if( pPager->journalOff ){
-    i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;
-
-    IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
-    if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->sync_flags);
-    }
-
-    /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 
-    ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 
-    ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
-    ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
-    ** to sync the file following this operation.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
-      i64 sz;
-      rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
-** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
-** current location.
-**
-** The format for the journal header is as follows:
-** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
-** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
-** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
-** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
-** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
-** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
-** 
-** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
-*/
-static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  int nHeader = pPager->pageSize;
-  int nWrite;
-
-  if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-    nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->stmtHdrOff==0 ){
-    pPager->stmtHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
-  }
-
-  seekJournalHdr(pPager);
-  pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-
-  /* 
-  ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
-  ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
-  ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 
-  ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
-  ** of records (see syncJournal()).
-  **
-  ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
-  ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
-  ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
-  ** is dangerous, as if a failure occured whilst writing to the journal
-  ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
-  ** where this risk can be ignored:
-  **
-  **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
-  **     power failure in this case anyway.
-  **
-  **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
-  **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
-  */
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->noSync);
-  if( (pPager->noSync) 
-   || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 
-  ){
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
-  }else{
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0);
-  }
-
-  /* The random check-hash initialiser */ 
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
-  /* The initial database size */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbSize);
-  /* The assumed sector size for this process */
-  put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
-  if( pPager->journalHdr==0 ){
-    /* The page size */
-    put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
-  }
-
-  for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
-    IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
-    pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
-** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
-** file. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for a description of
-** the journal header format.
-**
-** If the header is read successfully, *nRec is set to the number of
-** page records following this header and *dbSize is set to the size of the
-** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
-** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
-** in this case.
-**
-** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
-** returned and *nRec and *dbSize are not set.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
-** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
-*/
-static int readJournalHdr(
-  Pager *pPager, 
-  i64 journalSize,
-  u32 *pNRec, 
-  u32 *pDbSize
-){
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
-  i64 jrnlOff;
-  int iPageSize;
-
-  seekJournalHdr(pPager);
-  if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), jrnlOff);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  jrnlOff += sizeof(aMagic);
-
-  if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pNRec);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+4, &pPager->cksumInit);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+8, pDbSize);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+16, (u32 *)&iPageSize);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK 
-   && iPageSize>=512 
-   && iPageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 
-   && ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)==0 
-  ){
-    u16 pagesize = iPageSize;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &pagesize);
-  }
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 
-  ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
-  ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
-  ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
-  ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
-  */
-  rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff+12, (u32 *)&pPager->sectorSize);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
-** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
-** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
-** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
-** anything is written. The format is:
-**
-** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
-** + N bytes: length of master journal name.
-** + 4 bytes: N
-** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
-** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
-**
-** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
-** journal name.
-**
-** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 
-** this call is a no-op.
-*/
-static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc;
-  int len; 
-  int i; 
-  i64 jrnlOff;
-  i64 jrnlSize;
-  u32 cksum = 0;
-  char zBuf[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+2*4];
-
-  if( !zMaster || pPager->setMaster) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pPager->setMaster = 1;
-
-  len = strlen(zMaster);
-  for(i=0; i<len; i++){
-    cksum += zMaster[i];
-  }
-
-  /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
-  ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
-  ** the journal has already been synced.
-  */
-  if( pPager->fullSync ){
-    seekJournalHdr(pPager);
-  }
-  jrnlOff = pPager->journalOff;
-  pPager->journalOff += (len+20);
-
-  rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  jrnlOff += 4;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, len, jrnlOff);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  jrnlOff += len;
-
-  put32bits(zBuf, len);
-  put32bits(&zBuf[4], cksum);
-  memcpy(&zBuf[8], aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
-  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zBuf, 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic), jrnlOff);
-  jrnlOff += 8+sizeof(aJournalMagic);
-  pPager->needSync = !pPager->noSync;
-
-  /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 
-  ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
-  ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 
-  ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
-  ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 
-  ** whether or not the journal is hot. 
-  **
-  ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 
-  ** file to the required size.
-  */ 
-  if( (rc==SQLITE_OK)
-   && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))==SQLITE_OK
-   && jrnlSize>jrnlOff
-  ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find a page in the hash table given its page number.  Return
-** a pointer to the page or NULL if not found.
-*/
-static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *p;
-  sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the in-memory cache.  This routine
-** sets the state of the pager back to what it was when it was first
-** opened.  Any outstanding pages are invalidated and subsequent attempts
-** to access those pages will likely result in a coredump.
-*/
-static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->errCode ) return;
-  sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock the database file. 
-**
-** If the pager is currently in error state, discard the contents of 
-** the cache and reset the Pager structure internal state. If there is
-** an open journal-file, then the next time a shared-lock is obtained
-** on the pager file (by this or any other process), it will be
-** treated as a hot-journal and rolled back.
-*/
-static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    if( !MEMDB ){
-      int rc = osUnlock(pPager->fd, NO_LOCK);
-      if( rc ) pPager->errCode = rc;
-      pPager->dbSize = -1;
-      IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p\n", pPager))
-
-      /* Always close the journal file when dropping the database lock.
-      ** Otherwise, another connection with journal_mode=delete might
-      ** delete the file out from under us.
-      */
-      if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-        sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-        pPager->journalOpen = 0;
-        sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-        pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-        sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pAlwaysRollback);
-        pPager->pAlwaysRollback = 0;
-      }
-
-      /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
-      ** trusted. Now that the pager file is unlocked, the contents of the
-      ** cache can be discarded and the error code safely cleared.
-      */
-      if( pPager->errCode ){
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-        if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
-          sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
-          sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
-          pPager->pInStmt = 0;
-        }
-        pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
-        pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
-        pPager->journalOff = 0;
-        pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-        pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
-        pPager->origDbSize = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( !MEMDB || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK;
-      pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 
-** database file. If the pager has already entered the error state, 
-** do not attempt the rollback.
-*/
-static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *p){
-  if( p->errCode==SQLITE_OK && p->state>=PAGER_RESERVED ){
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    sqlite3PagerRollback(p);
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  }
-  pager_unlock(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine ends a transaction.  A transaction is ended by either
-** a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK.
-**
-** When this routine is called, the pager has the journal file open and
-** a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database.  This routine will release
-** the database lock and acquires a SHARED lock in its place if that is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  Release locks usually is appropriate,
-** unless we are in exclusive access mode or unless this is a 
-** COMMIT AND BEGIN or ROLLBACK AND BEGIN operation.
-**
-** The journal file is either deleted or truncated.
-**
-** TODO: Consider keeping the journal file open for temporary databases.
-** This might give a performance improvement on windows where opening
-** a file is an expensive operation.
-*/
-static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
-  if( pPager->stmtOpen && !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
-    pPager->stmtOpen = 0;
-  }
-  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-    if( pPager->exclusiveMode 
-     || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-    ){
-      rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
-      pager_error(pPager, rc);
-      pPager->journalOff = 0;
-      pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-      pPager->journalOpen = 0;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->tempFile ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-    pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pAlwaysRollback);
-    pPager->pAlwaysRollback = 0;
-    sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    sqlite3PcacheIterate(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
-#endif
-    sqlite3PcacheClearFlags(pPager->pPCache,
-       PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL | PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
-    );
-    pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
-    pPager->nRec = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  }
-
-  if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
-    rc2 = osUnlock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK);
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-  }else if( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED ){
-    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-  }
-  pPager->origDbSize = 0;
-  pPager->setMaster = 0;
-  pPager->needSync = 0;
-  /* lruListSetFirstSynced(pPager); */
-  pPager->dbSize = -1;
-  pPager->dbModified = 0;
-
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute and return a checksum for the page of data.
-**
-** This is not a real checksum.  It is really just the sum of the 
-** random initial value and the page number.  We experimented with
-** a checksum of the entire data, but that was found to be too slow.
-**
-** Note that the page number is stored at the beginning of data and
-** the checksum is stored at the end.  This is important.  If journal
-** corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely scenario
-** is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.  It is
-** much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
-** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
-** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
-**
-** FIX ME:  Consider adding every 200th (or so) byte of the data to the
-** checksum.  That way if a single page spans 3 or more disk sectors and
-** only the middle sector is corrupt, we will still have a reasonable
-** chance of failing the checksum and thus detecting the problem.
-*/
-static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
-  u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;
-  int i = pPager->pageSize-200;
-  while( i>0 ){
-    cksum += aData[i];
-    i -= 200;
-  }
-  return cksum;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void makeClean(PgHdr*);
-
-/*
-** Read a single page from the journal file opened on file descriptor
-** jfd.  Playback this one page.
-**
-** The isMainJrnl flag is true if this is the main rollback journal and
-** false for the statement journal.  The main rollback journal uses
-** checksums - the statement journal does not.
-*/
-static int pager_playback_one_page(
-  Pager *pPager,       /* The pager being played back */
-  sqlite3_file *jfd,   /* The file that is the journal being rolled back */
-  i64 offset,          /* Offset of the page within the journal */
-  int isMainJrnl       /* True for main rollback journal. False for Stmt jrnl */
-){
-  int rc;
-  PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
-  Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
-  u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
-  u8 *aData = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;   /* Temp storage for a page */
-
-  /* isMainJrnl should be true for the main journal and false for
-  ** statement journals.  Verify that this is always the case
-  */
-  assert( jfd == (isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->stfd) );
-  assert( aData );
-
-  rc = read32bits(jfd, offset, &pgno);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, aData, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize + 4;
-
-  /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
-  ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
-  ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
-  ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
-  */
-  if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  if( pgno>(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( isMainJrnl ){
-    rc = read32bits(jfd, offset+pPager->pageSize+4, &cksum);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pPager->journalOff += 4;
-    if( pager_cksum(pPager, aData)!=cksum ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED || pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE );
-
-  /* If the pager is in RESERVED state, then there must be a copy of this
-  ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
-  ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
-  **
-  ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
-  ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
-  ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
-  ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
-  ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
-  ** assert()able.
-  **
-  ** If in EXCLUSIVE state, then we update the pager cache if it exists
-  ** and the main file. The page is then marked not dirty.
-  **
-  ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
-  ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
-  ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
-  ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
-  ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
-  ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
-  ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
-  ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
-  ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
-  ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
-  ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
-  ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
-  ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
-  **
-  ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
-  ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
-  ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
-  */
-  pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  PAGERTRACE4("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, aData));
-  if( (pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE)
-   && (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC))
-   && (pPager->fd->pMethods)
-  ){
-    i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-    rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
-  }
-  if( pPg ){
-    /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
-    ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
-    ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
-    ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
-    ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
-    */
-    void *pData;
-    pData = pPg->pData;
-    memcpy(pData, aData, pPager->pageSize);
-    if( pPager->xReiniter ){
-      pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
-    }
-    if( isMainJrnl ) makeClean(pPg);
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-    /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
-    ** Do this before any decoding. */
-    if( pgno==1 ){
-      memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-    }
-
-    /* Decode the page just read from disk */
-    CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
-** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
-** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
-** and does so if it is.
-**
-** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 
-** available for use within this function.
-**
-**
-** The master journal file contains the names of all child journals.
-** To tell if a master journal can be deleted, check to each of the
-** children.  If all children are either missing or do not refer to
-** a different master journal, then this master journal can be deleted.
-*/
-static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc;
-  int master_open = 0;
-  sqlite3_file *pMaster;
-  sqlite3_file *pJournal;
-  char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
-  i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
-
-  /* Open the master journal file exclusively in case some other process
-  ** is running this routine also. Not that it makes too much difference.
-  */
-  pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
-  pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
-  if( !pMaster ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-  master_open = 1;
-
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
-  if( nMasterJournal>0 ){
-    char *zJournal;
-    char *zMasterPtr = 0;
-    int nMasterPtr = pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-
-    /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
-    ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. 
-    */
-    zMasterJournal = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr);
-    if( !zMasterJournal ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto delmaster_out;
-    }
-    zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal];
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, nMasterJournal, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
-
-    zJournal = zMasterJournal;
-    while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
-      int exists;
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto delmaster_out;
-      }
-      if( exists ){
-        /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
-        ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
-        ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
-        */
-        int c;
-        int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
-        rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto delmaster_out;
-        }
-
-        rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
-        sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto delmaster_out;
-        }
-
-        c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
-        if( c ){
-          /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
-          goto delmaster_out;
-        }
-      }
-      zJournal += (strlen(zJournal)+1);
-    }
-  }
-  
-  rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-
-delmaster_out:
-  if( zMasterJournal ){
-    sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
-  }  
-  if( master_open ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(pMaster);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager);
-
-/*
-** Truncate the main file of the given pager to the number of pages
-** indicated. Also truncate the cached representation of the file.
-**
-** Might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than nPage.
-** This can happen, for example, if we are in the middle of a transaction
-** which has extended the file size and the new pages are still all held
-** in cache, then an INSERT or UPDATE does a statement rollback.  Some
-** operating system implementations can get confused if you try to
-** truncate a file to some size that is larger than it currently is,
-** so detect this case and write a single zero byte to the end of the new
-** file instead.
-*/
-static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, int nPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    i64 currentSize, newSize;
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
-    newSize = pPager->pageSize*(i64)nPage;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
-      if( currentSize>newSize ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, "", 1, newSize-1);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->dbSize = nPage;
-    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the sectorSize for the given pager.
-**
-** The sector size is at least as big as the sector size reported
-** by sqlite3OsSectorSize().  The minimum sector size is 512.
-*/
-static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-  if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-    /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
-    ** may not have been opened yet, in whcih case the OsSectorSize()
-    ** call will segfault.
-    */
-    pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
-  }
-  if( pPager->sectorSize<512 ){
-    pPager->sectorSize = 512;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
-** the state it was in before we started making changes.  
-**
-** The journal file format is as follows: 
-**
-**  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
-**  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
-**       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
-**       number of page records from the journal size.
-**  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 
-**       sanity checksum.
-**  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
-**       database to during a rollback.
-**  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
-**       is this many bytes in size.
-**  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page case.
-**  (7)  4 byte integer which is the number of bytes in the master journal
-**       name.  The value may be zero (indicate that there is no master
-**       journal.)
-**  (8)  N bytes of the master journal name.  The name will be nul-terminated
-**       and might be shorter than the value read from (5).  If the first byte
-**       of the name is \000 then there is no master journal.  The master
-**       journal name is stored in UTF-8.
-**  (9)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
-**        +  4 byte page number.
-**        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
-**        +  4 byte checksum
-**
-** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 8 items above.
-** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 9th item.
-**
-** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
-** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
-** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
-** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
-** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
-** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
-** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
-** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
-**
-** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
-** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
-** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
-** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
-** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.  
-**
-** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
-** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
-** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
-** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
-** been encountered.
-**
-** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
-** and an error code is returned.
-*/
-static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
-  u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
-  u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
-  int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
-  int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
-  char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
-
-  /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
-  ** the journal is empty.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
-  rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || szJ==0 ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-
-  /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
-  ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
-  ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
-  ** played back.
-  */
-  zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-  rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-  }
-  zMaster = 0;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
-    goto end_playback;
-  }
-  pPager->journalOff = 0;
-
-  /* This loop terminates either when the readJournalHdr() call returns
-  ** SQLITE_DONE or an IO error occurs. */
-  while( 1 ){
-
-    /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
-    ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
-    ** it is corrupted, then a process must of failed while writing it.
-    ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
-    */
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      goto end_playback;
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
-    ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
-    ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
-    ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
-      assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
-      nRec = (szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-    }
-
-    /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
-    ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
-    ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
-    ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
-    ** size of the file.
-    **
-    ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
-    */
-    if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
-        pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
-      nRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
-    }
-
-    /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
-    ** database file back to its original size.
-    */
-    if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
-      rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto end_playback;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the database file.
-    */
-    for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          /* If we are unable to rollback, then the database is probably
-          ** going to end up being corrupt.  It is corrupt to us, anyhow.
-          ** Perhaps the next process to come along can fix it....
-          */
-          rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-          goto end_playback;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-  assert( 0 );
-
-end_playback:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
-    rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
-    /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
-    ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
-    */
-    rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
-  }
-
-  /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
-  ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
-  ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
-  */
-  setSectorSize(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Playback the statement journal.
-**
-** This is similar to playing back the transaction journal but with
-** a few extra twists.
-**
-**    (1)  The number of pages in the database file at the start of
-**         the statement is stored in pPager->stmtSize, not in the
-**         journal file itself.
-**
-**    (2)  In addition to playing back the statement journal, also
-**         playback all pages of the transaction journal beginning
-**         at offset pPager->stmtJSize.
-*/
-static int pager_stmt_playback(Pager *pPager){
-  i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the full journal */
-  i64 hdrOff;
-  int nRec;                /* Number of Records */
-  int i;                   /* Loop counter */
-  int rc;
-
-  szJ = pPager->journalOff;
-
-  /* Set hdrOff to be the offset just after the end of the last journal
-  ** page written before the first journal-header for this statement
-  ** transaction was written, or the end of the file if no journal
-  ** header was written.
-  */
-  hdrOff = pPager->stmtHdrOff;
-  assert( pPager->fullSync || !hdrOff );
-  if( !hdrOff ){
-    hdrOff = szJ;
-  }
-  
-  /* Truncate the database back to its original size.
-  */
-  rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->stmtSize);
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-
-  /* Figure out how many records are in the statement journal.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->stmtInUse && pPager->journalOpen );
-  nRec = pPager->stmtNRec;
-  
-  /* Copy original pages out of the statement journal and back into the
-  ** database file.  Note that the statement journal omits checksums from
-  ** each record since power-failure recovery is not important to statement
-  ** journals.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nRec; i++){
-    i64 offset = i*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->stfd, offset, 0);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
-  }
-
-  /* Now roll some pages back from the transaction journal. Pager.stmtJSize
-  ** was the size of the journal file when this statement was started, so
-  ** everything after that needs to be rolled back, either into the
-  ** database, the memory cache, or both.
-  **
-  ** If it is not zero, then Pager.stmtHdrOff is the offset to the start
-  ** of the first journal header written during this statement transaction.
-  */
-  pPager->journalOff = pPager->stmtJSize;
-  pPager->cksumInit = pPager->stmtCksum;
-  while( pPager->journalOff < hdrOff ){
-    rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
-  }
-
-  while( pPager->journalOff < szJ ){
-    u32 nJRec;         /* Number of Journal Records */
-    u32 dummy;
-    rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-      goto end_stmt_playback;
-    }
-    if( nJRec==0 ){
-      nJRec = (szJ - pPager->journalOff) / (pPager->pageSize+8);
-    }
-    for(i=nJRec-1; i>=0 && pPager->journalOff < szJ; i--){
-      rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, 1);
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_stmt_playback;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-  
-end_stmt_playback:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK) {
-    pPager->journalOff = szJ;
-    /* pager_reload_cache(pPager); */
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
-}
-
-/*
-** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
-** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
-** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
-**
-**    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
-**              for temporary and transient files.
-**
-**    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
-**              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
-**              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
-**              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
-**              in a state which would cause damage to the database
-**              when it is rolled back.
-**
-**    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
-**              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
-**              of the journal header - being written in between the two
-**              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
-**              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
-**              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
-**              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
-**
-** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
-** and FULL=3.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager *pPager, int level, int bFullFsync){
-  pPager->noSync =  level==1 || pPager->tempFile || MEMDB;
-  pPager->fullSync = level==3 && !pPager->tempFile;
-  pPager->sync_flags = (bFullFsync?SQLITE_SYNC_FULL:SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
-  if( pPager->noSync ) pPager->needSync = 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
-** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
-** testing and analysis only.  
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Open a temporary file. 
-**
-** Write the file descriptor into *fd.  Return SQLITE_OK on success or some
-** other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically delete the temporary
-** file when it is closed.
-*/
-static int sqlite3PagerOpentemp(
-  Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
-  sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
-  int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
-){
-  int rc;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
-#endif
-
-  vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-            SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
-  rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int pagerStress(void *,PgHdr *);
-
-/*
-** Create a new page cache and put a pointer to the page cache in *ppPager.
-** The file to be cached need not exist.  The file is not locked until
-** the first call to sqlite3PagerGet() and is only held open until the
-** last page is released using sqlite3PagerUnref().
-**
-** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
-** and used as the file to be cached.  The file will be deleted
-** automatically when it is closed.
-**
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then all information is held in cache.
-** It is never written to disk.  This can be used to implement an
-** in-memory database.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
-  Pager **ppPager,         /* Return the Pager structure here */
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
-  void (*xDesc)(DbPage*),  /* Page destructor function */
-  int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
-  int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
-  int vfsFlags             /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
-  u8 *pPtr;
-  Pager *pPager = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-  int tempFile = 0;
-  int memDb = 0;
-  int readOnly = 0;
-  int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0;
-  int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;
-  int journalFileSize = sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs);
-  int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();
-  int szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
-  char *zPathname = 0;
-  int nPathname = 0;
-
-  /* The default return is a NULL pointer */
-  *ppPager = 0;
-
-  /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
-  ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
-  ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
-  */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
-    nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-    zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
-    if( zPathname==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-    if( strcmp(zFilename,":memory:")==0 ){
-      memDb = 1;
-      zPathname[0] = 0;
-      useJournal = 0;
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_free(zPathname);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    nPathname = strlen(zPathname);
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate memory for the pager structure */
-  pPager = sqlite3MallocZero(
-    sizeof(*pPager) +           /* Pager structure */
-    pcacheSize      +           /* PCache object */
-    journalFileSize +           /* The journal file structure */ 
-    pVfs->szOsFile * 3 +        /* The main db and two journal files */ 
-    3*nPathname + 40            /* zFilename, zDirectory, zJournal */
-  );
-  if( !pPager ){
-    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pPager->pPCache = (PCache *)&pPager[1];
-  pPtr = ((u8 *)&pPager[1]) + pcacheSize;
-  pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
-  pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*0];
-  pPager->stfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*1];
-  pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2];
-  pPager->zFilename = (char*)&pPtr[pVfs->szOsFile*2+journalFileSize];
-  pPager->zDirectory = &pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1];
-  pPager->zJournal = &pPager->zDirectory[nPathname+1];
-  pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
-  if( zPathname ){
-    memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname+1);
-    sqlite3_free(zPathname);
-  }
-
-  /* Open the pager file.
-  */
-  if( zFilename && zFilename[0] && !memDb ){
-    if( nPathname>(pVfs->mxPathname - sizeof("-journal")) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
-    }else{
-      int fout = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd,
-                         pPager->vfsFlags, &fout);
-      readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
-
-      /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
-      ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
-      ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
-      **
-      **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
-      **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
-      **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
-        int iSectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
-        if( szPageDflt<iSectorSize ){
-          szPageDflt = iSectorSize;
-        }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-        {
-          int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-          int ii;
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
-          assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
-          for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
-            if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ) szPageDflt = ii;
-          }
-        }
-#endif
-        if( szPageDflt>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
-          szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( !memDb ){
-    /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
-    ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
-    ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
-    */ 
-    tempFile = 1;
-    pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pPager->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(szPageDflt);
-  }
-
-  /* If an error occured in either of the blocks above.
-  ** Free the Pager structure and close the file.
-  ** Since the pager is not allocated there is no need to set 
-  ** any Pager.errMask variables.
-  */
-  if( !pPager || !pPager->pTmpSpace ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-    sqlite3_free(pPager);
-    return ((rc==SQLITE_OK)?SQLITE_NOMEM:rc);
-  }
-  nExtra = FORCE_ALIGNMENT(nExtra);
-  sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, xDesc, 
-                    !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
-
-  PAGERTRACE3("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename);
-  IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
-
-  /* Fill in Pager.zDirectory[] */
-  memcpy(pPager->zDirectory, pPager->zFilename, nPathname+1);
-  for(i=strlen(pPager->zDirectory); i>0 && pPager->zDirectory[i-1]!='/'; i--){}
-  if( i>0 ) pPager->zDirectory[i-1] = 0;
-
-  /* Fill in Pager.zJournal[] */
-  if( zPathname ){
-    memcpy(pPager->zJournal, pPager->zFilename, nPathname);
-    memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 9);
-  }else{
-    pPager->zJournal = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* pPager->journalOpen = 0; */
-  pPager->useJournal = useJournal;
-  pPager->noReadlock = noReadlock && readOnly;
-  /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
-  pPager->dbSize = memDb-1;
-  pPager->pageSize = szPageDflt;
-  /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
-  /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
-  pPager->mxPage = 100;
-  pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
-  /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
-  assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
-  /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
-  pPager->tempFile = tempFile;
-  assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 
-          || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = tempFile; 
-  pPager->memDb = memDb;
-  pPager->readOnly = readOnly;
-  /* pPager->needSync = 0; */
-  pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile || !useJournal;
-  pPager->fullSync = (pPager->noSync?0:1);
-  pPager->sync_flags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
-  /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
-  /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
-  pPager->nExtra = nExtra;
-  pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||memDb||tempFile);
-  if( !memDb ){
-    setSectorSize(pPager);
-  }
-  /* pPager->pBusyHandler = 0; */
-  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
-  *ppPager = pPager;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the busy handler function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager *pPager, BusyHandler *pBusyHandler){
-  pPager->pBusyHandler = pBusyHandler;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the reinitializer for this pager.  If not NULL, the reinitializer
-** is called when the content of a page in cache is restored to its original
-** value as a result of a rollback.  The callback gives higher-level code
-** an opportunity to restore the EXTRA section to agree with the restored
-** page data.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager *pPager, void (*xReinit)(DbPage*)){
-  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the page size to *pPageSize. If the suggest new page size is
-** inappropriate, then an alternative page size is set to that
-** value before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u16 *pPageSize){
-  int rc = pPager->errCode;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u16 pageSize = *pPageSize;
-    assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
-    if( pageSize && pageSize!=pPager->pageSize 
-     && (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
-     && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 
-    ){
-      char *pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
-      if( !pNew ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        pager_reset(pPager);
-        pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
-        if( !pPager->memDb ) setSectorSize(pPager);
-        sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-        pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
-        sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
-      }
-    }
-    *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
-** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
-** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
-** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
-** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
-** no rollbacks are happening.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pTmpSpace;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 
-** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
-** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
-**
-** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
-  if( mxPage>0 ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
-  }
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-  return pPager->mxPgno;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
-** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
-** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
-**
-** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
-** and generate no code.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
-static int saved_cnt;
-void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
-}
-void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
-  sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
-}
-#else
-# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
-# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
-** that pDest points to. 
-**
-** No error checking is done. The rational for this is that this function 
-** may be called even if the file does not exist or contain a header. In 
-** these cases sqlite3OsRead() will return an error, to which the correct 
-** response is to zero the memory at pDest and continue.  A real IO error 
-** will presumably recur and be picked up later (Todo: Think about this).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  memset(pDest, 0, N);
-  assert(MEMDB||pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-  if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the total number of pages in the disk file associated with
-** pPager. 
-**
-** If the PENDING_BYTE lies on the page directly after the end of the
-** file, then consider this page part of the file too. For example, if
-** PENDING_BYTE is byte 4096 (the first byte of page 5) and the size of the
-** file is 4096 bytes, 5 is returned instead of 4.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
-  i64 n = 0;
-  int rc;
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( pPager->dbSize>=0 ){
-    n = pPager->dbSize;
-  } else {
-    assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-    if( (pPager->fd->pMethods)
-     && (rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      pager_error(pPager, rc);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( n>0 && n<pPager->pageSize ){
-      n = 1;
-    }else{
-      n /= pPager->pageSize;
-    }
-    if( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK ){
-      pPager->dbSize = n;
-    }
-  }
-  if( n==(PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize) ){
-    n++;
-  }
-  if( n>pPager->mxPgno ){
-    pPager->mxPgno = n;
-  }
-  if( pnPage ){
-    *pnPage = n;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Forward declaration
-*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager*);
-
-/*
-** This routine is used to truncate the cache when a database
-** is truncated.  Drop from the cache all pages whose pgno is
-** larger than pPager->dbSize and is unreferenced.
-**
-** Referenced pages larger than pPager->dbSize are zeroed.
-**
-** Actually, at the point this routine is called, it would be
-** an error to have a referenced page.  But rather than delete
-** that page and guarantee a subsequent segfault, it seems better
-** to zero it and hope that we error out sanely.
-*/
-static void pager_truncate_cache(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to obtain a lock on a file.  Invoke the busy callback if the lock
-** is currently not available.  Repeat until the busy callback returns
-** false or until the lock succeeds.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
-** the lock.
-*/
-static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
-  int rc;
-
-  /* The OS lock values must be the same as the Pager lock values */
-  assert( PAGER_SHARED==SHARED_LOCK );
-  assert( PAGER_RESERVED==RESERVED_LOCK );
-  assert( PAGER_EXCLUSIVE==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
-
-  /* If the file is currently unlocked then the size must be unknown */
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || pPager->dbSize<0 || MEMDB );
-
-  if( pPager->state>=locktype ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    if( pPager->pBusyHandler ) pPager->pBusyHandler->nBusy = 0;
-    do {
-      rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, locktype);
-    }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandler) );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPager->state = locktype;
-      IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, locktype))
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate the file to the number of pages specified.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerTruncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED || MEMDB );
-
-
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-  }else if( nPage<(unsigned)pPager->dbSize ){
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      pPager->dbSize = nPage;
-      pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
-    }else{
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        /* Get an exclusive lock on the database before truncating. */
-        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nPage);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
-**
-** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
-** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
-** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
-** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
-** result in a coredump.
-**
-** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
-** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
-** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
-** to the caller.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
-
-  disable_simulated_io_errors();
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  pPager->errCode = 0;
-  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
-  pager_reset(pPager);
-  pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  enable_simulated_io_errors();
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  PAGERTRACE2("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
-  if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-  }
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pAlwaysRollback);
-  if( pPager->stmtOpen ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(pPager->stfd);
-  }
-  sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
-  /* Temp files are automatically deleted by the OS
-  ** if( pPager->tempFile ){
-  **   sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->zFilename);
-  ** }
-  */
-
-  sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
-  sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
-  sqlite3_free(pPager);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** Return the page number for the given page data.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *p){
-  return p->pgno;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Increment the reference count for a page.  The input pointer is
-** a reference to the page data.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
-  sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the journal.  In other words, make sure all the pages that have
-** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
-** disk.  It is not safe to modify the original database file until after
-** the journal has been synced.  If the original database is modified before
-** the journal is synced and a power failure occurs, the unsynced journal
-** data would be lost and we would be unable to completely rollback the
-** database changes.  Database corruption would occur.
-** 
-** This routine also updates the nRec field in the header of the journal.
-** (See comments on the pager_playback() routine for additional information.)
-** If the sync mode is FULL, two syncs will occur.  First the whole journal
-** is synced, then the nRec field is updated, then a second sync occurs.
-**
-** For temporary databases, we do not care if we are able to rollback
-** after a power failure, so no sync occurs.
-**
-** If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL flag is set for the persistent media on which
-** the database is stored, then OsSync() is never called on the journal
-** file. In this case all that is required is to update the nRec field in
-** the journal header.
-**
-** This routine clears the needSync field of every page current held in
-** memory.
-*/
-static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Sync the journal before modifying the main database
-  ** (assuming there is a journal and it needs to be synced.)
-  */
-  if( pPager->needSync ){
-    if( !pPager->tempFile ){
-      int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
-      assert( pPager->journalOpen );
-
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
-        /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
-        ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
-        ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
-        ** it as a candidate for rollback.
-        **
-        ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
-        ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 
-        ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
-        ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
-        ** and never needs to be updated.
-        */
-        i64 jrnlOff;
-        if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-          PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-          IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-          rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags);
-          if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
-        }
-
-        jrnlOff = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
-        IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, jrnlOff, 4));
-        rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, jrnlOff, pPager->nRec);
-        if( rc ) return rc;
-      }
-      if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
-        PAGERTRACE2("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-        IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-        rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->sync_flags| 
-          (pPager->sync_flags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
-        );
-        if( rc!=0 ) return rc;
-      }
-      pPager->journalStarted = 1;
-    }
-    pPager->needSync = 0;
-
-    /* Erase the needSync flag from every page.
-    */
-    sqlite3PcacheClearFlags(pPager->pPCache, PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
-  }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* If the Pager.needSync flag is clear then the PgHdr.needSync
-  ** flag must also be clear for all pages.  Verify that this
-  ** invariant is true.
-  */
-  else{
-    sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(pPager->pPCache, 0, PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a list of pages (connected by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer) write
-** every one of those pages out to the database file. No calls are made
-** to the page-cache to mark the pages as clean. It is the responsibility
-** of the caller to use PcacheCleanAll() or PcacheMakeClean() to mark
-** the pages as clean.
-*/
-static int pager_write_pagelist(PgHdr *pList){
-  Pager *pPager;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( pList==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  pPager = pList->pPager;
-
-  /* At this point there may be either a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the
-  ** database file. If there is already an EXCLUSIVE lock, the following
-  ** calls to sqlite3OsLock() are no-ops.
-  **
-  ** Moving the lock from RESERVED to EXCLUSIVE actually involves going
-  ** through an intermediate state PENDING.   A PENDING lock prevents new
-  ** readers from attaching to the database but is unsufficient for us to
-  ** write.  The idea of a PENDING lock is to prevent new readers from
-  ** coming in while we wait for existing readers to clear.
-  **
-  ** While the pager is in the RESERVED state, the original database file
-  ** is unchanged and we can rollback without having to playback the
-  ** journal into the original database file.  Once we transition to
-  ** EXCLUSIVE, it means the database file has been changed and any rollback
-  ** will require a journal playback.
-  */
-  rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  while( pList ){
-
-    /* If the file has not yet been opened, open it now. */
-    if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-      assert(pPager->tempFile);
-      rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
-    ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncate() was called to
-    ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
-    ** any such pages to the file.
-    */
-    if( pList->pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
-      i64 offset = (pList->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-      char *pData = CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pList->pgno, 6);
-      PAGERTRACE4("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-                   PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno, pager_pagehash(pList));
-      IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pList->pgno));
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-      PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
-      PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
-      if( pList->pgno==1 ){
-        memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    else{
-      PAGERTRACE3("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pList->pgno);
-    }
-#endif
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    pList->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pList);
-#endif
-    pList = pList->pDirty;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
-** soft memory limit. The argument is a pointer to a purgeable Pager 
-** object. This function attempts to make a single dirty page that has no
-** outstanding references (if one exists) clean so that it can be recycled 
-** by the pcache layer.
-*/
-static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pPager->doNotSync ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-  if( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-      rc = syncJournal(pPager);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync && 
-        !(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
-      ){
-        pPager->nRec = 0;
-        rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPg->pDirty = 0;
-      rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      pager_error(pPager, rc);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return 1 if there is a hot journal on the given pager.
-** A hot journal is one that needs to be played back.
-**
-** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
-** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
-** database with the same name.  Just delete the journal.
-**
-** Return negative if unable to determine the status of the journal.
-**
-** This routine does not open the journal file to examine its
-** content.  Hence, the journal might contain the name of a master
-** journal file that has been deleted, and hence not be hot.  Or
-** the header of the journal might be zeroed out.  This routine
-** does not discover these cases of a non-hot journal - if the
-** journal file exists and is not empty this routine assumes it
-** is hot.  The pager_playback() routine will discover that the
-** journal file is not really hot and will no-op.
-*/
-static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int exists;
-  int locked;
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  assert( pPager->useJournal );
-  assert( pPager->fd->pMethods );
-  *pExists = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists && !locked ){
-    int nPage;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-     if( nPage==0 ){
-        sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }else{
-        *pExists = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read the content of page pPg out of the database file.
-*/
-static int readDbPage(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg, Pgno pgno){
-  int rc;
-  i64 offset;
-  assert( MEMDB==0 );
-  assert(pPager->fd->pMethods||pPager->tempFile);
-  if( !pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
-  }
-  offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
-  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
-  PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
-  PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
-  IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-  if( pgno==1 ){
-    memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24],
-                                              sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
-  }
-  CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3);
-  PAGERTRACE4("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called to obtain the shared lock required before
-** data may be read from the pager cache. If the shared lock has already
-** been obtained, this function is a no-op.
-**
-** Immediately after obtaining the shared lock (if required), this function
-** checks for a hot-journal file. If one is found, an emergency rollback
-** is performed immediately.
-*/
-static int pagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int isErrorReset = 0;
-
-  /* If this database is opened for exclusive access, has no outstanding 
-  ** page references and is in an error-state, now is the chance to clear
-  ** the error. Discard the contents of the pager-cache and treat any
-  ** open journal file as a hot-journal.
-  */
-  if( !MEMDB && pPager->exclusiveMode 
-   && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 && pPager->errCode 
-  ){
-    if( pPager->journalOpen ){
-      isErrorReset = 1;
-    }
-    pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
-    pager_reset(pPager);
-  }
-
-  /* If the pager is still in an error state, do not proceed. The error 
-  ** state will be cleared at some point in the future when all page 
-  ** references are dropped and the cache can be discarded.
-  */
-  if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK || isErrorReset ){
-    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-    if( !MEMDB ){
-      int isHotJournal;
-      assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
-      if( !pPager->noReadlock ){
-        rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK );
-          return pager_error(pPager, rc);
-        }
-        assert( pPager->state>=SHARED_LOCK );
-      }
-  
-      /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
-      ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
-      */
-      if( !isErrorReset ){
-        rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &isHotJournal);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto failed;
-        }
-      }
-      if( isErrorReset || isHotJournal ){
-        /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
-        ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
-        ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
-        ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
-        ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling it 
-        ** back.
-        ** 
-        ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, the
-        ** second process will get to this point in the code and fail to
-        ** obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
-        */
-        if( pPager->state<EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-            goto failed;
-          }
-          pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-        }
- 
-        /* Open the journal for read/write access. This is because in 
-        ** exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open and
-        ** possibly used for a transaction later on. On some systems, the
-        ** OsTruncate() call used in exclusive-access mode also requires
-        ** a read/write file handle.
-        */
-        if( !isErrorReset && pPager->journalOpen==0 ){
-          int res;
-          rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs,pPager->zJournal,SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS,&res);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            if( res ){
-              int fout = 0;
-              int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
-              assert( !pPager->tempFile );
-              rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
-              assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods );
-              if( fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
-                rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-                sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
-              }
-            }else{
-              /* If the journal does not exist, that means some other process
-              ** has already rolled it back */
-              rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK 
-           && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM 
-          ){
-            rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-          }
-          goto failed;
-        }
-        pPager->journalOpen = 1;
-        pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-        pPager->journalOff = 0;
-        pPager->setMaster = 0;
-        pPager->journalHdr = 0;
- 
-        /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
-        ** lock and reacquire the read lock.
-        */
-        rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-          goto failed;
-        }
-        assert(pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED || 
-            (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->state>PAGER_SHARED)
-        );
-      }
-
-      if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
-        /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
-        ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
-        ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
-        ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
-        ** cache.
-        **
-        ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
-        ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
-        ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
-        ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
-        ** a codec is in use.
-        ** 
-        ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 
-        ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
-        ** it can be neglected.
-        */
-        char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
-        sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-
-        if( pPager->errCode ){
-          rc = pPager->errCode;
-          goto failed;
-        }
-
-        if( pPager->dbSize>0 ){
-          IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
-          rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto failed;
-          }
-        }else{
-          memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
-        }
-
-        if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
-          pager_reset(pPager);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->state<=PAGER_SHARED );
-    if( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK ){
-      pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-    }
-  }
-
- failed:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* pager_unlock() is a no-op for exclusive mode and in-memory databases. */
-    pager_unlock(pPager);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure we have the content for a page.  If the page was
-** previously acquired with noContent==1, then the content was
-** just initialized to zeros instead of being read from disk.
-** But now we need the real data off of disk.  So make sure we
-** have it.  Read it in if we do not have it already.
-*/
-static int pager_get_content(PgHdr *pPg){
-  if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_READ ){
-    int rc = readDbPage(pPg->pPager, pPg, pPg->pgno);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
-    }else{
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the reference count has reached zero, and the pager is not in the
-** middle of a write transaction or opened in exclusive mode, unlock it.
-*/ 
-static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
-  if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0)
-    && (!pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->journalOff>0) 
-  ){
-    pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Drop a page from the cache using sqlite3PcacheDrop().
-**
-** If this means there are now no pages with references to them, a rollback
-** occurs and the lock on the database is removed.
-*/
-static void pagerDropPage(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
-  pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a page.
-**
-** A read lock on the disk file is obtained when the first page is acquired. 
-** This read lock is dropped when the last page is released.
-**
-** This routine works for any page number greater than 0.  If the database
-** file is smaller than the requested page, then no actual disk
-** read occurs and the memory image of the page is initialized to
-** all zeros.  The extra data appended to a page is always initialized
-** to zeros the first time a page is loaded into memory.
-**
-** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
-** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
-** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
-** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
-** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
-** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
-** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
-** or journal files.
-**
-** If noContent is false, the page contents are actually read from disk.
-** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
-** of the page at this time, so do not do a disk read.  Just fill in the
-** page content with zeros.  But mark the fact that we have not read the
-** content by setting the PgHdr.needRead flag.  Later on, if 
-** sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on this page or if this routine is
-** called again with noContent==0, that means that the content is needed
-** and the disk read should occur at that point.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
-  Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
-  Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
-  DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
-  int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
-){
-  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( pPager->state==PAGER_UNLOCK 
-       || sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 
-       || pgno==1 
-  );
-
-  /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
-  ** number greater than this, or zero, is requested.
-  */
-  if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure we have not hit any critical errors.
-  */ 
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  *ppPage = 0;
-
-  /* If this is the first page accessed, then get a SHARED lock
-  ** on the database file. pagerSharedLock() is a no-op if 
-  ** a database lock is already held.
-  */
-  rc = pagerSharedLock(pPager);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-
-  rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, &pPg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( pPg->pPager==0 ){
-    /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 
-    ** be initialized.
-    */
-    int nMax;
-    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
-    pPg->pPager = pPager;
-    if( sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno) ){
-      assert( !MEMDB );
-      pPg->flags |= PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL;
-    }
-    memset(pPg->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
-
-    rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nMax);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    if( nMax<(int)pgno || MEMDB || noContent ){
-      if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-        return SQLITE_FULL;
-      }
-      memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
-      if( noContent ){
-        pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_READ;
-      }
-      IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
-    }else{
-      rc = readDbPage(pPager, pPg, pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
-        /* sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); */
-        pagerDropPage(pPg);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-    pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-  }else{
-    /* The requested page is in the page cache. */
-    assert(sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pgno==1);
-    PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
-    if( !noContent ){
-      rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
-      if( rc ){
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppPage = pPg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
-** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
-** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
-**
-** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
-** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
-** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
-** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 
-** has ever happened.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
-  PgHdr *pPg = 0;
-  assert( pPager!=0 );
-  assert( pgno!=0 );
-
-  if( (pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK)
-   && (pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL)
-  ){
-    sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
-  }
-
-  return pPg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a page.
-**
-** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
-** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
-** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
-** removed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
-  if( pPg ){
-    Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
-    pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a journal file for pPager.  There should already be a RESERVED
-** or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file when this routine is called.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything.  Return an error code and release the
-** write lock if anything goes wrong.
-*/
-static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
-  int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
-
-  int rc;
-  assert( !MEMDB );
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-  assert( pPager->useJournal );
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-  sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-  pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-  if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto failed_to_open_journal;
-  }
-
-  if( pPager->journalOpen==0 ){
-    if( pPager->tempFile ){
-      flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
-    }else{
-      flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-    rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
-        pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
-    );
-#else
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
-#endif
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->jfd->pMethods );
-    pPager->journalOff = 0;
-    pPager->setMaster = 0;
-    pPager->journalHdr = 0;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-        sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
-      }
-      goto failed_to_open_journal;
-    }
-  }
-  pPager->journalOpen = 1;
-  pPager->journalStarted = 0;
-  pPager->needSync = 0;
-  pPager->nRec = 0;
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-    goto failed_to_open_journal;
-  }
-  pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-
-  rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-
-  if( pPager->stmtAutoopen && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pPager);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-
-failed_to_open_journal:
-  sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
-  pPager->pInJournal = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Acquire a write-lock on the database.  The lock is removed when
-** the any of the following happen:
-**
-**   *  sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo() is called.
-**   *  sqlite3PagerRollback() is called.
-**   *  sqlite3PagerClose() is called.
-**   *  sqlite3PagerUnref() is called to on every outstanding page.
-**
-** The first parameter to this routine is a pointer to any open page of the
-** database file.  Nothing changes about the page - it is used merely to
-** acquire a pointer to the Pager structure and as proof that there is
-** already a read-lock on the database.
-**
-** The second parameter indicates how much space in bytes to reserve for a
-** master journal file-name at the start of the journal when it is created.
-**
-** A journal file is opened if this is not a temporary file.  For temporary
-** files, the opening of the journal file is deferred until there is an
-** actual need to write to the journal.
-**
-** If the database is already reserved for writing, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** If exFlag is true, go ahead and get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the file
-** immediately instead of waiting until we try to flush the cache.  The
-** exFlag is ignored if a transaction is already active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(DbPage *pPg, int exFlag){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-  assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-  if( pPager->state==PAGER_SHARED ){
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-    sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(pPager->pPCache, 0, PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL);
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      pPager->state = PAGER_EXCLUSIVE;
-      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, RESERVED_LOCK);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pPager->state = PAGER_RESERVED;
-        if( exFlag ){
-          rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      pPager->dirtyCache = 0;
-      PAGERTRACE2("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-      if( pPager->useJournal && !pPager->tempFile
-             && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-        rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( pPager->journalOpen && pPager->journalOff==0 ){
-    /* This happens when the pager was in exclusive-access mode the last
-    ** time a (read or write) transaction was successfully concluded
-    ** by this connection. Instead of deleting the journal file it was 
-    ** kept open and either was truncated to 0 bytes or its header was
-    ** overwritten with zeros.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->nRec==0 );
-    assert( pPager->origDbSize==0 );
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
-    sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, 0);
-    pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate( pPager->dbSize );
-    if( !pPager->pInJournal ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      pPager->origDbSize = pPager->dbSize;
-      rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-  assert( !pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalOff>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a page dirty.  Set its dirty flag and add it to the dirty
-** page list.
-*/
-static void makeDirty(PgHdr *pPg){
-  sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a page clean.  Clear its dirty bit and remove it from the
-** dirty page list.
-*/
-static void makeClean(PgHdr *pPg){
-  sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Mark a data page as writeable.  The page is written into the journal 
-** if it is not there already.  This routine must be called before making
-** changes to a page.
-**
-** The first time this routine is called, the pager creates a new
-** journal and acquires a RESERVED lock on the database.  If the RESERVED
-** lock could not be acquired, this routine returns SQLITE_BUSY.  The
-** calling routine must check for that return value and be careful not to
-** change any page data until this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If the journal file could not be written because the disk is full,
-** then this routine returns SQLITE_FULL and does an immediate rollback.
-** All subsequent write attempts also return SQLITE_FULL until there
-** is a call to sqlite3PagerCommit() or sqlite3PagerRollback() to
-** reset.
-*/
-static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
-  void *pData = pPg->pData;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Check for errors
-  */
-  if( pPager->errCode ){ 
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
-  if( pPager->readOnly ){
-    return SQLITE_PERM;
-  }
-
-  assert( !pPager->setMaster );
-
-  CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
-
-  /* If this page was previously acquired with noContent==1, that means
-  ** we didn't really read in the content of the page.  This can happen
-  ** (for example) when the page is being moved to the freelist.  But
-  ** now we are (perhaps) moving the page off of the freelist for
-  ** reuse and we need to know its original content so that content
-  ** can be stored in the rollback journal.  So do the read at this
-  ** time.
-  */
-  rc = pager_get_content(pPg);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
-  ** to the journal then we can return right away.
-  */
-  makeDirty(pPg);
-  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL)
-   && (pageInStatement(pPg) || pPager->stmtInUse==0) 
-  ){
-    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
-    pPager->dbModified = 1;
-  }else{
-
-    /* If we get this far, it means that the page needs to be
-    ** written to the transaction journal or the ckeckpoint journal
-    ** or both.
-    **
-    ** First check to see that the transaction journal exists and
-    ** create it if it does not.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->state!=PAGER_UNLOCK );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pPg, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-    if( !pPager->journalOpen && pPager->useJournal
-          && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-      rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
-    pPager->dbModified = 1;
-  
-    /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
-    ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
-    ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
-    */
-    if( !(pPg->flags&PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL) && (pPager->journalOpen || MEMDB) ){
-      if( (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ){
-        if( MEMDB ){
-          PAGERTRACE3("JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
-          rc = sqlite3PcachePreserve(pPg, 0);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            return rc;
-          }
-        }else{
-          u32 cksum;
-          char *pData2;
-
-          /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
-          ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
-          ** that we do not. */
-          assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
-          pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
-          cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
-          rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, pPg->pgno);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize,
-                                pPager->journalOff + 4);
-            pPager->journalOff += pPager->pageSize+4;
-          }
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff, cksum);
-            pPager->journalOff += 4;
-          }
-          IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 
-                   pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
-          PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
-          PAGERTRACE5("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
-               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 
-               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg));
-
-          /* An error has occured writing to the journal file. The 
-          ** transaction will be rolled back by the layer above.
-          */
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            return rc;
-          }
-
-          pPager->nRec++;
-          assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
-          sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-          if( !pPager->noSync ){
-            pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-          }
-          if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-            sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-          }
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( !pPager->journalStarted && !pPager->noSync ){
-          pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-        }
-        PAGERTRACE4("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
-                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
-               ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0));
-      }
-      if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-        pPager->needSync = 1;
-      }
-      pPg->flags |= PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL;
-    }
-  
-    /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
-    ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
-    ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
-    ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
-    */
-    if( pPager->stmtInUse 
-     && !pageInStatement(pPg) 
-     && (int)pPg->pgno<=pPager->stmtSize 
-    ){
-      assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL) 
-                 || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
-      if( MEMDB ){
-        rc = sqlite3PcachePreserve(pPg, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
-      }else{
-        i64 offset = pPager->stmtNRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
-        char *pData2 = CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7);
-        rc = write32bits(pPager->stfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->stfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
-        }
-        PAGERTRACE3("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        pPager->stmtNRec++;
-        assert( pPager->pInStmt!=0 );
-        sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the database size and return.
-  */
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-  if( pPager->dbSize<(int)pPg->pgno ){
-    pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
-    if( !MEMDB && pPager->dbSize==PENDING_BYTE/pPager->pageSize ){
-      pPager->dbSize++;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to mark a data-page as writable. It uses 
-** pager_write() to open a journal file (if it is not already open)
-** and write the page *pData to the journal.
-**
-** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
-** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
-** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
-** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
-
-  if( !MEMDB && nPagePerSector>1 ){
-    Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
-    Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
-    int nPage;                /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
-    int ii;
-    int needSync = 0;
-
-    /* Set the doNotSync flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow a journal
-    ** header to be written between the pages journaled by this function.
-    */
-    assert( pPager->doNotSync==0 );
-    pPager->doNotSync = 1;
-
-    /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
-    ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
-    ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
-    */
-    pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
-
-    sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, (int *)&nPageCount);
-    if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
-      nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
-    }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
-      nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
-    }else{
-      nPage = nPagePerSector;
-    }
-    assert(nPage>0);
-    assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
-    assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
-
-    for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
-      Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
-      PgHdr *pPage;
-      if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
-        if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
-          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = pager_write(pPage);
-            if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-              needSync = 1;
-            }
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
-          }
-        }
-      }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
-        if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the PgHdr.needSync flag is set for any of the nPage pages 
-    ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
-    ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
-    ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
-    ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
-    */
-    if( needSync ){
-      assert( !MEMDB && pPager->noSync==0 );
-      for(ii=0; ii<nPage && needSync; ii++){
-        PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
-        if( pPage ) pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
-      }
-      assert(pPager->needSync);
-    }
-
-    assert( pPager->doNotSync==1 );
-    pPager->doNotSync = 0;
-  }else{
-    rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
-** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
-** to change the content of the page.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
-  return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
-** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
-** that page might be marked as dirty.
-**
-** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
-** on the given page is unused.  The pager marks the page as clean so
-** that it does not get written to disk.
-**
-** Tests show that this optimization, together with the
-** sqlite3PagerDontRollback() below, more than double the speed
-** of large INSERT operations and quadruple the speed of large DELETEs.
-**
-** When this routine is called, set the alwaysRollback flag to true.
-** Subsequent calls to sqlite3PagerDontRollback() for the same page
-** will thereafter be ignored.  This is necessary to avoid a problem
-** where a page with data is added to the freelist during one part of
-** a transaction then removed from the freelist during a later part
-** of the same transaction and reused for some other purpose.  When it
-** is first added to the freelist, this routine is called.  When reused,
-** the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() routine is called.  But because the
-** page contains critical data, we still need to be sure it gets
-** rolled back in spite of the sqlite3PagerDontRollback() call.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
-  PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( MEMDB || pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pPager->pAlwaysRollback==0 ){
-    assert( pPager->pInJournal );
-    pPager->pAlwaysRollback = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->origDbSize);
-    if( !pPager->pAlwaysRollback ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pAlwaysRollback, pPg->pgno);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && !pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-    if( pPager->dbSize==(int)pPg->pgno && pPager->origDbSize<pPager->dbSize ){
-      /* If this pages is the last page in the file and the file has grown
-      ** during the current transaction, then do NOT mark the page as clean.
-      ** When the database file grows, we must make sure that the last page
-      ** gets written at least once so that the disk file will be the correct
-      ** size. If you do not write this page and the size of the file
-      ** on the disk ends up being too small, that can lead to database
-      ** corruption during the next transaction.
-      */
-    }else{
-      PAGERTRACE3("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
-      IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
-      pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
-      pPg->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPg);
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A call to this routine tells the pager that if a rollback occurs,
-** it is not necessary to restore the data on the given page.  This
-** means that the pager does not have to record the given page in the
-** rollback journal.
-**
-** If we have not yet actually read the content of this page (if
-** the PgHdr.needRead flag is set) then this routine acts as a promise
-** that we will never need to read the page content in the future.
-** so the needRead flag can be cleared at this point.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontRollback(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_RESERVED );
-
-  /* If the journal file is not open, or DontWrite() has been called on
-  ** this page (DontWrite() sets the alwaysRollback flag), then this
-  ** function is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( pPager->journalOpen==0 
-   || sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pAlwaysRollback, pPg->pgno)
-   || pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize
-  ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( !MEMDB );    /* For a memdb, pPager->journalOpen is always 0 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL)!=0 || (int)pPg->pgno>pPager->origDbSize ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If SECURE_DELETE is disabled, then there is no way that this
-  ** routine can be called on a page for which sqlite3PagerDontWrite()
-  ** has not been previously called during the same transaction.
-  ** And if DontWrite() has previously been called, the following
-  ** conditions must be met.
-  **
-  ** (Later:)  Not true.  If the database is corrupted by having duplicate
-  ** pages on the freelist (ex: corrupt9.test) then the following is not
-  ** necessarily true:
-  */
-  /* assert( !pPg->inJournal && (int)pPg->pgno <= pPager->origDbSize ); */
-
-  assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
-  sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
-  pPg->flags |= PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL;
-  pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
-  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    assert( pPager->stmtSize >= pPager->origDbSize );
-    sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInStmt, pPg->pgno);
-  }
-  PAGERTRACE3("DONT_ROLLBACK page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager));
-  IOTRACE(("GARBAGE %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to increment the database file change-counter,
-** stored at byte 24 of the pager file.
-*/
-static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirect){
-  PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-  u32 change_counter;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-  assert( isDirect==0 );  /* isDirect is only true for atomic writes */
-#endif
-  if( !pPager->changeCountDone ){
-    /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    if( !isDirect ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
-    change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPager->dbFileVers);
-    change_counter++;
-    put32bits(((char*)pPgHdr->pData)+24, change_counter);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-    if( isDirect && pPager->fd->pMethods ){
-      const void *zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Release the page reference. */
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-    pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the pager file to disk.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
-** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
-** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
-** journal (a single database transaction).
-**
-** This routine ensures that the journal is synced, all dirty pages written
-** to the database file and the database file synced. The only thing that
-** remains to commit the transaction is to delete the journal file (or
-** master journal file if specified).
-**
-** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
-** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
-**
-** If parameter nTrunc is non-zero, then the pager file is truncated to
-** nTrunc pages (this is used by auto-vacuum databases).
-**
-** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
-** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
-** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
-** journal file in this case.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
-  Pager *pPager, 
-  const char *zMaster, 
-  Pgno nTrunc,
-  int noSync
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
-
-  /* If no changes have been made, we can leave the transaction early.
-  */
-  if( pPager->dbModified==0 &&
-        (pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ||
-          pPager->exclusiveMode!=0) ){
-    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->journalOpen==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  PAGERTRACE4("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nTrunc=%d\n", 
-      pPager->zFilename, zMaster, nTrunc);
-
-  /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
-  ** function has already been called, it is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( pPager->state!=PAGER_SYNCED && !MEMDB && pPager->dirtyCache ){
-    PgHdr *pPg;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-    /* The atomic-write optimization can be used if all of the
-    ** following are true:
-    **
-    **    + The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
-    **      blocks of size page-size, and
-    **    + This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
-    **    + Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
-    **
-    ** If the optimization can be used, then the journal file will never
-    ** be created for this transaction.
-    */
-    int useAtomicWrite;
-    pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-    useAtomicWrite = (
-        !zMaster && 
-        pPager->journalOpen &&
-        pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && 
-        nTrunc==0 && 
-        (pPg==0 || pPg->pDirty==0)
-    );
-    assert( pPager->journalOpen || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-    if( useAtomicWrite ){
-      /* Update the nRec field in the journal file. */
-      int offset = pPager->journalHdr + sizeof(aJournalMagic);
-      assert(pPager->nRec==1);
-      rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, offset, pPager->nRec);
-
-      /* Update the db file change counter. The following call will modify
-      ** the in-memory representation of page 1 to include the updated
-      ** change counter and then write page 1 directly to the database
-      ** file. Because of the atomic-write property of the host file-system, 
-      ** this is safe.
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
-    }
-
-    if( !useAtomicWrite && rc==SQLITE_OK )
-#endif
-
-    /* If a master journal file name has already been written to the
-    ** journal file, then no sync is required. This happens when it is
-    ** written, then the process fails to upgrade from a RESERVED to an
-    ** EXCLUSIVE lock. The next time the process tries to commit the
-    ** transaction the m-j name will have already been written.
-    */
-    if( !pPager->setMaster ){
-      rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-      if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-        if( nTrunc!=0 ){
-          /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
-          ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
-          ** file.
-          */
-          Pgno i;
-          int iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager);
-          for( i=nTrunc+1; i<=pPager->origDbSize; i++ ){
-            if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
-              rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPg);
-              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-              rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
-              sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
-              if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-            }
-          } 
-        }
-#endif
-        rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-        rc = syncJournal(pPager);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( nTrunc!=0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto sync_exit;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Write all dirty pages to the database file */
-    pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
-    rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
-      /* The error might have left the dirty list all fouled up here,
-      ** but that does not matter because if the if the dirty list did
-      ** get corrupted, then the transaction will roll back and
-      ** discard the dirty list.  There is an assert in
-      ** pager_get_all_dirty_pages() that verifies that no attempt
-      ** is made to use an invalid dirty list.
-      */
-      goto sync_exit;
-    }
-    sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-
-    /* Sync the database file. */
-    if( !pPager->noSync && !noSync ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->sync_flags);
-    }
-    IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
-
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SYNCED;
-  }else if( MEMDB && nTrunc!=0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pPager, nTrunc);
-  }
-
-sync_exit:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ){
-    /* pager_incr_changecounter() may attempt to obtain an exclusive
-     * lock to spill the cache and return IOERR_BLOCKED. But since 
-     * there is no chance the cache is inconsistent, it is
-     * better to return SQLITE_BUSY.
-     */
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Commit all changes to the database and release the write lock.
-**
-** If the commit fails for any reason, a rollback attempt is made
-** and an error code is returned.  If the commit worked, SQLITE_OK
-** is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pPager->errCode ){
-    return pPager->errCode;
-  }
-  if( pPager->state<PAGER_RESERVED ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( pPager->dbModified==0 &&
-        (pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ||
-          pPager->exclusiveMode!=0) ){
-    assert( pPager->dirtyCache==0 || pPager->journalOpen==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  PAGERTRACE2("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    sqlite3PcacheCommit(pPager->pPCache, 0);
-    sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-    sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(pPager->pPCache, 0, PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL);
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPager->state==PAGER_SYNCED || !pPager->dirtyCache );
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
-    rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback all changes.  The database falls back to PAGER_SHARED mode.
-** All in-memory cache pages revert to their original data contents.
-** The journal is deleted.
-**
-** This routine cannot fail unless some other process is not following
-** the correct locking protocol or unless some other
-** process is writing trash into the journal file (SQLITE_CORRUPT) or
-** unless a prior malloc() failed (SQLITE_NOMEM).  Appropriate error
-** codes are returned for all these occasions.  Otherwise,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  PAGERTRACE2("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    sqlite3PcacheRollback(pPager->pPCache, 1, pPager->xReiniter);
-    sqlite3PcacheRollback(pPager->pPCache, 0, pPager->xReiniter);
-    sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
-    sqlite3PcacheAssertFlags(pPager->pPCache, 0, PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL);
-    pPager->dbSize = pPager->origDbSize;
-    pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
-    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
-    pPager->state = PAGER_SHARED;
-  }else if( !pPager->dirtyCache || !pPager->journalOpen ){
-    rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
-  }else if( pPager->errCode && pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_FULL ){
-    if( pPager->state>=PAGER_EXCLUSIVE ){
-      pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-    }
-    rc = pPager->errCode;
-  }else{
-    if( pPager->state==PAGER_RESERVED ){
-      int rc2;
-      rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-      rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
-    }
-
-    pPager->dbSize = -1;
-
-    /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
-    ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error 
-    ** persistent.
-    */
-    rc = pager_error(pPager, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
-** if the database is (in theory) writable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->readOnly;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of references to the pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
-  return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
-  static int a[11];
-  a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
-  a[3] = pPager->dbSize;
-  a[4] = pPager->state;
-  a[5] = pPager->errCode;
-  a[6] = pPager->nHit;
-  a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
-  a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
-  a[9] = pPager->nRead;
-  a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
-  return a;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
-  return MEMDB;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set the statement rollback point.
-**
-** This routine should be called with the transaction journal already
-** open.  A new statement journal is created that can be used to rollback
-** changes of a single SQL command within a larger transaction.
-*/
-static int pagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  assert( !pPager->stmtInUse );
-  assert( pPager->state>=PAGER_SHARED );
-  assert( pPager->dbSize>=0 );
-  PAGERTRACE2("STMT-BEGIN %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-  if( MEMDB ){
-    pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
-    pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( !pPager->journalOpen ){
-    pPager->stmtAutoopen = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pPager->journalOpen );
-  assert( pPager->pInStmt==0 );
-  pPager->pInStmt = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
-  if( pPager->pInStmt==0 ){
-    /* sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, SHARED_LOCK); */
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtJSize = pPager->journalOff;
-  pPager->stmtSize = pPager->dbSize;
-  pPager->stmtHdrOff = 0;
-  pPager->stmtCksum = pPager->cksumInit;
-  if( !pPager->stmtOpen ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->stfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
-    if( rc ){
-      goto stmt_begin_failed;
-    }
-    pPager->stmtOpen = 1;
-    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtInUse = 1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
- 
-stmt_begin_failed:
-  if( pPager->pInStmt ){
-    sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
-    pPager->pInStmt = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  rc = pagerStmtBegin(pPager);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(Pager *pPager){
-  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    PAGERTRACE2("STMT-COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-    if( !MEMDB ){
-      sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInStmt);
-      pPager->pInStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3PcacheCommit(pPager->pPCache, 1);
-    }
-    pPager->stmtNRec = 0;
-    pPager->stmtInUse = 0;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback a statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  if( pPager->stmtInUse ){
-    PAGERTRACE2("STMT-ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager));
-    if( MEMDB ){
-      sqlite3PcacheRollback(pPager->pPCache, 1, pPager->xReiniter);
-      pPager->dbSize = pPager->stmtSize;
-      pager_truncate_cache(pPager);
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      rc = pager_stmt_playback(pPager);
-    }
-    sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pPager);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pPager->stmtAutoopen = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the database file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zFilename;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->pVfs;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the file handle for the database file associated
-** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
-** not yet been opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->fd;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the directory of the database file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerDirname(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zDirectory;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->zJournal;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
-** if fsync()s are executed normally.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
-  return pPager->noSync;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-/*
-** Set the codec for this pager
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
-  Pager *pPager,
-  void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
-  void *pCodecArg
-){
-  pPager->xCodec = xCodec;
-  pPager->pCodecArg = pCodecArg;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
-**
-** There must be no references to the page previously located at
-** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
-** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
-** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
-**
-** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
-** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
-** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
-**
-** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
-** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
-** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
-** transaction is active).
-**
-** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
-** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 
-** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 
-** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
-  PgHdr *pPgOld;  /* The page being overwritten. */
-  Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;
-
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-
-  PAGERTRACE5("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 
-      PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno);
-  IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
-
-  pager_get_content(pPg);
-
-  /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
-  ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
-  **
-  ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
-  ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 
-  ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
-  */
-  if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
-    needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
-    assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL) || (int)pgno>pPager->origDbSize );
-    assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
-    assert( pPager->needSync );
-  }
-
-  /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
-  ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PgHdr.needSync was set for 
-  ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 
-  ** for the page moved there.
-  */
-  pPg->flags &= ~(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL);
-  pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
-  assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
-  if( pPgOld ){
-    pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pgno) ){
-    assert( !MEMDB );
-    pPg->flags |= PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
-  if( pPgOld ){
-    sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, 0);
-    sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPgOld);
-  }
-
-  makeDirty(pPg);
-  pPager->dirtyCache = 1;
-  pPager->dbModified = 1;
-
-  if( needSyncPgno ){
-    /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 
-    ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
-    ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 
-    ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
-    ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PgHdr.needSync 
-    ** flag.
-    **
-    ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
-    ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
-    ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
-    ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
-    ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
-    ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
-    **
-    ** The sqlite3PagerGet() call may cause the journal to sync. So make
-    ** sure the Pager.needSync flag is set too.
-    */
-    int rc;
-    PgHdr *pPgHdr;
-    assert( pPager->needSync );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( pPager->pInJournal && (int)needSyncPgno<=pPager->origDbSize ){
-        sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno);
-      }
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pPager->needSync = 1;
-    assert( pPager->noSync==0 && !MEMDB );
-    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
-    pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_IN_JOURNAL;
-    makeDirty(pPgHdr);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
-  assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
-  return pPg->pData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 
-** allocated along with the specified page.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
-  Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
-  return (pPager?pPg->pExtra:0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
-**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
-** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** locking-mode.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
-            || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
-  assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
-  if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile ){
-    pPager->exclusiveMode = eMode;
-  }
-  return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
-** of PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE or 
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
-** the journal-mode is set to the value specified.
-**
-** The returned value is either PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE or
-** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST, indicating the current (possibly updated)
-** journal-mode.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
-  assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-            || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY<0 );
-  assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE>=0 && PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST>=0 );
-  if( eMode>=0 ){
-    pPager->journalMode = eMode;
-  }
-  return (int)pPager->journalMode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
-  if( iLimit>=-1 ){
-    pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
-  }
-  return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
-
-/************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.10 2008/07/14 19:39:17 drh Exp $
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
-** This code really belongs in btree.c.  But btree.c is getting too
-** big and we want to break it down some.  This packaged seemed like
-** a good breakout.
-*/
-/************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/
-/************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.31 2008/09/18 17:34:44 danielk1977 Exp $
-**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
-**
-**     Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
-**     "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
-**     Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
-**
-** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
-** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
-**
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**   |  Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
-**   ----------------------------------------------------------------
-**
-** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
-** than Key(0).  All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
-** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1).  All of the keys
-** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1).  And
-** so forth.
-**
-** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the 
-** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
-**
-** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate 
-** BTrees.  Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page.  The
-** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload".  A
-** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
-** page.  If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
-** bytes are stored on overflow pages.  The payload for an entry
-** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell".  Each 
-** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
-** information such as the size of key and data.
-**
-** FORMAT DETAILS
-**
-** The file is divided into pages.  The first page is called page 1,
-** the second is page 2, and so forth.  A page number of zero indicates
-** "no such page".  The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
-** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
-** page.
-**
-** The first page is always a btree page.  The first 100 bytes of the first
-** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
-** The format of the file header is as follows:
-**
-**   OFFSET   SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      0      16     Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
-**     16       2     Page size in bytes.  
-**     18       1     File format write version
-**     19       1     File format read version
-**     20       1     Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
-**     21       1     Max embedded payload fraction
-**     22       1     Min embedded payload fraction
-**     23       1     Min leaf payload fraction
-**     24       4     File change counter
-**     28       4     Reserved for future use
-**     32       4     First freelist page
-**     36       4     Number of freelist pages in the file
-**     40      60     15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
-**
-** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
-**
-** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
-** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
-** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
-**
-** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
-** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
-** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables.  A value of 255 means 100%.  The default
-** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
-** on one page.  Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
-**
-** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
-** payload is spilled to overflow pages.  Once an overflow page is allocated,
-** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
-** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
-**
-** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
-** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree.  The maximum
-** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
-** not specified in the header.
-**
-** Each btree pages is divided into three sections:  The header, the
-** cell pointer array, and the cell content area.  Page 1 also has a 100-byte
-** file header that occurs before the page header.
-**
-**      |----------------|
-**      | file header    |   100 bytes.  Page 1 only.
-**      |----------------|
-**      | page header    |   8 bytes for leaves.  12 bytes for interior nodes
-**      |----------------|
-**      | cell pointer   |   |  2 bytes per cell.  Sorted order.
-**      | array          |   |  Grows downward
-**      |                |   v
-**      |----------------|
-**      | unallocated    |
-**      | space          |
-**      |----------------|   ^  Grows upwards
-**      | cell content   |   |  Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
-**      | area           |   |  and free space fragments.
-**      |----------------|
-**
-** The page headers looks like this:
-**
-**   OFFSET   SIZE     DESCRIPTION
-**      0       1      Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
-**      1       2      byte offset to the first freeblock
-**      3       2      number of cells on this page
-**      5       2      first byte of the cell content area
-**      7       1      number of fragmented free bytes
-**      8       4      Right child (the Ptr(N) value).  Omitted on leaves.
-**
-** The flags define the format of this btree page.  The leaf flag means that
-** this page has no children.  The zerodata flag means that this page carries
-** only keys and no data.  The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
-** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
-** the payload area.
-**
-** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
-** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
-** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
-** content area.  The cell pointers occur in sorted order.  The system strives
-** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
-** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
-**
-** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
-** beginning of the page.
-**
-** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
-** freeblocks.  Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size.  The byte offset
-** to the first freeblock is given in the header.  Freeblocks occur in
-** increasing order.  Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
-** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
-** exist on the freeblock chain.  A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
-** a fragment.  The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
-** in the page header at offset 7.
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      2     Byte offset of the next freeblock
-**      2     Bytes in this freeblock
-**
-** Cells are of variable length.  Cells are stored in the cell content area at
-** the end of the page.  Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
-** that immediately follows the page header.  Cells is not necessarily
-** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
-**
-** Cell content makes use of variable length integers.  A variable
-** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each 
-** byte are used.  The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
-** the first byte with bit 8 clear.  The most significant byte of the integer
-** appears first.  A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
-** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data.  This
-** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
-**
-**    0x00                      becomes  0x00000000
-**    0x7f                      becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x81 0x00                 becomes  0x00000080
-**    0x82 0x00                 becomes  0x00000100
-**    0x80 0x7f                 becomes  0x0000007f
-**    0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78  becomes  0x12345678
-**    0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01  becomes  0x10204081
-**
-** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
-** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
-**
-** The content of a cell looks like this:
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
-**     var    Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
-**      *     Payload
-**      4     First page of the overflow chain.  Omitted if no overflow
-**
-** Overflow pages form a linked list.  Each page except the last is completely
-** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes).  The last page can have as little
-** as 1 byte of data.
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next overflow page
-**      *     Data
-**
-** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages.  The
-** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page.  Each trunk
-** page points to multiple leaf pages.  The content of a leaf page is
-** unspecified.  A trunk page looks like this:
-**
-**    SIZE    DESCRIPTION
-**      4     Page number of next trunk page
-**      4     Number of leaf pointers on this page
-**      *     zero or more pages numbers of leaves
-*/
-
-/* Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8.  This is used
-** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures.
-*/
-#define ROUND8(x)   ((x+7)&~7)
-
-
-/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
-** size give above.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)  (pBt->pageSize-8)
-
-/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database.  This
-** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes  (4 bytes for the cell itself
-** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header).  Such
-** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
-*/
-#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
-typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
-
-/*
-** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
-**
-** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
-** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line.  The
-** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
-** the string itself should be 15 characters long.  If you change
-** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read 
-** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
-** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
-#  define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Page type flags.  An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
-** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
-*/
-#define PTF_INTKEY    0x01
-#define PTF_ZERODATA  0x02
-#define PTF_LEAFDATA  0x04
-#define PTF_LEAF      0x08
-
-/*
-** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
-** structure is appended and initialized to zero.  This structure stores
-** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
-**
-** The pParent field points back to the parent page.  This allows us to
-** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root.  Care must be taken to
-** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
-** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
-**
-** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
-** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
-*/
-struct MemPage {
-  u8 isInit;           /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
-  u8 idxShift;         /* True if Cell indices have changed */
-  u8 nOverflow;        /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
-  u8 intKey;           /* True if intkey flag is set */
-  u8 leaf;             /* True if leaf flag is set */
-  u8 hasData;          /* True if this page stores data */
-  u8 hdrOffset;        /* 100 for page 1.  0 otherwise */
-  u8 childPtrSize;     /* 0 if leaf==1.  4 if leaf==0 */
-  u16 maxLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
-  u16 minLocal;        /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
-  u16 cellOffset;      /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
-  u16 idxParent;       /* Index in parent of this node */
-  u16 nFree;           /* Number of free bytes on the page */
-  u16 nCell;           /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
-  u16 maskPage;        /* Mask for page offset */
-  struct _OvflCell {   /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
-    u8 *pCell;          /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
-    u16 idx;            /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
-  } aOvfl[5];
-  BtShared *pBt;       /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
-  u8 *aData;           /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
-  DbPage *pDbPage;     /* Pager page handle */
-  Pgno pgno;           /* Page number for this page */
-  MemPage *pParent;    /* The parent of this page.  NULL for root */
-};
-
-/*
-** Possible values for the MemPage.isInit variable. When a page is first
-** loaded or if the data stored in the MemPage struct is invalidated, 
-** MemPage.isInit is set to PAGE_ISINIT_NONE. If the MemPage structure
-** is fully initialized, then MemPage.isInit is set to PAGE_ISINIT_FULL.
-** MemPage.isInit is set to PAGE_ISINIT_DATA when the MemPage struct is
-** populated, but the MemPage.pParent variable is not necessarily correct.
-*/
-#define PAGE_ISINIT_NONE 0
-#define PAGE_ISINIT_DATA 1
-#define PAGE_ISINIT_FULL 2
-
-/*
-** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
-** to the end.  EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
-** that extra information.
-*/
-#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
-
-/* A Btree handle
-**
-** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
-** this object for every database file that it has open.  This structure
-** is opaque to the database connection.  The database connection cannot
-** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
-** this structure.
-**
-** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be 
-** shared between multiple connections.  In that case, each contection
-** has it own pointer to this object.  But each instance of this object
-** points to the same BtShared object.  The database cache and the
-** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
-** the BtShared object.
-**
-** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
-** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors 
-** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
-** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
-** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
-*/
-struct Btree {
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* The database connection holding this btree */
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* Sharable content of this btree */
-  u8 inTrans;        /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
-  u8 sharable;       /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
-  u8 locked;         /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
-  int wantToLock;    /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
-  Btree *pNext;      /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
-  Btree *pPrev;      /* Back pointer of the same list */
-};
-
-/*
-** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
-**
-** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
-** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
-** but any number may have active read transactions.
-*/
-#define TRANS_NONE  0
-#define TRANS_READ  1
-#define TRANS_WRITE 2
-
-/*
-** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
-** 
-** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
-** or more database connections.  When two or more connections are
-** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
-** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
-** to this one BtShared object.  BtShared.nRef is the number of
-** connections currently sharing this database file.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
-** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex.  The pPager field
-** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
-** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
-** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
-*/
-struct BtShared {
-  Pager *pPager;        /* The page cache */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
-  BtCursor *pCursor;    /* A list of all open cursors */
-  MemPage *pPage1;      /* First page of the database */
-  u8 inStmt;            /* True if we are in a statement subtransaction */
-  u8 readOnly;          /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
-  u8 pageSizeFixed;     /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
-  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
-  Pgno nTrunc;          /* Non-zero if the db will be truncated (incr vacuum) */
-#endif
-  u16 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
-  u16 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
-  int maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  int minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
-  int maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  int minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
-  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
-  int nTransaction;     /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
-  void *pSchema;        /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
-  void (*xFreeSchema)(void*);  /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
-  BusyHandler busyHdr;  /* The busy handler for this btree */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  int nRef;             /* Number of references to this structure */
-  BtShared *pNext;      /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
-  BtLock *pLock;        /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
-  Btree *pExclusive;    /* Btree with an EXCLUSIVE lock on the whole db */
-#endif
-  u8 *pTmpSpace;        /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
-** about a cell.  The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
-** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
-*/
-typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
-struct CellInfo {
-  u8 *pCell;     /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
-  i64 nKey;      /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
-  u32 nData;     /* Number of bytes of data */
-  u32 nPayload;  /* Total amount of payload */
-  u16 nHeader;   /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
-  u16 nLocal;    /* Amount of payload held locally */
-  u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number.  Zero if no overflow */
-  u16 nSize;     /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
-};
-
-/*
-** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
-** b-tree within a database file.
-**
-** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
-** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
-**
-** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
-** but cursors cannot be shared.  Each cursor is associated with a
-** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
-**
-** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
-** found at self->pBt->mutex. 
-*/
-struct BtCursor {
-  Btree *pBtree;            /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
-  BtShared *pBt;            /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
-  BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev;  /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;            /* The root page of this tree */
-  MemPage *pPage;           /* Page that contains the entry */
-  int idx;                  /* Index of the entry in pPage->aCell[] */
-  CellInfo info;            /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
-  u8 wrFlag;                /* True if writable */
-  u8 atLast;                /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
-  u8 validNKey;             /* True if info.nKey is valid */
-  u8 eState;                /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
-  void *pKey;      /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
-  i64 nKey;        /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
-  int skip;        /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  u8 isIncrblobHandle;      /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
-  Pgno *aOverflow;          /* Cache of overflow page locations */
-#endif
-};
-
-/*
-** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
-**
-** CURSOR_VALID:
-**   Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
-**
-** CURSOR_INVALID:
-**   Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) 
-**   because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
-**   called.
-**
-** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
-**   The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been 
-**   modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
-**   in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in 
-**   this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
-**   seek the cursor to the saved position.
-**
-** CURSOR_FAULT:
-**   A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
-**   on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
-**   cursor.  The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
-**   Do nothing else with this cursor.  Any attempt to use the cursor
-**   should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
-*/
-#define CURSOR_INVALID           0
-#define CURSOR_VALID             1
-#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK       2
-#define CURSOR_FAULT             3
-
-/* The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
-** TODO: This macro is very similary to PAGER_MJ_PGNO() in pager.c. They
-** should possibly be consolidated (presumably in pager.h).
-**
-** If disk I/O is omitted (meaning that the database is stored purely
-** in memory) then there is no pending byte.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)  0x7fffffff
-#else
-# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ((PENDING_BYTE/(pBt)->pageSize)+1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
-** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor 
-** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
-** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
-** a btree handle is closed.
-*/
-struct BtLock {
-  Btree *pBtree;        /* Btree handle holding this lock */
-  Pgno iTable;          /* Root page of table */
-  u8 eLock;             /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
-  BtLock *pNext;        /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
-};
-
-/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
-#define READ_LOCK     1
-#define WRITE_LOCK    2
-
-/*
-** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a 
-** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
-** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
-** page number to look up in the pointer map.
-**
-** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
-** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
-** the offset of the requested map entry.
-**
-** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
-** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
-** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
-** this test.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
-#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
-#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
-
-/*
-** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
-** each child page in the database file.  The parent page is the page that
-** contains a pointer to the child.  Every page in the database contains
-** 0 or 1 parent pages.  (In this context 'database page' refers
-** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.)  Each pointer map
-** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
-** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
-**
-** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
-** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum.  When a page
-** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
-** new location.  The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
-**
-** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
-**                  used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number 
-**                  is not used in this case.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of 
-**                   overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
-**                   contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
-**                   overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
-**                   page in the overflow page list.
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
-**               identifies the parent page in the btree.
-*/
-#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
-#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
-#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
-#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
-
-/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
-** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
-*/
-#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
-  assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); 
-
-
-/*
-** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
-** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
-** within an expression that is an argument to another macro 
-** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
-** So, this macro is defined instead.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
-#else
-#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
-** in order to keep track of some global state information.
-*/
-typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
-struct IntegrityCk {
-  BtShared *pBt;    /* The tree being checked out */
-  Pager *pPager;    /* The associated pager.  Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
-  int nPage;        /* Number of pages in the database */
-  int *anRef;       /* Number of times each page is referenced */
-  int mxErr;        /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
-  int nErr;         /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
-  int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
-  StrAccum errMsg;  /* Accumulate the error message text here */
-};
-
-/*
-** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
-*/
-#define get2byte(x)   ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
-#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (v)>>8, (p)[1] = (v))
-#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
-#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
-
-/*
-** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);
-
-/************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/
-#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE)
-
-
-/*
-** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
-**
-** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
-** and this routine is a no-op.  The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
-** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
-** of this interface is recursive.
-**
-** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
-** by all database connections.  The p->pNext is a list of other
-** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
-** which need to be locked after p.  If we cannot get a lock on
-** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
-** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
-** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
-  Btree *pLater;
-
-  /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree.  The list of Btrees
-  ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
-  ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
-  ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
-  assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
-  assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
-
-  /* Check for locking consistency */
-  assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
-  assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
-
-  /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-  if( !p->sharable ) return;
-  p->wantToLock++;
-  if( p->locked ) return;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
-  ** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
-  ** procedure that follows.  Just be sure not to block.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
-    p->locked = 1;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
-  ** BtShared address.  Then acquire our lock.  Then reacquire
-  ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
-  ** order.
-  */
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    assert( pLater->sharable );
-    assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
-    assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
-    if( pLater->locked ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
-      pLater->locked = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-  p->locked = 1;
-  for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-    if( pLater->wantToLock ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pLater->pBt->mutex);
-      pLater->locked = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP */
-}
-
-/*
-** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-    p->wantToLock--;
-    if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
-      assert( p->locked );
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
-      p->locked = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree.  
-**
-** This routine makes no determination one why or another if the
-** database connection mutex is held.
-**
-** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
-  return (p->sharable==0 ||
-             (p->locked && p->wantToLock && sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)));
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
-** Btree.  These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
-** omitted if that module is not used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-
-/*
-** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
-** connection.  This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
-** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
-** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
-** reset out from under us.
-**
-** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
-**
-** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
-** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
-** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
-** at the same instant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p, *pLater;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable ){
-      p->wantToLock++;
-      if( !p->locked ){
-        assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
-        while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
-        while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
-        for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
-          if( pLater->locked ){
-            sqlite3_mutex_leave(pLater->pBt->mutex);
-            pLater->locked = 0;
-          }
-        }
-        while( p ){
-          sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-          p->locked++;
-          p = p->pNext;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  Btree *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable ){
-      assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-      p->wantToLock--;
-      if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
-        assert( p->locked );
-        sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
-        p->locked = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
-** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
-**
-** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p;
-    p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && p->sharable &&
-         (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray. 
-** if the pointer can possibly be shared with
-** another database connection.
-**
-** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt.  That
-** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
-** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
-** worrying about deadlock.
-**
-** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
-** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
-  int i, j;
-  BtShared *pBt;
-  if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  {
-    for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
-      assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
-  assert( pArray->nMutex<sizeof(pArray->aBtree)/sizeof(pArray->aBtree[0])-1 );
-  pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
-    assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
-    if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
-      for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
-        pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
-      }
-      pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
-      pArray->nMutex++;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
-}
-
-/*
-** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array.  This routine is
-** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec().  The mutexes are
-** exited at the end of the same function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
-    Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
-    /* Some basic sanity checking */
-    assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
-    assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
-
-    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-    p->wantToLock++;
-    if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
-      p->locked = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
-    Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
-    /* Some basic sanity checking */
-    assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
-    assert( p->locked || !p->sharable );
-    assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
-
-    /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-
-    p->wantToLock--;
-    if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
-      p->locked = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-#endif  /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-/************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: btree.c,v 1.516 2008/09/19 16:39:38 danielk1977 Exp $
-**
-** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
-** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information.
-** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The header string that appears at the beginning of every
-** SQLite database.
-*/
-static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER;
-
-/*
-** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE
-** macro.
-*/
-#if 0
-int sqlite3BtreeTrace=0;  /* True to enable tracing */
-# define TRACE(X)  if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);}
-#else
-# define TRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation
-** in shared cache.  This variable has file scope during normal builds,
-** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for 
-** test builds.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#else
-static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0;
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features.
-**
-** This routine has no effect on existing database connections.
-** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to
-** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Forward declaration
-*/
-static int checkReadLocks(Btree*, Pgno, BtCursor*, i64);
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  /*
-  ** The functions queryTableLock(), lockTable() and unlockAllTables()
-  ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store
-  ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the
-  ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user
-  ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. 
-  ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops.
-  */
-  #define queryTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define lockTable(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK
-  #define unlockAllTables(a)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Query to see if btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock 
-** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return
-** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling lockTable()), or
-** SQLITE_LOCKED if not.
-*/
-static int queryTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  
-  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
-  if( !p->sharable ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the
-  ** requested lock may not be obtained.
-  */
-  if( pBt->pExclusive && pBt->pExclusive!=p ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
-
-  /* This (along with lockTable()) is where the ReadUncommitted flag is
-  ** dealt with. If the caller is querying for a read-lock and the flag is
-  ** set, it is unconditionally granted - even if there are write-locks
-  ** on the table. If a write-lock is requested, the ReadUncommitted flag
-  ** is not considered.
-  **
-  ** In function lockTable(), if a read-lock is demanded and the 
-  ** ReadUncommitted flag is set, no entry is added to the locks list 
-  ** (BtShared.pLock).
-  **
-  ** To summarize: If the ReadUncommitted flag is set, then read cursors do
-  ** not create or respect table locks. The locking procedure for a 
-  ** write-cursor does not change.
-  */
-  if( 
-    0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) || 
-    eLock==WRITE_LOCK ||
-    iTab==MASTER_ROOT
-  ){
-    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-      if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && 
-          (pIter->eLock!=eLock || eLock!=READ_LOCK) ){
-        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used
-** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or 
-** WRITE_LOCK.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_BUSY and
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may also be returned.
-*/
-static int lockTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock *pLock = 0;
-  BtLock *pIter;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK );
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-
-  /* This is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */
-  if( !p->sharable ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  assert( SQLITE_OK==queryTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) );
-
-  /* If the read-uncommitted flag is set and a read-lock is requested,
-  ** return early without adding an entry to the BtShared.pLock list. See
-  ** comment in function queryTableLock() for more info on handling 
-  ** the ReadUncommitted flag.
-  */
-  if( 
-    (p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommitted) && 
-    (eLock==READ_LOCK) &&
-    iTable!=MASTER_ROOT
-  ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */
-  for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-    if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){
-      pLock = pIter;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p
-  ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list.
-  */
-  if( !pLock ){
-    pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock));
-    if( !pLock ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pLock->iTable = iTable;
-    pLock->pBtree = p;
-    pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock;
-    pBt->pLock = pLock;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock
-  ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held
-  ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock.
-  */
-  assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK );
-  if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){
-    pLock->eLock = eLock;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to the lockTable()
-** procedure) held by Btree handle p.
-*/
-static void unlockAllTables(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter );
-
-  while( *ppIter ){
-    BtLock *pLock = *ppIter;
-    assert( pBt->pExclusive==0 || pBt->pExclusive==pLock->pBtree );
-    if( pLock->pBtree==p ){
-      *ppIter = pLock->pNext;
-      sqlite3_free(pLock);
-    }else{
-      ppIter = &pLock->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pBt->pExclusive==p ){
-    pBt->pExclusive = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage);  /* Forward reference */
-
-/*
-** Verify that the cursor holds a mutex on the BtShared
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){
-  return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for cursor pCur, if any.
-*/
-static void invalidateOverflowCache(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow);
-  pCur->aOverflow = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened
-** on the shared btree structure pBt.
-*/
-static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    invalidateOverflowCache(p);
-  }
-}
-#else
-  #define invalidateOverflowCache(x)
-  #define invalidateAllOverflowCache(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey 
-** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK.
-*/
-static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState );
-  assert( 0==pCur->pKey );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &pCur->nKey);
-
-  /* If this is an intKey table, then the above call to BtreeKeySize()
-  ** stores the integer key in pCur->nKey. In this case this value is
-  ** all that is required. Otherwise, if pCur is not open on an intKey
-  ** table, then malloc space for and store the pCur->nKey bytes of key 
-  ** data.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==pCur->pPage->intKey){
-    void *pKey = sqlite3Malloc(pCur->nKey);
-    if( pKey ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, pCur->nKey, pKey);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        pCur->pKey = pKey;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_free(pKey);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( !pCur->pPage->intKey || !pCur->pKey );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-    pCur->pPage = 0;
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK;
-  }
-
-  invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Save the positions of all cursors except pExcept open on the table 
-** with root-page iRoot. Usually, this is called just before cursor
-** pExcept is used to modify the table (BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert()).
-*/
-static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) && 
-        p->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-      int rc = saveCursorPosition(p);
-      if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the current cursor position.
-*/
-static void clearCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-  pCur->pKey = 0;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-}
-
-/*
-** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible)
-** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the 
-** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be
-** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each 
-** saveCursorPosition().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){
-  int rc;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skip;
-  }
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &pCur->skip);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey);
-    pCur->pKey = 0;
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#define restoreCursorPosition(p) \
-  (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \
-         sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \
-         SQLITE_OK)
-
-/*
-** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position it
-** was last placed at.  Cursor can move when the row they are pointing
-** at is deleted out from under them.
-**
-** This routine returns an error code if something goes wrong.  The
-** integer *pHasMoved is set to one if the cursor has moved and 0 if not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur, int *pHasMoved){
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    *pHasMoved = 1;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->skip!=0 ){
-    *pHasMoved = 1;
-  }else{
-    *pHasMoved = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page
-** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the
-** input page number.
-*/
-static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){
-  int nPagesPerMapPage, iPtrMap, ret;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1;
-  iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage;
-  ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; 
-  if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    ret++;
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an entry into the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key'
-** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;  /* The pointer map page */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;      /* The pointer map data */
-  Pgno iPtrmap;     /* The pointer map page number */
-  int offset;       /* Offset in pointer map page */
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */
-  assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) );
-
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-  if( key==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
-  if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){
-    TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent));
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pPtrmap[offset] = eType;
-      put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent);
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read an entry from the pointer map.
-**
-** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing
-** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively.
-** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;   /* The pointer map page */
-  int iPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page index */
-  u8 *pPtrmap;       /* Pointer map page data */
-  int offset;        /* Offset of entry in pointer map */
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-
-  iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key);
-  rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage);
-  if( rc!=0 ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-
-  offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key);
-  assert( pEType!=0 );
-  *pEType = pPtrmap[offset];
-  if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]);
-
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-  #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
-  #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK
-  #define ptrmapPutOvfl(y,z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on
-** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer
-** to the cell content.
-**
-** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells.
-*/
-#define findCell(P,I) \
-  ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byte(&(P)->aData[(P)->cellOffset+2*(I)])))
-
-/*
-** This a more complex version of findCell() that works for
-** pages that do contain overflow cells.  See insert
-*/
-static u8 *findOverflowCell(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  for(i=pPage->nOverflow-1; i>=0; i--){
-    int k;
-    struct _OvflCell *pOvfl;
-    pOvfl = &pPage->aOvfl[i];
-    k = pOvfl->idx;
-    if( k<=iCell ){
-      if( k==iCell ){
-        return pOvfl->pCell;
-      }
-      iCell--;
-    }
-  }
-  return findCell(pPage, iCell);
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure.  There
-** are two versions of this function.  sqlite3BtreeParseCell() takes a 
-** cell index as the second argument and sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr() 
-** takes a pointer to the body of the cell as its second argument.
-**
-** Within this file, the parseCell() macro can be called instead of
-** sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(). Using some compilers, this will be faster.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  u8 *pCell,              /* Pointer to the cell text. */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  int n;                  /* Number bytes in cell content header */
-  u32 nPayload;           /* Number of bytes of cell payload */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  pInfo->pCell = pCell;
-  assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 );
-  n = pPage->childPtrSize;
-  assert( n==4-4*pPage->leaf );
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    if( pPage->hasData ){
-      n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
-    }else{
-      nPayload = 0;
-    }
-    n += getVarint(&pCell[n], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey);
-    pInfo->nData = nPayload;
-  }else{
-    pInfo->nData = 0;
-    n += getVarint32(&pCell[n], nPayload);
-    pInfo->nKey = nPayload;
-  }
-  pInfo->nPayload = nPayload;
-  pInfo->nHeader = n;
-  if( likely(nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal) ){
-    /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits
-    ** on the local page.  No overflow is required.
-    */
-    int nSize;          /* Total size of cell content in bytes */
-    nSize = nPayload + n;
-    pInfo->nLocal = nPayload;
-    pInfo->iOverflow = 0;
-    if( (nSize & ~3)==0 ){
-      nSize = 4;        /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-    }
-    pInfo->nSize = nSize;
-  }else{
-    /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have
-    ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto
-    ** overflow pages.  The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused
-    ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage
-    ** in between minLocal and maxLocal.
-    **
-    ** Warning:  changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any
-    ** way will result in an incompatible file format.
-    */
-    int minLocal;  /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */
-    int maxLocal;  /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */
-    int surplus;   /* Overflow payload available for local storage */
-
-    minLocal = pPage->minLocal;
-    maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal;
-    surplus = minLocal + (nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4);
-    if( surplus <= maxLocal ){
-      pInfo->nLocal = surplus;
-    }else{
-      pInfo->nLocal = minLocal;
-    }
-    pInfo->iOverflow = pInfo->nLocal + n;
-    pInfo->nSize = pInfo->iOverflow + 4;
-  }
-}
-#define parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo) \
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr((pPage), findCell((pPage), (iCell)), (pInfo))
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,         /* Page containing the cell */
-  int iCell,              /* The cell index.  First cell is 0 */
-  CellInfo *pInfo         /* Fill in this structure */
-){
-  parseCell(pPage, iCell, pInfo);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell
-** data area of the btree-page.  The return number includes the cell
-** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or
-** the space used by the cell pointer.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static u16 cellSize(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  CellInfo info;
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pPage, iCell, &info);
-  return info.nSize;
-}
-#endif
-static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  CellInfo info;
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  return info.nSize;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){
-  CellInfo info;
-  assert( pCell!=0 );
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
-  if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
-    Pgno ovfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-    return ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** If the cell with index iCell on page pPage contains a pointer
-** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map
-** for the overflow page.
-*/
-static int ptrmapPutOvfl(MemPage *pPage, int iCell){
-  u8 *pCell;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pCell = findOverflowCell(pPage, iCell);
-  return ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Defragment the page given.  All Cells are moved to the
-** end of the page and all free space is collected into one
-** big FreeBlk that occurs in between the header and cell
-** pointer array and the cell content area.
-*/
-static void defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
-  int pc;                    /* Address of a i-th cell */
-  int addr;                  /* Offset of first byte after cell pointer array */
-  int hdr;                   /* Offset to the page header */
-  int size;                  /* Size of a cell */
-  int usableSize;            /* Number of usable bytes on a page */
-  int cellOffset;            /* Offset to the cell pointer array */
-  int cbrk;                  /* Offset to the cell content area */
-  int nCell;                 /* Number of cells on the page */
-  unsigned char *data;       /* The page data */
-  unsigned char *temp;       /* Temp area for cell content */
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager);
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-  assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) );
-  usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize;
-  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  memcpy(&temp[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize - cbrk);
-  cbrk = usableSize;
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pAddr;     /* The i-th cell pointer */
-    pAddr = &data[cellOffset + i*2];
-    pc = get2byte(pAddr);
-    assert( pc<pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-    size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &temp[pc]);
-    cbrk -= size;
-    memcpy(&data[cbrk], &temp[pc], size);
-    put2byte(pAddr, cbrk);
-  }
-  assert( cbrk>=cellOffset+2*nCell );
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk);
-  data[hdr+1] = 0;
-  data[hdr+2] = 0;
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  addr = cellOffset+2*nCell;
-  memset(&data[addr], 0, cbrk-addr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space on a page.
-**
-** Return the index into pPage->aData[] of the first byte of
-** the new allocation.  The caller guarantees that there is enough
-** space.  This routine will never fail.
-**
-** If the page contains nBytes of free space but does not contain
-** nBytes of contiguous free space, then this routine automatically
-** calls defragementPage() to consolidate all free space before 
-** allocating the new chunk.
-*/
-static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte){
-  int addr, pc, hdr;
-  int size;
-  int nFrag;
-  int top;
-  int nCell;
-  int cellOffset;
-  unsigned char *data;
-  
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( nByte>=0 );  /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-  assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  pPage->nFree -= nByte;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-
-  nFrag = data[hdr+7];
-  if( nFrag<60 ){
-    /* Search the freelist looking for a slot big enough to satisfy the
-    ** space request. */
-    addr = hdr+1;
-    while( (pc = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
-      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-      if( size>=nByte ){
-        if( size<nByte+4 ){
-          memcpy(&data[addr], &data[pc], 2);
-          data[hdr+7] = nFrag + size - nByte;
-          return pc;
-        }else{
-          put2byte(&data[pc+2], size-nByte);
-          return pc + size - nByte;
-        }
-      }
-      addr = pc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array
-  ** and the cell content area.
-  */
-  top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-  cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-  if( nFrag>=60 || cellOffset + 2*nCell > top - nByte ){
-    defragmentPage(pPage);
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  }
-  top -= nByte;
-  assert( cellOffset + 2*nCell <= top );
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top);
-  return top;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist.
-** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aDisk[start]
-** and the size of the block is "size" bytes.
-**
-** Most of the effort here is involved in coalesing adjacent
-** free blocks into a single big free block.
-*/
-static void freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, int start, int size){
-  int addr, pbegin, hdr;
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-
-  assert( pPage->pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( start>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+(pPage->leaf?0:4) );
-  assert( (start + size)<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( size>=0 );   /* Minimum cell size is 4 */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the SECURE_DELETE 
-  ** option is enabled at compile-time */
-  memset(&data[start], 0, size);
-#endif
-
-  /* Add the space back into the linked list of freeblocks */
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  addr = hdr + 1;
-  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))<start && pbegin>0 ){
-    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-    assert( pbegin>addr );
-    addr = pbegin;
-  }
-  assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-  assert( pbegin>addr || pbegin==0 );
-  put2byte(&data[addr], start);
-  put2byte(&data[start], pbegin);
-  put2byte(&data[start+2], size);
-  pPage->nFree += size;
-
-  /* Coalesce adjacent free blocks */
-  addr = pPage->hdrOffset + 1;
-  while( (pbegin = get2byte(&data[addr]))>0 ){
-    int pnext, psize;
-    assert( pbegin>addr );
-    assert( pbegin<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 );
-    pnext = get2byte(&data[pbegin]);
-    psize = get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]);
-    if( pbegin + psize + 3 >= pnext && pnext>0 ){
-      int frag = pnext - (pbegin+psize);
-      assert( frag<=data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] );
-      data[pPage->hdrOffset+7] -= frag;
-      put2byte(&data[pbegin], get2byte(&data[pnext]));
-      put2byte(&data[pbegin+2], pnext+get2byte(&data[pnext+2])-pbegin);
-    }else{
-      addr = pbegin;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the cell content area begins with a freeblock, remove it. */
-  if( data[hdr+1]==data[hdr+5] && data[hdr+2]==data[hdr+6] ){
-    int top;
-    pbegin = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    memcpy(&data[hdr+1], &data[pbegin], 2);
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top + get2byte(&data[pbegin+2]));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page
-** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly.
-**
-** Only the following combinations are supported.  Anything different
-** indicates a corrupt database files:
-**
-**         PTF_ZERODATA
-**         PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF
-**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY
-**         PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF
-*/
-static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){
-  BtShared *pBt;     /* A copy of pPage->pBt */
-
-  assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage->leaf = flagByte>>3;  assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 );
-  flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF;
-  pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf;
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){
-    pPage->intKey = 1;
-    pPage->hasData = pPage->leaf;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf;
-  }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){
-    pPage->intKey = 0;
-    pPage->hasData = 0;
-    pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal;
-    pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block.
-**
-** The pParent parameter must be a pointer to the MemPage which
-** is the parent of the page being initialized.  The root of a
-** BTree has no parent and so for that page, pParent==NULL.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If we see that the page does
-** not contain a well-formed database page, then return 
-** SQLITE_CORRUPT.  Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not
-** guarantee that the page is well-formed.  It only shows that
-** we failed to detect any corruption.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(
-  MemPage *pPage,        /* The page to be initialized */
-  MemPage *pParent       /* The parent.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  int pc;            /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */
-  int hdr;           /* Offset to beginning of page header */
-  u8 *data;          /* Equal to pPage->aData */
-  BtShared *pBt;        /* The main btree structure */
-  int usableSize;    /* Amount of usable space on each page */
-  int cellOffset;    /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */
-  int nFree;         /* Number of unused bytes on the page */
-  int top;           /* First byte of the cell content area */
-
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  assert( pBt!=0 );
-  assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pBt==pBt );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  if( pPage==pParent ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( (pPage->pParent!=pParent)
-   && (pPage->pParent!=0 || pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL) ){
-    /* The parent page should never change unless the file is corrupt */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pParent!=0 ){
-    pPage->pParent = pParent;
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-  }
-  if( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_NONE ){
-    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
-    pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
-    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-    pPage->idxShift = 0;
-    usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-    pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-    pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-    if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){
-      /* To many cells for a single page.  The page must be corrupt */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    if( pPage->nCell==0 && pParent!=0 && pParent->pgno!=1 ){
-      /* All pages must have at least one cell, except for root pages */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-  
-    /* Compute the total free space on the page */
-    pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]);
-    nFree = data[hdr+7] + top - (cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell);
-    while( pc>0 ){
-      int next, size;
-      if( pc>usableSize-4 ){
-        /* Free block is off the page */
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-      }
-      next = get2byte(&data[pc]);
-      size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]);
-      if( next>0 && next<=pc+size+3 ){
-        /* Free blocks must be in accending order */
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-      }
-      nFree += size;
-      pc = next;
-    }
-    pPage->nFree = nFree;
-    if( nFree>=usableSize ){
-      /* Free space cannot exceed total page size */
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-    }
-  }
-
-#if 0
-  /* Check that all the offsets in the cell offset array are within range. 
-  ** 
-  ** Omitting this consistency check and using the pPage->maskPage mask
-  ** to prevent overrunning the page buffer in findCell() results in a
-  ** 2.5% performance gain.
-  */
-  {
-    u8 *pOff;        /* Iterator used to check all cell offsets are in range */
-    u8 *pEnd;        /* Pointer to end of cell offset array */
-    u8 mask;         /* Mask of bits that must be zero in MSB of cell offsets */
-    mask = ~(((u8)(pBt->pageSize>>8))-1);
-    pEnd = &data[cellOffset + pPage->nCell*2];
-    for(pOff=&data[cellOffset]; pOff!=pEnd && !((*pOff)&mask); pOff+=2);
-    if( pOff!=pEnd ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  pPage->isInit = PAGE_ISINIT_FULL;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding
-** no entries.
-*/
-static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){
-  unsigned char *data = pPage->aData;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  int first;
-
-  assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /*memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr);*/
-  data[hdr] = flags;
-  first = hdr + 8 + 4*((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0);
-  memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4);
-  data[hdr+7] = 0;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize);
-  pPage->nFree = pBt->usableSize - first;
-  decodeFlags(pPage, flags);
-  pPage->hdrOffset = hdr;
-  pPage->cellOffset = first;
-  pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-  assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=32768 );
-  pPage->maskPage = pBt->pageSize - 1;
-  pPage->idxShift = 0;
-  pPage->nCell = 0;
-  pPage->isInit = PAGE_ISINIT_FULL;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by
-** the btree layer.
-*/
-static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
-  pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-  pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage;
-  pPage->pBt = pBt;
-  pPage->pgno = pgno;
-  pPage->hdrOffset = pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0;
-  return pPage; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager.  Initialize the MemPage.pBt and
-** MemPage.aData elements if needed.
-**
-** If the noContent flag is set, it means that we do not care about
-** the content of the page at this time.  So do not go to the disk
-** to fetch the content.  Just fill in the content with zeros for now.
-** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that
-** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk
-** read should occur at that point.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,       /* The btree */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to fetch */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Return the page in this parameter */
-  int noContent        /* Do not load page content if true */
-){
-  int rc;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, noContent);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the size of the database file in pages.  Or return -1 if
-** there is any kind of error.
-*/
-static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager){
-  int rc;
-  int nPage;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-  return (rc==SQLITE_OK?nPage:-1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a page from the pager and initialize it.  This routine
-** is just a convenience wrapper around separate calls to
-** sqlite3BtreeGetPage() and sqlite3BtreeInitPage().
-*/
-static int getAndInitPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,          /* The database file */
-  Pgno pgno,           /* Number of the page to get */
-  MemPage **ppPage,    /* Write the page pointer here */
-  MemPage *pParent     /* Parent of the page */
-){
-  int rc;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( !pParent || pParent->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  if( pgno==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-  }
-
-  /* It is often the case that the page we want is already in cache.
-  ** If so, get it directly.  This saves us from having to call
-  ** pagerPagecount() to make sure pgno is within limits, which results
-  ** in a measureable performance improvements.
-  */
-  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
-  if( pDbPage ){
-    /* Page is already in cache */
-    *ppPage = pPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    /* Page not in cache.  Acquire it. */
-    if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    pPage = *ppPage;
-  }
-  if( pPage->isInit!=PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent);
-  }else if( pParent && (pPage==pParent || pPage->pParent!=pParent) ){
-    /* This condition indicates a loop in the b-tree structure (the scenario
-    ** where database corruption has caused a page to be a direct or
-    ** indirect descendant of itself).
-    */ 
-    rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    *ppPage = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a MemPage.  This should be called once for each prior
-** call to sqlite3BtreeGetPage.
-*/
-static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){
-  if( pPage ){
-    assert( pPage->aData );
-    assert( pPage->pBt );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData );
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when the reference count for a page
-** reaches zero.  We need to unref the pParent pointer when that
-** happens.
-*/
-static void pageDestructor(DbPage *pData){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
-  if( pPage ){
-    assert( pPage->isInit!=PAGE_ISINIT_FULL 
-         || sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) 
-    );
-    if( pPage->pParent ){
-      MemPage *pParent = pPage->pParent;
-      assert( pParent->pBt==pPage->pBt );
-      pPage->pParent = 0;
-      releasePage(pParent);
-    }
-    if( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ){
-      pPage->isInit = PAGE_ISINIT_DATA;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache
-** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of
-** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called.
-**
-** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the
-** page to agree with the restored data.
-*/
-static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData);
-  if( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-    sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
-  }else if( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_DATA ){
-    pPage->isInit = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the busy handler for a btree.
-*/
-static int sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg, int n){
-  BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg;
-  assert( pBt->db );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) );
-  return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a database file.
-** 
-** zFilename is the name of the database file.  If zFilename is NULL
-** a new database with a random name is created.  This randomly named
-** database file will be deleted when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called.
-** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created
-** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Associated database handle */
-  Btree **ppBtree,        /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-  int flags,              /* Options */
-  int vfsFlags            /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;      /* The VFS to use for this btree */
-  BtShared *pBt = 0;      /* Shared part of btree structure */
-  Btree *p;               /* Handle to return */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nReserve;
-  unsigned char zDbHeader[100];
-
-  /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or 
-  ** false for a file-based database. This symbol is only required if
-  ** either of the shared-data or autovacuum features are compiled 
-  ** into the library.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-  #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-    const int isMemdb = 0;
-  #else
-    const int isMemdb = zFilename && !strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:");
-  #endif
-#endif
-
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  pVfs = db->pVfs;
-  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  p->db = db;
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /*
-  ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an
-  ** existing BtShared object that we can share with
-  */
-  if( isMemdb==0
-   && (db->flags & SQLITE_Vtab)==0
-   && zFilename && zFilename[0]
-  ){
-    if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){
-      int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
-      char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nFullPathname);
-      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
-      p->sharable = 1;
-      db->flags |= SQLITE_SharedCache;
-      if( !zFullPathname ){
-        sqlite3_free(p);
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname);
-      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-      for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){
-        assert( pBt->nRef>0 );
-        if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager))
-                 && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){
-          p->pBt = pBt;
-          pBt->nRef++;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-      sqlite3_free(zFullPathname);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    else{
-      /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable
-      ** even when they are not.  This exercises the locking code and
-      ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held())
-      ** statements to find locking problems.
-      */
-      p->sharable = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pBt==0 ){
-    /*
-    ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are
-    ** the right size.  This is to guard against size changes that result
-    ** when compiling on a different architecture.
-    */
-    assert( sizeof(i64)==8 || sizeof(i64)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u64)==8 || sizeof(u64)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
-    assert( sizeof(u16)==2 );
-    assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 );
-  
-    pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) );
-    if( pBt==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    pBt->busyHdr.xFunc = sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler;
-    pBt->busyHdr.pArg = pBt;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, pageDestructor,
-                          EXTRA_SIZE, flags, vfsFlags);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto btree_open_out;
-    }
-    sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(pBt->pPager, &pBt->busyHdr);
-    p->pBt = pBt;
-  
-    sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(pBt->pPager, pageReinit);
-    pBt->pCursor = 0;
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    pBt->readOnly = sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager);
-    pBt->pageSize = get2byte(&zDbHeader[16]);
-    if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
-         || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){
-      pBt->pageSize = 0;
-      sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then
-      ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if
-      ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if
-      ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a
-      ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal.
-      */
-      if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){
-        pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0);
-        pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0);
-      }
-#endif
-      nReserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      nReserve = zDbHeader[20];
-      pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-      pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-    }
-    pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
-    assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 );  /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */
-    sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-   
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-    /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds.
-    */
-    if( p->sharable ){
-      sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared;
-      pBt->nRef = 1;
-      mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-      if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
-        pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
-        if( pBt->mutex==0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-          db->mallocFailed = 0;
-          goto btree_open_out;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared);
-      pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
-      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt;
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO)
-  /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new
-  ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection.
-  ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address.
-  */
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    int i;
-    Btree *pSib;
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){
-        while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; }
-        if( p->pBt<pSib->pBt ){
-          p->pNext = pSib;
-          p->pPrev = 0;
-          pSib->pPrev = p;
-        }else{
-          while( pSib->pNext && pSib->pNext->pBt<p->pBt ){
-            pSib = pSib->pNext;
-          }
-          p->pNext = pSib->pNext;
-          p->pPrev = pSib;
-          if( p->pNext ){
-            p->pNext->pPrev = p;
-          }
-          pSib->pNext = p;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  *ppBtree = p;
-
-btree_open_out:
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){
-      sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(p);
-    *ppBtree = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter.  When it reaches zero,
-** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list.  Return
-** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return
-** false if it is still positive.
-*/
-static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;
-  BtShared *pList;
-  int removed = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) );
-  pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  pBt->nRef--;
-  if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){
-    if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){
-      GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList);
-      while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){
-        pList=pList->pNext;
-      }
-      if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
-        pList->pNext = pBt->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex);
-    }
-    removed = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-  return removed;
-#else
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of 
-** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes.
-*/
-static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){
-    pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation
-*/
-static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){
-  sqlite3PageFree( pBt->pTmpSpace);
-  pBt->pTmpSpace = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-
-  /* Close all cursors opened via this handle.  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  pCur = pBt->pCursor;
-  while( pCur ){
-    BtCursor *pTmp = pCur;
-    pCur = pCur->pNext;
-    if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){
-      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure.
-  ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by
-  ** this handle.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeRollback(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-
-  /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree
-  ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans 
-  ** up the shared-btree.
-  */
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 );
-  if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){
-    /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access
-    ** it without having to hold the mutex.
-    **
-    ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object.
-    */
-    assert( !pBt->pCursor );
-    sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager);
-    if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){
-      pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(pBt->pSchema);
-    freeTempSpace(pBt);
-    sqlite3_free(pBt);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  assert( p->wantToLock==0 );
-  assert( p->locked==0 );
-  if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the limit on the number of pages allowed in the cache.
-**
-** The maximum number of cache pages is set to the absolute
-** value of mxPage.  If mxPage is negative, the pager will
-** operate asynchronously - it will not stop to do fsync()s
-** to insure data is written to the disk surface before
-** continuing.  Transactions still work if synchronous is off,
-** and the database cannot be corrupted if this program
-** crashes.  But if the operating system crashes or there is
-** an abrupt power failure when synchronous is off, the database
-** could be left in an inconsistent and unrecoverable state.
-** Synchronous is on by default so database corruption is not
-** normally a worry.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease
-** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power
-** failures.  Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and
-** there is a high probability of damage)  Level 2 is the default.  There
-** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage.  Level 3 reduces the
-** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree *p, int level, int fullSync){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(pBt->pPager, level, fullSync);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given btree is set to safety level 1.  In other
-** words, return TRUE if no sync() occurs on the disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );  
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  assert( pBt && pBt->pPager );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerNosync(pBt->pPager);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
-/*
-** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page.
-**
-** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536.  If the page
-** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not
-** changed.
-**
-** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region
-** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE,
-** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur
-** at the beginning of a page.
-**
-** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved
-** bytes per page is left unchanged.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  if( nReserve<0 ){
-    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
-  }
-  if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE &&
-        ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    assert( !pBt->pPage1 && !pBt->pCursor );
-    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-    freeTempSpace(pBt);
-    rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-  }
-  pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the currently defined page size
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pageSize;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
-** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
-** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return n;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */
-
-/*
-** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
-** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
-** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
-** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return SQLITE_READONLY;
-#else
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int av = (autoVacuum?1:0);
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( pBt->pageSizeFixed && av!=pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }else{
-    pBt->autoVacuum = av;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is 
-** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-#else
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = (
-    (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE:
-    (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL:
-    BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR
-  );
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file.  This will
-** also acquire a readlock on that file.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  If the file is not a
-** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned.
-** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked.  SQLITE_NOMEM
-** is returned if we run out of memory. 
-*/
-static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-  int nPage;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->pPage1 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is
-  ** a valid database file. 
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto page1_init_failed;
-  }else if( nPage>0 ){
-    int pageSize;
-    int usableSize;
-    u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData;
-    rc = SQLITE_NOTADB;
-    if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    if( page1[18]>1 ){
-      pBt->readOnly = 1;
-    }
-    if( page1[19]>1 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-
-    /* The maximum embedded fraction must be exactly 25%.  And the minimum
-    ** embedded fraction must be 12.5% for both leaf-data and non-leaf-data.
-    ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of
-    ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed.
-    */
-    if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    pageSize = get2byte(&page1[16]);
-    if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize<512 ||
-        (SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE<32768 && pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE)
-    ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 );
-    usableSize = pageSize - page1[20];
-    if( pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){
-      /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size
-      ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is
-      ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at
-      ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function
-      ** again with the correct page-size.
-      */
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-      pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-      pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-      freeTempSpace(pBt);
-      sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize);
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( usableSize<500 ){
-      goto page1_init_failed;
-    }
-    pBt->pageSize = pageSize;
-    pBt->usableSize = usableSize;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0);
-    pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0);
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for
-  ** a cell.  Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout
-  ** cells can will fit on one page.  We assume a 10-byte page header.
-  ** Besides the payload, the cell must store:
-  **     2-byte pointer to the cell
-  **     4-byte child pointer
-  **     9-byte nKey value
-  **     4-byte nData value
-  **     4-byte overflow page pointer
-  ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte poiner, a header which is as much as
-  ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow
-  ** page pointer.
-  */
-  pBt->maxLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23;
-  pBt->minLocal = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
-  pBt->maxLeaf = pBt->usableSize - 35;
-  pBt->minLeaf = (pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23;
-  assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  pBt->pPage1 = pPage1;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-page1_init_failed:
-  releasePage(pPage1);
-  pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine works like lockBtree() except that it also invokes the
-** busy callback if there is lock contention.
-*/
-static int lockBtreeWithRetry(Btree *pRef){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pRef) );
-  if( pRef->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
-    u8 inTransaction = pRef->pBt->inTransaction;
-    btreeIntegrity(pRef);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pRef, 0);
-    pRef->pBt->inTransaction = inTransaction;
-    pRef->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pRef->pBt->nTransaction--;
-    }
-    btreeIntegrity(pRef);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-       
-
-/*
-** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle
-** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then
-** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which 
-** has the effect of releasing the read lock.
-**
-** If there are any outstanding cursors, this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pCursor==0 && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){
-    if( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)>=1 ){
-      assert( pBt->pPage1->aData );
-#if 0
-      if( pBt->pPage1->aData==0 ){
-        MemPage *pPage = pBt->pPage1;
-        pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage);
-        pPage->pBt = pBt;
-        pPage->pgno = 1;
-      }
-#endif
-      releasePage(pBt->pPage1);
-    }
-    pBt->pPage1 = 0;
-    pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new database by initializing the first page of the
-** file.
-*/
-static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){
-  MemPage *pP1;
-  unsigned char *data;
-  int rc;
-  int nPage;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nPage>0 ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pP1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  assert( pP1!=0 );
-  data = pP1->aData;
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader));
-  assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 );
-  put2byte(&data[16], pBt->pageSize);
-  data[18] = 1;
-  data[19] = 1;
-  data[20] = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
-  data[21] = 64;
-  data[22] = 32;
-  data[23] = 32;
-  memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24);
-  zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA );
-  pBt->pageSizeFixed = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 );
-  assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 );
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum);
-  put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum);
-#endif
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction
-** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read-
-** transaction.  If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive
-** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed
-** to access the database.  A preexisting transaction may not be
-** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the
-** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction.
-**
-** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any 
-** changes to the database.  None of the following routines 
-** will work unless a transaction is started first:
-**
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex()
-**      sqlite3BtreeClearTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDropTable()
-**      sqlite3BtreeInsert()
-**      sqlite3BtreeDelete()
-**      sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta()
-**
-** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention
-** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler
-** if there is one.  But if there was previously a read-lock, do not
-** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY.  SQLITE_BUSY is 
-** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock.
-**
-** Suppose there are two processes A and B.  A has a read lock and B has
-** a reserved lock.  B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because
-** of A's read lock.  A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B.
-** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be
-** no progress.  By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback
-** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B
-** proceed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it
-  ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction
-  ** is requested, this is a no-op.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-  /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */
-  if( pBt->readOnly && wrflag ){
-    rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-  /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction 
-  ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is
-  ** requested, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-  */
-  if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && wrflag ){
-    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-    goto trans_begun;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( wrflag>1 ){
-    BtLock *pIter;
-    for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){
-      if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){
-        rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto trans_begun;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  do {
-    if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
-      do{
-        rc = lockBtree(pBt);
-      }while( pBt->pPage1==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){
-      if( pBt->readOnly ){
-        rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage, wrflag>1);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = newDatabase(pBt);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( wrflag ) pBt->inStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    }
-  }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE &&
-          sqlite3BtreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt, 0) );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){
-      pBt->nTransaction++;
-    }
-    p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ);
-    if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-    if( wrflag>1 ){
-      assert( !pBt->pExclusive );
-      pBt->pExclusive = p;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-
-trans_begun:
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-
-/*
-** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if
-** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer
-** map entries for the overflow pages as well.
-*/
-static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){
-  int i;                             /* Counter variable */
-  int nCell;                         /* Number of cells in page pPage */
-  int rc;                            /* Return code */
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-  Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-  }
-  nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-
-    rc = ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-    }
-
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell);
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
-       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto set_child_ptrmaps_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno);
-  }
-
-set_child_ptrmaps_out:
-  pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Somewhere on pPage, which is guarenteed to be a btree page, not an overflow
-** page, is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so that it points to
-** iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to be modified, as 
-** follows:
-**
-** PTRMAP_BTREE:     pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child 
-**                   page of pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow
-**                   page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage.
-**
-** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next
-**                   overflow page in the list.
-*/
-static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){
-    /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case.  */
-    if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo);
-  }else{
-    int isInitOrig = pPage->isInit;
-    int i;
-    int nCell;
-
-    sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
-    nCell = pPage->nCell;
-
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
-        CellInfo info;
-        sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-        if( info.iOverflow ){
-          if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){
-            put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }else{
-        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
-          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( i==nCell ){
-      if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || 
-          get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo);
-    }
-
-    pPage->isInit = isInitOrig;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the 
-** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid.
-*/
-static int relocatePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* Btree */
-  MemPage *pDbPage,        /* Open page to move */
-  u8 eType,                /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iPtrPage,           /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */
-  Pgno iFreePage,          /* The location to move pDbPage to */
-  int isCommit
-){
-  MemPage *pPtrPage;   /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */
-  Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || 
-      eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt );
-
-  /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */
-  TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", 
-      iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType));
-  rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage;
-
-  /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells
-  ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these
-  ** pages need to be changed.
-  **
-  ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a
-  ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then
-  ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page.
-  */
-  if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }else{
-    Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData);
-    if( nextOvfl!=0 ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so
-  ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for
-  ** iPtrPage.
-  */
-  if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pPtrPage);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType);
-    releasePage(pPtrPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */
-static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8);
-
-/*
-** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful,
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no
-** point in calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE.
-**
-** More specificly, this function attempts to re-organize the 
-** database so that the last page of the file currently in use
-** is no longer in use.
-**
-** If the nFin parameter is non-zero, the implementation assumes
-** that the caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until
-** it returns SQLITE_DONE or an error, and that nFin is the
-** number of pages the database file will contain after this 
-** process is complete.
-*/
-static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin){
-  Pgno iLastPg;             /* Last page in the database */
-  Pgno nFreeList;           /* Number of pages still on the free-list */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  iLastPg = pBt->nTrunc;
-  if( iLastPg==0 ){
-    iLastPg = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-  }
-
-  if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-    int rc;
-    u8 eType;
-    Pgno iPtrPage;
-
-    nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-    if( nFreeList==0 || nFin==iLastPg ){
-      return SQLITE_DONE;
-    }
-
-    rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-      if( nFin==0 ){
-        /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required
-        ** if nFin is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be
-        ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't 
-        ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries.
-        */
-        Pgno iFreePg;
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, 1);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        assert( iFreePg==iLastPg );
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }
-    } else {
-      Pgno iFreePg;             /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */
-      MemPage *pLastPg;
-
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      /* If nFin is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg
-      ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list.
-      **
-      ** On the other hand, if nFin is greater than zero, then keep
-      ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages
-      ** of the file is found.
-      */
-      do {
-        MemPage *pFreePg;
-        rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, 0, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          releasePage(pLastPg);
-          return rc;
-        }
-        releasePage(pFreePg);
-      }while( nFin!=0 && iFreePg>nFin );
-      assert( iFreePg<iLastPg );
-      
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLastPg->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pLastPg, eType, iPtrPage, iFreePg, nFin!=0);
-      }
-      releasePage(pLastPg);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pBt->nTrunc = iLastPg - 1;
-  while( pBt->nTrunc==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)||PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nTrunc) ){
-    pBt->nTrunc--;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** A write-transaction must be opened before calling this function.
-** It performs a single unit of work towards an incremental vacuum.
-**
-** If the incremental vacuum is finished after this function has run,
-** SQLITE_DONE is returned. If it is not finished, but no error occured,
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise an SQLite error code. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
-  if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else{
-    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-    rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction
-** is commited for an auto-vacuum database.
-**
-** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages
-** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. 
-** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc
-** pages are in use.
-*/
-static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt, Pgno *pnTrunc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager);
-#endif
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-  assert(pBt->autoVacuum);
-  if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){
-    Pgno nFin = 0;
-
-    if( pBt->nTrunc==0 ){
-      Pgno nFree;
-      Pgno nPtrmap;
-      const int pgsz = pBt->pageSize;
-      int nOrig = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-
-      if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) ){
-        return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      }
-      if( nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        nOrig--;
-      }
-      nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]);
-      nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+pgsz/5)/(pgsz/5);
-      nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap;
-      if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFin<=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        nFin--;
-      }
-      while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nFin) || nFin==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        nFin--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      assert(nFin==0 || pBt->nTrunc==0 || nFin<=pBt->nTrunc);
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      if( pBt->nTrunc && nFin ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0);
-        put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0);
-        pBt->nTrunc = nFin;
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pnTrunc = pBt->nTrunc;
-    pBt->nTrunc = 0;
-  }
-  assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit.  This routine
-** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist)
-** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs
-** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back
-** the journal.  Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to
-** the disk.  After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the
-** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide.
-** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the
-** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not
-** committed.  See sqlite3BtreeCommit() for the second phase of the
-** commit process.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt.
-**
-** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to
-** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the
-** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file 
-** (single database transaction).
-**
-** When this is called, the master journal should already have been
-** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk.
-**
-** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit
-** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-    Pgno nTrunc = 0;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    pBt->db = p->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt, &nTrunc); 
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, nTrunc, 0);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit the transaction currently in progress.
-**
-** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit.  The
-** sqlite3BtreeSync() routine does the first phase and should be invoked
-** prior to calling this routine.  The sqlite3BtreeSync() routine did
-** all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the
-** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter.  All this
-** routine has to do is delete or truncate the rollback journal
-** (which causes the transaction to commit) and drop locks.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-
-  /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees 
-  ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc;
-    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-    pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  }
-  unlockAllTables(p);
-
-  /* If the handle has any kind of transaction open, decrement the transaction
-  ** count of the shared btree. If the transaction count reaches 0, set
-  ** the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() call below
-  ** will unlock the pager.
-  */
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
-    pBt->nTransaction--;
-    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the handles current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock
-  ** the pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction.
-  */
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Do both phases of a commit.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Return the number of write-cursors open on this handle. This is for use
-** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not
-** defined.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, a write-cursor is any cursor that
-** is capable of writing to the databse.  That means the cursor was
-** originally opened for writing and the cursor has not be disabled
-** by having its state changed to CURSOR_FAULT.
-*/
-static int countWriteCursors(BtShared *pBt){
-  BtCursor *pCur;
-  int r = 0;
-  for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){
-    if( pCur->wrFlag && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; 
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error
-** code to errCode for every cursor on BtShared that pBtree
-** references.
-**
-** Every cursor is tripped, including cursors that belong
-** to other database connections that happen to be sharing
-** the cache with pBtree.
-**
-** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs.
-** All cursors using the same cache must be tripped
-** to prevent them from trying to use the btree after
-** the rollback.  The rollback may have deleted tables
-** or moved root pages, so it is not sufficient to
-** save the state of the cursor.  The cursor must be
-** invalidated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-  for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    clearCursorPosition(p);
-    p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT;
-    p->skip = errCode;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback the transaction in progress.  All cursors will be
-** invalided by this operation.  Any attempt to use a cursor
-** that was open at the beginning of this operation will result
-** in an error.
-**
-** This will release the write lock on the database file.  If there
-** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* This is a horrible situation. An IO or malloc() error occured whilst
-    ** trying to save cursor positions. If this is an automatic rollback (as
-    ** the result of a constraint, malloc() failure or IO error) then 
-    ** the cache may be internally inconsistent (not contain valid trees) so
-    ** we cannot simply return the error to the caller. Instead, abort 
-    ** all queries that may be using any of the cursors that failed to save.
-    */
-    sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, rc);
-  }
-#endif
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  unlockAllTables(p);
-
-  if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){
-    int rc2;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    pBt->nTrunc = 0;
-#endif
-
-    assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction );
-    rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager);
-    if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = rc2;
-    }
-
-    /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value.  So
-    ** call sqlite3BtreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make
-    ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */
-    if( sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(pPage1);
-    }
-    assert( countWriteCursors(pBt)==0 );
-    pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ;
-  }
-
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){
-    assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 );
-    pBt->nTransaction--;
-    if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){
-      pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE;
-  pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-
-  btreeIntegrity(p);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Start a statement subtransaction.  The subtransaction can
-** can be rolled back independently of the main transaction.
-** You must start a transaction before starting a subtransaction.
-** The subtransaction is ended automatically if the main transaction
-** commits or rolls back.
-**
-** Only one subtransaction may be active at a time.  It is an error to try
-** to start a new subtransaction if another subtransaction is already active.
-**
-** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements
-** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block.  If a constraint
-** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement
-** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( (p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE) || pBt->inStmt ){
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3PagerStmtBegin(pBt->pPager);
-    pBt->inStmt = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Commit the statment subtransaction currently in progress.  If no
-** subtransaction is active, this is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerStmtCommit(pBt->pPager);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback the active statement subtransaction.  If no subtransaction
-** is active this routine is a no-op.
-**
-** All cursors will be invalidated by this operation.  Any attempt
-** to use a cursor that was open at the beginning of this operation
-** will result in an error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( pBt->inStmt && !pBt->readOnly ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerStmtRollback(pBt->pPager);
-    pBt->inStmt = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page
-** iTable.  The act of acquiring a cursor gets a read lock on 
-** the database file.
-**
-** If wrFlag==0, then the cursor can only be used for reading.
-** If wrFlag==1, then the cursor can be used for reading or for
-** writing if other conditions for writing are also met.  These
-** are the conditions that must be met in order for writing to
-** be allowed:
-**
-** 1:  The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag==1
-**
-** 2:  Other database connections that share the same pager cache
-**     but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have
-**     cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table.  Otherwise
-**     the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to
-**     the read cursors in the other database connection.
-**
-** 3:  The database must be writable (not on read-only media)
-**
-** 4:  There must be an active transaction.
-**
-** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the
-** root page of a b-tree.  If it is not, then the cursor acquired
-** will not work correctly.
-*/
-static int btreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                              /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                            /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                            /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,              /* First arg to comparison function */
-  BtCursor *pCur                         /* Space for new cursor */
-){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  if( wrFlag ){
-    if( pBt->readOnly ){
-      return SQLITE_READONLY;
-    }
-    if( checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0, 0) ){
-      return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pBt->pPage1==0 ){
-    rc = lockBtreeWithRetry(p);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    if( pBt->readOnly && wrFlag ){
-      return SQLITE_READONLY;
-    }
-  }
-  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
-  if( iTable==1 && pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager)==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_EMPTY;
-    goto create_cursor_exception;
-  }
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto create_cursor_exception;
-  }
-
-  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
-  ** variables, link the cursor into the BtShared list and set *ppCur (the
-  ** output argument to this function).
-  */
-  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  pCur->pBtree = p;
-  pCur->pBt = pBt;
-  pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag;
-  pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor;
-  if( pCur->pNext ){
-    pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur;
-  }
-  pBt->pCursor = pCur;
-  pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-create_cursor_exception:
-  releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree *p,                                   /* The btree */
-  int iTable,                                 /* Root page of table to open */
-  int wrFlag,                                 /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */
-  struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,                   /* First arg to xCompare() */
-  BtCursor *pCur                              /* Write new cursor here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(){
-  return sizeof(BtCursor);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Close a cursor.  The read lock on the database file is released
-** when the last cursor is closed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree;
-  if( pBtree ){
-    BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-    pBt->db = pBtree->db;
-    clearCursorPosition(pCur);
-    if( pCur->pPrev ){
-      pCur->pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext;
-    }else{
-      pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext;
-    }
-    if( pCur->pNext ){
-      pCur->pNext->pPrev = pCur->pPrev;
-    }
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    invalidateOverflowCache(pCur);
-    /* sqlite3_free(pCur); */
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a temporary cursor by filling in the fields of pTempCur.
-** The temporary cursor is not on the cursor list for the Btree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  memcpy(pTempCur, pCur, sizeof(*pCur));
-  pTempCur->pNext = 0;
-  pTempCur->pPrev = 0;
-  if( pTempCur->pPage ){
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pTempCur->pPage->pDbPage);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a temporary cursor such as was made by the CreateTemporaryCursor()
-** function above.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pCur->pPage ){
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pCur->pPage->pDbPage);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid
-** BtCursor.info structure.  If it is not already valid, call
-** sqlite3BtreeParseCell() to fill it in.
-**
-** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell.
-** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to sqlite3BtreeParseCell().
-**
-** 2007-06-25:  There is a bug in some versions of MSVC that cause the
-** compiler to crash when getCellInfo() is implemented as a macro.
-** But there is a measureable speed advantage to using the macro on gcc
-** (when less compiler optimizations like -Os or -O0 are used and the
-** compiler is not doing agressive inlining.)  So we use a real function
-** for MSVC and a macro for everything else.  Ticket #2457.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    CellInfo info;
-    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &info);
-    assert( memcmp(&info, &pCur->info, sizeof(info))==0 );
-  }
-#else
-  #define assertCellInfo(x)
-#endif
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-  /* Use a real function in MSVC to work around bugs in that compiler. */
-  static void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){
-    if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){
-      sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);
-      pCur->validNKey = 1;
-    }else{
-      assertCellInfo(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-#else /* if not _MSC_VER */
-  /* Use a macro in all other compilers so that the function is inlined */
-#define getCellInfo(pCur)                                               \
-  if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){                                            \
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->idx, &pCur->info);         \
-    pCur->validNKey = 1;                                                \
-  }else{                                                                \
-    assertCellInfo(pCur);                                               \
-  }
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the size of the buffer needed to hold the value of
-** the key for the current entry.  If the cursor is not pointing
-** to a valid entry, *pSize is set to 0. 
-**
-** For a table with the INTKEY flag set, this routine returns the key
-** itself, not the number of bytes in the key.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      *pSize = 0;
-    }else{
-      getCellInfo(pCur);
-      *pSize = pCur->info.nKey;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set *pSize to the number of bytes of data in the entry the
-** cursor currently points to.  Always return SQLITE_OK.
-** Failure is not possible.  If the cursor is not currently
-** pointing to an entry (which can happen, for example, if
-** the database is empty) then *pSize is set to 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pSize){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      /* Not pointing at a valid entry - set *pSize to 0. */
-      *pSize = 0;
-    }else{
-      getCellInfo(pCur);
-      *pSize = pCur->info.nData;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter
-** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the 
-** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum
-** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. 
-**
-** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise:
-**
-** Unless pPgnoNext is NULL, the page number of the next overflow 
-** page in the linked list is written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl
-** is the last page in its linked list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. 
-**
-** If ppPage is not NULL, *ppPage is set to the MemPage* handle
-** for page ovfl. The underlying pager page may have been requested
-** with the noContent flag set, so the page data accessable via
-** this handle may not be trusted.
-*/
-static int getOverflowPage(
-  BtShared *pBt, 
-  Pgno ovfl,                   /* Overflow page */
-  MemPage **ppPage,            /* OUT: MemPage handle */
-  Pgno *pPgnoNext              /* OUT: Next overflow page number */
-){
-  Pgno next = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  /* One of these must not be NULL. Otherwise, why call this function? */
-  assert(ppPage || pPgnoNext);
-
-  /* If pPgnoNext is NULL, then this function is being called to obtain
-  ** a MemPage* reference only. No page-data is required in this case.
-  */
-  if( !pPgnoNext ){
-    return sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, ppPage, 1);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the
-  ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in 
-  ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns 
-  ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page 
-  ** number ovfl to determine the next page number.
-  */
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgno;
-    Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1;
-    u8 eType;
-
-    while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      iGuess++;
-    }
-
-    if( iGuess<=pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){
-        next = iGuess;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( next==0 || ppPage ){
-    MemPage *pPage = 0;
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, next!=0);
-    assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0);
-    if( next==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      next = get4byte(pPage->aData);
-    }
-
-    if( ppPage ){
-      *ppPage = pPage;
-    }else{
-      releasePage(pPage);
-    }
-  }
-  *pPgnoNext = next;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer.
-**
-** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage.
-** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied
-** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true,
-** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes
-** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code.
-*/
-static int copyPayload(
-  void *pPayload,           /* Pointer to page data */
-  void *pBuf,               /* Pointer to buffer */
-  int nByte,                /* Number of bytes to copy */
-  int eOp,                  /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */
-  DbPage *pDbPage           /* Page containing pPayload */
-){
-  if( eOp ){
-    /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte);
-  }else{
-    /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */
-    memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information
-** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. If the eOp
-** parameter is 0, this is a read operation (data copied into
-** buffer pBuf). If it is non-zero, a write (data copied from
-** buffer pBuf).
-**
-** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset".
-** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf.
-**
-** This routine does not make a distinction between key and data.
-** It just reads or writes bytes from the payload area.  Data might 
-** appear on the main page or be scattered out on multiple overflow 
-** pages.
-**
-** If the BtCursor.isIncrblobHandle flag is set, and the current
-** cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages, this function
-** allocates space for and lazily popluates the overflow page-list 
-** cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). Subsequent calls use this
-** cache to make seeking to the supplied offset more efficient.
-**
-** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it may be
-** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if
-** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum
-** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache.
-**
-**   * An incremental vacuum,
-**   * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode,
-**   * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page).
-*/
-static int accessPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  int offset,          /* Begin reading this far into payload */
-  int amt,             /* Read this many bytes */
-  unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ 
-  int skipKey,         /* offset begins at data if this is true */
-  int eOp              /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */
-){
-  unsigned char *aPayload;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  u32 nKey;
-  int iIdx = 0;
-  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;     /* Btree page of current cursor entry */
-  BtShared *pBt;                   /* Btree this cursor belongs to */
-
-  assert( pPage );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
-  assert( offset>=0 );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell + pCur->info.nHeader;
-  nKey = (pPage->intKey ? 0 : pCur->info.nKey);
-
-  if( skipKey ){
-    offset += nKey;
-  }
-  if( offset+amt > nKey+pCur->info.nData ){
-    /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error */
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */
-  if( offset<pCur->info.nLocal ){
-    int a = amt;
-    if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){
-      a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset;
-    }
-    rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage);
-    offset = 0;
-    pBuf += a;
-    amt -= a;
-  }else{
-    offset -= pCur->info.nLocal;
-  }
-
-  pBt = pCur->pBt;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    const int ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;  /* Bytes content per ovfl page */
-    Pgno nextPage;
-
-    nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-    /* If the isIncrblobHandle flag is set and the BtCursor.aOverflow[]
-    ** has not been allocated, allocate it now. The array is sized at
-    ** one entry for each overflow page in the overflow chain. The
-    ** page number of the first overflow page is stored in aOverflow[0],
-    ** etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array means "not yet known"
-    ** (the cache is lazily populated).
-    */
-    if( pCur->isIncrblobHandle && !pCur->aOverflow ){
-      int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize;
-      pCur->aOverflow = (Pgno *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Pgno)*nOvfl);
-      if( nOvfl && !pCur->aOverflow ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the
-    ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip
-    ** directly to it.
-    */
-    if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){
-      iIdx = (offset/ovflSize);
-      nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx];
-      offset = (offset%ovflSize);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for( ; rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 && nextPage; iIdx++){
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-      /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */
-      if( pCur->aOverflow ){
-        assert(!pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage);
-        pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      if( offset>=ovflSize ){
-        /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page
-        ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page
-        ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow
-        ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage()
-        ** function.
-        */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-        if( pCur->aOverflow && pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){
-          nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1];
-        } else 
-#endif
-          rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage);
-        offset -= ovflSize;
-      }else{
-        /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the
-        ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0).
-        */
-        DbPage *pDbPage;
-        int a = amt;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-          nextPage = get4byte(aPayload);
-          if( a + offset > ovflSize ){
-            a = ovflSize - offset;
-          }
-          rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage);
-          sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-          offset = 0;
-          amt -= a;
-          pBuf += a;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the key associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
-    if( pCur->pPage->intKey ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    assert( pCur->pPage->intKey==0 );
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
-    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read part of the data associated with cursor pCur.  Exactly
-** "amt" bytes will be transfered into pBuf[].  The transfer
-** begins at "offset".
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes
-** wrong.  An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than
-** the available payload.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){
-  int rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-  if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-    assert( pCur->pPage!=0 );
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
-    rc = accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 1, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the 
-** pCur cursor is pointing to.  The pointer is to the beginning of
-** the key if skipKey==0 and it points to the beginning of data if
-** skipKey==1.  The number of bytes of available key/data is written
-** into *pAmt.  If *pAmt==0, then the value returned will not be
-** a valid pointer.
-**
-** This routine is an optimization.  It is common for the entire key
-** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow
-** pages.  When that is so, this routine can be used to access the
-** key and data without making a copy.  If the key and/or data spills
-** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassembly
-** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer.
-**
-** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached
-** page of the database.  The data might change or move the next time
-** any btree routine is called.
-*/
-static const unsigned char *fetchPayload(
-  BtCursor *pCur,      /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */
-  int *pAmt,           /* Write the number of available bytes here */
-  int skipKey          /* read beginning at data if this is true */
-){
-  unsigned char *aPayload;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  u32 nKey;
-  int nLocal;
-
-  assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->pPage!=0 );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
-  getCellInfo(pCur);
-  aPayload = pCur->info.pCell;
-  aPayload += pCur->info.nHeader;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    nKey = 0;
-  }else{
-    nKey = pCur->info.nKey;
-  }
-  if( skipKey ){
-    aPayload += nKey;
-    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal - nKey;
-  }else{
-    nLocal = pCur->info.nLocal;
-    if( nLocal>nKey ){
-      nLocal = nKey;
-    }
-  }
-  *pAmt = nLocal;
-  return aPayload;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as
-** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local
-** b-tree page.  Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt.
-**
-** The pointer returned is ephemeral.  The key/data may move
-** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine,
-** including calls from other threads against the same cache.
-** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling
-** this routine.
-**
-** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data
-** in the common case where no overflow pages are used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 0);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor *pCur, int *pAmt){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return (const void*)fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt, 1);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to a new child page.  The newPgno argument is the
-** page number of the child page to move to.
-*/
-static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pNewPage;
-  MemPage *pOldPage;
-  BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pNewPage, pCur->pPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  pNewPage->idxParent = pCur->idx;
-  pOldPage = pCur->pPage;
-  pOldPage->idxShift = 0;
-  releasePage(pOldPage);
-  pCur->pPage = pNewPage;
-  pCur->idx = 0;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  if( pNewPage->nCell<1 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the page is the virtual root of its table.
-**
-** The virtual root page is the root page for most tables.  But
-** for the table rooted on page 1, sometime the real root page
-** is empty except for the right-pointer.  In such cases the
-** virtual root page is the page that the right-pointer of page
-** 1 is pointing to.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(MemPage *pPage){
-  MemPage *pParent;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pParent = pPage->pParent;
-  if( pParent==0 ) return 1;
-  if( pParent->pgno>1 ) return 0;
-  if( get2byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+3])==0 ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor up to the parent page.
-**
-** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer
-** to the page we are coming from.  If we are coming from the
-** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than
-** the largest cell index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pParent;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int idxParent;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  assert( !sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) );
-  pParent = pPage->pParent;
-  assert( pParent!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->pDbPage->nRef>0 );
-  idxParent = pPage->idxParent;
-  sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  pCur->pPage = pParent;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  assert( pParent->idxShift==0 );
-  pCur->idx = idxParent;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor to the root page
-*/
-static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_VALID   < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  assert( CURSOR_FAULT   > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-      return pCur->skip;
-    }
-    clearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  }
-  pRoot = pCur->pPage;
-  if( pRoot && pRoot->isInit ){
-    /* If the page the cursor is currently pointing to is fully initialized,
-    ** then the root page can be found by following the MemPage.pParent
-    ** pointers. This is faster than requesting a reference to the root
-    ** page from the pager layer.
-    */
-    while( pRoot->pParent ){
-      assert( pRoot->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-      pRoot = pRoot->pParent;
-    }
-    assert( pRoot->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-    if( pRoot!=pCur->pPage ){
-      sqlite3PagerRef(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-      pCur->pPage = pRoot;
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( 
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0))
-    ){
-      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    releasePage(pCur->pPage);
-    pCur->pPage = pRoot;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->pPage->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot );
-  pCur->idx = 0;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->atLast = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  if( pRoot->nCell==0 && !pRoot->leaf ){
-    Pgno subpage;
-    assert( pRoot->pgno==1 );
-    subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]);
-    assert( subpage>0 );
-    pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage);
-  }
-  pCur->eState = ((pCur->pPage->nCell>0)?CURSOR_VALID:CURSOR_INVALID);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the
-** entry to which it is currently pointing.
-**
-** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first
-** in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
-    pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->idx));
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the
-** page to which it is currently pointing.  Notice the difference
-** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost().  moveToLeftmost()
-** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost()
-** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*.
-**
-** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last
-** key in ascending order.
-*/
-static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){
-  Pgno pgno;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCur->idx = pPage->nCell - 1;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-      assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** on success.  Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something
-** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
- 
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-      assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
-      *pRes = 1;
-    }else{
-      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
-      *pRes = 0;
-      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-      getCellInfo(pCur);
-      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key 
-** specified by pIdxKey or intKey.   Return a success code.
-**
-** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used.  pIdxKey 
-** must be NULL.  For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey
-** is ignored.
-**
-** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always
-** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it
-** were present.  The cursor might point to an entry that comes
-** before or after the key.
-**
-** The result of comparing the key with the entry to which the
-** cursor is written to *pRes if pRes!=NULL.  The meaning of
-** this value is as follows:
-**
-**     *pRes<0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is smaller than pKey or if the table is empty
-**                  and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing.
-**
-**     *pRes==0     The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  exactly matches pKey.
-**
-**     *pRes>0      The cursor is left pointing at an entry that
-**                  is larger than pKey.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
-  BtCursor *pCur,          /* The cursor to be moved */
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */
-  i64 intKey,              /* The table key */
-  int biasRight,           /* If true, bias the search to the high end */
-  int *pRes                /* Write search results here */
-){
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying
-  ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && pCur->validNKey && pCur->pPage->intKey ){
-    if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( pCur->atLast && pCur->info.nKey<intKey ){
-      *pRes = -1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->pPage );
-  assert( pCur->pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
-    *pRes = -1;
-    assert( pCur->pPage->nCell==0 );
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pCur->pPage->intKey || pIdxKey );
-  for(;;){
-    int lwr, upr;
-    Pgno chldPg;
-    MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
-    int c = -1;  /* pRes return if table is empty must be -1 */
-    lwr = 0;
-    upr = pPage->nCell-1;
-    if( !pPage->intKey && pIdxKey==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto moveto_finish;
-    }
-    if( biasRight ){
-      pCur->idx = upr;
-    }else{
-      pCur->idx = (upr+lwr)/2;
-    }
-    if( lwr<=upr ) for(;;){
-      void *pCellKey;
-      i64 nCellKey;
-      pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-      pCur->validNKey = 1;
-      if( pPage->intKey ){
-        u8 *pCell;
-        pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) + pPage->childPtrSize;
-        if( pPage->hasData ){
-          u32 dummy;
-          pCell += getVarint32(pCell, dummy);
-        }
-        getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey);
-        if( nCellKey==intKey ){
-          c = 0;
-        }else if( nCellKey<intKey ){
-          c = -1;
-        }else{
-          assert( nCellKey>intKey );
-          c = +1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        int available;
-        pCellKey = (void *)fetchPayload(pCur, &available, 0);
-        nCellKey = pCur->info.nKey;
-        if( available>=nCellKey ){
-          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
-        }else{
-          pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCellKey );
-          if( pCellKey==0 ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            goto moveto_finish;
-          }
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, 0, nCellKey, (void *)pCellKey);
-          c = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nCellKey, pCellKey, pIdxKey);
-          sqlite3_free(pCellKey);
-          if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
-        }
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
-        if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
-          lwr = pCur->idx;
-          upr = lwr - 1;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          if( pRes ) *pRes = 0;
-          rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          goto moveto_finish;
-        }
-      }
-      if( c<0 ){
-        lwr = pCur->idx+1;
-      }else{
-        upr = pCur->idx-1;
-      }
-      if( lwr>upr ){
-        pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey;
-        break;
-      }
-      pCur->idx = (lwr+upr)/2;
-    }
-    assert( lwr==upr+1 );
-    assert( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-    if( pPage->leaf ){
-      chldPg = 0;
-    }else if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){
-      chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    }else{
-      chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr));
-    }
-    if( chldPg==0 ){
-      assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pCur->pPage->nCell );
-      if( pRes ) *pRes = c;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      goto moveto_finish;
-    }
-    pCur->idx = lwr;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg);
-    if( rc ) goto moveto_finish;
-  }
-moveto_finish:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record
-** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode.  Unpack the
-** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
-  BtCursor *pCur,     /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* Packed key if the btree is an index */
-  i64 nKey,           /* Integer key for tables.  Size of pKey for indices */
-  int bias,           /* Bias search to the high end */
-  int *pRes           /* Write search results here */
-){
-  int rc;                    /* Status code */
-  UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked index key */
-  UnpackedRecord aSpace[16]; /* Temp space for pIdxKey - to avoid a malloc */
-
-  if( pKey ){
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey,
-                                      aSpace, sizeof(aSpace));
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    pIdxKey = 0;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes);
-  if( pKey ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table.
-**
-** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves
-** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past
-** the first entry.  TRUE is also returned if the table is empty.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){
-  /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries
-  ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code
-  ** as well as the boolean result value.
-  */
-  return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the database connection handle for a cursor.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  return pCur->pBtree->db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the last entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pRes!=0 );
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-    *pRes = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pCur->skip>0 ){
-    pCur->skip = 0;
-    *pRes = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pCur->skip = 0;
-
-  assert( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  assert( pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
-
-  pCur->idx++;
-  pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-  pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  if( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell ){
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]));
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-      *pRes = 0;
-      return rc;
-    }
-    do{
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
-        *pRes = 1;
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
-      pPage = pCur->pPage;
-    }while( pCur->idx>=pPage->nCell );
-    *pRes = 0;
-    if( pPage->intKey ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-  *pRes = 0;
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database.  If
-** successful then set *pRes=0.  If the cursor
-** was already pointing to the first entry in the database before
-** this routine was called, then set *pRes=1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){
-  int rc;
-  Pgno pgno;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  pCur->atLast = 0;
-  if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
-    *pRes = 1;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( pCur->skip<0 ){
-    pCur->skip = 0;
-    *pRes = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  pCur->skip = 0;
-
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  assert( pCur->idx>=0 );
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte( findCell(pPage, pCur->idx) );
-    rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno);
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
-  }else{
-    while( pCur->idx==0 ){
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsRootPage(pPage) ){
-        pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-        *pRes = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(pCur);
-      pPage = pCur->pPage;
-    }
-    pCur->idx--;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-    if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, pRes);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  *pRes = 0;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new page from the database file.
-**
-** The new page is marked as dirty.  (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite()
-** has already been called on the new page.)  The new page has also
-** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned on success.  Any other return value indicates
-** an error.  *ppPage and *pPgno are undefined in the event of an error.
-** Do not invoke sqlite3PagerUnref() on *ppPage if an error is returned.
-**
-** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then a (feeble) effort is made to 
-** locate a page close to the page number "nearby".  This can be used in an
-** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file,
-** which in turn can make database access faster.
-**
-** If the "exact" parameter is not 0, and the page-number nearby exists 
-** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guarenteed to be returned. This
-** is only used by auto-vacuum databases when allocating a new table.
-*/
-static int allocateBtreePage(
-  BtShared *pBt, 
-  MemPage **ppPage, 
-  Pgno *pPgno, 
-  Pgno nearby,
-  u8 exact
-){
-  MemPage *pPage1;
-  int rc;
-  int n;     /* Number of pages on the freelist */
-  int k;     /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */
-  MemPage *pTrunk = 0;
-  MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  if( n>0 ){
-    /* There are pages on the freelist.  Reuse one of those pages. */
-    Pgno iTrunk;
-    u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */
-    
-    /* If the 'exact' parameter was true and a query of the pointer-map
-    ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then
-    ** the entire-list will be searched for that page.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( exact && nearby<=pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      u8 eType;
-      assert( nearby>0 );
-      assert( pBt->autoVacuum );
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-      if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-        searchList = 1;
-      }
-      *pPgno = nearby;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the
-    ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1);
-
-    /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable
-    ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the
-    ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located.
-    */
-    do {
-      pPrevTrunk = pTrunk;
-      if( pPrevTrunk ){
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]);
-      }else{
-        iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]);
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0);
-      if( rc ){
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-      }
-
-      k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-      if( k==0 && !searchList ){
-        /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. 
-        ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly 
-        ** allocated page */
-        assert( pPrevTrunk==0 );
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        *pPgno = iTrunk;
-        memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-      }else if( k>pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){
-        /* Value of k is out of range.  Database corruption */
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto end_allocate_page;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      }else if( searchList && nearby==iTrunk ){
-        /* The list is being searched and this trunk page is the page
-        ** to allocate, regardless of whether it has leaves.
-        */
-        assert( *pPgno==iTrunk );
-        *ppPage = pTrunk;
-        searchList = 0;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        if( k==0 ){
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }else{
-            memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          }
-        }else{
-          /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains 
-          ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk
-          ** page in this case.
-          */
-          MemPage *pNewTrunk;
-          Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]);
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4);
-          put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1);
-          memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4);
-          releasePage(pNewTrunk);
-          if( !pPrevTrunk ){
-            put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk);
-          }else{
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage);
-            if( rc ){
-              goto end_allocate_page;
-            }
-            put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk);
-          }
-        }
-        pTrunk = 0;
-        TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1));
-#endif
-      }else{
-        /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */
-        int closest;
-        Pgno iPage;
-        unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData;
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-        if( rc ){
-          goto end_allocate_page;
-        }
-        if( nearby>0 ){
-          int i, dist;
-          closest = 0;
-          dist = get4byte(&aData[8]) - nearby;
-          if( dist<0 ) dist = -dist;
-          for(i=1; i<k; i++){
-            int d2 = get4byte(&aData[8+i*4]) - nearby;
-            if( d2<0 ) d2 = -d2;
-            if( d2<dist ){
-              closest = i;
-              dist = d2;
-            }
-          }
-        }else{
-          closest = 0;
-        }
-
-        iPage = get4byte(&aData[8+closest*4]);
-        if( !searchList || iPage==nearby ){
-          int nPage;
-          *pPgno = iPage;
-          nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-          if( *pPgno>nPage ){
-            /* Free page off the end of the file */
-            rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-            goto end_allocate_page;
-          }
-          TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d was leaf %d of %d on trunk %d"
-                 ": %d more free pages\n",
-                 *pPgno, closest+1, k, pTrunk->pgno, n-1));
-          if( closest<k-1 ){
-            memcpy(&aData[8+closest*4], &aData[4+k*4], 4);
-          }
-          put4byte(&aData[4], k-1);
-          rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 1);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            sqlite3PagerDontRollback((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-            rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-              releasePage(*ppPage);
-            }
-          }
-          searchList = 0;
-        }
-      }
-      releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-      pPrevTrunk = 0;
-    }while( searchList );
-  }else{
-    /* There are no pages on the freelist, so create a new page at the
-    ** end of the file */
-    int nPage = pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager);
-    *pPgno = nPage + 1;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->nTrunc ){
-      /* An incr-vacuum has already run within this transaction. So the
-      ** page to allocate is not from the physical end of the file, but
-      ** at pBt->nTrunc. 
-      */
-      *pPgno = pBt->nTrunc+1;
-      if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        (*pPgno)++;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, *pPgno) ){
-      /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages
-      ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page
-      ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller.
-      */
-      TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", *pPgno));
-      assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-      (*pPgno)++;
-      if( *pPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ (*pPgno)++; }
-    }
-    if( pBt->nTrunc ){
-      pBt->nTrunc = *pPgno;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-    }
-    TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno));
-  }
-
-  assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-end_allocate_page:
-  releasePage(pTrunk);
-  releasePage(pPrevTrunk);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( (*ppPage)->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ){
-      releasePage(*ppPage);
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-    (*ppPage)->isInit = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a page of the database file to the freelist.
-**
-** sqlite3PagerUnref() is NOT called for pPage.
-*/
-static int freePage(MemPage *pPage){
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1;
-  int rc, n, k;
-
-  /* Prepare the page for freeing */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
-  pPage->isInit = 0;
-  releasePage(pPage->pParent);
-  pPage->pParent = 0;
-
-  /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]);
-  put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n+1);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-  /* If the SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE compile-time option is enabled, then
-  ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize);
-#endif
-
-  /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map
-  ** to indicate that the page is free.
-  */
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pPage->pgno, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( n==0 ){
-    /* This is the first free page */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    memset(pPage->aData, 0, 8);
-    put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
-    TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d first\n", pPage->pgno));
-  }else{
-    /* Other free pages already exist.  Retrive the first trunk page
-    ** of the freelist and find out how many leaves it has. */
-    MemPage *pTrunk;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]), &pTrunk, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]);
-    if( k>=pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){
-      /* The trunk is full.  Turn the page being freed into a new
-      ** trunk page with no leaves.
-      **
-      ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains
-      ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have
-      ** coded.  But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to
-      ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than
-      ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt.  In order
-      ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite,
-      ** we will contain to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8
-      ** for now.  At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded
-      ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above
-      ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8".
-      */
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(pPage->aData, pTrunk->pgno);
-        put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0);
-        put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], pPage->pgno);
-        TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n",
-                pPage->pgno, pTrunk->pgno));
-      }
-    }else if( k<0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-    }else{
-      /* Add the newly freed page as a leaf on the current trunk */
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], k+1);
-        put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+k*4], pPage->pgno);
-#ifndef SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE
-        rc = sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-#endif
-      }
-      TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno));
-    }
-    releasePage(pTrunk);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell.
-*/
-static int clearCell(MemPage *pPage, unsigned char *pCell){
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  CellInfo info;
-  Pgno ovflPgno;
-  int rc;
-  int nOvfl;
-  int ovflPageSize;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
-  }
-  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
-  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
-  while( nOvfl-- ){
-    MemPage *pOvfl;
-    if( ovflPgno==0 || ovflPgno>pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-      return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-    }
-
-    rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, (nOvfl==0)?0:&ovflPgno);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    rc = freePage(pOvfl);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage
-** and write that byte sequence into pCell[].  Overflow pages are
-** allocated and filled in as necessary.  The calling procedure
-** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated
-** for pCell[].
-**
-** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData
-** area.  pCell might point to some temporary storage.  The cell will
-** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData
-** later.
-*/
-static int fillInCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,                /* The page that contains the cell */
-  unsigned char *pCell,          /* Complete text of the cell */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key */
-  const void *pData,int nData,   /* The data */
-  int nZero,                     /* Extra zero bytes to append to pData */
-  int *pnSize                    /* Write cell size here */
-){
-  int nPayload;
-  const u8 *pSrc;
-  int nSrc, n, rc;
-  int spaceLeft;
-  MemPage *pOvfl = 0;
-  MemPage *pToRelease = 0;
-  unsigned char *pPrior;
-  unsigned char *pPayload;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  Pgno pgnoOvfl = 0;
-  int nHeader;
-  CellInfo info;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* Fill in the header. */
-  nHeader = 0;
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    nHeader += 4;
-  }
-  if( pPage->hasData ){
-    nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], nData+nZero);
-  }else{
-    nData = nZero = 0;
-  }
-  nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&nKey);
-  sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-  assert( info.nHeader==nHeader );
-  assert( info.nKey==nKey );
-  assert( info.nData==nData+nZero );
-  
-  /* Fill in the payload */
-  nPayload = nData + nZero;
-  if( pPage->intKey ){
-    pSrc = pData;
-    nSrc = nData;
-    nData = 0;
-  }else{
-    nPayload += nKey;
-    pSrc = pKey;
-    nSrc = nKey;
-  }
-  *pnSize = info.nSize;
-  spaceLeft = info.nLocal;
-  pPayload = &pCell[nHeader];
-  pPrior = &pCell[info.iOverflow];
-
-  while( nPayload>0 ){
-    if( spaceLeft==0 ){
-      int isExact = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        do{
-          pgnoOvfl++;
-        } while( 
-          PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) 
-        );
-        if( pgnoOvfl>1 ){
-          /* isExact = 1; */
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, isExact);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent
-      ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map
-      ** for that page now. 
-      **
-      ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry 
-      ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot,
-      ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell()
-      ** may misinterpret the uninitialised values and delete the
-      ** wrong pages from the database.
-      */
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1);
-        rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap);
-        if( rc ){
-          releasePage(pOvfl);
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      if( rc ){
-        releasePage(pToRelease);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl);
-      releasePage(pToRelease);
-      pToRelease = pOvfl;
-      pPrior = pOvfl->aData;
-      put4byte(pPrior, 0);
-      pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4];
-      spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4;
-    }
-    n = nPayload;
-    if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft;
-    if( nSrc>0 ){
-      if( n>nSrc ) n = nSrc;
-      assert( pSrc );
-      memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n);
-    }else{
-      memset(pPayload, 0, n);
-    }
-    nPayload -= n;
-    pPayload += n;
-    pSrc += n;
-    nSrc -= n;
-    spaceLeft -= n;
-    if( nSrc==0 ){
-      nSrc = nData;
-      pSrc = pData;
-    }
-  }
-  releasePage(pToRelease);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Change the MemPage.pParent pointer on the page whose number is
-** given in the second argument so that MemPage.pParent holds the
-** pointer in the third argument.
-**
-** If the final argument, updatePtrmap, is non-zero and the database
-** is an auto-vacuum database, then the pointer-map entry for pgno
-** is updated.
-*/
-static int reparentPage(
-  BtShared *pBt,                /* B-Tree structure */
-  Pgno pgno,                    /* Page number of child being adopted */
-  MemPage *pNewParent,          /* New parent of pgno */
-  int idx,                      /* Index of child page pgno in pNewParent */
-  int updatePtrmap              /* If true, update pointer-map for pgno */
-){
-  MemPage *pThis;
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  assert( pNewParent!=0 );
-  if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno);
-  if( pDbPage ){
-    pThis = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage);
-    if( pThis->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ){
-      assert( pThis->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) );
-      if( pThis->pParent!=pNewParent ){
-        if( pThis->pParent ) sqlite3PagerUnref(pThis->pParent->pDbPage);
-        pThis->pParent = pNewParent;
-        sqlite3PagerRef(pNewParent->pDbPage);
-      }
-      pThis->idxParent = idx;
-    }
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  }
-
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM && updatePtrmap ){
-    return ptrmapPut(pBt, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pNewParent->pgno);
-  }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* If the updatePtrmap flag was clear, assert that the entry in the
-  ** pointer-map is already correct.
-  */
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager,PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt,pgno));
-    if( pDbPage ){
-      u8 eType;
-      Pgno ii;
-      int rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgno, &eType, &ii);
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && ii==pNewParent->pgno && eType==PTRMAP_BTREE );
-      sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Change the pParent pointer of all children of pPage to point back
-** to pPage.
-**
-** In other words, for every child of pPage, invoke reparentPage()
-** to make sure that each child knows that pPage is its parent.
-**
-** This routine gets called after you memcpy() one page into
-** another.
-**
-** If updatePtrmap is true, then the pointer-map entries for all child
-** pages of pPage are updated.
-*/
-static int reparentChildPages(MemPage *pPage, int updatePtrmap){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    int i;
-    BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-    Pgno iRight = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-
-    for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
-      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-      rc = reparentPage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, i, updatePtrmap);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    }
-    rc = reparentPage(pBt, iRight, pPage, i, updatePtrmap);
-    pPage->idxShift = 0;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the i-th cell from pPage.  This routine effects pPage only.
-** The cell content is not freed or deallocated.  It is assumed that
-** the cell content has been copied someplace else.  This routine just
-** removes the reference to the cell from pPage.
-**
-** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell.
-*/
-static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz){
-  int i;          /* Loop counter */
-  int pc;         /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */
-  u8 *data;       /* pPage->aData */
-  u8 *ptr;        /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */
-
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<pPage->nCell );
-  assert( sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  ptr = &data[pPage->cellOffset + 2*idx];
-  pc = get2byte(ptr);
-  assert( pc>10 && pc+sz<=pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz);
-  for(i=idx+1; i<pPage->nCell; i++, ptr+=2){
-    ptr[0] = ptr[2];
-    ptr[1] = ptr[3];
-  }
-  pPage->nCell--;
-  put2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3], pPage->nCell);
-  pPage->nFree += 2;
-  pPage->idxShift = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i".  pCell points to the
-** content of the cell.
-**
-** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there.  If it
-** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if
-** pTemp is not null.  Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry
-** in pPage->aOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either
-** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. 
-** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that 
-** pPage->nOverflow is incremented.
-**
-** If nSkip is non-zero, then do not copy the first nSkip bytes of the
-** cell. The caller will overwrite them after this function returns. If
-** nSkip is non-zero, then pCell may not point to an invalid memory location 
-** (but pCell+nSkip is always valid).
-*/
-static int insertCell(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* Page into which we are copying */
-  int i,            /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */
-  u8 *pCell,        /* Content of the new cell */
-  int sz,           /* Bytes of content in pCell */
-  u8 *pTemp,        /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */
-  u8 nSkip          /* Do not write the first nSkip bytes of the cell */
-){
-  int idx;          /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */
-  int j;            /* Loop counter */
-  int top;          /* First byte of content for any cell in data[] */
-  int end;          /* First byte past the last cell pointer in data[] */
-  int ins;          /* Index in data[] where new cell pointer is inserted */
-  int hdr;          /* Offset into data[] of the page header */
-  int cellOffset;   /* Address of first cell pointer in data[] */
-  u8 *data;         /* The content of the whole page */
-  u8 *ptr;          /* Used for moving information around in data[] */
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow );
-  assert( sz==cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){
-    if( pTemp ){
-      memcpy(pTemp+nSkip, pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
-      pCell = pTemp;
-    }
-    j = pPage->nOverflow++;
-    assert( j<sizeof(pPage->aOvfl)/sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]) );
-    pPage->aOvfl[j].pCell = pCell;
-    pPage->aOvfl[j].idx = i;
-    pPage->nFree = 0;
-  }else{
-    int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) );
-    data = pPage->aData;
-    hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-    top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-    cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset;
-    end = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell + 2;
-    ins = cellOffset + 2*i;
-    if( end > top - sz ){
-      defragmentPage(pPage);
-      top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-      assert( end + sz <= top );
-    }
-    idx = allocateSpace(pPage, sz);
-    assert( idx>0 );
-    assert( end <= get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) );
-    pPage->nCell++;
-    pPage->nFree -= 2;
-    memcpy(&data[idx+nSkip], pCell+nSkip, sz-nSkip);
-    for(j=end-2, ptr=&data[j]; j>ins; j-=2, ptr-=2){
-      ptr[0] = ptr[-2];
-      ptr[1] = ptr[-1];
-    }
-    put2byte(&data[ins], idx);
-    put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell);
-    pPage->idxShift = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write
-      ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map.
-      */
-      CellInfo info;
-      sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-      assert( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))==info.nPayload );
-      if( (info.nData+(pPage->intKey?0:info.nKey))>info.nLocal ){
-        Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-        rc = ptrmapPut(pPage->pBt, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a list of cells to a page.  The page should be initially empty.
-** The cells are guaranteed to fit on the page.
-*/
-static void assemblePage(
-  MemPage *pPage,   /* The page to be assemblied */
-  int nCell,        /* The number of cells to add to this page */
-  u8 **apCell,      /* Pointers to cell bodies */
-  u16 *aSize        /* Sizes of the cells */
-){
-  int i;            /* Loop counter */
-  int totalSize;    /* Total size of all cells */
-  int hdr;          /* Index of page header */
-  int cellptr;      /* Address of next cell pointer */
-  int cellbody;     /* Address of next cell body */
-  u8 *data;         /* Data for the page */
-
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  totalSize = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    totalSize += aSize[i];
-  }
-  assert( totalSize+2*nCell<=pPage->nFree );
-  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
-  cellptr = pPage->cellOffset;
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  put2byte(&data[hdr+3], nCell);
-  if( nCell ){
-    cellbody = allocateSpace(pPage, totalSize);
-    assert( cellbody>0 );
-    assert( pPage->nFree >= 2*nCell );
-    pPage->nFree -= 2*nCell;
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      put2byte(&data[cellptr], cellbody);
-      memcpy(&data[cellbody], apCell[i], aSize[i]);
-      cellptr += 2;
-      cellbody += aSize[i];
-    }
-    assert( cellbody==pPage->pBt->usableSize );
-  }
-  pPage->nCell = nCell;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved
-** in a balancing operation.  NN is the number of neighbors on either side
-** of the page that participate in the balancing operation.  NB is the
-** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and
-** NN neighbors on either side.
-**
-** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course).  Increasing NN above 1
-** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance
-** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance.
-** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall.
-*/
-#define NN 1             /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */
-#define NB (NN*2+1)      /* Total pages involved in the balance */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int balance(MemPage*, int);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-/*
-** This version of balance() handles the common special case where
-** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the
-** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest
-** entry in the tree.
-**
-** Instead of trying balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add
-** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in
-** that page.  This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat
-** unbalanced.  But odds are that we will be inserting new entries
-** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly
-** fill up.  On average.
-**
-** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree.
-** pParent is its parent.  pPage must have a single overflow entry
-** which is also the right-most entry on the page.
-*/
-static int balance_quick(MemPage *pPage, MemPage *pParent){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pNew = 0;
-  Pgno pgnoNew;
-  u8 *pCell;
-  u16 szCell;
-  CellInfo info;
-  BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  int parentIdx = pParent->nCell;   /* pParent new divider cell index */
-  int parentSize;                   /* Size of new divider cell */
-  u8 parentCell[64];                /* Space for the new divider cell */
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* Allocate a new page. Insert the overflow cell from pPage
-  ** into it. Then remove the overflow cell from pPage.
-  */
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pCell = pPage->aOvfl[0].pCell;
-    szCell = cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell);
-    zeroPage(pNew, pPage->aData[0]);
-    assemblePage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell);
-    pPage->nOverflow = 0;
-  
-    /* Set the parent of the newly allocated page to pParent. */
-    pNew->pParent = pParent;
-    sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-  
-    /* pPage is currently the right-child of pParent. Change this
-    ** so that the right-child is the new page allocated above and
-    ** pPage is the next-to-right child. 
-    **
-    ** Ignore the return value of the call to fillInCell(). fillInCell()
-    ** may only return other than SQLITE_OK if it is required to allocate
-    ** one or more overflow pages. Since an internal table B-Tree cell 
-    ** may never spill over onto an overflow page (it is a maximum of 
-    ** 13 bytes in size), it is not neccessary to check the return code.
-    **
-    ** Similarly, the insertCell() function cannot fail if the page
-    ** being inserted into is already writable and the cell does not 
-    ** contain an overflow pointer. So ignore this return code too.
-    */
-    assert( pPage->nCell>0 );
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1);
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    fillInCell(pParent, parentCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &parentSize);
-    assert( parentSize<64 );
-    assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) );
-    insertCell(pParent, parentIdx, parentCell, parentSize, 0, 4);
-    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,parentIdx), pPage->pgno);
-    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew);
-  
-    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map
-    ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the 
-    ** cell on the page to an overflow page.
-    */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Release the reference to the new page. */
-    releasePage(pNew);
-  }
-
-  /* At this point the pPage->nFree variable is not set correctly with
-  ** respect to the content of the page (because it was set to 0 by 
-  ** insertCell). So call sqlite3BtreeInitPage() to make sure it is
-  ** correct.
-  **
-  ** This has to be done even if an error will be returned. Normally, if
-  ** an error occurs during tree balancing, the contents of MemPage are
-  ** not important, as they will be recalculated when the page is rolled
-  ** back. But here, in balance_quick(), it is possible that pPage has 
-  ** not yet been marked dirty or written into the journal file. Therefore
-  ** it will not be rolled back and so it is important to make sure that
-  ** the page data and contents of MemPage are consistent.
-  */
-  pPage->isInit = 0;
-  sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pPage->pParent);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pParent->pDbPage);
-
-  /* If everything else succeeded, balance the parent page, in 
-  ** case the divider cell inserted caused it to become overfull.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = balance(pParent, 0);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */
-
-/*
-** This routine redistributes Cells on pPage and up to NN*2 siblings
-** of pPage so that all pages have about the same amount of free space.
-** Usually NN siblings on either side of pPage is used in the balancing,
-** though more siblings might come from one side if pPage is the first
-** or last child of its parent.  If pPage has fewer than 2*NN siblings
-** (something which can only happen if pPage is the root page or a 
-** child of root) then all available siblings participate in the balancing.
-**
-** The number of siblings of pPage might be increased or decreased by one or
-** two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. The root page
-** is special and is allowed to be nearly empty. If pPage is 
-** the root page, then the depth of the tree might be increased
-** or decreased by one, as necessary, to keep the root page from being
-** overfull or completely empty.
-**
-** Note that when this routine is called, some of the Cells on pPage
-** might not actually be stored in pPage->aData[].  This can happen
-** if the page is overfull.  Part of the job of this routine is to
-** make sure all Cells for pPage once again fit in pPage->aData[].
-**
-** In the course of balancing the siblings of pPage, the parent of pPage
-** might become overfull or underfull.  If that happens, then this routine
-** is called recursively on the parent.
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database
-** in a corrupted state.  So if this routine fails, the database should
-** be rolled back.
-*/
-static int balance_nonroot(MemPage *pPage){
-  MemPage *pParent;            /* The parent of pPage */
-  BtShared *pBt;               /* The whole database */
-  int nCell = 0;               /* Number of cells in apCell[] */
-  int nMaxCells = 0;           /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */
-  int nOld;                    /* Number of pages in apOld[] */
-  int nNew;                    /* Number of pages in apNew[] */
-  int nDiv;                    /* Number of cells in apDiv[] */
-  int i, j, k;                 /* Loop counters */
-  int idx;                     /* Index of pPage in pParent->aCell[] */
-  int nxDiv;                   /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */
-  int rc;                      /* The return code */
-  int leafCorrection;          /* 4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if not */
-  int leafData;                /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */
-  int usableSpace;             /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */
-  int pageFlags;               /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */
-  int subtotal;                /* Subtotal of bytes in cells on one page */
-  int iSpace1 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */
-  int iSpace2 = 0;             /* First unused byte of aSpace2[] */
-  int szScratch;               /* Size of scratch memory requested */
-  MemPage *apOld[NB];          /* pPage and up to two siblings */
-  Pgno pgnoOld[NB];            /* Page numbers for each page in apOld[] */
-  MemPage *apCopy[NB];         /* Private copies of apOld[] pages */
-  MemPage *apNew[NB+2];        /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */
-  Pgno pgnoNew[NB+2];          /* Page numbers for each page in apNew[] */
-  u8 *apDiv[NB];               /* Divider cells in pParent */
-  int cntNew[NB+2];            /* Index in aCell[] of cell after i-th page */
-  int szNew[NB+2];             /* Combined size of cells place on i-th page */
-  u8 **apCell = 0;             /* All cells begin balanced */
-  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */
-  u8 *aCopy[NB];         /* Space for holding data of apCopy[] */
-  u8 *aSpace1;           /* Space for copies of dividers cells before balance */
-  u8 *aSpace2 = 0;       /* Space for overflow dividers cells after balance */
-  u8 *aFrom = 0;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-
-  /* 
-  ** Find the parent page.
-  */
-  assert( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) || pPage->nOverflow==1 );
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  pParent = pPage->pParent;
-  assert( pParent );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno));
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE
-  /*
-  ** A special case:  If a new entry has just been inserted into a
-  ** table (that is, a btree with integer keys and all data at the leaves)
-  ** and the new entry is the right-most entry in the tree (it has the
-  ** largest key) then use the special balance_quick() routine for
-  ** balancing.  balance_quick() is much faster and results in a tighter
-  ** packing of data in the common case.
-  */
-  if( pPage->leaf &&
-      pPage->intKey &&
-      pPage->nOverflow==1 &&
-      pPage->aOvfl[0].idx==pPage->nCell &&
-      pPage->pParent->pgno!=1 &&
-      get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pPage->pgno
-  ){
-    assert( pPage->intKey );
-    /*
-    ** TODO: Check the siblings to the left of pPage. It may be that
-    ** they are not full and no new page is required.
-    */
-    return balance_quick(pPage, pParent);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the cell in the parent page whose left child points back
-  ** to pPage.  The "idx" variable is the index of that cell.  If pPage
-  ** is the rightmost child of pParent then set idx to pParent->nCell 
-  */
-  if( pParent->idxShift ){
-    Pgno pgno;
-    pgno = pPage->pgno;
-    assert( pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) );
-    for(idx=0; idx<pParent->nCell; idx++){
-      if( get4byte(findCell(pParent, idx))==pgno ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( idx<pParent->nCell
-             || get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==pgno );
-  }else{
-    idx = pPage->idxParent;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Initialize variables so that it will be safe to jump
-  ** directly to balance_cleanup at any moment.
-  */
-  nOld = nNew = 0;
-  sqlite3PagerRef(pParent->pDbPage);
-
-  /*
-  ** Find sibling pages to pPage and the cells in pParent that divide
-  ** the siblings.  An attempt is made to find NN siblings on either
-  ** side of pPage.  More siblings are taken from one side, however, if
-  ** pPage there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side.  If pParent
-  ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken.
-  */
-  nxDiv = idx - NN;
-  if( nxDiv + NB > pParent->nCell ){
-    nxDiv = pParent->nCell - NB + 1;
-  }
-  if( nxDiv<0 ){
-    nxDiv = 0;
-  }
-  nDiv = 0;
-  for(i=0, k=nxDiv; i<NB; i++, k++){
-    if( k<pParent->nCell ){
-      apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, k);
-      nDiv++;
-      assert( !pParent->leaf );
-      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(apDiv[i]);
-    }else if( k==pParent->nCell ){
-      pgnoOld[i] = get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]);
-    }else{
-      break;
-    }
-    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgnoOld[i], &apOld[i], pParent);
-    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    apOld[i]->idxParent = k;
-    apCopy[i] = 0;
-    assert( i==nOld );
-    nOld++;
-    nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow;
-  }
-
-  /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte
-  ** alignment */
-  nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3;
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocate space for memory structures
-  */
-  szScratch =
-       nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*)                       /* apCell */
-     + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16)                       /* szCell */
-     + (ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))+pBt->pageSize)*NB  /* aCopy */
-     + pBt->pageSize                               /* aSpace1 */
-     + (ISAUTOVACUUM ? nMaxCells : 0);             /* aFrom */
-  apCell = sqlite3ScratchMalloc( szScratch ); 
-  if( apCell==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto balance_cleanup;
-  }
-  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[nMaxCells];
-  aCopy[0] = (u8*)&szCell[nMaxCells];
-  assert( ((aCopy[0] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
-  for(i=1; i<NB; i++){
-    aCopy[i] = &aCopy[i-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
-    assert( ((aCopy[i] - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
-  }
-  aSpace1 = &aCopy[NB-1][pBt->pageSize+ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage))];
-  assert( ((aSpace1 - (u8*)apCell) & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment required */
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    aFrom = &aSpace1[pBt->pageSize];
-  }
-  aSpace2 = sqlite3PageMalloc(pBt->pageSize);
-  if( aSpace2==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto balance_cleanup;
-  }
-  
-  /*
-  ** Make copies of the content of pPage and its siblings into aOld[].
-  ** The rest of this function will use data from the copies rather
-  ** that the original pages since the original pages will be in the
-  ** process of being overwritten.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    MemPage *p = apCopy[i] = (MemPage*)aCopy[i];
-    memcpy(p, apOld[i], sizeof(MemPage));
-    p->aData = (void*)&p[1];
-    memcpy(p->aData, apOld[i]->aData, pBt->pageSize);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells
-  ** into the local apCell[] array.  Make copies of the divider cells
-  ** into space obtained form aSpace1[] and remove the the divider Cells
-  ** from pParent.
-  **
-  ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the
-  ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied
-  ** into aSpace1[].  In this way, all cells in apCell[] are without
-  ** child pointers.  If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in
-  ** apCell[] include child pointers.  Either way, all cells in apCell[]
-  ** are alike.
-  **
-  ** leafCorrection:  4 if pPage is a leaf.  0 if pPage is not a leaf.
-  **       leafData:  1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys.
-  */
-  nCell = 0;
-  leafCorrection = pPage->leaf*4;
-  leafData = pPage->hasData;
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    MemPage *pOld = apCopy[i];
-    int limit = pOld->nCell+pOld->nOverflow;
-    for(j=0; j<limit; j++){
-      assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
-      apCell[nCell] = findOverflowCell(pOld, j);
-      szCell[nCell] = cellSizePtr(pOld, apCell[nCell]);
-      if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-        int a;
-        aFrom[nCell] = i;
-        for(a=0; a<pOld->nOverflow; a++){
-          if( pOld->aOvfl[a].pCell==apCell[nCell] ){
-            aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      nCell++;
-    }
-    if( i<nOld-1 ){
-      u16 sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, apDiv[i]);
-      if( leafData ){
-        /* With the LEAFDATA flag, pParent cells hold only INTKEYs that
-        ** are duplicates of keys on the child pages.  We need to remove
-        ** the divider cells from pParent, but the dividers cells are not
-        ** added to apCell[] because they are duplicates of child cells.
-        */
-        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
-      }else{
-        u8 *pTemp;
-        assert( nCell<nMaxCells );
-        szCell[nCell] = sz;
-        pTemp = &aSpace1[iSpace1];
-        iSpace1 += sz;
-        assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 );
-        assert( iSpace1<=pBt->pageSize );
-        memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz);
-        apCell[nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection;
-        if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-          aFrom[nCell] = 0xFF;
-        }
-        dropCell(pParent, nxDiv, sz);
-        szCell[nCell] -= leafCorrection;
-        assert( get4byte(pTemp)==pgnoOld[i] );
-        if( !pOld->leaf ){
-          assert( leafCorrection==0 );
-          /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left
-          ** pointer of the divider cell */
-          memcpy(apCell[nCell], &pOld->aData[pOld->hdrOffset+8], 4);
-        }else{
-          assert( leafCorrection==4 );
-          if( szCell[nCell]<4 ){
-            /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. */
-            szCell[nCell] = 4;
-          }
-        }
-        nCell++;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all nCell cells.
-  ** Store this number in "k".  Also compute szNew[] which is the total
-  ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index
-  ** in apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1.  
-  ** cntNew[k] should equal nCell.
-  **
-  ** Values computed by this block:
-  **
-  **           k: The total number of sibling pages
-  **    szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page.
-  **   cntNew[i]: Index in apCell[] and szCell[] for the first cell to
-  **              the right of the i-th sibling page.
-  ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling.
-  ** 
-  */
-  usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection;
-  for(subtotal=k=i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    assert( i<nMaxCells );
-    subtotal += szCell[i] + 2;
-    if( subtotal > usableSpace ){
-      szNew[k] = subtotal - szCell[i];
-      cntNew[k] = i;
-      if( leafData ){ i--; }
-      subtotal = 0;
-      k++;
-    }
-  }
-  szNew[k] = subtotal;
-  cntNew[k] = nCell;
-  k++;
-
-  /*
-  ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings
-  ** on the left side.  The left siblings are always nearly full, while the
-  ** right-most sibling might be nearly empty.  This block of code attempts
-  ** to adjust the packing of siblings to get a better balance.
-  **
-  ** This adjustment is more than an optimization.  The packing above might
-  ** be so out of balance as to be illegal.  For example, the right-most
-  ** sibling might be completely empty.  This adjustment is not optional.
-  */
-  for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){
-    int szRight = szNew[i];  /* Size of sibling on the right */
-    int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */
-    int r;              /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */
-    int d;              /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */
-
-    r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
-    d = r + 1 - leafData;
-    assert( d<nMaxCells );
-    assert( r<nMaxCells );
-    while( szRight==0 || szRight+szCell[d]+2<=szLeft-(szCell[r]+2) ){
-      szRight += szCell[d] + 2;
-      szLeft -= szCell[r] + 2;
-      cntNew[i-1]--;
-      r = cntNew[i-1] - 1;
-      d = r + 1 - leafData;
-    }
-    szNew[i] = szRight;
-    szNew[i-1] = szLeft;
-  }
-
-  /* Either we found one or more cells (cntnew[0])>0) or we are the
-  ** a virtual root page.  A virtual root page is when the real root
-  ** page is page 1 and we are the only child of that page.
-  */
-  assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) );
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocate k new pages.  Reuse old pages where possible.
-  */
-  assert( pPage->pgno>1 );
-  pageFlags = pPage->aData[0];
-  for(i=0; i<k; i++){
-    MemPage *pNew;
-    if( i<nOld ){
-      pNew = apNew[i] = apOld[i];
-      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoOld[i];
-      apOld[i] = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNew->pDbPage);
-      nNew++;
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    }else{
-      assert( i>0 );
-      rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew[i], pgnoNew[i-1], 0);
-      if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      apNew[i] = pNew;
-      nNew++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages.
-  */
-  while( i<nOld ){
-    rc = freePage(apOld[i]);
-    if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup;
-    releasePage(apOld[i]);
-    apOld[i] = 0;
-    i++;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Put the new pages in accending order.  This helps to
-  ** keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan
-  ** of the table is a linear scan through the file.  That
-  ** in turn helps the operating system to deliver pages
-  ** from the disk more rapidly.
-  **
-  ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since
-  ** n is never more than NB (a small constant), that should
-  ** not be a problem.
-  **
-  ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database
-  ** about 25% faster for large insertions and deletions.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<k-1; i++){
-    int minV = pgnoNew[i];
-    int minI = i;
-    for(j=i+1; j<k; j++){
-      if( pgnoNew[j]<(unsigned)minV ){
-        minI = j;
-        minV = pgnoNew[j];
-      }
-    }
-    if( minI>i ){
-      int t;
-      MemPage *pT;
-      t = pgnoNew[i];
-      pT = apNew[i];
-      pgnoNew[i] = pgnoNew[minI];
-      apNew[i] = apNew[minI];
-      pgnoNew[minI] = t;
-      apNew[minI] = pT;
-    }
-  }
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d %d %d  new: %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d) %d(%d)\n",
-    pgnoOld[0], 
-    nOld>=2 ? pgnoOld[1] : 0,
-    nOld>=3 ? pgnoOld[2] : 0,
-    pgnoNew[0], szNew[0],
-    nNew>=2 ? pgnoNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0,
-    nNew>=3 ? pgnoNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0,
-    nNew>=4 ? pgnoNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0,
-    nNew>=5 ? pgnoNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0));
-
-  /*
-  ** Evenly distribute the data in apCell[] across the new pages.
-  ** Insert divider cells into pParent as necessary.
-  */
-  j = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    /* Assemble the new sibling page. */
-    MemPage *pNew = apNew[i];
-    assert( j<nMaxCells );
-    assert( pNew->pgno==pgnoNew[i] );
-    zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags);
-    assemblePage(pNew, cntNew[i]-j, &apCell[j], &szCell[j]);
-    assert( pNew->nCell>0 || (nNew==1 && cntNew[0]==0) );
-    assert( pNew->nOverflow==0 );
-
-    /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map entries
-    ** that point to the siblings that were rearranged. These can be: left
-    ** children of cells, the right-child of the page, or overflow pages
-    ** pointed to by cells.
-    */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      for(k=j; k<cntNew[i]; k++){
-        assert( k<nMaxCells );
-        if( aFrom[k]==0xFF || apCopy[aFrom[k]]->pgno!=pNew->pgno ){
-          rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pNew, k-j);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK && leafCorrection==0 ){
-            rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(apCell[k]), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno);
-          }
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto balance_cleanup;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    j = cntNew[i];
-
-    /* If the sibling page assembled above was not the right-most sibling,
-    ** insert a divider cell into the parent page.
-    */
-    if( i<nNew-1 && j<nCell ){
-      u8 *pCell;
-      u8 *pTemp;
-      int sz;
-
-      assert( j<nMaxCells );
-      pCell = apCell[j];
-      sz = szCell[j] + leafCorrection;
-      pTemp = &aSpace2[iSpace2];
-      if( !pNew->leaf ){
-        memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4);
-        if( ISAUTOVACUUM 
-         && (aFrom[j]==0xFF || apCopy[aFrom[j]]->pgno!=pNew->pgno)
-        ){
-          rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno);
-          if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-            goto balance_cleanup;
-          }
-        }
-      }else if( leafData ){
-        /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, 
-        ** then there is no divider cell in apCell[]. Instead, the divider 
-        ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of 
-        ** the sibling-page assembled above only.
-        */
-        CellInfo info;
-        j--;
-        sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pNew, apCell[j], &info);
-        pCell = pTemp;
-        fillInCell(pParent, pCell, 0, info.nKey, 0, 0, 0, &sz);
-        pTemp = 0;
-      }else{
-        pCell -= 4;
-        /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was
-        ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4
-        ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this 
-        ** (see sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of
-        ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to 
-        ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now.
-        **
-        ** Note that this can never happen in an SQLite data file, as all
-        ** cells are at least 4 bytes. It only happens in b-trees used
-        ** to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" and similar clauses.
-        */
-        if( szCell[j]==4 ){
-          assert(leafCorrection==4);
-          sz = cellSizePtr(pParent, pCell);
-        }
-      }
-      iSpace2 += sz;
-      assert( sz<=pBt->pageSize/4 );
-      assert( iSpace2<=pBt->pageSize );
-      rc = insertCell(pParent, nxDiv, pCell, sz, pTemp, 4);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-      put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent,nxDiv), pNew->pgno);
-
-      /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, and not a leaf-data tree,
-      ** then update the pointer map with an entry for the overflow page
-      ** that the cell just inserted points to (if any).
-      */
-      if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafData ){
-        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pParent, nxDiv);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto balance_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-      j++;
-      nxDiv++;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto balance_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( j==nCell );
-  assert( nOld>0 );
-  assert( nNew>0 );
-  if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 ){
-    u8 *zChild = &apCopy[nOld-1]->aData[8];
-    memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], zChild, 4);
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(zChild), PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto balance_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( nxDiv==pParent->nCell+pParent->nOverflow ){
-    /* Right-most sibling is the right-most child of pParent */
-    put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
-  }else{
-    /* Right-most sibling is the left child of the first entry in pParent
-    ** past the right-most divider entry */
-    put4byte(findOverflowCell(pParent, nxDiv), pgnoNew[nNew-1]);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Reparent children of all cells.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    rc = reparentChildPages(apNew[i], 0);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-  }
-  rc = reparentChildPages(pParent, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup;
-
-  /*
-  ** Balance the parent page.  Note that the current page (pPage) might
-  ** have been added to the freelist so it might no longer be initialized.
-  ** But the parent page will always be initialized.
-  */
-  assert( pParent->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
-  apCell = 0;
-  rc = balance(pParent, 0);
-  
-  /*
-  ** Cleanup before returning.
-  */
-balance_cleanup:
-  sqlite3PageFree(aSpace2);
-  sqlite3ScratchFree(apCell);
-  for(i=0; i<nOld; i++){
-    releasePage(apOld[i]);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nNew; i++){
-    releasePage(apNew[i]);
-  }
-
-  releasePage(pParent);
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: finished with %d: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n",
-          pPage->pgno, nOld, nNew, nCell));
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called for the root page of a btree when the root
-** page contains no cells.  This is an opportunity to make the tree
-** shallower by one level.
-*/
-static int balance_shallower(MemPage *pPage){
-  MemPage *pChild;             /* The only child page of pPage */
-  Pgno pgnoChild;              /* Page number for pChild */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code from subprocedures */
-  BtShared *pBt;                  /* The main BTree structure */
-  int mxCellPerPage;           /* Maximum number of cells per page */
-  u8 **apCell;                 /* All cells from pages being balanced */
-  u16 *szCell;                 /* Local size of all cells */
-
-  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
-  assert( pPage->nCell==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  mxCellPerPage = MX_CELL(pBt);
-  apCell = sqlite3Malloc( mxCellPerPage*(sizeof(u8*)+sizeof(u16)) );
-  if( apCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  szCell = (u16*)&apCell[mxCellPerPage];
-  if( pPage->leaf ){
-    /* The table is completely empty */
-    TRACE(("BALANCE: empty table %d\n", pPage->pgno));
-  }else{
-    /* The root page is empty but has one child.  Transfer the
-    ** information from that one child into the root page if it 
-    ** will fit.  This reduces the depth of the tree by one.
-    **
-    ** If the root page is page 1, it has less space available than
-    ** its child (due to the 100 byte header that occurs at the beginning
-    ** of the database fle), so it might not be able to hold all of the 
-    ** information currently contained in the child.  If this is the 
-    ** case, then do not do the transfer.  Leave page 1 empty except
-    ** for the right-pointer to the child page.  The child page becomes
-    ** the virtual root of the tree.
-    */
-    pgnoChild = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    assert( pgnoChild>0 );
-    assert( pgnoChild<=pagerPagecount(pPage->pBt->pPager) );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pPage->pBt, pgnoChild, &pChild, 0);
-    if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
-    if( pPage->pgno==1 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
-      if( rc ) goto end_shallow_balance;
-      assert( pChild->nOverflow==0 );
-      if( pChild->nFree>=100 ){
-        /* The child information will fit on the root page, so do the
-        ** copy */
-        int i;
-        zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0]);
-        for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
-          apCell[i] = findCell(pChild,i);
-          szCell[i] = cellSizePtr(pChild, apCell[i]);
-        }
-        assemblePage(pPage, pChild->nCell, apCell, szCell);
-        /* Copy the right-pointer of the child to the parent. */
-        put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], 
-            get4byte(&pChild->aData[pChild->hdrOffset+8]));
-        freePage(pChild);
-        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d transfer to page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
-      }else{
-        /* The child has more information that will fit on the root.
-        ** The tree is already balanced.  Do nothing. */
-        TRACE(("BALANCE: child %d will not fit on page 1\n", pChild->pgno));
-      }
-    }else{
-      memcpy(pPage->aData, pChild->aData, pPage->pBt->usableSize);
-      pPage->isInit = 0;
-      pPage->pParent = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, 0);
-      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-      freePage(pChild);
-      TRACE(("BALANCE: transfer child %d into root %d\n",
-              pChild->pgno, pPage->pgno));
-    }
-    rc = reparentChildPages(pPage, 1);
-    assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 );
-    if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){ 
-        rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pPage, i);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto end_shallow_balance;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    releasePage(pChild);
-  }
-end_shallow_balance:
-  sqlite3_free(apCell);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** The root page is overfull
-**
-** When this happens, Create a new child page and copy the
-** contents of the root into the child.  Then make the root
-** page an empty page with rightChild pointing to the new
-** child.   Finally, call balance_internal() on the new child
-** to cause it to split.
-*/
-static int balance_deeper(MemPage *pPage){
-  int rc;             /* Return value from subprocedures */
-  MemPage *pChild;    /* Pointer to a new child page */
-  Pgno pgnoChild;     /* Page number of the new child page */
-  BtShared *pBt;         /* The BTree */
-  int usableSize;     /* Total usable size of a page */
-  u8 *data;           /* Content of the parent page */
-  u8 *cdata;          /* Content of the child page */
-  int hdr;            /* Offset to page header in parent */
-  int cbrk;           /* Offset to content of first cell in parent */
-
-  assert( pPage->pParent==0 );
-  assert( pPage->nOverflow>0 );
-  pBt = pPage->pBt;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pChild, &pgnoChild, pPage->pgno, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) );
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  cbrk = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]);
-  cdata = pChild->aData;
-  memcpy(cdata, &data[hdr], pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell-hdr);
-  memcpy(&cdata[cbrk], &data[cbrk], usableSize-cbrk);
-  if( pChild->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pChild, pPage);
-  if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
-  memcpy(pChild->aOvfl, pPage->aOvfl, pPage->nOverflow*sizeof(pPage->aOvfl[0]));
-  pChild->nOverflow = pPage->nOverflow;
-  if( pChild->nOverflow ){
-    pChild->nFree = 0;
-  }
-  assert( pChild->nCell==pPage->nCell );
-  zeroPage(pPage, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF);
-  put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild);
-  TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pPage->pgno, pChild->pgno));
-  if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){
-    int i;
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pChild->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pPage->pgno);
-    if( rc ) goto balancedeeper_out;
-    for(i=0; i<pChild->nCell; i++){
-      rc = ptrmapPutOvfl(pChild, i);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto balancedeeper_out;
-      }
-    }
-    rc = reparentChildPages(pChild, 1);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = balance_nonroot(pChild);
-  }
-
-balancedeeper_out:
-  releasePage(pChild);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decide if the page pPage needs to be balanced.  If balancing is
-** required, call the appropriate balancing routine.
-*/
-static int balance(MemPage *pPage, int insert){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pPage->pParent==0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nOverflow>0 ){
-      rc = balance_deeper(pPage);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPage->nCell==0 ){
-      rc = balance_shallower(pPage);
-    }
-  }else{
-    if( pPage->nOverflow>0 || 
-        (!insert && pPage->nFree>pPage->pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){
-      rc = balance_nonroot(pPage);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine checks all cursors that point to table pgnoRoot.
-** If any of those cursors were opened with wrFlag==0 in a different
-** database connection (a database connection that shares the pager
-** cache with the current connection) and that other connection 
-** is not in the ReadUncommmitted state, then this routine returns 
-** SQLITE_LOCKED.
-**
-** As well as cursors with wrFlag==0, cursors with wrFlag==1 and 
-** isIncrblobHandle==1 are also considered 'read' cursors. Incremental 
-** blob cursors are used for both reading and writing.
-**
-** When pgnoRoot is the root page of an intkey table, this function is also
-** responsible for invalidating incremental blob cursors when the table row
-** on which they are opened is deleted or modified. Cursors are invalidated
-** according to the following rules:
-**
-**   1) When BtreeClearTable() is called to completely delete the contents
-**      of a B-Tree table, pExclude is set to zero and parameter iRow is 
-**      set to non-zero. In this case all incremental blob cursors open
-**      on the table rooted at pgnoRoot are invalidated.
-**
-**   2) When BtreeInsert(), BtreeDelete() or BtreePutData() is called to 
-**      modify a table row via an SQL statement, pExclude is set to the 
-**      write cursor used to do the modification and parameter iRow is set
-**      to the integer row id of the B-Tree entry being modified. Unless
-**      pExclude is itself an incremental blob cursor, then all incremental
-**      blob cursors open on row iRow of the B-Tree are invalidated.
-**
-**   3) If both pExclude and iRow are set to zero, no incremental blob 
-**      cursors are invalidated.
-*/
-static int checkReadLocks(
-  Btree *pBtree, 
-  Pgno pgnoRoot, 
-  BtCursor *pExclude,
-  i64 iRow
-){
-  BtCursor *p;
-  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
-  sqlite3 *db = pBtree->db;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) );
-  for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){
-    if( p==pExclude ) continue;
-    if( p->pgnoRoot!=pgnoRoot ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-    if( p->isIncrblobHandle && ( 
-         (!pExclude && iRow)
-      || (pExclude && !pExclude->isIncrblobHandle && p->info.nKey==iRow)
-    )){
-      p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( p->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) continue;
-    if( p->wrFlag==0 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-     || p->isIncrblobHandle
-#endif
-    ){
-      sqlite3 *dbOther = p->pBtree->db;
-      if( dbOther==0 ||
-         (dbOther!=db && (dbOther->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted)==0) ){
-        return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new record into the BTree.  The key is given by (pKey,nKey)
-** and the data is given by (pData,nData).  The cursor is used only to
-** define what table the record should be inserted into.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-**
-** For an INTKEY table, only the nKey value of the key is used.  pKey is
-** ignored.  For a ZERODATA table, the pData and nData are both ignored.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(
-  BtCursor *pCur,                /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */
-  const void *pKey, i64 nKey,    /* The key of the new record */
-  const void *pData, int nData,  /* The data of the new record */
-  int nZero,                     /* Number of extra 0 bytes to append to data */
-  int appendBias                 /* True if this is likely an append */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int loc;
-  int szNew;
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *oldCell;
-  unsigned char *newCell = 0;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    /* Must start a transaction before doing an insert */
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
-    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Cursor not open for writing */
-  }
-  if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur, nKey) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
-  }
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skip;
-  }
-
-  /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table */
-  clearCursorPosition(pCur);
-  if( 
-    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur)) ||
-    SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3BtreeMoveto(pCur, pKey, nKey, appendBias, &loc))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( pPage->intKey || nKey>=0 );
-  assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey );
-  TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n",
-          pCur->pgnoRoot, nKey, nData, pPage->pgno,
-          loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry"));
-  assert( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-  newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-  if( newCell==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pKey, nKey, pData, nData, nZero, &szNew);
-  if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-  assert( szNew==cellSizePtr(pPage, newCell) );
-  assert( szNew<=MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) );
-  if( loc==0 && CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ){
-    u16 szOld;
-    assert( pCur->idx>=0 && pCur->idx<pPage->nCell );
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage);
-    if( rc ){
-      goto end_insert;
-    }
-    oldCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4);
-    }
-    szOld = cellSizePtr(pPage, oldCell);
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell);
-    if( rc ) goto end_insert;
-    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, szOld);
-  }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-    pCur->idx++;
-    pCur->info.nSize = 0;
-    pCur->validNKey = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pPage->leaf );
-  }
-  rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_insert;
-  rc = balance(pPage, 1);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    moveToRoot(pCur);
-  }
-end_insert:
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to.  The cursor
-** is left pointing at a random location.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur){
-  MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  unsigned char *pCell;
-  int rc;
-  Pgno pgnoChild = 0;
-  Btree *p = pCur->pBtree;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pPage->isInit==PAGE_ISINIT_FULL );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    /* Must start a transaction before doing a delete */
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){
-    return pCur->skip;
-  }
-  if( pCur->idx >= pPage->nCell ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;  /* The cursor is not pointing to anything */
-  }
-  if( !pCur->wrFlag ){
-    return SQLITE_PERM;   /* Did not open this cursor for writing */
-  }
-  if( checkReadLocks(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur, pCur->info.nKey) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
-  }
-
-  /* Restore the current cursor position (a no-op if the cursor is not in 
-  ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state) and save the positions of any other cursors 
-  ** open on the same table. Then call sqlite3PagerWrite() on the page
-  ** that the entry will be deleted from.
-  */
-  if( 
-    (rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur))!=0 ||
-    (rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur))!=0 ||
-    (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the cell within its page and leave pCell pointing to the
-  ** data. The clearCell() call frees any overflow pages associated with the
-  ** cell. The cell itself is still intact.
-  */
-  pCell = findCell(pPage, pCur->idx);
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgnoChild = get4byte(pCell);
-  }
-  rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    /*
-    ** The entry we are about to delete is not a leaf so if we do not
-    ** do something we will leave a hole on an internal page.
-    ** We have to fill the hole by moving in a cell from a leaf.  The
-    ** next Cell after the one to be deleted is guaranteed to exist and
-    ** to be a leaf so we can use it.
-    */
-    BtCursor leafCur;
-    unsigned char *pNext;
-    int notUsed;
-    unsigned char *tempCell = 0;
-    assert( !pPage->intKey );
-    sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(pCur, &leafCur);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(&leafCur, &notUsed);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(leafCur.pPage->pDbPage);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      u16 szNext;
-      TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete internal from %d replace from leaf %d\n",
-         pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno, leafCur.pPage->pgno));
-      dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
-      pNext = findCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx);
-      szNext = cellSizePtr(leafCur.pPage, pNext);
-      assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt)>=szNext+4 );
-      allocateTempSpace(pBt);
-      tempCell = pBt->pTmpSpace;
-      if( tempCell==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = insertCell(pPage, pCur->idx, pNext-4, szNext+4, tempCell, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        put4byte(findOverflowCell(pPage, pCur->idx), pgnoChild);
-        rc = balance(pPage, 0);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        dropCell(leafCur.pPage, leafCur.idx, szNext);
-        rc = balance(leafCur.pPage, 0);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(&leafCur);
-  }else{
-    TRACE(("DELETE: table=%d delete from leaf %d\n",
-       pCur->pgnoRoot, pPage->pgno));
-    dropCell(pPage, pCur->idx, cellSizePtr(pPage, pCell));
-    rc = balance(pPage, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    moveToRoot(pCur);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new BTree table.  Write into *piTable the page
-** number for the root page of the new table.
-**
-** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter.  Only the
-** following values of flags are currently in use.  Other values for
-** flags might not work:
-**
-**     BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA     Used for SQL tables with rowid keys
-**     BTREE_ZERODATA                  Used for SQL indices
-*/
-static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  MemPage *pRoot;
-  Pgno pgnoRoot;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    /* Must start a transaction first */
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( !pBt->readOnly );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#else
-  if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-    Pgno pgnoMove;      /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */
-    MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */
-
-    /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database
-    ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns
-    ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches
-    ** held by open cursors.
-    */
-    invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt);
-
-    /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the
-    ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page
-    ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1).
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &pgnoRoot);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pgnoRoot++;
-
-    /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the
-    ** PENDING_BYTE page.
-    */
-    while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) ||
-        pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-      pgnoRoot++;
-    }
-    assert( pgnoRoot>=3 );
-
-    /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will
-    ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens
-    ** to reside at pgnoRoot).
-    */
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, 1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){
-      /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of
-      ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were
-      ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated
-      ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove
-      ** is already journaled.
-      */
-      u8 eType;
-      Pgno iPtrPage;
-
-      releasePage(pPageMove);
-
-      /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE );
-      assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE );
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0);
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-
-      /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return rc;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pRoot);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pRoot = pPageMove;
-    } 
-
-    /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */
-    rc = ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0);
-    if( rc ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot);
-    if( rc ){
-      releasePage(pRoot);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-  }else{
-    rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-  assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) );
-  zeroPage(pRoot, flags | PTF_LEAF);
-  sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage);
-  *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase the given database page and all its children.  Return
-** the page to the freelist.
-*/
-static int clearDatabasePage(
-  BtShared *pBt,           /* The BTree that contains the table */
-  Pgno pgno,            /* Page number to clear */
-  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page.  NULL for the root */
-  int freePageFlag      /* Deallocate page if true */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char *pCell;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) );
-  if( pgno>pagerPagecount(pBt->pPager) ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-
-  rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, pParent);
-  if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell; i++){
-    pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), pPage, 1);
-      if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-    }
-    rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[8]), pPage, 1);
-    if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out;
-  }
-  if( freePageFlag ){
-    rc = freePage(pPage);
-  }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){
-    zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[0] | PTF_LEAF);
-  }
-
-cleardatabasepage_out:
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from a single table in the database.  iTable is
-** the page number of the root of the table.  After this routine returns,
-** the root page is empty, but still exists.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** read cursors on the table.  Open write cursors are moved to the
-** root of the table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable){
-  int rc;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( (rc = checkReadLocks(p, iTable, 0, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* nothing to do */
-  }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, iTable, 0)) ){
-    /* nothing to do */
-  }else{
-    rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to
-** the freelist.  Except, the root of the principle table (the one on
-** page 1) is never added to the freelist.
-**
-** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open
-** cursors on the table.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last
-** root page in the database file, then the last root page 
-** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by
-** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page
-** is added to the freelist instead of iTable.  In this say, all
-** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which
-** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right.  *piMoved is set to the 
-** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before
-** the move.  If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0.
-** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of
-** meta[3] is updated by this procedure.
-*/
-static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  MemPage *pPage = 0;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    return pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* It is illegal to drop a table if any cursors are open on the
-  ** database. This is because in auto-vacuum mode the backend may
-  ** need to move another root-page to fill a gap left by the deleted
-  ** root page. If an open cursor was using this page a problem would 
-  ** occur.
-  */
-  if( pBt->pCursor ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable);
-  if( rc ){
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *piMoved = 0;
-
-  if( iTable>1 ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    rc = freePage(pPage);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-#else
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      Pgno maxRootPgno;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, 4, &maxRootPgno);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        return rc;
-      }
-
-      if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){
-        /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. 
-        */
-        rc = freePage(pPage);
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }else{
-        /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page
-        ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the 
-        ** gap left by the deleted root-page.
-        */
-        MemPage *pMove;
-        releasePage(pPage);
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        rc = freePage(pMove);
-        releasePage(pMove);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-        *piMoved = maxRootPgno;
-      }
-
-      /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This
-      ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to
-      ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the
-      ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE.
-      */
-      maxRootPgno--;
-      if( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){
-        maxRootPgno--;
-      }
-      if( maxRootPgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){
-        maxRootPgno--;
-      }
-      assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) );
-
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno);
-    }else{
-      rc = freePage(pPage);
-      releasePage(pPage);
-    }
-#endif
-  }else{
-    /* If sqlite3BtreeDropTable was called on page 1. */
-    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
-    releasePage(pPage);
-  }
-  return rc;  
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  p->pBt->db = p->db;
-  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Read the meta-information out of a database file.  Meta[0]
-** is the number of free pages currently in the database.  Meta[1]
-** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers.  Meta[0]
-** is read-only, the others are read/write.
-** 
-** The schema layer numbers meta values differently.  At the schema
-** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of
-** free pages is not visible.  So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1].
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){
-  DbPage *pDbPage;
-  int rc;
-  unsigned char *pP1;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-
-  /* Reading a meta-data value requires a read-lock on page 1 (and hence
-  ** the sqlite_master table. We grab this lock regardless of whether or
-  ** not the SQLITE_ReadUncommitted flag is set (the table rooted at page
-  ** 1 is treated as a special case by queryTableLock() and lockTable()).
-  */
-  rc = queryTableLock(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 );
-  if( pBt->pPage1 ){
-    /* The b-tree is already holding a reference to page 1 of the database
-    ** file. In this case the required meta-data value can be read directly
-    ** from the page data of this reference. This is slightly faster than
-    ** requesting a new reference from the pager layer.
-    */
-    pP1 = (unsigned char *)pBt->pPage1->aData;
-  }else{
-    /* The b-tree does not have a reference to page 1 of the database file.
-    ** Obtain one from the pager layer.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, 1, &pDbPage);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    pP1 = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage);
-  }
-  *pMeta = get4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4]);
-
-  /* If the b-tree is not holding a reference to page 1, then one was 
-  ** requested from the pager layer in the above block. Release it now.
-  */
-  if( !pBt->pPage1 ){
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-  }
-
-  /* If autovacuumed is disabled in this build but we are trying to 
-  ** access an autovacuumed database, then make the database readonly. 
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( idx==4 && *pMeta>0 ) pBt->readOnly = 1;
-#endif
-
-  /* Grab the read-lock on page 1. */
-  rc = lockTable(p, 1, READ_LOCK);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write meta-information back into the database.  Meta[0] is
-** read-only and may not be written.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  unsigned char *pP1;
-  int rc;
-  assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    rc = pBt->readOnly ? SQLITE_READONLY : SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 );
-    pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData;
-    rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( idx==7 ){
-        assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 );
-        assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 );
-        pBt->incrVacuum = iMeta;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the flag byte at the beginning of the page that the cursor
-** is currently pointing to.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor *pCur){
-  /* TODO: What about CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state? Probably need to call
-  ** restoreCursorPosition() here.
-  */
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  restoreCursorPosition(pCur);
-  pPage = pCur->pPage;
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( pPage->pBt==pCur->pBt );
-  return pPage ? pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset] : 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Return the pager associated with a BTree.  This routine is used for
-** testing and debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){
-  return p->pBt->pPager;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Append a message to the error message string.
-*/
-static void checkAppendMsg(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,
-  char *zMsg1,
-  const char *zFormat,
-  ...
-){
-  va_list ap;
-  if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return;
-  pCheck->mxErr--;
-  pCheck->nErr++;
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1);
-  }
-  if( zMsg1 ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumAppend(&pCheck->errMsg, zMsg1, -1);
-  }
-  sqlite3VXPrintf(&pCheck->errMsg, 1, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( pCheck->errMsg.mallocFailed ){
-    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage.  If this is the second
-** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg.
-** Return 1 if there are 2 ore more references to the page and 0 if
-** if this is the first reference to the page.
-**
-** Also check that the page number is in bounds.
-*/
-static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, int iPage, char *zContext){
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 1;
-  if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage<0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "invalid page number %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pCheck->anRef[iPage]==1 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return  (pCheck->anRef[iPage]++)>1;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to 
-** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message
-** to pCheck.
-*/
-static void checkPtrmap(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,   /* Integrity check context */
-  Pgno iChild,           /* Child page number */
-  u8 eType,              /* Expected pointer map type */
-  Pgno iParent,          /* Expected pointer map parent page number */
-  char *zContext         /* Context description (used for error msg) */
-){
-  int rc;
-  u8 ePtrmapType;
-  Pgno iPtrmapParent;
-
-  rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-      "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", 
-      iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list.
-** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N.
-*/
-static void checkList(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Integrity checking context */
-  int isFreeList,       /* True for a freelist.  False for overflow page list */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number for first page in the list */
-  int N,                /* Expected number of pages in the list */
-  char *zContext        /* Context for error messages */
-){
-  int i;
-  int expected = N;
-  int iFirst = iPage;
-  while( N-- > 0 && pCheck->mxErr ){
-    DbPage *pOvflPage;
-    unsigned char *pOvflData;
-    if( iPage<1 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-         "%d of %d pages missing from overflow list starting at %d",
-          N+1, expected, iFirst);
-      break;
-    }
-    if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zContext) ) break;
-    if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "failed to get page %d", iPage);
-      break;
-    }
-    pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage);
-    if( isFreeList ){
-      int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( n>pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-           "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage);
-        N--;
-      }else{
-        for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-          Pgno iFreePage = get4byte(&pOvflData[8+i*4]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-          if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){
-            checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, zContext);
-          }
-#endif
-          checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage, zContext);
-        }
-        N -= n;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    else{
-      /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last
-      ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for
-      ** the following page matches iPage.
-      */
-      if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){
-        i = get4byte(pOvflData);
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    iPage = get4byte(pOvflData);
-    sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** Do various sanity checks on a single page of a tree.  Return
-** the tree depth.  Root pages return 0.  Parents of root pages
-** return 1, and so forth.
-** 
-** These checks are done:
-**
-**      1.  Make sure that cells and freeblocks do not overlap
-**          but combine to completely cover the page.
-**  NO  2.  Make sure cell keys are in order.
-**  NO  3.  Make sure no key is less than or equal to zLowerBound.
-**  NO  4.  Make sure no key is greater than or equal to zUpperBound.
-**      5.  Check the integrity of overflow pages.
-**      6.  Recursively call checkTreePage on all children.
-**      7.  Verify that the depth of all children is the same.
-**      8.  Make sure this page is at least 33% full or else it is
-**          the root of the tree.
-*/
-static int checkTreePage(
-  IntegrityCk *pCheck,  /* Context for the sanity check */
-  int iPage,            /* Page number of the page to check */
-  MemPage *pParent,     /* Parent page */
-  char *zParentContext  /* Parent context */
-){
-  MemPage *pPage;
-  int i, rc, depth, d2, pgno, cnt;
-  int hdr, cellStart;
-  int nCell;
-  u8 *data;
-  BtShared *pBt;
-  int usableSize;
-  char zContext[100];
-  char *hit;
-
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, "Page %d: ", iPage);
-
-  /* Check that the page exists
-  */
-  pBt = pCheck->pBt;
-  usableSize = pBt->usableSize;
-  if( iPage==0 ) return 0;
-  if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage, zParentContext) ) return 0;
-  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext,
-       "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( (rc = sqlite3BtreeInitPage(pPage, pParent))!=0 ){
-    checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, 
-                   "sqlite3BtreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc);
-    releasePage(pPage);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check out all the cells.
-  */
-  depth = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pPage->nCell && pCheck->mxErr; i++){
-    u8 *pCell;
-    int sz;
-    CellInfo info;
-
-    /* Check payload overflow pages
-    */
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext,
-             "On tree page %d cell %d: ", iPage, i);
-    pCell = findCell(pPage,i);
-    sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
-    sz = info.nData;
-    if( !pPage->intKey ) sz += info.nKey;
-    assert( sz==info.nPayload );
-    if( sz>info.nLocal ){
-      int nPage = (sz - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4);
-      Pgno pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage, zContext);
-    }
-
-    /* Check sanity of left child page.
-    */
-    if( !pPage->leaf ){
-      pgno = get4byte(pCell);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-      if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-        checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, zContext);
-      }
-#endif
-      d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck,pgno,pPage,zContext);
-      if( i>0 && d2!=depth ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, zContext, "Child page depth differs");
-      }
-      depth = d2;
-    }
-  }
-  if( !pPage->leaf ){
-    pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zContext), zContext, 
-                     "On page %d at right child: ", iPage);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum ){
-      checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage, 0);
-    }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, pPage, zContext);
-  }
- 
-  /* Check for complete coverage of the page
-  */
-  data = pPage->aData;
-  hdr = pPage->hdrOffset;
-  hit = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize );
-  if( hit==0 ){
-    pCheck->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }else{
-    memset(hit, 0, usableSize );
-    memset(hit, 1, get2byte(&data[hdr+5]));
-    nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]);
-    cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf;
-    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-      int pc = get2byte(&data[cellStart+i*2]);
-      u16 size = 1024;
-      int j;
-      if( pc<=usableSize ){
-        size = cellSizePtr(pPage, &data[pc]);
-      }
-      if( (pc+size-1)>=usableSize || pc<0 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
-            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
-      }else{
-        for(j=pc+size-1; j>=pc; j--) hit[j]++;
-      }
-    }
-    for(cnt=0, i=get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); i>0 && i<usableSize && cnt<10000; 
-           cnt++){
-      int size = get2byte(&data[i+2]);
-      int j;
-      if( (i+size-1)>=usableSize || i<0 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,  
-            "Corruption detected in cell %d on page %d",i,iPage,0);
-      }else{
-        for(j=i+size-1; j>=i; j--) hit[j]++;
-      }
-      i = get2byte(&data[i]);
-    }
-    for(i=cnt=0; i<usableSize; i++){
-      if( hit[i]==0 ){
-        cnt++;
-      }else if( hit[i]>1 ){
-        checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0,
-          "Multiple uses for byte %d of page %d", i, iPage);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( cnt!=data[hdr+7] ){
-      checkAppendMsg(pCheck, 0, 
-          "Fragmented space is %d byte reported as %d on page %d",
-          cnt, data[hdr+7], iPage);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3PageFree(hit);
-
-  releasePage(pPage);
-  return depth+1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/*
-** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file.  aRoot[] is
-** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of
-** a table.  nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot.
-**
-** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr.  Except for some memory
-** allocation errors,  nn error message is held in memory obtained from
-** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero.  If *pnErr==0 then NULL is
-** returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(
-  Btree *p,     /* The btree to be checked */
-  int *aRoot,   /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */
-  int nRoot,    /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */
-  int mxErr,    /* Stop reporting errors after this many */
-  int *pnErr    /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */
-){
-  int i;
-  int nRef;
-  IntegrityCk sCheck;
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  char zErr[100];
-
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  pBt->db = p->db;
-  nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager);
-  if( lockBtreeWithRetry(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    *pnErr = 1;
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return sqlite3DbStrDup(0, "cannot acquire a read lock on the database");
-  }
-  sCheck.pBt = pBt;
-  sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager;
-  sCheck.nPage = pagerPagecount(sCheck.pPager);
-  sCheck.mxErr = mxErr;
-  sCheck.nErr = 0;
-  sCheck.mallocFailed = 0;
-  *pnErr = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( pBt->nTrunc!=0 ){
-    sCheck.nPage = pBt->nTrunc;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sCheck.anRef = sqlite3Malloc( (sCheck.nPage+1)*sizeof(sCheck.anRef[0]) );
-  if( !sCheck.anRef ){
-    unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-    *pnErr = 1;
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<=sCheck.nPage; i++){ sCheck.anRef[i] = 0; }
-  i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt);
-  if( i<=sCheck.nPage ){
-    sCheck.anRef[i] = 1;
-  }
-  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, zErr, sizeof(zErr), 20000);
-
-  /* Check the integrity of the freelist
-  */
-  checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]),
-            get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]), "Main freelist: ");
-
-  /* Check all the tables.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nRoot && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-    if( aRoot[i]==0 ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( pBt->autoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){
-      checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, 0);
-    }
-#endif
-    checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], 0, "List of tree roots: ");
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced
-  */
-  for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
-    }
-#else
-    /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain
-    ** references to pointer-map pages.
-    */
-    if( sCheck.anRef[i]==0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Page %d is never used", i);
-    }
-    if( sCheck.anRef[i]!=0 && 
-       (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){
-      checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages
-  */
-  unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt);
-  if( nRef != sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ){
-    checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, 0, 
-      "Outstanding page count goes from %d to %d during this analysis",
-      nRef, sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)
-    );
-  }
-
-  /* Clean  up and report errors.
-  */
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  sqlite3_free(sCheck.anRef);
-  if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
-    *pnErr = sCheck.nErr+1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  *pnErr = sCheck.nErr;
-  if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3StrAccumReset(&sCheck.errMsg);
-  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/*
-** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file.
-**
-** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the directory that contains the database file.
-**
-** The pager directory name is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerDirname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return
-** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file
-** has been created or not.
-**
-** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is
-** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){
-  assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 );
-  return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
-/*
-** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo.  A transaction
-** must be active for both files.
-**
-** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation.
-** If anything goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. 
-**
-** If successful, CommitPhaseOne() may be called on pTo before returning. 
-** The caller should finish committing the transaction on pTo by calling
-** sqlite3BtreeCommit().
-*/
-static int btreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Pgno i;
-
-  Pgno nFromPage;     /* Number of pages in pFrom */
-  Pgno nToPage;       /* Number of pages in pTo */
-  Pgno nNewPage;      /* Number of pages in pTo after the copy */
-
-  Pgno iSkip;         /* Pending byte page in pTo */
-  int nToPageSize;    /* Page size of pTo in bytes */
-  int nFromPageSize;  /* Page size of pFrom in bytes */
-
-  BtShared *pBtTo = pTo->pBt;
-  BtShared *pBtFrom = pFrom->pBt;
-  pBtTo->db = pTo->db;
-  pBtFrom->db = pFrom->db;
-
-  nToPageSize = pBtTo->pageSize;
-  nFromPageSize = pBtFrom->pageSize;
-
-  if( pTo->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE || pFrom->inTrans!=TRANS_WRITE ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( pBtTo->pCursor ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  nToPage = pagerPagecount(pBtTo->pPager);
-  nFromPage = pagerPagecount(pBtFrom->pPager);
-  iSkip = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo);
-
-  /* Variable nNewPage is the number of pages required to store the
-  ** contents of pFrom using the current page-size of pTo.
-  */
-  nNewPage = ((i64)nFromPage * (i64)nFromPageSize + (i64)nToPageSize - 1) / 
-      (i64)nToPageSize;
-
-  for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && (i<=nToPage || i<=nNewPage); i++){
-
-    /* Journal the original page.
-    **
-    ** iSkip is the page number of the locking page (PENDING_BYTE_PAGE)
-    ** in database *pTo (before the copy). This page is never written 
-    ** into the journal file. Unless i==iSkip or the page was not
-    ** present in pTo before the copy operation, journal page i from pTo.
-    */
-    if( i!=iSkip && i<=nToPage ){
-      DbPage *pDbPage = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pDbPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && i>nFromPage ){
-          /* Yeah.  It seems wierd to call DontWrite() right after Write(). But
-          ** that is because the names of those procedures do not exactly 
-          ** represent what they do.  Write() really means "put this page in the
-          ** rollback journal and mark it as dirty so that it will be written
-          ** to the database file later."  DontWrite() undoes the second part of
-          ** that and prevents the page from being written to the database. The
-          ** page is still on the rollback journal, though.  And that is the 
-          ** whole point of this block: to put pages on the rollback journal. 
-          */
-          rc = sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pDbPage);
-        }
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Overwrite the data in page i of the target database */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && i!=iSkip && i<=nNewPage ){
-
-      DbPage *pToPage = 0;
-      sqlite3_int64 iOff;
-
-      rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtTo->pPager, i, &pToPage);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pToPage);
-      }
-
-      for(
-        iOff=(i-1)*nToPageSize; 
-        rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<i*nToPageSize; 
-        iOff += nFromPageSize
-      ){
-        DbPage *pFromPage = 0;
-        Pgno iFrom = (iOff/nFromPageSize)+1;
-
-        if( iFrom==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtFrom) ){
-          continue;
-        }
-
-        rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, iFrom, &pFromPage);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          char *zTo = sqlite3PagerGetData(pToPage);
-          char *zFrom = sqlite3PagerGetData(pFromPage);
-          int nCopy;
-
-          if( nFromPageSize>=nToPageSize ){
-            zFrom += ((i-1)*nToPageSize - ((iFrom-1)*nFromPageSize));
-            nCopy = nToPageSize;
-          }else{
-            zTo += (((iFrom-1)*nFromPageSize) - (i-1)*nToPageSize);
-            nCopy = nFromPageSize;
-          }
-
-          memcpy(zTo, zFrom, nCopy);
-	  sqlite3PagerUnref(pFromPage);
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( pToPage ){
-        MemPage *p = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pToPage);
-        p->isInit = 0;
-        sqlite3PagerUnref(pToPage);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If things have worked so far, the database file may need to be 
-  ** truncated. The complex part is that it may need to be truncated to
-  ** a size that is not an integer multiple of nToPageSize - the current
-  ** page size used by the pager associated with B-Tree pTo.
-  **
-  ** For example, say the page-size of pTo is 2048 bytes and the original 
-  ** number of pages is 5 (10 KB file). If pFrom has a page size of 1024 
-  ** bytes and 9 pages, then the file needs to be truncated to 9KB.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( nFromPageSize!=nToPageSize ){
-      sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBtTo->pPager);
-      i64 iSize = (i64)nFromPageSize * (i64)nFromPage;
-      i64 iNow = (i64)((nToPage>nNewPage)?nToPage:nNewPage) * (i64)nToPageSize; 
-      i64 iPending = ((i64)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtTo)-1) *(i64)nToPageSize;
-  
-      assert( iSize<=iNow );
-  
-      /* Commit phase one syncs the journal file associated with pTo 
-      ** containing the original data. It does not sync the database file
-      ** itself. After doing this it is safe to use OsTruncate() and other
-      ** file APIs on the database file directly.
-      */
-      pBtTo->db = pTo->db;
-      rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBtTo->pPager, 0, 0, 1);
-      if( iSize<iNow && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
-      }
-  
-      /* The loop that copied data from database pFrom to pTo did not
-      ** populate the locking page of database pTo. If the page-size of
-      ** pFrom is smaller than that of pTo, this means some data will
-      ** not have been copied. 
-      **
-      ** This block copies the missing data from database pFrom to pTo 
-      ** using file APIs. This is safe because at this point we know that
-      ** all of the original data from pTo has been synced into the 
-      ** journal file. At this point it would be safe to do anything at
-      ** all to the database file except truncate it to zero bytes.
-      */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nFromPageSize<nToPageSize && iSize>iPending){
-        i64 iOff;
-        for(
-          iOff=iPending; 
-          rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<(iPending+nToPageSize); 
-          iOff += nFromPageSize
-        ){
-          DbPage *pFromPage = 0;
-          Pgno iFrom = (iOff/nFromPageSize)+1;
-  
-          if( iFrom==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBtFrom) || iFrom>nFromPage ){
-            continue;
-          }
-  
-          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBtFrom->pPager, iFrom, &pFromPage);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            char *zFrom = sqlite3PagerGetData(pFromPage);
-            rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zFrom, nFromPageSize, iOff);
-            sqlite3PagerUnref(pFromPage);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-  
-      /* Sync the database file */
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pBtTo->pPager);
-      }
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3PagerTruncate(pBtTo->pPager, nNewPage);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pBtTo->pageSizeFixed = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3BtreeRollback(pTo);
-  }
-
-  return rc;  
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
-  rc = btreeCopyFile(pTo, pFrom);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a statement transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) );
-  return (p->pBt && p->pBt->inStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  return (p && (p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE));
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with
-** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own
-** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with 
-** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues.
-**
-** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory
-** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent 
-** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob
-** of memory returned. 
-**
-** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been
-** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been
-** allocated, it is returned as normal.
-**
-** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the 
-** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the 
-** blob of allocated memory. This function should not call sqlite3_free()
-** on the memory, the btree layer does that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){
-  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){
-    pBt->pSchema = sqlite3MallocZero(nBytes);
-    pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return pBt->pSchema;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if another user of the same shared btree as the argument
-** handle holds an exclusive lock on the sqlite_master table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){
-  int rc;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-  rc = (queryTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK)!=SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab.  The
-** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock
-** if it is false.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->sharable ){
-    u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock;
-    assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK );
-    assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
-    rc = queryTableLock(p, iTab, lockType);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = lockTable(p, iTab, lockType);
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-/*
-** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an 
-** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. 
-** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry.
-** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible
-** to change the length of the data stored.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCsr) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert(pCsr->isIncrblobHandle);
-
-  restoreCursorPosition(pCsr);
-  assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK );
-  if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){
-    return SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check some preconditions: 
-  **   (a) the cursor is open for writing,
-  **   (b) there is no read-lock on the table being modified and
-  **   (c) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table.
-  */
-  if( !pCsr->wrFlag ){
-    return SQLITE_READONLY;
-  }
-  assert( !pCsr->pBt->readOnly 
-          && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE );
-  if( checkReadLocks(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED; /* The table pCur points to has a read lock */
-  }
-  if( pCsr->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || !pCsr->pPage->intKey ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 0, 1);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Set a flag on this cursor to cache the locations of pages from the 
-** overflow list for the current row. This is used by cursors opened
-** for incremental blob IO only.
-**
-** This function sets a flag only. The actual page location cache
-** (stored in BtCursor.aOverflow[]) is allocated and used by function
-** accessPayload() (the worker function for sqlite3BtreeData() and
-** sqlite3BtreePutData()).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *pCur){
-  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
-  assert(!pCur->isIncrblobHandle);
-  assert(!pCur->aOverflow);
-  pCur->isIncrblobHandle = 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbefifo.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 June 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file implements a FIFO queue of rowids used for processing
-** UPDATE and DELETE statements.
-**
-** $Id: vdbefifo.c,v 1.8 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Constants FIFOSIZE_FIRST and FIFOSIZE_MAX are the initial
-** number of entries in a fifo page and the maximum number of
-** entries in a fifo page.
-*/
-#define FIFOSIZE_FIRST (((128-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
-# define FIFOSIZE_MAX   (((SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#else
-# define FIFOSIZE_MAX   (((262144-sizeof(FifoPage))/8)+1)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new FifoPage and return a pointer to it.  Return NULL if
-** we run out of memory.  Leave space on the page for nEntry entries.
-*/
-static FifoPage *allocateFifoPage(sqlite3 *db, int nEntry){
-  FifoPage *pPage;
-  if( nEntry>FIFOSIZE_MAX ){
-    nEntry = FIFOSIZE_MAX;
-  }
-  pPage = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(FifoPage) + sizeof(i64)*(nEntry-1) );
-  if( pPage ){
-    pPage->nSlot = nEntry;
-    pPage->iWrite = 0;
-    pPage->iRead = 0;
-    pPage->pNext = 0;
-  }
-  return pPage;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a Fifo structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(Fifo *pFifo, sqlite3 *db){
-  memset(pFifo, 0, sizeof(*pFifo));
-  pFifo->db = db;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push a single 64-bit integer value into the Fifo.  Return SQLITE_OK
-** normally.   SQLITE_NOMEM is returned if we are unable to allocate
-** memory.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(Fifo *pFifo, i64 val){
-  FifoPage *pPage;
-  pPage = pFifo->pLast;
-  if( pPage==0 ){
-    pPage = pFifo->pLast = pFifo->pFirst =
-         allocateFifoPage(pFifo->db, FIFOSIZE_FIRST);
-    if( pPage==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else if( pPage->iWrite>=pPage->nSlot ){
-    pPage->pNext = allocateFifoPage(pFifo->db, pFifo->nEntry);
-    if( pPage->pNext==0 ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pPage = pFifo->pLast = pPage->pNext;
-  }
-  pPage->aSlot[pPage->iWrite++] = val;
-  pFifo->nEntry++;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract a single 64-bit integer value from the Fifo.  The integer
-** extracted is the one least recently inserted.  If the Fifo is empty
-** return SQLITE_DONE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(Fifo *pFifo, i64 *pVal){
-  FifoPage *pPage;
-  if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
-  pPage = pFifo->pFirst;
-  assert( pPage!=0 );
-  assert( pPage->iWrite>pPage->iRead );
-  assert( pPage->iWrite<=pPage->nSlot );
-  assert( pPage->iRead<pPage->nSlot );
-  assert( pPage->iRead>=0 );
-  *pVal = pPage->aSlot[pPage->iRead++];
-  pFifo->nEntry--;
-  if( pPage->iRead>=pPage->iWrite ){
-    pFifo->pFirst = pPage->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(pFifo->db, pPage);
-    if( pFifo->nEntry==0 ){
-      assert( pFifo->pLast==pPage );
-      pFifo->pLast = 0;
-    }else{
-      assert( pFifo->pFirst!=0 );
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( pFifo->nEntry>0 );
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete all information from a Fifo object.   Free all memory held
-** by the Fifo.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(Fifo *pFifo){
-  FifoPage *pPage, *pNextPage;
-  for(pPage=pFifo->pFirst; pPage; pPage=pNextPage){
-    pNextPage = pPage->pNext;
-    sqlite3DbFree(pFifo->db, pPage);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(pFifo, pFifo->db);
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbefifo.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure.  A "Mem"
-** stores a single value in the VDBE.  Mem is an opaque structure visible
-** only within the VDBE.  Interface routines refer to a Mem using the
-** name sqlite_value
-**
-** $Id: vdbemem.c,v 1.123 2008/09/16 12:06:08 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define expandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
-
-/*
-** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine
-** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is
-** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE.
-**
-** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string
-** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this
-** routine is a no-op.
-**
-** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required).
-** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion
-** between formats.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){
-  int rc;
-  if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-#else
-
-  /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned,
-  ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_OK    || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc);
-  assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc);
-  return rc;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least 
-** n bytes.
-**
-** If the memory cell currently contains string or blob data
-** and the third argument passed to this function is true, the 
-** current content of the cell is preserved. Otherwise, it may
-** be discarded.  
-**
-** This function sets the MEM_Dyn flag and clears any xDel callback.
-** It also clears MEM_Ephem and MEM_Static. If the preserve flag is 
-** not set, Mem.n is zeroed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve){
-  assert( 1 >=
-    ((pMem->zMalloc && pMem->zMalloc==pMem->z) ? 1 : 0) +
-    (((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)&&pMem->xDel) ? 1 : 0) + 
-    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Ephem) ? 1 : 0) + 
-    ((pMem->flags&MEM_Static) ? 1 : 0)
-  );
-
-  if( n<32 ) n = 32;
-  if( sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc)<n ){
-    if( preserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){
-      pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n);
-      if( !pMem->z ){
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      }
-      preserve = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-      pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( preserve && pMem->z && pMem->zMalloc && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n);
-  }
-  if( pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn && pMem->xDel ){
-    pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z));
-  }
-
-  pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc;
-  pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-  pMem->xDel = 0;
-  return (pMem->z ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make the given Mem object MEM_Dyn.  In other words, make it so
-** that any TEXT or BLOB content is stored in memory obtained from
-** malloc().  In this way, we know that the memory is safe to be
-** overwritten or altered.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){
-  int f;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  expandBlob(pMem);
-  f = pMem->flags;
-  if( (f&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n + 2, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-    pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary
-** blob stored in dynamically allocated space.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    int nByte;
-    assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-
-    /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */
-    nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.i;
-    if( nByte<=0 ){
-      nByte = 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-
-    memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.i);
-    pMem->n += pMem->u.i;
-    pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;   /* Nothing to do */
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0;
-  pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem.  Numbers
-** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf().  Converting a BLOB to a string
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are *not* invalidated.
-**
-** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is
-** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via
-** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree
-** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the
-** user and the later is an internal programming error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, int enc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int fg = pMem->flags;
-  const int nByte = 32;
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) );
-  assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) );
-  assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) );
-
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_mprintf() to produce the UTF-8
-  ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding
-  ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation.
-  ** 
-  ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16.
-  */
-  if( fg & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-  }else{
-    assert( fg & MEM_Real );
-    sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->r);
-  }
-  pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function.
-** This routine calls the finalize method for that function.  The
-** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error.  SQLITE_OK
-** otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pFunc && pFunc->xFinalize ){
-    sqlite3_context ctx;
-    assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef );
-    assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-    memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx));
-    ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-    ctx.s.db = pMem->db;
-    ctx.pMem = pMem;
-    ctx.pFunc = pFunc;
-    pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx);
-    assert( 0==(pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn) && !pMem->xDel );
-    sqlite3DbFree(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc);
-    *pMem = ctx.s;
-    rc = (ctx.isError?SQLITE_ERROR:SQLITE_OK);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
-** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
-** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
-    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
-    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
-    p->xDel = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
-** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
-** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
-  p->z = 0;
-  p->zMalloc = 0;
-  p->xDel = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer.
-** If the double is too large, return 0x8000000000000000.
-**
-** Most systems appear to do this simply by assigning
-** variables and without the extra range tests.  But
-** there are reports that windows throws an expection
-** if the floating point value is out of range. (See ticket #2880.)
-** Because we do not completely understand the problem, we will
-** take the conservative approach and always do range tests
-** before attempting the conversion.
-*/
-static i64 doubleToInt64(double r){
-  /*
-  ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the
-  ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them
-  ** inconsistently.  And many do not understand the "LL" notation.
-  ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing
-  ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant.
-  */
-  static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64;
-  static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64;
-
-  if( r<(double)minInt ){
-    return minInt;
-  }else if( r>(double)maxInt ){
-    return minInt;
-  }else{
-    return (i64)r;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do
-** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer.
-** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact.  If pMem is
-** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part.
-** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert
-** it into a integer and return that.  If pMem is NULL, return 0.
-**
-** If pMem is a string, its encoding might be changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags;
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  flags = pMem->flags;
-  if( flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-  }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    i64 value;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
-    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
-       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    assert( pMem->z );
-    sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value);
-    return value;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a
-** double.  If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its
-** value.  If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double.
-** If it is a NULL, return 0.0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    return pMem->r;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    return (double)pMem->u.i;
-  }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    double val = 0.0;
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Str;
-    if( sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, SQLITE_UTF8)
-       || sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pMem) ){
-      return 0.0;
-    }
-    assert( pMem->z );
-    sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val);
-    return val;
-  }else{
-    return 0.0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real.  Try to also make it a
-** MEM_Int if we can.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real );
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-
-  pMem->u.i = doubleToInt64(pMem->r);
-  if( pMem->r==(double)pMem->u.i ){
-    pMem->flags |= MEM_Int;
-  }
-}
-
-static void setTypeFlag(Mem *pMem, int f){
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, f);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem to type integer.  Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem);
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  pMem->r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both.
-** Invalidate any prior representations.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){
-  double r1, r2;
-  i64 i;
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 );
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 );
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-  r1 = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem);
-  i = doubleToInt64(r1);
-  r2 = (double)i;
-  if( r1==r2 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-  }else{
-    pMem->r = r1;
-    setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Null);
-  pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length
-** n containing all zeros.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  setTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob);
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero;
-  pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
-  pMem->n = 0;
-  if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  pMem->u.i = n;
-  pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type INTEGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-  pMem->u.i = val;
-  pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val,
-** manifest type REAL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){
-  if( sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->r = val;
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Real;
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is
-** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){
-  assert( p->db!=0 );
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    int n = p->n;
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      n += p->u.i;
-    }
-    return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  return 0; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member.
-*/
-#define MEMCELLSIZE (size_t)(&(((Mem *)0)->zMalloc))
-
-/*
-** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
-** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
-** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
-** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
-  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->xDel = 0;
-  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 || pFrom->z==pFrom->zMalloc ){
-    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
-    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
-    pTo->flags |= srcType;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
-** freed before the copy is made.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
-  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-
-  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
-      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is
-** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made.
-**
-** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) );
-  assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db );
-
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo);
-  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem));
-  pFrom->flags = MEM_Null;
-  pFrom->xDel = 0;
-  pFrom->zMalloc = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB.
-**
-** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel
-** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the 
-** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the 
-** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the
-** pointer copied.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(
-  Mem *pMem,          /* Memory cell to set to string value */
-  const char *z,      /* String pointer */
-  int n,              /* Bytes in string, or negative */
-  u8 enc,             /* Encoding of z.  0 for BLOBs */
-  void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */
-){
-  int nByte = n;      /* New value for pMem->n */
-  int iLimit;         /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */
-  int flags = 0;      /* New value for pMem->flags */
-
-  assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */
-  if( !z ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( pMem->db ){
-    iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }else{
-    iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH;
-  }
-  flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str);
-  if( nByte<0 ){
-    assert( enc!=0 );
-    if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && z[nByte]; nByte++){}
-    }else{
-      for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){}
-    }
-    flags |= MEM_Term;
-  }
-  if( nByte>iLimit ){
-    return SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  }
-
-  /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It
-  ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory
-  ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static).
-  */
-  if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){
-    int nAlloc = nByte;
-    if( flags&MEM_Term ){
-      nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
-    }
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nAlloc, 0) ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc);
-  }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->xDel = 0;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = (char *)z;
-    pMem->xDel = xDel;
-    flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn);
-  }
-
-  pMem->n = nByte;
-  pMem->flags = flags;
-  pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc);
-  pMem->type = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_BLOB : SQLITE_TEXT);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning
-** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater
-** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers
-** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating
-** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp().
-**
-** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){
-  int rc;
-  int f1, f2;
-  int combined_flags;
-
-  /* Interchange pMem1 and pMem2 if the collating sequence specifies
-  ** DESC order.
-  */
-  f1 = pMem1->flags;
-  f2 = pMem2->flags;
-  combined_flags = f1|f2;
- 
-  /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values
-  ** are NULL, return 0.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null);
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a number and the other is not, the number is less.
-  ** If both are numbers, compare as reals if one is a real, or as integers
-  ** if both values are integers.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){
-    if( !(f1&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( !(f2&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real)) ){
-      return -1;
-    }
-    if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-      double r1, r2;
-      if( (f1&MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        r1 = pMem1->u.i;
-      }else{
-        r1 = pMem1->r;
-      }
-      if( (f2&MEM_Real)==0 ){
-        r2 = pMem2->u.i;
-      }else{
-        r2 = pMem2->r;
-      }
-      if( r1<r2 ) return -1;
-      if( r1>r2 ) return 1;
-      return 0;
-    }else{
-      assert( f1&MEM_Int );
-      assert( f2&MEM_Int );
-      if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1;
-      if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less.
-  ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions.
-  */
-  if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){
-    if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-    assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc );
-    assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
-            pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-
-    /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if
-    ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is
-    ** compiled (this was not always the case).
-    */
-    assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp );
-
-    if( pColl ){
-      if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){
-        /* The strings are already in the correct encoding.  Call the
-        ** comparison function directly */
-        return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z);
-      }else{
-        const void *v1, *v2;
-        int n1, n2;
-        Mem c1;
-        Mem c2;
-        memset(&c1, 0, sizeof(c1));
-        memset(&c2, 0, sizeof(c2));
-        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem);
-        sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem);
-        v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc);
-        n1 = v1==0 ? 0 : c1.n;
-        v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc);
-        n2 = v2==0 ? 0 : c2.n;
-        rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, n1, v1, n2, v2);
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1);
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2);
-        return rc;
-      }
-    }
-    /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through
-    ** to the blob case and use memcmp().  */
-  }
- 
-  /* Both values must be blobs.  Compare using memcmp().  */
-  rc = memcmp(pMem1->z, pMem2->z, (pMem1->n>pMem2->n)?pMem2->n:pMem1->n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    rc = pMem1->n - pMem2->n;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure.
-** The data or key is taken from the entry that pCur is currently pointing
-** to.  offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve.
-** key is true to get the key or false to get data.  The result is written
-** into the pMem element.
-**
-** The pMem structure is assumed to be uninitialized.  Any prior content
-** is overwritten without being freed.
-**
-** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable
-** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(
-  BtCursor *pCur,   /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */
-  int offset,       /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */
-  int amt,          /* Number of bytes to return. */
-  int key,          /* If true, retrieve from the btree key, not data. */
-  Mem *pMem         /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */
-){
-  char *zData;       /* Data from the btree layer */
-  int available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */
-  sqlite3 *db;       /* Database connection */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  db = sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(pCur);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( key ){
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }else{
-    zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCur, &available);
-  }
-  assert( zData!=0 );
-
-  if( offset+amt<=available && ((pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->xDel) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    pMem->z = &zData[offset];
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem;
-  }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, amt+2, 0)) ){
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Term;
-    pMem->enc = 0;
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
-    if( key ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z);
-    }
-    pMem->z[amt] = 0;
-    pMem->z[amt+1] = 0;
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    }
-  }
-  pMem->n = amt;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if 0
-/*
-** Perform various checks on the memory cell pMem. An assert() will
-** fail if pMem is internally inconsistent.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSanity(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  assert( flags!=0 );  /* Must define some type */
-  if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
-    int x = flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short);
-    assert( x!=0 );            /* Strings must define a string subtype */
-    assert( (x & (x-1))==0 );  /* Only one string subtype can be defined */
-    assert( pMem->z!=0 );      /* Strings must have a value */
-    /* Mem.z points to Mem.zShort iff the subtype is MEM_Short */
-    assert( (x & MEM_Short)==0 || pMem->z==pMem->zShort );
-    assert( (x & MEM_Short)!=0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zShort );
-    /* No destructor unless there is MEM_Dyn */
-    assert( pMem->xDel==0 || (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 );
-
-    if( (flags & MEM_Str) ){
-      assert( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || 
-              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ||
-              pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE 
-      );
-      /* If the string is UTF-8 encoded and nul terminated, then pMem->n
-      ** must be the length of the string.  (Later:)  If the database file
-      ** has been corrupted, '\000' characters might have been inserted
-      ** into the middle of the string.  In that case, the strlen() might
-      ** be less.
-      */
-      if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 && (flags & MEM_Term) ){ 
-        assert( strlen(pMem->z)<=pMem->n );
-        assert( pMem->z[pMem->n]==0 );
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Cannot define a string subtype for non-string objects */
-    assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Short))==0 );
-    assert( pMem->xDel==0 );
-  }
-  /* MEM_Null excludes all other types */
-  assert( (pMem->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob))==0
-          || (pMem->flags&MEM_Null)==0 );
-  /* If the MEM is both real and integer, the values are equal */
-  assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) 
-          || pMem->r==pMem->u.i );
-}
-#endif
-
-/* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the
-** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(),
-** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second
-** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or
-** SQLITE_UTF8.
-**
-** (2006-02-16:)  The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED.
-** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte
-** boundary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){
-  if( !pVal ) return 0;
-
-  assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) );
-  assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) );
-
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  assert( (MEM_Blob>>3) == MEM_Str );
-  pVal->flags |= (pVal->flags & MEM_Blob)>>3;
-  expandBlob(pVal);
-  if( pVal->flags&MEM_Str ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
-    if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){
-      assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 );
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal);
-  }else{
-    assert( (pVal->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc);
-    assert( 0==(1&(int)pVal->z) );
-  }
-  assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0
-              || pVal->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){
-    return pVal->z;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){
-  Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p));
-  if( p ){
-    p->flags = MEM_Null;
-    p->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-    p->db = db;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr.
-**
-** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant
-** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can
-** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and
-** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating
-** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression
-** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* The database connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,              /* The expression to evaluate */
-  u8 enc,                   /* Encoding to use */
-  u8 affinity,              /* Affinity to use */
-  sqlite3_value **ppVal     /* Write the new value here */
-){
-  int op;
-  char *zVal = 0;
-  sqlite3_value *pVal = 0;
-
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    *ppVal = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  op = pExpr->op;
-
-  if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){
-    zVal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    if( !zVal || !pVal ) goto no_mem;
-    sqlite3Dequote(zVal);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-    if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, enc);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc);
-    }
-  }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) {
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal) ){
-      pVal->u.i = -1 * pVal->u.i;
-      pVal->r = -1.0 * pVal->r;
-    }
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-  else if( op==TK_BLOB ){
-    int nVal;
-    assert( pExpr->token.n>=3 );
-    assert( pExpr->token.z[0]=='x' || pExpr->token.z[0]=='X' );
-    assert( pExpr->token.z[1]=='\'' );
-    assert( pExpr->token.z[pExpr->token.n-1]=='\'' );
-    pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    nVal = pExpr->token.n - 3;
-    zVal = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2,
-                         0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  *ppVal = pVal;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal);
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  *ppVal = 0;
-  return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(
-  sqlite3_value *v,     /* Value to be set */
-  int n,                /* Length of string z */
-  const void *z,        /* Text of the new string */
-  u8 enc,               /* Encoding to use */
-  void (*xDel)(void*)   /* Destructor for the string */
-){
-  if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free an sqlite3_value object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){
-  if( !v ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v);
-  sqlite3DbFree(((Mem*)v)->db, v);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of bytes in the sqlite3_value object assuming
-** that it uses the encoding "enc"
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 || sqlite3ValueText(pVal, enc) ){
-    if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      return p->n+p->u.i;
-    }else{
-      return p->n;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 September 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating
-** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.)  Prior
-** to version 2.8.7, all this code was combined into the vdbe.c source file.
-** But that file was getting too big so this subroutines were split out.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeaux.c,v 1.411 2008/09/19 18:32:27 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-
-
-/*
-** When debugging the code generator in a symbolic debugger, one can
-** set the sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace to 1 and all opcodes will be printed
-** as they are added to the instruction stream.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Create a new virtual database engine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Vdbe) );
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  p->db = db;
-  if( db->pVdbe ){
-    db->pVdbe->pPrev = p;
-  }
-  p->pNext = db->pVdbe;
-  p->pPrev = 0;
-  db->pVdbe = p;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  assert( p->zSql==0 );
-  p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return ((Vdbe *)pStmt)->zSql;
-}
-
-/*
-** Swap all content between two VDBE structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){
-  Vdbe tmp, *pTmp;
-  char *zTmp;
-  int nTmp;
-  tmp = *pA;
-  *pA = *pB;
-  *pB = tmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pNext;
-  pA->pNext = pB->pNext;
-  pB->pNext = pTmp;
-  pTmp = pA->pPrev;
-  pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev;
-  pB->pPrev = pTmp;
-  zTmp = pA->zSql;
-  pA->zSql = pB->zSql;
-  pB->zSql = zTmp;
-  nTmp = pA->nSql;
-  pA->nSql = pB->nSql;
-  pB->nSql = nTmp;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Turn tracing on or off
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe *p, FILE *trace){
-  p->trace = trace;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it contains at least N
-** elements.
-**
-** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array,
-** Vdbe.aOp and Vdbe.nOpAlloc remain unchanged (this is so that
-** any opcodes already allocated can be correctly deallocated
-** along with the rest of the Vdbe).
-*/
-static void resizeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int N){
-  VdbeOp *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aOp, N*sizeof(Op));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->nOpAlloc = N;
-    p->aOp = pNew;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the
-** VDBE.  Return the address of the new instruction.
-**
-** Parameters:
-**
-**    p               Pointer to the VDBE
-**
-**    op              The opcode for this instruction
-**
-**    p1, p2, p3      Operands
-**
-** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and
-** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4
-** operand.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){
-  int i;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-
-  i = p->nOp;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->nOpAlloc<=i ){
-    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : 1024/sizeof(Op));
-    if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  p->nOp++;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-  pOp->opcode = op;
-  pOp->p5 = 0;
-  pOp->p1 = p1;
-  pOp->p2 = p2;
-  pOp->p3 = p3;
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-  p->expired = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  pOp->zComment = 0;
-  if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ) sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-#endif
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  pOp->cycles = 0;
-  pOp->cnt = 0;
-#endif
-  return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){
-  return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(
-  Vdbe *p,            /* Add the opcode to this VM */
-  int op,             /* The new opcode */
-  int p1,             /* The P1 operand */
-  int p2,             /* The P2 operand */
-  int p3,             /* The P3 operand */
-  const char *zP4,    /* The P4 operand */
-  int p4type          /* P4 operand type */
-){
-  int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type);
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be
-** coded.  The symbolic label is really just a negative number.  The
-** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation.  Later, when
-** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan
-** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match
-** the label into the resolved address.
-**
-** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are
-** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative.
-** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved.
-**
-** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  i = p->nLabel++;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( i>=p->nLabelAlloc ){
-    p->nLabelAlloc = p->nLabelAlloc*2 + 10;
-    p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel,
-                                    p->nLabelAlloc*sizeof(p->aLabel[0]));
-  }
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[i] = -1;
-  }
-  return -1-i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to
-** be inserted.  The parameter "x" must have been obtained from
-** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *p, int x){
-  int j = -1-x;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nLabel );
-  if( p->aLabel ){
-    p->aLabel[j] = p->nOp;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Loop through the program looking for P2 values that are negative
-** on jump instructions.  Each such value is a label.  Resolve the
-** label by setting the P2 value to its correct non-zero value.
-**
-** This routine is called once after all opcodes have been inserted.
-**
-** Variable *pMaxFuncArgs is set to the maximum value of any P2 argument 
-** to an OP_Function, OP_AggStep or OP_VFilter opcode. This is used by 
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() to size the Vdbe.apArg[] array.
-**
-** This routine also does the following optimization:  It scans for
-** instructions that might cause a statement rollback.  Such instructions
-** are:
-**
-**   *  OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort.
-**   *  OP_Destroy
-**   *  OP_VUpdate
-**   *  OP_VRename
-**
-** If no such instruction is found, then every Statement instruction 
-** is changed to a Noop.  In this way, we avoid creating the statement 
-** journal file unnecessarily.
-*/
-static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){
-  int i;
-  int nMaxArgs = 0;
-  Op *pOp;
-  int *aLabel = p->aLabel;
-  int doesStatementRollback = 0;
-  int hasStatementBegin = 0;
-  for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
-    u8 opcode = pOp->opcode;
-
-    if( opcode==OP_Function || opcode==OP_AggStep ){
-      if( pOp->p5>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p5;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate ){
-      if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2;
-#endif
-    }
-    if( opcode==OP_Halt ){
-      if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){
-        doesStatementRollback = 1;
-      }
-    }else if( opcode==OP_Statement ){
-      hasStatementBegin = 1;
-    }else if( opcode==OP_Destroy ){
-      doesStatementRollback = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename ){
-      doesStatementRollback = 1;
-    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
-      int n;
-      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
-      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
-      n = pOp[-1].p1;
-      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    if( sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) && pOp->p2<0 ){
-      assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
-      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aLabel);
-  p->aLabel = 0;
-
-  *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs;
-
-  /* If we never rollback a statement transaction, then statement
-  ** transactions are not needed.  So change every OP_Statement
-  ** opcode into an OP_Noop.  This avoid a call to sqlite3OsOpenExclusive()
-  ** which can be expensive on some platforms.
-  */
-  if( hasStatementBegin && !doesStatementRollback ){
-    for(pOp=p->aOp, i=p->nOp-1; i>=0; i--, pOp++){
-      if( pOp->opcode==OP_Statement ){
-        pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  return p->nOp;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack.  Return the
-** address of the first operation added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe *p, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp){
-  int addr;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->nOp + nOp > p->nOpAlloc ){
-    resizeOpArray(p, p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : 1024/sizeof(Op));
-    assert( p->nOp+nOp<=p->nOpAlloc || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  }
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  addr = p->nOp;
-  if( nOp>0 ){
-    int i;
-    VdbeOpList const *pIn = aOp;
-    for(i=0; i<nOp; i++, pIn++){
-      int p2 = pIn->p2;
-      VdbeOp *pOut = &p->aOp[i+addr];
-      pOut->opcode = pIn->opcode;
-      pOut->p1 = pIn->p1;
-      if( p2<0 && sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(pOut->opcode, OPFLG_JUMP) ){
-        pOut->p2 = addr + ADDR(p2);
-      }else{
-        pOut->p2 = p2;
-      }
-      pOut->p3 = pIn->p3;
-      pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-      pOut->p4.p = 0;
-      pOut->p5 = 0;
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      pOut->zComment = 0;
-      if( sqlite3VdbeAddopTrace ){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+addr, &p->aOp[i+addr]);
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-    p->nOp += nOp;
-  }
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && addr>=0 && p->nOp>addr && p->aOp ){
-    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
-** added operation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u8 val){
-  assert( p==0 || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p && p->aOp ){
-    assert( p->nOp>0 );
-    p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = val;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to
-** the address of the next instruction to be coded.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it.  If
-** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing.
-*/
-static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){
-  if( pDef && (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDef);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete a P4 value if necessary.
-*/
-static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){
-  if( p4 ){
-    switch( p4type ){
-      case P4_REAL:
-      case P4_INT64:
-      case P4_MPRINTF:
-      case P4_DYNAMIC:
-      case P4_KEYINFO:
-      case P4_INTARRAY:
-      case P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF: {
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_VDBEFUNC: {
-        VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc *)p4;
-        freeEphemeralFunction(db, pVdbeFunc->pFunc);
-        sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(pVdbeFunc, 0);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbeFunc);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-        freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-      case P4_MEM: {
-        sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Change N opcodes starting at addr to No-ops.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr, int N){
-  if( p && p->aOp ){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    while( N-- ){
-      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-      memset(pOp, 0, sizeof(pOp[0]));
-      pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-      pOp++;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction.
-** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
-** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
-** few minor changes to the program.
-**
-** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of
-** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the
-** first null byte.  If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4.
-**
-** If n==P4_KEYINFO it means that zP4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure.
-** A copy is made of the KeyInfo structure into memory obtained from
-** sqlite3_malloc, to be freed when the Vdbe is finalized.
-** n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF indicates that zP4 points to a KeyInfo structure
-** stored in memory that the caller has obtained from sqlite3_malloc. The 
-** caller should not free the allocation, it will be freed when the Vdbe is
-** finalized.
-** 
-** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points
-** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of
-** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer.
-**
-** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){
-  Op *pOp;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  db = p->db;
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  if( p->aOp==0 || db->mallocFailed ){
-    if (n != P4_KEYINFO) {
-      freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4);
-    }
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( addr<p->nOp );
-  if( addr<0 ){
-    addr = p->nOp - 1;
-    if( addr<0 ) return;
-  }
-  pOp = &p->aOp[addr];
-  freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-  pOp->p4.p = 0;
-  if( n==P4_INT32 ){
-    /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int
-    ** that was cast to a (const char *). */
-    pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4);
-    pOp->p4type = n;
-  }else if( zP4==0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = 0;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    int nField, nByte;
-
-    nField = ((KeyInfo*)zP4)->nField;
-    nByte = sizeof(*pKeyInfo) + (nField-1)*sizeof(pKeyInfo->aColl[0]) + nField;
-    pKeyInfo = sqlite3Malloc( nByte );
-    pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-    if( pKeyInfo ){
-      u8 *aSortOrder;
-      memcpy(pKeyInfo, zP4, nByte);
-      aSortOrder = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder;
-      if( aSortOrder ){
-        pKeyInfo->aSortOrder = (unsigned char*)&pKeyInfo->aColl[nField];
-        memcpy(pKeyInfo->aSortOrder, aSortOrder, nField);
-      }
-      pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
-    }else{
-      p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED;
-    }
-  }else if( n==P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_KEYINFO;
-  }else if( n<0 ){
-    pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4;
-    pOp->p4type = n;
-  }else{
-    if( n==0 ) n = strlen(zP4);
-    pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n);
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/*
-** Change the comment on the the most recently coded instruction.  Or
-** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction.  This
-** makes the code easier to read during debugging.  None of this happens
-** in a production build.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
-  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->nOp ){
-    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
-    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop);
-  assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 );
-  assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( p->nOp ){
-    char **pz = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment;
-    va_start(ap, zFormat);
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, *pz);
-    *pz = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-  }
-}
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-
-/*
-** Return the opcode for a given address.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-  assert( (addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp) || p->db->mallocFailed );
-  return ((addr>=0 && addr<p->nOp)?(&p->aOp[addr]):0);
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \
-     || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode.
-** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space.
-*/
-static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){
-  char *zP4 = zTemp;
-  assert( nTemp>=20 );
-  switch( pOp->p4type ){
-    case P4_KEYINFO_STATIC:
-    case P4_KEYINFO: {
-      int i, j;
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "keyinfo(%d", pKeyInfo->nField);
-      i = strlen(zTemp);
-      for(j=0; j<pKeyInfo->nField; j++){
-        CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j];
-        if( pColl ){
-          int n = strlen(pColl->zName);
-          if( i+n>nTemp-6 ){
-            memcpy(&zTemp[i],",...",4);
-            break;
-          }
-          zTemp[i++] = ',';
-          if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ){
-            zTemp[i++] = '-';
-          }
-          memcpy(&zTemp[i], pColl->zName,n+1);
-          i += n;
-        }else if( i+4<nTemp-6 ){
-          memcpy(&zTemp[i],",nil",4);
-          i += 4;
-        }
-      }
-      zTemp[i++] = ')';
-      zTemp[i] = 0;
-      assert( i<nTemp );
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_COLLSEQ: {
-      CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "collseq(%.20s)", pColl->zName);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_FUNCDEF: {
-      FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT64: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_INT32: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%d", pOp->p4.i);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_REAL: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case P4_MEM: {
-      Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem;
-      assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)==0 );
-      if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){
-        zP4 = pMem->z;
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%lld", pMem->u.i);
-      }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%.16g", pMem->r);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    case P4_VTAB: {
-      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "vtab:%p:%p", pVtab, pVtab->pModule);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case P4_INTARRAY: {
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
-      if( zP4==0 ){
-        zP4 = zTemp;
-        zTemp[0] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  assert( zP4!=0 );
-  return zP4;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  int mask;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->db->nDb );
-  assert( i<sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 );
-  mask = 1<<i;
-  if( (p->btreeMask & mask)==0 ){
-    p->btreeMask |= mask;
-    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(&p->aMutex, p->db->aDb[i].pBt);
-  }
-}
-
-
-#if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-** Print a single opcode.  This routine is used for debugging only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, Op *pOp){
-  char *zP4;
-  char zPtr[50];
-  static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-4s %.2X %s\n";
-  if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout;
-  zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr));
-  fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, 
-      sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5,
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      pOp->zComment ? pOp->zComment : ""
-#else
-      ""
-#endif
-  );
-  fflush(pOut);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Release an array of N Mem elements
-*/
-static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){
-  if( p && N ){
-    Mem *pEnd;
-    sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-    int malloc_failed = db->mallocFailed;
-    for(pEnd=&p[N]; p<pEnd; p++){
-      assert( (&p[1])==pEnd || p[0].db==p[1].db );
-
-      /* This block is really an inlined version of sqlite3VdbeMemRelease()
-      ** that takes advantage of the fact that the memory cell value is 
-      ** being set to NULL after releasing any dynamic resources.
-      **
-      ** The justification for duplicating code is that according to 
-      ** callgrind, this causes a certain test case to hit the CPU 4.7 
-      ** percent less (x86 linux, gcc version 4.1.2, -O6) than if 
-      ** sqlite3MemRelease() were called from here. With -O2, this jumps
-      ** to 6.6 percent. The test case is inserting 1000 rows into a table 
-      ** with no indexes using a single prepared INSERT statement, bind() 
-      ** and reset(). Inserts are grouped into a transaction.
-      */
-      if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
-      }else if( p->zMalloc ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc);
-        p->zMalloc = 0;
-      }
-
-      p->flags = MEM_Null;
-    }
-    db->mallocFailed = malloc_failed;
-  }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p){
-  int ii;
-  int nFree = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
-  for(ii=1; ii<=p->nMem; ii++){
-    Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[ii];
-    if( pMem->z && pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn ){
-      assert( !pMem->xDel );
-      nFree += sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z);
-      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-    }
-  }
-  return nFree;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-/*
-** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine.
-**
-** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec().  But instead of
-** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction.
-** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN".
-**
-** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed.  When
-** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these
-** are shown in a different format.  p->explain==2 is used to implement
-** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(
-  Vdbe *p                   /* The VDBE */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Mem *pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1];
-
-  assert( p->explain );
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
-
-  /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for
-  ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls
-  ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding.
-  */
-  releaseMemArray(pMem, p->nMem);
-
-  do{
-    i = p->pc++;
-  }while( i<p->nOp && p->explain==2 && p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_Explain );
-  if( i>=p->nOp ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-  }else if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc));
-  }else{
-    char *z;
-    Op *pOp = &p->aOp[i];
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-      pMem->u.i = i;                                /* Program counter */
-      pMem++;
-  
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode);  /* Opcode */
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-    }
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p1;                          /* P1 */
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-    pMem++;
-
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pMem->u.i = pOp->p2;                          /* P2 */
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-    pMem++;
-
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      pMem->u.i = pOp->p3;                          /* P3 */
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-      pMem++;
-    }
-
-    if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 32, 0) ){            /* P4 */
-      p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-    z = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, 32);
-    if( z!=pMem->z ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-    }else{
-      assert( pMem->z!=0 );
-      pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-    }
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-    pMem++;
-
-    if( p->explain==1 ){
-      if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, 4, 0) ){
-        p->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Dyn|MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-      pMem->n = 2;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5);   /* P5 */
-      pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-      pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pMem++;
-  
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      if( pOp->zComment ){
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term;
-        pMem->z = pOp->zComment;
-        pMem->n = strlen(pMem->z);
-        pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-        pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-      }else
-#endif
-      {
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Null;                       /* Comment */
-        pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-    p->nResColumn = 8 - 5*(p->explain-1);
-    p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){
-  int nOp = p->nOp;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  if( nOp<1 ) return;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-    const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
-    while( isspace(*(u8*)z) ) z++;
-    printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){
-  int nOp = p->nOp;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return;
-  if( nOp<1 ) return;
-  pOp = &p->aOp[0];
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){
-    int i, j;
-    char z[1000];
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-    for(i=0; isspace((unsigned char)z[i]); i++){}
-    for(j=0; z[i]; i++){
-      if( isspace((unsigned char)z[i]) ){
-        if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){
-          z[j++] = ' ';
-        }
-      }else{
-        z[j++] = z[i];
-      }
-    }
-    z[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z);
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */
-
-
-/*
-** Prepare a virtual machine for execution.  This involves things such
-** as allocating stack space and initializing the program counter.
-** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more
-** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec().  
-**
-** This is the only way to move a VDBE from VDBE_MAGIC_INIT to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_RUN.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(
-  Vdbe *p,                       /* The VDBE */
-  int nVar,                      /* Number of '?' see in the SQL statement */
-  int nMem,                      /* Number of memory cells to allocate */
-  int nCursor,                   /* Number of cursors to allocate */
-  int isExplain                  /* True if the EXPLAIN keywords is present */
-){
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT );
-
-  /* There should be at least one opcode.
-  */
-  assert( p->nOp>0 );
-
-  /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. This
-   * is because the call to resizeOpArray() below may shrink the
-   * p->aOp[] array to save memory if called when in VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 
-   * state.
-   */
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-
-  /* For each cursor required, also allocate a memory cell. Memory
-  ** cells (nMem+1-nCursor)..nMem, inclusive, will never be used by
-  ** the vdbe program. Instead they are used to allocate space for
-  ** Cursor/BtCursor structures. The blob of memory associated with 
-  ** cursor 0 is stored in memory cell nMem. Memory cell (nMem-1)
-  ** stores the blob of memory associated with cursor 1, etc.
-  **
-  ** See also: allocateCursor().
-  */
-  nMem += nCursor;
-
-  /*
-  ** Allocation space for registers.
-  */
-  if( p->aMem==0 ){
-    int nArg;       /* Maximum number of args passed to a user function. */
-    resolveP2Values(p, &nArg);
-    /*resizeOpArray(p, p->nOp);*/
-    assert( nVar>=0 );
-    if( isExplain && nMem<10 ){
-      p->nMem = nMem = 10;
-    }
-    p->aMem = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
-        nMem*sizeof(Mem)               /* aMem */
-      + nVar*sizeof(Mem)               /* aVar */
-      + nArg*sizeof(Mem*)              /* apArg */
-      + nVar*sizeof(char*)             /* azVar */
-      + nCursor*sizeof(Cursor*) + 1    /* apCsr */
-    );
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      p->aMem--;             /* aMem[] goes from 1..nMem */
-      p->nMem = nMem;        /*       not from 0..nMem-1 */
-      p->aVar = &p->aMem[nMem+1];
-      p->nVar = nVar;
-      p->okVar = 0;
-      p->apArg = (Mem**)&p->aVar[nVar];
-      p->azVar = (char**)&p->apArg[nArg];
-      p->apCsr = (Cursor**)&p->azVar[nVar];
-      p->nCursor = nCursor;
-      for(n=0; n<nVar; n++){
-        p->aVar[n].flags = MEM_Null;
-        p->aVar[n].db = db;
-      }
-      for(n=1; n<=nMem; n++){
-        p->aMem[n].flags = MEM_Null;
-        p->aMem[n].db = db;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  for(n=1; n<p->nMem; n++){
-    assert( p->aMem[n].db==db );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  p->pc = -1;
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  p->uniqueCnt = 0;
-  p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  p->explain |= isExplain;
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN;
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  p->cacheCtr = 1;
-  p->minWriteFileFormat = 255;
-  p->openedStatement = 0;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  {
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-      p->aOp[i].cnt = 0;
-      p->aOp[i].cycles = 0;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
-** happens to hold.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, Cursor *pCx){
-  if( pCx==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pCx->pBt ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
-    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
-    ** the call above. */
-  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
-    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pCx->pVtabCursor ){
-    sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = pCx->pVtabCursor;
-    const sqlite3_module *pModule = pCx->pModule;
-    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(p->db);
-    pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(p->db);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( !pCx->ephemPseudoTable ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pCx->pData);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Close all cursors except for VTab cursors that are currently
-** in use.
-*/
-static void closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  if( p->apCsr==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCursor; i++){
-    Cursor *pC = p->apCsr[i];
-    if( pC && (!p->inVtabMethod || !pC->pVtabCursor) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC);
-      p->apCsr[i] = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clean up the VM after execution.
-**
-** This routine will automatically close any cursors, lists, and/or
-** sorters that were left open.  It also deletes the values of
-** variables in the aVar[] array.
-*/
-static void Cleanup(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
-  for(i=1; i<=p->nMem; i++){
-    MemSetTypeFlag(&p->aMem[i], MEM_Null);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(&p->aMem[1], p->nMem);
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
-  if( p->contextStack ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->contextStackTop; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->contextStack[i].sFifo);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->contextStack);
-  }
-  p->contextStack = 0;
-  p->contextStackDepth = 0;
-  p->contextStackTop = 0;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL
-** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during
-** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can
-** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){
-  Mem *pColName;
-  int n;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
-  n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N;
-  p->nResColumn = nResColumn;
-  p->aColName = pColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem)*n );
-  if( p->aColName==0 ) return;
-  while( n-- > 0 ){
-    pColName->flags = MEM_Null;
-    pColName->db = p->db;
-    pColName++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement.
-** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string.
-**
-** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols().
-**
-** If N==P4_STATIC  it means that zName is a pointer to a constant static
-** string and we can just copy the pointer. If it is P4_DYNAMIC, then 
-** the string is freed using sqlite3DbFree(db, ) when the vdbe is finished with
-** it. Otherwise, N bytes of zName are copied.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe *p, int idx, int var, const char *zName, int N){
-  int rc;
-  Mem *pColName;
-  assert( idx<p->nResColumn );
-  assert( var<COLNAME_N );
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  assert( p->aColName!=0 );
-  pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]);
-  if( N==P4_DYNAMIC || N==P4_STATIC ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, N, SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && N==P4_DYNAMIC ){
-    pColName->flags &= (~MEM_Static);
-    pColName->zMalloc = pColName->z;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle
-** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a
-** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine
-** takes care of the master journal trickery.
-*/
-static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  int nTrans = 0;  /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int needXcommit = 0;
-
-  /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any
-  ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to
-  ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is 
-  ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database
-  ** to the transaction.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, &p->zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and
-  ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not 
-  ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than 
-  ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal
-  ** file is required for an atomic commit.
-  */ 
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-      needXcommit = 1;
-      if( i!=1 ) nTrans++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */
-  if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-    rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    if( rc ){
-      return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the
-  ** TEMP database) has a transaction active.   There is no need for the
-  ** master-journal.
-  **
-  ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length
-  ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file.  In 
-  ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the 
-  ** simple case then too.
-  */
-  if( 0==strlen(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. 
-    ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an
-    ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely,
-    ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
-      }
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active.
-  ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is
-  ** committed atomicly.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
-  else{
-    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-    int needSync = 0;
-    char *zMaster = 0;   /* File-name for the master journal */
-    char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0;
-    i64 offset = 0;
-    int res;
-
-    /* Select a master journal file name */
-    do {
-      u32 random;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(random), &random);
-      zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mj%08X", zMainFile, random&0x7fffffff);
-      if( !zMaster ){
-        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-    }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* Open the master journal. */
-      rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0
-      );
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
- 
-    /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new
-    ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close
-    ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files
-    ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll
-    ** back independently if a failure occurs.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( i==1 ) continue;   /* Ignore the TEMP database */
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){
-        char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt);
-        if( zFile[0]==0 ) continue;  /* Ignore :memory: databases */
-        if( !needSync && !sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(pBt) ){
-          needSync = 1;
-        }
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, strlen(zFile)+1, offset);
-        offset += strlen(zFile)+1;
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-          sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device
-    ** flag is set this is not required.
-    */
-    zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(db->aDb[0].pBt);
-    if( (needSync 
-     && (0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL))
-     && (rc=sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL))!=SQLITE_OK) ){
-      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-      sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call
-    ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If
-    ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file.
-    **
-    ** If the error occurs during the first call to
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the
-    ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it,
-    ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal
-    ** file before the failure occured.
-    */
-    for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After
-    ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual
-    ** transaction files are deleted.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster);
-    zMaster = 0;
-    if( rc ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-
-    /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following
-    ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and
-    ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while
-    ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the
-    ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals
-    ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters.
-    */
-    disable_simulated_io_errors();
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    enable_simulated_io_errors();
-
-    sqlite3VtabCommit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** This routine checks that the sqlite3.activeVdbeCnt count variable
-** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are
-** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match.
-** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing
-** step.
-**
-** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  p = db->pVdbe;
-  while( p ){
-    if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && p->pc>=0 ){
-      cnt++;
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-  assert( cnt==db->activeVdbeCnt );
-}
-#else
-#define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** For every Btree that in database connection db which 
-** has been modified, "trip" or invalidate each cursor in
-** that Btree might have been modified so that the cursor
-** can never be used again.  This happens when a rollback
-*** occurs.  We have to trip all the other cursors, even
-** cursor from other VMs in different database connections,
-** so that none of them try to use the data at which they
-** were pointing and which now may have been changed due
-** to the rollback.
-**
-** Remember that a rollback can delete tables complete and
-** reorder rootpages.  So it is not sufficient just to save
-** the state of the cursor.  We have to invalidate the cursor
-** so that it is never used again.
-*/
-static void invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( p && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){
-      sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, SQLITE_ABORT);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt.  If the VDBE
-** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those
-** changes.  If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback.
-**
-** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from
-** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT.  It is harmless to
-** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state.
-**
-** Return an error code.  If the commit could not complete because of
-** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY.  If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it
-** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  int i;
-  int (*xFunc)(Btree *pBt) = 0;  /* Function to call on each btree backend */
-  int isSpecialError;            /* Set to true if SQLITE_NOMEM or IOERR */
-
-  /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or
-  ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the
-  ** execution of this virtual machine. 
-  **
-  ** If any of the following errors occur:
-  **
-  **     SQLITE_NOMEM
-  **     SQLITE_IOERR
-  **     SQLITE_FULL
-  **     SQLITE_INTERRUPT
-  **
-  ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent
-  ** state.  We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is
-  ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction.
-  */
-
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  closeAllCursorsExceptActiveVtabs(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-
-  /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    int mrc;   /* Primary error code from p->rc */
-
-    /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */
-    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
-
-    /* Check for one of the special errors */
-    mrc = p->rc & 0xff;
-    isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR
-                     || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL;
-    if( isSpecialError ){
-      /* This loop does static analysis of the query to see which of the
-      ** following three categories it falls into:
-      **
-      **     Read-only
-      **     Query with statement journal
-      **     Query without statement journal
-      **
-      ** We could do something more elegant than this static analysis (i.e.
-      ** store the type of query as part of the compliation phase), but 
-      ** handling malloc() or IO failure is a fairly obscure edge case so 
-      ** this is probably easier. Todo: Might be an opportunity to reduce 
-      ** code size a very small amount though...
-      */
-      int notReadOnly = 0;
-      int isStatement = 0;
-      assert(p->aOp || p->nOp==0);
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){ 
-        switch( p->aOp[i].opcode ){
-          case OP_Transaction:
-            notReadOnly |= p->aOp[i].p2;
-            break;
-          case OP_Statement:
-            isStatement = 1;
-            break;
-        }
-      }
-
-   
-      /* If the query was read-only, we need do no rollback at all. Otherwise,
-      ** proceed with the special handling.
-      */
-      if( notReadOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
-        if( p->rc==SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED && isStatement ){
-          xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
-          p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        } else if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && isStatement ){
-          xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
-        }else{
-          /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing
-          ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active.
-          */
-          invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-          db->autoCommit = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active vdbe, then
-    ** we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. 
-    **
-    ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled 
-    ** above has occured. 
-    */
-    if( db->autoCommit && db->activeVdbeCnt==1 ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){
-        /* The auto-commit flag is true, and the vdbe program was 
-        ** successful or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint. This means a commit 
-        ** is required.
-        */
-        int rc = vdbeCommit(db, p);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-          sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
-          return SQLITE_BUSY;
-        }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-      }
-    }else if( !xFunc ){
-      if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){
-        if( p->openedStatement ){
-          xFunc = sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt;
-        } 
-      }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){
-        xFunc = sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt;
-      }else{
-        invalidateCursorsOnModifiedBtrees(db);
-        sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-        db->autoCommit = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If xFunc is not NULL, then it is one of sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt or
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt. Call it once on each backend. If an error occurs
-    ** and the return code is still SQLITE_OK, set the return code to the new
-    ** error value.
-    */
-    assert(!xFunc ||
-      xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ||
-      xFunc==sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt
-    );
-    for(i=0; xFunc && i<db->nDb; i++){ 
-      int rc;
-      Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt ){
-        rc = xFunc(pBt);
-        if( rc && (p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT) ){
-          p->rc = rc;
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-          p->zErrMsg = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and the statement was committed, 
-    ** set the change counter. 
-    */
-    if( p->changeCntOn && p->pc>=0 ){
-      if( !xFunc || xFunc==sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0);
-      }
-      p->nChange = 0;
-    }
-  
-    /* Rollback or commit any schema changes that occurred. */
-    if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK && db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-      db->flags = (db->flags | SQLITE_InternChanges);
-    }
-
-    /* Release the locks */
-    sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
-  }
-
-  /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM.  Record this fact. */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    db->activeVdbeCnt--;
-  }
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT;
-  checkActiveVdbeCnt(db);
-  if( p->db->mallocFailed ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call
-** in p->rc.  This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet.
-** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg.  Return the result code.
-**
-** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed
-** again.
-**
-** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the
-** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to
-** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  db = p->db;
-
-  /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an
-  ** error, then it might not have been halted properly.  So halt
-  ** it now.
-  */
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-
-  /* If the VDBE has be run even partially, then transfer the error code
-  ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure.  But
-  ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any
-  ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged.
-  */
-  if( p->pc>=0 ){
-    if( p->zErrMsg ){
-      sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr,-1,p->zErrMsg,SQLITE_UTF8,SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-      db->errCode = p->rc;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-      p->zErrMsg = 0;
-    }else if( p->rc ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-    }
-  }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){
-    /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call
-    ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was
-    ** called), set the database error in this case as well.
-    */
-    sqlite3Error(db, p->rc, 0);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Reclaim all memory used by the VDBE
-  */
-  Cleanup(p);
-
-  /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run.
-  */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  {
-    FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a");
-    if( out ){
-      int i;
-      fprintf(out, "---- ");
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode);
-      }
-      fprintf(out, "\n");
-      for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-        fprintf(out, "%6d %10lld %8lld ",
-           p->aOp[i].cnt,
-           p->aOp[i].cycles,
-           p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0
-        );
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-      }
-      fclose(out);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT;
-  return p->rc & db->errMask;
-}
- 
-/*
-** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution.  Return an integer which is
-** the result code.  Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p);
-    assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc );
-  }else if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeDelete(p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call the destructor for each auxdata entry in pVdbeFunc for which
-** the corresponding bit in mask is clear.  Auxdata entries beyond 31
-** are always destroyed.  To destroy all auxdata entries, call this
-** routine with mask==0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc, int mask){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pVdbeFunc->nAux; i++){
-    struct AuxData *pAux = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[i];
-    if( (i>31 || !(mask&(1<<i))) && pAux->pAux ){
-      if( pAux->xDelete ){
-        pAux->xDelete(pAux->pAux);
-      }
-      pAux->pAux = 0;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire VDBE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  db = p->db;
-  if( p->pPrev ){
-    p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext;
-  }else{
-    assert( db->pVdbe==p );
-    db->pVdbe = p->pNext;
-  }
-  if( p->pNext ){
-    p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev;
-  }
-  if( p->aOp ){
-    Op *pOp = p->aOp;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++, pOp++){
-      freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment);
-#endif     
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aOp);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aLabel);
-  if( p->aMem ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, &p->aMem[1]);
-  }
-  releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql);
-  p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that
-** MoveTo now.  Return an error code.  If no MoveTo is pending, this
-** routine does nothing and returns SQLITE_OK.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(Cursor *p){
-  if( p->deferredMoveto ){
-    int res, rc;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    extern int sqlite3_search_count;
-#endif
-    assert( p->isTable );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    p->lastRowid = keyToInt(p->movetoTarget);
-    p->rowidIsValid = res==0;
-    if( res<0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(p->pCursor, &res);
-      if( rc ) return rc;
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-    p->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }else if( p->pCursor ){
-    int hasMoved;
-    int rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->pCursor, &hasMoved);
-    if( rc ) return rc;
-    if( hasMoved ){
-      p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-      p->nullRow = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following functions:
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialType()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut()
-** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet()
-**
-** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite
-** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a
-** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned
-** integer, stored as a varint.
-**
-** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before
-** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial
-** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at
-** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the
-** serial-type and data blob seperately.
-**
-** The following table describes the various storage classes for data:
-**
-**   serial type        bytes of data      type
-**   --------------     ---------------    ---------------
-**      0                     0            NULL
-**      1                     1            signed integer
-**      2                     2            signed integer
-**      3                     3            signed integer
-**      4                     4            signed integer
-**      5                     6            signed integer
-**      6                     8            signed integer
-**      7                     8            IEEE float
-**      8                     0            Integer constant 0
-**      9                     0            Integer constant 1
-**     10,11                               reserved for expansion
-**    N>=12 and even       (N-12)/2        BLOB
-**    N>=13 and odd        (N-13)/2        text
-**
-** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4.  Prior versions
-** of SQLite will not understand those serial types.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  int n;
-
-  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( flags&MEM_Int ){
-    /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */
-#   define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1)
-    i64 i = pMem->u.i;
-    u64 u;
-    if( file_format>=4 && (i&1)==i ){
-      return 8+i;
-    }
-    u = i<0 ? -i : i;
-    if( u<=127 ) return 1;
-    if( u<=32767 ) return 2;
-    if( u<=8388607 ) return 3;
-    if( u<=2147483647 ) return 4;
-    if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ) return 5;
-    return 6;
-  }
-  if( flags&MEM_Real ){
-    return 7;
-  }
-  assert( flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) );
-  n = pMem->n;
-  if( flags & MEM_Zero ){
-    n += pMem->u.i;
-  }
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0));
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    return (serial_type-12)/2;
-  }else{
-    static const u8 aSize[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
-    return aSize[serial_type];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating 
-** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the 
-** upper 4 bytes.  Return the result.
-**
-** For most architectures, this is a no-op.
-**
-** (later):  It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem
-** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip.  It seems
-** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit
-** float in the wrong order.  And that error has been propagated
-** ever since.  The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though.
-** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler.
-** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different
-** ABI get the byte order right.
-**
-** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their
-** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once.  With DEBUG
-** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of
-** floating point values is correct.
-**
-** (2007-08-30)  Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely
-** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers.  Frank
-** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware
-** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full 
-** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard.  (This is the
-** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.)  On such systems, floating point
-** byte swapping becomes very complicated.  To avoid problems,
-** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer
-** rather than a 64-bit float.  Frank assures us that the code here
-** works for him.  We, the developers, have no way to independently
-** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about
-** so we trust him.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
-static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){
-  union {
-    u64 r;
-    u32 i[2];
-  } u;
-  u32 t;
-
-  u.r = in;
-  t = u.i[0];
-  u.i[0] = u.i[1];
-  u.i[1] = t;
-  return u.r;
-}
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)  X = floatSwap(X)
-#else
-# define swapMixedEndianFloat(X)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into 
-** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space.
-** Return the number of bytes written.
-**
-** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[].  nBuf must always be
-** large enough to hold the entire field.  Except, if the field is
-** a blob with a zero-filled tail, then buf[] might be just the right
-** size to hold everything except for the zero-filled tail.  If buf[]
-** is only big enough to hold the non-zero prefix, then only write that
-** prefix into buf[].  But if buf[] is large enough to hold both the
-** prefix and the tail then write the prefix and set the tail to all
-** zeros.
-**
-** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[].  The number
-** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only
-** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[].
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, int nBuf, Mem *pMem, int file_format){
-  u32 serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pMem, file_format);
-  int len;
-
-  /* Integer and Real */
-  if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){
-    u64 v;
-    int i;
-    if( serial_type==7 ){
-      assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->r) );
-      memcpy(&v, &pMem->r, sizeof(v));
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(v);
-    }else{
-      v = pMem->u.i;
-    }
-    len = i = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    assert( len<=nBuf );
-    while( i-- ){
-      buf[i] = (v&0xFF);
-      v >>= 8;
-    }
-    return len;
-  }
-
-  /* String or blob */
-  if( serial_type>=12 ){
-    assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.i:0)
-             == sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) );
-    assert( pMem->n<=nBuf );
-    len = pMem->n;
-    memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len);
-    if( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      len += pMem->u.i;
-      if( len>nBuf ){
-        len = nBuf;
-      }
-      memset(&buf[pMem->n], 0, len-pMem->n);
-    }
-    return len;
-  }
-
-  /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type
-** and store the result in pMem.  Return the number of bytes read.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(
-  const unsigned char *buf,     /* Buffer to deserialize from */
-  u32 serial_type,              /* Serial type to deserialize */
-  Mem *pMem                     /* Memory cell to write value into */
-){
-  switch( serial_type ){
-    case 10:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 11:   /* Reserved for future use */
-    case 0: {  /* NULL */
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      break;
-    }
-    case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (signed char)buf[0];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 2;
-    }
-    case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (((signed char)buf[0])<<16) | (buf[1]<<8) | buf[2];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 3;
-    }
-    case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */
-      pMem->u.i = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 4;
-    }
-    case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */
-      u64 x = (((signed char)buf[0])<<8) | buf[1];
-      u32 y = (buf[2]<<24) | (buf[3]<<16) | (buf[4]<<8) | buf[5];
-      x = (x<<32) | y;
-      pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 6;
-    }
-    case 6:   /* 8-byte signed integer */
-    case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */
-      u64 x;
-      u32 y;
-#if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT)
-      /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same
-      ** byte order.  Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is
-      ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed
-      ** endian.
-      */
-      static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32;
-      static const double r1 = 1.0;
-      u64 t2 = t1;
-      swapMixedEndianFloat(t2);
-      assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 );
-#endif
-
-      x = (buf[0]<<24) | (buf[1]<<16) | (buf[2]<<8) | buf[3];
-      y = (buf[4]<<24) | (buf[5]<<16) | (buf[6]<<8) | buf[7];
-      x = (x<<32) | y;
-      if( serial_type==6 ){
-        pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x;
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      }else{
-        assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->r)==8 );
-        swapMixedEndianFloat(x);
-        memcpy(&pMem->r, &x, sizeof(x));
-        pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real;
-      }
-      return 8;
-    }
-    case 8:    /* Integer 0 */
-    case 9: {  /* Integer 1 */
-      pMem->u.i = serial_type-8;
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Int;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    default: {
-      int len = (serial_type-12)/2;
-      pMem->z = (char *)buf;
-      pMem->n = len;
-      pMem->xDel = 0;
-      if( serial_type&0x01 ){
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Str | MEM_Ephem;
-      }else{
-        pMem->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Ephem;
-      }
-      return len;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], parse the
-** record into a UnpackedRecord structure.  Return a pointer to
-** that structure.
-**
-** The calling function might provide szSpace bytes of memory
-** space at pSpace.  This space can be used to hold the returned
-** VDbeParsedRecord structure if it is large enough.  If it is
-** not big enough, space is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-**
-** The returned structure should be closed by a call to
-** sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord().
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,     /* Information about the record format */
-  int nKey,              /* Size of the binary record */
-  const void *pKey,      /* The binary record */
-  UnpackedRecord *pSpace,/* Space available to hold resulting object */
-  int szSpace            /* Size of pSpace[] in bytes */
-){
-  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey;
-  UnpackedRecord *p;
-  int nByte;
-  int idx, d;
-  u16 u;                 /* Unsigned loop counter */
-  u32 szHdr;
-  Mem *pMem;
-  
-  assert( sizeof(Mem)>sizeof(*p) );
-  nByte = sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nField+2);
-  if( nByte>szSpace ){
-    p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte);
-    if( p==0 ) return 0;
-    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_FREE | UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
-  }else{
-    p = pSpace;
-    p->flags = UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY;
-  }
-  p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
-  p->nField = pKeyInfo->nField + 1;
-  p->aMem = pMem = &((Mem*)p)[1];
-  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
-  d = szHdr;
-  u = 0;
-  while( idx<szHdr && u<p->nField ){
-    u32 serial_type;
-
-    idx += getVarint32( aKey+idx, serial_type);
-    if( d>=nKey && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type)>0 ) break;
-    pMem->enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-    pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db;
-    pMem->flags = 0;
-    pMem->zMalloc = 0;
-    d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem);
-    pMem++;
-    u++;
-  }
-  assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nField + 1 );
-  p->nField = u;
-  return (void*)p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine destroys a UnpackedRecord object
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord *p){
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_DESTROY ){
-      int i;
-      Mem *pMem;
-      for(i=0, pMem=p->aMem; i<p->nField; i++, pMem++){
-        if( pMem->zMalloc ){
-          sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->flags & UNPACKED_NEED_FREE ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(p->pKeyInfo->db, p);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function compares the two table rows or index records
-** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2.  It returns a negative, zero
-** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or 
-** greater than key2.  The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob
-** created by th OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE.  The pPKey2
-** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from
-** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord.
-**
-** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields.
-** The key with fewer fields is usually compares less than the 
-** longer key.  However if the UNPACKED_INCRKEY flags in pPKey2 is set
-** and the common prefixes are equal, then key1 is less than key2.
-** Or if the UNPACKED_MATCH_PREFIX flag is set and the prefixes are
-** equal, then the keys are considered to be equal and
-** the parts beyond the common prefix are ignored.
-**
-** If the UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID flag is set, then the last byte of
-** the header of pKey1 is ignored.  It is assumed that pKey1 is
-** an index key, and thus ends with a rowid value.  The last byte
-** of the header will therefore be the serial type of the rowid:
-** one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, or 9 - the integer serial types.
-** The serial type of the final rowid will always be a single byte.
-** By ignoring this last byte of the header, we force the comparison
-** to ignore the rowid at the end of key1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */
-  UnpackedRecord *pPKey2        /* Right key */
-){
-  u32 d1;            /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */
-  u32 idx1;          /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */
-  u32 szHdr1;        /* Number of bytes in header */
-  int i = 0;
-  int nField;
-  int rc = 0;
-  const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1;
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-  Mem mem1;
-
-  pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo;
-  mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc;
-  mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db;
-  mem1.flags = 0;
-  mem1.zMalloc = 0;
-  
-  idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1);
-  d1 = szHdr1;
-  if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID ){
-    szHdr1--;
-  }
-  nField = pKeyInfo->nField;
-  while( idx1<szHdr1 && i<pPKey2->nField ){
-    u32 serial_type1;
-
-    /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */
-    idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 );
-    if( d1>=nKey1 && sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>0 ) break;
-
-    /* Extract the values to be compared.
-    */
-    d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1);
-
-    /* Do the comparison
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i],
-                           i<nField ? pKeyInfo->aColl[i] : 0);
-    if( rc!=0 ){
-      break;
-    }
-    i++;
-  }
-  if( mem1.zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1);
-
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and
-    ** all the fields up to that point were equal. If the UNPACKED_INCRKEY
-    ** flag is set, then break the tie by treating key2 as larger.
-    ** If the UPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH flag is set, then keys with common prefixes
-    ** are considered to be equal.  Otherwise, the longer key is the 
-    ** larger.  As it happens, the pPKey2 will always be the longer
-    ** if there is a difference.
-    */
-    if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_INCRKEY ){
-      rc = -1;
-    }else if( pPKey2->flags & UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH ){
-      /* Leave rc==0 */
-    }else if( idx1<szHdr1 ){
-      rc = 1;
-    }
-  }else if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder && i<pKeyInfo->nField
-               && pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){
-    rc = -rc;
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
- 
-
-/*
-** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode.
-** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid.
-** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  u32 szHdr;        /* Size of the header */
-  u32 typeRowid;    /* Serial type of the rowid */
-  u32 lenRowid;     /* Size of the rowid */
-  Mem m, v;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-  }
-  m.flags = 0;
-  m.db = 0;
-  m.zMalloc = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr);
-  (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid);
-  lenRowid = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(typeRowid);
-  sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)&m.z[m.n-lenRowid], typeRowid, &v);
-  *rowid = v.u.i;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the key of the index entry that cursor pC is point to against
-** the key string in pKey (of length nKey).  Write into *pRes a number
-** that is negative, zero, or positive if pC is less than, equal to,
-** or greater than pKey.  Return SQLITE_OK on success.
-**
-** pKey is either created without a rowid or is truncated so that it
-** omits the rowid at the end.  The rowid at the end of the index entry
-** is ignored as well.  Hence, this routine only compares the prefixes 
-** of the keys prior to the final rowid, not the entire key.
-**
-** pUnpacked may be an unpacked version of pKey,nKey.  If pUnpacked is
-** supplied it is used in place of pKey,nKey.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(
-  Cursor *pC,                 /* The cursor to compare against */
-  UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked,  /* Unpacked version of pKey and nKey */
-  int *res                    /* Write the comparison result here */
-){
-  i64 nCellKey = 0;
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *pCur = pC->pCursor;
-  Mem m;
-
-  sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCur, &nCellKey);
-  if( nCellKey<=0 ){
-    *res = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  m.db = 0;
-  m.flags = 0;
-  m.zMalloc = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->pCursor, 0, nCellKey, 1, &m);
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  assert( pUnpacked->flags & UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID );
-  *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  db->nChange = nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange += nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised
-** or reset.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){
-  v->changeCntOn = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection
-** as expired.
-**
-** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is
-** recommend.  Statements expire when things happen that make their
-** programs obsolete.  Removing user-defined functions or collating
-** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of
-** things that make prepared statements obsolete.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the database associated with the Vdbe.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){
-  return v->db;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2004 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the
-** VDBE.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeapi.c,v 1.141 2008/09/04 12:03:43 shane Exp $
-*/
-
-#if 0 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT)
-/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to the end points of a
-** doubly-linked list of all compiled SQL statements that may be holding
-** buffers eligible for release when the sqlite3_release_memory() interface is
-** invoked. Access to this list is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** mutex.
-**
-** Statements are added to the end of this list when sqlite3_reset() is
-** called. They are removed either when sqlite3_step() or sqlite3_finalize()
-** is called. When statements are added to this list, the associated 
-** register array (p->aMem[1..p->nMem]) may contain dynamic buffers that
-** can be freed using sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory().
-**
-** When statements are added or removed from this list, the mutex
-** associated with the Vdbe being added or removed (Vdbe.db->mutex) is
-** already held. The LRU2 mutex is then obtained, blocking if necessary,
-** the linked-list pointers manipulated and the LRU2 mutex relinquished.
-*/
-struct StatementLruList {
-  Vdbe *pFirst;
-  Vdbe *pLast;
-};
-static struct StatementLruList sqlite3LruStatements;
-
-/*
-** Check that the list looks to be internally consistent. This is used
-** as part of an assert() statement as follows:
-**
-**   assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-*/
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int stmtLruCheck(){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p; p=p->pLruNext){
-    assert(p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pLast);
-    assert(!p->pLruNext || p->pLruNext->pLruPrev==p);
-    assert(p->pLruPrev || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst);
-    assert(!p->pLruPrev || p->pLruPrev->pLruNext==p);
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add vdbe p to the end of the statement lru list. It is assumed that
-** p is not already part of the list when this is called. The lru list
-** is protected by the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU mutex.
-*/
-static void stmtLruAdd(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-
-  if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst==p ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-
-  if( !sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
-    assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast );
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p;
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
-  }else{
-    assert( !sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext );
-    p->pLruPrev = sqlite3LruStatements.pLast;
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pLast->pLruNext = p;
-    sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p;
-  }
-
-  assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-}
-
-/*
-** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is already held, remove
-** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the 
-** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
-*/
-static void stmtLruRemoveNomutex(Vdbe *p){
-  if( p->pLruPrev || p->pLruNext || p==sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst ){
-    assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-    if( p->pLruNext ){
-      p->pLruNext->pLruPrev = p->pLruPrev;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3LruStatements.pLast = p->pLruPrev;
-    }
-    if( p->pLruPrev ){
-      p->pLruPrev->pLruNext = p->pLruNext;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst = p->pLruNext;
-    }
-    p->pLruNext = 0;
-    p->pLruPrev = 0;
-    assert( stmtLruCheck() );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Assuming the SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 mutext is not held, remove
-** statement p from the least-recently-used statement list. If the 
-** statement is not currently part of the list, this call is a no-op.
-*/
-static void stmtLruRemove(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-  stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to release n bytes of memory by freeing buffers associated 
-** with the memory registers of currently unused vdbes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int n){
-  Vdbe *p;
-  Vdbe *pNext;
-  int nFree = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-  for(p=sqlite3LruStatements.pFirst; p && nFree<n; p=pNext){
-    pNext = p->pLruNext;
-
-    /* For each statement handle in the lru list, attempt to obtain the
-    ** associated database mutex. If it cannot be obtained, continue
-    ** to the next statement handle. It is not possible to block on
-    ** the database mutex - that could cause deadlock.
-    */
-    if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3_mutex_try(p->db->mutex) ){
-      nFree += sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(p);
-      stmtLruRemoveNomutex(p);
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2));
-
-  return nFree;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3Reprepare() on the statement. Remove it from the
-** lru list before doing so, as Reprepare() will free all the
-** memory register buffers anyway.
-*/
-int vdbeReprepare(Vdbe *p){
-  stmtLruRemove(p);
-  return sqlite3Reprepare(p);
-}
-
-#else       /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
-  #define stmtLruRemove(x)
-  #define stmtLruAdd(x)
-  #define vdbeReprepare(x) sqlite3Reprepare(x)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs
-** to be recompiled.  A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the
-** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program
-** that sqlite3_prepare() generates.  For example, if new functions or
-** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is
-** added or changed.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p==0 || p->expired;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by
-** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_
-** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual
-** machine.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = v->db->mutex;
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    stmtLruRemove(v);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it
-** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from
-** the prior execution is returned.
-**
-** This routine sets the error code and string returned by
-** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc;
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v);
-    stmtLruAdd(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, -1, 0, 0, 0);
-    assert( (rc & (v->db->errMask))==rc );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex;
-#endif
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-  for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]);
-    p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_value_  *******************************
-** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal;
-  if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(p);
-    p->flags &= ~MEM_Str;
-    p->flags |= MEM_Blob;
-    return p->z;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3_value_text(pVal);
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE);
-}
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){
-  return pVal->type;
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_result_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify
-** the function result.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, 0, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&pCtx->s, rVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-#endif
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, (i64)iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&pCtx->s, iVal);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const char *z, 
-  int n,
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  const void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  void (*xDel)(void *)
-){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&pCtx->s, pValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&pCtx->s, n);
-}
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
-  pCtx->isError = errCode;
-}
-
-/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&pCtx->s, "string or blob too big", -1, 
-                       SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&pCtx->s);
-  pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  pCtx->s.db->mallocFailed = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the
-** statement is completely executed or an error occurs.
-**
-** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step()
-** API.  The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a 
-** schema change has occurred.  That detail is handled by the
-** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert(p);
-  if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-
-  /* Assert that malloc() has not failed */
-  db = p->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-    }
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto end_of_step;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    p->rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( p->pc<0 ){
-    /* If there are no other statements currently running, then
-    ** reset the interrupt flag.  This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt
-    ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started.
-    */
-    if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
-      db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( db->xProfile && !db->init.busy ){
-      double rNow;
-      sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
-      p->startTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    db->activeVdbeCnt++;
-    p->pc = 0;
-    stmtLruRemove(p);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( p->explain ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-  {
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p);
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-  /* Invoke the profile callback if there is one
-  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && db->xProfile && !db->init.busy && p->nOp>0
-           && p->aOp[0].opcode==OP_Trace && p->aOp[0].p4.z!=0 ){
-    double rNow;
-    u64 elapseTime;
-
-    sqlite3OsCurrentTime(db->pVfs, &rNow);
-    elapseTime = (rNow - (int)rNow)*3600.0*24.0*1000000000.0 - p->startTime;
-    db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->aOp[0].p4.z, elapseTime);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  db->errCode = rc;
-  /*sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);*/
-  p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-end_of_step:
-  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-  if( p->zSql && (rc&0xff)<SQLITE_ROW ){
-    /* This behavior occurs if sqlite3_prepare_v2() was used to build
-    ** the prepared statement.  Return error codes directly */
-    p->db->errCode = p->rc;
-    /* sqlite3Error(p->db, p->rc, 0); */
-    return p->rc;
-  }else{
-    /* This is for legacy sqlite3_prepare() builds and when the code
-    ** is SQLITE_ROW or SQLITE_DONE */
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step().  Call
-** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work.  If a schema error occurs,
-** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  if( pStmt ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(v->db->mutex);
-    rc = sqlite3Step(v);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(v->db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  int rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  if( pStmt ){
-    int cnt = 0;
-    Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-    sqlite3 *db = v->db;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-    while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA
-           && cnt++ < 5
-           && vdbeReprepare(v) ){
-      sqlite3_reset(pStmt);
-      v->expired = 0;
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && v->zSql && db->pErr ){
-      /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. 
-      ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded 
-      ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message 
-      ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement
-      ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is 
-      ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via
-      ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode().
-      */
-      const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); 
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr);
-      } else {
-        v->zErrMsg = 0;
-        v->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->pFunc->pUserData;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a
-** pointer to it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc );
-  return p->s.db;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always
-** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the
-** wrong context.  The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct
-** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist
-** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction
-** method of virtual tables.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InvalidFunction(
-  sqlite3_context *context,  /* The function calling context */
-  int argc,                  /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  sqlite3_value **argv       /* Value of each argument */
-){
-  const char *zName = context->pFunc->zName;
-  char *zErr;
-  zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(0,
-      "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName);
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  sqlite3_free(zErr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function.  A new
-** context is allocated on the first call.  Subsequent calls return the
-** same context that was returned on prior calls.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->s.db->mutex) );
-  pMem = p->pMem;
-  if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){
-    if( nByte==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pMem);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Null;
-      pMem->z = 0;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0);
-      pMem->flags = MEM_Agg;
-      pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc;
-      if( pMem->z ){
-        memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return (void*)pMem->z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the auxilary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to
-** the user-function defined by pCtx.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){
-  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
-  if( !pVdbeFunc || iArg>=pVdbeFunc->nAux || iArg<0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg].pAux;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the auxilary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th
-** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is
-** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx, 
-  int iArg, 
-  void *pAux, 
-  void (*xDelete)(void*)
-){
-  struct AuxData *pAuxData;
-  VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;
-  if( iArg<0 ) goto failed;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->s.db->mutex) );
-  pVdbeFunc = pCtx->pVdbeFunc;
-  if( !pVdbeFunc || pVdbeFunc->nAux<=iArg ){
-    int nAux = (pVdbeFunc ? pVdbeFunc->nAux : 0);
-    int nMalloc = sizeof(VdbeFunc) + sizeof(struct AuxData)*iArg;
-    pVdbeFunc = sqlite3DbRealloc(pCtx->s.db, pVdbeFunc, nMalloc);
-    if( !pVdbeFunc ){
-      goto failed;
-    }
-    pCtx->pVdbeFunc = pVdbeFunc;
-    memset(&pVdbeFunc->apAux[nAux], 0, sizeof(struct AuxData)*(iArg+1-nAux));
-    pVdbeFunc->nAux = iArg+1;
-    pVdbeFunc->pFunc = pCtx->pFunc;
-  }
-
-  pAuxData = &pVdbeFunc->apAux[iArg];
-  if( pAuxData->pAux && pAuxData->xDelete ){
-    pAuxData->xDelete(pAuxData->pAux);
-  }
-  pAuxData->pAux = pAux;
-  pAuxData->xDelete = xDelete;
-  return;
-
-failed:
-  if( xDelete ){
-    xDelete(pAux);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of times the Step function of a aggregate has been 
-** called.
-**
-** This function is deprecated.  Do not use it for new code.  It is
-** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code.  New aggregate function
-** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate
-** context.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){
-  assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xStep );
-  return p->pMem->n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of values available from the current row of the
-** currently executing statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0;
-  return pVm->nResColumn;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid.  If
-** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column.
-** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value
-** of NULL.
-*/
-static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *pVm;
-  int vals;
-  Mem *pOut;
-
-  pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( pVm && pVm->pResultSet!=0 && i<pVm->nResColumn && i>=0 ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-    vals = sqlite3_data_count(pStmt);
-    pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i];
-  }else{
-    static const Mem nullMem = {{0}, 0.0, 0, "", 0, MEM_Null, SQLITE_NULL, 0, 0, 0 };
-    if( pVm->db ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex);
-      sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
-    }
-    pOut = (Mem*)&nullMem;
-  }
-  return pOut;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a 
-** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the
-** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If 
-** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result
-** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
-**
-** Specifically, this is called from within:
-**
-**     sqlite3_column_int()
-**     sqlite3_column_int64()
-**     sqlite3_column_text()
-**     sqlite3_column_text16()
-**     sqlite3_column_real()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes()
-**     sqlite3_column_bytes16()
-**
-** But not for sqlite3_column_blob(), which never calls malloc().
-*/
-static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt)
-{
-  /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an
-  ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to
-  ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR
-  ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM.
-  */
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  if( p ){
-    p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/**************************** sqlite3_column_  *******************************
-** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row
-** in the result set.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val;
-  val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might
-  ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() 
-  ** expression. 
-  */
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  sqlite3_value *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i);
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return pOut;
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return val;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-  columnMallocFailure(pStmt);
-  return iType;
-}
-
-/* The following function is experimental and subject to change or
-** removal */
-/*int sqlite3_column_numeric_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-**  return sqlite3_value_numeric_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) );
-**}
-*/
-
-/*
-** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using
-** xFunc() then return that string.  If N is out of range, return 0.
-**
-** There are up to 5 names for each column.  useType determines which
-** name is returned.  Here are the names:
-**
-**    0      The column name as it should be displayed for output
-**    1      The datatype name for the column
-**    2      The name of the database that the column derives from
-**    3      The name of the table that the column derives from
-**    4      The name of the table column that the result column derives from
-**
-** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression
-** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL.
-*/
-static const void *columnName(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,
-  int N,
-  const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*),
-  int useType
-){
-  const void *ret = 0;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  int n;
-  
-
-  if( p!=0 ){
-    n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-    if( N<n && N>=0 ){
-      N += useType*n;
-      sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-      ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]);
-
-      /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this
-      ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL.
-      */
-      if( p->db && p->db->mallocFailed ){
-        p->db->mallocFailed = 0;
-        ret = 0;
-      }
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-    }
-  }
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL
-** statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Constraint:  If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must
-** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA)
-# error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \
-         and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-/*
-** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column
-** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-/*
-** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives.
-** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or
-** anything else which is not an unabiguous reference to a database column.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){
-  return columnName(
-      pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */
-
-
-/******************************* sqlite3_bind_  ***************************
-** 
-** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement.
-*/
-/*
-** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the 
-** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is
-** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return
-** value in any case.
-*/
-static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){
-  Mem *pVar;
-  if( p==0 || p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){
-    if( p ) sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE, 0);
-    return SQLITE_RANGE;
-  }
-  i--;
-  pVar = &p->aVar[i];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar);
-  pVar->flags = MEM_Null;
-  sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Bind a text or BLOB value.
-*/
-static int bindText(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt,   /* The statement to bind against */
-  int i,                 /* Index of the parameter to bind */
-  const void *zData,     /* Pointer to the data to be bound */
-  int nData,             /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */
-  void (*xDel)(void*),   /* Destructor for the data */
-  int encoding           /* Encoding for the data */
-){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  Mem *pVar;
-  int rc;
-
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zData!=0 ){
-    pVar = &p->aVar[i-1];
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db));
-    }
-    sqlite3Error(p->db, rc, 0);
-    rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){
-  return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( 
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const char *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8);
-}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, 
-  int i, 
-  const void *zData, 
-  int nData, 
-  void (*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&p->aVar[i-1], pValue);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&p->aVar[i-1], ENC(p->db));
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){
-  int rc;
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-  rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to.
-** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite.  
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  return p ? p->nVar : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a mapping from variable numbers to variable names
-** in the Vdbe.azVar[] array, if such a mapping does not already
-** exist.
-*/
-static void createVarMap(Vdbe *p){
-  if( !p->okVar ){
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex);
-    if( !p->okVar ){
-      int j;
-      Op *pOp;
-      for(j=0, pOp=p->aOp; j<p->nOp; j++, pOp++){
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Variable ){
-          assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar );
-          p->azVar[pOp->p1-1] = pOp->p4.z;
-        }
-      }
-      p->okVar = 1;
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the name of a wildcard parameter.  Return NULL if the index
-** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed.
-**
-** The result is always UTF-8.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  if( p==0 || i<1 || i>p->nVar ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  createVarMap(p);
-  return p->azVar[i-1];
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable
-** with that name.  If there is no variable with the given name,
-** return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  createVarMap(p); 
-  if( zName ){
-    for(i=0; i<p->nVar; i++){
-      const char *z = p->azVar[i];
-      if( z && strcmp(z,zName)==0 ){
-        return i+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second.
-** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then
-** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt;
-  Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt;
-  int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( (pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pFrom->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
-    || (pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pTo->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_HALT)
-    || pTo->db!=pFrom->db ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex);
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<pFrom->nVar; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deprecated external interface.  Internal/core SQLite code
-** should call sqlite3TransferBindings.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){
-  return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given
-** in the argument belongs.  This is the same database handle that was
-** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create
-** the statement in the first place.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated
-** with database connection pDb.  If pStmt is NULL, return the first
-** prepared statement for the database connection.  Return NULL if there
-** are no more.
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNext;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex);
-  if( pStmt==0 ){
-    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe;
-  }else{
-    pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex);
-  return pNext;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** The code in this file implements execution method of the 
-** Virtual Database Engine (VDBE).  A separate file ("vdbeaux.c")
-** handles housekeeping details such as creating and deleting
-** VDBE instances.  This file is solely interested in executing
-** the VDBE program.
-**
-** In the external interface, an "sqlite3_stmt*" is an opaque pointer
-** to a VDBE.
-**
-** The SQL parser generates a program which is then executed by
-** the VDBE to do the work of the SQL statement.  VDBE programs are 
-** similar in form to assembly language.  The program consists of
-** a linear sequence of operations.  Each operation has an opcode 
-** and 5 operands.  Operands P1, P2, and P3 are integers.  Operand P4 
-** is a null-terminated string.  Operand P5 is an unsigned character.
-** Few opcodes use all 5 operands.
-**
-** Computation results are stored on a set of registers numbered beginning
-** with 1 and going up to Vdbe.nMem.  Each register can store
-** either an integer, a null-terminated string, a floating point
-** number, or the SQL "NULL" value.  An implicit conversion from one
-** type to the other occurs as necessary.
-** 
-** Most of the code in this file is taken up by the sqlite3VdbeExec()
-** function which does the work of interpreting a VDBE program.
-** But other routines are also provided to help in building up
-** a program instruction by instruction.
-**
-** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML
-** documentation, headers files, or other derived files.  The formatting
-** of the code in this file is, therefore, important.  See other comments
-** in this file for details.  If in doubt, do not deviate from existing
-** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code.
-**
-** $Id: vdbe.c,v 1.779 2008/09/22 06:13:32 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor
-** moves, either by the OP_MoveXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes.  The test
-** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are
-** working correctly.  This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before
-** each instruction in the VDBE.  When reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted
-** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate and interrupt.
-**
-** This facility is used for testing purposes only.  It does not function
-** in an ordinary build.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode
-** is executed.  The test procedures use this information to make sure that
-** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times.   This variable
-** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the
-** library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob
-** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode.  The test procedures
-** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality
-** is working correctly.   This variable has no function other than to
-** help verify the correct operation of the library.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0;
-static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){
-  if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){
-    sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size.
-** If it does, record the new maximum blob size.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST)
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)  updateMaxBlobsize(P)
-#else
-# define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one
-** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails.
-*/
-#define Stringify(P, enc) \
-   if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc)) \
-     { goto no_mem; }
-
-/*
-** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains
-** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity
-** is responsible for deallocating that string.  Because the register
-** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register
-** knowing it.
-**
-** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated
-** string that the register itself controls.  In other words, it
-** converts an MEM_Ephem string into an MEM_Dyn string.
-*/
-#define Deephemeralize(P) \
-   if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \
-       && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
-** P if required.
-*/
-#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)
-
-/*
-** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
-** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
-** The second argument, 'db_enc' is the text encoding used by the vdbe for
-** register variables.  This routine sets the pMem->enc and pMem->type
-** variables used by the sqlite3_value_*() routines.
-*/
-#define storeTypeInfo(A,B) _storeTypeInfo(A)
-static void _storeTypeInfo(Mem *pMem){
-  int flags = pMem->flags;
-  if( flags & MEM_Null ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_NULL;
-  }
-  else if( flags & MEM_Int ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_INTEGER;
-  }
-  else if( flags & MEM_Real ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_FLOAT;
-  }
-  else if( flags & MEM_Str ){
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_TEXT;
-  }else{
-    pMem->type = SQLITE_BLOB;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Properties of opcodes.  The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is
-** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation.  Data is obtained
-** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in
-** this file.  
-*/
-static const unsigned char opcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER;
-
-/*
-** Return true if an opcode has any of the OPFLG_xxx properties
-** specified by mask.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int opcode, int mask){
-  assert( opcode>0 && opcode<sizeof(opcodeProperty) );
-  return (opcodeProperty[opcode]&mask)!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate cursor number iCur.  Return a pointer to it.  Return NULL
-** if we run out of memory.
-*/
-static Cursor *allocateCursor(
-  Vdbe *p, 
-  int iCur, 
-  Op *pOp,
-  int iDb, 
-  int isBtreeCursor
-){
-  /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory
-  ** required for this Cursor structure. It is convenient to use a 
-  ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a
-  ** Cursor structure for the following reasons:
-  **
-  **   * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different
-  **     purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require
-  **     different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable
-  **     allocations.
-  **
-  **   * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can
-  **     be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This
-  **     minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system.
-  **
-  ** Memory cells for cursors are allocated at the top of the address
-  ** space. Memory cell (p->nMem) corresponds to cursor 0. Space for
-  ** cursor 1 is managed by memory cell (p->nMem-1), etc.
-  */
-  Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur];
-
-  int nByte;
-  Cursor *pCx = 0;
-  /* If the opcode of pOp is OP_SetNumColumns, then pOp->p2 contains
-  ** the number of fields in the records contained in the table or
-  ** index being opened. Use this to reserve space for the 
-  ** Cursor.aType[] array.
-  */
-  int nField = 0;
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_SetNumColumns || pOp->opcode==OP_OpenEphemeral ){
-    nField = pOp->p2;
-  }
-  nByte = 
-      sizeof(Cursor) + 
-      (isBtreeCursor?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0) + 
-      2*nField*sizeof(u32);
-
-  assert( iCur<p->nCursor );
-  if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){
-    sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]);
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = 0;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 0) ){
-    p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (Cursor *)pMem->z;
-    memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte);
-    pCx->iDb = iDb;
-    pCx->nField = nField;
-    if( nField ){
-      pCx->aType = (u32 *)&pMem->z[sizeof(Cursor)];
-    }
-    if( isBtreeCursor ){
-      pCx->pCursor = (BtCursor *)&pMem->z[sizeof(Cursor)+2*nField*sizeof(u32)];
-    }
-  }
-  return pCx;
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can
-** do so without loss of information.  In other words, if the string
-** looks like a number, convert it into a number.  If it does not
-** look like a number, leave it alone.
-*/
-static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec){
-  if( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Int))==0 ){
-    int realnum;
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pRec);
-    if( (pRec->flags&MEM_Str)
-         && sqlite3IsNumber(pRec->z, &realnum, pRec->enc) ){
-      i64 value;
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pRec, SQLITE_UTF8);
-      if( !realnum && sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &value) ){
-        pRec->u.i = value;
-        MemSetTypeFlag(pRec, MEM_Int);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pRec);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter:
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER:
-** SQLITE_AFF_REAL:
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC:
-**    Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a 
-**    floating-point representation if an integer representation
-**    is not possible.  Note that the integer representation is
-**    always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because
-**    an integer representation is more space efficient on disk.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-**    Convert pRec to a text representation.
-**
-** SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-**    No-op.  pRec is unchanged.
-*/
-static void applyAffinity(
-  Mem *pRec,          /* The value to apply affinity to */
-  char affinity,      /* The affinity to be applied */
-  u8 enc              /* Use this text encoding */
-){
-  if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){
-    /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real
-    ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string
-    ** representation.
-    */
-    if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) && (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc);
-    }
-    pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int);
-  }else if( affinity!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-    assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-             || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-    applyNumericAffinity(pRec);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Real ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column
-** into a numeric representation.  Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever
-** is appropriate.  But only do the conversion if it is possible without
-** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument.
-**
-** This is an EXPERIMENTAL api and is subject to change or removal.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){
-  Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal;
-  applyNumericAffinity(pMem);
-  storeTypeInfo(pMem, 0);
-  return pMem->type;
-}
-
-/*
-** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, 
-** not the internal Mem* type.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(
-  sqlite3_value *pVal, 
-  u8 affinity, 
-  u8 enc
-){
-  applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem
-** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){
-  char *zCsr = zBuf;
-  int f = pMem->flags;
-
-  static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"};
-
-  if( f&MEM_Blob ){
-    int i;
-    char c;
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      c = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      c = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      c = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      c = 's';
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%c", c);
-    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n);
-    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF));
-      zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<16 && i<pMem->n; i++){
-      char z = pMem->z[i];
-      if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.';
-      else *zCsr++ = z;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "]%s", encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    if( f & MEM_Zero ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%lldz",pMem->u.i);
-      zCsr += strlen(zCsr);
-    }
-    *zCsr = '\0';
-  }else if( f & MEM_Str ){
-    int j, k;
-    zBuf[0] = ' ';
-    if( f & MEM_Dyn ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'z';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Static ){
-      zBuf[1] = 't';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 );
-    }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){
-      zBuf[1] = 'e';
-      assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 );
-    }else{
-      zBuf[1] = 's';
-    }
-    k = 2;
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n);
-    k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = '[';
-    for(j=0; j<15 && j<pMem->n; j++){
-      u8 c = pMem->z[j];
-      if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){
-        zBuf[k++] = c;
-      }else{
-        zBuf[k++] = '.';
-      }
-    }
-    zBuf[k++] = ']';
-    sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]);
-    k += strlen(&zBuf[k]);
-    zBuf[k++] = 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes:
-*/
-static void memTracePrint(FILE *out, Mem *p){
-  if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    fprintf(out, " NULL");
-  }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){
-    fprintf(out, " si:%lld", p->u.i);
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    fprintf(out, " i:%lld", p->u.i);
-  }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){
-    fprintf(out, " r:%g", p->r);
-  }else{
-    char zBuf[200];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf);
-    fprintf(out, " ");
-    fprintf(out, "%s", zBuf);
-  }
-}
-static void registerTrace(FILE *out, int iReg, Mem *p){
-  fprintf(out, "REG[%d] = ", iReg);
-  memTracePrint(out, p);
-  fprintf(out, "\n");
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(p->trace)registerTrace(p->trace,R,M)
-#else
-#  define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M)
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-
-/* 
-** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing 
-** high-performance timing routines.
-*/
-/************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/
-/************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 27
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
-** counters for x86 class CPUs.
-**
-** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
-#define _HWTIME_H_
-
-/*
-** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
-** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
-** processor and returns that value.  This can be used for high-res
-** profiling.
-*/
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
-      (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
-
-  #if defined(__GNUC__)
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     unsigned int lo, hi;
-     __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
-     return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
-  }
-
-  #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-  __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-     __asm {
-        rdtsc
-        ret       ; return value at EDX:EAX
-     }
-  }
-
-  #endif
-
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long val;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
-      return val;
-  }
- 
-#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
-
-  __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
-      unsigned long long retval;
-      unsigned long junk;
-      __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
-          1:      mftbu   %1\n\
-                  mftb    %L0\n\
-                  mftbu   %0\n\
-                  cmpw    %0,%1\n\
-                  bne     1b"
-                  : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
-      return retval;
-  }
-
-#else
-
-  #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
-
-  /*
-  ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
-  ** you can remove the above #error and use the following
-  ** stub function.  You will lose timing support for many
-  ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
-  ** least compile and run.
-  */
-SQLITE_PRIVATE   sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */
-
-/************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT macro defined here looks to see if the
-** sqlite3_interrupt() routine has been called.  If it has been, then
-** processing of the VDBE program is interrupted.
-**
-** This macro added to every instruction that does a jump in order to
-** implement a loop.  This test used to be on every single instruction,
-** but that meant we more testing that we needed.  By only testing the
-** flag on jump instructions, we get a (small) speed improvement.
-*/
-#define CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT \
-   if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-static int fileExists(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFile){
-  int res = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  /* If we are currently testing IO errors, then do not call OsAccess() to
-  ** test for the presence of zFile. This is because any IO error that
-  ** occurs here will not be reported, causing the test to fail.
-  */
-  extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
-  if( sqlite3_io_error_pending<=0 )
-#endif
-    rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zFile, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
-  return (res && rc==SQLITE_OK);
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can then return.
-**
-** sqlite3VdbeMakeReady() must be called before this routine in order to
-** close the program with a final OP_Halt and to set up the callbacks
-** and the error message pointer.
-**
-** Whenever a row or result data is available, this routine will either
-** invoke the result callback (if there is one) or return with
-** SQLITE_ROW.
-**
-** If an attempt is made to open a locked database, then this routine
-** will either invoke the busy callback (if there is one) or it will
-** return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** If an error occurs, an error message is written to memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc() and p->zErrMsg is made to point to that memory.
-** The error code is stored in p->rc and this routine returns SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** If the callback ever returns non-zero, then the program exits
-** immediately.  There will be no error message but the p->rc field is
-** set to SQLITE_ABORT and this routine will return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** A memory allocation error causes p->rc to be set to SQLITE_NOMEM and this
-** routine to return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** Other fatal errors return SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** After this routine has finished, sqlite3VdbeFinalize() should be
-** used to clean up the mess that was left behind.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(
-  Vdbe *p                    /* The VDBE */
-){
-  int pc;                    /* The program counter */
-  Op *pOp;                   /* Current operation */
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;        /* Value to return */
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;       /* The database */
-  u8 encoding = ENC(db);     /* The database encoding */
-  Mem *pIn1, *pIn2, *pIn3;   /* Input operands */
-  Mem *pOut;                 /* Output operand */
-  u8 opProperty;
-  int iCompare = 0;          /* Result of last OP_Compare operation */
-  int *aPermute = 0;         /* Permuation of columns for OP_Compare */
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-  u64 start;                 /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */
-  int origPc;                /* Program counter at start of opcode */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-  int nProgressOps = 0;      /* Opcodes executed since progress callback. */
-#endif
-  UnpackedRecord aTempRec[16]; /* Space to hold a transient UnpackedRecord */
-
-
-  assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN );  /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */
-  assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY );
-  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(&p->aMutex);
-  if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or
-    ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed.  */
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY );
-  p->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( p->explain==0 );
-  p->pResultSet = 0;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p);
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  if( p->pc==0 
-   && ((p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing) || fileExists(db, "vdbe_explain"))
-  ){
-    int i;
-    printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n");
-    sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-    for(i=0; i<p->nOp; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &p->aOp[i]);
-    }
-  }
-  if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_trace") ){
-    p->trace = stdout;
-  }
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-#endif
-  for(pc=p->pc; rc==SQLITE_OK; pc++){
-    assert( pc>=0 && pc<p->nOp );
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    origPc = pc;
-    start = sqlite3Hwtime();
-#endif
-    pOp = &p->aOp[pc];
-
-    /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( p->trace ){
-      if( pc==0 ){
-        printf("VDBE Execution Trace:\n");
-        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbePrintOp(p->trace, pc, pOp);
-    }
-    if( p->trace==0 && pc==0 ){
-      sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-      if( fileExists(db, "vdbe_sqltrace") ){
-        sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p);
-      }
-      sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-    }
-#endif
-      
-
-    /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt.  This only happens
-    ** if we have a special test build.
-    */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){
-      sqlite3_interrupt_count--;
-      if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){
-        sqlite3_interrupt(db);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-    /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number
-    ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of
-    ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called).
-    ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with
-    ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT.
-    */
-    if( db->xProgress ){
-      if( db->nProgressOps==nProgressOps ){
-        int prc;
-        if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-        prc =db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg);
-        if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-        if( prc!=0 ){
-          rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-          goto vdbe_error_halt;
-        }
-        nProgressOps = 0;
-      }
-      nProgressOps++;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Do common setup processing for any opcode that is marked
-    ** with the "out2-prerelease" tag.  Such opcodes have a single
-    ** output which is specified by the P2 parameter.  The P2 register
-    ** is initialized to a NULL.
-    */
-    opProperty = opcodeProperty[pOp->opcode];
-    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-      pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
-      pOut->flags = MEM_Null;
-    }else
- 
-    /* Do common setup for opcodes marked with one of the following
-    ** combinations of properties.
-    **
-    **           in1
-    **           in1 in2
-    **           in1 in2 out3
-    **           in1 in3
-    **
-    ** Variables pIn1, pIn2, and pIn3 are made to point to appropriate
-    ** registers for inputs.  Variable pOut points to the output register.
-    */
-    if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-      pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-      if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
-        assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-        assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-        pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
-        if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){
-          assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-          assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-          pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-        }
-      }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
-        assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-        assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-        pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-        REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
-      }
-    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-      pIn2 = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pIn2);
-    }else if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){
-      assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-      assert( pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-      pIn3 = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pIn3);
-    }
-
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a
-** separate instruction in the virtual machine.  If we follow the usual
-** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces.  But
-** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin.  So the code within
-** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another
-** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where
-** we transition back to normal indentation.
-**
-** The formatting of each case is important.  The makefile for SQLite
-** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this
-** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_".  The opcodes.h files
-** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each
-** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where
-** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode.  If the
-** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/"
-** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode.
-**
-** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to
-** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[].
-** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2_prerelease, out2, out3.  See
-** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information.
-**
-** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file
-** for lines of that contain "Opcode:".  That line and all subsequent
-** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation
-** file.
-**
-** SUMMARY:
-**
-**     Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file.
-**     Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use.
-**
-*****************************************************************************/
-
-/* Opcode:  Goto * P2 * * *
-**
-** An unconditional jump to address P2.
-** The next instruction executed will be 
-** the one at index P2 from the beginning of
-** the program.
-*/
-case OP_Goto: {             /* jump */
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Gosub P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current address onto register P1
-** and then jump to address P2.
-*/
-case OP_Gosub: {            /* jump */
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pIn1->u.i = pc;
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Return P1 * * * *
-**
-** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1.
-*/
-case OP_Return: {           /* in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int );
-  pc = pIn1->u.i;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode:  Yield P1 * * * *
-**
-** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1.
-*/
-case OP_Yield: {
-  int pcDest;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 );
-  pIn1->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pcDest = pIn1->u.i;
-  pIn1->u.i = pc;
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  pc = pcDest;
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode:  Halt P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Exit immediately.  All open cursors, Fifos, etc are closed
-** automatically.
-**
-** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(),
-** or sqlite3_finalize().  For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0).
-** For errors, it can be some other value.  If P1!=0 then P2 will determine
-** whether or not to rollback the current transaction.  Do not rollback
-** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback.  If P2==OE_Abort,
-** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the
-** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. 
-**
-** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string.
-**
-** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of
-** every program.  So a jump past the last instruction of the program
-** is the same as executing Halt.
-*/
-case OP_Halt: {
-  p->rc = pOp->p1;
-  p->pc = pc;
-  p->errorAction = pOp->p2;
-  if( pOp->p4.z ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", pOp->p4.z);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-    p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }else{
-    rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE;
-  }
-  goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Integer: {         /* out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pOut->u.i = pOp->p1;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Int64: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-  pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value.
-** Write that value into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Real: {            /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2-prerelease */
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Real;
-  assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) );
-  pOut->r = *pOp->p4.pReal;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 *
-**
-** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed 
-** into an OP_String before it is executed for the first time.
-*/
-case OP_String8: {         /* same as TK_STRING, out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOp->opcode = OP_String;
-  pOp->p1 = strlen(pOp->p4.z);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pOut) ) goto no_mem;
-    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Static;
-    pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-    if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-    pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC;
-    pOp->p4.z = pOut->z;
-    pOp->p1 = pOut->n;
-    if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-    UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */
-}
-  
-/* Opcode: String P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2.
-*/
-case OP_String: {          /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 );
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term;
-  pOut->z = pOp->p4.z;
-  pOut->n = pOp->p1;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Null * P2 * * *
-**
-** Write a NULL into register P2.
-*/
-case OP_Null: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-/* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4
-**
-** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long.  Store this
-** blob in register P2. This instruction is not coded directly
-** by the compiler. Instead, the compiler layer specifies
-** an OP_HexBlob opcode, with the hex string representation of
-** the blob as P4. This opcode is transformed to an OP_Blob
-** the first time it is executed.
-*/
-case OP_Blob: {                /* out2-prerelease */
-  assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0);
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL */
-
-/* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The value of variable P1 is written into register P2. A variable is
-** an unknown in the original SQL string as handed to sqlite3_compile().
-** Any occurrence of the '?' character in the original SQL is considered
-** a variable.  Variables in the SQL string are number from left to
-** right beginning with 1.  The values of variables are set using the
-** sqlite3_bind() API.
-*/
-case OP_Variable: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int j = pOp->p1 - 1;
-  Mem *pVar;
-  assert( j>=0 && j<p->nVar );
-
-  pVar = &p->aVar[j];
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, &p->aVar[j], MEM_Static);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Move the values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into
-** registers P2..P2+P3-1.  Registers P1..P1+P1-1 are
-** left holding a NULL.  It is an error for register ranges
-** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap.
-*/
-case OP_Move: {
-  char *zMalloc;
-  int n = pOp->p3;
-  int p1 = pOp->p1;
-  int p2 = pOp->p2;
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( p1>0 );
-  assert( p1+n<p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[p1];
-  assert( p2>0 );
-  assert( p2+n<p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[p2];
-  assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 );
-  while( n-- ){
-    zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
-    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
-    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
-    pIn1->zMalloc = zMalloc;
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut);
-    pIn1++;
-    pOut++;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Make a copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value.  A duplicate
-** is made of any string or blob constant.  See also OP_SCopy.
-*/
-case OP_Copy: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-  Deephemeralize(pOut);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2.
-**
-** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value.  If the value
-** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the
-** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy.
-** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid.
-** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change
-** during the lifetime of the copy.  Use OP_Copy to make a complete
-** copy.
-*/
-case OP_SCopy: {
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1);
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  assert( pOut!=pIn1 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of
-** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate
-** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt
-** structure to provide access to the top P1 values as the result
-** row.
-*/
-case OP_ResultRow: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  int i;
-  assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 );
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
-
-  /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */
-  p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1;
-
-  /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated
-  ** and have an assigned type.  The results are de-ephemeralized as
-  ** as side effect.
-  */
-  pMem = p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(i=0; i<pOp->p2; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]);
-    storeTypeInfo(&pMem[i], encoding);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem;
-
-  /* Return SQLITE_ROW
-  */
-  p->nCallback++;
-  p->pc = pc + 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ROW;
-  goto vdbe_return;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in
-** register P2 and store the result in register P3.
-** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3.
-**
-**   P3 = P2 || P1
-**
-** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes,
-** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able
-** to avoid a memcpy().
-*/
-case OP_Concat: {           /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 nByte;
-
-  assert( pIn1!=pOut );
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  Stringify(pIn1, encoding);
-  ExpandBlob(pIn2);
-  Stringify(pIn2, encoding);
-  nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n;
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  if( pOut!=pIn2 ){
-    memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n);
-  }
-  memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n);
-  pOut->z[nByte] = 0;
-  pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0;
-  pOut->flags |= MEM_Term;
-  pOut->n = nByte;
-  pOut->enc = encoding;
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-**
-** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2
-** and store the result in register P3.  If the value in register P2
-** is zero, then the result is NULL.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Compute the remainder after integer division of the value in
-** register P1 by the value in register P2 and store the result in P3. 
-** If the value in register P2 is zero the result is NULL.
-** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_Add:                   /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Subtract:              /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Multiply:              /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Divide:                /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Remainder: {           /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */
-  int flags;
-  applyNumericAffinity(pIn1);
-  applyNumericAffinity(pIn2);
-  flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags;
-  if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-  if( (pIn1->flags & pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)==MEM_Int ){
-    i64 a, b;
-    a = pIn1->u.i;
-    b = pIn2->u.i;
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
-      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
-      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        /* Dividing the largest possible negative 64-bit integer (1<<63) by 
-        ** -1 returns an integer too large to store in a 64-bit data-type. On
-        ** some architectures, the value overflows to (1<<63). On others,
-        ** a SIGFPE is issued. The following statement normalizes this
-        ** behavior so that all architectures behave as if integer 
-        ** overflow occurred.
-        */
-        if( a==-1 && b==SMALLEST_INT64 ) a = 1;
-        b /= a;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        if( a==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( a==-1 ) a = 1;
-        b %= a;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    pOut->u.i = b;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }else{
-    double a, b;
-    a = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1);
-    b = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2);
-    switch( pOp->opcode ){
-      case OP_Add:         b += a;       break;
-      case OP_Subtract:    b -= a;       break;
-      case OP_Multiply:    b *= a;       break;
-      case OP_Divide: {
-        if( a==0.0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        b /= a;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        i64 ia = (i64)a;
-        i64 ib = (i64)b;
-        if( ia==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-        if( ia==-1 ) ia = 1;
-        b = ib % ia;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3IsNaN(b) ){
-      goto arithmetic_result_is_null;
-    }
-    pOut->r = b;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real);
-    if( (flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-
-arithmetic_result_is_null:
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CollSeq * * P4
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq struct. If the next call to a user function
-** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will
-** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif()
-** functions.
-**
-** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions
-** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available
-** publicly, only to user functions defined in func.c.
-*/
-case OP_CollSeq: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a Function structure that
-** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and
-** successors.  The result of the function is stored in register P3.
-** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs.
-**
-** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the 
-** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first
-** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine
-** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the
-** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next
-** invocation of this opcode.
-**
-** See also: AggStep and AggFinal
-*/
-case OP_Function: {
-  int i;
-  Mem *pArg;
-  sqlite3_context ctx;
-  sqlite3_value **apVal;
-  int n = pOp->p5;
-
-  apVal = p->apArg;
-  assert( apVal || n==0 );
-
-  assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=p->nMem) );
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n );
-  pArg = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pArg++){
-    apVal[i] = pArg;
-    storeTypeInfo(pArg, encoding);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pArg);
-  }
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF || pOp->p4type==P4_VDBEFUNC );
-  if( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ){
-    ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-    ctx.pVdbeFunc = 0;
-  }else{
-    ctx.pVdbeFunc = (VdbeFunc*)pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc;
-    ctx.pFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc->pFunc;
-  }
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-  ctx.s.db = db;
-  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
-  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
-
-  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
-  ** the pointer to ctx.s so in case the user-function can use
-  ** the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a new one.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&ctx.s, pOut);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(&ctx.s, MEM_Null);
-
-  ctx.isError = 0;
-  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
-    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
-    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  (*ctx.pFunc->xFunc)(&ctx, n, apVal);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-    goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    /* Even though a malloc() has failed, the implementation of the
-    ** user function may have called an sqlite3_result_XXX() function
-    ** to return a value. The following call releases any resources
-    ** associated with such a value.
-    **
-    ** Note: Maybe MemRelease() should be called if sqlite3SafetyOn()
-    ** fails also (the if(...) statement above). But if people are
-    ** misusing sqlite, they have bigger problems than a leaked value.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-
-  /* If any auxiliary data functions have been called by this user function,
-  ** immediately call the destructor for any non-static values.
-  */
-  if( ctx.pVdbeFunc ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(ctx.pVdbeFunc, pOp->p1);
-    pOp->p4.pVdbeFunc = ctx.pVdbeFunc;
-    pOp->p4type = P4_VDBEFUNC;
-  }
-
-  /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */
-  if( ctx.isError ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
-
-  /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&ctx.s, encoding);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, &ctx.s);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the left by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in regiser P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-/* Opcode: ShiftRight P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the
-** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1.
-** Store the result in register P3.
-** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL.
-*/
-case OP_BitAnd:                 /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_BitOr:                  /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftLeft:              /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_ShiftRight: {           /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */
-  i64 a, b;
-
-  if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut);
-    break;
-  }
-  a = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2);
-  b = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-  switch( pOp->opcode ){
-    case OP_BitAnd:      a &= b;     break;
-    case OP_BitOr:       a |= b;     break;
-    case OP_ShiftLeft:   a <<= b;    break;
-    default:  assert( pOp->opcode==OP_ShiftRight );
-                         a >>= b;    break;
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = a;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AddImm  P1 P2 * * *
-** 
-** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1.
-** The result is always an integer.
-**
-** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0.
-*/
-case OP_AddImm: {            /* in1 */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ForceInt P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Convert value in register P1 into an integer.  If the value 
-** in P1 is not numeric (meaning that is is a NULL or a string that
-** does not look like an integer or floating point number) then
-** jump to P2.  If the value in P1 is numeric then
-** convert it into the least integer that is greater than or equal to its
-** current value if P3==0, or to the least integer that is strictly
-** greater than its current value if P3==1.
-*/
-case OP_ForceInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  i64 v;
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    break;
-  }
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    v = pIn1->u.i + (pOp->p3!=0);
-  }else{
-    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real );
-    v = (sqlite3_int64)pIn1->r;
-    if( pIn1->r>(double)v ) v++;
-    if( pOp->p3 && pIn1->r==(double)v ) v++;
-  }
-  pIn1->u.i = v;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * *
-** 
-** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer.  If the value
-** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer
-** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0
-** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception.
-*/
-case OP_MustBeInt: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding);
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){
-    if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH;
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }else{
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * *
-**
-** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value.
-**
-** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that
-** has REAL affinity.  Such column values may still be stored as
-** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them
-** to have only a real value.
-*/
-case OP_RealAffinity: {                  /* in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToText P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be text.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string using the
-** equivalent of printf().  Blob values are unchanged and
-** are afterwards simply interpreted as text.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToText: {                  /* same as TK_TO_TEXT, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
-  assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) );
-  pIn1->flags |= (pIn1->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3;
-  applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-  rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
-  pIn1->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ToBlob P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a BLOB.
-** If the value is numeric, convert it to a string first.
-** Strings are simply reinterpreted as blobs with no change
-** to the underlying data.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToBlob: {                  /* same as TK_TO_BLOB, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding);
-    assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Str || db->mallocFailed );
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Blob);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ToNumeric P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be numeric (either an
-** integer or a floating-point number.)
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an using the
-** equivalent of atoi() or atof() and store 0 if no such conversion 
-** is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToNumeric: {                  /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-
-/* Opcode: ToInt P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 be an integer.  If
-** The value is currently a real number, drop its fractional part.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0 if no such conversion is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToInt: {                  /* same as TK_TO_INT, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-/* Opcode: ToReal P1 * * * *
-**
-** Force the value in register P1 to be a floating point number.
-** If The value is currently an integer, convert it.
-** If the value is text or blob, try to convert it to an integer using the
-** equivalent of atoi() and store 0.0 if no such conversion is possible.
-**
-** A NULL value is not changed by this routine.  It remains NULL.
-*/
-case OP_ToReal: {                  /* same as TK_TO_REAL, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-
-/* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Compare the values in register P1 and P3.  If reg(P3)<reg(P1) then
-** jump to address P2.  
-**
-** If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit of P5 is set and either reg(P1) or
-** reg(P3) is NULL then take the jump.  If the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 
-** bit is clear then fall thru if either operand is NULL.
-**
-** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character -
-** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made 
-** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the
-** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric
-** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored
-** back into the input registers P1 and P3.  So this opcode can cause
-** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3.
-**
-** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, 
-** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is
-** used to determine the results of the comparison.  If both values
-** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in
-** P4 is  used to do the comparison.  If P4 is not specified then
-** memcmp() is used to compare text string.  If both values are
-** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values
-** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than
-** strings and strings are considered less than blobs.
-**
-** If the SQLITE_STOREP2 bit of P5 is set, then do not jump.  Instead,
-** store a boolean result (either 0, or 1, or NULL) in register P2.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal.  See the Lt opcode for
-** additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are equal.
-** See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Le P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is less than or equal to the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Gt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if
-** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of
-** register P1.  See the Lt opcode for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_Eq:               /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ne:               /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Lt:               /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Le:               /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Gt:               /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */
-case OP_Ge: {             /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */
-  int flags;
-  int res;
-  char affinity;
-
-  flags = pIn1->flags|pIn3->flags;
-
-  if( flags&MEM_Null ){
-    /* If either operand is NULL then the result is always NULL.
-    ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set.
-    */
-    if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-      pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-      REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-    }else if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){
-      pc = pOp->p2-1;
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK;
-  if( affinity ){
-    applyAffinity(pIn1, affinity, encoding);
-    applyAffinity(pIn3, affinity, encoding);
-  }
-
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 );
-  ExpandBlob(pIn1);
-  ExpandBlob(pIn3);
-  res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl);
-  switch( pOp->opcode ){
-    case OP_Eq:    res = res==0;     break;
-    case OP_Ne:    res = res!=0;     break;
-    case OP_Lt:    res = res<0;      break;
-    case OP_Le:    res = res<=0;     break;
-    case OP_Gt:    res = res>0;      break;
-    default:       res = res>=0;     break;
-  }
-
-  if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){
-    pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-    pOut->u.i = res;
-    REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut);
-  }else if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 *
-**
-** Set the permuation used by the OP_Compare operator to be the array
-** of integers in P4.
-**
-** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Permutation, OP_Compare,
-** OP_Halt, or OP_ResultRow.  Typically the OP_Permutation should occur
-** immediately prior to the OP_Compare.
-*/
-case OP_Permutation: {
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY );
-  assert( pOp->p4.ai );
-  aPermute = pOp->p4.ai;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Compare to vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (all this
-** one "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B").  Save the result of
-** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct.
-**
-** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort
-** orders for the comparison.  The permutation applies to registers
-** only.  The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially.
-**
-** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal,
-** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings,
-** and strings are less than blobs.
-*/
-case OP_Compare: {
-  int n = pOp->p3;
-  int i, p1, p2;
-  const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( pKeyInfo!=0 );
-  p1 = pOp->p1;
-  assert( p1>0 && p1+n-1<p->nMem );
-  p2 = pOp->p2;
-  assert( p2>0 && p2+n-1<p->nMem );
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    int idx = aPermute ? aPermute[i] : i;
-    CollSeq *pColl;    /* Collating sequence to use on this term */
-    int bRev;          /* True for DESCENDING sort order */
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p1+idx, &p->aMem[p1+idx]);
-    REGISTER_TRACE(p2+idx, &p->aMem[p2+idx]);
-    assert( i<pKeyInfo->nField );
-    pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i];
-    bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i];
-    iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&p->aMem[p1+idx], &p->aMem[p2+idx], pColl);
-    if( iCompare ){
-      if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  aPermute = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether
-** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than
-** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively.
-*/
-case OP_Jump: {             /* jump */
-  if( iCompare<0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p1 - 1;
-  }else if( iCompare==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }else{
-    pc = pOp->p3 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and
-** write the result into register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if
-** the other input is NULL.  A NULL and true or two NULLs give
-** a NULL output.
-*/
-/* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and
-** store the answer in register P3.
-**
-** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true)
-** even if the other input is NULL.  A NULL and false or two NULLs
-** give a NULL output.
-*/
-case OP_And:              /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */
-case OP_Or: {             /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */
-  int v1, v2;    /* 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */
-
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v1 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v1 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1)!=0;
-  }
-  if( pIn2->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    v2 = 2;
-  }else{
-    v2 = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2)!=0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){
-    static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 };
-    v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }else{
-    static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 };
-    v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2];
-  }
-  if( v1==2 ){
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null);
-  }else{
-    pOut->u.i = v1;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Not P1 * * * *
-**
-** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value.  Replace it
-** with its complement.  If the value in register P1 is NULL its value
-** is unchanged.
-*/
-case OP_Not: {                /* same as TK_NOT, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i = !pIn1->u.i;
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: BitNot P1 * * * *
-**
-** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer.  Replace it
-** with its ones-complement.  If the value is originally NULL, leave
-** it unchanged.
-*/
-case OP_BitNot: {             /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1 */
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ) break;  /* Do nothing to NULLs */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  pIn1->u.i = ~pIn1->u.i;
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true.  The value is
-** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False.  The value is
-** is considered true if it has a numeric value of zero.  If the value
-** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if P3 is true.
-*/
-case OP_If:                 /* jump, in1 */
-case OP_IfNot: {            /* jump, in1 */
-  int c;
-  if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    c = pOp->p3;
-  }else{
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    c = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1);
-#else
-    c = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1)!=0.0;
-#endif
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNot ) c = !c;
-  }
-  if( c ){
-    pc = pOp->p2-1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL.  If P3 is greater
-** than zero, then check all values reg(P1), reg(P1+1), 
-** reg(P1+2), ..., reg(P1+P3-1).
-*/
-case OP_IsNull: {            /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */
-  int n = pOp->p3;
-  assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p1>0 );
-  do{
-    if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      break;
-    }
-    pIn1++;
-  }while( --n > 0 );
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL.  
-*/
-case OP_NotNull: {            /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */
-  if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetNumColumns * P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode sets the number of columns for the cursor opened by the
-** following instruction to P2.
-**
-** An OP_SetNumColumns is only useful if it occurs immediately before 
-** one of the following opcodes:
-**
-**     OpenRead
-**     OpenWrite
-**     OpenPseudo
-**
-** If the OP_Column opcode is to be executed on a cursor, then
-** this opcode must be present immediately before the opcode that
-** opens the cursor.
-*/
-case OP_SetNumColumns: {
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using
-** the MakeRecord instruction.  (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional
-** information about the format of the data.)  Extract the P2-th column
-** from this record.  If there are less that (P2+1) 
-** values in the record, extract a NULL.
-**
-** The value extracted is stored in register P3.
-**
-** If the KeyAsData opcode has previously executed on this cursor, then the
-** field might be extracted from the key rather than the data.
-**
-** If the column contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL.  Or,
-** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as
-** the result.
-*/
-case OP_Column: {
-  u32 payloadSize;   /* Number of bytes in the record */
-  int p1 = pOp->p1;  /* P1 value of the opcode */
-  int p2 = pOp->p2;  /* column number to retrieve */
-  Cursor *pC = 0;    /* The VDBE cursor */
-  char *zRec;        /* Pointer to complete record-data */
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;   /* The BTree cursor */
-  u32 *aType;        /* aType[i] holds the numeric type of the i-th column */
-  u32 *aOffset;      /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */
-  u32 nField;        /* number of fields in the record */
-  int len;           /* The length of the serialized data for the column */
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  char *zData;       /* Part of the record being decoded */
-  Mem *pDest;        /* Where to write the extracted value */
-  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
-
-  sMem.flags = 0;
-  sMem.db = 0;
-  sMem.zMalloc = 0;
-  assert( p1<p->nCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null);
-
-  /* This block sets the variable payloadSize to be the total number of
-  ** bytes in the record.
-  **
-  ** zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
-  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
-  ** If the record is stored in a cursor, the complete record text
-  ** might be available in the  pC->aRow cache.  Or it might not be.
-  ** If the data is unavailable,  zRec is set to NULL.
-  **
-  ** We also compute the number of columns in the record.  For cursors,
-  ** the number of columns is stored in the Cursor.nField element.
-  */
-  pC = p->apCsr[p1];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  assert( pC->pVtabCursor==0 );
-#endif
-  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
-    /* The record is stored in a B-Tree */
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-    if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    zRec = 0;
-    pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-    if( pC->nullRow ){
-      payloadSize = 0;
-    }else if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
-      payloadSize = pC->payloadSize;
-      zRec = (char*)pC->aRow;
-    }else if( pC->isIndex ){
-      i64 payloadSize64;
-      sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &payloadSize64);
-      payloadSize = payloadSize64;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &payloadSize);
-    }
-    nField = pC->nField;
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->pseudoTable );
-    /* The record is the sole entry of a pseudo-table */
-    payloadSize = pC->nData;
-    zRec = pC->pData;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    assert( payloadSize==0 || zRec!=0 );
-    nField = pC->nField;
-    pCrsr = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */
-  if( payloadSize==0 ){
-    assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
-    goto op_column_out;
-  }
-  if( payloadSize>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  assert( p2<nField );
-
-  /* Read and parse the table header.  Store the results of the parse
-  ** into the record header cache fields of the cursor.
-  */
-  aType = pC->aType;
-  if( pC->cacheStatus==p->cacheCtr ){
-    aOffset = pC->aOffset;
-  }else{
-    u8 *zIdx;        /* Index into header */
-    u8 *zEndHdr;     /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
-    u32 offset;      /* Offset into the data */
-    int szHdrSz;     /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
-    int avail;       /* Number of bytes of available data */
-
-    assert(aType);
-    pC->aOffset = aOffset = &aType[nField];
-    pC->payloadSize = payloadSize;
-    pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr;
-
-    /* Figure out how many bytes are in the header */
-    if( zRec ){
-      zData = zRec;
-    }else{
-      if( pC->isIndex ){
-        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
-      }else{
-        zData = (char*)sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(pCrsr, &avail);
-      }
-      /* If KeyFetch()/DataFetch() managed to get the entire payload,
-      ** save the payload in the pC->aRow cache.  That will save us from
-      ** having to make additional calls to fetch the content portion of
-      ** the record.
-      */
-      if( avail>=payloadSize ){
-        zRec = zData;
-        pC->aRow = (u8*)zData;
-      }else{
-        pC->aRow = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    /* The following assert is true in all cases accept when
-    ** the database file has been corrupted externally.
-    **    assert( zRec!=0 || avail>=payloadSize || avail>=9 ); */
-    szHdrSz = getVarint32((u8*)zData, offset);
-
-    /* The KeyFetch() or DataFetch() above are fast and will get the entire
-    ** record header in most cases.  But they will fail to get the complete
-    ** record header if the record header does not fit on a single page
-    ** in the B-Tree.  When that happens, use sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() to
-    ** acquire the complete header text.
-    */
-    if( !zRec && avail<offset ){
-      sMem.flags = 0;
-      sMem.db = 0;
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, offset, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto op_column_out;
-      }
-      zData = sMem.z;
-    }
-    zEndHdr = (u8 *)&zData[offset];
-    zIdx = (u8 *)&zData[szHdrSz];
-
-    /* Scan the header and use it to fill in the aType[] and aOffset[]
-    ** arrays.  aType[i] will contain the type integer for the i-th
-    ** column and aOffset[i] will contain the offset from the beginning
-    ** of the record to the start of the data for the i-th column
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<nField; i++){
-      if( zIdx<zEndHdr ){
-        aOffset[i] = offset;
-        zIdx += getVarint32(zIdx, aType[i]);
-        offset += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[i]);
-      }else{
-        /* If i is less that nField, then there are less fields in this
-        ** record than SetNumColumns indicated there are columns in the
-        ** table. Set the offset for any extra columns not present in
-        ** the record to 0. This tells code below to store a NULL
-        ** instead of deserializing a value from the record.
-        */
-        aOffset[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem);
-    sMem.flags = MEM_Null;
-
-    /* If we have read more header data than was contained in the header,
-    ** or if the end of the last field appears to be past the end of the
-    ** record, or if the end of the last field appears to be before the end
-    ** of the record (when all fields present), then we must be dealing 
-    ** with a corrupt database.
-    */
-    if( zIdx>zEndHdr || offset>payloadSize 
-     || (zIdx==zEndHdr && offset!=payloadSize) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto op_column_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get the column information. If aOffset[p2] is non-zero, then 
-  ** deserialize the value from the record. If aOffset[p2] is zero,
-  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
-  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
-  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
-  */
-  if( aOffset[p2] ){
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( zRec ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pDest);
-      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&zRec[aOffset[p2]], aType[p2], pDest);
-    }else{
-      len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(aType[p2]);
-      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sMem, pDest);
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, aOffset[p2], len, pC->isIndex, &sMem);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto op_column_out;
-      }
-      zData = sMem.z;
-      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)zData, aType[p2], pDest);
-    }
-    pDest->enc = encoding;
-  }else{
-    if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
-    }else{
-      assert( pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
-  ** dynamically allocated space over to the pDest structure.
-  ** This prevents a memory copy.
-  */
-  if( sMem.zMalloc ){
-    assert( sMem.z==sMem.zMalloc );
-    assert( !(pDest->flags & MEM_Dyn) );
-    assert( !(pDest->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str)) || pDest->z==sMem.z );
-    pDest->flags &= ~(MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static);
-    pDest->flags |= MEM_Term;
-    pDest->z = sMem.z;
-    pDest->zMalloc = sMem.zMalloc;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pDest);
-
-op_column_out:
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1.
-**
-** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** memory cell in the range.
-*/
-case OP_Affinity: {
-  char *zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  Mem *pData0 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  Mem *pLast = &pData0[pOp->p2-1];
-  Mem *pRec;
-
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
-    ExpandBlob(pRec);
-    applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into a single entry
-** suitable for use as a data record in a database table or as a key
-** in an index.  The details of the format are irrelevant as long as
-** the OP_Column opcode can decode the record later.
-** Refer to source code comments for the details of the record
-** format.
-**
-** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long.  The nth character of the
-** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the nth
-** field of the index key.
-**
-** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_
-** macros defined in sqliteInt.h.
-**
-** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity NONE.
-*/
-case OP_MakeRecord: {
-  /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks
-  ** like this:
-  **
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | 
-  ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-  **
-  ** Data(0) is taken from register P1.  Data(1) comes from register P1+1
-  ** and so froth.
-  **
-  ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the 
-  ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The
-  ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning
-  ** of the record to data0.
-  */
-  u8 *zNewRecord;        /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */
-  Mem *pRec;             /* The new record */
-  u64 nData = 0;         /* Number of bytes of data space */
-  int nHdr = 0;          /* Number of bytes of header space */
-  u64 nByte = 0;         /* Data space required for this record */
-  int nZero = 0;         /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */
-  int nVarint;           /* Number of bytes in a varint */
-  u32 serial_type;       /* Type field */
-  Mem *pData0;           /* First field to be combined into the record */
-  Mem *pLast;            /* Last field of the record */
-  int nField;            /* Number of fields in the record */
-  char *zAffinity;       /* The affinity string for the record */
-  int file_format;       /* File format to use for encoding */
-  int i;                 /* Space used in zNewRecord[] */
-
-  nField = pOp->p1;
-  zAffinity = pOp->p4.z;
-  assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=p->nMem );
-  pData0 = &p->aMem[nField];
-  nField = pOp->p2;
-  pLast = &pData0[nField-1];
-  file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat;
-
-  /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure
-  ** out how much space is required for the new record.
-  */
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
-    int len;
-    if( zAffinity ){
-      applyAffinity(pRec, zAffinity[pRec-pData0], encoding);
-    }
-    if( pRec->flags&MEM_Zero && pRec->n>0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec);
-    }
-    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type);
-    nData += len;
-    nHdr += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type);
-    if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      /* Only pure zero-filled BLOBs can be input to this Opcode.
-      ** We do not allow blobs with a prefix and a zero-filled tail. */
-      nZero += pRec->u.i;
-    }else if( len ){
-      nZero = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Add the initial header varint and total the size */
-  nHdr += nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr);
-  if( nVarint<sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr) ){
-    nHdr++;
-  }
-  nByte = nHdr+nData-nZero;
-  if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store 
-  ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to
-  ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to
-  ** sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() could clobber the value before it is used).
-  */
-  assert( pOp->p3<pOp->p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, nByte, 0) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z;
-
-  /* Write the record */
-  i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr);
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){
-    serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format);
-    i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type);      /* serial type */
-  }
-  for(pRec=pData0; pRec<=pLast; pRec++){  /* serial data */
-    i += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[i], nByte-i, pRec, file_format);
-  }
-  assert( i==nByte );
-
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pOut->n = nByte;
-  pOut->flags = MEM_Blob | MEM_Dyn;
-  pOut->xDel = 0;
-  if( nZero ){
-    pOut->u.i = nZero;
-    pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero;
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever converted to text */
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Statement P1 * * * *
-**
-** Begin an individual statement transaction which is part of a larger
-** transaction.  This is needed so that the statement
-** can be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the
-** entire transaction.  The statement transaction will automatically
-** commit when the VDBE halts.
-**
-** If the database connection is currently in autocommit mode (that 
-** is to say, if it is in between BEGIN and COMMIT)
-** and if there are no other active statements on the same database
-** connection, then this operation is a no-op.  No statement transaction
-** is needed since any error can use the normal ROLLBACK process to
-** undo changes.
-**
-** If a statement transaction is started, then a statement journal file
-** will be allocated and initialized.
-**
-** The statement is begun on the database file with index P1.  The main
-** database file has an index of 0 and the file used for temporary tables
-** has an index of 1.
-*/
-case OP_Statement: {
-  if( db->autoCommit==0 || db->activeVdbeCnt>1 ){
-    int i = pOp->p1;
-    Btree *pBt;
-    assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
-    assert( db->aDb[i].pBt!=0 );
-    pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) );
-    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
-    if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(pBt) ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt);
-      p->openedStatement = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll
-** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active
-** VMs (apart from this one), then the COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement fails.
-**
-** This instruction causes the VM to halt.
-*/
-case OP_AutoCommit: {
-  u8 i = pOp->p1;
-  u8 rollback = pOp->p2;
-
-  assert( i==1 || i==0 );
-  assert( i==1 || rollback==0 );
-
-  assert( db->activeVdbeCnt>0 );  /* At least this one VM is active */
-
-  if( db->activeVdbeCnt>1 && i && !db->autoCommit ){
-    /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT or ROLLBACK, other VMs are
-    ** still running, and a transaction is active, return an error indicating
-    ** that the other VMs must complete first. 
-    */
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "cannot %s transaction - "
-        "SQL statements in progress",
-        rollback ? "rollback" : "commit");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( i!=db->autoCommit ){
-    if( pOp->p2 ){
-      assert( i==1 );
-      sqlite3RollbackAll(db);
-      db->autoCommit = 1;
-    }else{
-      db->autoCommit = i;
-      if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-        p->pc = pc;
-        db->autoCommit = 1-i;
-        p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-        goto vdbe_return;
-      }
-    }
-    if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    goto vdbe_return;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db,
-        (!i)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":(
-        (rollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active":
-                   "cannot commit - no transaction is active"));
-         
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Begin a transaction.  The transaction ends when a Commit or Rollback
-** opcode is encountered.  Depending on the ON CONFLICT setting, the
-** transaction might also be rolled back if an error is encountered.
-**
-** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is
-** started.  Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the
-** file used for temporary tables.  Indices of 2 or more are used for
-** attached databases.
-**
-** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started.  A RESERVED lock is
-** obtained on the database file when a write-transaction is started.  No
-** other process can start another write transaction while this transaction is
-** underway.  Starting a write transaction also creates a rollback journal. A
-** write transaction must be started before any changes can be made to the
-** database.  If P2 is 2 or greater then an EXCLUSIVE lock is also obtained
-** on the file.
-**
-** If P2 is zero, then a read-lock is obtained on the database file.
-*/
-case OP_Transaction: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<i))!=0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-
-  if( pBt ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
-      p->pc = pc;
-      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY /* && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY */ ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2.
-** P3==0 is the schema version.  P3==1 is the database format.
-** P3==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
-**
-** If P1 is negative, then this is a request to read the size of a
-** databases free-list. P3 must be set to 1 in this case. The actual
-** database accessed is ((P1+1)*-1). For example, a P1 parameter of -1
-** corresponds to database 0 ("main"), a P1 of -2 is database 1 ("temp").
-**
-** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction
-** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before
-** executing this instruction.
-*/
-case OP_ReadCookie: {               /* out2-prerelease */
-  int iMeta;
-  int iDb = pOp->p1;
-  int iCookie = pOp->p3;
-
-  assert( pOp->p3<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
-    iCookie *= -1;
-  }
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
-  /* The indexing of meta values at the schema layer is off by one from
-  ** the indexing in the btree layer.  The btree considers meta[0] to
-  ** be the number of free pages in the database (a read-only value)
-  ** and meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  The schema layer considers
-  ** meta[1] to be the schema cookie.  So we have to shift the index
-  ** by one in the following statement.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, 1 + iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-  pOut->u.i = iMeta;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Write the content of register P3 (interpreted as an integer)
-** into cookie number P2 of database P1.
-** P2==0 is the schema version.  P2==1 is the database format.
-** P2==2 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth.  P1==0 is
-** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store
-** temporary tables.
-**
-** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode.
-*/
-case OP_SetCookie: {       /* in3 */
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( pOp->p2<SQLITE_N_BTREE_META );
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
-  /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, 1+pOp->p2, (int)pIn3->u.i);
-  if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-    /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */
-    pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pIn3->u.i;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }else if( pOp->p2==1 ){
-    /* Record changes in the file format */
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = pIn3->u.i;
-  }
-  if( pOp->p1==1 ){
-    /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database
-    ** schema is changed.  Ticket #1644 */
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: VerifyCookie P1 P2 *
-**
-** Check the value of global database parameter number 0 (the
-** schema version) and make sure it is equal to P2.  
-** P1 is the database number which is 0 for the main database file
-** and 1 for the file holding temporary tables and some higher number
-** for auxiliary databases.
-**
-** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes.
-** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed
-** and that the current process needs to reread the schema.
-**
-** Either a transaction needs to have been started or an OP_Open needs
-** to be executed (to establish a read lock) before this opcode is
-** invoked.
-*/
-case OP_VerifyCookie: {
-  int iMeta;
-  Btree *pBt;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  if( pBt ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&iMeta);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-    iMeta = 0;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMeta!=pOp->p2 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed");
-    /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie 
-    ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do
-    ** not reload the schema from the database file.
-    **
-    ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization.
-    ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which
-    ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using
-    ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to
-    ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the
-    ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself
-    ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within 
-    ** a v-table method.
-    */
-    if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, pOp->p1);
-    }
-
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is
-** P2 in a database file.  The database file is determined by P3. 
-** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for 
-** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached
-** database.  Give the new cursor an identifier of P1.  The P1
-** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers.
-** It is an error for P1 to be negative.
-**
-** If P5!=0 then use the content of register P2 as the root page, not
-** the value of P2 itself.
-**
-** There will be a read lock on the database whenever there is an
-** open cursor.  If the database was unlocked prior to this instruction
-** then a read lock is acquired as part of this instruction.  A read
-** lock allows other processes to read the database but prohibits
-** any other process from modifying the database.  The read lock is
-** released when all cursors are closed.  If this instruction attempts
-** to get a read lock but fails, the script terminates with an
-** SQLITE_BUSY error code.
-**
-** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
-** content and collating sequence of indices.  P4 is NULL for cursors
-** that are not pointing to indices.
-**
-** See also OpenWrite.
-*/
-/* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root
-** page is P2.  Or if P5!=0 use the content of register P2 to find the
-** root page.
-**
-** The P4 value is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure that defines the
-** content and collating sequence of indices.  P4 is NULL for cursors
-** that are not pointing to indices.
-**
-** This instruction works just like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor
-** in read/write mode.  For a given table, there can be one or more read-only
-** cursors or a single read/write cursor but not both.
-**
-** See also OpenRead.
-*/
-case OP_OpenRead:
-case OP_OpenWrite: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  int p2 = pOp->p2;
-  int iDb = pOp->p3;
-  int wrFlag;
-  Btree *pX;
-  Cursor *pCur;
-  Db *pDb;
-  
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  pX = pDb->pBt;
-  assert( pX!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){
-    wrFlag = 1;
-    if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){
-      p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format;
-    }
-  }else{
-    wrFlag = 0;
-  }
-  if( pOp->p5 ){
-    assert( p2>0 );
-    assert( p2<=p->nMem );
-    pIn2 = &p->aMem[p2];
-    sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-    p2 = pIn2->u.i;
-    assert( p2>=2 );
-  }
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  pCur = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], iDb, 1);
-  if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCur->nullRow = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pOp->p4.p, pCur->pCursor);
-  if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){
-    pCur->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-    pCur->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
-  }else{
-    pCur->pKeyInfo = 0;
-  }
-  switch( rc ){
-    case SQLITE_BUSY: {
-      p->pc = pc;
-      p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
-      goto vdbe_return;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_OK: {
-      int flags = sqlite3BtreeFlags(pCur->pCursor);
-      /* Sanity checking.  Only the lower four bits of the flags byte should
-      ** be used.  Bit 3 (mask 0x08) is unpredictable.  The lower 3 bits
-      ** (mask 0x07) should be either 5 (intkey+leafdata for tables) or
-      ** 2 (zerodata for indices).  If these conditions are not met it can
-      ** only mean that we are dealing with a corrupt database file
-      */
-      if( (flags & 0xf0)!=0 || ((flags & 0x07)!=5 && (flags & 0x07)!=2) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      pCur->isTable = (flags & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0;
-      pCur->isIndex = (flags & BTREE_ZERODATA)!=0;
-      /* If P4==0 it means we are expected to open a table.  If P4!=0 then
-      ** we expect to be opening an index.  If this is not what happened,
-      ** then the database is corrupt
-      */
-      if( (pCur->isTable && pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO)
-       || (pCur->isIndex && pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO) ){
-        rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_EMPTY: {
-      pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
-      pCur->isIndex = !pCur->isTable;
-      pCur->pCursor = 0;
-      rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
-** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
-** the main database is read-only.  The transient or virtual
-** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
-**
-** P2 is the number of columns in the virtual table.
-** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index
-** if P4 is not 0.  If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure
-** that defines the format of keys in the index.
-**
-** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
-** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
-** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
-** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
-** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
-*/
-case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pCx;
-  static const int openFlags = 
-      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;
-
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, pOp, -1, 1);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 1, SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE, openFlags,
-                           &pCx->pBt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBt, 1);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling
-    ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_ZERODATA flag before
-    ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the
-    ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an INTKEY table).
-    */
-    if( pOp->p4.pKeyInfo ){
-      int pgno;
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO );
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBt, &pgno, BTREE_ZERODATA); 
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 );
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, pgno, 1, 
-                                (KeyInfo*)pOp->p4.z, pCx->pCursor);
-        pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo;
-        pCx->pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(p->db);
-      }
-      pCx->isTable = 0;
-    }else{
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, pCx->pCursor);
-      pCx->isTable = 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pCx->isIndex = !pCx->isTable;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
-** row of data.  Any attempt to write a second row of data causes the
-** first row to be deleted.  All data is deleted when the cursor is
-** closed.
-**
-** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is useful for holding the
-** NEW or OLD tables in a trigger.  Also used to hold the a single
-** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into
-** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode.
-**
-** When OP_Insert is executed to insert a row in to the pseudo table,
-** the pseudo-table cursor may or may not make it's own copy of the
-** original row data. If P2 is 0, then the pseudo-table will copy the
-** original row data. Otherwise, a pointer to the original memory cell
-** is stored. In this case, the vdbe program must ensure that the 
-** memory cell containing the row data is not overwritten until the
-** pseudo table is closed (or a new row is inserted into it).
-*/
-case OP_OpenPseudo: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pCx;
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  pCx = allocateCursor(p, i, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
-  if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  pCx->nullRow = 1;
-  pCx->pseudoTable = 1;
-  pCx->ephemPseudoTable = pOp->p2;
-  pCx->isTable = 1;
-  pCx->isIndex = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Close P1 * * * *
-**
-** Close a cursor previously opened as P1.  If P1 is not
-** currently open, this instruction is a no-op.
-*/
-case OP_Close: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[i]);
-  p->apCsr[i] = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: MoveGe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** A special feature of this opcode (and different from the
-** related OP_MoveGt, OP_MoveLt, and OP_MoveLe) is that if P2 is
-** zero and P1 is an SQL table (a b-tree with integer keys) then
-** the seek is deferred until it is actually needed.  It might be
-** the case that the cursor is never accessed.  By deferring the
-** seek, we avoid unnecessary seeks.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGt, MoveLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: MoveGt P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the smallest entry that 
-** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveLt, MoveGe, MoveLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: MoveLt P1 P2 P3 P4 * 
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that  it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than 
-** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLe
-*/
-/* Opcode: MoveLe P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), 
-** use the integer value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers 
-** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers 
-** that are used as an unpacked index key. 
-**
-** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that 
-** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records 
-** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, Distinct, MoveGt, MoveGe, MoveLt
-*/
-case OP_MoveLt:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveLe:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveGe:         /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_MoveGt: {       /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( pC->pCursor!=0 ){
-    int res, oc;
-    oc = pOp->opcode;
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-    if( pC->isTable ){
-      i64 iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3);
-      if( pOp->p2==0 ){
-        assert( pOp->opcode==OP_MoveGe );
-        pC->movetoTarget = iKey;
-        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-        pC->deferredMoveto = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      pC->lastRowid = iKey;
-      pC->rowidIsValid = res==0;
-    }else{
-      UnpackedRecord r;
-      int nField = pOp->p4.i;
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-      assert( nField>0 );
-      r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-      r.nField = nField;
-      if( oc==OP_MoveGt || oc==OP_MoveLe ){
-        r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY;
-      }else{
-        r.flags = 0;
-      }
-      r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    }
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-    if( oc==OP_MoveGe || oc==OP_MoveGt ){
-      if( res<0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->pCursor, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-      }else{
-        res = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      assert( oc==OP_MoveLt || oc==OP_MoveLe );
-      if( res>=0 ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->pCursor, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-        pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* res might be negative because the table is empty.  Check to
-        ** see if this is the case.
-        */
-        res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->pCursor);
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pOp->p2>0 );
-    if( res ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    }
-  }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
-    /* This happens when attempting to open the sqlite3_master table
-    ** for read access returns SQLITE_EMPTY. In this case always
-    ** take the jump (since there are no records in the table).
-    */
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is an index.
-** If an entry that matches the value in register p3 exists in P1 then
-** jump to P2.  If the P3 value does not match any entry in P1
-** then fall thru.  The P1 cursor is left pointing at the matching entry
-** if it exists.
-**
-** This instruction is used to implement the IN operator where the
-** left-hand side is a SELECT statement.  P1 may be a true index, or it
-** may be a temporary index that holds the results of the SELECT
-** statement.   This instruction is also used to implement the
-** DISTINCT keyword in SELECT statements.
-**
-** This instruction checks if index P1 contains a record for which 
-** the first N serialized values exactly match the N serialized values
-** in the record in register P3, where N is the total number of values in
-** the P3 record (the P3 record is a prefix of the P1 record). 
-**
-** See also: NotFound, IsUnique, NotExists
-*/
-/* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord.  P1 is
-** an index.  If no entry exists in P1 that matches the blob then jump
-** to P2.  If an entry does existing, fall through.  The cursor is left
-** pointing to the entry that matches.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotExists, IsUnique
-*/
-case OP_NotFound:       /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_Found: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  int alreadyExists = 0;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;
-
-    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob );
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z,
-                                      aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec));
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
-      pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_PREFIX_MATCH;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      break;
-    }
-    alreadyExists = (res==0);
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){
-    if( alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }else{
-    if( !alreadyExists ) pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IsUnique P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** The P3 register contains an integer record number.  Call this
-** record number R.  The P4 register contains an index key created
-** using MakeRecord.  Call it K.
-**
-** P1 is an index.  So it has no data and its key consists of a
-** record generated by OP_MakeRecord where the last field is the 
-** rowid of the entry that the index refers to.
-** 
-** This instruction asks if there is an entry in P1 where the
-** fields matches K but the rowid is different from R.
-** If there is no such entry, then there is an immediate
-** jump to P2.  If any entry does exist where the index string
-** matches K but the record number is not R, then the record
-** number for that entry is written into P3 and control
-** falls through to the next instruction.
-**
-** See also: NotFound, NotExists, Found
-*/
-case OP_IsUnique: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pCx;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  Mem *pK;
-  i64 R;
-
-  /* Pop the value R off the top of the stack
-  */
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-  assert( pOp->p4.i>0 && pOp->p4.i<=p->nMem );
-  pK = &p->aMem[pOp->p4.i];
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn3);
-  R = pIn3->u.i;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pCx = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pCx!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pCx->pCursor;
-  if( pCrsr!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    i64 v;                     /* The record number that matches K */
-    UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey;   /* Unpacked version of P4 */
-
-    /* Make sure K is a string and make zKey point to K
-    */
-    assert( pK->flags & MEM_Blob );
-    pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCx->pKeyInfo, pK->n, pK->z,
-                                      aTempRec, sizeof(aTempRec));
-    if( pIdxKey==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    pIdxKey->flags |= UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
-
-    /* Search for an entry in P1 where all but the last rowid match K
-    ** If there is no such entry, jump immediately to P2.
-    */
-    assert( pCx->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    pCx->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    if( res<0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res);
-      if( res ){
-        pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-        sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pCx, pIdxKey, &res); 
-    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(pIdxKey);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-    if( res>0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* At this point, pCrsr is pointing to an entry in P1 where all but
-    ** the final entry (the rowid) matches K.  Check to see if the
-    ** final rowid column is different from R.  If it equals R then jump
-    ** immediately to P2.
-    */
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    if( v==R ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* The final varint of the key is different from R.  Store it back
-    ** into register R3.  (The record number of an entry that violates
-    ** a UNIQUE constraint.)
-    */
-    pIn3->u.i = v;
-    assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int );
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Use the content of register P3 as a integer key.  If a record 
-** with that key does not exist in table of P1, then jump to P2. 
-** If the record does exist, then fall thru.  The cursor is left 
-** pointing to the record if it exists.
-**
-** The difference between this operation and NotFound is that this
-** operation assumes the key is an integer and that P1 is a table whereas
-** NotFound assumes key is a blob constructed from MakeRecord and
-** P1 is an index.
-**
-** See also: Found, NotFound, IsUnique
-*/
-case OP_NotExists: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    u64 iKey;
-    assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
-    assert( p->apCsr[i]->isTable );
-    iKey = intToKey(pIn3->u.i);
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0,&res);
-    pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
-    pC->rowidIsValid = res==0;
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    /* res might be uninitialized if rc!=SQLITE_OK.  But if rc!=SQLITE_OK
-    ** processing is about to abort so we really do not care whether or not
-    ** the following jump is taken.  (In other words, do not stress over
-    ** the error that valgrind sometimes shows on the next statement when
-    ** running ioerr.test and similar failure-recovery test scripts.) */
-    if( res!=0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-      assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
-    }
-  }else if( !pC->pseudoTable ){
-    /* This happens when an attempt to open a read cursor on the 
-    ** sqlite_master table returns SQLITE_EMPTY.
-    */
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    assert( pC->rowidIsValid==0 );
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1.
-** Write the sequence number into register P2.
-** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this
-** instruction.  
-*/
-case OP_Sequence: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[i]->seqCount++;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table.
-** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database
-** table that cursor P1 points to.  The new record number is written
-** written to register P2.
-**
-** If P3>0 then P3 is a register that holds the largest previously
-** generated record number.  No new record numbers are allowed to be less
-** than this value.  When this value reaches its maximum, a SQLITE_FULL
-** error is generated.  The P3 register is updated with the generated
-** record number.  This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the
-** AUTOINCREMENT feature.
-*/
-case OP_NewRowid: {           /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  i64 v = 0;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor==0 ){
-    /* The zero initialization above is all that is needed */
-  }else{
-    /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same
-    ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm.
-    **
-    ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one
-    ** to that.  But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum
-    ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second
-    ** probabilistic algorithm
-    **
-    ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if
-    ** it already exists in the table.  If it does not exist, we have
-    ** succeeded.  If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one
-    ** and try again, up to 1000 times.
-    **
-    ** For a table with less than 2 billion entries, the probability
-    ** of not finding a unused rowid is about 1.0e-300.  This is a 
-    ** non-zero probability, but it is still vanishingly small and should
-    ** never cause a problem.  You are much, much more likely to have a
-    ** hardware failure than for this algorithm to fail.
-    **
-    ** The analysis in the previous paragraph assumes that you have a good
-    ** source of random numbers.  Is a library function like lrand48()
-    ** good enough?  Maybe. Maybe not. It's hard to know whether there
-    ** might be subtle bugs is some implementations of lrand48() that
-    ** could cause problems. To avoid uncertainty, SQLite uses its own 
-    ** random number generator based on the RC4 algorithm.
-    **
-    ** To promote locality of reference for repetitive inserts, the
-    ** first few attempts at choosing a random rowid pick values just a little
-    ** larger than the previous rowid.  This has been shown experimentally
-    ** to double the speed of the COPY operation.
-    */
-    int res, rx=SQLITE_OK, cnt;
-    i64 x;
-    cnt = 0;
-    if( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor)&(BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_ZERODATA)) !=
-          BTREE_INTKEY ){
-      rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
-      goto abort_due_to_error;
-    }
-    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_INTKEY)!=0 );
-    assert( (sqlite3BtreeFlags(pC->pCursor) & BTREE_ZERODATA)==0 );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID
-#   define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff
-#else
-    /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff.
-    ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL.  The following macro seems
-    ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy.
-    */
-#   define MAX_ROWID  ( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff )
-#endif
-
-    if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      if( pC->nextRowidValid ){
-        v = pC->nextRowid;
-      }else{
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->pCursor, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto abort_due_to_error;
-        }
-        if( res ){
-          v = 1;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-          v = keyToInt(v);
-          if( v==MAX_ROWID ){
-            pC->useRandomRowid = 1;
-          }else{
-            v++;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-      if( pOp->p3 ){
-        Mem *pMem;
-        assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem ); /* P3 is a valid memory cell */
-        pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-	REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem);
-        sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem);
-        assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );  /* mem(P3) holds an integer */
-        if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){
-          rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-          goto abort_due_to_error;
-        }
-        if( v<pMem->u.i+1 ){
-          v = pMem->u.i + 1;
-        }
-        pMem->u.i = v;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      if( v<MAX_ROWID ){
-        pC->nextRowidValid = 1;
-        pC->nextRowid = v+1;
-      }else{
-        pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pC->useRandomRowid ){
-      assert( pOp->p3==0 );  /* SQLITE_FULL must have occurred prior to this */
-      v = db->priorNewRowid;
-      cnt = 0;
-      do{
-        if( cnt==0 && (v&0xffffff)==v ){
-          v++;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v);
-          if( cnt<5 ) v &= 0xffffff;
-        }
-        if( v==0 ) continue;
-        x = intToKey(v);
-        rx = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->pCursor, 0, (u64)x, 0, &res);
-        cnt++;
-      }while( cnt<100 && rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 );
-      db->priorNewRowid = v;
-      if( rx==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_FULL;
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-    }
-    pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1.  A new entry is
-** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing
-** entry is overwritten.  The data is the value stored register
-** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must
-** be an integer.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).  If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set,
-** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the
-** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified).
-**
-** Parameter P4 may point to a string containing the table-name, or
-** may be NULL. If it is not NULL, then the update-hook 
-** (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked following a successful insert.
-**
-** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically
-** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor
-** and register P2 becomes ephemeral.  If the cursor is changed, the
-** value of register P2 will then change.  Make sure this does not
-** cause any problems.)
-**
-** This instruction only works on tables.  The equivalent instruction
-** for indices is OP_IdxInsert.
-*/
-case OP_Insert: {
-  Mem *pData = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  Mem *pKey = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-
-  i64 iKey;   /* The integer ROWID or key for the record to be inserted */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 || pC->pseudoTable );
-  assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int );
-  assert( pC->isTable );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey);
-
-  iKey = intToKey(pKey->u.i);
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = pKey->u.i;
-  if( pC->nextRowidValid && pKey->u.i>=pC->nextRowid ){
-    pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
-  }
-  if( pData->flags & MEM_Null ){
-    pData->z = 0;
-    pData->n = 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) );
-  }
-  if( pC->pseudoTable ){
-    if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pC->pData);
-    }
-    pC->iKey = iKey;
-    pC->nData = pData->n;
-    if( pData->z==pData->zMalloc || pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
-      pC->pData = pData->z;
-      if( !pC->ephemPseudoTable ){
-        pData->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;
-        pData->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
-        pData->zMalloc = 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pC->pData = sqlite3Malloc( pC->nData+2 );
-      if( !pC->pData ) goto no_mem;
-      memcpy(pC->pData, pData->z, pC->nData);
-      pC->pData[pC->nData] = 0;
-      pC->pData[pC->nData+1] = 0;
-    }
-    pC->nullRow = 0;
-  }else{
-    int nZero;
-    if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){
-      nZero = pData->u.i;
-    }else{
-      nZero = 0;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->pCursor, 0, iKey,
-                            pData->z, pData->n, nZero,
-                            pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_APPEND);
-  }
-  
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
-    int op = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT);
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing.
-**
-** The cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous
-** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then
-** the next Next instruction will be a no-op.  Hence it is OK to delete
-** a record from within an Next loop.
-**
-** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 is set, then the row change count is
-** incremented (otherwise not).
-**
-** P1 must not be pseudo-table.  It has to be a real table with
-** multiple rows.
-**
-** If P4 is not NULL, then it is the name of the table that P1 is
-** pointing to.  The update hook will be invoked, if it exists.
-** If P4 is not NULL then the P1 cursor must have been positioned
-** using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode.
-*/
-case OP_Delete: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  i64 iKey;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );  /* Only valid for real tables, no pseudotables */
-
-  /* If the update-hook will be invoked, set iKey to the rowid of the
-  ** row being deleted.
-  */
-  if( db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    assert( pC->isTable );
-    assert( pC->rowidIsValid );  /* lastRowid set by previous OP_NotFound */
-    iKey = pC->lastRowid;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->pCursor);
-  pC->nextRowidValid = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-
-  /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->xUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.z ){
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTbl = pOp->p4.z;
-    db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, zTbl, iKey);
-    assert( pC->iDb>=0 );
-  }
-  if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ResetCount P1 * *
-**
-** This opcode resets the VMs internal change counter to 0. If P1 is true,
-** then the value of the change counter is copied to the database handle
-** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes())
-** before it is reset. This is used by trigger programs.
-*/
-case OP_ResetCount: {
-  if( pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange);
-  }
-  p->nChange = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row data for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-/* Opcode: RowKey P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 the complete row key for cursor P1.
-** There is no interpretation of the data.  
-** The key is copied onto the P3 register exactly as 
-** it is found in the database file.
-**
-** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row)
-** of a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_RowKey:
-case OP_RowData: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  u32 n;
-
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-
-  /* Note that RowKey and RowData are really exactly the same instruction */
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
-  assert( pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  assert( pC->nullRow==0 );
-  assert( pC->pseudoTable==0 );
-  assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  if( pC->isIndex ){
-    i64 n64;
-    assert( !pC->isTable );
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCrsr, &n64);
-    if( n64>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-    n = n64;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3BtreeDataSize(pCrsr, &n);
-    if( n>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-      goto too_big;
-    }
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, n, 0) ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  pOut->n = n;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
-  if( pC->isIndex ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeData(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut->z);
-  }
-  pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;  /* In case the blob is ever cast to text */
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that
-** P1 is currently point to.
-*/
-case OP_Rowid: {                 /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  i64 v;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC);
-  if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error;
-  if( pC->rowidIsValid ){
-    v = pC->lastRowid;
-  }else if( pC->pseudoTable ){
-    v = keyToInt(pC->iKey);
-  }else if( pC->nullRow ){
-    /* Leave the rowid set to a NULL */
-    break;
-  }else{
-    assert( pC->pCursor!=0 );
-    sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pC->pCursor, &v);
-    v = keyToInt(v);
-  }
-  pOut->u.i = v;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * *
-**
-** Move the cursor P1 to a null row.  Any OP_Column operations
-** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always
-** write a NULL.
-*/
-case OP_NullRow: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pC->nullRow = 1;
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Last: {        /* jump */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res);
-  pC->nullRow = res;
-  pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( res && pOp->p2>0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-
-/* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that
-** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing.
-**
-** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index,
-** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to
-** end.  We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the
-** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and
-** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is
-** correctly optimizing out sorts.
-*/
-case OP_Sort: {        /* jump */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_sort_count++;
-  sqlite3_search_count--;
-#endif
-  /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */
-}
-/* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 
-** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index.
-** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2.
-** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through
-** to the following instruction.
-*/
-case OP_Rewind: {        /* jump */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[i];
-  assert( pC!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = pC->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res);
-    pC->atFirst = res==0;
-    pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }else{
-    res = 1;
-  }
-  pC->nullRow = res;
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
-  if( res ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-**
-** See also: Prev
-*/
-/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
-** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
-** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
-** jump immediately to P2.
-**
-** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
-*/
-case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
-case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  int res;
-
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
-  pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  if( pC==0 ){
-    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
-  }
-  pCrsr = pC->pCursor;
-  assert( pCrsr );
-  res = 1;
-  assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-  rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(pCrsr, &res) :
-                              sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCrsr, &res);
-  pC->nullRow = res;
-  pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  if( res==0 ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_search_count++;
-#endif
-  }
-  pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Register P2 holds a SQL index key made using the
-** MakeIdxRec instructions.  This opcode writes that key
-** into the index P1.  Data for the entry is nil.
-**
-** P3 is a flag that provides a hint to the b-tree layer that this
-** insert is likely to be an append.
-**
-** This instruction only works for indices.  The equivalent instruction
-** for tables is OP_Insert.
-*/
-case OP_IdxInsert: {        /* in2 */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int nKey = pIn2->n;
-      const char *zKey = pIn2->z;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pCrsr, zKey, nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3);
-      assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-      pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxDeleteM P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form
-** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the 
-** index opened by cursor P1.
-*/
-case OP_IdxDelete: {
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 );
-  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    UnpackedRecord r;
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = pOp->p3;
-    r.flags = 0;
-    r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0 ){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr);
-    }
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at
-** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1.  This integer should be
-** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points.
-**
-** See also: Rowid, MakeIdxRec.
-*/
-case OP_IdxRowid: {              /* out2-prerelease */
-  int i = pOp->p1;
-  BtCursor *pCrsr;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pCrsr = (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor)!=0 ){
-    i64 rowid;
-
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    assert( pC->isTable==0 );
-    if( !pC->nullRow ){
-      rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(pCrsr, &rowid);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto abort_due_to_error;
-      }
-      MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-      pOut->u.i = rowid;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value
-** then jump to P2.  Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon 
-** prior to the comparison.  This make the opcode work like IdxGT except
-** that if the key from register P3 is a prefix of the key in the cursor,
-** the result is false whereas it would be true with IdxGT.
-*/
-/* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index 
-** key that omits the ROWID.  Compare this key value against the index 
-** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the ROWID on the P1 index.
-**
-** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2.
-** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction.
-**
-** If P5 is non-zero then the key value is increased by an epsilon prior 
-** to the comparison.  This makes the opcode work like IdxLE.
-*/
-case OP_IdxLT:          /* jump, in3 */
-case OP_IdxGE: {        /* jump, in3 */
-  int i= pOp->p1;
-  Cursor *pC;
-
-  assert( i>=0 && i<p->nCursor );
-  assert( p->apCsr[i]!=0 );
-  if( (pC = p->apCsr[i])->pCursor!=0 ){
-    int res;
-    UnpackedRecord r;
-    assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
-    assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 );
-    assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 );
-    r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo;
-    r.nField = pOp->p4.i;
-    if( pOp->p5 ){
-      r.flags = UNPACKED_INCRKEY | UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
-    }else{
-      r.flags = UNPACKED_IGNORE_ROWID;
-    }
-    r.aMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-    rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(pC, &r, &res);
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ){
-      res = -res;
-    }else{
-      assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE );
-      res++;
-    }
-    if( res>0 ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1 ;
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database
-** file is given by P1.
-**
-** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0.  If
-** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page
-** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all
-** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database.  The former
-** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred -
-** is stored in register P2.  If no page 
-** movement was required (because the table being dropped was already 
-** the last one in the database) then a zero is stored in register P2.
-** If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero is stored in register P2.
-**
-** See also: Clear
-*/
-case OP_Destroy: {     /* out2-prerelease */
-  int iMoved;
-  int iCnt;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  Vdbe *pVdbe;
-  iCnt = 0;
-  for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){
-    if( pVdbe->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && pVdbe->inVtabMethod<2 && pVdbe->pc>=0 ){
-      iCnt++;
-    }
-  }
-#else
-  iCnt = db->activeVdbeCnt;
-#endif
-  if( iCnt>1 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_LOCKED;
-    p->errorAction = OE_Abort;
-  }else{
-    int iDb = pOp->p3;
-    assert( iCnt==1 );
-    assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<iDb))!=0 );
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved);
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-    pOut->u.i = iMoved;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iMoved!=0 ){
-      sqlite3RootPageMoved(&db->aDb[iDb], iMoved, pOp->p1);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 *
-**
-** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page
-** in the database file is given by P1.  But, unlike Destroy, do not
-** remove the table or index from the database file.
-**
-** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0.  If
-** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file
-** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE.
-**
-** See also: Destroy
-*/
-case OP_Clear: {
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p2))!=0 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: CreateTable P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Allocate a new table in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2
-**
-** The difference between a table and an index is this:  A table must
-** have a 4-byte integer key and can have arbitrary data.  An index
-** has an arbitrary key but no data.
-**
-** See also: CreateIndex
-*/
-/* Opcode: CreateIndex P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Allocate a new index in the main database file if P1==0 or in the
-** auxiliary database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if
-** P1>1.  Write the root page number of the new table into
-** register P2.
-**
-** See documentation on OP_CreateTable for additional information.
-*/
-case OP_CreateIndex:            /* out2-prerelease */
-case OP_CreateTable: {          /* out2-prerelease */
-  int pgno;
-  int flags;
-  Db *pDb;
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pDb->pBt!=0 );
-  if( pOp->opcode==OP_CreateTable ){
-    /* flags = BTREE_INTKEY; */
-    flags = BTREE_LEAFDATA|BTREE_INTKEY;
-  }else{
-    flags = BTREE_ZERODATA;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, flags);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pOut->u.i = pgno;
-    MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1
-** that match the WHERE clause P4.  P2 is the "force" flag.   Always do
-** the parsing if P2 is true.  If P2 is false, then this routine is a
-** no-op if the schema is not currently loaded.  In other words, if P2
-** is false, the SQLITE_MASTER table is only parsed if the rest of the
-** schema is already loaded into the symbol table.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine,
-** then runs the new virtual machine.  It is thus a re-entrant opcode.
-*/
-case OP_ParseSchema: {
-  char *zSql;
-  int iDb = pOp->p1;
-  const char *zMaster;
-  InitData initData;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( !pOp->p2 && !DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-    break;
-  }
-  zMaster = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-  initData.db = db;
-  initData.iDb = pOp->p1;
-  initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg;
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
-     "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s",
-     db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z);
-  if( zSql==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  assert( db->init.busy==0 );
-  db->init.busy = 1;
-  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  db->init.busy = 0;
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  break;  
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
-/* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * *
-**
-** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content
-** of that table into the internal index hash table.  This will cause
-** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries.
-*/
-case OP_LoadAnalysis: {
-  int iDb = pOp->p1;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
-  break;  
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)  */
-
-/* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the table named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a table
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTable: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the index named P4 in database P1.  This is called after an index
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropIndex: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe
-** the trigger named P4 in database P1.  This is called after a trigger
-** is dropped in order to keep the internal representation of the
-** schema consistent with what is on disk.
-*/
-case OP_DropTrigger: {
-  sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-/* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 * P5
-**
-** Do an analysis of the currently open database.  Store in
-** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems.
-** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1.
-**
-** The register P3 contains the maximum number of allowed errors.
-** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported.
-** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are 
-** seen.  Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining.
-**
-** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integer
-** stored in reg(P1), reg(P1+1), reg(P1+2), ....  There are P2 tables
-** total.
-**
-** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database
-** file, not the main database file.
-**
-** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma.
-*/
-case OP_IntegrityCk: {
-  int nRoot;      /* Number of tables to check.  (Number of root pages.) */
-  int *aRoot;     /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */
-  int j;          /* Loop counter */
-  int nErr;       /* Number of errors reported */
-  char *z;        /* Text of the error report */
-  Mem *pnErr;     /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */
-  
-  nRoot = pOp->p2;
-  assert( nRoot>0 );
-  aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nRoot+1) );
-  if( aRoot==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pnErr = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 );
-  assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 );
-  pIn1 = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  for(j=0; j<nRoot; j++){
-    aRoot[j] = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(&pIn1[j]);
-  }
-  aRoot[j] = 0;
-  assert( pOp->p5<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p5))!=0 );
-  z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, aRoot, nRoot,
-                                 pnErr->u.i, &nErr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRoot);
-  pnErr->u.i -= nErr;
-  sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1);
-  if( nErr==0 ){
-    assert( z==0 );
-  }else if( z==0 ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-/* Opcode: FifoWrite P1 * * * *
-**
-** Write the integer from register P1 into the Fifo.
-*/
-case OP_FifoWrite: {        /* in1 */
-  p->sFifo.db = db;
-  if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPush(&p->sFifo, sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1))==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    goto no_mem;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: FifoRead P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Attempt to read a single integer from the Fifo.  Store that
-** integer in register P1.
-** 
-** If the Fifo is empty jump to P2.
-*/
-case OP_FifoRead: {         /* jump */
-  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeFifoPop(&p->sFifo, &pOut->u.i)==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* Opcode: ContextPush * * * 
-**
-** Save the current Vdbe context such that it can be restored by a ContextPop
-** opcode. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement change
-** count, and the current statement change count.
-*/
-case OP_ContextPush: {
-  int i = p->contextStackTop++;
-  Context *pContext;
-
-  assert( i>=0 );
-  /* FIX ME: This should be allocated as part of the vdbe at compile-time */
-  if( i>=p->contextStackDepth ){
-    p->contextStackDepth = i+1;
-    p->contextStack = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, p->contextStack,
-                                          sizeof(Context)*(i+1));
-    if( p->contextStack==0 ) goto no_mem;
-  }
-  pContext = &p->contextStack[i];
-  pContext->lastRowid = db->lastRowid;
-  pContext->nChange = p->nChange;
-  pContext->sFifo = p->sFifo;
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoInit(&p->sFifo, db);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: ContextPop * * * 
-**
-** Restore the Vdbe context to the state it was in when contextPush was last
-** executed. The context stores the last insert row id, the last statement
-** change count, and the current statement change count.
-*/
-case OP_ContextPop: {
-  Context *pContext = &p->contextStack[--p->contextStackTop];
-  assert( p->contextStackTop>=0 );
-  db->lastRowid = pContext->lastRowid;
-  p->nChange = pContext->nChange;
-  sqlite3VdbeFifoClear(&p->sFifo);
-  p->sFifo = pContext->sFifo;
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of its current value
-** and the value in register P2.
-**
-** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially
-** an integer.
-*/
-case OP_MemMax: {        /* in1, in2 */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2);
-  if( pIn1->u.i<pIn2->u.i){
-    pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
-/* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, jump to P2.
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
-*/
-case OP_IfPos: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IfNeg P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is less than zero, jump to P2. 
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
-*/
-case OP_IfNeg: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i<0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: IfZero P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** If the value of register P1 is exactly 0, jump to P2. 
-**
-** It is illegal to use this instruction on a register that does
-** not contain an integer.  An assertion fault will result if you try.
-*/
-case OP_IfZero: {        /* jump, in1 */
-  assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int );
-  if( pIn1->u.i==0 ){
-     pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5
-**
-** Execute the step function for an aggregate.  The
-** function has P5 arguments.   P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef
-** structure that specifies the function.  Use register
-** P3 as the accumulator.
-**
-** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its
-** successors.
-*/
-case OP_AggStep: {
-  int n = pOp->p5;
-  int i;
-  Mem *pMem, *pRec;
-  sqlite3_context ctx;
-  sqlite3_value **apVal;
-
-  assert( n>=0 );
-  pRec = &p->aMem[pOp->p2];
-  apVal = p->apArg;
-  assert( apVal || n==0 );
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++, pRec++){
-    apVal[i] = pRec;
-    storeTypeInfo(pRec, encoding);
-  }
-  ctx.pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc;
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  ctx.pMem = pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  pMem->n++;
-  ctx.s.flags = MEM_Null;
-  ctx.s.z = 0;
-  ctx.s.zMalloc = 0;
-  ctx.s.xDel = 0;
-  ctx.s.db = db;
-  ctx.isError = 0;
-  ctx.pColl = 0;
-  if( ctx.pFunc->needCollSeq ){
-    assert( pOp>p->aOp );
-    assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_COLLSEQ );
-    assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq );
-    ctx.pColl = pOp[-1].p4.pColl;
-  }
-  (ctx.pFunc->xStep)(&ctx, n, apVal);
-  if( ctx.isError ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(&ctx.s));
-    rc = ctx.isError;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&ctx.s);
-  break;
-}
-
-/* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 *
-**
-** Execute the finalizer function for an aggregate.  P1 is
-** the memory location that is the accumulator for the aggregate.
-**
-** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and
-** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function.  The P2
-** argument is not used by this opcode.  It is only there to disambiguate
-** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments.  The
-** P4 argument is only needed for the degenerate case where
-** the step function was not previously called.
-*/
-case OP_AggFinal: {
-  Mem *pMem;
-  assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nMem );
-  pMem = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 );
-  rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem));
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem);
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/* Opcode: Vacuum * * * * *
-**
-** Vacuum the entire database.  This opcode will cause other virtual
-** machines to be created and run.  It may not be called from within
-** a transaction.
-*/
-case OP_Vacuum: {
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse; 
-  rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM)
-/* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on
-** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction
-** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_IncrVacuum: {        /* jump */
-  Btree *pBt;
-
-  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<pOp->p1))!=0 );
-  pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Opcode: Expire P1 * * * *
-**
-** Cause precompiled statements to become expired. An expired statement
-** fails with an error code of SQLITE_SCHEMA if it is ever executed 
-** (via sqlite3_step()).
-** 
-** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero,
-** then only the currently executing statement is affected. 
-*/
-case OP_Expire: {
-  if( !pOp->p1 ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  }else{
-    p->expired = 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when
-** the shared-cache feature is enabled. 
-**
-** If P1 is  the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database
-** on which the lock is acquired.  A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or
-** a write lock if P3==1.
-**
-** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock.
-**
-** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only
-** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained.
-*/
-case OP_TableLock: {
-  int p1 = pOp->p1; 
-  u8 isWriteLock = pOp->p3;
-  assert( p1>=0 && p1<db->nDb );
-  assert( (p->btreeMask & (1<<p1))!=0 );
-  assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 );
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
-    const char *z = pOp->p4.z;
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "database table is locked: %s", z);
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the 
-** xBegin method for that table.
-**
-** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from
-** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, set the
-** error code to SQLITE_LOCKED.
-*/
-case OP_VBegin: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVtab);
-  if( pVtab ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-    pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VCreate P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xCreate method
-** for that table.
-*/
-case OP_VCreate: {
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z, &p->zErrMsg);
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1.  Call the xDestroy method
-** of that table.
-*/
-case OP_VDestroy: {
-  p->inVtabMethod = 2;
-  rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** P1 is a cursor number.  This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual
-** table and stores that cursor in P1.
-*/
-case OP_VOpen: {
-  Cursor *pCur = 0;
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-
-  assert(pVtab && pModule);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVtabCursor);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){
-    /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */
-    pVtabCursor->pVtab = pVtab;
-
-    /* Initialise vdbe cursor object */
-    pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, &pOp[-1], -1, 0);
-    if( pCur ){
-      pCur->pVtabCursor = pVtabCursor;
-      pCur->pModule = pVtabCursor->pVtab->pModule;
-    }else{
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      pModule->xClose(pVtabCursor);
-    }
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen.  P2 is an address to jump to if
-** the filtered result set is empty.
-**
-** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex
-** method of the module.  The interpretation of the P4 string is left
-** to the module implementation.
-**
-** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified
-** by P1.  The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register
-** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the
-** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc
-** additional parameters which are passed to
-** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter.
-**
-** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty.
-*/
-case OP_VFilter: {   /* jump */
-  int nArg;
-  int iQuery;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pQuery = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  Mem *pArgc = &pQuery[1];
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery);
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  pVtabCursor = pCur->pVtabCursor;
-  pVtab = pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-
-  /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */
-  assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int );
-  nArg = pArgc->u.i;
-  iQuery = pQuery->u.i;
-
-  /* Invoke the xFilter method */
-  {
-    int res = 0;
-    int i;
-    Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
-    for(i = 0; i<nArg; i++){
-      apArg[i] = &pArgc[i+1];
-      storeTypeInfo(apArg[i], 0);
-    }
-
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-    sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-    rc = pModule->xFilter(pVtabCursor, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg);
-    p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-    pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-    sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      res = pModule->xEof(pVtabCursor);
-    }
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-
-    if( res ){
-      pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pCur->nullRow = 0;
-
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRowid P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Store into register P2  the rowid of
-** the virtual-table that the P1 cursor is pointing to.
-*/
-case OP_VRowid: {             /* out2-prerelease */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  sqlite_int64 iRow;
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xRowid );
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  rc = pModule->xRowid(pCur->pVtabCursor, &iRow);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int);
-  pOut->u.i = iRow;
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * *
-**
-** Store the value of the P2-th column of
-** the row of the virtual-table that the 
-** P1 cursor is pointing to into register P3.
-*/
-case OP_VColumn: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  Mem *pDest;
-  sqlite3_context sContext;
-
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
-  pDest = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest);
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xColumn );
-  memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext));
-
-  /* The output cell may already have a buffer allocated. Move
-  ** the current contents to sContext.s so in case the user-function 
-  ** can use the already allocated buffer instead of allocating a 
-  ** new one.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&sContext.s, pDest);
-  MemSetTypeFlag(&sContext.s, MEM_Null);
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->pVtabCursor, &sContext, pOp->p2);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  /* Copy the result of the function to the P3 register. We
-  ** do this regardless of whether or not an error occured to ensure any
-  ** dynamic allocation in sContext.s (a Mem struct) is  released.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&sContext.s, encoding);
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest);
-  sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pDest, &sContext.s);
-  UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest);
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){
-    goto too_big;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and
-** jump to instruction P2.  Or, if the virtual table has reached
-** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction.
-*/
-case OP_VNext: {   /* jump */
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-  int res = 0;
-
-  Cursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pCur->pVtabCursor );
-  if( pCur->nullRow ){
-    break;
-  }
-  pVtab = pCur->pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-  assert( pModule->xNext );
-
-  /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the
-  ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during
-  ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that 
-  ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or
-  ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 1;
-  rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  p->inVtabMethod = 0;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-  sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    res = pModule->xEof(pCur->pVtabCursor);
-  }
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-
-  if( !res ){
-    /* If there is data, jump to P2 */
-    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value
-** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method.
-*/
-case OP_VRename: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  Mem *pName = &p->aMem[pOp->p1];
-  assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename );
-  REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName);
-
-  Stringify(pName, encoding);
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-  rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-  p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-  sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 *
-**
-** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure.
-** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values
-** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate 
-** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the 
-** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate.
-**
-** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both.
-** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3)
-** is the rowid of a row to delete.  If argv[0] is NULL then no 
-** deletion occurs.  The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new 
-** row.  This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new 
-** rowid for itself.  The subsequent elements in the array are 
-** the values of columns in the new row.
-**
-** If P2==1 then no insert is performed.  argv[0] is the rowid of
-** a row to delete.
-**
-** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call
-** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() 
-** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted.
-*/
-case OP_VUpdate: {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pModule = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  int nArg = pOp->p2;
-  assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-  if( pModule->xUpdate==0 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "read-only table");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    sqlite_int64 rowid;
-    Mem **apArg = p->apArg;
-    Mem *pX = &p->aMem[pOp->p3];
-    for(i=0; i<nArg; i++){
-      storeTypeInfo(pX, 0);
-      apArg[i] = pX;
-      pX++;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-    sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-    rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-    pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-    sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) goto abort_due_to_misuse;
-    if( pOp->p1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) );
-      db->lastRowid = rowid;
-    }
-    p->nChange++;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-#ifndef  SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * *
-**
-** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2.
-*/
-case OP_Pagecount: {            /* out2-prerelease */
-  int p1 = pOp->p1; 
-  int nPage;
-  Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[p1].pBt);
-
-  rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
-    pOut->u.i = nPage;
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/* Opcode: Trace * * * P4 *
-**
-** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then
-** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback.
-*/
-case OP_Trace: {
-  if( pOp->p4.z ){
-    if( db->xTrace ){
-      db->xTrace(db->pTraceArg, pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", pOp->p4.z);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-  }
-  break;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Opcode: Noop * * * * *
-**
-** Do nothing.  This instruction is often useful as a jump
-** destination.
-*/
-/*
-** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which
-** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.)
-** This opcode records information from the optimizer.  It is the
-** the same as a no-op.  This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program.
-*/
-default: {          /* This is really OP_Noop and OP_Explain */
-  break;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented
-** by 6 spaces.  But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the
-** readability.  From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are
-** restored.
-*****************************************************************************/
-    }
-
-#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
-    {
-      u64 elapsed = sqlite3Hwtime() - start;
-      pOp->cycles += elapsed;
-      pOp->cnt++;
-#if 0
-        fprintf(stdout, "%10llu ", elapsed);
-        sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, origPc, &p->aOp[origPc]);
-#endif
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality
-    ** of the program.  It is only here for testing and debugging.
-    ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through
-    ** the evaluator loop.  So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined.
-    */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    assert( pc>=-1 && pc<p->nOp );
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    if( p->trace ){
-      if( rc!=0 ) fprintf(p->trace,"rc=%d\n",rc);
-      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
-        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p2, pOut);
-      }
-      if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){
-        registerTrace(p->trace, pOp->p3, pOut);
-      }
-    }
-#endif  /* SQLITE_DEBUG */
-#endif  /* NDEBUG */
-  }  /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */
-
-  /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with
-  ** an error of some kind.
-  */
-vdbe_error_halt:
-  assert( rc );
-  p->rc = rc;
-  sqlite3VdbeHalt(p);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-  /* This is the only way out of this procedure.  We have to
-  ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the
-  ** top. */
-vdbe_return:
-  sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(&p->aMutex);
-  return rc;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-  ** is encountered.
-  */
-too_big:
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "string or blob too big");
-  rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails.
-  */
-no_mem:
-  db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "out of memory");
-  rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here for an SQLITE_MISUSE error.
-  */
-abort_due_to_misuse:
-  rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  /* Fall thru into abort_due_to_error */
-
-  /* Jump to here for any other kind of fatal error.  The "rc" variable
-  ** should hold the error number.
-  */
-abort_due_to_error:
-  assert( p->zErrMsg==0 );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-  }
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-
-  /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt
-  ** flag.
-  */
-abort_due_to_interrupt:
-  assert( db->u1.isInterrupted );
-  rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-  p->rc = rc;
-  sqlite3SetString(&p->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-  goto vdbe_error_halt;
-}
-
-/************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 1
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
-**
-** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.25 2008/07/28 19:34:54 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-
-/*
-** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
-*/
-typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
-struct Incrblob {
-  int flags;              /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
-  int nByte;              /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
-  int iOffset;            /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
-  BtCursor *pCsr;         /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;    /* Statement holding cursor open */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* The associated database */
-};
-
-/*
-** Open a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3* db,            /* The database connection */
-  const char *zDb,        /* The attached database containing the blob */
-  const char *zTable,     /* The table containing the blob */
-  const char *zColumn,    /* The column containing the blob */
-  sqlite_int64 iRow,      /* The row containing the glob */
-  int flags,              /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob   /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
-){
-  int nAttempt = 0;
-  int iCol;               /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
-
-  /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified 
-  ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
-  ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
-  ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
-  ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
-  **
-  ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
-  ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
-  ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and 
-  ** blob_bytes() functions.
-  **
-  ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
-  ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the 
-  ** transaction.
-  */
-  static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
-    {OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0},     /* 0: Start a transaction */
-    {OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0},    /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
-
-    /* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an
-    ** OP_Noop before exection.
-    */
-    {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0},   /* 2: Num cols for cursor */
-    {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0},        /* 3: Open cursor 0 for reading */
-    {OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 0, 0},   /* 4: Num cols for cursor */
-    {OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0},       /* 5: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
-
-    {OP_Variable, 1, 1, 0},        /* 6: Push the rowid to the stack */
-    {OP_NotExists, 0, 10, 1},      /* 7: Seek the cursor */
-    {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1},          /* 8  */
-    {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0},       /* 9  */
-    {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0},           /* 10  */
-    {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0},            /* 11 */
-  };
-
-  Vdbe *v = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  zErr[0] = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  do {
-    Parse sParse;
-    Table *pTab;
-
-    memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
-    sParse.db = db;
-
-    if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-      return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
-    if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
-    }
-#endif
-    if( !pTab ){
-      if( sParse.zErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, sParse.zErrMsg);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
-    for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
-    ** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an
-    ** indexed column for writing.
-    */
-    if( flags ){
-      Index *pIdx;
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        int j;
-        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
-          if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                             "cannot open indexed column for writing");
-            rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-            (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-            sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-            goto blob_open_out;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
-    if( v ){
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
-
-      /* Configure the OP_Transaction */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0));
-
-      /* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
-
-      /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); 
-
-      /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 
-      ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. 
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 3 : 5), 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), pTab->tnum);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, (flags ? 5 : 3), iDb);
-
-      /* Configure the OP_SetNumColumns. Configure the cursor to
-      ** think that the table has one more column than it really
-      ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
-      ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
-      ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type 
-      ** and offset cache without causing any IO.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, flags ? 4 : 2, pTab->nCol+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 8, pTab->nCol);
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0);
-      }
-    }
-   
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
-    rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-      nAttempt++;
-      rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-      v = 0;
-    }
-  } while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    /* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
-    ** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
-    ** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
-    */
-    Incrblob *pBlob;
-    u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
-
-    if( type<12 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s",
-          type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
-      );
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-    pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
-      goto blob_open_out;
-    }
-    pBlob->flags = flags;
-    pBlob->pCsr =  v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
-    sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
-    pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
-    pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
-    pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
-    pBlob->db = db;
-    *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-blob_open_out:
-  zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==SQLITE_OK?0:zErr));
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
-** sqlite3_blob_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
-  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
-*/
-static int blobReadWrite(
-  sqlite3_blob *pBlob, 
-  void *z, 
-  int n, 
-  int iOffset, 
-  int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;  
-
-  /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
-  if( (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-  /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
-  ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
-  */
-  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
-  if( v==0 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-  }else{
-    /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
-    ** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
-    */
-    assert( db == v->db );
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
-    rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-      sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
-      p->pStmt = 0;
-    }else{
-      db->errCode = rc;
-      v->rc = rc;
-    }
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to a blob handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
-  return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
-}
-
-/*
-** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
-**
-** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
-** so no mutex is required for access.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
-  Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
-  return p->nByte;
-}
-
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
-
-/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 August 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.8 2008/05/01 18:01:47 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
-
-/*
-** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
-** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
-** is enabled.
-**
-** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
-** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
-** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
-** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
-** on disk is not created or populated until either:
-**
-**   1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated 
-**      buffer, or
-**   2) The xSync() method is called.
-*/
-
-
-
-/*
-** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
-** as an open file handle for journal files.
-*/
-struct JournalFile {
-  sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod;    /* I/O methods on journal files */
-  int nBuf;                       /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
-  char *zBuf;                     /* Space to buffer journal writes */
-  int iSize;                      /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
-  int flags;                      /* xOpen flags */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;              /* The "real" underlying VFS */
-  sqlite3_file *pReal;            /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
-  const char *zJournal;           /* Name of the journal file */
-};
-typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
-
-/*
-** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file 
-** for JournalFile p.
-*/
-static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( !p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
-    rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      p->pReal = pReal;
-      if( p->iSize>0 ){
-        assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
-        rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Read data from the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlRead(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file from which to read */
-  void *zBuf,            /* Put the results here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to read */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin reading at this offset */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-  }else{
-    assert( iAmt+iOfst<=p->iSize );
-    memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write data to the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlWrite(
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,    /* The journal file into which to write */
-  const void *zBuf,      /* Take data to be written from here */
-  int iAmt,              /* Number of bytes to write */
-  sqlite_int64 iOfst     /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
-    rc = createFile(p);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( p->pReal ){
-      rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
-    }else{
-      memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
-      if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
-        p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Truncate the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
-  }else if( size<p->iSize ){
-    p->iSize = size;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sync the file.
-*/
-static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
-  int rc;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the size of the file in bytes.
-*/
-static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  if( p->pReal ){
-    rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
-  }else{
-    *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
-*/
-static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
-  1,             /* iVersion */
-  jrnlClose,     /* xClose */
-  jrnlRead,      /* xRead */
-  jrnlWrite,     /* xWrite */
-  jrnlTruncate,  /* xTruncate */
-  jrnlSync,      /* xSync */
-  jrnlFileSize,  /* xFileSize */
-  0,             /* xLock */
-  0,             /* xUnlock */
-  0,             /* xCheckReservedLock */
-  0,             /* xFileControl */
-  0,             /* xSectorSize */
-  0              /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
-};
-
-/* 
-** Open a journal file.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,         /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the journal file */
-  sqlite3_file *pJfd,        /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
-  int flags,                 /* Opening flags */
-  int nBuf                   /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
-){
-  JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
-  memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
-  if( nBuf>0 ){
-    p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
-    if( !p->zBuf ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
-  }
-  p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
-  p->nBuf = nBuf;
-  p->flags = flags;
-  p->zJournal = zName;
-  p->pVfs = pVfs;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
-** file has not yet been created, create it now.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
-  if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
-** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
-  return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of journal.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 16
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
-** an SQL statement.
-**
-** $Id: walker.c,v 1.1 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
-** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
-** is invoked before visiting children.)
-**
-** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
-** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
-**
-**    WRC_Continue      Continue descending down the tree.
-**
-**    WRC_Prune         Do not descend into child nodes.  But allow
-**                      the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
-**
-**    WRC_Abort         Do no more callbacks.  Unwind the stack and
-**                      return the top-level walk call.
-**
-** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
-** and WRC_Continue to continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  int rc;
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
-  if( rc==WRC_Continue ){
-    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->pSelect) ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc & WRC_Abort;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
-** an abort request is seen.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
-  int i, rc = WRC_Continue;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( p ){
-    for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc & WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p.  Do
-** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
-** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
-** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
-** FROM clause of SELECT statement p.  Do not invoke the select
-** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
-** and on any subqueries further down in the tree.  Return 
-** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  if( pSrc ){
-    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-} 
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
-** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
-** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
-**
-** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions.  Return WRC_Abort if
-** there is an abort request.
-**
-** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
-** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
-  rc = WRC_Continue;
-  while( p  ){
-    rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
-    if( rc ) break;
-    if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    if( sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
-    p = p->pPrior;
-  }
-  return rc & WRC_Abort;
-}
-
-/************** End of walker.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 August 18
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
-** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
-** table and column.
-**
-** $Id: resolve.c,v 1.5 2008/08/29 02:14:03 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
-** result set in pEList.
-**
-** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
-** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
-** routine make a copy of the result set column as the argument to the
-** TK_AS operator.  The TK_AS operator causes the expression to be
-** evaluated just once and then reused for each alias.
-**
-** The reason for suppressing the TK_AS term when the expression is a simple
-** column reference is so that the column reference will be recognized as
-** usable by indices within the WHERE clause processing logic. 
-**
-** Hack:  The TK_AS operator is inhibited if zType[0]=='G'.  This means
-** that in a GROUP BY clause, the expression is evaluated twice.  Hence:
-**
-**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY x
-**
-** Is equivalent to:
-**
-**     SELECT random()%5 AS x, count(*) FROM tab GROUP BY random()%5
-**
-** The result of random()%5 in the GROUP BY clause is probably different
-** from the result in the result-set.  We might fix this someday.  Or
-** then again, we might not...
-*/
-static void resolveAlias(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,      /* A result set */
-  int iCol,              /* A column in the result set.  0..pEList->nExpr-1 */
-  Expr *pExpr,           /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */
-  const char *zType      /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */
-){
-  Expr *pOrig;           /* The iCol-th column of the result set */
-  Expr *pDup;            /* Copy of pOrig */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
-
-  assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<pEList->nExpr );
-  pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-  assert( pOrig!=0 );
-  assert( pOrig->flags & EP_Resolved );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig);
-  if( pDup==0 ) return;
-  if( pDup->op!=TK_COLUMN && zType[0]!='G' ){
-    pDup = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AS, pDup, 0, 0);
-    if( pDup==0 ) return;
-    if( pEList->a[iCol].iAlias==0 ){
-      pEList->a[iCol].iAlias = ++pParse->nAlias;
-    }
-    pDup->iTable = pEList->a[iCol].iAlias;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-    pDup->pColl = pExpr->pColl;
-    pDup->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->span.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z);
-  if( pExpr->token.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z);
-  memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr));
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup);
-}
-
-/*
-** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up
-** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr 
-** expression node refer back to that source column.  The following changes
-** are made to pExpr:
-**
-**    pExpr->iDb           Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X
-**                         (even if X is implied).
-**    pExpr->iTable        Set to the cursor number for the table obtained
-**                         from pSrcList.
-**    pExpr->pTab          Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if
-**                         X and/or Y are implied.)
-**    pExpr->iColumn       Set to the column number within the table.
-**    pExpr->op            Set to TK_COLUMN.
-**    pExpr->pLeft         Any expression this points to is deleted
-**    pExpr->pRight        Any expression this points to is deleted.
-**
-** The pDbToken is the name of the database (the "X").  This value may be
-** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z.  Any available database
-** can be used.  The pTableToken is the name of the table (the "Y").  This
-** value can be NULL if pDbToken is also NULL.  If pTableToken is NULL it
-** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table
-** can be used.
-**
-** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message
-** in pParse and return non-zero.  Return zero on success.
-*/
-static int lookupName(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  Token *pDbToken,     /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */
-  Token *pTableToken,  /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */
-  Token *pColumnToken, /* Name of the column. */
-  NameContext *pNC,    /* The name context used to resolve the name */
-  Expr *pExpr          /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */
-){
-  char *zDb = 0;       /* Name of the database.  The "X" in X.Y.Z */
-  char *zTab = 0;      /* Name of the table.  The "Y" in X.Y.Z or Y.Z */
-  char *zCol = 0;      /* Name of the column.  The "Z" */
-  int i, j;            /* Loop counters */
-  int cnt = 0;                      /* Number of matching column names */
-  int cntTab = 0;                   /* Number of matching table names */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;         /* The database connection */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;       /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */
-  struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0;  /* The matching pSrcList item */
-  NameContext *pTopNC = pNC;        /* First namecontext in the list */
-  Schema *pSchema = 0;              /* Schema of the expression */
-
-  assert( pColumnToken && pColumnToken->z ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */
-
-  /* Dequote and zero-terminate the names */
-  zDb = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDbToken);
-  zTab = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableToken);
-  zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pColumnToken);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto lookupname_end;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the node to no-match */
-  pExpr->iTable = -1;
-  pExpr->pTab = 0;
-
-  /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */
-  while( pNC && cnt==0 ){
-    ExprList *pEList;
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-
-    if( pSrcList ){
-      for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-        Table *pTab;
-        int iDb;
-        Column *pCol;
-  
-        pTab = pItem->pTab;
-        assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 );
-        iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-        assert( pTab->nCol>0 );
-        if( zTab ){
-          if( pItem->zAlias ){
-            char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias;
-            if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
-          }else{
-            char *zTabName = pTab->zName;
-            if( zTabName==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ) continue;
-            if( zDb!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDb)!=0 ){
-              continue;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( 0==(cntTab++) ){
-          pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-          pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-          pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-          pMatch = pItem;
-        }
-        for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pCol++){
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            IdList *pUsing;
-            cnt++;
-            pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
-            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-            pMatch = pItem;
-            pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-            /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-            pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : j;
-            if( i<pSrcList->nSrc-1 ){
-              if( pItem[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
-                /* If this match occurred in the left table of a natural join,
-                ** then skip the right table to avoid a duplicate match */
-                pItem++;
-                i++;
-              }else if( (pUsing = pItem[1].pUsing)!=0 ){
-                /* If this match occurs on a column that is in the USING clause
-                ** of a join, skip the search of the right table of the join
-                ** to avoid a duplicate match there. */
-                int k;
-                for(k=0; k<pUsing->nId; k++){
-                  if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ){
-                    pItem++;
-                    i++;
-                    break;
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe 
-    ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference
-    */
-    if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cnt==0 && pParse->trigStack!=0 ){
-      TriggerStack *pTriggerStack = pParse->trigStack;
-      Table *pTab = 0;
-      u32 *piColMask;
-      if( pTriggerStack->newIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("new", zTab) == 0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->newIdx;
-        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
-        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
-        piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->newColMask);
-      }else if( pTriggerStack->oldIdx != -1 && sqlite3StrICmp("old", zTab)==0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pTriggerStack->oldIdx;
-        assert( pTriggerStack->pTab );
-        pTab = pTriggerStack->pTab;
-        piColMask = &(pTriggerStack->oldColMask);
-      }
-
-      if( pTab ){ 
-        int iCol;
-        Column *pCol = pTab->aCol;
-
-        pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-        cntTab++;
-        for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++, pCol++) {
-          if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){
-            cnt++;
-            pExpr->iColumn = iCol==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : iCol;
-            pExpr->pTab = pTab;
-            if( iCol>=0 ){
-              testcase( iCol==31 );
-              testcase( iCol==32 );
-              *piColMask |= ((u32)1<<iCol) | (iCol>=32?0xffffffff:0);
-            }
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-    /*
-    ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) ){
-      cnt = 1;
-      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
-      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z
-    ** might refer to an result-set alias.  This happens, for example, when
-    ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command:
-    **
-    **     SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10;
-    **
-    ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that
-    ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately.
-    ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been
-    ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved.
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 && (pEList = pNC->pEList)!=0 && zTab==0 ){
-      for(j=0; j<pEList->nExpr; j++){
-        char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName;
-        if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-          Expr *pOrig;
-          assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
-          assert( pExpr->pSelect==0 );
-          pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr;
-          if( !pNC->allowAgg && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs);
-            sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-            return 2;
-          }
-          resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "");
-          cnt = 1;
-          pMatch = 0;
-          assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 );
-          goto lookupname_end_2;
-        }
-      } 
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next name context.  The loop will exit when either
-    ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts.
-    */
-    if( cnt==0 ){
-      pNC = pNC->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is
-  ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then
-  ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names.  In that
-  ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to
-  ** pExpr.
-  **
-  ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef
-  ** fields are not changed in any context.
-  */
-  if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 && pColumnToken->z[0]=='"' ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-    pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** cnt==0 means there was not match.  cnt>1 means there were two or
-  ** more matches.  Either way, we have an error.
-  */
-  if( cnt!=1 ){
-    const char *zErr;
-    zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name";
-    if( zDb ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol);
-    }else if( zTab ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol);
-    }
-    pTopNC->nErr++;
-  }
-
-  /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record
-  ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask.  Column 0 causes
-  ** bit 0 to be set.  Column 1 sets bit 1.  And so forth.  If the
-  ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask
-  ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask.
-  */
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){
-    int n = pExpr->iColumn;
-    testcase( n==sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1 );
-    if( n>=sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ){
-      n = sizeof(Bitmask)*8-1;
-    }
-    assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable );
-    pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<n;
-  }
-
-lookupname_end:
-  /* Clean up and return
-  */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zDb);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zTab);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pLeft);
-  pExpr->pLeft = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight);
-  pExpr->pRight = 0;
-  pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-lookupname_end_2:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-  if( cnt==1 ){
-    assert( pNC!=0 );
-    sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList);
-    /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to
-    ** the point where the name matched. */
-    for(;;){
-      assert( pTopNC!=0 );
-      pTopNC->nRef++;
-      if( pTopNC==pNC ) break;
-      pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext;
-    }
-    return 0;
-  } else {
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr().
-**
-** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current
-** node in the expression tree.  Return 0 to continue the search down
-** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk.
-**
-** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for
-** function names.  The operator for aggregate functions is changed
-** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-*/
-static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  NameContext *pNC;
-  Parse *pParse;
-
-  pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  assert( pNC!=0 );
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse );
-
-  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved) ) return WRC_Prune;
-  ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Resolved);
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){
-    SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pNC->pSrcList->nSrc; i++){
-      assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursor<pParse->nTab);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
-    */
-    case TK_ID: {
-      lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, &pExpr->token, pNC, pExpr);
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-  
-    /* A table name and column name:     ID.ID
-    ** Or a database, table and column:  ID.ID.ID
-    */
-    case TK_DOT: {
-      Token *pColumn;
-      Token *pTable;
-      Token *pDb;
-      Expr *pRight;
-
-      /* if( pSrcList==0 ) break; */
-      pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-      if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){
-        pDb = 0;
-        pTable = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
-        pColumn = &pRight->token;
-      }else{
-        assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT );
-        pDb = &pExpr->pLeft->token;
-        pTable = &pRight->pLeft->token;
-        pColumn = &pRight->pRight->token;
-      }
-      lookupName(pParse, pDb, pTable, pColumn, pNC, pExpr);
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-
-    /* Resolve function names
-    */
-    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;    /* The argument list */
-      int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;  /* Number of arguments */
-      int no_such_func = 0;       /* True if no such function exists */
-      int wrong_num_args = 0;     /* True if wrong number of arguments */
-      int is_agg = 0;             /* True if is an aggregate function */
-      int auth;                   /* Authorization to use the function */
-      int nId;                    /* Number of characters in function name */
-      const char *zId;            /* The function name. */
-      FuncDef *pDef;              /* Information about the function */
-      int enc = ENC(pParse->db);  /* The database encoding */
-
-      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
-      nId = pExpr->token.n;
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, n, enc, 0);
-      if( pDef==0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, nId, -1, enc, 0);
-        if( pDef==0 ){
-          no_such_func = 1;
-        }else{
-          wrong_num_args = 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      if( pDef ){
-        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
-        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s",
-                                    pDef->zName);
-            pNC->nErr++;
-          }
-          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-          return WRC_Prune;
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-      if( is_agg && !pNC->allowAgg ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-        is_agg = 0;
-      }else if( no_such_func ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }else if( wrong_num_args ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()",
-             nId, zId);
-        pNC->nErr++;
-      }
-      if( is_agg ){
-        pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION;
-        pNC->hasAgg = 1;
-      }
-      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 0;
-      sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList);
-      if( is_agg ) pNC->allowAgg = 1;
-      /* FIX ME:  Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return
-      ** type of the function 
-      */
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-#endif
-    case TK_IN: {
-      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-        int nRef = pNC->nRef;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-        if( pNC->isCheck ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"subqueries prohibited in CHECK constraints");
-        }
-#endif
-        sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->pSelect);
-        assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef );
-        if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){
-          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect);
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      if( pNC->isCheck ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"parameters prohibited in CHECK constraints");
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the
-** a SELECT statement.  pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
-** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds
-** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list.  If it is,
-** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of
-** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry.  If there is
-** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine
-** return 0.
-**
-** pEList has been resolved.  pE has not.
-*/
-static int resolveAsName(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  ExprList *pEList,  /* List of expressions to scan */
-  Expr *pE           /* Expression we are trying to match */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-
-  if( pE->op==TK_ID || (pE->op==TK_STRING && pE->token.z[0]!='\'') ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    char *zCol = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->token);
-    if( zCol==0 ){
-      return -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-        return i+1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the
-** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT.  The expression has not been
-** name resolved.
-**
-** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the
-** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set.  That
-** case is handled by the calling routine.
-**
-** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most
-** SELECT statement.  Return the index i of the matching column,
-** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column.
-** The left-most column is 1.  In other words, the value returned is the
-** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate
-** the column.
-**
-** If there is no match, return 0.  Return -1 if an error occurs.
-*/
-static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context for error messages */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */
-  Expr *pE           /* The specific ORDER BY term */
-){
-  int i;             /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pEList;  /* The columns of the result set */
-  NameContext nc;    /* Name context for resolving pE */
-
-  assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 );
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-
-  /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression
-  */
-  memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc));
-  nc.pParse = pParse;
-  nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-  nc.pEList = pEList;
-  nc.allowAgg = 1;
-  nc.nErr = 0;
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression
-  ** in the result set.  Return an 1-based index of the matching
-  ** result-set entry.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE) ){
-      return i+1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If no match, return 0. */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error.
-*/
-static void resolveOutOfRangeError(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The error context into which to write the error */
-  const char *zType,     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
-  int i,                 /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */
-  int mx                 /* Largest permissible value of i */
-){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-    "%r %s BY term out of range - should be "
-    "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx);
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement.   Modify
-** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1
-** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT.
-**
-** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are
-** unmodified.  ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of
-** 1 through N generate an error.  ORDER BY terms that are expressions
-** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT
-** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right.
-** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into
-** the integer column number.
-**
-** Return the number of errors seen.
-*/
-static int resolveCompoundOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect       /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */
-){
-  int i;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int moreToDo = 1;
-
-  pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy;
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause");
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-    pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0;
-  }
-  pSelect->pNext = 0;
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect;
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  while( pSelect && moreToDo ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    moreToDo = 0;
-    pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      int iCol = -1;
-      Expr *pE, *pDup;
-      if( pItem->done ) continue;
-      pE = pItem->pExpr;
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
-        if( iCol<0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-          resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }else{
-        iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE);
-        if( iCol==0 ){
-          pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE);
-          if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-            assert(pDup);
-            iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup);
-          }
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
-        }
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-      if( iCol>0 ){
-        CollSeq *pColl = pE->pColl;
-        int flags = pE->flags & EP_ExpCollate;
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE);
-        pItem->pExpr = pE = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, 0);
-        if( pE==0 ) return 1;
-        pE->pColl = pColl;
-        pE->flags |= EP_IntValue | flags;
-        pE->iTable = iCol;
-        pItem->iCol = iCol;
-        pItem->done = 1;
-      }else{
-        moreToDo = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pNext;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-    if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any "
-            "column in the result set", i+1);
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of
-** the SELECT statement pSelect.  If any term is reference to a
-** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.iCol field)
-** then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set
-** column.
-**
-** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and
-** return non-zero.  Return zero if no errors are seen.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context.  Leave error messages here */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */
-  const char *zType     /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */
-){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
-  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->iCol ){
-      if( pItem->iCol>pEList->nExpr ){
-        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->iCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType);
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
-** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC.  zType is either
-** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is.
-**
-** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression.
-** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the
-** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression
-** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression.  If
-** the order-by term is an identify that corresponds to the AS-name of
-** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the
-** result-set expression.  Otherwise, the expression is resolved in
-** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If errors occur, then
-** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse.  (OOM errors
-** excepted.)
-*/
-static int resolveOrderGroupBy(
-  NameContext *pNC,     /* The name context of the SELECT statement */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */
-  const char *zType     /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */
-){
-  int i;                         /* Loop counter */
-  int iCol;                      /* Column number */
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;   /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  Parse *pParse;                 /* Parsing context */
-  int nResult;                   /* Number of terms in the result set */
-
-  if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0;
-  nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-  pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr;
-    iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE);
-    if( iCol<0 ){
-      return 1;  /* OOM error */
-    }
-    if( iCol>0 ){
-      /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being
-      ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column.  The subsequent call to
-      ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a
-      ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */
-      pItem->iCol = iCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){
-      /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant.  Again, set the column
-      ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the
-      ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */
-      if( iCol<1 ){
-        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      pItem->iCol = iCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */
-    pItem->iCol = 0;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType);
-}
-
-/*
-** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendents.
-*/
-static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  NameContext *pOuterNC;  /* Context that contains this SELECT */
-  NameContext sNC;        /* Name context of this SELECT */
-  int isCompound;         /* True if p is a compound select */
-  int nCompound;          /* Number of compound terms processed so far */
-  Parse *pParse;          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList;       /* Result set expression list */
-  int i;                  /* Loop counter */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;     /* The GROUP BY clause */
-  Select *pLeftmost;      /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */
-  sqlite3 *db;            /* Database connection */
-  
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have
-  ** already expanded this SELECT.  However, if this is a subquery within
-  ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a
-  ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand().  When that happens, let
-  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT.
-  ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and
-  ** this routine in the correct order.
-  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){
-    sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
-    return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune;
-  }
-
-  isCompound = p->pPrior!=0;
-  nCompound = 0;
-  pLeftmost = p;
-  while( p ){
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 );
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 );
-    p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved;
-
-    /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These
-    ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ||
-        sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pOffset) ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to
-    ** resolve the result-set expression list.
-    */
-    sNC.allowAgg = 1;
-    sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc;
-    sNC.pNext = pOuterNC;
-  
-    /* Resolve names in the result set. */
-    pEList = p->pEList;
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      Expr *pX = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pX) ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-        if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName;
-        sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, &sNC);
-        pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext;
-        if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-    }
-  
-    /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY 
-    ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions.
-    */
-    assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 );
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    if( pGroupBy || sNC.hasAgg ){
-      p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
-    }else{
-      sNC.allowAgg = 0;
-    }
-  
-    /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause.
-    */
-    if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING");
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Add the expression list to the name-context before parsing the
-    ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that
-    ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by
-    ** aliases in the result set.
-    **
-    ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be
-    ** re-evaluated for each reference to it.
-    */
-    sNC.pEList = p->pEList;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ||
-       sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving)
-    ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-
-    /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in
-    ** outer queries 
-    */
-    sNC.pNext = 0;
-    sNC.allowAgg = 1;
-
-    /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements.
-    ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled
-    ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of
-    ** the compound have been resolved.
-    */
-    if( !isCompound && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    }
-  
-    /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause.  At the same time, make sure 
-    ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    
-      if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){
-        return WRC_Abort;
-      }
-      for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i<pGroupBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-        if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in "
-              "the GROUP BY clause");
-          return WRC_Abort;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Advance to the next term of the compound
-    */
-    p = p->pPrior;
-    nCompound++;
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of
-  ** the compound have been resolved.
-  */
-  if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  return WRC_Prune;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to
-** table columns and result-set columns.  At the same time, do error
-** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions
-** are seen.
-**
-** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the 
-** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where
-**
-**      X:   The name of a database.  Ex:  "main" or "temp" or
-**           the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database.
-**
-**      Y:   The name of a table in a FROM clause.  Or in a trigger
-**           one of the special names "old" or "new".
-**
-**      Z:   The name of a column in table Y.
-**
-** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows:
-**
-**    Expr.op        Changed to TK_COLUMN
-**    Expr.pTab      Points to the Table object for X.Y
-**    Expr.iColumn   The column index in X.Y.  -1 for the rowid.
-**    Expr.iTable    The VDBE cursor number for X.Y
-**
-**
-** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the
-** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand
-** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT.  The Z expression
-** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression.
-** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression
-** tree.  For example, in:
-**
-**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x;
-**
-** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render:
-**
-**      SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b;
-**
-** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is 
-** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified.
-** If the function is an aggregate function, then the pNC->hasAgg is
-** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION.
-** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg
-** property on the expression is set.
-**
-** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss.  The number
-** if errors is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( 
-  NameContext *pNC,       /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */
-  Expr *pExpr             /* The expression to be analyzed. */
-){
-  int savedHasAgg;
-  Walker w;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return 0;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  {
-    Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-    if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, pExpr->nHeight+pNC->pParse->nHeight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight;
-  }
-#endif
-  savedHasAgg = pNC->hasAgg;
-  pNC->hasAgg = 0;
-  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
-  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
-  w.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  w.u.pNC = pNC;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-  pNC->pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight;
-#endif
-  if( pNC->nErr>0 ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-  }
-  if( pNC->hasAgg ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg);
-  }else if( savedHasAgg ){
-    pNC->hasAgg = 1;
-  }
-  return ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Error);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all
-** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior,
-** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause
-** terms.
-**
-** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of
-** transformations that occur.
-**
-** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using
-** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */
-){
-  Walker w;
-
-  assert( p!=0 );
-  w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep;
-  w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  w.u.pNC = pOuterNC;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p);
-}
-
-/************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and
-** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: expr.c,v 1.394 2008/09/17 00:13:12 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any.
-**
-** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias,
-** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the 
-** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned,
-** indicating no affinity for the expression.
-**
-** i.e. the WHERE clause expresssions in the following statements all
-** have an affinity:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(a);
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a;
-** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b;
-** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1);
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  int op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_SELECT ){
-    return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-  if( op==TK_CAST ){
-    return sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( (op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && pExpr->pTab!=0 ){
-    /* op==TK_REGISTER && pExpr->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
-    ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
-    int j = pExpr->iColumn;
-    if( j<0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-    assert( pExpr->pTab && j<pExpr->pTab->nCol );
-    return pExpr->pTab->aCol[j].affinity;
-  }
-  return pExpr->affinity;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating
-** sequence named by pToken.   Return a pointer to the revised expression.
-** The collating sequence is marked as "explicit" using the EP_ExpCollate
-** flag.  An explicit collating sequence will override implicit
-** collating sequences.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSetColl(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Token *pCollName){
-  char *zColl = 0;            /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pCollName);
-  if( pExpr && zColl ){
-    pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
-    if( pColl ){
-      pExpr->pColl = pColl;
-      pExpr->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  return pExpr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the default collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If
-** there is no default collation type, return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-  Expr *p = pExpr;
-  while( p ){
-    int op;
-    pColl = p->pColl;
-    if( pColl ) break;
-    op = p->op;
-    if( (op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER) && p->pTab!=0 ){
-      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
-      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
-      const char *zColl;
-      int j = p->iColumn;
-      if( j>=0 ){
-        sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-        zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0);
-        pExpr->pColl = pColl;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    if( op!=TK_CAST && op!=TK_UPLUS ){
-      break;
-    }
-    p = p->pLeft;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
-    pColl = 0;
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator.  aff2 is the
-** type affinity of the other operand.  This routine returns the
-** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){
-  char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr);
-  if( aff1 && aff2 ){
-    /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric
-    ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity.
-    */
-    if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-    }else{
-      return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-    }
-  }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){
-    /* Neither side of the comparison is a column.  Compare the
-    ** results directly.
-    */
-    return SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  }else{
-    /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */
-    assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 );
-    return (aff1 + aff2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison operator.  Return the type affinity that should
-** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison.
-*/
-static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){
-  char aff;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE ||
-          pExpr->op==TK_NE );
-  assert( pExpr->pLeft );
-  aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->pRight ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff);
-  }
-  else if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-    aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff);
-  }
-  else if( !aff ){
-    aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  }
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc.
-** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true
-** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement
-** the comparison in pExpr.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){
-  char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-  switch( aff ){
-    case SQLITE_AFF_NONE:
-      return 1;
-    case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT:
-      return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    default:
-      return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison
-** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2.
-*/
-static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){
-  u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2);
-  aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | jumpIfNull;
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by
-** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight.
-**
-** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is
-** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression
-** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating
-** type.
-**
-** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case,
-** it is not considered.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Expr *pLeft, 
-  Expr *pRight
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  assert( pLeft );
-  if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-    assert( pLeft->pColl );
-    pColl = pLeft->pColl;
-  }else if( pRight && pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-    assert( pRight->pColl );
-    pColl = pRight->pColl;
-  }else{
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight);
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the operands for a comparison operation.  Before
-** generating the code for each operand, set the EP_AnyAff
-** flag on the expression so that it will be able to used a
-** cached column value that has previously undergone an
-** affinity change.
-*/
-static void codeCompareOperands(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
-  int *pRegLeft,    /* Register where left operand is stored */
-  int *pFreeLeft,   /* Free this register when done */
-  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
-  int *pRegRight,   /* Register where right operand is stored */
-  int *pFreeRight   /* Write temp register for right operand there */
-){
-  while( pLeft->op==TK_UPLUS ) pLeft = pLeft->pLeft;
-  pLeft->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
-  *pRegLeft = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, pFreeLeft);
-  while( pRight->op==TK_UPLUS ) pRight = pRight->pLeft;
-  pRight->flags |= EP_AnyAff;
-  *pRegRight = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, pFreeRight);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a comparison operator.
-*/
-static int codeCompare(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* The parsing (and code generating) context */
-  Expr *pLeft,      /* The left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,     /* The right operand */
-  int opcode,       /* The comparison opcode */
-  int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */
-  int dest,         /* Jump here if true.  */
-  int jumpIfNull    /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */
-){
-  int p5;
-  int addr;
-  CollSeq *p4;
-
-  p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight);
-  p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull);
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1,
-                           (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, p5);
-  if( (p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK)!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE ){
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in1, 1);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, in2, 1);
-  }
-  return addr;
-}
-
-#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
-/*
-** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum
-** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in
-** pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH];
-  if( nHeight>mxHeight ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight
-    );
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList()
-** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height
-** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the
-** first argument.
-**
-** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed
-** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that
-** value.
-*/
-static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){
-      *pnHeight = p->nHeight;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++){
-      heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void heightOfSelect(Select *p, int *pnHeight){
-  if( p ){
-    heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExpr(p->pOffset, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight);
-    heightOfSelect(p->pPrior, pnHeight);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
-** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
-** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
-** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
-** referenced Expr plus one.
-*/
-static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
-  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
-  heightOfExprList(p->pList, &nHeight);
-  heightOfSelect(p->pSelect, &nHeight);
-  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
-** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
-** leave an error in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
-  exprSetHeight(p);
-  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
-** by the select statement passed as an argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
-  int nHeight = 0;
-  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
-  return nHeight;
-}
-#else
-  #define exprSetHeight(y)
-#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
-** for this node is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().  The calling function
-** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
-  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
-){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr));
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    /* When malloc fails, delete pLeft and pRight. Expressions passed to 
-    ** this function must always be allocated with sqlite3Expr() for this 
-    ** reason. 
-    */
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pNew->op = op;
-  pNew->pLeft = pLeft;
-  pNew->pRight = pRight;
-  pNew->iAgg = -1;
-  pNew->span.z = (u8*)"";
-  if( pToken ){
-    assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
-    pNew->span = pNew->token = *pToken;
-  }else if( pLeft ){
-    if( pRight ){
-      if( pRight->span.dyn==0 && pLeft->span.dyn==0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprSpan(pNew, &pLeft->span, &pRight->span);
-      }
-      if( pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-        pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-        pNew->pColl = pRight->pColl;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-      pNew->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-      pNew->pColl = pLeft->pColl;
-    }
-  }
-
-  exprSetHeight(pNew);
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Works like sqlite3Expr() except that it takes an extra Parse*
-** argument and notifies the associated connection object if malloc fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int op,                 /* Expression opcode */
-  Expr *pLeft,            /* Left operand */
-  Expr *pRight,           /* Right operand */
-  const Token *pToken     /* Argument token */
-){
-  Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, op, pLeft, pRight, pToken);
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** When doing a nested parse, you can include terms in an expression
-** that look like this:   #1 #2 ...  These terms refer to registers
-** in the virtual machine.  #N is the N-th register.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser to deal with on of those terms.
-** It immediately generates code to store the value in a memory location.
-** The returns an expression that will code to extract the value from
-** that memory location as needed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3RegisterExpr(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  Expr *p;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", pToken);
-    return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NULL, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( v==0 ) return 0;
-  p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0, pToken);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    return 0;  /* Malloc failed */
-  }
-  p->iTable = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Join two expressions using an AND operator.  If either expression is
-** NULL, then just return the other expression.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){
-  if( pLeft==0 ){
-    return pRight;
-  }else if( pRight==0 ){
-    return pLeft;
-  }else{
-    return sqlite3Expr(db, TK_AND, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the Expr.span field of the given expression to span all
-** text between the two given tokens.  Both tokens must be pointing
-** at the same string.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSpan(Expr *pExpr, Token *pLeft, Token *pRight){
-  assert( pRight!=0 );
-  assert( pLeft!=0 );
-  if( pExpr ){
-    pExpr->span.z = pLeft->z;
-    pExpr->span.n = pRight->n + (pRight->z - pLeft->z);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple
-** arguments.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( pToken );
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Expr) );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid leaking memory when malloc fails */
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pNew->op = TK_FUNCTION;
-  pNew->pList = pList;
-  assert( pToken->dyn==0 );
-  pNew->token = *pToken;
-  pNew->span = pNew->token;
-
-  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
-** in the original SQL statement.  
-**
-** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential
-** variable number.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn".  We make
-** sure "nnn" is not too be to avoid a denial of service attack when
-** the SQL statement comes from an external source.
-**
-** Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa" are assigned the same number
-** as the previous instance of the same wildcard.  Or if this is the first
-** instance of the wildcard, the next sequenial variable number is
-** assigned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  Token *pToken;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  pToken = &pExpr->token;
-  assert( pToken->n>=1 );
-  assert( pToken->z!=0 );
-  assert( pToken->z[0]!=0 );
-  if( pToken->n==1 ){
-    /* Wildcard of the form "?".  Assign the next variable number */
-    pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
-  }else if( pToken->z[0]=='?' ){
-    /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn".  Convert "nnn" to an integer and
-    ** use it as the variable number */
-    int i;
-    pExpr->iTable = i = atoi((char*)&pToken->z[1]);
-    testcase( i==0 );
-    testcase( i==1 );
-    testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 );
-    testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] );
-    if( i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d",
-          db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]);
-    }
-    if( i>pParse->nVar ){
-      pParse->nVar = i;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Wildcards of the form ":aaa" or "$aaa".  Reuse the same variable
-    ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name
-    ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number
-    */
-    int i, n;
-    n = pToken->n;
-    for(i=0; i<pParse->nVarExpr; i++){
-      Expr *pE;
-      if( (pE = pParse->apVarExpr[i])!=0
-          && pE->token.n==n
-          && memcmp(pE->token.z, pToken->z, n)==0 ){
-        pExpr->iTable = pE->iTable;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( i>=pParse->nVarExpr ){
-      pExpr->iTable = ++pParse->nVar;
-      if( pParse->nVarExpr>=pParse->nVarExprAlloc-1 ){
-        pParse->nVarExprAlloc += pParse->nVarExprAlloc + 10;
-        pParse->apVarExpr =
-            sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(
-              db,
-              pParse->apVarExpr,
-              pParse->nVarExprAlloc*sizeof(pParse->apVarExpr[0])
-            );
-      }
-      if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-        assert( pParse->apVarExpr!=0 );
-        pParse->apVarExpr[pParse->nVarExpr++] = pExpr;
-      }
-    }
-  } 
-  if( !pParse->nErr && pParse->nVar>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables");
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Recursively delete an expression tree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  if( p->span.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->span.z);
-  if( p->token.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)p->token.z);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLeft);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pRight);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pList);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pSelect);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** The Expr.token field might be a string literal that is quoted.
-** If so, remove the quotation marks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DequoteExpr(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  if( ExprHasAnyProperty(p, EP_Dequoted) ){
-    return;
-  }
-  ExprSetProperty(p, EP_Dequoted);
-  if( p->token.dyn==0 ){
-    sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &p->token, &p->token);
-  }
-  sqlite3Dequote((char*)p->token.z);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions,
-** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements.  The copies can
-** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines)
-** without effecting the originals.
-**
-** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(),
-** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded 
-** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines.
-**
-** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){
-  Expr *pNew;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  memcpy(pNew, p, sizeof(*pNew));
-  if( p->token.z!=0 ){
-    pNew->token.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->token.z, p->token.n);
-    pNew->token.dyn = 1;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew->token.z==0 );
-  }
-  pNew->span.z = 0;
-  pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft);
-  pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight);
-  pNew->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pList);
-  pNew->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect);
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenCopy(sqlite3 *db, Token *pTo, Token *pFrom){
-  if( pTo->dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pTo->z);
-  if( pFrom->z ){
-    pTo->n = pFrom->n;
-    pTo->z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pFrom->z, pFrom->n);
-    pTo->dyn = 1;
-  }else{
-    pTo->z = 0;
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p){
-  ExprList *pNew;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->iECursor = 0;
-  pNew->nExpr = pNew->nAlloc = p->nExpr;
-  pNew->a = pItem = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db,  p->nExpr*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pItem==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    return 0;
-  } 
-  pOldItem = p->a;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){
-    Expr *pNewExpr, *pOldExpr;
-    pItem->pExpr = pNewExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr);
-    if( pOldExpr->span.z!=0 && pNewExpr ){
-      /* Always make a copy of the span for top-level expressions in the
-      ** expression list.  The logic in SELECT processing that determines
-      ** the names of columns in the result set needs this information */
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pNewExpr->span, &pOldExpr->span);
-    }
-    assert( pNewExpr==0 || pNewExpr->span.z!=0 
-            || pOldExpr->span.z==0
-            || db->mallocFailed );
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder;
-    pItem->done = 0;
-    pItem->iCol = pOldItem->iCol;
-    pItem->iAlias = pOldItem->iAlias;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from
-** the build, then none of the following routines, except for 
-** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes
-** called with a NULL argument.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \
- || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p){
-  SrcList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  int nByte;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0);
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nByte );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    Table *pTab;
-    pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase);
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias);
-    pNewItem->jointype = pOldItem->jointype;
-    pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor;
-    pNewItem->isPopulated = pOldItem->isPopulated;
-    pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
-    }
-    pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect);
-    pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn);
-    pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing);
-    pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){
-  IdList *pNew;
-  int i;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->nId = pNew->nAlloc = p->nId;
-  pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) );
-  if( pNew->a==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<p->nId; i++){
-    struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i];
-    struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i];
-    pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName);
-    pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  Select *pNew;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*p) );
-  if( pNew==0 ) return 0;
-  pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList);
-  pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc);
-  pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere);
-  pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy);
-  pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving);
-  pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy);
-  pNew->op = p->op;
-  pNew->pPrior = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pPrior);
-  pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit);
-  pNew->pOffset = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pOffset);
-  pNew->iLimit = 0;
-  pNew->iOffset = 0;
-  pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral;
-  pNew->pRightmost = 0;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
-  return pNew;
-}
-#else
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  assert( p==0 );
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the end of an expression list.  If pList is
-** initially NULL, then create a new expression list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,        /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */
-  Expr *pExpr,            /* Expression to be appended */
-  Token *pName            /* AS keyword for the expression */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(ExprList) );
-    if( pList==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    assert( pList->nAlloc==0 );
-  }
-  if( pList->nAlloc<=pList->nExpr ){
-    struct ExprList_item *a;
-    int n = pList->nAlloc*2 + 4;
-    a = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList->a, n*sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-    if( a==0 ){
-      goto no_mem;
-    }
-    pList->a = a;
-    pList->nAlloc = n;
-  }
-  assert( pList->a!=0 );
-  if( pExpr || pName ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++];
-    memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(*pItem));
-    pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-    pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-    pItem->iAlias = 0;
-  }
-  return pList;
-
-no_mem:     
-  /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements,
-** leave an error message in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  ExprList *pEList,
-  const char *zObject
-){
-  int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN];
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx );
-  testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 );
-  if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire expression list.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  assert( pList->a!=0 || (pList->nExpr==0 && pList->nAlloc==0) );
-  assert( pList->nExpr<=pList->nAlloc );
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** These routines are Walker callbacks.  Walker.u.pi is a pointer
-** to an integer.  These routines are checking an expression to see
-** if it is a constant.  Set *Walker.u.pi to 0 if the expression is
-** not constant.
-**
-** These callback routines are used to implement the following:
-**
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstant()
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin()
-**     sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction()
-**
-*/
-static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-
-  /* If pWalker->u.i is 3 then any term of the expression that comes from
-  ** the ON or USING clauses of a join disqualifies the expression
-  ** from being considered constant. */
-  if( pWalker->u.i==3 && ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    pWalker->u.i = 0;
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
-    ** and pWalker->u.i==2 */
-    case TK_FUNCTION:
-      if( pWalker->u.i==2 ) return 0;
-      /* Fall through */
-    case TK_ID:
-    case TK_COLUMN:
-    case TK_DOT:
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT:
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS );
-#endif
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_DOT );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      pWalker->u.i = 0;
-      return WRC_Abort;
-    default:
-      return WRC_Continue;
-  }
-}
-static int selectNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
-  pWalker->u.i = 0;
-  return WRC_Abort;
-}
-static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag){
-  Walker w;
-  w.u.i = initFlag;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant;
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectNodeIsConstant;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p);
-  return w.u.i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** that does no originate from the ON or USING clauses of a join.
-** Return 0 if it involves variables or function calls or terms from
-** an ON or USING clause.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 3);
-}
-
-/*
-** Walk an expression tree.  Return 1 if the expression is constant
-** or a function call with constant arguments.  Return and 0 if there
-** are any variables.
-**
-** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc")
-** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is
-** a constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p){
-  return exprIsConst(p, 2);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough
-** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer
-** in *pValue.  If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big
-** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){
-  int rc = 0;
-  if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-    *pValue = p->iTable;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      rc = sqlite3GetInt32((char*)p->token.z, pValue);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      int v;
-      if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){
-        *pValue = -v;
-        rc = 1;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: break;
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    p->op = TK_INTEGER;
-    p->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-    p->iTable = *pValue;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1;
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  int sqlite3_enable_in_opt = 1;
-#else
-  #define sqlite3_enable_in_opt 1
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return true if the IN operator optimization is enabled and
-** the SELECT statement p exists and is of the
-** simple form:
-**
-**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
-**
-** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table
-** or index instead of generating an epheremal table.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-static int isCandidateForInOpt(Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  Table *pTab;
-  if( !sqlite3_enable_in_opt ) return 0; /* IN optimization must be enabled */
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;                   /* right-hand side of IN is SELECT */
-  if( p->pPrior ) return 0;              /* Not a compound SELECT */
-  if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){
-      return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */
-  }
-  if( p->pGroupBy ) return 0;            /* Has no GROUP BY clause */
-  if( p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Has no LIMIT clause */
-  if( p->pOffset ) return 0;
-  if( p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Has no WHERE clause */
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  if( pSrc==0 ) return 0;                /* A single table in the FROM clause */
-  if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0;
-  if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0;     /* FROM clause is not a subquery */
-  pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-  if( pTab==0 ) return 0;
-  if( pTab->pSelect ) return 0;          /* FROM clause is not a view */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;        /* FROM clause not a virtual table */
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;       /* One column in the result set */
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; /* Result is a column */
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator.
-** It's job is to find or create a b-tree structure that may be used
-** either to test for membership of the (...) set or to iterate through
-** its members, skipping duplicates.
-**
-** The cursor opened on the structure (database table, database index 
-** or ephermal table) is stored in pX->iTable before this function returns.
-** The returned value indicates the structure type, as follows:
-**
-**   IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table.
-**   IN_INDEX_INDEX - The cursor was opened on a database index.
-**   IN_INDEX_EPH -   The cursor was opened on a specially created and
-**                    populated epheremal table.
-**
-** An existing structure may only be used if the SELECT is of the simple
-** form:
-**
-**     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
-**
-** If prNotFound parameter is 0, then the structure will be used to iterate
-** through the set members, skipping any duplicates. In this case an
-** epheremal table must be used unless the selected <column> is guaranteed
-** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or it
-** is unique by virtue of a constraint or implicit index.
-**
-** If the prNotFound parameter is not 0, then the structure will be used 
-** for fast set membership tests. In this case an epheremal table must 
-** be used unless <column> is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or an index can 
-** be found with <column> as its left-most column.
-**
-** When the structure is being used for set membership tests, the user
-** needs to know whether or not the structure contains an SQL NULL 
-** value in order to correctly evaluate expressions like "X IN (Y, Z)".
-** If there is a chance that the structure may contain a NULL value at
-** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written
-** to *prNotFound. If there is no chance that the structure contains a
-** NULL value, then *prNotFound is left unchanged.
-**
-** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prNotFound, then
-** its initial value is NULL. If the structure does not remain constant
-** for the duration of the query (i.e. the set is a correlated sub-select), 
-** the value of the allocated register is reset to NULL each time the 
-** structure is repopulated. This allows the caller to use vdbe code 
-** equivalent to the following:
-**
-**   if( register==NULL ){
-**     has_null = <test if data structure contains null>
-**     register = 1
-**   }
-**
-** in order to avoid running the <test if data structure contains null>
-** test more often than is necessary.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *pParse, Expr *pX, int *prNotFound){
-  Select *p;
-  int eType = 0;
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;
-  int mustBeUnique = !prNotFound;
-
-  /* The follwing if(...) expression is true if the SELECT is of the 
-  ** simple form:
-  **
-  **     SELECT <column> FROM <table>
-  **
-  ** If this is the case, it may be possible to use an existing table
-  ** or index instead of generating an epheremal table.
-  */
-  p = pX->pSelect;
-  if( isCandidateForInOpt(p) ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Expr *pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-    int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
-    /* This function is only called from two places. In both cases the vdbe
-    ** has already been allocated. So assume sqlite3GetVdbe() is always
-    ** successful here.
-    */
-    assert(v);
-    if( iCol<0 ){
-      int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-      int iAddr;
-      Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-
-      iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
-
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID;
-
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-    }else{
-      /* The collation sequence used by the comparison. If an index is to 
-      ** be used in place of a temp-table, it must be ordered according
-      ** to this collation sequence.
-      */
-      CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pExpr);
-
-      /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform the 
-      ** comparison is the same as the affinity of the column. If
-      ** it is not, it is not possible to use any index.
-      */
-      Table *pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab;
-      char aff = comparisonAffinity(pX);
-      int affinity_ok = (pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity==aff||aff==SQLITE_AFF_NONE);
-
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0 && affinity_ok; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( (pIdx->aiColumn[0]==iCol)
-         && (pReq==sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), pIdx->azColl[0], -1, 0))
-         && (!mustBeUnique || (pIdx->nColumn==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None))
-        ){
-          int iDb;
-          int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-          int iAddr;
-          char *pKey;
-  
-          pKey = (char *)sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-          iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema);
-          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-
-          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, iMem);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iMem);
-  
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pIdx->nColumn);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-                               pKey,P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-          VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-          eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX;
-
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr);
-          if( prNotFound && !pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ){
-            *prNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( eType==0 ){
-    int rMayHaveNull = 0;
-    if( prNotFound ){
-      *prNotFound = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-    sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull);
-    eType = IN_INDEX_EPH;
-  }else{
-    pX->iTable = iTab;
-  }
-  return eType;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as an expression
-** and IN operators.  Examples:
-**
-**     (SELECT a FROM b)          -- subquery
-**     EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b)   -- EXISTS subquery
-**     x IN (4,5,11)              -- IN operator with list on right-hand side
-**     x IN (SELECT a FROM b)     -- IN operator with subquery on the right
-**
-** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN
-** operator or subquery.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int rMayHaveNull){
-  int testAddr = 0;                       /* One-time test address */
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-
-
-  /* This code must be run in its entirety every time it is encountered
-  ** if any of the following is true:
-  **
-  **    *  The right-hand side is a correlated subquery
-  **    *  The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables
-  **    *  We are inside a trigger
-  **
-  ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once
-  ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations.
-  */
-  if( !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, mem);
-    testAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, mem);
-    assert( testAddr>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  }
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_IN: {
-      char affinity;
-      KeyInfo keyInfo;
-      int addr;        /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
-
-      if( rMayHaveNull ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rMayHaveNull);
-      }
-
-      affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft);
-
-      /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN(<exprlist>)'
-      ** expression it is handled the same way. A virtual table is 
-      ** filled with single-field index keys representing the results
-      ** from the SELECT or the <exprlist>.
-      **
-      ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT...
-      ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that
-      ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the
-      ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used
-      ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither
-      ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity
-      ** is used.
-      */
-      pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, 1);
-      memset(&keyInfo, 0, sizeof(keyInfo));
-      keyInfo.nField = 1;
-
-      if( pExpr->pSelect ){
-        /* Case 1:     expr IN (SELECT ...)
-        **
-        ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary
-        ** table allocated and opened above.
-        */
-        SelectDest dest;
-        ExprList *pEList;
-
-        sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable);
-        dest.affinity = (int)affinity;
-        assert( (pExpr->iTable&0x0000FFFF)==pExpr->iTable );
-        if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pExpr->pSelect, &dest) ){
-          return;
-        }
-        pEList = pExpr->pSelect->pEList;
-        if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>0 ){ 
-          keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,
-              pEList->a[0].pExpr);
-        }
-      }else if( pExpr->pList ){
-        /* Case 2:     expr IN (exprlist)
-        **
-        ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and
-        ** store it in the temporary table. If <expr> is a column, then use
-        ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If <expr> is not
-        ** a column, use numeric affinity.
-        */
-        int i;
-        ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-        struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-        int r1, r2, r3;
-
-        if( !affinity ){
-          affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-        }
-        keyInfo.aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-
-        /* Loop through each expression in <exprlist>. */
-        r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-          Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr;
-
-          /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to
-          ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure
-          ** this code only executes once.  Because for a non-constant
-          ** expression we need to rerun this code each time.
-          */
-          if( testAddr && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){
-            sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, testAddr-1, 2);
-            testAddr = 0;
-          }
-
-          /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */
-          pParse->disableColCache++;
-          r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1);
-          assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-          pParse->disableColCache--;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
-          sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r3, 1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2);
-        }
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)&keyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      /* This has to be a scalar SELECT.  Generate code to put the
-      ** value of this select in a memory cell and record the number
-      ** of the memory cell in iColumn.
-      */
-      static const Token one = { (u8*)"1", 0, 1 };
-      Select *pSel;
-      SelectDest dest;
-
-      pSel = pExpr->pSelect;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, ++pParse->nMem);
-      if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Mem;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result"));
-      }else{
-        dest.eDest = SRT_Exists;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iParm);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result"));
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit);
-      pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, &one);
-      if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){
-        return;
-      }
-      pExpr->iColumn = dest.iParm;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( testAddr ){
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, testAddr-1);
-  }
-
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** Duplicate an 8-byte value
-*/
-static char *dup8bytes(Vdbe *v, const char *in){
-  char *out = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), 8);
-  if( out ){
-    memcpy(out, in, 8);
-  }
-  return out;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point
-** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
-*/
-static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int n, int negateFlag, int iMem){
-  assert( z || v==0 || sqlite3VdbeDb(v)->mallocFailed );
-  if( z ){
-    double value;
-    char *zV;
-    assert( !isdigit(z[n]) );
-    sqlite3AtoF(z, &value);
-    if( sqlite3IsNaN(value) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem);
-    }else{
-      if( negateFlag ) value = -value;
-      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_REAL);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by
-** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem.
-**
-** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated.  But the 
-** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look
-** like the continuation of the number.
-*/
-static void codeInteger(Vdbe *v, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){
-  const char *z;
-  if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){
-    int i = pExpr->iTable;
-    if( negFlag ) i = -i;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
-  }else if( (z = (char*)pExpr->token.z)!=0 ){
-    int i;
-    int n = pExpr->token.n;
-    assert( !isdigit(z[n]) );
-    if( sqlite3GetInt32(z, &i) ){
-      if( negFlag ) i = -i;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem);
-    }else if( sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(z, negFlag) ){
-      i64 value;
-      char *zV;
-      sqlite3Atoi64(z, &value);
-      if( negFlag ) value = -value;
-      zV = dup8bytes(v, (char*)&value);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, zV, P4_INT64);
-    }else{
-      codeReal(v, z, n, negFlag, iMem);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from
-** table pTab and store the column value in a register.  An effort
-** is made to store the column value in register iReg, but this is
-** not guaranteed.  The location of the column value is returned.
-**
-** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine
-** is called.  If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid.
-**
-** This routine might attempt to reuse the value of the column that
-** has already been loaded into a register.  The value will always
-** be used if it has not undergone any affinity changes.  But if
-** an affinity change has occurred, then the cached value will only be
-** used if allowAffChng is true.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Description of the table we are reading from */
-  int iColumn,     /* Index of the table column */
-  int iTable,      /* The cursor pointing to the table */
-  int iReg,        /* Store results here */
-  int allowAffChng /* True if prior affinity changes are OK */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct yColCache *p;
-
-  for(i=0, p=pParse->aColCache; i<pParse->nColCache; i++, p++){
-    if( p->iTable==iTable && p->iColumn==iColumn
-           && (!p->affChange || allowAffChng) ){
-#if 0
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop);
-      VdbeComment((v, "OPT: tab%d.col%d -> r%d", iTable, iColumn, p->iReg));
-#endif
-      return p->iReg;
-    }
-  }  
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  if( iColumn<0 ){
-    int op = (pTab && IsVirtual(pTab)) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, iTable, iReg);
-  }else if( pTab==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-  }else{
-    int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTable, iColumn, iReg);
-    sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iColumn);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    if( pTab->aCol[iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( pParse->disableColCache==0 ){
-    i = pParse->iColCache;
-    p = &pParse->aColCache[i];
-    p->iTable = iTable;
-    p->iColumn = iColumn;
-    p->iReg = iReg;
-    p->affChange = 0;
-    i++;
-    if( i>=ArraySize(pParse->aColCache) ) i = 0;
-    if( i>pParse->nColCache ) pParse->nColCache = i;
-    pParse->iColCache = i;
-  }
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear all column cache entries associated with the vdbe
-** cursor with cursor number iTable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iTable){
-  if( iTable<0 ){
-    pParse->nColCache = 0;
-    pParse->iColCache = 0;
-  }else{
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
-      if( pParse->aColCache[i].iTable==iTable ){
-        testcase( i==pParse->nColCache-1 );
-        pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
-        pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that an affinity change has occurred on iCount
-** registers starting with iStart.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(Parse *pParse, int iStart, int iCount){
-  int iEnd = iStart + iCount - 1;
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
-    int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
-    if( r>=iStart && r<=iEnd ){
-      pParse->aColCache[i].affChange = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
-** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. Keep the column cache up-to-date.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
-  int i;
-  if( iFrom==iTo ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg);
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
-    int x = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
-    if( x>=iFrom && x<iFrom+nReg ){
-      pParse->aColCache[i].iReg += iTo-iFrom;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to copy content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1
-** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){
-  int i;
-  if( iFrom==iTo ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<nReg; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, iFrom+i, iTo+i);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if any register in the range iFrom..iTo (inclusive)
-** is used as part of the column cache.
-*/
-static int usedAsColumnCache(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
-    int r = pParse->aColCache[i].iReg;
-    if( r>=iFrom && r<=iTo ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Theres is a value in register iCurrent.  We ultimately want
-** the value to be in register iTarget.  It might be that
-** iCurrent and iTarget are the same register.
-**
-** We are going to modify the value, so we need to make sure it
-** is not a cached register.  If iCurrent is a cached register,
-** then try to move the value over to iTarget.  If iTarget is a
-** cached register, then clear the corresponding cache line.
-**
-** Return the register that the value ends up in.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(Parse *pParse, int iCurrent, int iTarget){
-  int i;
-  assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 );
-  if( !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, iCurrent, iCurrent) ){
-    return iCurrent;
-  }
-  if( iCurrent!=iTarget ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, iCurrent, iTarget);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nColCache; i++){
-    if( pParse->aColCache[i].iReg==iTarget ){
-      pParse->aColCache[i] = pParse->aColCache[--pParse->nColCache];
-      pParse->iColCache = pParse->nColCache;
-    }
-  }
-  return iTarget;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the last instruction coded is an ephemeral copy of any of
-** the registers in the nReg registers beginning with iReg, then
-** convert the last instruction from OP_SCopy to OP_Copy.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprHardCopy(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  int addr;
-  VdbeOp *pOp;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addr-1);
-  assert( pOp || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_SCopy && pOp->p1>=iReg && pOp->p1<iReg+nReg ){
-    pOp->opcode = OP_Copy;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to store the value of the iAlias-th alias in register
-** target.  The first time this is called, pExpr is evaluated to compute
-** the value of the alias.  The value is stored in an auxiliary register
-** and the number of that register is returned.  On subsequent calls,
-** the register number is returned without generating any code.
-**
-** Note that in order for this to work, code must be generated in the
-** same order that it is executed.
-**
-** Aliases are numbered starting with 1.  So iAlias is in the range
-** of 1 to pParse->nAlias inclusive.  
-**
-** pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] records the register number where the value
-** of the iAlias-th alias is stored.  If zero, that means that the
-** alias has not yet been computed.
-*/
-static int codeAlias(Parse *pParse, int iAlias, Expr *pExpr){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iReg;
-  if( pParse->aAlias==0 ){
-    pParse->aAlias = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
-                                 sizeof(pParse->aAlias[0])*pParse->nAlias );
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-  }
-  assert( iAlias>0 && iAlias<=pParse->nAlias );
-  iReg = pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1];
-  if( iReg==0 ){
-    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, iReg);
-    pParse->aAlias[iAlias-1] = iReg;
-  }
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given
-** expression.  Attempt to store the results in register "target".
-** Return the register where results are stored.
-**
-** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will
-** be stored in target.  The result might be stored in some other
-** register if it is convenient to do so.  The calling function
-** must check the return code and move the results to the desired
-** register.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* The VM under construction */
-  int op;                   /* The opcode being coded */
-  int inReg = target;       /* Results stored in register inReg */
-  int regFree1 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int regFree2 = 0;         /* If non-zero free this temporary register */
-  int r1, r2, r3, r4;       /* Various register numbers */
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( v!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  if( v==0 ) return 0;
-
-  if( pExpr==0 ){
-    op = TK_NULL;
-  }else{
-    op = pExpr->op;
-  }
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN: {
-      AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg];
-      if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){
-        assert( pCol->iMem>0 );
-        inReg = pCol->iMem;
-        break;
-      }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdx,
-                              pCol->iSorterColumn, target);
-        break;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */
-    }
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
-        /* This only happens when coding check constraints */
-        assert( pParse->ckBase>0 );
-        inReg = pExpr->iColumn + pParse->ckBase;
-      }else{
-        testcase( (pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff)!=0 );
-        inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab,
-                                 pExpr->iColumn, pExpr->iTable, target,
-                                 pExpr->flags & EP_AnyAff);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTEGER: {
-      codeInteger(v, pExpr, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_FLOAT: {
-      codeReal(v, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pExpr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v,OP_String8, 0, target, 0,
-                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NULL: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB: {
-      int n;
-      const char *z;
-      char *zBlob;
-      assert( pExpr->token.n>=3 );
-      assert( pExpr->token.z[0]=='x' || pExpr->token.z[0]=='X' );
-      assert( pExpr->token.z[1]=='\'' );
-      assert( pExpr->token.z[pExpr->token.n-1]=='\'' );
-      n = pExpr->token.n - 3;
-      z = (char*)pExpr->token.z + 2;
-      zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iTable, target);
-      if( pExpr->token.n>1 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      inReg = pExpr->iTable;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AS: {
-      inReg = codeAlias(pParse, pExpr->iTable, pExpr->pLeft);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST
-    case TK_CAST: {
-      /* Expressions of the form:   CAST(pLeft AS token) */
-      int aff, to_op;
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      aff = sqlite3AffinityType(&pExpr->token);
-      to_op = aff - SQLITE_AFF_TEXT + OP_ToText;
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToText    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT    );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToBlob    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NONE    );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToNumeric || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToInt     || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER );
-      assert( to_op==OP_ToReal    || aff!=SQLITE_AFF_REAL    );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToText );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToBlob );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToNumeric );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToInt );
-      testcase( to_op==OP_ToReal );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, to_op, inReg);
-      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, inReg, 1);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
-      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
-      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
-      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
-      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
-      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
-      testcase( op==TK_LT );
-      testcase( op==TK_LE );
-      testcase( op==TK_GT );
-      testcase( op==TK_GE );
-      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
-      testcase( op==TK_NE );
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, &regFree1,
-                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AND:
-    case TK_OR:
-    case TK_PLUS:
-    case TK_STAR:
-    case TK_MINUS:
-    case TK_REM:
-    case TK_BITAND:
-    case TK_BITOR:
-    case TK_SLASH:
-    case TK_LSHIFT:
-    case TK_RSHIFT: 
-    case TK_CONCAT: {
-      assert( TK_AND==OP_And );
-      assert( TK_OR==OP_Or );
-      assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add );
-      assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract );
-      assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder );
-      assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd );
-      assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr );
-      assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide );
-      assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft );
-      assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight );
-      assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat );
-      testcase( op==TK_AND );
-      testcase( op==TK_OR );
-      testcase( op==TK_PLUS );
-      testcase( op==TK_MINUS );
-      testcase( op==TK_REM );
-      testcase( op==TK_BITAND );
-      testcase( op==TK_BITOR );
-      testcase( op==TK_SLASH );
-      testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT );
-      testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT );
-      testcase( op==TK_CONCAT );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, &regFree2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      assert( pLeft );
-      if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
-        if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){
-          codeReal(v, (char*)pLeft->token.z, pLeft->token.n, 1, target);
-        }else{
-          codeInteger(v, pLeft, 1, target);
-        }
-      }else{
-        regFree1 = r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, r1);
-        r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target);
-        testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      }
-      inReg = target;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BITNOT:
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot );
-      assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not );
-      testcase( op==TK_BITNOT );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOT );
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      testcase( inReg==target );
-      testcase( usedAsColumnCache(pParse, inReg, inReg) );
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, inReg, target);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, inReg);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      int addr;
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, -1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo;
-      if( pInfo==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %T",
-            &pExpr->span);
-      }else{
-        inReg = pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem;
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_CONST_FUNC:
-    case TK_FUNCTION: {
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-      int nExpr = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
-      FuncDef *pDef;
-      int nId;
-      const char *zId;
-      int constMask = 0;
-      int i;
-      u8 enc = ENC(db);
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-
-      testcase( op==TK_CONST_FUNC );
-      testcase( op==TK_FUNCTION );
-      zId = (char*)pExpr->token.z;
-      nId = pExpr->token.n;
-      pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nId, nExpr, enc, 0);
-      assert( pDef!=0 );
-      if( pList ){
-        nExpr = pList->nExpr;
-        r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, r1, 1);
-      }else{
-        nExpr = r1 = 0;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is
-      ** a virtual table column.
-      **
-      ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the
-      ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to
-      ** see if it is a column in a virtual table.  This is done because
-      ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to
-      ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the
-      ** function.  The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to 
-      ** "glob(B,A).  We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test
-      ** for function overloading.  But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)".
-      */
-      if( nExpr>=2 && (pExpr->flags & EP_InfixFunc) ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[1].pExpr);
-      }else if( nExpr>0 ){
-        pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nExpr, pList->a[0].pExpr);
-      }
-#endif
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr && i<32; i++){
-        if( sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
-          constMask |= (1<<i);
-        }
-        if( pDef->needCollSeq && !pColl ){
-          pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-        }
-      }
-      if( pDef->needCollSeq ){
-        if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; 
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function, constMask, r1, target,
-                        (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nExpr);
-      if( nExpr ){
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, r1, nExpr);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_EXISTS:
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      testcase( op==TK_EXISTS );
-      testcase( op==TK_SELECT );
-      if( pExpr->iColumn==0 ){
-        sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0);
-      }
-      inReg = pExpr->iColumn;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_IN: {
-      int rNotFound = 0;
-      int rMayHaveNull = 0;
-      int j2, j3, j4, j5;
-      char affinity;
-      int eType;
-
-      VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr r%d", target));
-      eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, &rMayHaveNull);
-      if( rMayHaveNull ){
-        rNotFound = ++pParse->nMem;
-      }
-
-      /* Figure out the affinity to use to create a key from the results
-      ** of the expression. affinityStr stores a static string suitable for
-      ** P4 of OP_MakeRecord.
-      */
-      affinity = comparisonAffinity(pExpr);
-
-
-      /* Code the <expr> from "<expr> IN (...)". The temporary table
-      ** pExpr->iTable contains the values that make up the (...) set.
-      */
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, target);
-      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-        j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, target);
-        j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, pExpr->iTable, 0, target);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
-      }else{
-        r2 = regFree2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-
-        /* Create a record and test for set membership. If the set contains
-        ** the value, then jump to the end of the test code. The target
-        ** register still contains the true (1) value written to it earlier.
-        */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, target, 1, r2, &affinity, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target);
-        j5 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, r2);
-
-        /* If the set membership test fails, then the result of the 
-        ** "x IN (...)" expression must be either 0 or NULL. If the set
-        ** contains no NULL values, then the result is 0. If the set 
-        ** contains one or more NULL values, then the result of the
-        ** expression is also NULL.
-        */
-        if( rNotFound==0 ){
-          /* This branch runs if it is known at compile time (now) that 
-          ** the set contains no NULL values. This happens as the result
-          ** of a "NOT NULL" constraint in the database schema. No need
-          ** to test the data structure at runtime in this case.
-          */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target);
-        }else{
-          /* This block populates the rNotFound register with either NULL
-          ** or 0 (an integer value). If the data structure contains one
-          ** or more NULLs, then set rNotFound to NULL. Otherwise, set it
-          ** to 0. If register rMayHaveNull is already set to some value
-          ** other than NULL, then the test has already been run and 
-          ** rNotFound is already populated.
-          */
-          static const char nullRecord[] = { 0x02, 0x00 };
-          j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, rMayHaveNull);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, rNotFound);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 2, rMayHaveNull, 0, 
-                             nullRecord, P4_STATIC);
-          j4 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rMayHaveNull);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, rNotFound);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j4);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-
-          /* Copy the value of register rNotFound (which is either NULL or 0)
-	  ** into the target register. This will be the result of the
-          ** expression.
-          */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, rNotFound, target);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j5);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr r%d", target));
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    /*
-    **    x BETWEEN y AND z
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to
-    **
-    **    x>=y AND x<=z
-    **
-    ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr.
-    ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr.
-    */
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-      struct ExprList_item *pLItem = pExpr->pList->a;
-      Expr *pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pLeft, &r1, &regFree1,
-                                  pRight, &r2, &regFree2);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      r3 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      r4 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Ge,
-                  r1, r2, r3, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      pLItem++;
-      pRight = pLItem->pExpr;
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-      r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pRight, &regFree2);
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pRight, OP_Le, r1, r2, r4, SQLITE_STOREP2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_And, r3, r4, target);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r4);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_UPLUS: {
-      inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Form A:
-    **   CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form B:
-    **   CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows:
-    **   CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ...
-    **        WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END
-    **
-    ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft.
-    ** Y is in pExpr->pRight.  The Y is also optional.  If there is no
-    ** ELSE clause and no other term matches, then the result of the
-    ** exprssion is NULL.
-    ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1].
-    **
-    ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei,
-    ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is
-    ** no ELSE term, NULL.
-    */
-    case TK_CASE: {
-      int endLabel;                     /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */
-      int nextCase;                     /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */
-      int nExpr;                        /* 2x number of WHEN terms */
-      int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-      ExprList *pEList;                 /* List of WHEN terms */
-      struct ExprList_item *aListelem;  /* Array of WHEN terms */
-      Expr opCompare;                   /* The X==Ei expression */
-      Expr cacheX;                      /* Cached expression X */
-      Expr *pX;                         /* The X expression */
-      Expr *pTest;                      /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */
-
-      assert(pExpr->pList);
-      assert((pExpr->pList->nExpr % 2) == 0);
-      assert(pExpr->pList->nExpr > 0);
-      pEList = pExpr->pList;
-      aListelem = pEList->a;
-      nExpr = pEList->nExpr;
-      endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){
-        cacheX = *pX;
-        testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN || pX->op==TK_REGISTER );
-        cacheX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX, &regFree1);
-        testcase( regFree1==0 );
-        cacheX.op = TK_REGISTER;
-        opCompare.op = TK_EQ;
-        opCompare.pLeft = &cacheX;
-        pTest = &opCompare;
-      }
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i=i+2){
-        if( pX ){
-          opCompare.pRight = aListelem[i].pExpr;
-        }else{
-          pTest = aListelem[i].pExpr;
-        }
-        nextCase = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        testcase( pTest->op==TK_COLUMN || pTest->op==TK_REGISTER );
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-        testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER );
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endLabel);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase);
-      }
-      if( pExpr->pRight ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr->pRight, target);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    case TK_RAISE: {
-      if( !pParse->trigStack ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-                       "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program");
-        return 0;
-      }
-      if( pExpr->iColumn!=OE_Ignore ){
-         assert( pExpr->iColumn==OE_Rollback ||
-                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Abort ||
-                 pExpr->iColumn == OE_Fail );
-         sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pExpr);
-         sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, pExpr->iColumn, 0,
-                        (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n);
-      } else {
-         assert( pExpr->iColumn == OE_Ignore );
-         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
-         sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->trigStack->ignoreJump);
-         VdbeComment((v, "raise(IGNORE)"));
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-  return inReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results
-** into a register.  Return the register number where the results
-** are stored.
-**
-** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated,
-** then write its number into *pReg.  If the result register is not
-** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  int r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
-  if( r2==r1 ){
-    *pReg = r1;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    *pReg = 0;
-  }
-  return r2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the
-** results in register target.  The results are guaranteed to appear
-** in register target.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  int inReg;
-
-  assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem );
-  inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  assert( pParse->pVdbe || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target);
-  }
-  return target;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that evalutes the given expression and puts the result
-** in register target.
-**
-** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register
-** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated,
-** the result is a copy of the cache register.
-**
-** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple 
-** times.  They are evaluated once and the results of the expression
-** are reused.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int inReg;
-  inReg = sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target);
-  assert( target>0 );
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ){  
-    int iMem;
-    iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, inReg, iMem);
-    pExpr->iTable = iMem;
-    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
-  }
-  return inReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if pExpr is an constant expression that is appropriate
-** for factoring out of a loop.  Appropriate expressions are:
-**
-**    *  Any expression that evaluates to two or more opcodes.
-**
-**    *  Any OP_Integer, OP_Real, OP_String, OP_Blob, OP_Null, 
-**       or OP_Variable that does not need to be placed in a 
-**       specific register.
-**
-** There is no point in factoring out single-instruction constant
-** expressions that need to be placed in a particular register.  
-** We could factor them out, but then we would end up adding an
-** OP_SCopy instruction to move the value into the correct register
-** later.  We might as well just use the original instruction and
-** avoid the OP_SCopy.
-*/
-static int isAppropriateForFactoring(Expr *p){
-  if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(p) ){
-    return 0;  /* Only constant expressions are appropriate for factoring */
-  }
-  if( (p->flags & EP_FixedDest)==0 ){
-    return 1;  /* Any constant without a fixed destination is appropriate */
-  }
-  while( p->op==TK_UPLUS ) p = p->pLeft;
-  switch( p->op ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case TK_BLOB:
-#endif
-    case TK_VARIABLE:
-    case TK_INTEGER:
-    case TK_FLOAT:
-    case TK_NULL:
-    case TK_STRING: {
-      testcase( p->op==TK_BLOB );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_VARIABLE );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_INTEGER );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_FLOAT );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_NULL );
-      testcase( p->op==TK_STRING );
-      /* Single-instruction constants with a fixed destination are
-      ** better done in-line.  If we factor them, they will just end
-      ** up generating an OP_SCopy to move the value to the destination
-      ** register. */
-      return 0;
-    }
-    case TK_UMINUS: {
-       if( p->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT || p->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){
-         return 0;
-       }
-       break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** If pExpr is a constant expression that is appropriate for
-** factoring out of a loop, then evaluate the expression
-** into a register and convert the expression into a TK_REGISTER
-** expression.
-*/
-static int evalConstExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_REGISTER: {
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case TK_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION:
-    case TK_CONST_FUNC: {
-      /* The arguments to a function have a fixed destination.
-      ** Mark them this way to avoid generated unneeded OP_SCopy
-      ** instructions. 
-      */
-      ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-      if( pList ){
-        int i = pList->nExpr;
-        struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a;
-        for(; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-          if( pItem->pExpr ) pItem->pExpr->flags |= EP_FixedDest;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( isAppropriateForFactoring(pExpr) ){
-    int r1 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    int r2;
-    r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1);
-    if( r1!=r2 ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER;
-    pExpr->iTable = r2;
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** Preevaluate constant subexpressions within pExpr and store the
-** results in registers.  Modify pExpr so that the constant subexpresions
-** are TK_REGISTER opcodes that refer to the precomputed values.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  Walker w;
-  w.xExprCallback = evalConstExpr;
-  w.xSelectCallback = 0;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given
-** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target.
-**
-** Return the number of elements evaluated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* The expression list to be coded */
-  int target,        /* Where to write results */
-  int doHardCopy     /* Make a hard copy of every element */
-){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i, n;
-  assert( pList!=0 );
-  assert( target>0 );
-  n = pList->nExpr;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<n; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->iAlias ){
-      int iReg = codeAlias(pParse, pItem->iAlias, pItem->pExpr);
-      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target+i);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pItem->pExpr, target+i);
-    }
-    if( doHardCopy ){
-      sqlite3ExprHardCopy(pParse, target, n);
-    }
-  }
-  return n;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is false.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then
-** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL.
-**
-** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ)
-** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding
-** operation.  Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in
-** the make process cause these values to align.  Assert()s in the code
-** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  switch( op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      assert( TK_LT==OP_Lt );
-      assert( TK_LE==OP_Le );
-      assert( TK_GT==OP_Gt );
-      assert( TK_GE==OP_Ge );
-      assert( TK_EQ==OP_Eq );
-      assert( TK_NE==OP_Ne );
-      testcase( op==TK_LT );
-      testcase( op==TK_LE );
-      testcase( op==TK_GT );
-      testcase( op==TK_GE );
-      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
-      testcase( op==TK_NE );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, &regFree1,
-                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull );
-      assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull );
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      /*    x BETWEEN y AND z
-      **
-      ** Is equivalent to 
-      **
-      **    x>=y AND x<=z
-      **
-      ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-      ** elementation of x.
-      */
-      Expr exprAnd;
-      Expr compLeft;
-      Expr compRight;
-      Expr exprX;
-
-      exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
-      exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
-      exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
-      exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
-      compLeft.op = TK_GE;
-      compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compLeft.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-      compRight.op = TK_LE;
-      compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compRight.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-      exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made
-** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution
-** continues straight thru if the expression is true.
-**
-** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then
-** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull
-** is 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int op = 0;
-  int regFree1 = 0;
-  int regFree2 = 0;
-  int r1, r2;
-
-  assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 );
-  if( v==0 || pExpr==0 ) return;
-
-  /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows:
-  **
-  **       pExpr->op            op
-  **       ---------          ----------
-  **       TK_ISNULL          OP_NotNull
-  **       TK_NOTNULL         OP_IsNull
-  **       TK_NE              OP_Eq
-  **       TK_EQ              OP_Ne
-  **       TK_GT              OP_Le
-  **       TK_LE              OP_Gt
-  **       TK_GE              OP_Lt
-  **       TK_LT              OP_Ge
-  **
-  ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused.
-  ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we
-  ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression.
-  ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct.
-  */
-  op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1);
-
-  /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants
-  */
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le );
-  assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt );
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AND: {
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_OR: {
-      int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      testcase( pParse->disableColCache==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache>0 );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_NOT: {
-      sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_LT:
-    case TK_LE:
-    case TK_GT:
-    case TK_GE:
-    case TK_NE:
-    case TK_EQ: {
-      testcase( op==TK_LT );
-      testcase( op==TK_LE );
-      testcase( op==TK_GT );
-      testcase( op==TK_GE );
-      testcase( op==TK_EQ );
-      testcase( op==TK_NE );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      codeCompareOperands(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &r1, &regFree1,
-                                  pExpr->pRight, &r2, &regFree2);
-      codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op,
-                  r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( regFree2==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_ISNULL:
-    case TK_NOTNULL: {
-      testcase( op==TK_ISNULL );
-      testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL );
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_BETWEEN: {
-      /*    x BETWEEN y AND z
-      **
-      ** Is equivalent to 
-      **
-      **    x>=y AND x<=z
-      **
-      ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression
-      ** elementation of x.
-      */
-      Expr exprAnd;
-      Expr compLeft;
-      Expr compRight;
-      Expr exprX;
-
-      exprX = *pExpr->pLeft;
-      exprAnd.op = TK_AND;
-      exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft;
-      exprAnd.pRight = &compRight;
-      compLeft.op = TK_GE;
-      compLeft.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compLeft.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-      compRight.op = TK_LE;
-      compRight.pLeft = &exprX;
-      compRight.pRight = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-      exprX.iTable = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &exprX, &regFree1);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      exprX.op = TK_REGISTER;
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, &regFree1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0);
-      testcase( regFree1==0 );
-      testcase( jumpIfNull==0 );
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2);
-}
-
-/*
-** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees.  Return TRUE (non-zero)
-** if they are identical and return FALSE if they differ in any way.
-**
-** Sometimes this routine will return FALSE even if the two expressions
-** really are equivalent.  If we cannot prove that the expressions are
-** identical, we return FALSE just to be safe.  So if this routine
-** returns false, then you do not really know for certain if the two
-** expressions are the same.  But if you get a TRUE return, then you
-** can be sure the expressions are the same.  In the places where
-** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra FALSE - that
-** just might result in some slightly slower code.  But returning
-** an incorrect TRUE could lead to a malfunction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Expr *pA, Expr *pB){
-  int i;
-  if( pA==0||pB==0 ){
-    return pB==pA;
-  }
-  if( pA->op!=pB->op ) return 0;
-  if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft) ) return 0;
-  if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pRight, pB->pRight) ) return 0;
-  if( pA->pList ){
-    if( pB->pList==0 ) return 0;
-    if( pA->pList->nExpr!=pB->pList->nExpr ) return 0;
-    for(i=0; i<pA->pList->nExpr; i++){
-      if( !sqlite3ExprCompare(pA->pList->a[i].pExpr, pB->pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( pB->pList ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pA->pSelect || pB->pSelect ) return 0;
-  if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable || pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 0;
-  if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->token.z ){
-    if( pB->token.z==0 ) return 0;
-    if( pB->token.n!=pA->token.n ) return 0;
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pA->token.z,(char*)pB->token.z,pB->token.n)!=0 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db,
-       pInfo->aCol,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]),
-       3,
-       &pInfo->nColumn,
-       &pInfo->nColumnAlloc,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
-
-/*
-** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array.  Return the index of
-** the new element.  Return a negative number if malloc fails.
-*/
-static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){
-  int i;
-  pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-       db, 
-       pInfo->aFunc,
-       sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]),
-       3,
-       &pInfo->nFunc,
-       &pInfo->nFuncAlloc,
-       &i
-  );
-  return i;
-}    
-
-/*
-** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker.  It is used to
-** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates().  See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates
-** for additional information.
-*/
-static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  int i;
-  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse;
-  SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList;
-  AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->pAggInfo;
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN );
-      testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-      /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM
-      ** clause of the aggregate query */
-      if( pSrcList ){
-        struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a;
-        for(i=0; i<pSrcList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol;
-          if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){
-            /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table
-            ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query.  
-            **
-            ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there
-            ** is not an entry there already.
-            */
-            int k;
-            pCol = pAggInfo->aCol;
-            for(k=0; k<pAggInfo->nColumn; k++, pCol++){
-              if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                  pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                break;
-              }
-            }
-            if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn)
-             && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 
-            ){
-              pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k];
-              pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-              pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable;
-              pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-              pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-              pCol->iSorterColumn = -1;
-              pCol->pExpr = pExpr;
-              if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){
-                int j, n;
-                ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy;
-                struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a;
-                n = pGB->nExpr;
-                for(j=0; j<n; j++, pTerm++){
-                  Expr *pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-                  if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable &&
-                      pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){
-                    pCol->iSorterColumn = j;
-                    break;
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-              if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){
-                pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++;
-              }
-            }
-            /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either
-            ** because it was there before or because we just created it).
-            ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that
-            ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry.
-            */
-            pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-            pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN;
-            pExpr->iAgg = k;
-            break;
-          } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */
-        } /* end loop over pSrcList */
-      }
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-    case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: {
-      /* The pNC->nDepth==0 test causes aggregate functions in subqueries
-      ** to be ignored */
-      if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
-        /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate 
-        ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure
-        */
-        struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc;
-        for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pItem++){
-          if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pItem->pExpr, pExpr) ){
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){
-          /* pExpr is original.  Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[]
-          */
-          u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db);
-          i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo);
-          if( i>=0 ){
-            pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i];
-            pItem->pExpr = pExpr;
-            pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-            pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db,
-                   (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n,
-                   pExpr->pList ? pExpr->pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0);
-            if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){
-              pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++;
-            }else{
-              pItem->iDistinct = -1;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry
-        */
-        pExpr->iAgg = i;
-        pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo;
-        return WRC_Prune;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){
-  NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC;
-  if( pNC->nDepth==0 ){
-    pNC->nDepth++;
-    sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect);
-    pNC->nDepth--;
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }else{
-    return WRC_Continue;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Analyze the given expression looking for aggregate functions and
-** for variables that need to be added to the pParse->aAgg[] array.
-** Make additional entries to the pParse->aAgg[] array as necessary.
-**
-** This routine should only be called after the expression has been
-** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){
-  Walker w;
-  w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate;
-  w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect;
-  w.u.pNC = pNC;
-  sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an
-** expression list.  Return the number of errors.
-**
-** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or deallocate temporary use registers during code generation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){
-    return ++pParse->nMem;
-  }
-  return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg];
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){
-  if( iReg && pParse->nTempReg<ArraySize(pParse->aTempReg) ){
-    sqlite3ExprWritableRegister(pParse, iReg, iReg);
-    pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){
-  int i, n;
-  i = pParse->iRangeReg;
-  n = pParse->nRangeReg;
-  if( nReg<=n && !usedAsColumnCache(pParse, i, i+n-1) ){
-    pParse->iRangeReg += nReg;
-    pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg;
-  }else{
-    i = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pParse->nMem += nReg;
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){
-  if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){
-    pParse->nRangeReg = nReg;
-    pParse->iRangeReg = iReg;
-  }
-}
-
-/************** End of expr.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
-**
-** $Id: alter.c,v 1.48 2008/08/08 14:19:41 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
-*/
-static void renameTableFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
-  ** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-    } while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
-
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
-       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result 
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
-*/
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  int dist = 3;
-  unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
-  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
-  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-
-      if( !*zCsr ){
-        /* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
-        return;
-      }
-
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-
-      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
-      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
-      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
-      ** to be met.
-      **
-      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
-      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
-      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
-      */
-      dist++;
-      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
-        dist = 0;
-      }
-    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
-
-    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
-    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
-    */
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
-       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-}
-#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_table", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
-                         renameTableFunc, 0, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
-                         renameTriggerFunc, 0, 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
-** temporary database, NULL is returned.
-*/
-static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  char *tmp = 0;
-  const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
-
-  /* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is 
-  ** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
-  ** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE 
-  ** expression being built up in zWhere.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){
-      if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
-        if( !zWhere ){
-          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name);
-        }else{
-          tmp = zWhere;
-          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
-          sqlite3DbFree(db, tmp);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return zWhere;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
-*/
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  char *zWhere;
-  int iDb;                   /* Index of database containing pTab */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
-  for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-    int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-    assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
-  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
-  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
-  if( !zWhere ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
-  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
-** command. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
-  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
-){
-  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
-  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
-  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  int nTabName;             /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
-  const char *zTabName;     /* Original name of the table */
-  Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
-  int isVirtualRename = 0;  /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */
-  
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
-  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
-  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
-  ** that the table is being renamed to.
-  */
-  if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){
-    isVirtualRename = 1;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
-  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
-  ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
-  ** table.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-  /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
-  ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
-  ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
-  ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( isVirtualRename ){
-    int i = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
-  zTabName = pTab->zName;
-  nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
-
-  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
-          "sql = CASE "
-            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
-            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
-          "tbl_name = %Q, "
-          "name = CASE "
-            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
-            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
-             "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
-            "ELSE name END "
-      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
-          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-      zName,
-#endif
-      zName, nTabName, zTabName
-  );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
-  ** it with the new table name.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
-        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
-  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
-  ** the temp database.
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
-            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
-            "tbl_name = %Q "
-            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
-**
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
-  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
-  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
-  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
-  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
-  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
-  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
-  sqlite3 *db;              /* The database connection; */
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
-  assert( pNew );
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  zTab = pNew->zName;
-  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
-  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
-  assert( pTab );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
-  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
-  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
-  */
-  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
-    pDflt = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
-  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
-  ** column must not be NULL.
-  */
-  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pNew->pIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
-  */
-  if( pDflt ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal;
-    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    if( !pVal ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  }
-
-  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
-  zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
-  if( zCol ){
-    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
-    while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
-      *zEnd-- = '\0';
-    }
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
-          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
-        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
-      zTab
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
-  }
-
-  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
-  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
-  ** the file format becomes 3.
-  */
-  sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
-
-  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
-**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
-** after parsing is finished.
-**
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pNew;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  int nAlloc;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Look up the table being altered. */
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-
-  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
-  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
-  */
-  pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-  pNew->db = db;
-  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
-  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
-  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
-  pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
-  pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName);
-  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
-  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
-    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
-    pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
-    pCol->zColl = 0;
-    pCol->zType = 0;
-    pCol->pDflt = 0;
-  }
-  pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-exit_begin_add_column:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
-  return;
-}
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */
-
-/************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 July 8
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.43 2008/07/28 19:34:53 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
-** iStatCur.
-**
-** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
-** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
-** are removed.  If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.
-*/
-static void openStatTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,                /* The database we are looking in */
-  int iStatCur,           /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
-  const char *zWhere      /* Delete entries associated with this table */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;
-  int iRootPage;
-  int createStat1 = 0;
-  Table *pStat;
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
-  assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
-    /* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist.  Create it.  
-    ** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
-    ** the rootpage of the new table in register pParse->regRoot.  This is
-    ** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
-      pDb->zName
-    );
-    iRootPage = pParse->regRoot;
-    createStat1 = 1;  /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */
-  }else if( zWhere ){
-    /* The sqlite_stat1 table exists.  Delete all entries associated with
-    ** the table zWhere. */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
-       pDb->zName, zWhere
-    );
-    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
-  }else{
-    /* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists.  Delete all rows. */
-    iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
-  }
-
-  /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
-  ** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level. 
-  ** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have 
-  ** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
-  */
-  if( !createStat1 ){
-    sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 3);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage, iDb);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, createStat1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
-** a single table.
-*/
-static void analyzeOneTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
-  int iStatCur,    /* Cursor that writes to the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  int iMem         /* Available memory locations begin here */
-){
-  Index *pIdx;     /* An index to being analyzed */
-  int iIdxCur;     /* Cursor number for index being analyzed */
-  int nCol;        /* Number of columns in the index */
-  Vdbe *v;         /* The virtual machine being built up */
-  int i;           /* Loop counter */
-  int topOfLoop;   /* The top of the loop */
-  int endOfLoop;   /* The end of the loop */
-  int addr;        /* The address of an instruction */
-  int iDb;         /* Index of database containing pTab */
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
-    /* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
-      pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-
-  iIdxCur = pParse->nTab;
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-    int regFields;    /* Register block for building records */
-    int regRec;       /* Register holding completed record */
-    int regTemp;      /* Temporary use register */
-    int regCol;       /* Content of a column from the table being analyzed */
-    int regRowid;     /* Rowid for the inserted record */
-    int regF2;
-
-    /* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
-    */
-    assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
-    nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, nCol+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-        (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-    regFields = iMem+nCol*2;
-    regTemp = regRowid = regCol = regFields+3;
-    regRec = regCol+1;
-    if( regRec>pParse->nMem ){
-      pParse->nMem = regRec;
-    }
-
-    /* Memory cells are used as follows:
-    **
-    **    mem[iMem]:             The total number of rows in the table.
-    **    mem[iMem+1]:           Number of distinct values in column 1
-    **    ...
-    **    mem[iMem+nCol]:        Number of distinct values in column N
-    **    mem[iMem+nCol+1]       Last observed value of column 1
-    **    ...
-    **    mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]:   Last observed value of column N
-    **
-    ** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0.  The others
-    ** are initialized to NULL.
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
-    }
-
-    /* Do the analysis.
-    */
-    endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
-    topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
-      /**** TODO:  add collating sequence *****/
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, topOfLoop + 2*(i + 1));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
-
-    /* Store the results.  
-    **
-    ** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table.  The first
-    ** two columns are the names of the table and index.  The third column
-    ** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
-    ** index.  The first integer in the list is the total number of entires
-    ** in the index.  There is one additional integer in the list for each
-    ** column of the table.  This additional integer is a guess of how many
-    ** rows of the table the index will select.  If D is the count of distinct
-    ** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
-    ** as:
-    **
-    **        I = (K+D-1)/D
-    **
-    ** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.  
-    ** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
-    ** is never possible.
-    */
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields+1, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-    regF2 = regFields+2;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regF2);
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regF2, regF2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iMem, iMem+i+1, regTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, iMem+i+1, regTemp, regTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ToInt, regTemp);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regF2, regF2);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFields, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
-** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
-*/
-static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
-*/
-static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;    /* Schema of database iDb */
-  HashElem *k;
-  int iStatCur;
-  int iMem;
-
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
-  iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
-  for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-    Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-    analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
-  }
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
-** a database.
-*/
-static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  int iDb;
-  int iStatCur;
-
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
-  analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
-  loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the ANALYZE command.  The parser calls this routine
-** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
-**
-**        ANALYZE                            -- 1
-**        ANALYZE  <database>                -- 2
-**        ANALYZE  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
-** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
-** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  char *z, *zDb;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Token *pTableName;
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( pName1==0 ){
-    /* Form 1:  Analyze everything */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( i==1 ) continue;  /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
-    }
-  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
-    /* Form 2:  Analyze the database or table named */
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
-    }else{
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
-      if( z ){
-        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-        if( pTab ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
-    if( iDb>=0 ){
-      zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-      z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
-      if( z ){
-        pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-        if( pTab ){
-          analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
-        }
-      }
-    }   
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
-** callback routine.
-*/
-typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
-struct analysisInfo {
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  const char *zDatabase;
-};
-
-/*
-** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
-** sqlite_stat1 table.  
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of the index
-**     argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
-*/
-static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **azNotUsed){
-  analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
-  Index *pIndex;
-  int i, c;
-  unsigned int v;
-  const char *z;
-
-  assert( argc==2 );
-  if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
-  if( pIndex==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  z = argv[1];
-  for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
-    v = 0;
-    while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
-      v = v*10 + c - '0';
-      z++;
-    }
-    pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
-    if( *z==' ' ) z++;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  analysisInfo sInfo;
-  HashElem *i;
-  char *zSql;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
-  assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-
-  /* Clear any prior statistics */
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
-    sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
-  }
-
-  /* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
-  sInfo.db = db;
-  sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
-     return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
-  zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
-                        sInfo.zDatabase);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */
-
-/************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-**
-** $Id: attach.c,v 1.78 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-/*
-** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
-** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
-** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
-**
-** i.e. if the parser sees:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
-**
-** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
-** looking for columns of the same name.
-**
-** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
-**
-** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
-*/
-static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
-{
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pExpr ){
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
-      rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-    }else{
-      pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
-**
-** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
-** third argument.
-*/
-static void attachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int rc = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  const char *zName;
-  const char *zFile;
-  Db *aNew;
-  char *zErrDyn = 0;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-
-  /* Check for the following errors:
-  **
-  **     * Too many attached databases,
-  **     * Transaction currently open
-  **     * Specified database name already being used.
-  */
-  if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(
-      sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
-      db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
-    );
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                     "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
-    if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
-                       "database %s is already in use", zName);
-      goto attach_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
-  ** hash tables.
-  */
-  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
-    aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return;
-    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
-  }else{
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
-    if( aNew==0 ) return;
-  }
-  db->aDb = aNew;
-  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
-  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
-
-  /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
-  ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
-  ** or may not be initialised.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
-                           db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
-                           &aNew->pBt);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    Pager *pPager;
-    aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
-    if( !aNew->pSchema ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, 
-        "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
-      goto attach_error;
-    }
-    pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
-    sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
-    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode);
-  }
-  aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-  aNew->safety_level = 3;
-
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  {
-    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
-    switch( t ){
-      case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-      case SQLITE_FLOAT:
-        zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        break;
-        
-      case SQLITE_TEXT:
-      case SQLITE_BLOB:
-        nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
-        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        break;
-
-      case SQLITE_NULL:
-        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
-        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-        sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
-  ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and 
-  ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
-  ** we found it.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
-    sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
-    assert( iDb>=2 );
-    if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
-      db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
-      db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-    db->nDb = iDb;
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
-    }
-    goto attach_error;
-  }
-  
-  return;
-
-attach_error:
-  /* Return an error if we get here */
-  if( zErrDyn ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
-  }else{
-    zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  }
-  if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
-** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
-**
-**     DETACH DATABASE x
-**
-**     SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
-*/
-static void detachFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  int i;
-  Db *pDb = 0;
-  char zErr[128];
-
-  if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-
-  if( i>=db->nDb ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( i<2 ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
-                     "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
-    goto detach_error;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-  pDb->pBt = 0;
-  pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  return;
-
-detach_error:
-  sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
-** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
-*/
-static void codeAttach(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  int type,            /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
-  const char *zFunc,   /* Either "sqlite_attach" or "sqlite_detach */
-  int nFunc,           /* Number of args to pass to zFunc */
-  Expr *pAuthArg,      /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
-  Expr *pFilename,     /* Name of database file */
-  Expr *pDbname,       /* Name of the database to use internally */
-  Expr *pKey           /* Database key for encryption extension */
-){
-  int rc;
-  NameContext sName;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  FuncDef *pFunc;
-  sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
-  int regArgs;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  assert( db->mallocFailed || pAuthArg );
-  if( pAuthArg ){
-    char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pAuthArg->span);
-    if( !zAuthArg ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zAuthArg);
-    if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-  memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
-  sName.pParse = pParse;
-
-  if( 
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
-      SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
-  ){
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
-  sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
-
-  assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-nFunc, regArgs+3);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nFunc);
-    pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunc, strlen(zFunc), nFunc, SQLITE_UTF8,0);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-
-    /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
-    ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
-    ** statements).
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
-  }
-  
-attach_end:
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
-**
-**     DETACH pDbname
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, "sqlite_detach", 1, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
-}
-
-/*
-** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
-**
-**     ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
-  codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, "sqlite_attach", 3, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-
-/*
-** Register the functions sqlite_attach and sqlite_detach.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AttachFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
-  static const int enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_attach", 3, enc, 0, attachFunc, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_detach", 1, enc, 0, detachFunc, 0, 0);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
-**
-** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
-** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixInit(
-  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
-  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
-  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
-  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
-  pFix->pParse = pParse;
-  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pFix->zType = zType;
-  pFix->pName = pName;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
-**
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  zDb = pFix->zDb;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
-      pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
-    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
-         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
-         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
-      return 1;
-    }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pSelect ){
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pExpr ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pStep ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pStep = pStep->pNext;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/************** End of attach.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-**
-** $Id: auth.c,v 1.29 2007/09/18 15:55:07 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DELETE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_INSERT
-**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
-**       SQLITE_READ
-**       SQLITE_SELECT
-**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-**       SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xAuth = xAuth;
-  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
-*/
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
-    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
-    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
-**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
-** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
-  Schema *pSchema,      /* The schema of the expression */
-  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-  Table *pTab = 0;      /* The table being read */
-  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
-  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
-  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
-  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
-  int iDb;              /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
-    ** temporary table. */
-    return;
-  }
-  for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
-    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
-  }
-  if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
-    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
-  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
-    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
-    ** of a trigger.
-    */
-    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
-    pTab = pStack->pTab;
-  }
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
-    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
-  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
-  }else{
-    zCol = "ROWID";
-  }
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
-                 pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
-         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
-    }
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  int code,
-  const char *zArg1,
-  const char *zArg2,
-  const char *zArg3
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
-  ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  AuthContext *pContext, 
-  const char *zContext
-){
-  pContext->pParse = pParse;
-  if( pParse ){
-    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
-  if( pContext->pParse ){
-    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
-    pContext->pParse = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-/************** End of auth.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser
-** when syntax rules are reduced.  The routines in this file handle the
-** following kinds of SQL syntax:
-**
-**     CREATE TABLE
-**     DROP TABLE
-**     CREATE INDEX
-**     DROP INDEX
-**     creating ID lists
-**     BEGIN TRANSACTION
-**     COMMIT
-**     ROLLBACK
-**
-** $Id: build.c,v 1.496 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a new SQL statement is beginning to
-** be parsed.  Initialize the pParse structure as needed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse *pParse, int explainFlag){
-  pParse->explain = explainFlag;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-/*
-** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and
-** codeTableLocks() functions.
-*/
-struct TableLock {
-  int iDb;             /* The database containing the table to be locked */
-  int iTab;            /* The root page of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock;      /* True for write lock.  False for a read lock */
-  const char *zName;   /* Name of the table */
-};
-
-/*
-** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time.  
-**
-** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb.
-** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock.
-**
-** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired.  The
-** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to
-** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,           /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */
-  int iTab,          /* Root page number of the table to be locked */
-  u8 isWriteLock,    /* True for a write lock */
-  const char *zName  /* Name of the table to be locked */
-){
-  int i;
-  int nBytes;
-  TableLock *p;
-
-  if( iDb<0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
-    p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
-    if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){
-      p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pParse->nTableLock+1);
-  pParse->aTableLock = 
-      sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pParse->aTableLock, nBytes);
-  if( pParse->aTableLock ){
-    p = &pParse->aTableLock[pParse->nTableLock++];
-    p->iDb = iDb;
-    p->iTab = iTab;
-    p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock;
-    p->zName = zName;
-  }else{
-    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the
-** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()).
-*/
-static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *pVdbe; 
-
-  if( 0==(pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nTableLock; i++){
-    TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i];
-    int p1 = p->iDb;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock,
-                      p->zName, P4_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-#else
-  #define codeTableLocks(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after a single SQL statement has been
-** parsed and a VDBE program to execute that statement has been
-** prepared.  This routine puts the finishing touches on the
-** VDBE program and resets the pParse structure for the next
-** parse.
-**
-** Note that if an error occurred, it might be the case that
-** no VDBE code was generated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( pParse->nested ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-
-  /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the
-  ** vdbe program
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt);
-
-    /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open.
-    ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.)  Bits are
-    ** set for each database that is used.  Generate code to start a
-    ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie
-    ** on each used database.
-    */
-    if( pParse->cookieGoto>0 ){
-      u32 mask;
-      int iDb;
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pParse->cookieGoto-1);
-      for(iDb=0, mask=1; iDb<db->nDb; mask<<=1, iDb++){
-        if( (mask & pParse->cookieMask)==0 ) continue;
-        sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_Transaction, iDb, (mask & pParse->writeMask)!=0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v,OP_VerifyCookie, iDb, pParse->cookieValue[iDb]);
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      {
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
-          char *vtab = (char *)pParse->apVtabLock[i]->pVtab;
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB);
-        }
-        pParse->nVtabLock = 0;
-      }
-#endif
-
-      /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, 
-      ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the 
-      ** shared-cache feature is enabled.
-      */
-      codeTableLocks(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pParse->cookieGoto);
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      /* Change the P4 argument of the first opcode (which will always be
-      ** an OP_Trace) to be the complete text of the current SQL statement.
-      */
-      VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0);
-      if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Trace ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 0, pParse->zSql, pParse->zTail-pParse->zSql);
-      }
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-  }
-
-
-  /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution
-  */
-  if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    FILE *trace = (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace)!=0 ? stdout : 0;
-    sqlite3VdbeTrace(v, trace);
-#endif
-    assert( pParse->disableColCache==0 );  /* Disables and re-enables match */
-    sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse->nVar, pParse->nMem+3,
-                         pParse->nTab+3, pParse->explain);
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE;
-    pParse->colNamesSet = 0;
-  }else if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  pParse->nTab = 0;
-  pParse->nMem = 0;
-  pParse->nSet = 0;
-  pParse->nVar = 0;
-  pParse->cookieMask = 0;
-  pParse->cookieGoto = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate
-** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context
-** currently under construction.  When the parser is run recursively
-** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization
-** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the
-** outermost parser.
-**
-** Not everything is nestable.  This facility is designed to permit
-** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER.  Use
-** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  char *zSql;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-# define SAVE_SZ  (sizeof(Parse) - offsetof(Parse,nVar))
-  char saveBuf[SAVE_SZ];
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  assert( pParse->nested<10 );  /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */
-  va_start(ap, zFormat);
-  zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
-  va_end(ap);
-  if( zSql==0 ){
-    return;   /* A malloc must have failed */
-  }
-  pParse->nested++;
-  memcpy(saveBuf, &pParse->nVar, SAVE_SZ);
-  memset(&pParse->nVar, 0, SAVE_SZ);
-  sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-  memcpy(&pParse->nVar, saveBuf, SAVE_SZ);
-  pParse->nested--;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the
-** first matching table is returned.  (No checking for duplicate table
-** names is done.)  The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any
-** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command.
-**
-** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
-  Table *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  int nName;
-  assert( zName!=0 );
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName) + 1;
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;   /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDatabase!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName);
-    if( p ) break;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database
-** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the
-** database containing the table.  Return NULL if not found.  Also leave an
-** error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this
-** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where
-** sqlite3FindTable() does not.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* context in which to report errors */
-  int isView,            /* True if looking for a VIEW rather than a TABLE */
-  const char *zName,     /* Name of the table we are looking for */
-  const char *zDbase     /* Name of the database.  Might be NULL */
-){
-  Table *p;
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zName, zDbase);
-  if( p==0 ){
-    const char *zMsg = isView ? "no such view" : "no such table";
-    if( zDbase ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate the in-memory structure that describes 
-** a particular index given the name of that index
-** and the name of the database that contains the index.
-** Return NULL if not found.
-**
-** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the
-** table and the first matching index is returned.  (No checking
-** for duplicate index names is done.)  The search order is
-** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added
-** using the ATTACH command.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){
-  Index *p = 0;
-  int i;
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName)+1;
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema;
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zName) ) continue;
-    assert( pSchema || (j==1 && !db->aDb[1].pBt) );
-    if( pSchema ){
-      p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName, nName);
-    }
-    if( p ) break;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Reclaim the memory used by an index
-*/
-static void freeIndex(Index *p){
-  sqlite3 *db = p->pTable->db;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the given index from the index hash table, and free
-** its memory structures.
-**
-** The index is removed from the database hash tables but
-** it is not unlinked from the Table that it indexes.
-** Unlinking from the Table must be done by the calling function.
-*/
-static void sqliteDeleteIndex(Index *p){
-  Index *pOld;
-  const char *zName = p->zName;
-
-  pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->idxHash, zName, strlen(zName)+1, 0);
-  assert( pOld==0 || pOld==p );
-  freeIndex(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb,
-** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from
-** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated
-** with the index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  int len;
-  Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash;
-
-  len = sqlite3Strlen(db, zIdxName);
-  pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, len+1, 0);
-  if( pIndex ){
-    if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){
-      pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext;
-    }else{
-      Index *p;
-      for(p=pIndex->pTable->pIndex; p && p->pNext!=pIndex; p=p->pNext){}
-      if( p && p->pNext==pIndex ){
-        p->pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-      }
-    }
-    freeIndex(pIndex);
-  }
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Erase all schema information from the in-memory hash tables of
-** a single database.  This routine is called to reclaim memory
-** before the database closes.  It is also called during a rollback
-** if there were schema changes during the transaction or if a
-** schema-cookie mismatch occurs.
-**
-** If iDb<=0 then reset the internal schema tables for all database
-** files.  If iDb>=2 then reset the internal schema for only the
-** single file indicated.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
-  int i, j;
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-
-  if( iDb==0 ){
-    sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  }
-  for(i=iDb; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pSchema ){
-      assert(i==1 || (pDb->pBt && sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pDb->pBt)));
-      sqlite3SchemaFree(pDb->pSchema);
-    }
-    if( iDb>0 ) return;
-  }
-  assert( iDb==0 );
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-
-  /* If one or more of the auxiliary database files has been closed,
-  ** then remove them from the auxiliary database list.  We take the
-  ** opportunity to do this here since we have just deleted all of the
-  ** schema hash tables and therefore do not have to make any changes
-  ** to any of those tables.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-      if( pDb->pAux && pDb->xFreeAux ) pDb->xFreeAux(pDb->pAux);
-      pDb->pAux = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=j=2; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zName);
-      pDb->zName = 0;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( j<i ){
-      db->aDb[j] = db->aDb[i];
-    }
-    j++;
-  }
-  memset(&db->aDb[j], 0, (db->nDb-j)*sizeof(db->aDb[j]));
-  db->nDb = j;
-  if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){
-    memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0]));
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb);
-    db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when a commit occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the column names from a table or view.
-*/
-static void sqliteResetColumnNames(Table *pTable){
-  int i;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pTable->db;
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<pTable->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol);
-  }
-  pTable->aCol = 0;
-  pTable->nCol = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given
-** Table.  No changes are made to disk by this routine.
-**
-** This routine just deletes the data structure.  It does not unlink
-** the table data structure from the hash table.  Nor does it remove
-** foreign keys from the sqlite.aFKey hash table.  But it does destroy
-** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with 
-** the table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(Table *pTable){
-  Index *pIndex, *pNext;
-  FKey *pFKey, *pNextFKey;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( pTable==0 ) return;
-  db = pTable->db;
-
-  /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */
-  pTable->nRef--;
-  if( pTable->nRef>0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( pTable->nRef==0 );
-
-  /* Delete all indices associated with this table
-  */
-  for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){
-    pNext = pIndex->pNext;
-    assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema );
-    sqliteDeleteIndex(pIndex);
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  /* Delete all foreign keys associated with this table.  The keys
-  ** should have already been unlinked from the pSchema->aFKey hash table 
-  */
-  for(pFKey=pTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNextFKey){
-    pNextFKey = pFKey->pNextFrom;
-    assert( sqlite3HashFind(&pTable->pSchema->aFKey,
-                           pFKey->zTo, strlen(pFKey->zTo)+1)!=pFKey );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Delete the Table structure itself.
-  */
-  sqliteResetColumnNames(pTable);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTable->pCheck);
-#endif
-  sqlite3VtabClear(pTable);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable);
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the
-** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){
-  Table *p;
-  FKey *pF1, *pF2;
-  Db *pDb;
-
-  assert( db!=0 );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( zTabName && zTabName[0] );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, strlen(zTabName)+1,0);
-  if( p ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    for(pF1=p->pFKey; pF1; pF1=pF1->pNextFrom){
-      int nTo = strlen(pF1->zTo) + 1;
-      pF2 = sqlite3HashFind(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo);
-      if( pF2==pF1 ){
-        sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->aFKey, pF1->zTo, nTo, pF1->pNextTo);
-      }else{
-        while( pF2 && pF2->pNextTo!=pF1 ){ pF2=pF2->pNextTo; }
-        if( pF2 ){
-          pF2->pNextTo = pF1->pNextTo;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
-  }
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that
-** token with any quotations removed.  Space to hold the returned string
-** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling
-** function.
-**
-** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so
-** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent.  The returned string
-** is \000 terminated and is persistent.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  char *zName;
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n);
-    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-  }else{
-    zName = 0;
-  }
-  return zName;
-}
-
-/*
-** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for
-** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb));
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, 5);/* sqlite_master has 5 columns */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb);
-}
-
-/*
-** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or
-** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the
-** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db 
-** does not exist.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){
-  int i = -1;    /* Database number */
-  int n;         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  Db *pDb;       /* A database whose name space is being searched */
-  char *zName;   /* Name we are searching for */
-
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( zName ){
-    n = strlen(zName);
-    for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){
-      if( (!OMIT_TEMPDB || i!=1 ) && n==strlen(pDb->zName) && 
-          0==sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens
-** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-** 
-** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-**
-** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-**
-** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name.  The index of the
-** database "xxx" is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */
-  Token **pUnqual     /* Write the unqualified object name here */
-){
-  int iDb;                    /* Database holding the object */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pName2 && pName2->n>0 ){
-    assert( !db->init.busy );
-    *pUnqual = pName2;
-    iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1);
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return -1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy );
-    iDb = db->init.iDb;
-    *pUnqual = pName1;
-  }
-  return iDb;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal
-** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or
-** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string
-** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace
-** is reserved for internal use.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 
-          && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-          && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory.  This is
-** the first of several action routines that get called in response
-** to a CREATE TABLE statement.  In particular, this routine is called
-** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp
-** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database
-** file instead of in the main database file.  This is normally the case
-** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between
-** CREATE and TABLE.
-**
-** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable.
-** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action
-** routines will be called to add more information to this record.
-** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine
-** is called to complete the construction of the new table record.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parser context */
-  Token *pName1,   /* First part of the name of the table or view */
-  Token *pName2,   /* Second part of the name of the table or view */
-  int isTemp,      /* True if this is a TEMP table */
-  int isView,      /* True if this is a VIEW */
-  int isVirtual,   /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */
-  int noErr        /* Do nothing if table already exists */
-){
-  Table *pTable;
-  char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;         /* Database number to create the table in */
-  Token *pName;    /* Unqualified name of the table to create */
-
-  /* The table or view name to create is passed to this routine via tokens
-  ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...);
-  ** 
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if
-  ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.:
-  **
-  ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...);
-  **
-  ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "".
-  **
-  ** The call below sets the pName pointer to point at the token (pName1 or
-  ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The variable iDb is
-  ** set to the index of the database that the table or view is to be
-  ** created in.
-  */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && iDb>1 ){
-    /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified */
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1;
-
-  pParse->sNameToken = *pName;
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( zName==0 ) return;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  assert( (isTemp & 1)==isTemp );
-  {
-    int code;
-    char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW;
-      }
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ){
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing
-  ** index or table name in the same database.  Issue an error message if
-  ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed
-  ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names
-  ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace
-  ** collisions.
-  */
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    if( pTable ){
-      if( !noErr ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName);
-      }
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, 0)!=0 && (iDb==0 || !db->init.busy) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName);
-      goto begin_table_error;
-    }
-  }
-
-  pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-  if( pTable==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto begin_table_error;
-  }
-  pTable->zName = zName;
-  pTable->iPKey = -1;
-  pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTable->nRef = 1;
-  pTable->db = db;
-  if( pParse->pNewTable ) sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
-  pParse->pNewTable = pTable;
-
-  /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement,
-  ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure
-  ** so that INSERT can find the table easily.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){
-    pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into
-  ** the SQLITE_MASTER table.  Note in particular that we must go ahead
-  ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now.  Before any
-  ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed.  Those keywords will cause
-  ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the 
-  ** indices.  Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated
-  ** now.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int j1;
-    int fileFormat;
-    int reg1, reg2, reg3;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, 
-    ** set them now.
-    */
-    reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem;
-    reg3 = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, 1);   /* file_format */
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3);
-    fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ?
-                  1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, fileFormat, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, ENC(db), reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 4, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-
-    /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table.
-    ** The record created does not contain anything yet.  It will be replaced
-    ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable().
-    **
-    ** The rowid for the new entry is left on the top of the stack.
-    ** The rowid value is needed by the code that sqlite3EndTable will
-    ** generate.
-    */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-    if( isView || isVirtual ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateTable, iDb, reg2);
-    }
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, reg3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close);
-  }
-
-  /* Normal (non-error) return. */
-  return;
-
-  /* If an error occurs, we jump here */
-begin_table_error:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This macro is used to compare two strings in a case-insensitive manner.
-** It is slightly faster than calling sqlite3StrICmp() directly, but
-** produces larger code.
-**
-** WARNING: This macro is not compatible with the strcmp() family. It
-** returns true if the two strings are equal, otherwise false.
-*/
-#define STRICMP(x, y) (\
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(x)]==   \
-sqlite3UpperToLower[*(unsigned char *)(y)]     \
-&& sqlite3StrICmp((x)+1,(y)+1)==0 )
-
-/*
-** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration
-** in a CREATE TABLE statement.  sqlite3StartTable() gets called
-** first to get things going.  Then this routine is called for each
-** column.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *z;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName);
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nCol; i++){
-    if( STRICMP(z, p->aCol[i].zName) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){
-    Column *aNew;
-    aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(pParse->db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-      return;
-    }
-    p->aCol = aNew;
-  }
-  pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol];
-  memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0]));
-  pCol->zName = z;
- 
-  /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity
-  ** 'NONE'. If there is a type specified, then sqlite3AddColumnType() will
-  ** be called next to set pCol->affinity correctly.
-  */
-  pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-  p->nCol++;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  A "NOT NULL" constraint has
-** been seen on a column.  This routine sets the notNull flag on
-** the column currently under construction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  if( i>=0 ) p->aCol[i].notNull = onError;
-}
-
-/*
-** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the
-** associated affinity type.
-**
-** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the 
-** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is
-** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains
-** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of 
-** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', 
-** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned.
-**
-** Substring     | Affinity
-** --------------------------------
-** 'INT'         | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER
-** 'CHAR'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'CLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'TEXT'        | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT
-** 'BLOB'        | SQLITE_AFF_NONE
-** 'REAL'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'FLOA'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-** 'DOUB'        | SQLITE_AFF_REAL
-**
-** If none of the substrings in the above table are found,
-** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const Token *pType){
-  u32 h = 0;
-  char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC;
-  const unsigned char *zIn = pType->z;
-  const unsigned char *zEnd = &pType->z[pType->n];
-
-  while( zIn!=zEnd ){
-    h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[*zIn];
-    zIn++;
-    if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){             /* CHAR */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; 
-    }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){       /* CLOB */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){       /* TEXT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT;
-    }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b')          /* BLOB */
-        && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-    }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l')          /* REAL */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a')          /* FLOA */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-    }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b')          /* DOUB */
-        && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL;
-#endif
-    }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){    /* INT */
-      aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return aff;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.  The pFirst token is the first
-** token in the sequence of tokens that describe the type of the
-** column currently under construction.   pLast is the last token
-** in the sequence.  Use this information to construct a string
-** that contains the typename of the column and store that string
-** in zType.
-*/ 
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumnType(Parse *pParse, Token *pType){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  if( i<0 ) return;
-  pCol = &p->aCol[i];
-  db = pParse->db;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zType);
-  pCol->zType = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pType);
-  pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(pType);
-}
-
-/*
-** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column
-** of the table currently under construction.
-**
-** Default value expressions must be constant.  Raise an exception if this
-** is not the case.
-**
-** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of
-** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  Table *p;
-  Column *pCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)!=0 ){
-    pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]);
-    if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant",
-          pCol->zName);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pCopy;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt);
-      pCol->pDflt = pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr);
-      if( pCopy ){
-        sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pCopy->span, &pExpr->span);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table.  pList is a list of names 
-** of columns that form the primary key.  If pList is NULL, then the
-** most recently added column of the table is the primary key.
-**
-** A table can have at most one primary key.  If the table already has
-** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an
-** error.
-**
-** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER,
-** then we will try to use that column as the rowid.  Set the Table.iPKey
-** field of the table under construction to be the index of the
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column.  Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is
-** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY.
-**
-** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique
-** index for the key.  No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pList,  /* List of field names to be indexed */
-  int onError,      /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */
-  int autoInc,      /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */
-  int sortOrder     /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */
-){
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  char *zType = 0;
-  int iCol = -1, i;
-  if( pTab==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto primary_key_exit;
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName);
-    goto primary_key_exit;
-  }
-  pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    iCol = pTab->nCol - 1;
-    pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
-  }else{
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( iCol<pTab->nCol ){
-        pTab->aCol[iCol].isPrimKey = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pList->nExpr>1 ) iCol = -1;
-  }
-  if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol ){
-    zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-  }
-  if( zType && sqlite3StrICmp(zType, "INTEGER")==0
-        && sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ){
-    pTab->iPKey = iCol;
-    pTab->keyConf = onError;
-    assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 );
-    pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement;
-  }else if( autoInc ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an "
-       "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY");
-#endif
-  }else{
-    sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0);
-    pList = 0;
-  }
-
-primary_key_exit:
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Expr *pCheckExpr  /* The check expression */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    /* The CHECK expression must be duplicated so that tokens refer
-    ** to malloced space and not the (ephemeral) text of the CREATE TABLE
-    ** statement */
-    pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pTab->pCheck, 
-                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCheckExpr));
-  }
-#endif
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCheckExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column
-** to the CollSeq given.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){
-  Table *p;
-  int i;
-  char *zColl;              /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return;
-  i = p->nCol-1;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  if( !zColl ) return;
-
-  if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl;
-  
-    /* If the column is declared as "<name> PRIMARY KEY COLLATE <type>",
-    ** then an index may have been created on this column before the
-    ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case.
-    */
-    for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      assert( pIdx->nColumn==1 );
-      if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){
-        pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text
-** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName.
-**
-** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available
-** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to
-** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence,
-** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is
-** returned instead.
-**
-** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or
-** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into
-** pParse.
-**
-** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq().  This routine
-** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found
-** and generates an error message.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName, int nName){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  u8 enc = ENC(db);
-  u8 initbusy = db->init.busy;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, nName, initbusy);
-  if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){
-    pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(db, pColl, zName, nName);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      if( nName<0 ){
-        nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
-      }
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %.*s", nName, zName);
-      pColl = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie.
-**
-** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the
-** database changes.  After each schema change, the cookie value
-** changes.  When a process first reads the schema it records the
-** cookie.  Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database,
-** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed
-** since it was last read.
-**
-** This plan is not completely bullet-proof.  It is possible for
-** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be
-** set back to prior value.  But schema changes are infrequent
-** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only
-** 1 chance in 2^32.  So we're safe enough.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie+1, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 0, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given
-** identifier.  The number returned includes any quotes used
-** but does not include the null terminator.
-**
-** The estimate is conservative.  It might be larger that what is
-** really needed.
-*/
-static int identLength(const char *z){
-  int n;
-  for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){
-    if( *z=='"' ){ n++; }
-  }
-  return n + 2;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an identifier onto the end of the given string.  Add
-** quote characters as needed.
-*/
-static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){
-  unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent;
-  int i, j, needQuote;
-  i = *pIdx;
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    if( !isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break;
-  }
-  needQuote =  zIdent[j]!=0 || isdigit(zIdent[0])
-                  || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID;
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){
-    z[i++] = zIdent[j];
-    if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"';
-  }
-  if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"';
-  z[i] = 0;
-  *pIdx = i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given
-** table.  Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained
-** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function.
-*/
-static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p, int isTemp){
-  int i, k, n;
-  char *zStmt;
-  char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd, *z;
-  Column *pCol;
-  n = 0;
-  for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    n += identLength(pCol->zName);
-    z = pCol->zType;
-    if( z ){
-      n += (strlen(z) + 1);
-    }
-  }
-  n += identLength(p->zName);
-  if( n<50 ){
-    zSep = "";
-    zSep2 = ",";
-    zEnd = ")";
-  }else{
-    zSep = "\n  ";
-    zSep2 = ",\n  ";
-    zEnd = "\n)";
-  }
-  n += 35 + 6*p->nCol;
-  zStmt = sqlite3Malloc( n );
-  if( zStmt==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt,
-                  !OMIT_TEMPDB&&isTemp ? "CREATE TEMP TABLE ":"CREATE TABLE ");
-  k = strlen(zStmt);
-  identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName);
-  zStmt[k++] = '(';
-  for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; i<p->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep);
-    k += strlen(&zStmt[k]);
-    zSep = zSep2;
-    identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName);
-    if( (z = pCol->zType)!=0 ){
-      zStmt[k++] = ' ';
-      assert( strlen(z)+k+1<=n );
-      sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", z);
-      k += strlen(z);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd);
-  return zStmt;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates
-** a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** The table structure that other action routines have been building
-** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have
-** occurred.
-**
-** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless
-** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1.  When db->init.busy==1
-** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just
-** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has
-** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in
-** the sqlite_master table.  We do not want to create it again.
-**
-** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine
-** was called to create a table generated from a 
-** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement.  The column names of
-** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parse context */
-  Token *pCons,           /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */
-  Token *pEnd,            /* The final ')' token in the CREATE TABLE */
-  Select *pSelect         /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */
-){
-  Table *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( (pEnd==0 && pSelect==0) || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) {
-    return;
-  }
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-
-  assert( !db->init.busy || !pSelect );
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions.
-  */
-  if( p->pCheck ){
-    SrcList sSrc;                   /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */
-    NameContext sNC;                /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */
-
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc));
-    sSrc.nSrc = 1;
-    sSrc.a[0].zName = p->zName;
-    sSrc.a[0].pTab = p;
-    sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1;
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc;
-    sNC.isCheck = 1;
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pCheck) ){
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the
-  ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk.
-  ** So do not write to the disk again.  Extract the root page number
-  ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field.  (The page number
-  ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.)
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    p->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-  }
-
-  /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table
-  ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database.  The record number
-  ** for the new table entry should already be on the stack.
-  **
-  ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary
-  ** file instead of into the main database file.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    int n;
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zType;    /* "view" or "table" */
-    char *zType2;   /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */
-    char *zStmt;    /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) return;
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0);
-
-    /* Create the rootpage for the new table and push it onto the stack.
-    ** A view has no rootpage, so just push a zero onto the stack for
-    ** views.  Initialize zType at the same time.
-    */
-    if( p->pSelect==0 ){
-      /* A regular table */
-      zType = "table";
-      zType2 = "TABLE";
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-    }else{
-      /* A view */
-      zType = "view";
-      zType2 = "VIEW";
-#endif
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT
-    ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the
-    ** new table is on the top of the vdbe stack.
-    **
-    ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a
-    ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used
-    ** by the new table.
-    **
-    ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table,
-    ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since
-    ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would
-    ** be redundant.
-    */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      SelectDest dest;
-      Table *pSelTab;
-
-      assert(pParse->nTab==0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
-      pParse->nTab = 2;
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, 1);
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1);
-      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
-        pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect);
-        if( pSelTab==0 ) return;
-        assert( p->aCol==0 );
-        p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-        p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-        pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-        pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-        sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */
-    if( pSelect ){
-      zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p, p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-    }else{
-      n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + 1;
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-          "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z
-      );
-    }
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.  The rowid for the preallocated
-    ** slot is the 2nd item on the stack.  The top of the stack is the
-    ** root page for the new table (or a 0 if this is a view).
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      zType,
-      p->zName,
-      p->zName,
-      pParse->regRoot,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for
-    ** keeping track of autoincrement keys.
-    */
-    if( p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-      Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-      if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){
-        sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-          "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)",
-          pDb->zName
-        );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
-        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q'",p->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-
-
-  /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy && pParse->nErr==0 ){
-    Table *pOld;
-    FKey *pFKey; 
-    Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, strlen(p->zName)+1,p);
-    if( pOld ){
-      assert( p==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-    for(pFKey=p->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){
-      void *data;
-      int nTo = strlen(pFKey->zTo) + 1;
-      pFKey->pNextTo = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo);
-      data = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->aFKey, pFKey->zTo, nTo, pFKey);
-      if( data==(void *)pFKey ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-    db->nTable++;
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-    if( !p->pSelect ){
-      const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z;
-      int nName;
-      assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd );
-      if( pCons->z==0 ){
-        pCons = pEnd;
-      }
-      nName = (const char *)pCons->z - zName;
-      p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
-  Token *pBegin,     /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */
-  Token *pName1,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Token *pName2,     /* The token that holds the name of the view */
-  Select *pSelect,   /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */
-  int isTemp,        /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */
-  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
-){
-  Table *p;
-  int n;
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  Token sEnd;
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  Token *pName;
-  int iDb;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr);
-  p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema);
-  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName)
-    && sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect)
-  ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view.
-  ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically
-  ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that
-  ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns.
-  */
-  p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, p);
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement.  Make sEnd point to
-  ** the end.
-  */
-  sEnd = pParse->sLastToken;
-  if( sEnd.z[0]!=0 && sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){
-    sEnd.z += sEnd.n;
-  }
-  sEnd.n = 0;
-  n = sEnd.z - pBegin->z;
-  z = (const unsigned char*)pBegin->z;
-  while( n>0 && (z[n-1]==';' || isspace(z[n-1])) ){ n--; }
-  sEnd.z = &z[n-1];
-  sEnd.n = 1;
-
-  /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0);
-  return;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-/*
-** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW.  Fill in the names of
-** the columns of the view in the pTable structure.  Return the number
-** of errors.  If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){
-  Table *pSelTab;   /* A fake table from which we get the result set */
-  Select *pSel;     /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */
-  int nErr = 0;     /* Number of errors encountered */
-  int n;            /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* Database connection for malloc errors */
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-
-  assert( pTable );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable) ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are
-  ** already known.
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently
-  ** trying to compute the column names.  If we enter this routine with
-  ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this:
-  **
-  **     CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two;
-  **     CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one;
-  **
-  ** Actually, this error is caught previously and so the following test
-  ** should always fail.  But we will leave it in place just to be safe.
-  */
-  if( pTable->nCol<0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-  assert( pTable->nCol>=0 );
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names.
-  ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any
-  ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors
-  ** to the elements of the FROM clause.  But we do not want these changes
-  ** to be permanent.  So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT
-  ** statement that defines the view.
-  */
-  assert( pTable->pSelect );
-  pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect);
-  if( pSel ){
-    n = pParse->nTab;
-    sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc);
-    pTable->nCol = -1;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    xAuth = db->xAuth;
-    db->xAuth = 0;
-    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-    db->xAuth = xAuth;
-#else
-    pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel);
-#endif
-    pParse->nTab = n;
-    if( pSelTab ){
-      assert( pTable->aCol==0 );
-      pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol;
-      pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol;
-      pSelTab->nCol = 0;
-      pSelTab->aCol = 0;
-      sqlite3DeleteTable(pSelTab);
-      pTable->pSchema->flags |= DB_UnresetViews;
-    }else{
-      pTable->nCol = 0;
-      nErr++;
-    }
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel);
-  } else {
-    nErr++;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-  return nErr;  
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-/*
-** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx.
-*/
-static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){
-  HashElem *i;
-  if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return;
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pTab->pSelect ){
-      sqliteResetColumnNames(pTab);
-    }
-  }
-  DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews);
-}
-#else
-# define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema
-** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The
-** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom
-** to iTo.
-**
-** Ticket #1728:  The symbol table might still contain information
-** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted.
-** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might
-** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is
-** being moved.  So we cannot stop searching after the first match 
-** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices
-** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved.
-** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with
-** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo
-** in order to be certain that we got the right one.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(Db *pDb, int iFrom, int iTo){
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Hash *pHash;
-
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pTab->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-  pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash;
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){
-      pIdx->tnum = iTo;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb.
-** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema
-** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst
-** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/ 
-static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer
-  ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to
-  ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to
-  ** reflect this.
-  **
-  ** The "#%d" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value
-  ** is on the top of the stack.  See sqlite3RegisterExpr().
-  */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-     "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d",
-     pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), iTable, r1, r1);
-#endif
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk.
-** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions
-** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer
-** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database).
-*/
-static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  destroyRootPage(pParse, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-  }
-#else
-  /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the
-  ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically 
-  ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages
-  ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the
-  ** following were coded:
-  **
-  ** OP_Destroy 4 0
-  ** ...
-  ** OP_Destroy 5 0
-  **
-  ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the
-  ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the 
-  ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit
-  ** a free-list page.
-  */
-  int iTab = pTab->tnum;
-  int iDestroyed = 0;
-
-  while( 1 ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    int iLargest = 0;
-
-    if( iDestroyed==0 || iTab<iDestroyed ){
-      iLargest = iTab;
-    }
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int iIdx = pIdx->tnum;
-      assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdx<iDestroyed)) && iIdx>iLargest ){
-        iLargest = iIdx;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iLargest==0 ){
-      return;
-    }else{
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
-      iDestroyed = iLargest;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
-** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, isView, 
-                            pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    if( noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorClear(pParse);
-    }
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-
-  /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure
-  ** it is initialized.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zArg2 = 0;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( isView ){
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW;
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE;
-      zArg2 = pTab->pMod->zName;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE;
-      }else{
-        code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_table;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used
-  ** on a table.
-  */
-  if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-  if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_drop_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table
-  ** on disk.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    Trigger *pTrigger;
-    Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      if( v ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code
-    ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or
-    ** sqlite_temp_master if required.
-    */
-    pTrigger = pTab->pTrigger;
-    while( pTrigger ){
-      assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || 
-          pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-      sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-      pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-    /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with
-    ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped
-    ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to
-    ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode).
-    */
-    if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %s.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q",
-        pDb->zName, pTab->zName
-      );
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the
-    ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes
-    ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being
-    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
-    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
-    ** database.
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
-        pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);
-
-    /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */
-    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName
-      );
-    }
-
-    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
-    }
-
-    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
-    ** the schema cookie.
-    */
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-  }
-  sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb);
-
-exit_drop_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table
-** currently under construction.  pFromCol determines which columns
-** in the current table point to the foreign key.  If pFromCol==0 then
-** connect the key to the last column inserted.  pTo is the name of
-** the table referred to.  pToCol is a list of tables in the other
-** pTo table that the foreign key points to.  flags contains all
-** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified
-** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses.
-**
-** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently
-** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field.  The new FKey
-** is not linked into db->aFKey at this point - that does not happen
-** until sqlite3EndTable().
-**
-** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing.  A subsequent call
-** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pFromCol,  /* Columns in this table that point to other table */
-  Token *pTo,          /* Name of the other table */
-  ExprList *pToCol,    /* Columns in the other table */
-  int flags            /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  FKey *pFKey = 0;
-  Table *p = pParse->pNewTable;
-  int nByte;
-  int i;
-  int nCol;
-  char *z;
-
-  assert( pTo!=0 );
-  if( p==0 || pParse->nErr || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    int iCol = p->nCol-1;
-    if( iCol<0 ) goto fk_end;
-    if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s"
-         " should reference only one column of table %T",
-         p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo);
-      goto fk_end;
-    }
-    nCol = 1;
-  }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
-        "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of "
-        "columns in the referenced table");
-    goto fk_end;
-  }else{
-    nCol = pFromCol->nExpr;
-  }
-  nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + nCol*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1;
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; i<pToCol->nExpr; i++){
-      nByte += strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1;
-    }
-  }
-  pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte );
-  if( pFKey==0 ){
-    goto fk_end;
-  }
-  pFKey->pFrom = p;
-  pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey;
-  z = (char*)&pFKey[1];
-  pFKey->aCol = (struct sColMap*)z;
-  z += sizeof(struct sColMap)*nCol;
-  pFKey->zTo = z;
-  memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n);
-  z[pTo->n] = 0;
-  z += pTo->n+1;
-  pFKey->pNextTo = 0;
-  pFKey->nCol = nCol;
-  if( pFromCol==0 ){
-    pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1;
-  }else{
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<p->nCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-          pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=p->nCol ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", 
-          pFromCol->a[i].zName);
-        goto fk_end;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( pToCol ){
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      int n = strlen(pToCol->a[i].zName);
-      pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z;
-      memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n);
-      z[n] = 0;
-      z += n+1;
-    }
-  }
-  pFKey->isDeferred = 0;
-  pFKey->deleteConf = flags & 0xff;
-  pFKey->updateConf = (flags >> 8 ) & 0xff;
-  pFKey->insertConf = (flags >> 16 ) & 0xff;
-
-  /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step.
-  */
-  p->pFKey = pFKey;
-  pFKey = 0;
-
-fk_end:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey);
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED
-** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition.  The isDeferred
-** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE.
-** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted
-** accordingly.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  Table *pTab;
-  FKey *pFKey;
-  if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return;
-  pFKey->isDeferred = isDeferred;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx.  This is
-** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the
-** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command.
-**
-** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly
-** created.  The register specified by memRootPage contains the
-** root page number of the index.  If memRootPage is negative, then
-** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
-** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
-*/
-static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
-  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
-  int iTab = pParse->nTab;       /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
-  int iIdx = pParse->nTab+1;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
-  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
-  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
-  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
-  int regIdxKey;                 /* Registers containing the index key */
-  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
-  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */
-  sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName);
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
-    tnum = memRootPage;
-  }else{
-    tnum = pIndex->tnum;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb);
-  }
-  pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
-                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
-  }
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
-  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);
-  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
-    int j1, j2;
-    int regRowid;
-
-    regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdxKey, 0, pIndex->nColumn);
-    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx,
-                           0, regRowid, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regRecord), P4_INT32);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, OE_Abort, 0,
-                    "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
-** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
-** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
-** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
-** as the table to be indexed.  pParse->pNewTable is a table that is
-** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement.
-**
-** pList is a list of columns to be indexed.  pList will be NULL if this
-** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added
-** to the table currently under construction.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* All information about this parse */
-  Token *pName1,     /* First part of index name. May be NULL */
-  Token *pName2,     /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */
-  SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */
-  ExprList *pList,   /* A list of columns to be indexed */
-  int onError,       /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */
-  Token *pStart,     /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */
-  Token *pEnd,       /* The ")" that closes the CREATE INDEX statement */
-  int sortOrder,     /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */
-  int ifNotExist     /* Omit error if index already exists */
-){
-  Table *pTab = 0;     /* Table to be indexed */
-  Index *pIndex = 0;   /* The index to be created */
-  char *zName = 0;     /* Name of the index */
-  int nName;           /* Number of characters in zName */
-  int i, j;
-  Token nullId;        /* Fake token for an empty ID list */
-  DbFixer sFix;        /* For assigning database names to pTable */
-  int sortOrderMask;   /* 1 to honor DESC in index.  0 to ignore. */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;             /* The specific table containing the indexed database */
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database that is being written */
-  Token *pName = 0;    /* Unqualified name of the index to create */
-  struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */
-  int nCol;
-  int nExtra = 0;
-  char *zExtra;
-
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the table that is to be indexed.  Return early if not found.
-  */
-  if( pTblName!=0 ){
-
-    /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database 
-    ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db
-    ** before looking up the table.
-    */
-    assert( pName1 && pName2 );
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-    /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the the table
-    ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this
-    ** if initialising a database schema.
-    */
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName);
-      if( pName2 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-        iDb = 1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName) &&
-        sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName)
-    ){
-      /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier,
-      ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */
-      assert(0);
-    }
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pTblName->a[0].zName, 
-        pTblName->a[0].zDatabase);
-    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
-    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-  }else{
-    assert( pName==0 );
-    pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-    if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  }
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  if( pTab==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index;
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed");
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  ** Find the name of the index.  Make sure there is not already another
-  ** index or table with the same name.  
-  **
-  ** Exception:  If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the
-  ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and
-  ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or
-  ** index, then we will continue to process this index.
-  **
-  ** If pName==0 it means that we are
-  ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint.  We have to invent our
-  ** own name.
-  */
-  if( pName ){
-    zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
-    if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    if( !db->init.busy ){
-      if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_create_index;
-      if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName);
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zName)!=0 ){
-      if( !ifNotExist ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName);
-      }
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }else{
-    int n;
-    Index *pLoop;
-    for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){}
-    zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n);
-    if( zName==0 ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check for authorization to create an index.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    const char *zDb = pDb->zName;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX;
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary
-  ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction.
-  ** So create a fake list to simulate this.
-  */
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    nullId.z = (u8*)pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1].zName;
-    nullId.n = strlen((char*)nullId.z);
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 0, &nullId);
-    if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-    pList->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly
-  ** specified collation sequence names.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr;
-    CollSeq *pColl;
-    if( (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)!=0 && (pColl = pExpr->pColl)!=0 ){
-      nExtra += (1 + strlen(pColl->zName));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* 
-  ** Allocate the index structure. 
-  */
-  nName = strlen(zName);
-  nCol = pList->nExpr;
-  pIndex = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 
-      sizeof(Index) +              /* Index structure  */
-      sizeof(int)*nCol +           /* Index.aiColumn   */
-      sizeof(int)*(nCol+1) +       /* Index.aiRowEst   */
-      sizeof(char *)*nCol +        /* Index.azColl     */
-      sizeof(u8)*nCol +            /* Index.aSortOrder */
-      nName + 1 +                  /* Index.zName      */
-      nExtra                       /* Collation sequence names */
-  );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_create_index;
-  }
-  pIndex->azColl = (char**)(&pIndex[1]);
-  pIndex->aiColumn = (int *)(&pIndex->azColl[nCol]);
-  pIndex->aiRowEst = (unsigned *)(&pIndex->aiColumn[nCol]);
-  pIndex->aSortOrder = (u8 *)(&pIndex->aiRowEst[nCol+1]);
-  pIndex->zName = (char *)(&pIndex->aSortOrder[nCol]);
-  zExtra = (char *)(&pIndex->zName[nName+1]);
-  memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1);
-  pIndex->pTable = pTab;
-  pIndex->nColumn = pList->nExpr;
-  pIndex->onError = onError;
-  pIndex->autoIndex = pName==0;
-  pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-
-  /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns
-  */
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){
-    sortOrderMask = -1;   /* Honor DESC */
-  }else{
-    sortOrderMask = 0;    /* Ignore DESC */
-  }
-
-  /* Scan the names of the columns of the table to be indexed and
-  ** load the column indices into the Index structure.  Report an error
-  ** if any column is not found.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pListItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pListItem++){
-    const char *zColName = pListItem->zName;
-    Column *pTabCol;
-    int requestedSortOrder;
-    char *zColl;                   /* Collation sequence name */
-
-    for(j=0, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; j<pTab->nCol; j++, pTabCol++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(zColName, pTabCol->zName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has no column named %s",
-        pTab->zName, zColName);
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    /* TODO:  Add a test to make sure that the same column is not named
-    ** more than once within the same index.  Only the first instance of
-    ** the column will ever be used by the optimizer.  Note that using the
-    ** same column more than once cannot be an error because that would 
-    ** break backwards compatibility - it needs to be a warning.
-    */
-    pIndex->aiColumn[i] = j;
-    if( pListItem->pExpr && pListItem->pExpr->pColl ){
-      assert( pListItem->pExpr->pColl );
-      zColl = zExtra;
-      sqlite3_snprintf(nExtra, zExtra, "%s", pListItem->pExpr->pColl->zName);
-      zExtra += (strlen(zColl) + 1);
-    }else{
-      zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
-      if( !zColl ){
-        zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName;
-      }
-    }
-    if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1) ){
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl;
-    requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask;
-    pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = requestedSortOrder;
-  }
-  sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex);
-
-  if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){
-    /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a
-    ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or
-    ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions.
-    ** i.e. one of:
-    **
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y);
-    ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y));
-    **
-    ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If
-    ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to
-    ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with
-    ** explicit indices.
-    */
-    Index *pIdx;
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      int k;
-      assert( pIdx->onError!=OE_None );
-      assert( pIdx->autoIndex );
-      assert( pIndex->onError!=OE_None );
-
-      if( pIdx->nColumn!=pIndex->nColumn ) continue;
-      for(k=0; k<pIdx->nColumn; k++){
-        const char *z1 = pIdx->azColl[k];
-        const char *z2 = pIndex->azColl[k];
-        if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break;
-        if( pIdx->aSortOrder[k]!=pIndex->aSortOrder[k] ) break;
-        if( z1!=z2 && sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break;
-      }
-      if( k==pIdx->nColumn ){
-        if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){
-          /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous
-          ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement.
-          ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this 
-          ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit
-          ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the
-          ** explicitly specified behaviour for the index.
-          */
-          if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-                "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0);
-          }
-          if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){
-            pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError;
-          }
-        }
-        goto exit_create_index;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other
-  ** in-memory database structures. 
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    Index *p;
-    p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, 
-                         pIndex->zName, strlen(pIndex->zName)+1, pIndex);
-    if( p ){
-      assert( p==pIndex );  /* Malloc must have failed */
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto exit_create_index;
-    }
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-    if( pTblName!=0 ){
-      pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the db->init.busy is 0 then create the index on disk.  This
-  ** involves writing the index into the master table and filling in the
-  ** index with the current table contents.
-  **
-  ** The db->init.busy is 0 when the user first enters a CREATE INDEX 
-  ** command.  db->init.busy is 1 when a database is opened and 
-  ** CREATE INDEX statements are read out of the master table.  In
-  ** the latter case the index already exists on disk, which is why
-  ** we don't want to recreate it.
-  **
-  ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as a primary key
-  ** or UNIQUE constraint of a CREATE TABLE statement.  Since the table
-  ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization
-  ** step can be skipped.
-  */
-  else if( db->init.busy==0 ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *zStmt;
-    int iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index;
-
-
-    /* Create the rootpage for the index
-    */
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_CreateIndex, iDb, iMem);
-
-    /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into
-    ** the zStmt variable
-    */
-    if( pStart && pEnd ){
-      /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */
-      zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s",
-        onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE",
-        pEnd->z - pName->z + 1,
-        pName->z);
-    }else{
-      /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */
-      /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */
-      zStmt = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index
-    */
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-        pIndex->zName,
-        pTab->zName,
-        iMem,
-        zStmt
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-
-    /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire
-    ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements.
-    */
-    if( pTblName ){
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem);
-      sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pIndex->zName), P4_DYNAMIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make
-  ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled
-  ** OE_Ignore.  This is necessary for the correct operation of UPDATE
-  ** and INSERT.
-  */
-  if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){
-    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0
-         || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){
-      pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex;
-      pTab->pIndex = pIndex;
-    }else{
-      Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex;
-      while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){
-        pOther = pOther->pNext;
-      }
-      pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-      pOther->pNext = pIndex;
-    }
-    pIndex = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Clean up before exiting */
-exit_create_index:
-  if( pIndex ){
-    freeIndex(pIndex);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to make sure the file format number is at least minFormat.
-** The generated code will increase the file format number if necessary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(Parse *pParse, int iDb, int minFormat){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    int j1;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, minFormat, r2);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, r2, 0, r1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1, r2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information
-** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command.
-**
-** aiRowEst[0] is suppose to contain the number of elements in the index.
-** Since we do not know, guess 1 million.  aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the
-** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the
-** first column of the index.  aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number
-** of rows that match any particular combiniation of the first 2 columns
-** of the index.  And so forth.  It must always be the case that
-*
-**           aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1]
-**           aiRowEst[N]>=1
-**
-** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to
-** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized.  The numbers generated here
-** are based on typical values found in actual indices.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){
-  unsigned *a = pIdx->aiRowEst;
-  int i;
-  assert( a!=0 );
-  a[0] = 1000000;
-  for(i=pIdx->nColumn; i>=5; i--){
-    a[i] = 5;
-  }
-  while( i>=1 ){
-    a[i] = 11 - i;
-    i--;
-  }
-  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
-    a[pIdx->nColumn] = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine will drop an existing named index.  This routine
-** implements the DROP INDEX statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){
-  Index *pIndex;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( pIndex==0 ){
-    if( !ifExists ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0);
-    }
-    pParse->checkSchema = 1;
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  if( pIndex->autoIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE "
-      "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0);
-    goto exit_drop_index;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX;
-    Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){
-      goto exit_drop_index;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-       pIndex->zName
-    );
-    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
-      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName
-      );
-    }
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
-  }
-
-exit_drop_index:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects.  Each object in the
-** array is szEntry bytes in size.  This routine allocates a new
-** object on the end of the array.
-**
-** *pnEntry is the number of entries already in use.  *pnAlloc is
-** the previously allocated size of the array.  initSize is the
-** suggested initial array size allocation.
-**
-** The index of the new entry is returned in *pIdx.
-**
-** This routine returns a pointer to the array of objects.  This
-** might be the same as the pArray parameter or it might be a different
-** pointer if the array was resized.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-  sqlite3 *db,      /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  void *pArray,     /* Array of objects.  Might be reallocated */
-  int szEntry,      /* Size of each object in the array */
-  int initSize,     /* Suggested initial allocation, in elements */
-  int *pnEntry,     /* Number of objects currently in use */
-  int *pnAlloc,     /* Current size of the allocation, in elements */
-  int *pIdx         /* Write the index of a new slot here */
-){
-  char *z;
-  if( *pnEntry >= *pnAlloc ){
-    void *pNew;
-    int newSize;
-    newSize = (*pnAlloc)*2 + initSize;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, newSize*szEntry);
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      *pIdx = -1;
-      return pArray;
-    }
-    *pnAlloc = newSize;
-    pArray = pNew;
-  }
-  z = (char*)pArray;
-  memset(&z[*pnEntry * szEntry], 0, szEntry);
-  *pIdx = *pnEntry;
-  ++*pnEntry;
-  return pArray;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a new element to the given IdList.  Create a new IdList if
-** need be.
-**
-** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-    pList->nAlloc = 0;
-  }
-  pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate(
-      db,
-      pList->a,
-      sizeof(pList->a[0]),
-      5,
-      &pList->nId,
-      &pList->nAlloc,
-      &i
-  );
-  if( i<0 ){
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken);
-  return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an IdList.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId.  Return -1
-** if not found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return -1;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nId; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Append a new table name to the given SrcList.  Create a new SrcList if
-** need be.  A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pToken is NULL.
-**
-** A new SrcList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails.
-**
-** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional
-** database name prefix.  Like this:  "database.table".  The pDatabase
-** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name.
-** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might
-** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase.  
-** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable,
-** or with NULL if no database is specified.
-**
-** In other words, if call like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0);
-**
-** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified.  If called
-** like this:
-**
-**         sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C);
-**
-** Then C is the table name and B is the database name.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */
-  SrcList *pList,     /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */
-  Token *pTable,      /* Table to append */
-  Token *pDatabase    /* Database of the table */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ){
-    pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SrcList) );
-    if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-    pList->nAlloc = 1;
-  }
-  if( pList->nSrc>=pList->nAlloc ){
-    SrcList *pNew;
-    pList->nAlloc *= 2;
-    pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList,
-               sizeof(*pList) + (pList->nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pList->a[0]) );
-    if( pNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList);
-      return 0;
-    }
-    pList = pNew;
-  }
-  pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc];
-  memset(pItem, 0, sizeof(pList->a[0]));
-  if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){
-    pDatabase = 0;
-  }
-  if( pDatabase && pTable ){
-    Token *pTemp = pDatabase;
-    pDatabase = pTable;
-    pTable = pTemp;
-  }
-  pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable);
-  pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase);
-  pItem->iCursor = -1;
-  pItem->isPopulated = 0;
-  pList->nSrc++;
-  return pList;
-}
-
-/*
-** Assign cursors to all tables in a SrcList
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-      if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break;
-      pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the
-** end of a growing FROM clause.  The "p" parameter is the part of
-** the FROM clause that has already been constructed.  "p" is NULL
-** if this is the first term of the FROM clause.  pTable and pDatabase
-** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term.
-** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the
-** usual case.  If the term has a alias, then pAlias points to the
-** alias token.  If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the
-** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes.  The pTable and
-** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries.  The pOn and pUsing
-** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses.
-**
-** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new
-** term added.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  SrcList *p,             /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */
-  Token *pTable,          /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */
-  Token *pDatabase,       /* Name of the database containing pTable */
-  Token *pAlias,          /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */
-  Select *pSubquery,      /* A subquery used in place of a table name */
-  Expr *pOn,              /* The ON clause of a join */
-  IdList *pUsing          /* The USING clause of a join */
-){
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase);
-  if( p==0 || p->nSrc==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery);
-    return p;
-  }
-  pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1];
-  if( pAlias && pAlias->n ){
-    pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias);
-  }
-  pItem->pSelect = pSubquery;
-  pItem->pOn = pOn;
-  pItem->pUsing = pUsing;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator
-** is initially attached to the left operand.  But the code generator
-** expects the join operator to be on the right operand.  This routine
-** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM
-** clause.
-**
-** Example: Suppose the join is like this:
-**
-**           A natural cross join B
-**
-** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
-** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
-** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
-  if( p && p->a ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
-      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
-    }
-    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Begin a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int i;
-
-  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 0, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Commit a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "COMMIT", 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback a transaction
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackTransaction(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  if( pParse==0 || (db=pParse->db)==0 || db->aDb[0].pBt==0 ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "ROLLBACK", 0, 0) ) return;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use.  Return
-** the number of errors.  Leave any error messages in the pParse structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){
-    int rc;
-    static const int flags = 
-          SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-          SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, 0, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, flags,
-                                 &db->aDb[1].pBt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database "
-        "file for storing temporary tables");
-      pParse->rc = rc;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    assert( (db->flags & SQLITE_InTrans)==0 || db->autoCommit );
-    assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema );
-    sqlite3PagerJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[1].pBt),
-                            db->dfltJournalMode);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code that will verify the schema cookie and start
-** a read-transaction for all named database files.
-**
-** It is important that all schema cookies be verified and all
-** read transactions be started before anything else happens in
-** the VDBE program.  But this routine can be called after much other
-** code has been generated.  So here is what we do:
-**
-** The first time this routine is called, we code an OP_Goto that
-** will jump to a subroutine at the end of the program.  Then we
-** record every database that needs its schema verified in the
-** pParse->cookieMask field.  Later, after all other code has been
-** generated, the subroutine that does the cookie verifications and
-** starts the transactions will be coded and the OP_Goto P2 value
-** will be made to point to that subroutine.  The generation of the
-** cookie verification subroutine code happens in sqlite3FinishCoding().
-**
-** If iDb<0 then code the OP_Goto only - don't set flag to verify the
-** schema on any databases.  This can be used to position the OP_Goto
-** early in the code, before we know if any database tables will be used.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int mask;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;  /* This only happens if there was a prior error */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->cookieGoto==0 ){
-    pParse->cookieGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0)+1;
-  }
-  if( iDb>=0 ){
-    assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-    assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 );
-    assert( iDb<SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+2 );
-    mask = 1<<iDb;
-    if( (pParse->cookieMask & mask)==0 ){
-      pParse->cookieMask |= mask;
-      pParse->cookieValue[iDb] = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie;
-      if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-        sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that
-** might change the database.
-**
-** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within
-** a transaction.  If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint
-** is set if the setStatement parameter is true.  A checkpoint should
-** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of
-** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to
-** rollback the whole transaction.  For operations where all constraints
-** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never
-** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set.
-**
-** Only database iDb and the temp database are made writable by this call.
-** If iDb==0, then the main and temp databases are made writable.   If
-** iDb==1 then only the temp database is made writable.  If iDb>1 then the
-** specified auxiliary database and the temp database are made writable.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-  pParse->writeMask |= 1<<iDb;
-  if( setStatement && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Statement, iDb);
-  }
-  if( (OMIT_TEMPDB || iDb!=1) && pParse->db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, setStatement, 1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl.  Return
-** true if it does and false if it does not.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pIndex->nColumn; i++){
-    const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i];
-    if( z==zColl || (z && zColl && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl)) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl.
-** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-
-  for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-    if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){
-      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the
-** indices use the collating sequence pColl.  If pColl==0 then recompute
-** all indices everywhere.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){
-  Db *pDb;                    /* A single database */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  HashElem *k;                /* For looping over tables in pDb */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-
-  for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++, pDb++){
-    assert( pDb!=0 );
-    for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash);  k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
-      pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
-      reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the REINDEX command.
-**
-**        REINDEX                            -- 1
-**        REINDEX  <collation>               -- 2
-**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<tablename>  -- 3
-**        REINDEX  ?<database>.?<indexname>  -- 4
-**
-** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt.
-** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named
-** collating function.  Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all
-** indices associated with the named table.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
-  CollSeq *pColl;             /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */
-  char *z;                    /* Name of a table or index */
-  const char *zDb;            /* Name of the database */
-  Table *pTab;                /* A table in the database */
-  Index *pIndex;              /* An index associated with pTab */
-  int iDb;                    /* The database index number */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;   /* The database connection */
-  Token *pObjName;            /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */
-
-  /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
-  ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( pName1==0 || pName1->z==0 ){
-    reindexDatabases(pParse, 0);
-    return;
-  }else if( pName2==0 || pName2->z==0 ){
-    char *zColl;
-    assert( pName1->z );
-    zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1);
-    if( !zColl ) return;
-    pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, -1, 0);
-    if( pColl ){
-      if( zColl ){
-        reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-      }
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl);
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName);
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb);
-  if( pTab ){
-    reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-    return;
-  }
-  pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-  if( pIndex ){
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed");
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Return a dynamicly allocated KeyInfo structure that can be used
-** with OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite to access database index pIdx.
-**
-** If successful, a pointer to the new structure is returned. In this case
-** the caller is responsible for calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the returned 
-** pointer. If an error occurs (out of memory or missing collation 
-** sequence), NULL is returned and the state of pParse updated to reflect
-** the error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){
-  int i;
-  int nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-  int nBytes = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*) + nCol;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  KeyInfo *pKey = (KeyInfo *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nBytes);
-
-  if( pKey ){
-    pKey->db = pParse->db;
-    pKey->aSortOrder = (u8 *)&(pKey->aColl[nCol]);
-    assert( &pKey->aSortOrder[nCol]==&(((u8 *)pKey)[nBytes]) );
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
-      assert( zColl );
-      pKey->aColl[i] = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl, -1);
-      pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
-    }
-    pKey->nField = nCol;
-  }
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pKey);
-    pKey = 0;
-  }
-  return pKey;
-}
-
-/************** End of build.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 May 23 
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-**
-** $Id: callback.c,v 1.31 2008/09/09 12:31:34 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
-** If the collation sequence
-*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
-  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
-  if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
-  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
-    char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName);
-    if( !zExternal ) return;
-    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
-    char const *zExternal;
-    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( zExternal ){
-      db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
-*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
-  CollSeq *pColl2;
-  char *z = pColl->zName;
-  int n = strlen(z);
-  int i;
-  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
-  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
-    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
-    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
-      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
-      pColl->xDel = 0;         /* Do not copy the destructor */
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
-** encoding.
-** 
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  CollSeq *pColl, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int nName
-){
-  CollSeq *p;
-
-  p = pColl;
-  if( !p ){
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
-  }
-  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
-    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
-    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
-    */
-    callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
-  }
-  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
-    p = 0;
-  }
-  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
-  if( pColl ){
-    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
-    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
-    if( !p ){
-      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
-      }
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    assert( p==pColl );
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
-*/
-static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
-  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-
-  if( 0==pColl && create ){
-    pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
-    if( pColl ){
-      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
-      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
-      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
-      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
-
-      /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
-      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
-      ** to the hash table).
-      */
-      assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
-      if( pDel!=0 ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
-        pColl = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
-** this routine.  sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
-** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
-** cannot be found.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  u8 enc,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( zName ){
-    pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
-  }else{
-    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-  }
-  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
-** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
-** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
-** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
-** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
-**
-** The returned value is always between 1 and 6, as follows:
-**
-** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
-**    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
-**    requested, or vice versa.
-** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
-** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-**    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-**    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
-** 6: An exact match.
-**
-*/
-static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){
-  int match = 0;
-  if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
-    match = 1;
-    if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
-      match = 4;
-    }
-    if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
-      match += 2;
-    }
-    else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
-             (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
-      match += 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return match;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name.  Return
-** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
-*/
-static FuncDef *functionSearch(
-  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* Hash table to search */
-  int h,               /* Hash of the name */
-  const char *zFunc,   /* Name of function */
-  int nFunc            /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
-      return p;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
-  FuncDefHash *pHash,  /* The hash table into which to insert */
-  FuncDef *pDef        /* The function definition to insert */
-){
-  FuncDef *pOther;
-  int nName = strlen(pDef->zName);
-  u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
-  int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
-  pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
-  if( pOther ){
-    pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
-    pOther->pNext = pDef;
-  }else{
-    pDef->pNext = 0;
-    pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
-    pHash->a[h] = pDef;
-  }
-}
-  
-  
-
-/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
-** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
-** any number of arguments will be returned.
-**
-** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
-** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
-** or xStep is non-zero.
-**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
-  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
-  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
-  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
-  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
-  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
-  int bestScore = 0;  /* Score of best match */
-  int h;              /* Hash value */
-
-
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
-  h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
-
-  /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
-  */
-  p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
-  while( p ){
-    int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
-    if( score>bestScore ){
-      pBest = p;
-      bestScore = score;
-    }
-    p = p->pNext;
-  }
-
-  /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
-  **
-  ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
-  ** install a new function.  Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will
-  ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
-  ** new function.  But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
-  ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
-  */ 
-  if( !createFlag && !pBest ){
-    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-    p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
-    while( p ){
-      int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
-      if( score>bestScore ){
-        pBest = p;
-        bestScore = score;
-      }
-      p = p->pNext;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
-  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
-  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
-  */
-  if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) && 
-      (pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
-    pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
-    pBest->nArg = nArg;
-    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
-    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
-    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
-  }
-
-  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
-    return pBest;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
-** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the 
-** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
-** of the schema hash tables).
-**
-** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
-  Hash temp1;
-  Hash temp2;
-  HashElem *pElem;
-  Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
-
-  temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
-  temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
-  sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
-    Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
-  pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
-  pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
-}
-
-/*
-** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree.  Create
-** a new one if necessary.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
-  Schema * p;
-  if( pBt ){
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree);
-  }else{
-    p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema));
-  }
-  if( !p ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-    sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
-    p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/************** End of callback.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
-**
-** $Id: delete.c,v 1.175 2008/09/01 21:59:43 shane Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
-** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
-** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
-    pItem->pTab = pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
-    }
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
-** writable return 0;
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
-  if( ((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
-        && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-        && pParse->nested==0) 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      || (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
-#endif
-  ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(
-  Parse *p,       /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
-  int iDb,        /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
-  Table *pTab,    /* The table to be opened */
-  int opcode      /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
-  assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
-  sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite), pTab->zName);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-  VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
-}
-
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-/*
-** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table.  The
-** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
-** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pView,        /* View definition */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
-  int iCur             /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
-){
-  SelectDest dest;
-  Select *pDup;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect);
-  if( pWhere ){
-    SrcList *pFrom;
-    Token viewName;
-    
-    pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere);
-    viewName.z = (u8*)pView->zName;
-    viewName.n = (unsigned int)strlen((const char*)viewName.z);
-    pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, &viewName, pDup, 0,0);
-    pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
-**
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-**                 \________/       \________________/
-**                  pTabList              pWhere
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
-  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
-  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
-  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
-  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
-  int oldIdx = -1;       /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database number */
-  int memCnt = 0;        /* Memory cell used for change counting */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any triggers exist */
-#endif
-  int iBeginAfterTrigger;      /* Address of after trigger program */
-  int iEndAfterTrigger;        /* Exit of after trigger program */
-  int iBeginBeforeTrigger;     /* Address of before trigger program */
-  int iEndBeforeTrigger;       /* Exit of before trigger program */
-  u32 old_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
-
-  sContext.pParse = 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
-  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
-  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
-  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** deleted from is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){ 
-    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Assign  cursor number to the table and all its indices.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Start the view context
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, iDb);
-
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    int orconf = ((pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default);
-    int iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
-        -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
-    iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-
-    iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1,
-        oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
-    iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
-  ** a ephemeral table.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
-  */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
-  ** we are counting rows.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
-  }
-
-  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
-  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
-  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
-  */
-  if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
-      ** entries in the table. */
-      int addr2;
-      if( !isView ){
-        sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
-    }
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb);
-      if( !pParse->nested ){
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
-      }
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
-      }
-    }
-  } 
-  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
-  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
-  */
-  else{
-    int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Used for storing rowid values. */
-
-    /* Begin the database scan
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VRowid : OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_FifoWrite, iRowid);
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
-    }
-
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
-    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx);
-    }
-
-    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
-    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
-    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
-    */
-    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    if( !isView ){
-      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and 
-      ** all its indices.
-      */
-      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
-    }
-
-    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters
-    ** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
-    }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, iRowid, end);
-
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      int iData = ++pParse->nMem;   /* For storing row data of OLD table */
-
-      /* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the
-      ** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, iRowid);
-
-      /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table */
-      if( old_col_mask ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, iData);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iData);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, iData, iRowid);
-
-      /* Jump back and run the BEFORE triggers */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
-    }
-
-    if( !isView ){
-      /* Delete the row */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-        const char *pVtab = (const char *)pTab->pVtab;
-        sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-      }else
-#endif
-      {
-        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, pParse->nested==0);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
-    ** the AFTER triggers
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      /* Jump back and run the AFTER triggers */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
-    }
-
-    /* End of the delete loop */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
-
-    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
-    if( !isView  && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", P4_STATIC);
-  }
-
-delete_from_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
-**       memory cell iRowid.
-**
-** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
-** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
-** entries that point to that record.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int iRowid,        /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
-  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
-){
-  int addr;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowid);
-  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
-  if( count ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
-**       deleted.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int *aRegIdx       /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
-){
-  int i;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int r1;
-
-  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
-    r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register
-** regOut.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.
-**
-** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
-** registers that holds the elements of the index key.  The
-** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
-** this routine returns.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing context */
-  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
-  int regOut,        /* Write the new index key to this register */
-  int doMakeRec      /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int j;
-  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-  int regBase;
-  int nCol;
-
-  nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
-  regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol);
-  for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
-    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
-    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
-      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
-    }
-  }
-  if( doMakeRec ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
-    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
-  return regBase;
-}
-
-/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
-** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
-** macro. */
-#undef isView
-
-/************** End of delete.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2002 February 23
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
-** functions of SQLite.  
-**
-** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
-** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
-** All other code has file scope.
-**
-** $Id: func.c,v 1.203 2008/09/03 17:11:16 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Return the collating function associated with a function.
-*/
-static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
-  return context->pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions
-*/
-static void minmaxFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  int mask;    /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */
-  int iBest;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-
-  if( argc==0 ) return;
-  mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1;
-  pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  assert( pColl );
-  assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 );
-  iBest = 0;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  for(i=1; i<argc; i++){
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[i])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-    if( (sqlite3MemCompare(argv[iBest], argv[i], pColl)^mask)>=0 ){
-      iBest = i;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the type of the argument.
-*/
-static void typeofFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *z = 0;
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_NULL:    z = "null";    break;
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: z = "integer"; break;
-    case SQLITE_TEXT:    z = "text";    break;
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT:   z = "real";    break;
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:    z = "blob";    break;
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the length() function
-*/
-static void lengthFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int len;
-
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_BLOB:
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]));
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      if( z==0 ) return;
-      len = 0;
-      while( *z ){
-        len++;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_int(context, len);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the abs() function
-*/
-static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER: {
-      i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      if( iVal<0 ){
-        if( (iVal<<1)==0 ){
-          sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1);
-          return;
-        }
-        iVal = -iVal;
-      } 
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      sqlite3_result_null(context);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal;
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the substr() function.
-**
-** substr(x,p1,p2)  returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1.
-** p1 is 1-indexed.  So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character
-** of x.  If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters.
-** If x is a blob, then we count bytes.
-**
-** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[].
-*/
-static void substrFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *z;
-  const unsigned char *z2;
-  int len;
-  int p0type;
-  i64 p1, p2;
-
-  assert( argc==3 || argc==2 );
-  p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]);
-  if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-    z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) );
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-    if( z==0 ) return;
-    len = 0;
-    for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-    }
-  }
-  p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
-  }else{
-    p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-  }
-  if( p1<0 ){
-    p1 += len;
-    if( p1<0 ){
-      p2 += p1;
-      p1 = 0;
-    }
-  }else if( p1>0 ){
-    p1--;
-  }
-  if( p1+p2>len ){
-    p2 = len-p1;
-  }
-  if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){
-    while( *z && p1 ){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-      p1--;
-    }
-    for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
-    }
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else{
-    if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)&z[p1], p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the round() function
-*/
-static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  int n = 0;
-  double r;
-  char zBuf[500];  /* larger than the %f representation of the largest double */
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return;
-    n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]);
-    if( n>30 ) n = 30;
-    if( n<0 ) n = 0;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%.*f",n,r);
-  sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r);
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, r);
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate nByte bytes of space using sqlite3_malloc(). If the
-** allocation fails, call sqlite3_result_error_nomem() to notify
-** the database handle that malloc() has failed.
-*/
-static void *contextMalloc(sqlite3_context *context, i64 nByte){
-  char *z;
-  if( nByte>sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    z = 0;
-  }else{
-    z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
-    if( !z && nByte>0 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions.
-*/
-static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
-      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
-        z1[i] = toupper(z1[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void lowerFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  char *z1;
-  const char *z2;
-  int i, n;
-  if( argc<1 || SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ) return;
-  z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */
-  assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( z2 ){
-    z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1);
-    if( z1 ){
-      memcpy(z1, z2, n+1);
-      for(i=0; z1[i]; i++){
-        z1[i] = tolower(z1[i]);
-      }
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, z1, -1, sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the IFNULL(), NVL(), and COALESCE() functions.  
-** All three do the same thing.  They return the first non-NULL
-** argument.
-*/
-static void ifnullFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[i]) ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[i]);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of random().  Return a random integer.  
-*/
-static void randomFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite_int64 r;
-  sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r);
-  if( (r<<1)==0 ) r = 0;  /* Prevent 0x8000.... as the result so that we */
-                          /* can always do abs() of the result */
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, r);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of randomblob(N).  Return a random blob
-** that is N bytes long.
-*/
-static void randomBlob(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int n;
-  unsigned char *p;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]);
-  if( n<1 ){
-    n = 1;
-  }
-  p = contextMalloc(context, n);
-  if( p ){
-    sqlite3_randomness(n, p);
-    sqlite3_result_blob(context, (char*)p, n, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the last_insert_rowid() SQL function.  The return
-** value is the same as the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function.
-*/
-static void last_insert_rowid(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int arg, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the changes() SQL function.  The return value is the
-** same as the sqlite3_changes() API function.
-*/
-static void changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int arg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_changes(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the total_changes() SQL function.  The return value is
-** the same as the sqlite3_total_changes() API function.
-*/
-static void total_changes(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int arg,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_total_changes(db));
-}
-
-/*
-** A structure defining how to do GLOB-style comparisons.
-*/
-struct compareInfo {
-  u8 matchAll;
-  u8 matchOne;
-  u8 matchSet;
-  u8 noCase;
-};
-
-/*
-** For LIKE and GLOB matching on EBCDIC machines, assume that every
-** character is exactly one byte in size.  Also, all characters are
-** able to participate in upper-case-to-lower-case mappings in EBCDIC
-** whereas only characters less than 0x80 do in ASCII.
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_EBCDIC)
-# define sqlite3Utf8Read(A,B,C)  (*(A++))
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A)     A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]
-#else
-# define GlogUpperToLower(A)     if( A<0x80 ){ A = sqlite3UpperToLower[A]; }
-#endif
-
-static const struct compareInfo globInfo = { '*', '?', '[', 0 };
-/* The correct SQL-92 behavior is for the LIKE operator to ignore
-** case.  Thus  'a' LIKE 'A' would be true. */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoNorm = { '%', '_',   0, 1 };
-/* If SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE is defined, then the LIKE operator
-** is case sensitive causing 'a' LIKE 'A' to be false */
-static const struct compareInfo likeInfoAlt = { '%', '_',   0, 0 };
-
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string can
-** potentially be a "glob" expression.  Return true (1) if they
-** are the same and false (0) if they are different.
-**
-** Globbing rules:
-**
-**      '*'       Matches any sequence of zero or more characters.
-**
-**      '?'       Matches exactly one character.
-**
-**     [...]      Matches one character from the enclosed list of
-**                characters.
-**
-**     [^...]     Matches one character not in the enclosed list.
-**
-** With the [...] and [^...] matching, a ']' character can be included
-** in the list by making it the first character after '[' or '^'.  A
-** range of characters can be specified using '-'.  Example:
-** "[a-z]" matches any single lower-case letter.  To match a '-', make
-** it the last character in the list.
-**
-** This routine is usually quick, but can be N**2 in the worst case.
-**
-** Hints: to match '*' or '?', put them in "[]".  Like this:
-**
-**         abc[*]xyz        Matches "abc*xyz" only
-*/
-static int patternCompare(
-  const u8 *zPattern,              /* The glob pattern */
-  const u8 *zString,               /* The string to compare against the glob */
-  const struct compareInfo *pInfo, /* Information about how to do the compare */
-  const int esc                    /* The escape character */
-){
-  int c, c2;
-  int invert;
-  int seen;
-  u8 matchOne = pInfo->matchOne;
-  u8 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll;
-  u8 matchSet = pInfo->matchSet;
-  u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; 
-  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was 'escape' */
-
-  while( (c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern))!=0 ){
-    if( !prevEscape && c==matchAll ){
-      while( (c=sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern,0,&zPattern)) == matchAll
-               || c == matchOne ){
-        if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }
-      if( c==0 ){
-        return 1;
-      }else if( c==esc ){
-        c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-        if( c==0 ){
-          return 0;
-        }
-      }else if( c==matchSet ){
-        assert( esc==0 );         /* This is GLOB, not LIKE */
-        assert( matchSet<0x80 );  /* '[' is a single-byte character */
-        while( *zString && patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,esc)==0 ){
-          SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString);
-        }
-        return *zString!=0;
-      }
-      while( (c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString,0,&zString))!=0 ){
-        if( noCase ){
-          GlogUpperToLower(c2);
-          GlogUpperToLower(c);
-          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-            GlogUpperToLower(c2);
-          }
-        }else{
-          while( c2 != 0 && c2 != c ){
-            c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-          }
-        }
-        if( c2==0 ) return 0;
-        if( patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,esc) ) return 1;
-      }
-      return 0;
-    }else if( !prevEscape && c==matchOne ){
-      if( sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString)==0 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else if( c==matchSet ){
-      int prior_c = 0;
-      assert( esc==0 );    /* This only occurs for GLOB, not LIKE */
-      seen = 0;
-      invert = 0;
-      c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-      if( c==0 ) return 0;
-      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      if( c2=='^' ){
-        invert = 1;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      }
-      if( c2==']' ){
-        if( c==']' ) seen = 1;
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      }
-      while( c2 && c2!=']' ){
-        if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){
-          c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-          if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1;
-          prior_c = 0;
-        }else{
-          if( c==c2 ){
-            seen = 1;
-          }
-          prior_c = c2;
-        }
-        c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zPattern, 0, &zPattern);
-      }
-      if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else if( esc==c && !prevEscape ){
-      prevEscape = 1;
-    }else{
-      c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(zString, 0, &zString);
-      if( noCase ){
-        GlogUpperToLower(c);
-        GlogUpperToLower(c2);
-      }
-      if( c!=c2 ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      prevEscape = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return *zString==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is
-** just a variation of LIKE) gets called.  This is used for testing
-** only.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
-**
-**       A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B,A).
-**
-** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes
-** the GLOB operator.
-*/
-static void likeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zA, *zB;
-  int escape = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-
-  zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
-  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) >
-        db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* Encoding did not change */
-
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
-    ** Otherwise, return an error.
-    */
-    const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-    if( zEsc==0 ) return;
-    if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(zEsc, 0, &zEsc);
-  }
-  if( zA && zB ){
-    struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context);
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    sqlite3_like_count++;
-#endif
-    
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function.  The result is the first
-** argument if the arguments are different.  The result is NULL if the
-** arguments are equal to each other.
-*/
-static void nullifFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-  if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the VERSION(*) function.  The result is the version
-** of the SQLite library that is running.
-*/
-static void versionFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_version, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-/* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex
-** digits. */
-static const char hexdigits[] = {
-  '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
-  '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' 
-};
-
-/*
-** EXPERIMENTAL - This is not an official function.  The interface may
-** change.  This function may disappear.  Do not write code that depends
-** on this function.
-**
-** Implementation of the QUOTE() function.  This function takes a single
-** argument.  If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as
-** the argument.  If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string
-** "NULL".  Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with
-** single-quote escapes.
-*/
-static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){
-    case SQLITE_NULL: {
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_INTEGER:
-    case SQLITE_FLOAT: {
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_BLOB: {
-      char *zText = 0;
-      char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-      int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-      assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */
-      zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); 
-      if( zText ){
-        int i;
-        for(i=0; i<nBlob; i++){
-          zText[(i*2)+2] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i]>>4)&0x0F];
-          zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F];
-        }
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\'';
-        zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0';
-        zText[0] = 'X';
-        zText[1] = '\'';
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-        sqlite3_free(zText);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_TEXT: {
-      int i,j;
-      u64 n;
-      const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      char *z;
-
-      if( zArg==0 ) return;
-      for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; }
-      z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3);
-      if( z ){
-        z[0] = '\'';
-        for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){
-          z[j++] = zArg[i];
-          if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){
-            z[j++] = '\'';
-          }
-        }
-        z[j++] = '\'';
-        z[j] = 0;
-        sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The hex() function.  Interpret the argument as a blob.  Return
-** a hexadecimal rendering as text.
-*/
-static void hexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int i, n;
-  const unsigned char *pBlob;
-  char *zHex, *z;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]);
-  n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1);
-  if( zHex ){
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++, pBlob++){
-      unsigned char c = *pBlob;
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[(c>>4)&0xf];
-      *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf];
-    }
-    *z = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes.
-*/
-static void zeroblobFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  i64 n;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-  if( n>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ){
-    sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_zeroblob(context, n);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The replace() function.  Three arguments are all strings: call
-** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived
-** from A by replacing every occurance of B with C.  The match
-** must be exact.  Collating sequences are not used.
-*/
-static void replaceFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zStr;        /* The input string A */
-  const unsigned char *zPattern;    /* The pattern string B */
-  const unsigned char *zRep;        /* The replacement string C */
-  unsigned char *zOut;              /* The output */
-  int nStr;                /* Size of zStr */
-  int nPattern;            /* Size of zPattern */
-  int nRep;                /* Size of zRep */
-  i64 nOut;                /* Maximum size of zOut */
-  int loopLimit;           /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */
-  int i, j;                /* Loop counters */
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zStr==0 ) return;
-  nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  if( zPattern==0 || zPattern[0]==0 ) return;
-  nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-  assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) );  /* No encoding change */
-  zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-  if( zRep==0 ) return;
-  nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-  assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) );
-  nOut = nStr + 1;
-  assert( nOut<SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH );
-  zOut = contextMalloc(context, (i64)nOut);
-  if( zOut==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  loopLimit = nStr - nPattern;  
-  for(i=j=0; i<=loopLimit; i++){
-    if( zStr[i]!=zPattern[0] || memcmp(&zStr[i], zPattern, nPattern) ){
-      zOut[j++] = zStr[i];
-    }else{
-      u8 *zOld;
-      sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-      nOut += nRep - nPattern;
-      if( nOut>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut);
-        return;
-      }
-      zOld = zOut;
-      zOut = sqlite3_realloc(zOut, (int)nOut);
-      if( zOut==0 ){
-        sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zOld);
-        return;
-      }
-      memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep);
-      j += nRep;
-      i += nPattern-1;
-    }
-  }
-  assert( j+nStr-i+1==nOut );
-  memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i);
-  j += nStr - i;
-  assert( j<=nOut );
-  zOut[j] = 0;
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions.
-** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both.
-*/
-static void trimFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zIn;         /* Input string */
-  const unsigned char *zCharSet;    /* Set of characters to trim */
-  int nIn;                          /* Number of bytes in input */
-  int flags;                        /* 1: trimleft  2: trimright  3: trim */
-  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
-  unsigned char *aLen;              /* Length of each character in zCharSet */
-  unsigned char **azChar;           /* Individual characters in zCharSet */
-  int nChar;                        /* Number of characters in zCharSet */
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-    return;
-  }
-  zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) return;
-  nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) );
-  if( argc==1 ){
-    static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 };
-    static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " };
-    nChar = 1;
-    aLen = (u8*)lenOne;
-    azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne;
-    zCharSet = 0;
-  }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){
-    return;
-  }else{
-    const unsigned char *z;
-    for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-      SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-    }
-    if( nChar>0 ){
-      azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1));
-      if( azChar==0 ){
-        return;
-      }
-      aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar];
-      for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){
-        azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z;
-        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
-        aLen[nChar] = z - azChar[nChar];
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( nChar>0 ){
-    flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context));
-    if( flags & 1 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len;
-        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
-          len = aLen[i];
-          if( memcmp(zIn, azChar[i], len)==0 ) break;
-        }
-        if( i>=nChar ) break;
-        zIn += len;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( flags & 2 ){
-      while( nIn>0 ){
-        int len;
-        for(i=0; i<nChar; i++){
-          len = aLen[i];
-          if( len<=nIn && memcmp(&zIn[nIn-len],azChar[i],len)==0 ) break;
-        }
-        if( i>=nChar ) break;
-        nIn -= len;
-      }
-    }
-    if( zCharSet ){
-      sqlite3_free(azChar);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-/*
-** Compute the soundex encoding of a word.
-*/
-static void soundexFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  char zResult[8];
-  const u8 *zIn;
-  int i, j;
-  static const unsigned char iCode[] = {
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-    0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0,
-    1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-  };
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)"";
-  for(i=0; zIn[i] && !isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){}
-  if( zIn[i] ){
-    u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-    zResult[0] = toupper(zIn[i]);
-    for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){
-      int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f];
-      if( code>0 ){
-        if( code!=prevcode ){
-          prevcode = code;
-          zResult[j++] = code + '0';
-        }
-      }else{
-        prevcode = 0;
-      }
-    }
-    while( j<4 ){
-      zResult[j++] = '0';
-    }
-    zResult[j] = 0;
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-/*
-** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL.
-*/
-static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  const char *zProc;
-  sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  }else{
-    zProc = 0;
-  }
-  if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a
-** sum() or avg() aggregate computation.
-*/
-typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx;
-struct SumCtx {
-  double rSum;      /* Floating point sum */
-  i64 iSum;         /* Integer sum */   
-  i64 cnt;          /* Number of elements summed */
-  u8 overflow;      /* True if integer overflow seen */
-  u8 approx;        /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total.
-**
-** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means
-** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs.  TOTAL returns
-** 0.0 in that case.  In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where
-** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point
-** value.  TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if
-** it overflows an integer.
-*/
-static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  int type;
-  assert( argc==1 );
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]);
-  if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    p->cnt++;
-    if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){
-      i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-      p->rSum += v;
-      if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 ){
-        i64 iNewSum = p->iSum + v;
-        int s1 = p->iSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
-        int s2 = v       >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
-        int s3 = iNewSum >> (sizeof(i64)*8-1);
-        p->overflow = (s1&s2&~s3) | (~s1&~s2&s3);
-        p->iSum = iNewSum;
-      }
-    }else{
-      p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]);
-      p->approx = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    if( p->overflow ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1);
-    }else if( p->approx ){
-      sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum);
-    }
-  }
-}
-static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( p && p->cnt>0 ){
-    sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt);
-  }
-}
-static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  SumCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : 0.0);
-}
-
-/*
-** The following structure keeps track of state information for the
-** count() aggregate function.
-*/
-typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx;
-struct CountCtx {
-  i64 n;
-};
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function.
-*/
-static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p));
-  if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){
-    p->n++;
-  }
-}   
-static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  CountCtx *p;
-  p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions.
-*/
-static void minmaxStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  Mem *pArg  = (Mem *)argv[0];
-  Mem *pBest;
-
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest));
-  if( !pBest ) return;
-
-  if( pBest->flags ){
-    int max;
-    int cmp;
-    CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context);
-    /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates,
-    ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the
-    ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the
-    ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it
-    ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer.
-    ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max()
-    ** aggregate, or 0 for min().
-    */
-    max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0;
-    cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl);
-    if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg);
-  }
-}
-static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  sqlite3_value *pRes;
-  pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pRes ){
-    if( pRes->flags ){
-      sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?)
-*/
-static void groupConcatStep(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const char *zVal;
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  const char *zSep;
-  int nVal, nSep, i;
-  if( argc==0 || sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return;
-  pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum));
-
-  if( pAccum ){
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
-    pAccum->useMalloc = 1;
-    pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
-    if( pAccum->nChar ){
-      if( argc>1 ){
-        zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
-        nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
-      }else{
-        zSep = ",";
-        nSep = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSep, nSep);
-    }
-    i = 0;
-    do{
-      zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]);
-      nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[i]);
-      sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zVal, nVal);
-      i++;
-    }while( i<argc-1 );
-  }
-}
-static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){
-  StrAccum *pAccum;
-  pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0);
-  if( pAccum ){
-    if( pAccum->tooBig ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context);
-    }else if( pAccum->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
-    }else{    
-      sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, 
-                          sqlite3_free);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL
-** functions.  This should be the only routine in this file with
-** external linkage.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-  sqlite3AlterFunctions(db);
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER
-  sqlite3AttachFunctions(db);
-#endif
-  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-    int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  (void)sqlite3SseFunctions(db);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name.
-*/
-static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int flagVal){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, strlen(zName), 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( pDef ){
-    pDef->flags = flagVal;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions.  The caseSensitive
-** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case
-** sensitive.  GLOB is always case sensitive.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){
-  struct compareInfo *pInfo;
-  if( caseSensitive ){
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt;
-  }else{
-    pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm;
-  }
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 
-      (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0,0);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE);
-  setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", 
-      caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE);
-}
-
-/*
-** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function.  If
-** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function
-** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and
-** return TRUE.  If the function is not a LIKE-style function then
-** return FALSE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){
-  FuncDef *pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->pList ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->pList->nExpr!=2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, (char*)pExpr->token.z, pExpr->token.n, 2,
-                             SQLITE_UTF8, 0);
-  if( pDef==0 || (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are
-  ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure.  The
-  ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption
-  */
-  memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3);
-  assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne );
-  assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet );
-  *pIsNocase = (pDef->flags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** All all of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above
-** to the global function hash table.  This occurs at start-time (as
-** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()).
-**
-** After this routine runs
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions(void){
-  /*
-  ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions
-  ** defined in this file.
-  **
-  ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the
-  ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time.  The elements of this array
-  ** are read-only after initialization is complete.
-  */
-  static SQLITE_WSD FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = {
-    FUNCTION(ltrim,              1, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(ltrim,              2, 1, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(rtrim,              1, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(rtrim,              2, 2, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(trim,               1, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(trim,               2, 3, 0, trimFunc         ),
-    FUNCTION(min,               -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(min,                0, 0, 1, 0                ),
-    AGGREGATE(min,               1, 0, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
-    FUNCTION(max,               -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(max,                0, 1, 1, 0                ),
-    AGGREGATE(max,               1, 1, 1, minmaxStep,      minMaxFinalize ),
-    FUNCTION(typeof,             1, 0, 0, typeofFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(length,             1, 0, 0, lengthFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(substr,             2, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(substr,             3, 0, 0, substrFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(abs,                1, 0, 0, absFunc          ),
-    FUNCTION(round,              1, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(round,              2, 0, 0, roundFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(upper,              1, 0, 0, upperFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(lower,              1, 0, 0, lowerFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,           1, 0, 0, 0                ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,          -1, 0, 0, ifnullFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(coalesce,           0, 0, 0, 0                ),
-    FUNCTION(hex,                1, 0, 0, hexFunc          ),
-    FUNCTION(ifnull,             2, 0, 1, ifnullFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(random,            -1, 0, 0, randomFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(randomblob,         1, 0, 0, randomBlob       ),
-    FUNCTION(nullif,             2, 0, 1, nullifFunc       ),
-    FUNCTION(sqlite_version,     0, 0, 0, versionFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(quote,              1, 0, 0, quoteFunc        ),
-    FUNCTION(last_insert_rowid,  0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid),
-    FUNCTION(changes,            0, 0, 0, changes          ),
-    FUNCTION(total_changes,      0, 0, 0, total_changes    ),
-    FUNCTION(replace,            3, 0, 0, replaceFunc      ),
-    FUNCTION(zeroblob,           1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc     ),
-  #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX
-    FUNCTION(soundex,            1, 0, 0, soundexFunc      ),
-  #endif
-  #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-    FUNCTION(load_extension,     1, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
-    FUNCTION(load_extension,     2, 0, 0, loadExt          ),
-  #endif
-    AGGREGATE(sum,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         sumFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(total,             1, 0, 0, sumStep,         totalFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(avg,               1, 0, 0, sumStep,         avgFinalize    ),
-    AGGREGATE(count,             0, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
-    AGGREGATE(count,             1, 0, 0, countStep,       countFinalize  ),
-    AGGREGATE(group_concat,     -1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize),
-  
-    LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-  #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE),
-  #else
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
-    LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE),
-  #endif
-  };
-
-  int i;
-  FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-  FuncDef *aFunc = (FuncDef*)&GLOBAL(FuncDef, aBuiltinFunc);
-
-  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc); i++){
-    sqlite3FuncDefInsert(pHash, &aFunc[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions();
-}
-
-/************** End of func.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: insert.c,v 1.249 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for index pIdx. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column in the table, according to the affinity of the column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'a'            TEXT
-**  'b'            NONE
-**  'c'            NUMERIC
-**  'd'            INTEGER
-**  'e'            REAL
-**
-** An extra 'b' is appended to the end of the string to cover the
-** rowid that appears as the last column in every index.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Index *pIdx){
-  if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-    /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is
-    ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as
-    ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use.
-    **
-    ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
-    ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned
-    ** up.
-    */
-    int n;
-    Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-    pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pIdx->nColumn+2);
-    if( !pIdx->zColAff ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-    for(n=0; n<pIdx->nColumn; n++){
-      pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[n]].affinity;
-    }
-    pIdx->zColAff[n++] = SQLITE_AFF_NONE;
-    pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0;
-  }
- 
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pIdx->zColAff, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set P4 of the most recently inserted opcode to a column affinity
-** string for table pTab. A column affinity string has one character
-** for each column indexed by the index, according to the affinity of the
-** column:
-**
-**  Character      Column affinity
-**  ------------------------------
-**  'a'            TEXT
-**  'b'            NONE
-**  'c'            NUMERIC
-**  'd'            INTEGER
-**  'e'            REAL
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinityStr(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){
-  /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular table
-  ** is required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then 
-  ** stored as a member of the Table structure for subsequent use.
-  **
-  ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by
-  ** sqlite3DeleteTable() when the Table structure itself is cleaned up.
-  */
-  if( !pTab->zColAff ){
-    char *zColAff;
-    int i;
-    sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v);
-
-    zColAff = (char *)sqlite3Malloc(pTab->nCol+1);
-    if( !zColAff ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity;
-    }
-    zColAff[pTab->nCol] = '\0';
-
-    pTab->zColAff = zColAff;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zColAff, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices
-** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program beginning at location
-** iStartAddr throught the end of the program.  This is used to see if 
-** a statement of the form  "INSERT INTO <iDb, pTab> SELECT ..." can 
-** run without using temporary table for the results of the SELECT. 
-*/
-static int readsTable(Vdbe *v, int iStartAddr, int iDb, Table *pTab){
-  int i;
-  int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  for(i=iStartAddr; i<iEnd; i++){
-    VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, i);
-    assert( pOp!=0 );
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){
-      Index *pIndex;
-      int tnum = pOp->p2;
-      if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){
-        if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pTab->pVtab ){
-      assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 );
-      assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB );
-      return 1;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-/*
-** Write out code to initialize the autoincrement logic.  This code
-** looks up the current autoincrement value in the sqlite_sequence
-** table and stores that value in a register.  Code generated by
-** autoIncStep() will keep that register holding the largest
-** rowid value.  Code generated by autoIncEnd() will write the new
-** largest value of the counter back into the sqlite_sequence table.
-**
-** This routine returns the index of the mem[] cell that contains
-** the maximum rowid counter.
-**
-** Three consecutive registers are allocated by this routine.  The
-** first two hold the name of the target table and the maximum rowid 
-** inserted into the target table, respectively.
-** The third holds the rowid in sqlite_sequence where we will
-** write back the revised maximum rowid.  This routine returns the
-** index of the second of these three registers.
-*/
-static int autoIncBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parsing context */
-  int iDb,            /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-  Table *pTab         /* The table we are writing to */
-){
-  int memId = 0;      /* Register holding maximum rowid */
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
-    int iCur = pParse->nTab;
-    int addr;               /* Address of the top of the loop */
-    assert( v );
-    pParse->nMem++;         /* Holds name of table */
-    memId = ++pParse->nMem;
-    pParse->nMem++;
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, memId-1, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, addr+9);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, memId-1, addr+7, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 1, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr+9);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr+2);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memId);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-  }
-  return memId;
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation.
-**
-** This routine should be called when the top of the stack holds a
-** new rowid that is about to be inserted.  If that new rowid is
-** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the
-** memory cell is updated.  The stack is unchanged.
-*/
-static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){
-  if( memId>0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** After doing one or more inserts, the maximum rowid is stored
-** in reg[memId].  Generate code to write this value back into the
-** the sqlite_sequence table.
-*/
-static void autoIncEnd(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* The parsing context */
-  int iDb,           /* Index of the database holding pTab */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table we are inserting into */
-  int memId          /* Memory cell holding the maximum rowid */
-){
-  if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){
-    int iCur = pParse->nTab;
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    Db *pDb = &pParse->db->aDb[iDb];
-    int j1;
-    int iRec = ++pParse->nMem;    /* Memory cell used for record */
-
-    assert( v );
-    sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iCur, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, memId-1, 2, iRec);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iCur, iRec, memId+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
-  }
-}
-#else
-/*
-** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines
-** above are all no-ops
-*/
-# define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0)
-# define autoIncStep(A,B,C)
-# define autoIncEnd(A,B,C,D)
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */
-
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-);
-
-/*
-** This routine is call to handle SQL of the following forms:
-**
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST)
-**    insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select
-**
-** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional.  If omitted,
-** then a list of all columns for the table is substituted.  The IDLIST
-** appears in the pColumn parameter.  pColumn is NULL if IDLIST is omitted.
-**
-** The pList parameter holds EXPRLIST in the first form of the INSERT
-** statement above, and pSelect is NULL.  For the second form, pList is
-** NULL and pSelect is a pointer to the select statement used to generate
-** data for the insert.
-**
-** The code generated follows one of four templates.  For a simple
-** select with data coming from a VALUES clause, the code executes
-** once straight down through.  Pseudo-code follows (we call this
-** the "1st template"):
-**
-**         open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**         puts VALUES clause expressions onto the stack
-**         write the resulting record into <table>
-**         cleanup
-**
-** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form
-**
-**   INSERT INTO <table> SELECT ...
-**
-** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM <table2>" -
-** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table
-** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and
-** if <table2> and <table1> are distinct tables but have identical
-** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization
-** is invoked that copies raw records from <table2> over to <table1>.
-** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this
-** template.  This is the 2nd template.
-**
-**         open a write cursor to <table>
-**         open read cursor on <table2>
-**         transfer all records in <table2> over to <table>
-**         close cursors
-**         foreach index on <table>
-**           open a write cursor on the <table> index
-**           open a read cursor on the corresponding <table2> index
-**           transfer all records from the read to the write cursors
-**           close cursors
-**         end foreach
-**
-** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply
-** and the SELECT clause does not read from <table> at any time.
-** The generated code follows this template:
-**
-**         EOF <- 0
-**         X <- A
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the rows in the SELECT
-**           load values into registers R..R+n
-**           yield X
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         EOF <- 1
-**         yield X
-**         goto A
-**      B: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**      C: yield X
-**         if EOF goto D
-**         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-**         goto C
-**      D: cleanup
-**
-** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its
-** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table
-** that is also read as part of the SELECT.  In the third form,
-** we have to use a intermediate table to store the results of
-** the select.  The template is like this:
-**
-**         EOF <- 0
-**         X <- A
-**         goto B
-**      A: setup for the SELECT
-**         loop over the tables in the SELECT
-**           load value into register R..R+n
-**           yield X
-**         end loop
-**         cleanup after the SELECT
-**         EOF <- 1
-**         yield X
-**         halt-error
-**      B: open temp table
-**      L: yield X
-**         if EOF goto M
-**         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-**         goto L
-**      M: open write cursor to <table> and its indices
-**         rewind temp table
-**      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-**           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-**         end loop
-**      D: cleanup
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* Name of table into which we are inserting */
-  ExprList *pList,      /* List of values to be inserted */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  IdList *pColumn,      /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */
-  int onError           /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* The main database structure */
-  Table *pTab;          /* The table to insert into.  aka TABLE */
-  char *zTab;           /* Name of the table into which we are inserting */
-  const char *zDb;      /* Name of the database holding this table */
-  int i, j, idx;        /* Loop counters */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
-  Index *pIdx;          /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int nColumn;          /* Number of columns in the data */
-  int nHidden = 0;      /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */
-  int baseCur = 0;      /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
-  int keyColumn = -1;   /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  int endOfLoop;        /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */
-  int useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */
-  int srcTab = 0;       /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */
-  int addrInsTop = 0;   /* Jump to label "D" */
-  int addrCont = 0;     /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */
-  int addrSelect = 0;   /* Address of coroutine that implements the SELECT */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */
-  int newIdx = -1;      /* Cursor for the NEW pseudo-table */
-  int iDb;              /* Index of database holding TABLE */
-  Db *pDb;              /* The database containing table being inserted into */
-  int appendFlag = 0;   /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */
-
-  /* Register allocations */
-  int regFromSelect;    /* Base register for data coming from SELECT */
-  int regAutoinc = 0;   /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */
-  int regRowCount = 0;  /* Memory cell used for the row counter */
-  int regIns;           /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */
-  int regRowid;         /* registers holding insert rowid */
-  int regData;          /* register holding first column to insert */
-  int regRecord;        /* Holds the assemblied row record */
-  int regEof;           /* Register recording end of SELECT data */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;     /* One register allocated to each index */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                 /* True if attempting to insert into a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;     /* True if there are FOR EACH ROW triggers */
-#endif
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  zTab = pTabList->a[0].zName;
-  if( zTab==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb<db->nDb );
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  zDb = pDb->zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** inserted into is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  /* Ensure that:
-  *  (a) the table is not read-only, 
-  *  (b) that if it is a view then ON INSERT triggers exist
-  */
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTab!=0 );
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view (or virtual 
-  ** module table).
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a VDBE
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || triggers_exist, iDb);
-
-  /* if there are row triggers, allocate a temp table for new.* references. */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-  /* If the statement is of the form
-  **
-  **       INSERT INTO <table1> SELECT * FROM <table2>;
-  **
-  ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer
-  ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices.
-  **
-  ** This is the 2nd template.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){
-    assert( !triggers_exist );
-    assert( pList==0 );
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-
-  /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the
-  ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc.
-  */
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab);
-
-  /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied.  If the data
-  ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that
-  ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation.  The
-  ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates.
-  */
-  if( pSelect ){
-    /* Data is coming from a SELECT.  Generate code to implement that SELECT
-    ** as a co-routine.  The code is common to both the 3rd and 4th
-    ** templates:
-    **
-    **         EOF <- 0
-    **         X <- A
-    **         goto B
-    **      A: setup for the SELECT
-    **         loop over the tables in the SELECT
-    **           load value into register R..R+n
-    **           yield X
-    **         end loop
-    **         cleanup after the SELECT
-    **         EOF <- 1
-    **         yield X
-    **         halt-error
-    **
-    ** On each invocation of the co-routine, it puts a single row of the
-    ** SELECT result into registers dest.iMem...dest.iMem+dest.nMem-1.
-    ** (These output registers are allocated by sqlite3Select().)  When
-    ** the SELECT completes, it sets the EOF flag stored in regEof.
-    */
-    int rc, j1;
-
-    regEof = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEof);      /* EOF <- 0 */
-    VdbeComment((v, "SELECT eof flag"));
-    sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, ++pParse->nMem);
-    addrSelect = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, addrSelect-1, dest.iParm);
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    VdbeComment((v, "Jump over SELECT coroutine"));
-
-    /* Resolve the expressions in the SELECT statement and execute it. */
-    rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-    if( rc || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEof);         /* EOF <- 1 */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);   /* yield X */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_INTERNAL, OE_Abort);
-    VdbeComment((v, "End of SELECT coroutine"));
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);                          /* label B: */
-
-    regFromSelect = dest.iMem;
-    assert( pSelect->pEList );
-    nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr;
-    assert( dest.nMem==nColumn );
-
-    /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement
-    ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4).  Set to
-    ** FALSE if each* row of the SELECT can be written directly into
-    ** the destination table (template 3).
-    **
-    ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one
-    ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement.  Also use a 
-    ** temp table in the case of row triggers.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist || readsTable(v, addrSelect, iDb, pTab) ){
-      useTempTable = 1;
-    }
-
-    if( useTempTable ){
-      /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT
-      ** and add it to a transient table srcTab.  The code generated
-      ** here is from the 4th template:
-      **
-      **      B: open temp table
-      **      L: yield X
-      **         if EOF goto M
-      **         insert row from R..R+n into temp table
-      **         goto L
-      **      M: ...
-      */
-      int regRec;      /* Register to hold packed record */
-      int regRowid;    /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */
-      int addrTop;     /* Label "L" */
-      int addrIf;      /* Address of jump to M */
-
-      srcTab = pParse->nTab++;
-      regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn);
-      addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
-      addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a VALUES
-    ** clause
-    */
-    NameContext sNC;
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    srcTab = -1;
-    assert( useTempTable==0 );
-    nColumn = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0;
-    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
-      if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ){
-        goto insert_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number
-  ** of columns to be inserted into the table.
-  */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0);
-    }
-  }
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-       "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied",
-       pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol, nColumn);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId);
-    goto insert_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure
-  ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and 
-  ** remember the column indices.
-  **
-  ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column
-  ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the keyColumn variable
-  ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column.  keyColumn is
-  ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as
-  ** is appears in the original table.  (The index of the primary
-  ** key in the original table is pTab->iPKey.)
-  */
-  if( pColumn ){
-    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
-      pColumn->a[i].idx = -1;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<pColumn->nId; i++){
-      for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){
-          pColumn->a[i].idx = j;
-          if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-            keyColumn = i;
-          }
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-        if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) ){
-          keyColumn = i;
-        }else{
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s",
-              pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName);
-          pParse->nErr++;
-          goto insert_cleanup;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary
-  ** key, the set the keyColumn variable to the primary key column index
-  ** in the original table definition.
-  */
-  if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){
-    keyColumn = pTab->iPKey;
-  }
-
-  /* Open the temp table for FOR EACH ROW triggers
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
-  }
-    
-  /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
-
-  /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */
-  if( !isView ){
-    int nIdx;
-    int i;
-
-    baseCur = pParse->nTab;
-    nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, baseCur, OP_OpenWrite);
-    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1));
-    if( aRegIdx==0 ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nIdx; i++){
-      aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
-    ** following pseudocode (template 4):
-    **
-    **         rewind temp table
-    **      C: loop over rows of intermediate table
-    **           transfer values form intermediate table into <table>
-    **         end loop
-    **      D: ...
-    */
-    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab);
-    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    /* This block codes the top of loop only.  The complete loop is the
-    ** following pseudocode (template 3):
-    **
-    **      C: yield X
-    **         if EOF goto D
-    **         insert the select result into <table> from R..R+n
-    **         goto C
-    **      D: ...
-    */
-    addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iParm);
-    addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regEof);
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row,
-  ** the content of the new row, and the assemblied row record.
-  */
-  regRecord = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    regRowid++;
-    pParse->nMem++;
-  }
-  regData = regRowid+1;
-
-  /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any
-  */
-  endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  if( triggers_exist & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){
-    int regRowid;
-    int regCols;
-    int regRec;
-
-    /* build the NEW.* reference row.  Note that if there is an INTEGER
-    ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be
-    ** translated into a unique ID for the row.  But on a BEFORE trigger,
-    ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has
-    ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1
-    */
-    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    if( keyColumn<0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regRowid);
-    }else if( useTempTable ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      int j1;
-      assert( pSelect==0 );  /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
-    }
-
-    /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible,
-    ** this block would have to account for hidden column.
-    */
-    assert(!IsVirtual(pTab));
-
-    /* Create the new column data
-    */
-    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        j = i;
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i); 
-      }else{
-        assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */
-        sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
-      }
-    }
-    regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRec);
-
-    /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger,
-    ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record.
-    ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the
-    ** table column affinities.
-    */
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
-
-    /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, 
-        newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Push the record number for the new entry onto the stack.  The
-  ** record number is a randomly generate integer created by NewRowid
-  ** except when the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, in which
-  ** case the record number is the same as that column. 
-  */
-  if( !isView ){
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns);
-    }
-    if( keyColumn>=0 ){
-      if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, keyColumn, regRowid);
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+keyColumn, regRowid);
-      }else{
-        VdbeOp *pOp;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[keyColumn].pExpr, regRowid);
-        pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) - 1);
-        if( pOp && pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          appendFlag = 1;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid;
-          pOp->p1 = baseCur;
-          pOp->p2 = regRowid;
-          pOp->p3 = regAutoinc;
-        }
-      }
-      /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid
-      ** to generate a unique primary key value.
-      */
-      if( !appendFlag ){
-        int j1;
-        if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-          j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-        }else{
-          j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, j1+2);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
-      }
-    }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, baseCur, regRowid, regAutoinc);
-      appendFlag = 1;
-    }
-    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-
-    /* Push onto the stack, data for all columns of the new entry, beginning
-    ** with the first column.
-    */
-    nHidden = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i;
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL.
-        ** Whenever this column is read, the record number will be substituted
-        ** in its place.  So will fill this column with a NULL to avoid
-        ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRegStore);
-        continue;
-      }
-      if( pColumn==0 ){
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){
-          assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-          j = -1;
-          nHidden++;
-        }else{
-          j = i - nHidden;
-        }
-      }else{
-        for(j=0; j<pColumn->nId; j++){
-          if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore);
-      }else if( useTempTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); 
-      }else if( pSelect ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and
-    ** do the insertion.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-      sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns,
-                     (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
-          pParse,
-          pTab,
-          baseCur,
-          regIns,
-          aRegIdx,
-          keyColumn>=0,
-          0,
-          onError,
-          endOfLoop
-      );
-      sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
-          pParse,
-          pTab,
-          baseCur,
-          regIns,
-          aRegIdx,
-          0,
-          0,
-          (triggers_exist & TRIGGER_AFTER)!=0 ? newIdx : -1,
-          appendFlag
-       );
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the count of rows that are inserted
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    /* Code AFTER triggers */
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab,
-          newIdx, -1, onError, endOfLoop, 0, 0) ){
-      goto insert_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source
-  ** is a SELECT statement.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
-  if( useTempTable ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab);
-  }else if( pSelect ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrCont);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop);
-  }
-
-  if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && !isView ){
-    /* Close all tables opened */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, baseCur);
-    for(idx=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, idx++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, idx+baseCur);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the
-  ** counter value in memory regAutoinc back into the sqlite_sequence
-  ** table.
-  */
-  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDb, pTab, regAutoinc);
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", P4_STATIC);
-  }
-
-insert_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE.
-**
-** The input is a range of consecutive registers as follows:
-**
-**    1.  The rowid of the row to be updated before the update.  This
-**        value is omitted unless we are doing an UPDATE that involves a
-**        change to the record number or writing to a virtual table.
-**
-**    2.  The rowid of the row after the update.
-**
-**    3.  The data in the first column of the entry after the update.
-**
-**    i.  Data from middle columns...
-**
-**    N.  The data in the last column of the entry after the update.
-**
-** The regRowid parameter is the index of the register containing (2).
-**
-** The old rowid shown as entry (1) above is omitted unless both isUpdate
-** and rowidChng are 1.  isUpdate is true for UPDATEs and false for
-** INSERTs.  RowidChng means that the new rowid is explicitly specified by
-** the update or insert statement.  If rowidChng is false, it means that
-** the rowid is computed automatically in an insert or that the rowid value
-** is not modified by the update.
-**
-** The code generated by this routine store new index entries into
-** registers identified by aRegIdx[].  No index entry is created for
-** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.  The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is
-** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices
-** attached to the table.
-**
-** This routine also generates code to check constraints.  NOT NULL,
-** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked.  If a constraint fails,
-** then the appropriate action is performed.  There are five possible
-** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE.
-**
-**  Constraint type  Action       What Happens
-**  ---------------  ----------   ----------------------------------------
-**  any              ROLLBACK     The current transaction is rolled back and
-**                                sqlite3_exec() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-**  any              ABORT        Back out changes from the current command
-**                                only (do not do a complete rollback) then
-**                                cause sqlite3_exec() to return immediately
-**                                with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.
-**
-**  any              FAIL         Sqlite_exec() returns immediately with a
-**                                return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT.  The
-**                                transaction is not rolled back and any
-**                                prior changes are retained.
-**
-**  any              IGNORE       The record number and data is popped from
-**                                the stack and there is an immediate jump
-**                                to label ignoreDest.
-**
-**  NOT NULL         REPLACE      The NULL value is replace by the default
-**                                value for that column.  If the default value
-**                                is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT.
-**
-**  UNIQUE           REPLACE      The other row that conflicts with the row
-**                                being inserted is removed.
-**
-**  CHECK            REPLACE      Illegal.  The results in an exception.
-**
-** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter.
-** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter
-** is used.  Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value
-** for the constraint is used.
-**
-** The calling routine must open a read/write cursor for pTab with
-** cursor number "baseCur".  All indices of pTab must also have open
-** read/write cursors with cursor number baseCur+i for the i-th cursor.
-** Except, if there is no possibility of a REPLACE action then
-** cursors do not need to be open for indices where aRegIdx[i]==0.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
-  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
-  int regRowid,       /* Index of the range of input registers */
-  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
-  int rowidChng,      /* True if the rowid might collide with existing entry */
-  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
-  int overrideError,  /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */
-  int ignoreDest      /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */
-){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int nCol;
-  int onError;
-  int j1, j2, j3;     /* Addresses of jump instructions */
-  int regData;        /* Register containing first data column */
-  int iCur;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int seenReplace = 0;
-  int hasTwoRowids = (isUpdate && rowidChng);
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  regData = regRowid + 1;
-
-
-  /* Test all NOT NULL constraints.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-    if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull;
-    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regData+i);
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        char *zMsg;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
-        zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s may not be NULL",
-                              pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Replace: {
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regData+i);
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-  }
-
-  /* Test all CHECK constraints
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pTab->pCheck && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){
-    int allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    pParse->ckBase = regData;
-    sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pTab->pCheck, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort;
-    if( onError==OE_Ignore ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk);
-  }
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */
-
-  /* If we have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, make sure the primary key
-  ** of the new record does not previously exist.  Except, if this
-  ** is an UPDATE and the primary key is not changing, that is OK.
-  */
-  if( rowidChng ){
-    onError = pTab->keyConf;
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    
-    if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex ){
-      if( isUpdate ){
-        j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regRowid, 0, regRowid-1);
-      }
-      j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, baseCur, 0, regRowid);
-      switch( onError ){
-        default: {
-          onError = OE_Abort;
-          /* Fall thru into the next case */
-        }
-        case OE_Rollback:
-        case OE_Abort:
-        case OE_Fail: {
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0,
-                           "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
-          break;
-        }
-        case OE_Replace: {
-          sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, 0);
-          seenReplace = 1;
-          break;
-        }
-        case OE_Ignore: {
-          assert( seenReplace==0 );
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-      if( isUpdate ){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE
-  ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist.
-  ** Add the new records to the indices as we go.
-  */
-  for(iCur=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, iCur++){
-    int regIdx;
-    int regR;
-
-    if( aRegIdx[iCur]==0 ) continue;  /* Skip unused indices */
-
-    /* Create a key for accessing the index entry */
-    regIdx = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-    for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-      int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regData+idx, regIdx+i);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid, regIdx+i);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1, aRegIdx[iCur]);
-    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn+1);
-
-    /* Find out what action to take in case there is an indexing conflict */
-    onError = pIdx->onError;
-    if( onError==OE_None ) continue;  /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */
-    if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){
-      onError = overrideError;
-    }else if( onError==OE_Default ){
-      onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    if( seenReplace ){
-      if( onError==OE_Ignore ) onError = OE_Replace;
-      else if( onError==OE_Fail ) onError = OE_Abort;
-    }
-    
-
-    /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */
-    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IsNull, regIdx, 0, pIdx->nColumn);
-    regR = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regRowid-hasTwoRowids, regR);
-    j3 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, baseCur+iCur+1, 0,
-                           regR, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(aRegIdx[iCur]),
-                           P4_INT32);
-
-    /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */
-    assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail
-        || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace );
-    switch( onError ){
-      case OE_Rollback:
-      case OE_Abort:
-      case OE_Fail: {
-        int j, n1, n2;
-        char zErrMsg[200];
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg), zErrMsg,
-                         pIdx->nColumn>1 ? "columns " : "column ");
-        n1 = strlen(zErrMsg);
-        for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn && n1<sizeof(zErrMsg)-30; j++){
-          char *zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName;
-          n2 = strlen(zCol);
-          if( j>0 ){
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], ", ");
-            n1 += 2;
-          }
-          if( n1+n2>sizeof(zErrMsg)-30 ){
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "...");
-            n1 += 3;
-            break;
-          }else{
-            sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], "%s", zCol);
-            n1 += n2;
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErrMsg)-n1, &zErrMsg[n1], 
-            pIdx->nColumn>1 ? " are not unique" : " is not unique");
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0, zErrMsg,0);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Ignore: {
-        assert( seenReplace==0 );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, ignoreDest);
-        break;
-      }
-      case OE_Replace: {
-        sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, baseCur, regR, 0);
-        seenReplace = 1;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j3);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regR);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation
-** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-** A consecutive range of registers starting at regRowid contains the
-** rowid and the content to be inserted.
-**
-** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six
-** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parser context */
-  Table *pTab,        /* the table into which we are inserting */
-  int baseCur,        /* Index of a read/write cursor pointing at pTab */
-  int regRowid,       /* Range of content */
-  int *aRegIdx,       /* Register used by each index.  0 for unused indices */
-  int rowidChng,      /* True if the record number will change */
-  int isUpdate,       /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */
-  int newIdx,         /* Index of NEW table for triggers.  -1 if none */
-  int appendBias      /* True if this is likely to be an append */
-){
-  int i;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int nIdx;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  int pik_flags;
-  int regData;
-  int regRec;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  assert( pTab->pSelect==0 );  /* This table is not a VIEW */
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
-  for(i=nIdx-1; i>=0; i--){
-    if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, baseCur+i+1, aRegIdx[i]);
-  }
-  regData = regRowid + 1;
-  regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec);
-  sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-  sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regData, pTab->nCol);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  if( newIdx>=0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRec, regRowid);
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pParse->nested ){
-    pik_flags = 0;
-  }else{
-    pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE;
-    pik_flags |= (isUpdate?OPFLAG_ISUPDATE:OPFLAG_LASTROWID);
-  }
-  if( appendBias ){
-    pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, baseCur, regRec, regRowid);
-  if( !pParse->nested ){
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will open cursors for a table and for all
-** indices of that table.  The "baseCur" parameter is the cursor number used
-** for the table.  Indices are opened on subsequent cursors.
-**
-** Return the number of indices on the table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(
-  Parse *pParse,   /* Parsing context */
-  Table *pTab,     /* Table to be opened */
-  int baseCur,        /* Cursor number assigned to the table */
-  int op           /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
-){
-  int i;
-  int iDb;
-  Index *pIdx;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, baseCur, iDb, pTab, op);
-  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-    assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, i+baseCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
-  }
-  if( pParse->nTab<=baseCur+i ){
-    pParse->nTab = baseCur+i;
-  }
-  return i-1;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/*
-** The following global variable is incremented whenever the
-** transfer optimization is used.  This is used for testing
-** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really
-** is happening when it is suppose to.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
-/*
-** Check to collation names to see if they are compatible.
-*/
-static int xferCompatibleCollation(const char *z1, const char *z2){
-  if( z1==0 ){
-    return z2==0;
-  }
-  if( z2==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2)==0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data
-** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization.  The rules
-** for a compatible index:
-**
-**    *   The index is over the same set of columns
-**    *   The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns
-**    *   The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc)
-**    *   The same collating sequence on each column
-*/
-static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){
-  int i;
-  assert( pDest && pSrc );
-  assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable );
-  if( pDest->nColumn!=pSrc->nColumn ){
-    return 0;   /* Different number of columns */
-  }
-  if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){
-    return 0;   /* Different conflict resolution strategies */
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nColumn; i++){
-    if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different columns indexed */
-    }
-    if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different sort orders */
-    }
-    if( pSrc->azColl[i]!=pDest->azColl[i] ){
-      return 0;   /* Different collating sequences */
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form
-**
-**     INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2;
-**
-** This optimization is only attempted if
-**
-**    (1)  tab1 and tab2 have identical schemas including all the
-**         same indices and constraints
-**
-**    (2)  tab1 and tab2 are different tables
-**
-**    (3)  There must be no triggers on tab1
-**
-**    (4)  The result set of the SELECT statement is "*"
-**
-**    (5)  The SELECT statement has no WHERE, HAVING, ORDER BY, GROUP BY,
-**         or LIMIT clause.
-**
-**    (6)  The SELECT statement is a simple (not a compound) select that
-**         contains only tab2 in its FROM clause
-**
-** This method for implementing the INSERT transfers raw records from
-** tab2 over to tab1.  The columns are not decoded.  Raw records from
-** the indices of tab2 are transfered to tab1 as well.  In so doing,
-** the resulting tab1 has much less fragmentation.
-**
-** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is attempted.  If any
-** of the conditions above fail so that the optimization should not
-** be attempted, then this routine returns FALSE.
-*/
-static int xferOptimization(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parser context */
-  Table *pDest,         /* The table we are inserting into */
-  Select *pSelect,      /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */
-  int onError,          /* How to handle constraint errors */
-  int iDbDest           /* The database of pDest */
-){
-  ExprList *pEList;                /* The result set of the SELECT */
-  Table *pSrc;                     /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */
-  Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx;       /* Source and destination indices */
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;      /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */
-  int i;                           /* Loop counter */
-  int iDbSrc;                      /* The database of pSrc */
-  int iSrc, iDest;                 /* Cursors from source and destination */
-  int addr1, addr2;                /* Loop addresses */
-  int emptyDestTest;               /* Address of test for empty pDest */
-  int emptySrcTest;                /* Address of test for empty pSrc */
-  Vdbe *v;                         /* The VDBE we are building */
-  KeyInfo *pKey;                   /* Key information for an index */
-  int regAutoinc;                  /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */
-  int destHasUniqueIdx = 0;        /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */
-  int regData, regRowid;           /* Registers holding data and rowid */
-
-  if( pSelect==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* Must be of the form  INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */
-  }
-  if( pDest->pTrigger ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not have triggers */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pDest->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
-#endif
-  if( onError==OE_Default ){
-    onError = OE_Abort;
-  }
-  if( onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback ){
-    return 0;   /* Cannot do OR REPLACE or OR IGNORE or OR FAIL */
-  }
-  assert(pSelect->pSrc);   /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pWhere ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */
-  }
-  /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause.  If HAVING is present but
-  ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */
-  if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->pLimit ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */
-  }
-  assert( pSelect->pOffset==0 );  /* Must be so if pLimit==0 */
-  if( pSelect->pPrior ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be a compound query */
-  }
-  if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){
-    return 0;   /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */
-  }
-  pEList = pSelect->pEList;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must have exactly one column */
-  }
-  assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr );
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ALL ){
-    return 0;   /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */
-  }
-
-  /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the
-  ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization.  Now
-  ** we have to check the semantics.
-  */
-  pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a;
-  pSrc = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
-  if( pSrc==0 ){
-    return 0;   /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */
-  }
-  if( pSrc==pDest ){
-    return 0;   /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  if( pSrc->tabFlags & TF_Virtual ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */
-  }
-#endif
-  if( pSrc->pSelect ){
-    return 0;   /* tab2 may not be a view */
-  }
-  if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){
-    return 0;   /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */
-  }
-  if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){
-    return 0;   /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pDest->nCol; i++){
-    if( pDest->aCol[i].affinity!=pSrc->aCol[i].affinity ){
-      return 0;    /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( !xferCompatibleCollation(pDest->aCol[i].zColl, pSrc->aCol[i].zColl) ){
-      return 0;    /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */
-    }
-    if( pDest->aCol[i].notNull && !pSrc->aCol[i].notNull ){
-      return 0;    /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */
-    }
-  }
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    if( pDestIdx->onError!=OE_None ){
-      destHasUniqueIdx = 1;
-    }
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    if( pSrcIdx==0 ){
-      return 0;    /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */
-    }
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-  if( pDest->pCheck && !sqlite3ExprCompare(pSrc->pCheck, pDest->pCheck) ){
-    return 0;   /* Tables have different CHECK constraints.  Ticket #2252 */
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If we get this far, it means either:
-  **
-  **    *   We can always do the transfer if the table contains an
-  **        an integer primary key
-  **
-  **    *   We can conditionally do the transfer if the destination
-  **        table is empty.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  sqlite3_xferopt_count++;
-#endif
-  iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSrc->pSchema);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc);
-  iSrc = pParse->nTab++;
-  iDest = pParse->nTab++;
-  regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest);
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite);
-  if( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) || destHasUniqueIdx ){
-    /* If tables do not have an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and there
-    ** are indices to be copied and the destination is not empty,
-    ** we have to disallow the transfer optimization because the
-    ** the rowids might change which will mess up indexing.
-    **
-    ** Or if the destination has a UNIQUE index and is not empty,
-    ** we also disallow the transfer optimization because we cannot
-    ** insure that all entries in the union of DEST and SRC will be
-    ** unique.
-    */
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0);
-    emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }else{
-    emptyDestTest = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead);
-  emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
-  regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, onError, 0,
-                      "PRIMARY KEY must be unique", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-    autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid);
-  }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid);
-  }else{
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid);
-    assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND);
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pDest->zName, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1);
-  autoIncEnd(pParse, iDbDest, pDest, regAutoinc);
-  for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){
-    for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){
-      if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break;
-    }
-    assert( pSrcIdx );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pSrcIdx);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc,
-                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName));
-    pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pDestIdx);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest,
-                      (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName));
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSrc, regData);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-  if( emptyDestTest ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0);
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    return 1;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */
-
-/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
-** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
-** macro. */
-#undef isView
-
-/************** End of insert.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-**
-** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.29 2008/08/02 03:50:39 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Execute SQL code.  Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
-** codes.  Also write an error message into memory obtained from
-** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
-**
-** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
-** the xCallback() function is called.  pArg becomes the first
-** argument to xCallback().  If xCallback=NULL then no callback
-** is invoked, even for queries.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
-  void *pArg,                 /* First argument to xCallback() */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const char *zLeftover;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-  char **azCols = 0;
-
-  int nRetry = 0;
-  int nCallback;
-
-  if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
-    int nCol;
-    char **azVals = 0;
-
-    pStmt = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !pStmt ){
-      /* this happens for a comment or white-space */
-      zSql = zLeftover;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    nCallback = 0;
-    nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
-
-    while( 1 ){
-      int i;
-      rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
-      /* Invoke the callback function if required */
-      if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || 
-          (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
-        if( 0==nCallback ){
-          if( azCols==0 ){
-            azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
-            if( azCols==0 ){
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
-            /* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
-            ** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
-            assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
-          }
-          nCallback++;
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-          azVals = &azCols[nCol];
-          for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-            azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
-            if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-              db->mallocFailed = 1;
-              goto exec_out;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
-          rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
-          sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-          pStmt = 0;
-          sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
-          goto exec_out;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-        rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-        pStmt = 0;
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
-          nRetry = 0;
-          zSql = zLeftover;
-          while( isspace((unsigned char)zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-    azCols = 0;
-  }
-
-exec_out:
-  if( pStmt ) sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
-
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
-    int nErrMsg = 1 + strlen(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-    *pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
-    if( *pzErrMsg ){
-      memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
-    }
-  }else if( pzErrMsg ){
-    *pzErrMsg = 0;
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
-** the SQLite library.
-**
-** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.54 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #define SQLITE_CORE 1  /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
-#endif
-/************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/
-/************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
-** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
-** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
-** sqlite3.h.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.24 2008/06/30 15:09:29 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
-
-/*
-** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
-** routines.
-**
-** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
-** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
-** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
-** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
-** libraries!
-*/
-struct sqlite3_api_routines {
-  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
-  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
-  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
-  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
-  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
-  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
-  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
-  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
-  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
-  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
-  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
-  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
-  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
-  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
-  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
-  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
-  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*free)(void*);
-  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
-  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
-  int  (*global_recover)(void);
-  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
-  const char * (*libversion)(void);
-  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
-  void *(*malloc)(int);
-  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
-  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
-  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
-  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
-  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
-  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
-  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
-  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
-  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
-  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
-  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
-  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
-  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
-  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
-  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*);
-  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
-  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
-  /* Added ??? */
-  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
-  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
-  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *));
-  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
-  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**);
-  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
-  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*));
-  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
-  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
-  int (*release_memory)(int);
-  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*sleep)(int);
-  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
-  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
-  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
-  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
-  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
-  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
-  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
-  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
-  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
-  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
-};
-
-/*
-** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
-** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
-**
-** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
-** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
-** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
-** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
-** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
-** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
-#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
-#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
-#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
-#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
-#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
-#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
-#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
-#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
-#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
-#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
-#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
-#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
-#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
-#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
-#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
-#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
-#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
-#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
-#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
-#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
-#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
-#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
-#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
-#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
-#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
-#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
-#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
-#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
-#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
-#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
-#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
-#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
-#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
-#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
-#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
-#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
-#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
-#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
-#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
-#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
-#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
-#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
-#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
-#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
-#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
-#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
-#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
-#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
-#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
-#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
-#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
-#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
-#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
-#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
-#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
-#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
-#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
-#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
-#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
-#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
-#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
-#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
-#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
-#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
-#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
-#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
-#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
-#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
-#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
-#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
-#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
-#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
-#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
-#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
-#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
-#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
-#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
-#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
-#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
-#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
-#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
-#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
-#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
-#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
-#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
-#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
-#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
-#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
-#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
-#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
-#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
-#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
-#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
-#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
-#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
-#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
-#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
-#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
-#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
-#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
-#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
-#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
-#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
-#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
-#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
-#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
-#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
-#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
-#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
-#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
-#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
-#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
-#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
-#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
-#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
-#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
-#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
-
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
-
-/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-
-/*
-** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
-** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
-** for any missing APIs.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name   0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name      0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name     0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-# define sqlite3_set_authorizer         0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-# define sqlite3_bind_text16            0
-# define sqlite3_collation_needed16     0
-# define sqlite3_column_decltype16      0
-# define sqlite3_column_name16          0
-# define sqlite3_column_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_complete16             0
-# define sqlite3_create_collation16     0
-# define sqlite3_create_function16      0
-# define sqlite3_errmsg16               0
-# define sqlite3_open16                 0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16              0
-# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           0
-# define sqlite3_result_error16         0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16          0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16be        0
-# define sqlite3_result_text16le        0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16           0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16be         0
-# define sqlite3_value_text16le         0
-# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
-# define sqlite3_column_table_name16    0
-# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-# define sqlite3_complete 0
-# define sqlite3_complete16 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-# define sqlite3_create_module 0
-# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
-# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-# define sqlite3_profile       0
-# define sqlite3_trace         0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-# define sqlite3_free_table    0
-# define sqlite3_get_table     0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob  0
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_close     0
-#define sqlite3_blob_open      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_read      0
-#define sqlite3_blob_write     0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
-** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
-** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
-** library.
-**
-** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
-** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
-**
-** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
-** intend to use is supported by the library.  Extensions should
-** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
-** not NULL before calling it.
-*/
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
-  sqlite3_aggregate_context,
-  sqlite3_aggregate_count,
-  sqlite3_bind_blob,
-  sqlite3_bind_double,
-  sqlite3_bind_int,
-  sqlite3_bind_int64,
-  sqlite3_bind_null,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
-  sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
-  sqlite3_bind_text,
-  sqlite3_bind_text16,
-  sqlite3_bind_value,
-  sqlite3_busy_handler,
-  sqlite3_busy_timeout,
-  sqlite3_changes,
-  sqlite3_close,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed,
-  sqlite3_collation_needed16,
-  sqlite3_column_blob,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes,
-  sqlite3_column_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_column_count,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name,
-  sqlite3_column_database_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype,
-  sqlite3_column_decltype16,
-  sqlite3_column_double,
-  sqlite3_column_int,
-  sqlite3_column_int64,
-  sqlite3_column_name,
-  sqlite3_column_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name,
-  sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name,
-  sqlite3_column_table_name16,
-  sqlite3_column_text,
-  sqlite3_column_text16,
-  sqlite3_column_type,
-  sqlite3_column_value,
-  sqlite3_commit_hook,
-  sqlite3_complete,
-  sqlite3_complete16,
-  sqlite3_create_collation,
-  sqlite3_create_collation16,
-  sqlite3_create_function,
-  sqlite3_create_function16,
-  sqlite3_create_module,
-  sqlite3_data_count,
-  sqlite3_db_handle,
-  sqlite3_declare_vtab,
-  sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
-  sqlite3_errcode,
-  sqlite3_errmsg,
-  sqlite3_errmsg16,
-  sqlite3_exec,
-  sqlite3_expired,
-  sqlite3_finalize,
-  sqlite3_free,
-  sqlite3_free_table,
-  sqlite3_get_autocommit,
-  sqlite3_get_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_get_table,
-  0,     /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
-  sqlite3_interrupt,
-  sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
-  sqlite3_libversion,
-  sqlite3_libversion_number,
-  sqlite3_malloc,
-  sqlite3_mprintf,
-  sqlite3_open,
-  sqlite3_open16,
-  sqlite3_prepare,
-  sqlite3_prepare16,
-  sqlite3_profile,
-  sqlite3_progress_handler,
-  sqlite3_realloc,
-  sqlite3_reset,
-  sqlite3_result_blob,
-  sqlite3_result_double,
-  sqlite3_result_error,
-  sqlite3_result_error16,
-  sqlite3_result_int,
-  sqlite3_result_int64,
-  sqlite3_result_null,
-  sqlite3_result_text,
-  sqlite3_result_text16,
-  sqlite3_result_text16be,
-  sqlite3_result_text16le,
-  sqlite3_result_value,
-  sqlite3_rollback_hook,
-  sqlite3_set_authorizer,
-  sqlite3_set_auxdata,
-  sqlite3_snprintf,
-  sqlite3_step,
-  sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
-  sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
-  sqlite3_total_changes,
-  sqlite3_trace,
-  sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
-  sqlite3_update_hook,
-  sqlite3_user_data,
-  sqlite3_value_blob,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes,
-  sqlite3_value_bytes16,
-  sqlite3_value_double,
-  sqlite3_value_int,
-  sqlite3_value_int64,
-  sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
-  sqlite3_value_text,
-  sqlite3_value_text16,
-  sqlite3_value_text16be,
-  sqlite3_value_text16le,
-  sqlite3_value_type,
-  sqlite3_vmprintf,
-  /*
-  ** The original API set ends here.  All extensions can call any
-  ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL.  But
-  ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
-  ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
-  ** a library that is new enough to support that API.
-  *************************************************************************
-  */
-  sqlite3_overload_function,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added after 3.3.13
-  */
-  sqlite3_prepare_v2,
-  sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
-  sqlite3_clear_bindings,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.4.1
-  */
-  sqlite3_create_module_v2,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_blob_bytes,
-  sqlite3_blob_close,
-  sqlite3_blob_open,
-  sqlite3_blob_read,
-  sqlite3_blob_write,
-  sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
-  sqlite3_file_control,
-  sqlite3_memory_highwater,
-  sqlite3_memory_used,
-#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-  0, 
-  0, 
-  0,
-  0,
-  0,
-#else
-  sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter,
-  sqlite3_mutex_free,
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave,
-  sqlite3_mutex_try,
-#endif
-  sqlite3_open_v2,
-  sqlite3_release_memory,
-  sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
-  sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
-  sqlite3_sleep,
-  sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
-  sqlite3_vfs_find,
-  sqlite3_vfs_register,
-  sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.5.8
-  */
-  sqlite3_threadsafe,
-  sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
-  sqlite3_result_error_code,
-  sqlite3_test_control,
-  sqlite3_randomness,
-  sqlite3_context_db_handle,
-
-  /*
-  ** Added for 3.6.0
-  */
-  sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
-  sqlite3_limit,
-  sqlite3_next_stmt,
-  sqlite3_sql,
-  sqlite3_status,
-};
-
-/*
-** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
-** zFile.  The entry point is zProc.  zProc may be 0 in which case a
-** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used.  Use
-** of the default name is recommended.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
-**
-** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with 
-** error message text.  The calling function should free this memory
-** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
-*/
-static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
-  void *handle;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-  char *zErrmsg = 0;
-  void **aHandle;
-
-  /* Ticket #1863.  To avoid a creating security problems for older
-  ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
-  ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default.  One
-  ** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
-  ** loading.  Otherwise you get the following error.
-  */
-  if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if( zProc==0 ){
-    zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
-  }
-
-  handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
-  if( handle==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      char zErr[256];
-      zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr, 
-          "unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
-      sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr);
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErr);
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-                   sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
-  if( xInit==0 ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      char zErr[256];
-      zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr,
-          "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
-      sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr);
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErr);
-      sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    }
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
-    if( pzErrMsg ){
-      *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
-  aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
-  if( aHandle==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( db->nExtension>0 ){
-    memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
-  db->aExtension = aHandle;
-
-  db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
-** to clean up loaded extensions
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
-    sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable extension loading.  Extension loading is disabled by
-** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( onoff ){
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }else{
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
-
-/*
-** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
-** loading is supported.  We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
-** code if regular extension loading is not available.  This is that
-** dummy pointer.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
-static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
-** extensions.
-**
-** This list is shared across threads.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3ExtType sqlite3ExtType;
-static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3ExtType {
-  int nExt;        /* Number of entries in aExt[] */          
-  void **aExt;     /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
-} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
-
-/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
-** state vector.  If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
-** we have to locate the state vector at run-time.  In the more common
-** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
-** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-# define wsdAutoextInit \
-  sqlite3ExtType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3ExtType,sqlite3Autoext)
-# define wsdAutoext x[0]
-#else
-# define wsdAutoextInit
-# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
-** loaded by every new database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xInit){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ){
-    return rc;
-  }else
-#endif
-  {
-    int i;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    wsdAutoextInit;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
-      if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
-    }
-    if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
-      int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
-      void **aNew;
-      aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
-      if( aNew==0 ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
-        wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
-        wsdAutoext.nExt++;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-    return rc;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
-#endif
-  {
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    wsdAutoextInit;
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
-    wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
-    wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Load all automatic extensions.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  int go = 1;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
-
-  wsdAutoextInit;
-  if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
-    /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  for(i=0; go; i++){
-    char *zErrmsg = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-    sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-#endif
-    sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
-    if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
-      xInit = 0;
-      go = 0;
-    }else{
-      xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
-              wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
-    if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
-            "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
-      go = 0;
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command.
-**
-** $Id: pragma.c,v 1.187 2008/09/16 14:38:03 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/* Ignore this whole file if pragmas are disabled
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER)
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
-** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
-** unrecognized string argument.
-**
-** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that
-** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel().  The is done
-** to support legacy SQL code.  The safety level used to be boolean
-** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON.
-*/
-static int getSafetyLevel(const char *z){
-                             /* 123456789 123456789 */
-  static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruefull";
-  static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 16};
-  static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 4};
-  static const u8 iValue[] =  {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2};
-  int i, n;
-  if( isdigit(*z) ){
-    return atoi(z);
-  }
-  n = strlen(z);
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(iLength); i++){
-    if( iLength[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[iOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
-      return iValue[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a boolean value.
-*/
-static int getBoolean(const char *z){
-  return getSafetyLevel(z)&1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a locking mode value.
-*/
-static int getLockingMode(const char *z){
-  if( z ){
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "exclusive") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE;
-    if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "normal") ) return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL;
-  }
-  return PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as an auto-vacuum mode value.
-**
-** The following strings, "none", "full" and "incremental" are 
-** acceptable, as are their numeric equivalents: 0, 1 and 2 respectively.
-*/
-static int getAutoVacuum(const char *z){
-  int i;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "none") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "full") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL;
-  if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, "incremental") ) return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR;
-  i = atoi(z);
-  return ((i>=0&&i<=2)?i:0);
-}
-#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file
-** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database
-** and 0 to use the compile-time default.
-*/
-static int getTempStore(const char *z){
-  if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){
-    return z[0] - '0';
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){
-    return 2;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed
-** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed
-*/
-static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){
-    if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed "
-        "from within a transaction");
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt);
-    db->aDb[1].pBt = 0;
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema
-** as needing reloading.  This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
-** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas.
-*/
-static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){
-  int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType);
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  db->temp_store = ts;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-/*
-** Generate code to return a single integer value.
-*/
-static void returnSingleInt(Parse *pParse, const char *zLabel, int value){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  int mem = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, value, mem);
-  if( pParse->explain==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLabel, P4_STATIC);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, mem, 1);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-/*
-** Check to see if zRight and zLeft refer to a pragma that queries
-** or changes one of the flags in db->flags.  Return 1 if so and 0 if not.
-** Also, implement the pragma.
-*/
-static int flagPragma(Parse *pParse, const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
-  static const struct sPragmaType {
-    const char *zName;  /* Name of the pragma */
-    int mask;           /* Mask for the db->flags value */
-  } aPragma[] = {
-    { "full_column_names",        SQLITE_FullColNames  },
-    { "short_column_names",       SQLITE_ShortColNames },
-    { "count_changes",            SQLITE_CountRows     },
-    { "empty_result_callbacks",   SQLITE_NullCallback  },
-    { "legacy_file_format",       SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt },
-    { "fullfsync",                SQLITE_FullFSync     },
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-    { "sql_trace",                SQLITE_SqlTrace      },
-    { "vdbe_listing",             SQLITE_VdbeListing   },
-    { "vdbe_trace",               SQLITE_VdbeTrace     },
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK
-    { "ignore_check_constraints", SQLITE_IgnoreChecks  },
-#endif
-    /* The following is VERY experimental */
-    { "writable_schema",          SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
-    { "omit_readlock",            SQLITE_NoReadlock    },
-
-    /* TODO: Maybe it shouldn't be possible to change the ReadUncommitted
-    ** flag if there are any active statements. */
-    { "read_uncommitted",         SQLITE_ReadUncommitted },
-  };
-  int i;
-  const struct sPragmaType *p;
-  for(i=0, p=aPragma; i<sizeof(aPragma)/sizeof(aPragma[0]); i++, p++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, p->zName)==0 ){
-      sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-      Vdbe *v;
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      if( v ){
-        if( zRight==0 ){
-          returnSingleInt(pParse, p->zName, (db->flags & p->mask)!=0 );
-        }else{
-          if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
-            db->flags |= p->mask;
-          }else{
-            db->flags &= ~p->mask;
-          }
-
-          /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL 
-          ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all
-          ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value.
-          */
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-        }
-      }
-
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
-
-/*
-** Process a pragma statement.  
-**
-** Pragmas are of this form:
-**
-**      PRAGMA [database.]id [= value]
-**
-** The identifier might also be a string.  The value is a string, and
-** identifier, or a number.  If minusFlag is true, then the value is
-** a number that was preceded by a minus sign.
-**
-** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name
-** and pId2 is the id.  If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the
-** id and pId2 is any empty string.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(
-  Parse *pParse, 
-  Token *pId1,        /* First part of [database.]id field */
-  Token *pId2,        /* Second part of [database.]id field, or NULL */
-  Token *pValue,      /* Token for <value>, or NULL */
-  int minusFlag       /* True if a '-' sign preceded <value> */
-){
-  char *zLeft = 0;       /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <id> */
-  char *zRight = 0;      /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string <value>, or NULL */
-  const char *zDb = 0;   /* The database name */
-  Token *pId;            /* Pointer to <id> token */
-  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  Db *pDb;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  pParse->nMem = 2;
-
-  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
-  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
-  iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId);
-  if( iDb<0 ) return;
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-
-  /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the 
-  ** pragma, make sure it is open. 
-  */
-  if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId);
-  if( !zLeft ) return;
-  if( minusFlag ){
-    zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue);
-  }else{
-    zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue);
-  }
-
-  zDb = ((pId2 && pId2->n>0)?pDb->zName:0);
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){
-    goto pragma_out;
-  }
- 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
-  ** page cache size.  The value returned is the maximum number of
-  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets both the current
-  ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value
-  ** stored in the database file.
-  **
-  ** The default cache size is stored in meta-value 2 of page 1 of the
-  ** database file.  The cache size is actually the absolute value of
-  ** this memory location.  The sign of meta-value 2 determines the
-  ** synchronous setting.  A negative value means synchronous is off
-  ** and a positive value means synchronous is on.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"default_cache_size")==0 ){
-    static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = {
-      { OP_ReadCookie,  0, 1,        2},  /* 0 */
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 6,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 2,        0},
-      { OP_Subtract,    1, 2,        1},
-      { OP_IfPos,       1, 6,        0},
-      { OP_Integer,     0, 1,        0},  /* 5 */
-      { OP_ResultRow,   1, 1,        0},
-    };
-    int addr;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    if( !zRight ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cache_size", P4_STATIC);
-      pParse->nMem += 2;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+5, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE);
-    }else{
-      int size = atoi(zRight);
-      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
-      sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, size, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 2, 2);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 2, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -size, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 2, 1);
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** database page size in bytes.  The second form sets the
-  ** database page size value.  The value can only be set if
-  ** the database has not yet been created.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_size")==0 ){
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    if( !zRight ){
-      int size = pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0;
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "page_size", size);
-    }else{
-      /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal
-      ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc().
-      */
-      db->nextPagesize = atoi(zRight);
-      if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1) ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]max_page_count=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current setting for the
-  ** maximum number of pages in the database file.  The 
-  ** second form attempts to change this setting.  Both
-  ** forms return the current setting.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"max_page_count")==0 ){
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    int newMax = 0;
-    if( zRight ){
-      newMax = atoi(zRight);
-    }
-    if( pBt ){
-      newMax = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax);
-    }
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "max_page_count", newMax);
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]page_count
-  **
-  ** Return the number of pages in the specified database.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"page_count")==0 ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    int iReg;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( !v || sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-    iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "page_count", P4_STATIC);
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive)
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"locking_mode")==0 ){
-    const char *zRet = "normal";
-    int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight);
-
-    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){
-      /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for
-      ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to
-      ** the locking-mode of the main database).
-      */
-      eMode = db->dfltLockMode;
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ){
-        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
-        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be
-        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
-        **
-        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that
-        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
-        ** locking mode.
-        */
-        int ii;
-        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
-        for(ii=2; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-          pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
-          sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
-        }
-        db->dfltLockMode = eMode;
-      }
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode);
-    }
-
-    assert(eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL||eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE);
-    if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){
-      zRet = "exclusive";
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "locking_mode", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, zRet, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_mode = (delete|persist|off)
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_mode")==0 ){
-    int eMode;
-    static char * const azModeName[] = {"delete", "persist", "off"};
-
-    if( zRight==0 ){
-      eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY;
-    }else{
-      int n = strlen(zRight);
-      eMode = 2;
-      while( eMode>=0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, azModeName[eMode], n)!=0 ){
-        eMode--;
-      }
-    }
-    if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ){
-      /* Simple "PRAGMA journal_mode;" statement. This is a query for
-      ** the current default journal mode (which may be different to
-      ** the journal-mode of the main database).
-      */
-      eMode = db->dfltJournalMode;
-    }else{
-      Pager *pPager;
-      if( pId2->n==0 ){
-        /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part
-        ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the journal-mode must be
-        ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file.
-        **
-        ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltJournalMode variable is set so that
-        ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified
-        ** journal mode.
-        */
-        int ii;
-        assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]);
-        for(ii=1; ii<db->nDb; ii++){
-          if( db->aDb[ii].pBt ){
-            pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt);
-            sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
-          }
-        }
-        db->dfltJournalMode = eMode;
-      }
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-      eMode = sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, eMode);
-    }
-    assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
-              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
-              || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "journal_mode", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, 
-           azModeName[eMode], P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]journal_size_limit=N
-  **
-  ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"journal_size_limit")==0 ){
-    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt);
-    i64 iLimit = -2;
-    if( zRight ){
-      int iLimit32 = atoi(zRight);
-      if( iLimit32<-1 ){
-        iLimit32 = -1;
-      }
-      iLimit = iLimit32;
-    }
-    iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit);
-    returnSingleInt(pParse, "journal_size_limit", (int)iLimit);
-  }else
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]auto_vacuum=N
-  **
-  ** Get or set the (boolean) value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"auto_vacuum")==0 ){
-    Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto pragma_out;
-    }
-    if( !zRight ){
-      int auto_vacuum = 
-          pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM;
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "auto_vacuum", auto_vacuum);
-    }else{
-      int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight);
-      db->nextAutovac = eAuto;
-      if( eAuto>=0 ){
-        /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and
-        ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection
-        ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created
-        ** as an auto-vacuum capable db.
-        */
-        int rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){
-          /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or 
-          ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database
-          ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates
-          ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database.
-          */
-          static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = {
-            { OP_Transaction,    0,               1,        0},    /* 0 */
-            { OP_ReadCookie,     0,               1,        3},    /* 1 */
-            { OP_If,             1,               0,        0},    /* 2 */
-            { OP_Halt,           SQLITE_OK,       OE_Abort, 0},    /* 3 */
-            { OP_Integer,        0,               1,        0},    /* 4 */
-            { OP_SetCookie,      0,               6,        1},    /* 5 */
-          };
-          int iAddr;
-          iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+1, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iAddr+2, iAddr+4);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+4, eAuto-1);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iAddr+5, iDb);
-          sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-#endif
-
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]incremental_vacuum(N)
-  **
-  ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"incremental_vacuum")==0 ){
-    int iLimit, addr;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-      goto pragma_out;
-    }
-    if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){
-      iLimit = 0x7fffffff;
-    }
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  }else
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size
-  **  PRAGMA [database.]cache_size=N
-  **
-  ** The first form reports the current local setting for the
-  ** page cache size.  The local setting can be different from
-  ** the persistent cache size value that is stored in the database
-  ** file itself.  The value returned is the maximum number of
-  ** pages in the page cache.  The second form sets the local
-  ** page cache size value.  It does not change the persistent
-  ** cache size stored on the disk so the cache size will revert
-  ** to its default value when the database is closed and reopened.
-  ** N should be a positive integer.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"cache_size")==0 ){
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "cache_size", pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }else{
-      int size = atoi(zRight);
-      if( size<0 ) size = -size;
-      pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-      sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-    }
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default
-  ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened.
-  **
-  ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to
-  ** override this setting
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store")==0 ){
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "temp_store", db->temp_store);
-    }else{
-      changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight);
-    }
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory
-  **   PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name"
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag.  Changing
-  ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files.
-  ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search.
-  ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage.
-  **
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "temp_store_directory")==0 ){
-    if( !zRight ){
-      if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, 
-            "temp_store_directory", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, sqlite3_temp_directory, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-      }
-    }else{
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        int rc;
-        int res;
-        rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory");
-          goto pragma_out;
-        }
-      }
-      if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
-       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1)
-       || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1)
-      ){
-        invalidateTempStorage(pParse);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory);
-      if( zRight[0] ){
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zRight);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-      }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */
-    }
-  }else
-
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL
-  **
-  ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag.  Changing
-  ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the
-  ** default value will be restored the next time the database is
-  ** opened.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft,"synchronous")==0 ){
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    if( !zRight ){
-      returnSingleInt(pParse, "synchronous", pDb->safety_level-1);
-    }else{
-      if( !db->autoCommit ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-            "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction");
-      }else{
-        pDb->safety_level = getSafetyLevel(zRight)+1;
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
-  if( flagPragma(pParse, zLeft, zRight) ){
-    /* The flagPragma() subroutine also generates any necessary code
-    ** there is nothing more to do here */
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA table_info(<table>)
-  **
-  ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of
-  ** the returned data set are:
-  **
-  ** cid:        Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0)
-  ** name:       Column name
-  ** type:       Column declaration type.
-  ** notnull:    True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration
-  ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "table_info")==0 && zRight ){
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      int i;
-      int nHidden = 0;
-      Column *pCol;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
-      pParse->nMem = 6;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "type", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "notnull", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "dflt_value", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "pk", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab);
-      for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; i<pTab->nCol; i++, pCol++){
-        const Token *pDflt;
-        if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){
-          nHidden++;
-          continue;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i-nHidden, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pCol->zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-           pCol->zType ? pCol->zType : "", 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->notNull, 4);
-        if( pCol->pDflt && (pDflt = &pCol->pDflt->span)->z ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, (char*)pDflt->z, pDflt->n);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 5);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pCol->isPrimKey, 6);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_info")==0 && zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pIdx ){
-      int i;
-      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-      pParse->nMem = 3;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-        int cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
-        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "index_list")==0 && zRight ){
-    Index *pIdx;
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pIdx = pTab->pIndex;
-      if( pIdx ){
-        int i = 0; 
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-        pParse->nMem = 3;
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", P4_STATIC);
-        while(pIdx){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->onError!=OE_None, 3);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-          ++i;
-          pIdx = pIdx->pNext;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "database_list")==0 ){
-    int i;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
-    pParse->nMem = 3;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "file", P4_STATIC);
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue;
-      assert( db->aDb[i].zName!=0 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-           sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt), 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
-    }
-  }else
-
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "collation_list")==0 ){
-    int i = 0;
-    HashElem *p;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", P4_STATIC);
-    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
-      CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i++, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pColl->zName, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "foreign_key_list")==0 && zRight ){
-    FKey *pFK;
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
-    if( pTab ){
-      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-      pFK = pTab->pFKey;
-      if( pFK ){
-        int i = 0; 
-        sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
-        pParse->nMem = 5;
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "id", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "table", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P4_STATIC);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "to", P4_STATIC);
-        while(pFK){
-          int j;
-          for(j=0; j<pFK->nCol; j++){
-            char *zCol = pFK->aCol[j].zCol;
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j, 2);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pFK->zTo, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0,
-                              pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, zCol ? OP_String8 : OP_Null, 0, 5, 0, zCol, 0);
-            sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
-          }
-          ++i;
-          pFK = pFK->pNextFrom;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "parser_trace")==0 ){
-    if( zRight ){
-      if( getBoolean(zRight) ){
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(stderr, "parser: ");
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0);
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-#endif
-
-  /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions.  The variant of LIKE
-  ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "case_sensitive_like")==0 ){
-    if( zRight ){
-      sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, getBoolean(zRight));
-    }
-  }else
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX
-# define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK
-  /* Pragma "quick_check" is an experimental reduced version of 
-  ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption
-  ** without most of the overhead of a full integrity-check.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "integrity_check")==0
-   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "quick_check")==0 
-  ){
-    int i, j, addr, mxErr;
-
-    /* Code that appears at the end of the integrity check.  If no error
-    ** messages have been generated, output OK.  Otherwise output the
-    ** error message
-    */
-    static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = {
-      { OP_AddImm,      1, 0,        0},    /* 0 */
-      { OP_IfNeg,       1, 0,        0},    /* 1 */
-      { OP_String8,     0, 3,        0},    /* 2 */
-      { OP_ResultRow,   3, 1,        0},
-    };
-
-    int isQuick = (zLeft[0]=='q');
-
-    /* Initialize the VDBE program */
-    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-    pParse->nMem = 6;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "integrity_check", P4_STATIC);
-
-    /* Set the maximum error count */
-    mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-    if( zRight ){
-      mxErr = atoi(zRight);
-      if( mxErr<=0 ){
-        mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr, 1);  /* reg[1] holds errors left */
-
-    /* Do an integrity check on each database file */
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      HashElem *x;
-      Hash *pTbls;
-      int cnt = 0;
-
-      if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue;
-
-      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1); /* Halt if out of errors */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-      /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree
-      **
-      ** Begin by filling registers 2, 3, ... with the root pages numbers
-      ** for all tables and indices in the database.
-      */
-      pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash;
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pTab->tnum, 2+cnt);
-        cnt++;
-        for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->tnum, 2+cnt);
-          cnt++;
-        }
-      }
-      if( cnt==0 ) continue;
-
-      /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */
-      if( pParse->nMem < cnt+4 ){
-        pParse->nMem = cnt+4;
-      }
-
-      /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0,
-         sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zName),
-         P4_DYNAMIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Move, 2, 4, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 2, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-      /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly.
-      */
-      for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x && !isQuick; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){
-        Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x);
-        Index *pIdx;
-        int loopTop;
-
-        if( pTab->pIndex==0 ) continue;
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);  /* Stop if out of errors */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-        sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, 1, OP_OpenRead);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 2);  /* reg(2) will count entries */
-        loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, 1, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 2, 1);   /* increment entry count */
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          int jmp2;
-          static const VdbeOpList idxErr[] = {
-            { OP_AddImm,      1, -1,  0},
-            { OP_String8,     0,  3,  0},    /* 1 */
-            { OP_Rowid,       1,  4,  0},
-            { OP_String8,     0,  5,  0},    /* 3 */
-            { OP_String8,     0,  6,  0},    /* 4 */
-            { OP_Concat,      4,  3,  3},
-            { OP_Concat,      5,  3,  3},
-            { OP_Concat,      6,  3,  3},
-            { OP_ResultRow,   3,  1,  0},
-            { OP_IfPos,       1,  0,  0},    /* 9 */
-            { OP_Halt,        0,  0,  0},
-          };
-          sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, 1, 3, 1);
-          jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, j+2, 0, 3);
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(idxErr), idxErr);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+1, "rowid ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+3, " missing from index ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+4, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+9);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 1, loopTop+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop);
-        for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-          static const VdbeOpList cntIdx[] = {
-             { OP_Integer,      0,  3,  0},
-             { OP_Rewind,       0,  0,  0},  /* 1 */
-             { OP_AddImm,       3,  1,  0},
-             { OP_Next,         0,  0,  0},  /* 3 */
-             { OP_Eq,           2,  0,  3},  /* 4 */
-             { OP_AddImm,       1, -1,  0},
-             { OP_String8,      0,  2,  0},  /* 6 */
-             { OP_String8,      0,  3,  0},  /* 7 */
-             { OP_Concat,       3,  2,  2},
-             { OP_ResultRow,    2,  1,  0},
-          };
-          if( pIdx->tnum==0 ) continue;
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, 1);
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-          addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(cntIdx), cntIdx);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, j+2);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+1, addr+4);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+3, j+2);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+3, addr+2);
-          sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+4);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+6, 
-                     "wrong # of entries in index ", P4_STATIC);
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+7, pIdx->zName, P4_STATIC);
-        }
-      } 
-    }
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, -mxErr);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr+2, "ok", P4_STATIC);
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA encoding
-  **   PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be"
-  **
-  ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main
-  ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now.
-  **
-  ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file
-  ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default
-  ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file
-  ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the
-  ** default text encoding for the existing database is used.
-  ** 
-  ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are
-  ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If
-  ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH
-  ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation.
-  **
-  ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in
-  ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only
-  ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "encoding")==0 ){
-    static const struct EncName {
-      char *zName;
-      u8 enc;
-    } encnames[] = {
-      { "UTF-8",    SQLITE_UTF8        },
-      { "UTF8",     SQLITE_UTF8        },
-      { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
-      { "UTF16le",  SQLITE_UTF16LE     },
-      { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
-      { "UTF16be",  SQLITE_UTF16BE     },
-      { "UTF-16",   0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { "UTF16",    0                  }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */
-      { 0, 0 }
-    };
-    const struct EncName *pEnc;
-    if( !zRight ){    /* "PRAGMA encoding" */
-      if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "encoding", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_String8, 0, 1);
-      for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-        if( pEnc->enc==ENC(pParse->db) ){
-          sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pEnc->zName, P4_STATIC);
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1);
-    }else{                        /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */
-      /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not
-      ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value
-      ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not
-      ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value.
-      */
-      if( 
-        !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || 
-        DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) 
-      ){
-        for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){
-          if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){
-            ENC(pParse->db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( !pEnc->zName ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS
-  /*
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]schema_version = <integer>
-  **
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version
-  **   PRAGMA [database.]user_version = <integer>
-  **
-  ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get
-  ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both
-  ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers
-  ** stored in the database header.
-  **
-  ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It
-  ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by
-  ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by
-  ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache
-  ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of
-  ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed.
-  ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify
-  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
-  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
-  **
-  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
-  ** applications for any purpose.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "schema_version")==0 
-   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "user_version")==0 
-   || sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "freelist_count")==0 
-  ){
-    int iCookie;   /* Cookie index. 0 for schema-cookie, 6 for user-cookie. */
-    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
-    switch( zLeft[0] ){
-      case 's': case 'S':
-        iCookie = 0;
-        break;
-      case 'f': case 'F':
-        iCookie = 1;
-        iDb = (-1*(iDb+1));
-        assert(iDb<=0);
-        break;
-      default:
-        iCookie = 5;
-        break;
-    }
-
-    if( zRight && iDb>=0 ){
-      /* Write the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
-        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
-        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+1, atoi(zRight));
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr+2, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr+2, iCookie);
-    }else{
-      /* Read the specified cookie value */
-      static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = {
-        { OP_ReadCookie,      0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
-        { OP_ResultRow,       1,  1,  0}
-      };
-      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie), readCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, addr, iDb);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addr, iCookie);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, zLeft, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    }
-  }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-  /*
-  ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "lock_status")==0 ){
-    static const char *const azLockName[] = {
-      "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive"
-    };
-    int i;
-    Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 2);
-    pParse->nMem = 2;
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "database", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "status", P4_STATIC);
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      Btree *pBt;
-      Pager *pPager;
-      const char *zState = "unknown";
-      int j;
-      if( db->aDb[i].zName==0 ) continue;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 1, 0, db->aDb[i].zName, P4_STATIC);
-      pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-      if( pBt==0 || (pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt))==0 ){
-        zState = "closed";
-      }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zName : 0, 
-                                     SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){
-         zState = azLockName[j];
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, zState, P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 2);
-    }
-
-  }else
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  /*
-  ** Check to see if the sqlite_statements table exists.  Create it
-  ** if it does not.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "create_sqlite_statement_table")==0 ){
-    extern int sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(Parse*);
-    sqlite3CreateStatementsTable(pParse);
-  }else
-#endif
-
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "key")==0 ){
-    sqlite3_key(db, zRight, strlen(zRight));
-  }else
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD)
-  if( sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, "activate_extensions")==0 ){
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "see-", 4)==0 ){
-      extern void sqlite3_activate_see(const char*);
-      sqlite3_activate_see(&zRight[4]);
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD
-    if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, "cerod-", 6)==0 ){
-      extern void sqlite3_activate_cerod(const char*);
-      sqlite3_activate_cerod(&zRight[6]);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-#endif
-
-  {}
-
-  if( v ){
-    /* Code an OP_Expire at the end of each PRAGMA program to cause
-    ** the VDBE implementing the pragma to expire. Most (all?) pragmas
-    ** are only valid for a single execution.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
-
-    /*
-    ** Reset the safety level, in case the fullfsync flag or synchronous
-    ** setting changed.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
-    if( db->autoCommit ){
-      sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level,
-                 (db->flags&SQLITE_FullFSync)!=0);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-pragma_out:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight);
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA || SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER */
-
-/************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/
-/*
-** 2005 May 25
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
-** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
-** from disk.
-**
-** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.97 2008/09/08 09:06:19 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
-** that the database is corrupt.
-*/
-static void corruptSchema(
-  InitData *pData,     /* Initialization context */
-  const char *zObj,    /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
-  const char *zExtra   /* Error information */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
-    if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
-    sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, pData->db,
-       "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
-    if( zExtra && zExtra[0] ){
-      *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(pData->db, *pData->pzErrMsg, "%s - %s",
-                                  *pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
-    }
-  }
-  pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
-** database.  See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
-** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
-**
-** Each callback contains the following information:
-**
-**     argv[0] = name of thing being created
-**     argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
-**     argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
-  InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
-  sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
-  int iDb = pData->iDb;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  assert( argc==3 );
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  if( argv==0 ) return 0;   /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
-  if( argv[1]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
-  }else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
-    /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
-    ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
-    ** or executed.  All the parser does is build the internal data
-    ** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
-    */
-    char *zErr;
-    int rc;
-    u8 lookasideEnabled;
-    assert( db->init.busy );
-    db->init.iDb = iDb;
-    db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
-    lookasideEnabled = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
-    db->init.iDb = 0;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = lookasideEnabled;
-    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
-    if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-      pData->rc = rc;
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){
-        corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr);
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    }
-  }else if( argv[0]==0 ){
-    corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
-  }else{
-    /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
-    ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
-    ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE.  The index should have already
-    ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE.  All we have
-    ** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
-    */
-    Index *pIndex;
-    pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-    if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
-      /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
-      ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index.  Since
-      ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
-      ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
-      */
-      /* Do Nothing */;
-    }else{
-      pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
-** data structures for a single database file.  The index of the
-** database file is given by iDb.  iDb==0 is used for the main
-** database.  iDb==1 should never be used.  iDb>=2 is used for
-** auxiliary databases.  Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
-** indicate success or failure.
-*/
-static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *curMain;
-  int size;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Db *pDb;
-  char const *azArg[4];
-  int meta[10];
-  InitData initData;
-  char const *zMasterSchema;
-  char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-
-  /*
-  ** The master database table has a structure like this
-  */
-  static const char master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  static const char temp_master_schema[] = 
-     "CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
-     "  type text,\n"
-     "  name text,\n"
-     "  tbl_name text,\n"
-     "  rootpage integer,\n"
-     "  sql text\n"
-     ")"
-  ;
-#else
-  #define temp_master_schema 0
-#endif
-
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
-
-  /* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
-  ** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
-  ** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
-  */
-  if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-    zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
-  }else{
-    zMasterSchema = master_schema;
-  }
-  zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-
-  /* Construct the schema tables.  */
-  azArg[0] = zMasterName;
-  azArg[1] = "1";
-  azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
-  azArg[3] = 0;
-  initData.db = db;
-  initData.iDb = iDb;
-  initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  if( initData.rc ){
-    rc = initData.rc;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  if( pTab ){
-    pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
-  }
-
-  /* Create a cursor to hold the database open
-  */
-  pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
-  if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
-    if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
-      DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    }
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  curMain = sqlite3MallocZero(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-  if( !curMain ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-  sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curMain);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-    goto initone_error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the database meta information.
-  **
-  ** Meta values are as follows:
-  **    meta[0]   Schema cookie.  Changes with each schema change.
-  **    meta[1]   File format of schema layer.
-  **    meta[2]   Size of the page cache.
-  **    meta[3]   Use freelist if 0.  Autovacuum if greater than zero.
-  **    meta[4]   Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
-  **    meta[5]   The user cookie. Used by the application.
-  **    meta[6]   Incremental-vacuum flag.
-  **    meta[7]
-  **    meta[8]
-  **    meta[9]
-  **
-  ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
-  ** the possible values of meta[4].
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(meta)/sizeof(meta[0]); i++){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
-      if( rc ){
-        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-        goto initone_error_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0];
-
-  /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
-  ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
-  ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
-  ** as sqlite3.enc.
-  */
-  if( meta[4] ){  /* text encoding */
-    if( iDb==0 ){
-      /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
-      ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4];
-      db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
-    }else{
-      /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
-      if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){
-        sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
-            " text encoding as main database");
-        rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-        goto initone_error_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
-  }
-  pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
-
-  if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
-    size = meta[2];
-    if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
-    if( size<0 ) size = -size;
-    pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
-    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** file_format==1    Version 3.0.0.
-  ** file_format==2    Version 3.1.3.  // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
-  ** file_format==3    Version 3.1.4.  // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
-  ** file_format==4    Version 3.3.0.  // DESC indices.  Boolean constants
-  */
-  pDb->pSchema->file_format = meta[1];
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
-    pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
-  }
-  if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto initone_error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Ticket #2804:  When we open a database in the newer file format,
-  ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
-  ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
-  ** indices that the user might have created.
-  */
-  if( iDb==0 && meta[1]>=4 ){
-    db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
-  }
-
-  /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
-  */
-  assert( db->init.busy );
-  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
-    /* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    char *zSql;
-    zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, 
-        "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
-        db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
-      xAuth = db->xAuth;
-      db->xAuth = 0;
-#endif
-      rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-      db->xAuth = xAuth;
-    }
-#endif
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
-    /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
-    ** the schema loaded, even if errors occured. In this situation the 
-    ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
-    ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
-    ** of the schema was loaded before the error occured. The primary
-    ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
-    ** even when its contents have been corrupted.
-    */
-    DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
-  ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
-  ** before that point, jump to error_out.
-  */
-initone_error_out:
-  sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
-  sqlite3_free(curMain);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
-
-error_out:
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
-** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
-** created using ATTACH statements.  Return a success code.  If an
-** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
-**
-** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
-** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
-** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int i, rc;
-  int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  db->init.busy = 1;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
-  ** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
-  ** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-    rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
-    if( rc ){
-      sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  db->init.busy = 0;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
-    sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
-  }
-
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
-** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    pParse->rc = rc;
-    pParse->nErr++;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Check schema cookies in all databases.  If any cookie is out
-** of date, return 0.  If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
-*/
-static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
-  int iDb;
-  int rc;
-  BtCursor *curTemp;
-  int cookie;
-  int allOk = 1;
-
-  curTemp = (BtCursor *)sqlite3Malloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-  if( curTemp ){
-    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-    for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-      Btree *pBt;
-      pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-      if( pBt==0 ) continue;
-      memset(curTemp, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curTemp);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
-          allOk = 0;
-        }
-        sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
-        db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(curTemp);
-  }else{
-    allOk = 0;
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-
-  return allOk;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
-** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
-**
-** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
-** attached database is returned.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
-  int i = -1000000;
-
-  /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in 
-  ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
-  ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this 
-  ** function should never be used.
-  **
-  ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
-  ** -1000000 as incorrectly using -1000000 index into db->aDb[] is much 
-  ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
-  ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
-  */
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( pSchema ){
-    for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-      if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( i>=0 &&i>=0 &&  i<db->nDb );
-  }
-  return i;
-}
-
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  Parse sParse;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-
-  assert( ppStmt );
-  *ppStmt = 0;
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If any attached database schemas are locked, do not proceed with
-  ** compilation. Instead return SQLITE_LOCKED immediately.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
-    Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
-    if( pBt ){
-      int rc;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
-      if( rc ){
-        const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
-        sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_LOCKED, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
-        (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-        return sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_LOCKED);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
-  sParse.db = db;
-  if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
-    char *zSqlCopy;
-    int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-    if( nBytes>mxLen ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      return sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
-    }
-    zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
-    if( zSqlCopy ){
-      sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
-      sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy];
-    }else{
-      sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
-    }
-  }else{
-    sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
-  }
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
-    sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
-  }
-  if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pzTail ){
-    *pzTail = sParse.zTail;
-  }
-  rc = sParse.rc;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
-    if( sParse.explain==2 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", P4_STATIC);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "p4", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "p5", P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "comment",P4_STATIC);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
-    rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-
-  if( saveSqlFlag ){
-    sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, sParse.zTail - zSql);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
-    assert(!(*ppStmt));
-  }else{
-    *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
-  }
-
-  if( zErrMsg ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
-  return rc;
-}
-static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
-** Return true if the statement was recompiled successfully.
-** Return false if there is an error of some kind.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
-  const char *zSql;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
-  zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
-  assert( zSql!=0 );  /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
-  db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0);
-  if( rc ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }
-    assert( pNew==0 );
-    return 0;
-  }else{
-    assert( pNew!=0 );
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
-  sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
-  sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */
-  const char *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const char **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
-*/
-static int sqlite3Prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  int saveSqlFlag,          /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
-  ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
-  ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
-  */
-  char *zSql8;
-  const char *zTail8 = 0;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
-  }
-
-  if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
-    /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
-    ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
-    ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
-    ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
-    */
-    int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, zTail8-zSql8);
-    *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); 
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two versions of the official API.  Legacy and new use.  In the legacy
-** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
-** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
-** sqlite3_step().  In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
-** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
-** occurs.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Database handle. */ 
-  const void *zSql,         /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
-  int nBytes,               /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,    /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
-  const void **pzTail       /* OUT: End of parsed string */
-){
-  int rc;
-  rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 );  /* VERIFY: F13021 */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite.
-**
-** $Id: select.c,v 1.475 2008/09/17 00:13:12 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-
-/*
-** Delete all the content of a Select structure but do not deallocate
-** the select structure itself.
-*/
-static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a SelectDest structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){
-  pDest->eDest = eDest;
-  pDest->iParm = iParm;
-  pDest->affinity = 0;
-  pDest->iMem = 0;
-  pDest->nMem = 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that
-** structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,     /* which columns to include in the result */
-  SrcList *pSrc,        /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy,   /* the GROUP BY clause */
-  Expr *pHaving,        /* the HAVING clause */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,   /* the ORDER BY clause */
-  int isDistinct,       /* true if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  Expr *pLimit,         /* LIMIT value.  NULL means not used */
-  Expr *pOffset         /* OFFSET value.  NULL means no offset */
-){
-  Select *pNew;
-  Select standin;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) );
-  assert( !pOffset || pLimit );   /* Can't have OFFSET without LIMIT. */
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    pNew = &standin;
-    memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew));
-  }
-  if( pEList==0 ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db,TK_ALL,0,0,0), 0);
-  }
-  pNew->pEList = pEList;
-  pNew->pSrc = pSrc;
-  pNew->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-  pNew->pHaving = pHaving;
-  pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pNew->selFlags = isDistinct ? SF_Distinct : 0;
-  pNew->op = TK_SELECT;
-  assert( pOffset==0 || pLimit!=0 );
-  pNew->pLimit = pLimit;
-  pNew->pOffset = pOffset;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1;
-  pNew->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) {
-    clearSelect(db, pNew);
-    if( pNew!=&standin ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pNew);
-    pNew = 0;
-  }
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){
-  if( p ){
-    clearSelect(db, p);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceeding the JOIN keyword, determine the
-** type of join.  Return an integer constant that expresses that type
-** in terms of the following bit values:
-**
-**     JT_INNER
-**     JT_CROSS
-**     JT_OUTER
-**     JT_NATURAL
-**     JT_LEFT
-**     JT_RIGHT
-**
-** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT.
-**
-** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return
-** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){
-  int jointype = 0;
-  Token *apAll[3];
-  Token *p;
-  static const struct {
-    const char zKeyword[8];
-    u8 nChar;
-    u8 code;
-  } keywords[] = {
-    { "natural", 7, JT_NATURAL },
-    { "left",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER },
-    { "right",   5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
-    { "full",    4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER },
-    { "outer",   5, JT_OUTER },
-    { "inner",   5, JT_INNER },
-    { "cross",   5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS },
-  };
-  int i, j;
-  apAll[0] = pA;
-  apAll[1] = pB;
-  apAll[2] = pC;
-  for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){
-    p = apAll[i];
-    for(j=0; j<sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]); j++){
-      if( p->n==keywords[j].nChar 
-          && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, keywords[j].zKeyword, p->n)==0 ){
-        jointype |= keywords[j].code;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( j>=sizeof(keywords)/sizeof(keywords[0]) ){
-      jointype |= JT_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  if(
-     (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) ||
-     (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0
-  ){
-    const char *zSp = " ";
-    assert( pB!=0 );
-    if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; }
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: "
-       "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC);
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }else if( jointype & JT_RIGHT ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-      "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported");
-    jointype = JT_INNER;
-  }
-  return jointype;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index of a column in a table.  Return -1 if the column
-** is not contained in the table.
-*/
-static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i;
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the value of a token to a '\000'-terminated string.
-*/
-static void setToken(Token *p, const char *z){
-  p->z = (u8*)z;
-  p->n = z ? strlen(z) : 0;
-  p->dyn = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the token to the double-quoted and escaped version of the string pointed
-** to by z. For example;
-**
-**    {a"bc}  ->  {"a""bc"}
-*/
-static void setQuotedToken(Parse *pParse, Token *p, const char *z){
-
-  /* Check if the string appears to be quoted using "..." or `...`
-  ** or [...] or '...' or if the string contains any " characters.  
-  ** If it does, then record a version of the string with the special
-  ** characters escaped.
-  */
-  const char *z2 = z;
-  if( *z2!='[' && *z2!='`' && *z2!='\'' ){
-    while( *z2 ){
-      if( *z2=='"' ) break;
-      z2++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( *z2 ){
-    /* String contains " characters - copy and quote the string. */
-    p->z = (u8 *)sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "\"%w\"", z);
-    if( p->z ){
-      p->n = strlen((char *)p->z);
-      p->dyn = 1;
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* String contains no " characters - copy the pointer. */
-    p->z = (u8*)z;
-    p->n = (z2 - z);
-    p->dyn = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Create an expression node for an identifier with the name of zName
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateIdExpr(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){
-  Token dummy;
-  setToken(&dummy, zName);
-  return sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &dummy);
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a term to the WHERE expression in *ppExpr that requires the
-** zCol column to be equal in the two tables pTab1 and pTab2.
-*/
-static void addWhereTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,           /* Parsing context */
-  const char *zCol,        /* Name of the column */
-  const Table *pTab1,      /* First table */
-  const char *zAlias1,     /* Alias for first table.  May be NULL */
-  const Table *pTab2,      /* Second table */
-  const char *zAlias2,     /* Alias for second table.  May be NULL */
-  int iRightJoinTable,     /* VDBE cursor for the right table */
-  Expr **ppExpr,           /* Add the equality term to this expression */
-  int isOuterJoin          /* True if dealing with an OUTER join */
-){
-  Expr *pE1a, *pE1b, *pE1c;
-  Expr *pE2a, *pE2b, *pE2c;
-  Expr *pE;
-
-  pE1a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
-  pE2a = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zCol);
-  if( zAlias1==0 ){
-    zAlias1 = pTab1->zName;
-  }
-  pE1b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias1);
-  if( zAlias2==0 ){
-    zAlias2 = pTab2->zName;
-  }
-  pE2b = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, zAlias2);
-  pE1c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE1b, pE1a, 0);
-  pE2c = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pE2b, pE2a, 0);
-  pE = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1c, pE2c, 0);
-  if( pE && isOuterJoin ){
-    ExprSetProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin);
-    pE->iRightJoinTable = iRightJoinTable;
-  }
-  *ppExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db,*ppExpr, pE);
-}
-
-/*
-** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression.
-** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the
-** expression.
-**
-** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell
-** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the
-** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part
-** of the more general WHERE clause.  These terms are moved over to the
-** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they
-** originated in the ON or USING clause.
-**
-** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the
-** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not
-** explicitly mentioned in the expression.  That information is needed
-** for cases like this:
-**
-**    SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5
-**
-** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5
-** term until after the t2 loop of the join.  In that way, a
-** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5.  If we do not
-** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately
-** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in
-** the output, which is incorrect.
-*/
-static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){
-  while( p ){
-    ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin);
-    p->iRightJoinTable = iTable;
-    setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable);
-    p = p->pRight;
-  } 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement.
-** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause.
-** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms.
-**
-** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure.
-** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc.  The right-most
-** table is the last entry.  The join operator is held in the entry to
-** the left.  Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between
-** entries 0 and 1.  Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are
-** also attached to the left entry.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors encountered.
-*/
-static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  SrcList *pSrc;                  /* All tables in the FROM clause */
-  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
-  struct SrcList_item *pLeft;     /* Left table being joined */
-  struct SrcList_item *pRight;    /* Right table being joined */
-
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  pLeft = &pSrc->a[0];
-  pRight = &pLeft[1];
-  for(i=0; i<pSrc->nSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){
-    Table *pLeftTab = pLeft->pTab;
-    Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab;
-    int isOuter;
-
-    if( pLeftTab==0 || pRightTab==0 ) continue;
-    isOuter = (pRight->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0;
-
-    /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for
-    ** every column that the two tables have in common.
-    */
-    if( pRight->jointype & JT_NATURAL ){
-      if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have "
-           "an ON or USING clause", 0);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(j=0; j<pLeftTab->nCol; j++){
-        char *zName = pLeftTab->aCol[j].zName;
-        if( columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)>=0 ){
-          addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
-                              pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
-                              pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
-          
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING "
-        "clauses in the same join");
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-    /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by
-    ** an AND operator.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pOn ){
-      if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor);
-      p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn);
-      pRight->pOn = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named
-    ** in the USING clause.  Example: If the two tables to be joined are 
-    ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this
-    ** to the WHERE clause:    A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z
-    ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is
-    ** not contained in both tables to be joined.
-    */
-    if( pRight->pUsing ){
-      IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing;
-      for(j=0; j<pList->nId; j++){
-        char *zName = pList->a[j].zName;
-        if( columnIndex(pLeftTab, zName)<0 || columnIndex(pRightTab, zName)<0 ){
-          sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column "
-            "not present in both tables", zName);
-          return 1;
-        }
-        addWhereTerm(pParse, zName, pLeftTab, pLeft->zAlias, 
-                            pRightTab, pRight->zAlias,
-                            pRight->iCursor, &p->pWhere, isOuter);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert code into "v" that will push the record on the top of the
-** stack into the sorter.
-*/
-static void pushOntoSorter(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* Parser context */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,    /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  Select *pSelect,       /* The whole SELECT statement */
-  int regData            /* Register holding data to be sorted */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int nExpr = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  int regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+2);
-  int regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, regBase, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pOrderBy->iECursor, regBase+nExpr);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+1, 1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nExpr + 2, regRecord);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pOrderBy->iECursor, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nExpr+2);
-  if( pSelect->iLimit ){
-    int addr1, addr2;
-    int iLimit;
-    if( pSelect->iOffset ){
-      iLimit = pSelect->iOffset+1;
-    }else{
-      iLimit = pSelect->iLimit;
-    }
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iLimit, -1);
-    addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pOrderBy->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pOrderBy->iECursor);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2);
-    pSelect->iLimit = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add code to implement the OFFSET
-*/
-static void codeOffset(
-  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VM */
-  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement being coded */
-  int iContinue     /* Jump here to skip the current record */
-){
-  if( p->iOffset && iContinue!=0 ){
-    int addr;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iOffset, -1);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNeg, p->iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iContinue);
-    VdbeComment((v, "skip OFFSET records"));
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem
-** form a distinct entry.  iTab is a sorting index that holds previously
-** seen combinations of the N values.  A new entry is made in iTab
-** if the current N values are new.
-**
-** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the
-** stack if the top N elements are not distinct.
-*/
-static void codeDistinct(
-  Parse *pParse,     /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  int iTab,          /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */
-  int addrRepeat,    /* Jump to here if not distinct */
-  int N,             /* Number of elements */
-  int iMem           /* First element */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int r1;
-
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, r1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate an error message when a SELECT is used within a subexpression
-** (example:  "a IN (SELECT * FROM table)") but it has more than 1 result
-** column.  We do this in a subroutine because the error occurs in multiple
-** places.
-*/
-static int checkForMultiColumnSelectError(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context. */
-  SelectDest *pDest,   /* Destination of SELECT results */
-  int nExpr            /* Number of result columns returned by SELECT */
-){
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  if( nExpr>1 && (eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Set) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "only a single result allowed for "
-       "a SELECT that is part of an expression");
-    return 1;
-  }else{
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop
-** of a SELECT.
-**
-** If srcTab and nColumn are both zero, then the pEList expressions
-** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row.  If nColumn>0
-** then data is pulled from srcTab and pEList is used only to get the
-** datatypes for each column.
-*/
-static void selectInnerLoop(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,              /* The complete select statement being coded */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* List of values being extracted */
-  int srcTab,             /* Pull data from this table */
-  int nColumn,            /* Number of columns in the source table */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* If not NULL, sort results using this key */
-  int distinct,           /* If >=0, make sure results are distinct */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* How to dispose of the results */
-  int iContinue,          /* Jump here to continue with next row */
-  int iBreak              /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  int hasDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  int regResult;              /* Start of memory holding result set */
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;   /* How to dispose of results */
-  int iParm = pDest->iParm;   /* First argument to disposal method */
-  int nResultCol;             /* Number of result columns */
-
-  if( v==0 ) return;
-  assert( pEList!=0 );
-  hasDistinct = distinct>=0;
-  if( pOrderBy==0 && !hasDistinct ){
-    codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
-  }
-
-  /* Pull the requested columns.
-  */
-  if( nColumn>0 ){
-    nResultCol = nColumn;
-  }else{
-    nResultCol = pEList->nExpr;
-  }
-  if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
-    pDest->iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
-    pDest->nMem = nResultCol;
-    pParse->nMem += nResultCol;
-  }else if( pDest->nMem!=nResultCol ){
-    /* This happens when two SELECTs of a compound SELECT have differing
-    ** numbers of result columns.  The error message will be generated by
-    ** a higher-level routine. */
-    return;
-  }
-  regResult = pDest->iMem;
-  if( nColumn>0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, i, regResult+i);
-    }
-  }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){
-    /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual
-    ** values returned by the SELECT are not required.
-    */
-    sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pEList, regResult, eDest==SRT_Output);
-  }
-  nColumn = nResultCol;
-
-  /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement
-  ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row
-  ** part of the result.
-  */
-  if( hasDistinct ){
-    assert( pEList!=0 );
-    assert( pEList->nExpr==nColumn );
-    codeDistinct(pParse, distinct, iContinue, nColumn, regResult);
-    if( pOrderBy==0 ){
-      codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  switch( eDest ){
-    /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary
-    ** table iParm.
-    */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-    case SRT_Union: {
-      int r1;
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of
-    ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from
-    ** the temporary table iParm.
-    */
-    case SRT_Except: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nColumn);
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
-      }else{
-        int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      p->affinity = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the
-        ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set
-        ** does not matter.  But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which
-        ** case the order does matter */
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
-      }else{
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, 1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
-    */
-    case SRT_Exists: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, regResult);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regResult, iParm, 1);
-        /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    /* Send the data to the callback function or to a subroutine.  In the
-    ** case of a subroutine, the subroutine itself is responsible for
-    ** popping the data from the stack.
-    */
-    case SRT_Coroutine:
-    case SRT_Output: {
-      if( pOrderBy ){
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nColumn, r1);
-        pushOntoSorter(pParse, pOrderBy, p, r1);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nColumn);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regResult, nColumn);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
-    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
-    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
-    ** about the actual results of the select.
-    */
-    default: {
-      assert( eDest==SRT_Discard );
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
-  */
-  if( p->iLimit ){
-    assert( pOrderBy==0 );  /* If there is an ORDER BY, the call to
-                            ** pushOntoSorter() would have cleared p->iLimit */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records
-** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list.
-**
-** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting
-** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to
-** implement that clause.  If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT
-** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual
-** index to implement a DISTINCT test.
-**
-** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtain from malloc.  The calling
-** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually
-** freed.  Add the KeyInfo structure to the P4 field of an opcode using
-** P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF is the usual way of dealing with this.
-*/
-static KeyInfo *keyInfoFromExprList(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pList){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int nExpr;
-  KeyInfo *pInfo;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-
-  nExpr = pList->nExpr;
-  pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pInfo) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
-  if( pInfo ){
-    pInfo->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pInfo->aColl[nExpr];
-    pInfo->nField = nExpr;
-    pInfo->enc = ENC(db);
-    for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-      CollSeq *pColl;
-      pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
-      if( !pColl ){
-        pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-      pInfo->aColl[i] = pColl;
-      pInfo->aSortOrder[i] = pItem->sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-  return pInfo;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument,
-** then the results were placed in a sorter.  After the loop is terminated
-** we need to run the sorter and output the results.  The following
-** routine generates the code needed to do that.
-*/
-static void generateSortTail(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,        /* The SELECT statement */
-  Vdbe *v,          /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int nColumn,      /* Number of columns of data */
-  SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */
-){
-  int brk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  int cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  int addr;
-  int iTab;
-  int pseudoTab = 0;
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-
-  int eDest = pDest->eDest;
-  int iParm = pDest->iParm;
-
-  int regRow;
-  int regRowid;
-
-  iTab = pOrderBy->iECursor;
-  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-    pseudoTab = pParse->nTab++;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, nColumn);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, pseudoTab, eDest==SRT_Output);
-  }
-  addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, brk);
-  codeOffset(v, p, cont);
-  regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, pOrderBy->nExpr + 1, regRow);
-  switch( eDest ){
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, 1, regRowid, &p->affinity, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regRow, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( nColumn==1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regRow, iParm, 1);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-    case SRT_Output:
-    case SRT_Coroutine: {
-      int i;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pseudoTab, regRow, regRowid);
-      for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
-        assert( regRow!=pDest->iMem+i );
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pseudoTab, i, pDest->iMem+i);
-      }
-      if( eDest==SRT_Output ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
-        sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pDest->iMem, nColumn);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      /* Do nothing */
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
-  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-
-  /* LIMIT has been implemented by the pushOntoSorter() routine.
-  */
-  assert( p->iLimit==0 );
-
-  /* The bottom of the loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, cont);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, brk);
-  if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, pseudoTab, 0);
-  }
-
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the
-** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller.
-**
-** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the
-** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The
-** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression
-** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The
-** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is 
-** considered a column by this function.
-**
-**   SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl;
-**   SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl);
-**   SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl);
-** 
-** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL.
-*/
-static const char *columnType(
-  NameContext *pNC, 
-  Expr *pExpr,
-  const char **pzOriginDb,
-  const char **pzOriginTab,
-  const char **pzOriginCol
-){
-  char const *zType = 0;
-  char const *zOriginDb = 0;
-  char const *zOriginTab = 0;
-  char const *zOriginCol = 0;
-  int j;
-  if( pExpr==0 || pNC->pSrcList==0 ) return 0;
-
-  switch( pExpr->op ){
-    case TK_AGG_COLUMN:
-    case TK_COLUMN: {
-      /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being
-      ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real
-      ** database table or a subquery.
-      */
-      Table *pTab = 0;            /* Table structure column is extracted from */
-      Select *pS = 0;             /* Select the column is extracted from */
-      int iCol = pExpr->iColumn;  /* Index of column in pTab */
-      while( pNC && !pTab ){
-        SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList;
-        for(j=0;j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++);
-        if( j<pTabList->nSrc ){
-          pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-          pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect;
-        }else{
-          pNC = pNC->pNext;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( pTab==0 ){
-        /* FIX ME:
-        ** This can occurs if you have something like "SELECT new.x;" inside
-        ** a trigger.  In other words, if you reference the special "new"
-        ** table in the result set of a select.  We do not have a good way
-        ** to find the actual table type, so call it "TEXT".  This is really
-        ** something of a bug, but I do not know how to fix it.
-        **
-        ** This code does not produce the correct answer - it just prevents
-        ** a segfault.  See ticket #1229.
-        */
-        zType = "TEXT";
-        break;
-      }
-
-      assert( pTab );
-      if( pS ){
-        /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause
-        ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin
-        ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select.
-        */
-        if( iCol>=0 && iCol<pS->pEList->nExpr ){
-          /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the
-          ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see 
-          ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL.
-          */
-          NameContext sNC;
-          Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr;
-          sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-          sNC.pNext = 0;
-          sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-          zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
-        }
-      }else if( pTab->pSchema ){
-        /* A real table */
-        assert( !pS );
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
-        if( iCol<0 ){
-          zType = "INTEGER";
-          zOriginCol = "rowid";
-        }else{
-          zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-          zOriginCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-        }
-        zOriginTab = pTab->zName;
-        if( pNC->pParse ){
-          int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-          zOriginDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    case TK_SELECT: {
-      /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and
-      ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT
-      ** statement.
-      */
-      NameContext sNC;
-      Select *pS = pExpr->pSelect;
-      Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-      sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc;
-      sNC.pNext = pNC;
-      sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse;
-      zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOriginDb, &zOriginTab, &zOriginCol); 
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  
-  if( pzOriginDb ){
-    assert( pzOriginTab && pzOriginCol );
-    *pzOriginDb = zOriginDb;
-    *pzOriginTab = zOriginTab;
-    *pzOriginCol = zOriginCol;
-  }
-  return zType;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns
-** in the result set.
-*/
-static void generateColumnTypes(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    const char *zType;
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-    const char *zOrigDb = 0;
-    const char *zOrigTab = 0;
-    const char *zOrigCol = 0;
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol);
-
-    /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other 
-    ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this
-    ** virtual machine is deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, P4_TRANSIENT);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, P4_TRANSIENT);
-#else
-    zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0);
-#endif
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, P4_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the names of columns
-** in the result set.  This information is used to provide the
-** azCol[] values in the callback.
-*/
-static void generateColumnNames(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,  /* List of tables */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Expressions defining the result set */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i, j;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int fullNames, shortNames;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-  /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */
-  if( pParse->explain ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  if( pParse->colNamesSet || v==0 || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  pParse->colNamesSet = 1;
-  fullNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0;
-  shortNames = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0;
-  sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr);
-  for(i=0; i<pEList->nExpr; i++){
-    Expr *p;
-    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    if( p==0 ) continue;
-    if( pEList->a[i].zName ){
-      char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName;
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, strlen(zName));
-    }else if( (p->op==TK_COLUMN || p->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) && pTabList ){
-      Table *pTab;
-      char *zCol;
-      int iCol = p->iColumn;
-      for(j=0; j<pTabList->nSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=p->iTable; j++){}
-      assert( j<pTabList->nSrc );
-      pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab;
-      if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-      assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iCol<pTab->nCol) );
-      if( iCol<0 ){
-        zCol = "rowid";
-      }else{
-        zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName;
-      }
-      if( !shortNames && !fullNames ){
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
-      }else if( fullNames || (!shortNames && pTabList->nSrc>1) ){
-        char *zName = 0;
-        char *zTab;
- 
-        zTab = pTabList->a[j].zAlias;
-        if( fullNames || zTab==0 ) zTab = pTab->zName;
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTab, zCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, P4_DYNAMIC);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, strlen(zCol));
-      }
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, (char*)p->span.z, p->span.n);
-    }
-  }
-  generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages.
-*/
-static const char *selectOpName(int id){
-  char *z;
-  switch( id ){
-    case TK_ALL:       z = "UNION ALL";   break;
-    case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT";   break;
-    case TK_EXCEPT:    z = "EXCEPT";      break;
-    default:           z = "UNION";       break;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-/*
-** Given a an expression list (which is really the list of expressions
-** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate
-** column names for a table that would hold the expression list.
-**
-** All column names will be unique.
-**
-** Only the column names are computed.  Column.zType, Column.zColl,
-** and other fields of Column are zeroed.
-**
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  If a memory allocation error occurs,
-** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM.
-*/
-static int selectColumnsFromExprList(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprList *pEList,       /* Expr list from which to derive column names */
-  int *pnCol,             /* Write the number of columns here */
-  Column **paCol          /* Write the new column list here */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int i, j, cnt;
-  Column *aCol, *pCol;
-  int nCol;
-  Expr *p;
-  char *zName;
-  int nName;
-
-  *pnCol = nCol = pEList->nExpr;
-  aCol = *paCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol);
-  if( aCol==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    /* Get an appropriate name for the column
-    */
-    p = pEList->a[i].pExpr;
-    assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight->token.z==0 || p->pRight->token.z[0]!=0 );
-    if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){
-      /* If the column contains an "AS <name>" phrase, use <name> as the name */
-      zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
-    }else{
-      Expr *pCol = p;
-      Table *pTab;
-      while( pCol->op==TK_DOT ) pCol = pCol->pRight;
-      if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && (pTab = pCol->pTab)!=0 ){
-        /* For columns use the column name name */
-        int iCol = pCol->iColumn;
-        if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s",
-                 iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid");
-      }else{
-        /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */
-        zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%T", &pCol->span);
-      }
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-      break;
-    }
-    sqlite3Dequote(zName);
-
-    /* Make sure the column name is unique.  If the name is not unique,
-    ** append a integer to the name so that it becomes unique.
-    */
-    nName = strlen(zName);
-    for(j=cnt=0; j<i; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(aCol[j].zName, zName)==0 ){
-        char *zNewName;
-        zName[nName] = 0;
-        zNewName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s:%d", zName, ++cnt);
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-        zName = zNewName;
-        j = -1;
-        if( zName==0 ) break;
-      }
-    }
-    pCol->zName = zName;
-  }
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    int j;
-    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol[j].zName);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, aCol);
-    *paCol = 0;
-    *pnCol = 0;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add type and collation information to a column list based on
-** a SELECT statement.
-** 
-** The column list presumably came from selectColumnNamesFromExprList().
-** The column list has only names, not types or collations.  This
-** routine goes through and adds the types and collations.
-**
-** This routine requires that all indentifiers in the SELECT
-** statement be resolved.
-*/
-static void selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing contexts */
-  int nCol,             /* Number of columns */
-  Column *aCol,         /* List of columns */
-  Select *pSelect       /* SELECT used to determine types and collations */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  NameContext sNC;
-  Column *pCol;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int i;
-  Expr *p;
-  struct ExprList_item *a;
-
-  assert( pSelect!=0 );
-  assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 );
-  assert( nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed );
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc;
-  a = pSelect->pEList->a;
-  for(i=0, pCol=aCol; i<nCol; i++, pCol++){
-    p = a[i].pExpr;
-    pCol->zType = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0));
-    pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p);
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p);
-    if( pColl ){
-      pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes
-** the result set of that SELECT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int savedFlags;
-
-  savedFlags = db->flags;
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames;
-  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0);
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return 0;
-  while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  db->flags = savedFlags;
-  pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) );
-  if( pTab==0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pTab->db = db;
-  pTab->nRef = 1;
-  pTab->zName = 0;
-  selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-  selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSelect);
-  pTab->iPKey = -1;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Get a VDBE for the given parser context.  Create a new one if necessary.
-** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( v==0 ){
-    v = pParse->pVdbe = sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse->db);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-    if( v ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Trace);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  return v;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the
-** pLimit and pOffset expressions.  pLimit and pOffset hold the expressions
-** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET
-** keywords.  Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset 
-** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute 
-** the limit and offset.  If there is no limit and/or offset, then 
-** iLimit and iOffset are negative.
-**
-** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if
-** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit and pOffset.  iLimit and
-** iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values
-** (usually but not always -1) prior to calling this routine.
-** Only if pLimit!=0 or pOffset!=0 do the limit registers get
-** redefined.  The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force
-** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple
-** SELECT statements.
-*/
-static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){
-  Vdbe *v = 0;
-  int iLimit = 0;
-  int iOffset;
-  int addr1;
-  if( p->iLimit ) return;
-
-  /* 
-  ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows.  There is some
-  ** contraversy about what the correct behavior should be.
-  ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean
-  ** no rows.
-  */
-  if( p->pLimit ){
-    p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem;
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) return;
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pLimit, iLimit);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit);
-    VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter"));
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, iLimit, iBreak);
-  }
-  if( p->pOffset ){
-    p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem;
-    if( p->pLimit ){
-      pParse->nMem++;   /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */
-    }
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) return;
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p->pOffset, iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset);
-    VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter"));
-    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iOffset);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    if( p->pLimit ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iLimit, iOffset, iOffset+1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET"));
-      addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, iLimit);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, iOffset+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of
-** the result set for the compound-select statement "p".  Return NULL if
-** the column has no default collating sequence.
-**
-** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the
-** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence.
-*/
-static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){
-  CollSeq *pRet;
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol);
-  }else{
-    pRet = 0;
-  }
-  if( pRet==0 ){
-    pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr);
-  }
-  return pRet;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-);
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-/*
-** This routine is called to process a compound query form from
-** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or
-** INTERSECT
-**
-** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries.  the query on the
-** left is p->pPrior.  The left query could also be a compound query
-** in which case this routine will be called recursively. 
-**
-** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination
-** of type eDest with parameter iParm.
-**
-** Example 1:  Consider a three-way compound SQL statement.
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3
-**
-** This statement is parsed up as follows:
-**
-**     SELECT c FROM t3
-**      |
-**      `----->  SELECT b FROM t2
-**                |
-**                `------>  SELECT a FROM t1
-**
-** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer.
-** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then
-** pPrior will be the t2 query.  p->op will be TK_UNION in this case.
-**
-** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the
-** individual selects always group from left to right.
-*/
-static int multiSelect(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;   /* Success code from a subroutine */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  SelectDest dest;      /* Alternative data destination */
-  Select *pDelete = 0;  /* Chain of simple selects to delete */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-
-  /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs.  Only
-  ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT.
-  */
-  assert( p && p->pPrior );  /* Calling function guarantees this much */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior->pRightmost!=pPrior );
-  assert( pPrior->pRightmost==p->pRightmost );
-  dest = *pDest;
-  if( pPrior->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"ORDER BY clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-  if( pPrior->pLimit ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"LIMIT clause should come after %s not before",
-      selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  assert( v!=0 );  /* The VDBE already created by calling function */
-
-  /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary
-  */
-  if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    assert( p->pEList );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iParm, p->pEList->nExpr);
-    dest.eDest = SRT_Table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements
-  ** in their result sets.
-  */
-  assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList );
-  if( p->pEList->nExpr!=pPrior->pEList->nExpr ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s"
-      " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op));
-    rc = 1;
-    goto multi_select_end;
-  }
-
-  /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately.
-  */
-  if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements.
-  */
-  switch( p->op ){
-    case TK_ALL: {
-      int addr = 0;
-      assert( !pPrior->pLimit );
-      pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      pPrior->pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest);
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit;
-      p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset;
-      if( p->iLimit ){
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit);
-        VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached"));
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest);
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-      if( addr ){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_EXCEPT:
-    case TK_UNION: {
-      int unionTab;    /* Cursor number of the temporary table holding result */
-      int op = 0;      /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */
-      int priorOp;     /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset; /* Saved values of p->nLimit and p->nOffset */
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest uniondest;
-
-      priorOp = SRT_Union;
-      if( dest.eDest==priorOp && !p->pLimit && !p->pOffset ){
-        /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our
-        ** right.
-        */
-        unionTab = dest.iParm;
-      }else{
-        /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the
-        ** intermediate results.
-        */
-        unionTab = pParse->nTab++;
-        assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0);
-        assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-        p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-        p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-      }
-
-      /* Code the SELECT statements to our left
-      */
-      assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy );
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Code the current SELECT statement
-      */
-      if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){
-        op = SRT_Except;
-      }else{
-        assert( p->op==TK_UNION );
-        op = SRT_Union;
-      }
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      uniondest.eDest = op;
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest);
-      /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy.
-      ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy);
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      p->pOrderBy = 0;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-      p->iLimit = 0;
-      p->iOffset = 0;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-
-      /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form
-      ** it is that we currently need.
-      */      
-      if( dest.eDest!=priorOp || unionTab!=dest.iParm ){
-        int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-        assert( p->pEList );
-        if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
-          Select *pFirst = p;
-          while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-          generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-        }
-        iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-        computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak);
-        iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-        selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, unionTab, p->pEList->nExpr,
-                        0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart);
-        sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-    case TK_INTERSECT: {
-      int tab1, tab2;
-      int iCont, iBreak, iStart;
-      Expr *pLimit, *pOffset;
-      int addr;
-      SelectDest intersectdest;
-      int r1;
-
-      /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires
-      ** two temporary tables.  Hence it has its own case.  Begin
-      ** by allocating the tables we will need.
-      */
-      tab1 = pParse->nTab++;
-      tab2 = pParse->nTab++;
-      assert( p->pOrderBy==0 );
-
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr;
-      p->pRightmost->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral;
-      assert( p->pEList );
-
-      /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1".
-      */
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1);
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest);
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2"
-      */
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0);
-      assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 );
-      p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr;
-      p->pPrior = 0;
-      pLimit = p->pLimit;
-      p->pLimit = 0;
-      pOffset = p->pOffset;
-      p->pOffset = 0;
-      intersectdest.iParm = tab2;
-      rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest);
-      pDelete = p->pPrior;
-      p->pPrior = pPrior;
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-      p->pLimit = pLimit;
-      p->pOffset = pOffset;
-      if( rc ){
-        goto multi_select_end;
-      }
-
-      /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary
-      ** tables.
-      */
-      assert( p->pEList );
-      if( dest.eDest==SRT_Output ){
-        Select *pFirst = p;
-        while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-        generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-      }
-      iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, tab1, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, tab1, p->pEList->nExpr,
-                      0, -1, &dest, iCont, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Compute collating sequences used by 
-  ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select.
-  ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables.
-  **
-  ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only.
-  ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part.  The right-most
-  ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and
-  ** no temp tables are required.
-  */
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){
-    int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;            /* Collating sequence for the result set */
-    Select *pLoop;                /* For looping through SELECT statements */
-    CollSeq **apColl;             /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */
-    int nCol;                     /* Number of columns in result set */
-
-    assert( p->pRightmost==p );
-    nCol = p->pEList->nExpr;
-    pKeyInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
-                       sizeof(*pKeyInfo)+nCol*(sizeof(CollSeq*) + 1));
-    if( !pKeyInfo ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      goto multi_select_end;
-    }
-
-    pKeyInfo->enc = ENC(db);
-    pKeyInfo->nField = nCol;
-
-    for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; i<nCol; i++, apColl++){
-      *apColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
-      if( 0==*apColl ){
-        *apColl = db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-    }
-
-    for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){
-      for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-        int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i];
-        if( addr<0 ){
-          /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused.  So we can
-          ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */
-          assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 );
-          break;
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-        pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pKeyInfo);
-  }
-
-multi_select_end:
-  pDest->iMem = dest.iMem;
-  pDest->nMem = dest.nMem;
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */
-
-/*
-** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a
-** SELECT statment.
-**
-** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iMem.  There are
-** pIn->nMem columns to be output.  pDest is where the output should
-** be sent.
-**
-** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine
-** return address.
-**
-** If regPrev>0 then it is a the first register in a vector that
-** records the previous output.  mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false
-** if there has been no previous output.  If regPrev>0 then code is
-** generated to suppress duplicates.  pKeyInfo is used for comparing
-** keys.
-**
-** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to
-** iBreak.
-*/
-static int generateOutputSubroutine(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,              /* The SELECT statement */
-  SelectDest *pIn,        /* Coroutine supplying data */
-  SelectDest *pDest,      /* Where to send the data */
-  int regReturn,          /* The return address register */
-  int regPrev,            /* Previous result register.  No uniqueness if 0 */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyInfo,      /* For comparing with previous entry */
-  int p4type,             /* The p4 type for pKeyInfo */
-  int iBreak              /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iContinue;
-  int addr;
-
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-  /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT 
-  */
-  if( regPrev ){
-    int j1, j2;
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev);
-    j2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem,
-                              (char*)pKeyInfo, p4type);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j2+2, iContinue, j2+2);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-    sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIn->iMem, regPrev+1, pIn->nMem);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev);
-  }
-  if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0;
-
-  /* Suppress the the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause
-  */
-  codeOffset(v, p, iContinue);
-
-  switch( pDest->eDest ){
-    /* Store the result as data using a unique key.
-    */
-    case SRT_Table:
-    case SRT_EphemTab: {
-      int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem, r1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iParm, r2);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iParm, r1, r2);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-    /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct,
-    ** then there should be a single item on the stack.  Write this
-    ** item into the set table with bogus data.
-    */
-    case SRT_Set: {
-      int r1;
-      assert( pIn->nMem==1 );
-      p->affinity = 
-         sqlite3CompareAffinity(p->pEList->a[0].pExpr, pDest->affinity);
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iMem, 1, r1, &p->affinity, 1);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, 1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iParm, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if 0  /* Never occurs on an ORDER BY query */
-    /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort.
-    */
-    case SRT_Exists: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pDest->iParm);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then
-    ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out
-    ** of the scan loop.
-    */
-    case SRT_Mem: {
-      assert( pIn->nMem==1 );
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iParm, 1);
-      /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */
-      break;
-    }
-#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-    /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers
-    ** starting at pDest->iMem.  Then the co-routine yields.
-    */
-    case SRT_Coroutine: {
-      if( pDest->iMem==0 ){
-        pDest->iMem = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nMem);
-        pDest->nMem = pIn->nMem;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iMem, pDest->iMem, pDest->nMem);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iParm);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /* Results are stored in a sequence of registers.  Then the
-    ** OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to return
-    ** the next row of result.
-    */
-    case SRT_Output: {
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, pIn->iMem, pIn->nMem);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    /* Discard the results.  This is used for SELECT statements inside
-    ** the body of a TRIGGER.  The purpose of such selects is to call
-    ** user-defined functions that have side effects.  We do not care
-    ** about the actual results of the select.
-    */
-    default: {
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached.
-  */
-  if( p->iLimit ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, p->iLimit, -1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfZero, p->iLimit, iBreak);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate the subroutine return
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn);
-
-  return addr;
-}
-
-/*
-** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there
-** is an ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** We assume a query of the following form:
-**
-**      <selectA>  <operator>  <selectB>  ORDER BY <orderbylist>
-**
-** <operator> is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT.  The idea
-** is to code both <selectA> and <selectB> with the ORDER BY clause as
-** co-routines.  Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results
-** into the output.  In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and
-** selectB) there are 7 subroutines:
-**
-**    outA:    Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output
-**             of the compound query.
-**
-**    outB:    Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output
-**             of the compound query.  (Only generated for UNION and
-**             UNION ALL.  EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that
-**             appears only in B.)
-**
-**    AltB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A<B.
-**
-**    AeqB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A==B.
-**
-**    AgtB:    Called when there is data from both coroutines and A>B.
-**
-**    EofA:    Called when data is exhausted from selectA.
-**
-**    EofB:    Called when data is exhausted from selectB.
-**
-** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which 
-** <operator> is used:
-**
-**
-**             UNION ALL         UNION            EXCEPT          INTERSECT
-**          -------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
-**   AltB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         nextA
-**
-**   AeqB:   outA, nextA         nextA             nextA         outA, nextA
-**
-**   AgtB:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          nextB            nextB
-**
-**   EofA:   outB, nextB      outB, nextB          halt             halt
-**
-**   EofB:   outA, nextA      outA, nextA       outA, nextA         halt
-**
-** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA
-** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes
-** an immediate jump to EofB.  Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or
-** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing.
-**
-** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled
-** within the output subroutine.  The regPrev register set holds the previously
-** output value.  A comparison is made against this value and the output
-** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous.
-**
-** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven
-** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom.  Like this:
-**
-**          goto Init
-**     coA: coroutine for left query (A)
-**     coB: coroutine for right query (B)
-**    outA: output one row of A
-**    outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only)
-**    EofA: ...
-**    EofB: ...
-**    AltB: ...
-**    AeqB: ...
-**    AgtB: ...
-**    Init: initialize coroutine registers
-**          yield coA
-**          if eof(A) goto EofA
-**          yield coB
-**          if eof(B) goto EofB
-**    Cmpr: Compare A, B
-**          Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB
-**     End: ...
-**
-** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not
-** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return.  EofA and EofB loop
-** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe.  AltB, AeqB,
-** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-static int multiSelectOrderBy(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,            /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */
-  SelectDest *pDest     /* What to do with query results */
-){
-  int i, j;             /* Loop counters */
-  Select *pPrior;       /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */
-  Vdbe *v;              /* Generate code to this VDBE */
-  SelectDest destA;     /* Destination for coroutine A */
-  SelectDest destB;     /* Destination for coroutine B */
-  int regAddrA;         /* Address register for select-A coroutine */
-  int regEofA;          /* Flag to indicate when select-A is complete */
-  int regAddrB;         /* Address register for select-B coroutine */
-  int regEofB;          /* Flag to indicate when select-B is complete */
-  int addrSelectA;      /* Address of the select-A coroutine */
-  int addrSelectB;      /* Address of the select-B coroutine */
-  int regOutA;          /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */
-  int regOutB;          /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */
-  int addrOutA;         /* Address of the output-A subroutine */
-  int addrOutB;         /* Address of the output-B subroutine */
-  int addrEofA;         /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */
-  int addrEofB;         /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */
-  int addrAltB;         /* Address of the A<B subroutine */
-  int addrAeqB;         /* Address of the A==B subroutine */
-  int addrAgtB;         /* Address of the A>B subroutine */
-  int regLimitA;        /* Limit register for select-A */
-  int regLimitB;        /* Limit register for select-A */
-  int regPrev;          /* A range of registers to hold previous output */
-  int savedLimit;       /* Saved value of p->iLimit */
-  int savedOffset;      /* Saved value of p->iOffset */
-  int labelCmpr;        /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */
-  int labelEnd;         /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */
-  int j1;               /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */
-  int op;               /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyDup;     /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */
-  KeyInfo *pKeyMerge;   /* Comparison information for merging rows */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;   /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  int nOrderBy;         /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  int *aPermute;        /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */
-
-  assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 );
-  db = pParse->db;
-  v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  if( v==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-
-  /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause
-  */
-  op = p->op;  
-  pPrior = p->pPrior;
-  assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 );
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  assert( pOrderBy );
-  nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-
-  /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that
-  ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set.  Add
-  ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary.
-  */
-  if( op!=TK_ALL ){
-    for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; j<nOrderBy; j++, pItem++){
-        assert( pItem->iCol>0 );
-        if( pItem->iCol==i ) break;
-      }
-      if( j==nOrderBy ){
-        Expr *pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_INTEGER, 0, 0, 0);
-        if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue;
-        pNew->iTable = i;
-        pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew, 0);
-        pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].iCol = i;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with
-  ** the permutation in order to comparisons to determine if the next
-  ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB.  Also add explicit
-  ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries
-  ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct
-  ** collation.
-  */
-  aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int)*nOrderBy);
-  if( aPermute ){
-    struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-    for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){
-      assert( pItem->iCol>0  && pItem->iCol<=p->pEList->nExpr );
-      aPermute[i] = pItem->iCol - 1;
-    }
-    pKeyMerge =
-      sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(*pKeyMerge)+nOrderBy*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1));
-    if( pKeyMerge ){
-      pKeyMerge->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyMerge->aColl[nOrderBy];
-      pKeyMerge->nField = nOrderBy;
-      pKeyMerge->enc = ENC(db);
-      for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-        CollSeq *pColl;
-        Expr *pTerm = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-        if( pTerm->flags & EP_ExpCollate ){
-          pColl = pTerm->pColl;
-        }else{
-          pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, aPermute[i]);
-          pTerm->flags |= EP_ExpCollate;
-          pTerm->pColl = pColl;
-        }
-        pKeyMerge->aColl[i] = pColl;
-        pKeyMerge->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-      }
-    }
-  }else{
-    pKeyMerge = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query.
-  */
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-  pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
-
-  /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed
-  ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the
-  ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL).
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL ){
-    regPrev = 0;
-  }else{
-    int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr;
-    assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr );
-    regPrev = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nExpr+1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev);
-    pKeyDup = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,
-                  sizeof(*pKeyDup) + nExpr*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) );
-    if( pKeyDup ){
-      pKeyDup->aSortOrder = (u8*)&pKeyDup->aColl[nExpr];
-      pKeyDup->nField = nExpr;
-      pKeyDup->enc = ENC(db);
-      for(i=0; i<nExpr; i++){
-        pKeyDup->aColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i);
-        pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
- 
-  /* Separate the left and the right query from one another
-  */
-  p->pPrior = 0;
-  pPrior->pRightmost = 0;
-  sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
-  if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){
-    sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER");
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the limit registers */
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd);
-  if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){
-    regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem;
-    regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit,
-                                  regLimitA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB);
-  }else{
-    regLimitA = regLimitB = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit);
-  p->pLimit = 0;
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pOffset);
-  p->pOffset = 0;
-
-  regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regEofA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regEofB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOutA = ++pParse->nMem;
-  regOutB = ++pParse->nMem;
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA);
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB);
-
-  /* Jump past the various subroutines and coroutines to the main
-  ** merge loop
-  */
-  j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-  addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-
-  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the
-  ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select.
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for left SELECT"));
-  pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA;
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for left SELECT"));
-
-  /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on 
-  ** the right - the "B" select
-  */
-  addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin coroutine for right SELECT"));
-  savedLimit = p->iLimit;
-  savedOffset = p->iOffset;
-  p->iLimit = regLimitB;
-  p->iOffset = 0;  
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB);
-  p->iLimit = savedLimit;
-  p->iOffset = savedOffset;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regEofB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "End coroutine for right SELECT"));
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A
-  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A"));
-  addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
-                 p, &destA, pDest, regOutA,
-                 regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, labelEnd);
-  
-  /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B
-  ** select as the next output row of the compound select.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B"));
-    addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse,
-                 p, &destB, pDest, regOutB,
-                 regPrev, pKeyDup, P4_KEYINFO_STATIC, labelEnd);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A
-  ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains.
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine"));
-  if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelEnd);
-  }else{  
-    addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, labelEnd);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofA);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B
-  ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains.
-  */
-  if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrEofB = addrEofA;
-  }else{  
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine"));
-    addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, labelEnd);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEofB);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A<B
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-lt-B subroutine"));
-  addrAltB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A==B
-  */
-  if( op==TK_ALL ){
-    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
-  }else if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){
-    addrAeqB = addrAltB;
-    addrAltB++;
-  }else{
-    VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-eq-B subroutine"));
-    addrAeqB =
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate code to handle the case of A>B
-  */
-  VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine"));
-  addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB);
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, labelCmpr);
-
-  /* This code runs once to initialize everything.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regEofB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrA, addrSelectA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regAddrB, addrSelectB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofA, addrEofA);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_If, regEofB, addrEofB);
-
-  /* Implement the main merge loop
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iMem, destB.iMem, nOrderBy,
-                         (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB);
-
-  /* Release temporary registers
-  */
-  if( regPrev ){
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regPrev, nOrderBy+1);
-  }
-
-  /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd);
-
-  /* Set the number of output columns
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
-    Select *pFirst = pPrior;
-    while( pFirst->pPrior ) pFirst = pFirst->pPrior;
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, 0, pFirst->pEList);
-  }
-
-  /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly
-  ** by the calling function */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior);
-  }
-  p->pPrior = pPrior;
-
-  /*** TBD:  Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete
-  **** subqueries ****/
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/* Forward Declarations */
-static void substExprList(sqlite3*, ExprList*, int, ExprList*);
-static void substSelect(sqlite3*, Select *, int, ExprList *);
-
-/*
-** Scan through the expression pExpr.  Replace every reference to
-** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th
-** entry in pEList.  (But leave references to the ROWID column 
-** unchanged.)
-**
-** This routine is part of the flattening procedure.  A subquery
-** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the
-** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that
-** FORM clause entry is iTable.  This routine make the necessary 
-** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table
-** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery.
-*/
-static void substExpr(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* Report malloc errors to this connection */
-  Expr *pExpr,        /* Expr in which substitution occurs */
-  int iTable,         /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList    /* Substitute expressions */
-){
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iTable ){
-    if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){
-      pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-    }else{
-      Expr *pNew;
-      assert( pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumn<pEList->nExpr );
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 && pExpr->pList==0 );
-      pNew = pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr;
-      assert( pNew!=0 );
-      pExpr->op = pNew->op;
-      assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 );
-      pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pLeft);
-      assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
-      pExpr->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pNew->pRight);
-      assert( pExpr->pList==0 );
-      pExpr->pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pNew->pList);
-      pExpr->iTable = pNew->iTable;
-      pExpr->pTab = pNew->pTab;
-      pExpr->iColumn = pNew->iColumn;
-      pExpr->iAgg = pNew->iAgg;
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->token, &pNew->token);
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pExpr->span, &pNew->span);
-      pExpr->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pNew->pSelect);
-      pExpr->flags = pNew->flags;
-    }
-  }else{
-    substExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, iTable, pEList);
-    substExpr(db, pExpr->pRight, iTable, pEList);
-    substSelect(db, pExpr->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
-    substExprList(db, pExpr->pList, iTable, pEList);
-  }
-}
-static void substExprList(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  ExprList *pList,     /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be substituted */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( pList==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    substExpr(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable, pEList);
-  }
-}
-static void substSelect(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* Report malloc errors here */
-  Select *p,           /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */
-  int iTable,          /* Table to be replaced */
-  ExprList *pEList     /* Substitute values */
-){
-  SrcList *pSrc;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  int i;
-  if( !p ) return;
-  substExprList(db, p->pEList, iTable, pEList);
-  substExprList(db, p->pGroupBy, iTable, pEList);
-  substExprList(db, p->pOrderBy, iTable, pEList);
-  substExpr(db, p->pHaving, iTable, pEList);
-  substExpr(db, p->pWhere, iTable, pEList);
-  substSelect(db, p->pPrior, iTable, pEList);
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  if( pSrc ){
-    for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-      substSelect(db, pItem->pSelect, iTable, pEList);
-    }
-  }
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-/*
-** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries in order to speed
-** execution.  It returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening
-** occurs.
-**
-** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following
-** query:
-**
-**     SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5
-**
-** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the
-** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then
-** run the outer query on that temporary table.  This requires two
-** passes over the data.  Furthermore, because the temporary table
-** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be
-** optimized.
-**
-** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into
-** a single flat select, like this:
-**
-**     SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5
-**
-** The code generated for this simpification gives the same result
-** but only has to scan the data once.  And because indices might 
-** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
-** avoided.
-**
-** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
-**
-**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
-**
-**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
-**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strenghtened by ticket #3300)
-**
-**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (5)  The subquery is not DISTINCT or the outer query does not use
-**        aggregates.
-**
-**   (6)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query is not
-**        DISTINCT.
-**
-**   (7)  The subquery has a FROM clause.
-**
-**   (8)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query is not a join.
-**
-**   (9)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not use
-**        aggregates.
-**
-**  (10)  The subquery does not use aggregates or the outer query does not
-**        use LIMIT.
-**
-**  (11)  The subquery and the outer query do not both have ORDER BY clauses.
-**
-**  (12)  Not implemented.  Subsumed into restriction (3).  Was previously
-**        a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350.
-**
-**  (13)  The subquery and outer query do not both use LIMIT
-**
-**  (14)  The subquery does not use OFFSET
-**
-**  (15)  The outer query is not part of a compound select or the
-**        subquery does not have both an ORDER BY and a LIMIT clause.
-**        (See ticket #2339)
-**
-**  (16)  The outer query is not an aggregate or the subquery does
-**        not contain ORDER BY.  (Ticket #2942)  This used to not matter
-**        until we introduced the group_concat() function.  
-**
-**  (17)  The sub-query is not a compound select, or it is a UNION ALL 
-**        compound clause made up entirely of non-aggregate queries, and 
-**        the parent query:
-**
-**          * is not itself part of a compound select,
-**          * is not an aggregate or DISTINCT query, and
-**          * has no other tables or sub-selects in the FROM clause.
-**
-**        The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to
-**        rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY,
-**        LIMIT and OFFSET clauses.
-**
-**  (18)  If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the
-**        ORDER by clause of the parent must be simple references to 
-**        columns of the sub-query.
-**
-**  (19)  The subquery does not use LIMIT or the outer query does not
-**        have a WHERE clause.
-**
-** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query.
-** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom].  isAgg is true if the outer query
-** uses aggregates and subqueryIsAgg is true if the subquery uses aggregates.
-**
-** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0.
-** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1.
-**
-** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and
-** the subquery before this routine runs.
-*/
-static int flattenSubquery(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parsing context */
-  Select *p,           /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */
-  int iFrom,           /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */
-  int isAgg,           /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */
-  int subqueryIsAgg    /* True if the subquery uses aggregate functions */
-){
-  const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-  Select *pParent;
-  Select *pSub;       /* The inner query or "subquery" */
-  Select *pSub1;      /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */
-  SrcList *pSrc;      /* The FROM clause of the outer query */
-  SrcList *pSubSrc;   /* The FROM clause of the subquery */
-  ExprList *pList;    /* The result set of the outer query */
-  int iParent;        /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */
-  int i;              /* Loop counter */
-  Expr *pWhere;                    /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSubitem;   /* The subquery */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Check to see if flattening is permitted.  Return 0 if not.
-  */
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  pSrc = p->pSrc;
-  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
-  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
-  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
-  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
-  assert( pSub!=0 );
-  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
-  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */
-  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
-  assert( pSubSrc );
-  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
-  ** not arbitrary expresssions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
-  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
-  ** and (14). */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0;              /* Restriction (13) */
-  if( pSub->pOffset ) return 0;                          /* Restriction (14) */
-  if( p->pRightmost && pSub->pLimit && pSub->pOrderBy ){
-    return 0;                                            /* Restriction (15) */
-  }
-  if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0;                       /* Restriction (7)  */
-  if( ((pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSub->pLimit) 
-         && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){          /* Restrictions (4)(5)(8)(9) */
-     return 0;       
-  }
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 && subqueryIsAgg ){
-     return 0;         /* Restriction (6)  */
-  }
-  if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){
-     return 0;                                           /* Restriction (11) */
-  }
-  if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0;                /* Restriction (16) */
-  if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0;              /* Restriction (19) */
-
-  /* OBSOLETE COMMENT 1:
-  ** Restriction 3:  If the subquery is a join, make sure the subquery is 
-  ** not used as the right operand of an outer join.  Examples of why this
-  ** is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3
-  **
-  ** which is not at all the same thing.
-  **
-  ** OBSOLETE COMMENT 2:
-  ** Restriction 12:  If the subquery is the right operand of a left outer
-  ** join, make sure the subquery has no WHERE clause.
-  ** An examples of why this is not allowed:
-  **
-  **         t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (SELECT * FROM t2 WHERE t2.x>0)
-  **
-  ** If we flatten the above, we would get
-  **
-  **         (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) WHERE t2.x>0
-  **
-  ** But the t2.x>0 test will always fail on a NULL row of t2, which
-  ** effectively converts the OUTER JOIN into an INNER JOIN.
-  **
-  ** THIS OVERRIDES OBSOLETE COMMENTS 1 AND 2 ABOVE:
-  ** Ticket #3300 shows that flattening the right term of a LEFT JOIN
-  ** is fraught with danger.  Best to avoid the whole thing.  If the
-  ** subquery is the right term of a LEFT JOIN, then do not flatten.
-  */
-  if( (pSubitem->jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Restriction 17: If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must
-  ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries
-  ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct
-  ** queries.
-  */
-  if( pSub->pPrior ){
-    if( p->pPrior || isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-    for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){
-      if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0
-       || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) 
-       || !pSub1->pSrc || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc!=1
-      ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Restriction 18. */
-    if( p->pOrderBy ){
-      int ii;
-      for(ii=0; ii<p->pOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){
-        if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].iCol==0 ) return 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/
-
-  /* Authorize the subquery */
-  pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName;
-  sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-  pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext;
-
-  /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions
-  ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must 
-  ** be of the form:
-  **
-  **     SELECT <expr-list> FROM (<sub-query>) <where-clause> 
-  **
-  ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block
-  ** creates N copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or 
-  ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original
-  ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple
-  ** select statements in the compound sub-query.
-  */
-  for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){
-    Select *pNew;
-    ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-    Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit;
-    Expr *pOffset = p->pOffset;
-    Select *pPrior = p->pPrior;
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
-    p->pSrc = 0;
-    p->pPrior = 0;
-    p->pLimit = 0;
-    pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p);
-    pNew->pPrior = pPrior;
-    p->pPrior = pNew;
-    p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-    p->op = TK_ALL;
-    p->pSrc = pSrc;
-    p->pLimit = pLimit;
-    p->pOffset = pOffset;
-    p->pRightmost = 0;
-    pNew->pRightmost = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause 
-  ** in the outer query.
-  */
-  pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect;
-  for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){
-    int nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
-    int jointype = 0;
-    pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
-    pSrc = pParent->pSrc;
-
-    /* Move all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the
-    ** the FROM clause of the outer query.  Before doing this, remember
-    ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in
-    ** iParent.  The iParent cursor will never be used.  Subsequent code
-    ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace
-    ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM
-    ** elements we are now copying in.
-    */
-    if( pSrc ){
-      Table *pTabToDel;
-      pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
-      nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc;
-      jointype = pSubitem->jointype;
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias);
-      pSubitem->zDatabase = 0;
-      pSubitem->zName = 0;
-      pSubitem->zAlias = 0;
-
-      /* If the FROM element is a subquery, defer deleting the Table
-      ** object associated with that subquery until code generation is
-      ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entires that
-      ** refer to the subquery even after flattening.  Ticket #3346.
-      */
-      if( (pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab)!=0 ){
-        if( pTabToDel->nRef==1 ){
-          pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pParse->pZombieTab;
-          pParse->pZombieTab = pTabToDel;
-        }else{
-          pTabToDel->nRef--;
-        }
-      }
-      pSubitem->pTab = 0;
-    }
-    if( nSubSrc!=1 || !pSrc ){
-      int extra = nSubSrc - 1;
-      for(i=(pSrc?1:0); i<nSubSrc; i++){
-        pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, pSrc, 0, 0);
-        if( pSrc==0 ){
-          pParent->pSrc = 0;
-          return 1;
-        }
-      }
-      pParent->pSrc = pSrc;
-      for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i-extra>=iFrom; i--){
-        pSrc->a[i] = pSrc->a[i-extra];
-      }
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nSubSrc; i++){
-      pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i];
-      memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i]));
-    }
-    pSrc->a[iFrom].jointype = jointype;
-  
-    /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for 
-    ** references to the iParent in the outer query.
-    ** 
-    ** Example:
-    **
-    **   SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b;
-    **   \                     \_____________ subquery __________/          /
-    **    \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/
-    **
-    ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see
-    ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10".
-    */
-    pList = pParent->pEList;
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      Expr *pExpr;
-      if( pList->a[i].zName==0 && (pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr)->span.z!=0 ){
-        pList->a[i].zName = 
-               sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pExpr->span.z, pExpr->span.n);
-      }
-    }
-    substExprList(db, pParent->pEList, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    if( isAgg ){
-      substExprList(db, pParent->pGroupBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-      substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    }
-    if( pSub->pOrderBy ){
-      assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 );
-      pParent->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy;
-      pSub->pOrderBy = 0;
-    }else if( pParent->pOrderBy ){
-      substExprList(db, pParent->pOrderBy, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-    }
-    if( pSub->pWhere ){
-      pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere);
-    }else{
-      pWhere = 0;
-    }
-    if( subqueryIsAgg ){
-      assert( pParent->pHaving==0 );
-      pParent->pHaving = pParent->pWhere;
-      pParent->pWhere = pWhere;
-      substExpr(db, pParent->pHaving, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-      pParent->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pHaving, 
-                                  sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pHaving));
-      assert( pParent->pGroupBy==0 );
-      pParent->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pSub->pGroupBy);
-    }else{
-      substExpr(db, pParent->pWhere, iParent, pSub->pEList);
-      pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pParent->pWhere, pWhere);
-    }
-  
-    /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the
-    ** outer query is distinct. 
-    */
-    pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct;
-  
-    /*
-    ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y;
-    **
-    ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits.  But this
-    ** does not work if either limit is negative.
-    */
-    if( pSub->pLimit ){
-      pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit;
-      pSub->pLimit = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return
-  ** success.
-  */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1);
-
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */
-
-/*
-** Analyze the SELECT statement passed as an argument to see if it
-** is a min() or max() query. Return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX if 
-** it is, or 0 otherwise. At present, a query is considered to be
-** a min()/max() query if:
-**
-**   1. There is a single object in the FROM clause.
-**
-**   2. There is a single expression in the result set, and it is
-**      either min(x) or max(x), where x is a column reference.
-*/
-static int minMaxQuery(Parse *pParse, Select *p){
-  Expr *pExpr;
-  ExprList *pEList = p->pEList;
-
-  if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-  pExpr = pEList->a[0].pExpr;
-  pEList = pExpr->pList;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION || pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0;
-  if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-  if( pExpr->token.n!=3 ) return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"min",3)==0 ){
-    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
-  }else if( sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)pExpr->token.z,"max",3)==0 ){
-    return WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX;
-  }
-  return WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement.
-** "Expanding" means to do the following:
-**
-**    (1)  Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every
-**         element of the FROM clause.
-**
-**    (2)  Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that 
-**         defines FROM clause.  When views appear in the FROM clause,
-**         fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement
-**         that implements the view.  A copy is made of the view's SELECT
-**         statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement
-**         without worrying about messing up the presistent representation
-**         of the view.
-**
-**    (3)  Add terms to the WHERE clause to accomodate the NATURAL keyword
-**         on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins.
-**
-**    (4)  Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking
-**         for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator.
-**         If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table
-**         and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE.
-**
-*/
-static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-  int i, j, k;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  ExprList *pEList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed  ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-  if( p->pSrc==0 || (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){
-    return WRC_Prune;
-  }
-  p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded;
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-
-  /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in
-  ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement.
-  */
-  sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList);
-
-  /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select.  If
-  ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view,
-  ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-    Table *pTab;
-    if( pFrom->pTab!=0 ){
-      /* This statement has already been prepared.  There is no need
-      ** to go further. */
-      assert( i==0 );
-      return WRC_Prune;
-    }
-    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-      assert( pSel!=0 );
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
-      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-      pTab->db = db;
-      pTab->nRef = 1;
-      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_subquery_%p_", (void*)pTab);
-      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
-      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
-      pTab->iPKey = -1;
-      pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral;
-#endif
-    }else{
-      /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */
-      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
-      pFrom->pTab = pTab = 
-        sqlite3LocateTable(pParse,0,pFrom->zName,pFrom->zDatabase);
-      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
-      pTab->nRef++;
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE)
-      if( pTab->pSelect || IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-        /* We reach here if the named table is a really a view */
-        if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort;
-
-        /* If pFrom->pSelect!=0 it means we are dealing with a
-        ** view within a view.  The SELECT structure has already been
-        ** copied by the outer view so we can skip the copy step here
-        ** in the inner view.
-        */
-        if( pFrom->pSelect==0 ){
-          pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect);
-          sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect);
-        }
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins.
-  */
-  if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){
-    return WRC_Abort;
-  }
-
-  /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of
-  ** all columns in all tables.  And for every TABLE.* insert the names
-  ** of all columns in TABLE.  The parser inserted a special expression
-  ** with the TK_ALL operator for each "*" that it found in the column list.
-  ** The following code just has to locate the TK_ALL expressions and expand
-  ** each one to the list of all columns in all tables.
-  **
-  ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators
-  ** that need expanding.
-  */
-  for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
-    Expr *pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr;
-    if( pE->op==TK_ALL ) break;
-    if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight && pE->pRight->op==TK_ALL
-         && pE->pLeft && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID ) break;
-  }
-  if( k<pEList->nExpr ){
-    /*
-    ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*"
-    ** operators that need to be expanded.  Loop through each expression
-    ** in the result set and expand them one by one.
-    */
-    struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a;
-    ExprList *pNew = 0;
-    int flags = pParse->db->flags;
-    int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0
-                      && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0;
-
-    for(k=0; k<pEList->nExpr; k++){
-      Expr *pE = a[k].pExpr;
-      if( pE->op!=TK_ALL &&
-           (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight==0 || pE->pRight->op!=TK_ALL) ){
-        /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded.
-        */
-        pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr, 0);
-        if( pNew ){
-          pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName;
-        }
-        a[k].pExpr = 0;
-        a[k].zName = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be
-        ** expanded. */
-        int tableSeen = 0;      /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */
-        char *zTName;            /* text of name of TABLE */
-        if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pLeft ){
-          zTName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pE->pLeft->token);
-        }else{
-          zTName = 0;
-        }
-        for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-          Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-          char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias;
-          if( zTabName==0 || zTabName[0]==0 ){ 
-            zTabName = pTab->zName;
-          }
-          if( db->mallocFailed ) break;
-          if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){
-            continue;
-          }
-          tableSeen = 1;
-          for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-            Expr *pExpr, *pRight;
-            char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName;
-
-            /* If a column is marked as 'hidden' (currently only possible
-            ** for virtual tables), do not include it in the expanded
-            ** result-set list.
-            */
-            if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){
-              assert(IsVirtual(pTab));
-              continue;
-            }
-
-            if( i>0 ){
-              struct SrcList_item *pLeft = &pTabList->a[i-1];
-              if( (pLeft[1].jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 &&
-                        columnIndex(pLeft->pTab, zName)>=0 ){
-                /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the 
-                ** table on the right */
-                continue;
-              }
-              if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pLeft[1].pUsing, zName)>=0 ){
-                /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the
-                ** using clause from the table on the right. */
-                continue;
-              }
-            }
-            pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
-            if( pRight==0 ) break;
-            setQuotedToken(pParse, &pRight->token, zName);
-            if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){
-              Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, 0);
-              pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-              if( pExpr==0 ) break;
-              setQuotedToken(pParse, &pLeft->token, zTabName);
-              setToken(&pExpr->span, 
-                  sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName));
-              pExpr->span.dyn = 1;
-              pExpr->token.z = 0;
-              pExpr->token.n = 0;
-              pExpr->token.dyn = 0;
-            }else{
-              pExpr = pRight;
-              pExpr->span = pExpr->token;
-              pExpr->span.dyn = 0;
-            }
-            if( longNames ){
-              pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pExpr->span);
-            }else{
-              pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr, &pRight->token);
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        if( !tableSeen ){
-          if( zTName ){
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName);
-          }else{
-            sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified");
-          }
-        }
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, zTName);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-    p->pEList = pNew;
-  }
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
-  if( p->pEList && p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set");
-  }
-#endif
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker.
-**
-** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees
-** are walked without any actions being taken at each node.  Presumably,
-** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then 
-** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every 
-** subquery in the parser tree.
-*/
-static int exprWalkNoop(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries.
-** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT
-** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above.
-**
-** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a
-** SELECT statement.  The SELECT statement must be expanded before
-** name resolution is performed.
-**
-** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse.
-** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr
-** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-  Walker w;
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-}
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-/*
-** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo()
-** interface.
-**
-** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl
-** information to the Table structure that represents the result set
-** of that subquery.
-**
-** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed
-** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted
-** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved.  This
-** routine is called after identifier resolution.
-*/
-static int selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
-  Parse *pParse;
-  int i;
-  SrcList *pTabList;
-  struct SrcList_item *pFrom;
-
-  assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved );
-  if( (p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo)==0 ){
-    p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo;
-    pParse = pWalker->pParse;
-    pTabList = p->pSrc;
-    for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pFrom++){
-      Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab;
-      if( pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){
-        /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
-        Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
-        assert( pSel );
-        while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior;
-        selectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab->nCol, pTab->aCol, pSel);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return WRC_Continue;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to
-** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a
-** SELECT statement.
-**
-** Use this routine after name resolution.
-*/
-static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  Walker w;
-  w.xSelectCallback = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo;
-  w.xExprCallback = exprWalkNoop;
-  w.pParse = pParse;
-  sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect);
-#endif
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine sets of a SELECT statement for processing.  The
-** following is accomplished:
-**
-**     *  VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms.
-**     *  Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries.
-**     *  ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements
-**     *  Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded.
-**     *  Identifiers in expression are matched to tables.
-**
-** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  NameContext *pOuterNC  /* Name context for container */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  if( p==0 ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p);
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC);
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
-  sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Reset the aggregate accumulator.
-**
-** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold
-** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate.  This
-** routine simply stores NULLs in all of those memory cells.
-*/
-static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pFunc;
-  if( pAggInfo->nFunc+pAggInfo->nColumn==0 ){
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pAggInfo->nColumn; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem);
-  }
-  for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pFunc++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pFunc->iMem);
-    if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr;
-      if( pE->pList==0 || pE->pList->nExpr!=1 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT in aggregate must be followed "
-           "by an expression");
-        pFunc->iDistinct = -1;
-      }else{
-        KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->pList);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0,
-                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function
-** in the AggInfo structure.
-*/
-static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0, 0,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on
-** the current cursor position.
-*/
-static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  struct AggInfo_func *pF;
-  struct AggInfo_col *pC;
-
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 1;
-  for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; i<pAggInfo->nFunc; i++, pF++){
-    int nArg;
-    int addrNext = 0;
-    int regAgg;
-    ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->pList;
-    if( pList ){
-      nArg = pList->nExpr;
-      regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg);
-      sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0);
-    }else{
-      nArg = 0;
-      regAgg = 0;
-    }
-    if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){
-      addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      assert( nArg==1 );
-      codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg);
-    }
-    if( pF->pFunc->needCollSeq ){
-      CollSeq *pColl = 0;
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-      int j;
-      assert( pList!=0 );  /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc->needCollSeq is true */
-      for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && j<nArg; j++, pItem++){
-        pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr);
-      }
-      if( !pColl ){
-        pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem,
-                      (void*)pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, nArg);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regAgg, nArg);
-    if( addrNext ){
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext);
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; i<pAggInfo->nAccumulator; i++, pC++){
-    sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem);
-  }
-  pAggInfo->directMode = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument.  
-**
-** The results are distributed in various ways depending on the
-** contents of the SelectDest structure pointed to by argument pDest
-** as follows:
-**
-**     pDest->eDest    Result
-**     ------------    -------------------------------------------
-**     SRT_Output      Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow
-**                     opcode) for each row in the result set.
-**
-**     SRT_Mem         Only valid if the result is a single column.
-**                     Store the first column of the first result row
-**                     in register pDest->iParm then abandon the rest
-**                     of the query.  This destination implies "LIMIT 1".
-**
-**     SRT_Set         The result must be a single column.  Store each
-**                     row of result as the key in table pDest->iParm. 
-**                     Apply the affinity pDest->affinity before storing
-**                     results.  Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)".
-**
-**     SRT_Union       Store results as a key in a temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Except      Remove results from the temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Table       Store results in temporary table pDest->iParm.
-**                     This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table
-**                     is assumed to already be open.
-**
-**     SRT_EphemTab    Create an temporary table pDest->iParm and store
-**                     the result there. The cursor is left open after
-**                     returning.  This is like SRT_Table except that
-**                     this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create
-**                     the table first.
-**
-**     SRT_Coroutine   Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of
-**                     results each time it is invoked.  The entry point
-**                     of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iParm.
-**
-**     SRT_Exists      Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iParm if the result
-**                     set is not empty.
-**
-**     SRT_Discard     Throw the results away.  This is used by SELECT
-**                     statements within triggers whose only purpose is
-**                     the side-effects of functions.
-**
-** This routine returns the number of errors.  If any errors are
-** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in
-** pParse->zErrMsg.
-**
-** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in.  The
-** calling function needs to do that.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  Select *p,             /* The SELECT statement being coded. */
-  SelectDest *pDest      /* What to do with the query results */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual machine under construction */
-  int isAgg;             /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */
-  ExprList *pEList;      /* List of columns to extract. */
-  SrcList *pTabList;     /* List of tables to select from */
-  Expr *pWhere;          /* The WHERE clause.  May be NULL */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy;    /* The ORDER BY clause.  May be NULL */
-  ExprList *pGroupBy;    /* The GROUP BY clause.  May be NULL */
-  Expr *pHaving;         /* The HAVING clause.  May be NULL */
-  int isDistinct;        /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */
-  int distinct;          /* Table to use for the distinct set */
-  int rc = 1;            /* Value to return from this function */
-  int addrSortIndex;     /* Address of an OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */
-  AggInfo sAggInfo;      /* Information used by aggregate queries */
-  int iEnd;              /* Address of the end of the query */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database connection */
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1;
-  memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo));
-
-  pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-    p->pOrderBy = 0;
-
-    /* In these cases the DISTINCT operator makes no difference to the
-    ** results, so remove it if it were specified.
-    */
-    assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || 
-           pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard);
-    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
-  }
-  sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0);
-  if( pParse->nErr ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-  p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy;
-
-
-  /* Make local copies of the parameters for this query.
-  */
-  pTabList = p->pSrc;
-  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-  if( pEList==0 ) goto select_end;
-
-  /* 
-  ** Do not even attempt to generate any code if we have already seen
-  ** errors before this routine starts.
-  */
-  if( pParse->nErr>0 ) goto select_end;
-
-  /* ORDER BY is ignored for some destinations.
-  */
-  if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-    pOrderBy = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;
-
-  /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW)
-  for(i=0; !p->pPrior && i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i];
-    SelectDest dest;
-    Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect;
-    int isAggSub;
-
-    if( pSub==0 || pItem->isPopulated ) continue;
-
-    /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression
-    ** tree refered to by this, the parent select. The child select
-    ** may contain expression trees of at most
-    ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit
-    ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing
-    ** an exact limit.
-    */
-    pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-
-    /* Check to see if the subquery can be absorbed into the parent. */
-    isAggSub = (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
-    if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg, isAggSub) ){
-      if( isAggSub ){
-        isAgg = 1;
-        p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate;
-      }
-      i = -1;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor);
-      assert( pItem->isPopulated==0 );
-      sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest);
-      pItem->isPopulated = 1;
-    }
-    if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-      goto select_end;
-    }
-    pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p);
-    pTabList = p->pSrc;
-    if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){
-      pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy;
-    }
-  }
-  pEList = p->pEList;
-#endif
-  pWhere = p->pWhere;
-  pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-  pHaving = p->pHaving;
-  isDistinct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
-  /* If there is are a sequence of queries, do the earlier ones first.
-  */
-  if( p->pPrior ){
-    if( p->pRightmost==0 ){
-      Select *pLoop, *pRight = 0;
-      int cnt = 0;
-      int mxSelect;
-      for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){
-        pLoop->pRightmost = p;
-        pLoop->pNext = pRight;
-        pRight = pLoop;
-      }
-      mxSelect = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT];
-      if( mxSelect && cnt>mxSelect ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT");
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    return multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
-  ** only a single column may be output.
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  if( checkForMultiColumnSelectError(pParse, pDest, pEList->nExpr) ){
-    goto select_end;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If possible, rewrite the query to use GROUP BY instead of DISTINCT.
-  ** GROUP BY might use an index, DISTINCT never does.
-  */
-  if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && !p->pGroupBy ){
-    p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList);
-    pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-    p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct;
-    isDistinct = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then this sorting
-  ** index might end up being unused if the data can be 
-  ** extracted in pre-sorted order.  If that is the case, then the
-  ** OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be changed to an OP_Noop once
-  ** we figure out that the sorting index is not needed.  The addrSortIndex
-  ** variable is used to facilitate that change.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy);
-    pOrderBy->iECursor = pParse->nTab++;
-    p->addrOpenEphm[2] = addrSortIndex =
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral,
-                           pOrderBy->iECursor, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0,
-                           (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-  }else{
-    addrSortIndex = -1;
-  }
-
-  /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table.
-  */
-  if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iParm, pEList->nExpr);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the limiter.
-  */
-  iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-  computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd);
-
-  /* Open a virtual index to use for the distinct set.
-  */
-  if( isDistinct ){
-    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;
-    assert( isAgg || pGroupBy );
-    distinct = pParse->nTab++;
-    pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, distinct, 0, 0,
-                        (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-  }else{
-    distinct = -1;
-  }
-
-  /* Aggregate and non-aggregate queries are handled differently */
-  if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){
-    /* This case is for non-aggregate queries
-    ** Begin the database scan
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pOrderBy, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-
-    /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral 
-    ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral
-    ** into an OP_Noop.
-    */
-    if( addrSortIndex>=0 && pOrderBy==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
-      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
-    }
-
-    /* Use the standard inner loop
-    */
-    assert(!isDistinct);
-    selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy, -1, pDest,
-                    pWInfo->iContinue, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-  }else{
-    /* This is the processing for aggregate queries */
-    NameContext sNC;    /* Name context for processing aggregate information */
-    int iAMem;          /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */
-    int iBMem;          /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */
-    int iUseFlag;       /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least
-                        ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been
-                        ** processed */
-    int iAbortFlag;     /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */
-    int groupBySort;    /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */
-    int addrEnd;        /* End of processing for this SELECT */
-
-    /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the
-    ** GROUP BY clause.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      int i;                        /* Loop counter */
-      struct ExprList_item *pItem;  /* For looping over expression in a list */
-
-      for(i=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-        pItem->iAlias = 0;
-      }
-      for(i=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
-        pItem->iAlias = 0;
-      }
-    }
-
- 
-    /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */
-    addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in
-    ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the
-    ** SELECT statement.
-    */
-    memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-    sNC.pParse = pParse;
-    sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-    sNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo;
-    sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr+1 : 0;
-    sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy;
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList);
-    sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pOrderBy);
-    if( pHaving ){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving);
-    }
-    sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn;
-    for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nFunc; i++){
-      sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sAggInfo.aFunc[i].pExpr->pList);
-    }
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end;
-
-    /* Processing for aggregates with GROUP BY is very different and
-    ** much more complex than aggregates without a GROUP BY.
-    */
-    if( pGroupBy ){
-      KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;  /* Keying information for the group by clause */
-      int j1;             /* A-vs-B comparision jump */
-      int addrOutputRow;  /* Start of subroutine that outputs a result row */
-      int regOutputRow;   /* Return address register for output subroutine */
-      int addrSetAbort;   /* Set the abort flag and return */
-      int addrTopOfLoop;  /* Top of the input loop */
-      int addrSortingIdx; /* The OP_OpenEphemeral for the sorting index */
-      int addrReset;      /* Subroutine for resetting the accumulator */
-      int regReset;       /* Return address register for reset subroutine */
-
-      /* If there is a GROUP BY clause we might need a sorting index to
-      ** implement it.  Allocate that sorting index now.  If it turns out
-      ** that we do not need it after all, the OpenEphemeral instruction
-      ** will be converted into a Noop.  
-      */
-      sAggInfo.sortingIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-      pKeyInfo = keyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pGroupBy);
-      addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, 
-          sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 
-          0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-
-      /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing
-      */
-      iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem;
-      regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem;
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      regReset = ++pParse->nMem;
-      addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-      pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty"));
-
-      /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order.
-      ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or
-      ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information
-      ** in the right order to begin with.
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
-      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pGroupBy, 0);
-      if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end;
-      if( pGroupBy==0 ){
-        /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so
-        ** we do not have to sort.  The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be
-        ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo
-        */
-        pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy;
-        groupBySort = 0;
-      }else{
-        /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order.  We have to push
-        ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop,
-        ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output
-        ** in sorted order
-        */
-        int regBase;
-        int regRecord;
-        int nCol;
-        int nGroupBy;
-
-        groupBySort = 1;
-        nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr;
-        nCol = nGroupBy + 1;
-        j = nGroupBy+1;
-        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
-          if( sAggInfo.aCol[i].iSorterColumn>=j ){
-            nCol++;
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol);
-        sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, sAggInfo.sortingIdx,regBase+nGroupBy);
-        j = nGroupBy+1;
-        for(i=0; i<sAggInfo.nColumn; i++){
-          struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &sAggInfo.aCol[i];
-          if( pCol->iSorterColumn>=j ){
-            int r1 = j + regBase;
-            int r2;
-
-            r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, 
-                               pCol->pTab, pCol->iColumn, pCol->iTable, r1, 0);
-            if( r1!=r2 ){
-              sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r2, r1);
-            }
-            j++;
-          }
-        }
-        regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol);
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd);
-        VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort"));
-        sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1;
-      }
-
-      /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2...
-      ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth)
-      ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms
-      ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2...
-      */
-      addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      for(j=0; j<pGroupBy->nExpr; j++){
-        if( groupBySort ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, j, iBMem+j);
-        }else{
-          sAggInfo.directMode = 1;
-          sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j);
-        }
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr,
-                          (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO);
-      j1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, j1+1, 0, j1+1);
-
-      /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes.
-      ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code
-      ** block.  If there were no changes, this block is skipped.
-      **
-      ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,...
-      ** over to a0,a1,a2.  It then calls the output subroutine
-      ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation
-      ** for the next GROUP BY batch.
-      */
-      sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output one row"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd);
-      VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset);
-      VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator"));
-
-      /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of
-      ** the current row
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator"));
-
-      /* End of the loop
-      */
-      if( groupBySort ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx, 1);
-      }
-
-      /* Output the final row of result
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "output final row"));
-
-      /* Jump over the subroutines
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrEnd);
-
-      /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result
-      ** set.  This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag.  If iUseFlag
-      ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op.  If
-      ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine
-      ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in
-      ** order to signal the caller to abort.
-      */
-      addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag);
-      VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow);
-      addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2);
-      VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point"));
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      if( pHaving ){
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, pOrderBy,
-                      distinct, pDest,
-                      addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow);
-      VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator"));
-
-      /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator
-      */
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset);
-      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset);
-     
-    } /* endif pGroupBy */
-    else {
-      ExprList *pMinMax = 0;
-      ExprList *pDel = 0;
-      u8 flag;
-
-      /* Check if the query is of one of the following forms:
-      **
-      **   SELECT min(x) FROM ...
-      **   SELECT max(x) FROM ...
-      **
-      ** If it is, then ask the code in where.c to attempt to sort results
-      ** as if there was an "ORDER ON x" or "ORDER ON x DESC" clause. 
-      ** If where.c is able to produce results sorted in this order, then
-      ** add vdbe code to break out of the processing loop after the 
-      ** first iteration (since the first iteration of the loop is 
-      ** guaranteed to operate on the row with the minimum or maximum 
-      ** value of x, the only row required).
-      **
-      ** A special flag must be passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() to slightly
-      ** modify behaviour as follows:
-      **
-      **   + If the query is a "SELECT min(x)", then the loop coded by
-      **     where.c should not iterate over any values with a NULL value
-      **     for x.
-      **
-      **   + The optimizer code in where.c (the thing that decides which
-      **     index or indices to use) should place a different priority on 
-      **     satisfying the 'ORDER BY' clause than it does in other cases.
-      **     Refer to code and comments in where.c for details.
-      */
-      flag = minMaxQuery(pParse, p);
-      if( flag ){
-        pDel = pMinMax = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList->a[0].pExpr->pList);
-        if( pMinMax && !db->mallocFailed ){
-          pMinMax->a[0].sortOrder = flag!=WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN;
-          pMinMax->a[0].pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause.  The
-      ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row
-      ** of output.
-      */
-      resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, &pMinMax, flag);
-      if( pWInfo==0 ){
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
-        goto select_end;
-      }
-      updateAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      if( !pMinMax && flag ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pWInfo->iBreak);
-        VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index",(flag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max")));
-      }
-      sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-      finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo);
-      pOrderBy = 0;
-      if( pHaving ){
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      }
-      selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, p->pEList, 0, 0, 0, -1, 
-                      pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd);
-
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pDel);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd);
-    
-  } /* endif aggregate query */
-
-  /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results
-  ** and send them to the callback one by one.
-  */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    generateSortTail(pParse, p, v, pEList->nExpr, pDest);
-  }
-
-  /* Jump here to skip this query
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd);
-
-  /* The SELECT was successfully coded.   Set the return code to 0
-  ** to indicate no errors.
-  */
-  rc = 0;
-
-  /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon
-  ** successful coding of the SELECT.
-  */
-select_end:
-
-  /* Identify column names if results of the SELECT are to be output.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){
-    generateColumnNames(pParse, pTabList, pEList);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-/*
-*******************************************************************************
-** The following code is used for testing and debugging only.  The code
-** that follows does not appear in normal builds.
-**
-** These routines are used to print out the content of all or part of a 
-** parse structures such as Select or Expr.  Such printouts are useful
-** for helping to understand what is happening inside the code generator
-** during the execution of complex SELECT statements.
-**
-** These routine are not called anywhere from within the normal
-** code base.  Then are intended to be called from within the debugger
-** or from temporary "printf" statements inserted for debugging.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExpr(Expr *p){
-  if( p->token.z && p->token.n>0 ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%.*s", p->token.n, p->token.z);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("(%d", p->op);
-  }
-  if( p->pLeft ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pLeft);
-  }
-  if( p->pRight ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pRight);
-  }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf(")");
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintExprList(ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    if( i<pList->nExpr-1 ){
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf(", ");
-    }
-  }
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrintSelect(Select *p, int indent){
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*sSELECT(%p) ", indent, "", p);
-  sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pEList);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-  if( p->pSrc ){
-    char *zPrefix;
-    int i;
-    zPrefix = "FROM";
-    for(i=0; i<p->pSrc->nSrc; i++){
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i];
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ", indent+6, zPrefix);
-      zPrefix = "";
-      if( pItem->pSelect ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("(\n");
-        sqlite3PrintSelect(pItem->pSelect, indent+10);
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s)", indent+8, "");
-      }else if( pItem->zName ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s", pItem->zName);
-      }
-      if( pItem->pTab ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf("(table: %s)", pItem->pTab->zName);
-      }
-      if( pItem->zAlias ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(" AS %s", pItem->zAlias);
-      }
-      if( i<p->pSrc->nSrc-1 ){
-        sqlite3DebugPrintf(",");
-      }
-      sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-    }
-  }
-  if( p->pWhere ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s WHERE ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pWhere);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-  }
-  if( p->pGroupBy ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s GROUP BY ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pGroupBy);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-  }
-  if( p->pHaving ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s HAVING ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExpr(p->pHaving);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-  }
-  if( p->pOrderBy ){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("%*s ORDER BY ", indent, "");
-    sqlite3PrintExprList(p->pOrderBy);
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n");
-  }
-}
-/* End of the structure debug printing code
-*****************************************************************************/
-#endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
-
-/************** End of select.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
-** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
-** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
-**
-** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
-** if they are not used.
-**
-** $Id: table.c,v 1.36 2008/07/08 22:28:49 shane Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
-
-/*
-** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
-** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
-*/
-typedef struct TabResult {
-  char **azResult;
-  char *zErrMsg;
-  int nResult;
-  int nAlloc;
-  int nRow;
-  int nColumn;
-  int nData;
-  int rc;
-} TabResult;
-
-/*
-** This routine is called once for each row in the result table.  Its job
-** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
-** memory as necessary.
-*/
-static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
-  TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg;
-  int need;
-  int i;
-  char *z;
-
-  /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
-  ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
-    need = nCol*2;
-  }else{
-    need = nCol;
-  }
-  if( p->nData + need >= p->nAlloc ){
-    char **azNew;
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need + 1;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
-    if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-    p->azResult = azNew;
-  }
-
-  /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
-  ** the names of all columns.
-  */
-  if( p->nRow==0 ){
-    p->nColumn = nCol;
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
-      if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-  }else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
-    sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
-    p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
-       "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
-    );
-    p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Copy over the row data
-  */
-  if( argv!=0 ){
-    for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
-      if( argv[i]==0 ){
-        z = 0;
-      }else{
-        int n = strlen(argv[i])+1;
-        z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
-        if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
-        memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
-      }
-      p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
-    }
-    p->nRow++;
-  }
-  return 0;
-
-malloc_failed:
-  p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Query the database.  But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
-** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
-** at the conclusion of the call.
-**
-** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
-** from malloc().  But the caller cannot free this memory directly.  
-** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
-** the calling procedure is finished using it.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* The database on which the SQL executes */
-  const char *zSql,           /* The SQL to be executed */
-  char ***pazResult,          /* Write the result table here */
-  int *pnRow,                 /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
-  int *pnColumn,              /* Write the number of columns of result here */
-  char **pzErrMsg             /* Write error messages here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  TabResult res;
-
-  *pazResult = 0;
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
-  res.zErrMsg = 0;
-  res.nResult = 0;
-  res.nRow = 0;
-  res.nColumn = 0;
-  res.nData = 1;
-  res.nAlloc = 20;
-  res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
-  if( res.azResult==0 ){
-     db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  res.azResult[0] = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
-  assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
-  res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
-  if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    if( res.zErrMsg ){
-      if( pzErrMsg ){
-        sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
-      }
-      sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-    }
-    db->errCode = res.rc;  /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
-    return res.rc;
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
-    char **azNew;
-    azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*(res.nData+1) );
-    if( azNew==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
-      db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    res.nAlloc = res.nData+1;
-    res.azResult = azNew;
-  }
-  *pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
-  if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
-  if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(
-  char **azResult            /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
-){
-  if( azResult ){
-    int i, n;
-    azResult--;
-    assert( azResult!=0 );
-    n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
-    for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
-    sqlite3_free(azResult);
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */
-
-/************** End of table.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file trigger.c *****************************************/
-/*
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-**
-** $Id: trigger.c,v 1.129 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/*
-** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
-  while( pTriggerStep ){
-    TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
-    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
-
-    if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pTmp->target.z);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
-
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
-** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions.  A Trigger
-** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
-** in pParse->pNewTrigger.  After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
-** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
-** construction process.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
-  Token *pName1,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  Token *pName2,      /* The name of the trigger */
-  int tr_tm,          /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
-  int op,             /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
-  IdList *pColumns,   /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
-  SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
-  Expr *pWhen,        /* WHEN clause */
-  int isTemp,         /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
-  int noErr           /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zName = 0;        /* Name of the trigger */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;                /* The database to store the trigger in */
-  Token *pName;           /* The unqualified db name */
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  int iTabDb;
-
-  assert( pName1!=0 );   /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
-  assert( pName2!=0 );
-  if( isTemp ){
-    /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
-    if( pName2->n>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    iDb = 1;
-    pName = pName1;
-  }else{
-    /* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
-    iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
-    if( iDb<0 ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
-  ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
-  ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
-  ** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
-  */
-  if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
-    iDb = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
-  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) && 
-      sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
-  if( !pTab ){
-    /* The table does not exist. */
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
-  ** specified name exists */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
-  if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash), zName,strlen(zName)) ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
-    }
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
-  if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
-    pParse->nErr++;
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
-  ** of triggers.
-  */
-  if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", 
-        (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
-        " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
-    goto trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
-    const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
-    if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
-      goto trigger_cleanup;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
-  ** cannot appear on views.  So we might as well translate every
-  ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger.  It simplifies code
-  ** elsewhere.
-  */
-  if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
-    tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
-  }
-
-  /* Build the Trigger object */
-  pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
-  pTrigger->name = zName;
-  zName = 0;
-  pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
-  pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
-  pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-  pTrigger->op = op;
-  pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
-  pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen);
-  pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
-  sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
-
-trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
-  if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
-  }else{
-    assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
-** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
-  Token *pAll             /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrig = 0;     /* The trigger whose construction is finishing up */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;  /* The database */
-  DbFixer sFix;
-  int iDb;                   /* Database containing the trigger */
-
-  pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
-  pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
-  if( pParse->nErr || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
-  pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
-  while( pStepList ){
-    pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
-    pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &pTrig->nameToken) 
-          && sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
-    goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table, 
-  ** build the sqlite_master entry
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    Vdbe *v;
-    char *z;
-
-    /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-       "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
-       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTrig->name,
-       pTrig->table, z);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
-        db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", pTrig->name), P4_DYNAMIC
-    );
-  }
-
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    int n;
-    Table *pTab;
-    Trigger *pDel;
-    pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash, 
-                     pTrig->name, strlen(pTrig->name), pTrig);
-    if( pDel ){
-      assert( pDel==pTrig );
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
-    }
-    n = strlen(pTrig->table) + 1;
-    pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pTrig->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrig->table, n);
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    pTrig->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
-    pTab->pTrigger = pTrig;
-    pTrig = 0;
-  }
-
-triggerfinish_cleanup:
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
-  assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
-}
-
-/*
-** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step.  This has
-** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
-** from sqlite3_malloc().  As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
-** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser.  But that
-** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
-** call that started the parser exits.  This routine makes a persistent
-** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
-** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
-*/
-static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *p){
-  if( p->target.z ){
-    p->target.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->target.z, p->target.n);
-    p->target.dyn = 1;
-  }
-  if( p->pSelect ){
-    Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pSelect);
-    p->pSelect = pNew;
-  }
-  if( p->pWhere ){
-    Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere);
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
-    p->pWhere = pNew;
-  }
-  if( p->pExprList ){
-    ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pExprList);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pExprList);
-    p->pExprList = pNew;
-  }
-  if( p->pIdList ){
-    IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(db, p->pIdList);
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, p->pIdList);
-    p->pIdList = pNew;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
-** a trigger step.  Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
-** body of a TRIGGER.  
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
-  pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
-
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement.  Return a pointer
-** to the new trigger step.
-**
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
-** body of a trigger.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,        /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,  /* Name of the table into which we insert */
-  IdList *pColumn,    /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
-  ExprList *pEList,   /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
-  Select *pSelect,    /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
-  int orconf          /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
-
-  assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
-  assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
-
-  pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep ){
-    pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
-    pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
-    pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
-    pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
-    pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
-    pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-    sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
-  }
-
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,         /* The database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,   /* Name of the table to be updated */
-  ExprList *pEList,    /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
-  Expr *pWhere,        /* The WHERE clause */
-  int orconf           /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
-     sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
-     sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-     return 0;
-  }
-
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
-  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
-  pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
-  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
-  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
-
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/*
-** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
-** a pointer to that trigger step.  The parser calls this routine when it
-** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database connection */
-  Token *pTableName,      /* The table from which rows are deleted */
-  Expr *pWhere            /* The WHERE clause */
-){
-  TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
-  if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
-    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
-  pTriggerStep->target  = *pTableName;
-  pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
-  pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
-  sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
-
-  return pTriggerStep;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
-  sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->name);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
-  sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
-  if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. 
-**
-** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
-** the trigger by name.  The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
-** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
-** instead of the trigger name.
-**/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
-  Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  const char *zName;
-  int nName;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
-  zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
-  zName = pName->a[0].zName;
-  nName = strlen(zName);
-  for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i;  /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
-    if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
-    pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
-    if( pTrigger ) break;
-  }
-  if( !pTrigger ){
-    if( !noErr ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
-    }
-    goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
-  }
-  sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
-
-drop_trigger_cleanup:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
-** is set on.
-*/
-static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
-  int n = strlen(pTrigger->table) + 1;
-  return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
-  Table   *pTable;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int iDb;
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
-  pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-  assert( pTable );
-  assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  {
-    int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
-    const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
-    if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
-    if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
-      sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
-  */
-  assert( pTable!=0 );
-  if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
-    int base;
-    static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
-      { OP_Rewind,     0, ADDR(9),  0},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 1 */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 1,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_String8,    0, 1,        0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
-      { OP_Column,     0, 0,        2},
-      { OP_Ne,         2, ADDR(8),  1},
-      { OP_Delete,     0, 0,        0},
-      { OP_Next,       0, ADDR(1),  0}, /* 8 */
-    };
-
-    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-    sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
-    base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v,  ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  int nName = strlen(zName);
-  pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
-                               zName, nName, 0);
-  if( pTrigger ){
-    Table *pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
-    assert( pTable!=0 );
-    if( pTable->pTrigger == pTrigger ){
-      pTable->pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-    }else{
-      Trigger *cc = pTable->pTrigger;
-      while( cc ){ 
-        if( cc->pNext == pTrigger ){
-          cc->pNext = cc->pNext->pNext;
-          break;
-        }
-        cc = cc->pNext;
-      }
-      assert(cc);
-    }
-    sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
-    db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement.  Each entry
-** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>.  If any of the entries
-** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
-** then return TRUE.  If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
-** wildcard that matches anything.  Likewise if pEList==NULL then
-** it matches anything so always return true.  Return false only
-** if there is no match.
-*/
-static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
-  int e;
-  if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
-  for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
-    if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
-  }
-  return 0; 
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a bit vector to indicate what kind of triggers exist for operation
-** "op" on table pTab.  If pChanges is not NULL then it is a list of columns
-** that are being updated.  Triggers only match if the ON clause of the
-** trigger definition overlaps the set of columns being updated.
-**
-** The returned bit vector is some combination of TRIGGER_BEFORE and
-** TRIGGER_AFTER.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TriggersExist(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Used to check for recursive triggers */
-  Table *pTab,            /* The table the contains the triggers */
-  int op,                 /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
-  ExprList *pChanges      /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
-){
-  Trigger *pTrigger;
-  int mask = 0;
-
-  pTrigger = IsVirtual(pTab) ? 0 : pTab->pTrigger;
-  while( pTrigger ){
-    if( pTrigger->op==op && checkColumnOverLap(pTrigger->pColumns, pChanges) ){
-      mask |= pTrigger->tr_tm;
-    }
-    pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext;
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
-** to that SrcList.
-**
-** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
-** forming the SrcList.  This prevents a trigger in one database from
-** referring to a target in another database.  An exception is when the
-** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
-** wants.
-*/
-static SrcList *targetSrcList(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  TriggerStep *pStep   /* The trigger containing the target token */
-){
-  Token sDb;           /* Dummy database name token */
-  int iDb;             /* Index of the database to use */
-  SrcList *pSrc;       /* SrcList to be returned */
-
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
-  if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
-    assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
-    sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-    sDb.n = strlen((char*)sDb.z);
-    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
-  } else {
-    pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
-  }
-  return pSrc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
-** trigger.  
-*/
-static int codeTriggerProgram(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* The parser context */
-  TriggerStep *pStepList,   /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
-  int orconfin              /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */  
-){
-  TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
-  int orconf;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
-  assert( v!=0 );
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
-  VdbeComment((v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
-  while( pTriggerStep ){
-    orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
-    pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
-    switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
-      case TK_SELECT: {
-        Select *ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect);
-        if( ss ){
-          SelectDest dest;
-
-          sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Discard, 0);
-          sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, &dest);
-          sqlite3SelectDelete(db, ss);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_UPDATE: {
-        SrcList *pSrc;
-        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
-                sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
-                sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere), orconf);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_INSERT: {
-        SrcList *pSrc;
-        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
-          sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList), 
-          sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect), 
-          sqlite3IdListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_DELETE: {
-        SrcList *pSrc;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
-        pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
-        sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc, 
-                          sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere));
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
-        break;
-      }
-      default:
-        assert(0);
-    } 
-    pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
-  VdbeComment((v, "end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
-**
-** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following 
-** must be true:
-**
-** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database.  (But newIdx and oldIdx
-**    can be indices of cursors in temporary tables.  See below.)
-**
-** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
-**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
-**    a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
-**    trigger program(s).
-**
-** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
-**    a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
-**    a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
-**    trigger program(s).
-**
-** If they are not NULL, the piOldColMask and piNewColMask output variables
-** are set to values that describe the columns used by the trigger program
-** in the OLD.* and NEW.* tables respectively. If column N of the 
-** pseudo-table is read at least once, the corresponding bit of the output
-** mask is set. If a column with an index greater than 32 is read, the
-** output mask is set to the special value 0xffffffff.
-**
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* Parse context */
-  int op,              /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
-  int tr_tm,           /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The table to code triggers from */
-  int newIdx,          /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
-  int oldIdx,          /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
-  int orconf,          /* ON CONFLICT policy */
-  int ignoreJump,      /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
-  u32 *piOldColMask,   /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the OLD.* table */
-  u32 *piNewColMask    /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the NEW.* table */
-){
-  Trigger *p;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
-
-  trigStackEntry.oldColMask = 0;
-  trigStackEntry.newColMask = 0;
-
-  assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
-  assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER );
-
-  assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
-
-  for(p=pTab->pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
-    int fire_this = 0;
-
-    /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
-    if( 
-      p->op==op && 
-      p->tr_tm==tr_tm && 
-      (p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema) &&
-      (op!=TK_UPDATE||!p->pColumns||checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns,pChanges))
-    ){
-      TriggerStack *pS;      /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */
-      for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){}
-      if( !pS ){
-        fire_this = 1;
-      }
-#if 0    /* Give no warning for recursive triggers.  Just do not do them */
-      else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)",
-            p->name);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
- 
-    if( fire_this ){
-      int endTrigger;
-      Expr * whenExpr;
-      AuthContext sContext;
-      NameContext sNC;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Trace, 0, 0, 0,
-                        sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", p->name),
-                        P4_DYNAMIC);
-#endif
-      memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-      sNC.pParse = pParse;
-
-      /* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
-      trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p;
-      trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
-      trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
-      trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
-      trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
-      trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
-      pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
-      sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name);
-
-      /* code the WHEN clause */
-      endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
-      whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhen);
-      if( db->mallocFailed || sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
-        pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);
-        return 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);
-
-      codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf); 
-
-      /* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
-      pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
-      sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
-    }
-  }
-  if( piOldColMask ) *piOldColMask |= trigStackEntry.oldColMask;
-  if( piNewColMask ) *piNewColMask |= trigStackEntry.newColMask;
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
-
-/************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/
-/************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** to handle UPDATE statements.
-**
-** $Id: update.c,v 1.184 2008/09/01 21:59:43 shane Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/* Forward declaration */
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr,    /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
-** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the 
-** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
-**
-** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the 
-** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
-** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
-** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
-** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
-** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
-** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
-** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
-**
-** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have 
-** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
-** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated 
-** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
-** into the sqlite_master table.)
-**
-** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
-** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
-** sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){
-  if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3_value *pValue;
-    u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
-    Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
-    VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
-    assert( i<pTab->nCol );
-    sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, 
-                         pCol->affinity, &pValue);
-    if( pValue ){
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Process an UPDATE statement.
-**
-**   UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
-**          \_______/ \________/     \______/       \________________/
-*            onError   pTabList      pChanges             pWhere
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table in which we should change things */
-  ExprList *pChanges,    /* Things to be changed */
-  Expr *pWhere,          /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-  int onError            /* How to handle constraint errors */
-){
-  int i, j;              /* Loop counters */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table to be updated */
-  int addr = 0;          /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices */
-  int nIdx;              /* Number of indices that need updating */
-  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* The database structure */
-  int *aRegIdx = 0;      /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
-  int *aXRef = 0;        /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
-                         ** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
-                         ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
-  int chngRowid;         /* True if the record number is being changed */
-  Expr *pRowidExpr = 0;  /* Expression defining the new record number */
-  int openAll = 0;       /* True if all indices need to be opened */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* The authorization context */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
-  int iDb;               /* Database containing the table being updated */
-  int j1;                /* Addresses of jump instructions */
-  int okOnePass;         /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* Trying to update a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any row triggers exist */
-#endif
-  int iBeginAfterTrigger;      /* Address of after trigger program */
-  int iEndAfterTrigger;        /* Exit of after trigger program */
-  int iBeginBeforeTrigger;     /* Address of before trigger program */
-  int iEndBeforeTrigger;       /* Exit of before trigger program */
-  u32 old_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
-  u32 new_col_mask = 0;        /* Mask of NEW.* columns in use */
-
-  int newIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "new" temp table       */
-  int oldIdx      = -1;  /* index of trigger "old" temp table       */
-
-  /* Register Allocations */
-  int regRowCount = 0;   /* A count of rows changed */
-  int regOldRowid;       /* The old rowid */
-  int regNewRowid;       /* The new rowid */
-  int regData;           /* New data for the row */
-
-  sContext.pParse = 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to update. 
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** updated is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
-  if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
-
-  /* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
-  ** special OLD and NEW tables
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
-  ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
-  ** need to occur right after the database cursor.  So go ahead and
-  ** allocate enough space, just in case.
-  */
-  pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
-  for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the name-context */
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
-  ** of the UPDATE statement.  Also find the column index
-  ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array.  For each
-  ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
-  ** that column.
-  */
-  chngRowid = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
-    if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
-      if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
-        if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
-          chngRowid = 1;
-          pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-        }
-        aXRef[j] = i;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
-      if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
-        chngRowid = 1;
-        pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-    {
-      int rc;
-      rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
-                           pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-        goto update_cleanup;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-        aXRef[j] = -1;
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[].  There is one entry in the
-  ** array for each index associated with table being updated.  Fill in
-  ** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used
-  ** and with zero for unused indices.
-  */
-  for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
-  if( nIdx>0 ){
-    aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx );
-    if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-  for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
-    int reg;
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-    }else{
-      reg = 0;
-      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-        if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
-          reg = ++pParse->nMem;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    aRegIdx[j] = reg;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a block of register used to store the change record
-  ** sent to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks().  There are either
-  ** one or two registers for holding the rowid.  One rowid register
-  ** is used if chngRowid is false and two are used if chngRowid is
-  ** true.  Following these are pTab->nCol register holding column
-  ** data.
-  */
-  regOldRowid = regNewRowid = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
-  if( chngRowid ){
-    regNewRowid++;
-    pParse->nMem++;
-  }
-  regData = regNewRowid+1;
- 
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
-  if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
-                       pWhere);
-    pWhere = 0;
-    pTabList = 0;
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Start the view context
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* Generate the code for triggers.
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    int iGoto;
-
-    /* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pTab->nCol);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0);
-
-    iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
-          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr, &old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, 
-          newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr, &old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
-      goto update_cleanup;
-    }
-    iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
-  ** a ephemeral table.
-  */
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
-  ** WHERE clause.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto update_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Begin the database scan
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
-  pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
-                             WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED);
-  if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
-  okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
-
-  /* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab)?OP_VRowid:OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
-  if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoWrite, regOldRowid, 0);
-
-  /* End the database scan loop.
-  */
-  sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
-  /* Initialize the count of updated rows
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
-  }
-
-  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    /* 
-    ** Open every index that needs updating.  Note that if any
-    ** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution 
-    ** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
-    ** to be deleting some records.
-    */
-    if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite); 
-    if( onError==OE_Replace ){
-      openAll = 1;
-    }else{
-      openAll = 0;
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
-          openAll = 1;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-      if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
-        KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
-                       (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-        assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  
-  /* Jump back to this point if a trigger encounters an IGNORE constraint. */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
-  }
-
-  /* Top of the update loop */
-  if( okOnePass ){
-    int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
-  }else{
-    addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FifoRead, regOldRowid, 0);
-  }
-
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    int regRowid;
-    int regRow;
-    int regCols;
-
-    /* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
-
-    /* Generate the OLD table
-    */
-    regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
-    if( !old_col_mask ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRow);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, regRow);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, regRow, regRowid);
-
-    /* Generate the NEW table
-    */
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr, regRowid);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
-    }
-    regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
-        continue;
-      }
-      j = aXRef[i];
-      if( new_col_mask&((u32)1<<i) || new_col_mask==0xffffffff ){
-        if( j<0 ){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regCols+i);
-          sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
-        }else{
-          sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
-        }
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRow);
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
-      sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
-    }
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
-    /* if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup; */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRow, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
-    sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
-  }
-
-  if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
-    /* Loop over every record that needs updating.  We have to load
-    ** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
-    ** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
-    ** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
-    ** So make the cursor point at the old record.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
-
-    /* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
-    ** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
-    ** on top of the stack.)
-    */
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
-    }
-
-    /* Compute new data for this record.  
-    */
-    for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-      if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regData+i);
-        continue;
-      }
-      j = aXRef[i];
-      if( j<0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regData+i);
-        sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regData+i);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Do constraint checks
-    */
-    sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
-                                    aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1,
-                                    onError, addr);
-
-    /* Delete the old indices for the current record.
-    */
-    j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
-    sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);
-
-    /* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
-    */
-    if( chngRowid ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
-
-    /* Create the new index entries and the new record.
-    */
-    sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid, 
-                             aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1, -1, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Increment the row counter 
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
-  }
-
-  /* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
-  ** through the loop.  The fire the after triggers.
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
-    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
-  }
-
-  /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
-  ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-
-  /* Close all tables */
-  for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
-    if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-  if( triggers_exist ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", P4_STATIC);
-  }
-
-update_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
-  return;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
-**
-** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
-** for each row to be changed:
-**
-**   (A)  The original rowid of that row.
-**   (B)  The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
-**   (C)  The content of every column in the row.
-**
-** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
-** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
-**
-** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
-**
-** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
-** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
-** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
-*/
-static void updateVirtualTable(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parsing context */
-  SrcList *pSrc,       /* The virtual table to be modified */
-  Table *pTab,         /* The virtual table */
-  ExprList *pChanges,  /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
-  Expr *pRowid,        /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
-  int *aXRef,          /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
-  Expr *pWhere         /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
-){
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;  /* Virtual machine under construction */
-  ExprList *pEList = 0;     /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
-  Select *pSelect = 0;      /* The SELECT statement */
-  Expr *pExpr;              /* Temporary expression */
-  int ephemTab;             /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
-  int i;                    /* Loop counter */
-  int addr;                 /* Address of top of loop */
-  int iReg;                 /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  const char *pVtab = (const char*)pTab->pVtab;
-  SelectDest dest;
-
-  /* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
-  ** all updated rows. 
-  */
-  pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, 
-                                 sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, "_rowid_"), 0);
-  if( pRowid ){
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
-                                   sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid), 0);
-  }
-  assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
-      pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr);
-    }else{
-      pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
-    }
-    pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr, 0);
-  }
-  pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-  
-  /* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
-  ** be stored.
-  */
-  assert( v );
-  ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
-
-  /* fill the ephemeral table 
-  */
-  sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
-
-  /* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
-  iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
-  pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column,  ephemTab, 0, iReg);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
-  for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr);
-  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr-1);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
-
-  /* Cleanup */
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);  
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
-** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
-** macro. */
-#undef isView
-
-/************** End of update.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
-**
-** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
-** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
-**
-** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.83 2008/08/26 21:07:27 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
-/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
-*/
-static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
-    return sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  }
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){}
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
-** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
-*/
-static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-/*
-** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
-** collapse free space, etc.  It is modelled after the VACUUM command
-** in PostgreSQL.
-**
-** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
-** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables.  But beginning
-** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
-** become a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
-  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;     /* Return code from service routines */
-  Btree *pMain;           /* The database being vacuumed */
-  Pager *pMainPager;      /* Pager for database being vacuumed */
-  Btree *pTemp;           /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
-  char *zSql = 0;         /* SQL statements */
-  int saved_flags;        /* Saved value of the db->flags */
-  int saved_nChange;      /* Saved value of db->nChange */
-  int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
-  Db *pDb = 0;            /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
-  int isMemDb;            /* True is vacuuming a :memory: database */
-  int nRes;
-
-  /* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */
-  saved_flags = db->flags;
-  saved_nChange = db->nChange;
-  saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
-
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-  pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
-  pMainPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pMain);
-  isMemDb = sqlite3PagerFile(pMainPager)->pMethods==0;
-
-  /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
-  ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
-  ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
-  ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
-  ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
-  **
-  ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
-  ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
-  ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower.  Very little journalling
-  ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
-  ** empty.  Only the journal header is written.  Apparently it takes more
-  ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
-  ** to write the journal header file.
-  */
-  zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
-  rc = execSql(db, zSql);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
-  assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
-  pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
-
-  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
-
-  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
-#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  if( db->nextPagesize ){
-    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-    int nKey;
-    char *zKey;
-    sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-    if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes)
-   || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes))
-   || db->mallocFailed 
-  ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-  rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto end_of_vacuum;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-  sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
-                                           sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin a transaction */
-  rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
-  ** in the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
-      "   AND rootpage>0"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
-      "  FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
-  ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
-  ** the contents to the temporary database.
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
-      "FROM sqlite_master "
-      "WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
-      "  AND rootpage>0"
-
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* Copy over the sequence table
-  */
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-  rc = execExecSql(db, 
-      "SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
-      "|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
-      "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-
-  /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
-  ** over to the temporary database.  None of these objects has any
-  ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
-  ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
-  */
-  rc = execSql(db,
-      "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
-      "  SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
-      "    FROM sqlite_master"
-      "   WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
-      "      OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
-  );
-  if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-
-  /* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
-  ** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
-  ** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
-  ** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
-  ** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
-  ** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
-  ** temporary database never needs to be committed.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u32 meta;
-    int i;
-
-    /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
-    ** vacuum.  Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
-    ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
-    ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
-    ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
-    */
-    static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
-       1, 1,    /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
-       3, 0,    /* Preserve the default page cache size */
-       5, 0,    /* Preserve the default text encoding */
-       6, 0,    /* Preserve the user version */
-    };
-
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
-    assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
-
-    /* Copy Btree meta values */
-    for(i=0; i<sizeof(aCopy)/sizeof(aCopy[0]); i+=2){
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-    }
-
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
-    sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
-#endif
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pMain);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes);
-  }
-
-end_of_vacuum:
-  /* Restore the original value of db->flags */
-  db->flags = saved_flags;
-  db->nChange = saved_nChange;
-  db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
-
-  /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
-  ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
-  ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
-  ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
-  ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
-  ** is closed by the DETACH.
-  */
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-
-  if( pDb ){
-    sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-    pDb->pBt = 0;
-    pDb->pSchema = 0;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif  /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
-
-/************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/
-/************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 June 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
-**
-** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.76 2008/08/20 16:35:10 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-
-static int createModule(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-) {
-  int rc, nName;
-  Module *pMod;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  nName = strlen(zName);
-  pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
-  if( pMod ){
-    Module *pDel;
-    char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
-    memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
-    pMod->zName = zCopy;
-    pMod->pModule = pModule;
-    pMod->pAux = pAux;
-    pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
-    pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
-    if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){
-      pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
-    if( pDel==pMod ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux                      /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-){
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database in which module is registered */
-  const char *zName,              /* Name assigned to this module */
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule,  /* The definition of the module */
-  void *pAux,                     /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void (*xDestroy)(void *)        /* Module destructor function */
-){
-  return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
-}
-
-/*
-** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
-** Locks nest.  Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
-** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.  
-**
-** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
-** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  pVtab->nRef++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Unlock a virtual table.  When the last lock is removed,
-** disconnect the virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  pVtab->nRef--;
-  assert(db);
-  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) );
-  if( pVtab->nRef==0 ){
-    if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
-      (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    } else {
-      pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
-** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
-** record.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = p->pVtab;
-  sqlite3 *db = p->db;
-  if( pVtab ){
-    assert( p->pMod && p->pMod->pModule );
-    sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-    p->pVtab = 0;
-  }
-  if( p->azModuleArg ){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
-** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored.  The
-** string will be freed automatically when the table is
-** deleted.
-*/
-static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
-  int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
-  int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
-  char **azModuleArg;
-  azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
-  if( azModuleArg==0 ){
-    int j;
-    for(j=0; j<i; j++){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
-    pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  }else{
-    azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
-    azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
-  }
-  pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
-** statement.  The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
-** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  Token *pName1,        /* Name of new table, or database name */
-  Token *pName2,        /* Name of new table or NULL */
-  Token *pModuleName    /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
-){
-  int iDb;              /* The database the table is being created in */
-  Table *pTable;        /* The new virtual table */
-  sqlite3 *db;          /* Database connection */
-
-  if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_SharedCache ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot use virtual tables in shared-cache mode");
-    return;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0);
-  pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTable==0 || pParse->nErr ) return;
-  assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
-
-  db = pParse->db;
-  iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
-  assert( iDb>=0 );
-
-  pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
-  pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
-  addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
-  pParse->sNameToken.n = pModuleName->z + pModuleName->n - pName1->z;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
-  ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
-  ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
-  ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
-  */
-  if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
-    sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, 
-            pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
-** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
-** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
-*/
-static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
-  if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
-    const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
-    int n = pParse->sArg.n;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
-** has been completely parsed.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
-  Table *pTab;        /* The table being constructed */
-  sqlite3 *db;        /* The database connection */
-  char *zModule;      /* The module name of the table: USING modulename */
-  Module *pMod = 0;
-
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-
-  /* Lookup the module name. */
-  pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
-  zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-  pMod = (Module *)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule, strlen(zModule));
-  pTab->pMod = pMod;
-  
-  /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
-  ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
-  ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
-  ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
-  ** in the sqlite_master table.
-  */
-  if( !db->init.busy ){
-    char *zStmt;
-    char *zWhere;
-    int iDb;
-    Vdbe *v;
-
-    /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
-    if( pEnd ){
-      pParse->sNameToken.n = pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z + pEnd->n;
-    }
-    zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
-
-    /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the 
-    ** SQLITE_MASTER table.  We just need to update that slot with all
-    ** the information we've collected.  
-    **
-    ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
-    ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
-    ** by sqlite3StartTable().
-    */
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s "
-         "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
-       "WHERE rowid=#%d",
-      db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
-      pTab->zName,
-      pTab->zName,
-      zStmt,
-      pParse->regRowid
-    );
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
-    v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
-
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-    zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0, 
-                         pTab->zName, strlen(pTab->zName) + 1);
-  }
-
-  /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
-  ** record of the table. If the module has already been registered,
-  ** also call the xConnect method here.
-  */
-  else {
-    Table *pOld;
-    Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
-    const char *zName = pTab->zName;
-    int nName = strlen(zName) + 1;
-    pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
-    if( pOld ){
-      db->mallocFailed = 1;
-      assert( pTab==pOld );  /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
-      return;
-    }
-    pSchema->db = pParse->db;
-    pParse->pNewTable = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
-** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
-  addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
-  pParse->sArg.z = 0;
-  pParse->sArg.n = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
-** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
-  Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
-  if( pArg->z==0 ){
-    pArg->z = p->z;
-    pArg->n = p->n;
-  }else{
-    assert(pArg->z < p->z);
-    pArg->n = (p->z + p->n - pArg->z);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
-** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
-** to this procedure.
-*/
-static int vtabCallConstructor(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  Table *pTab,
-  Module *pMod,
-  int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  int rc;
-  int rc2;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = 0;
-  const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
-  int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-  char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
-
-  if( !zModuleName ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  assert( !db->pVTab );
-  assert( xConstruct );
-
-  db->pVTab = pTab;
-  rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVtab, &zErr);
-  rc2 = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVtab ){
-    pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
-    pVtab->nRef = 1;
-    pTab->pVtab = pVtab;
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    if( zErr==0 ){
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
-    }else {
-      *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    }
-  }else if( db->pVTab ){
-    const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
-    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  } 
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = rc2;
-  }
-  db->pVTab = 0;
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
-
-  /* If everything went according to plan, loop through the columns
-  ** of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
-  ** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
-  ** the type string.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int iCol;
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-      char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
-      int nType;
-      int i = 0;
-      if( !zType ) continue;
-      nType = strlen(zType);
-      if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6) || (zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
-        for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
-          if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
-           && (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
-          ){
-            i++;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( i<nType ){
-        int j;
-        int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
-        for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
-          zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
-        }
-        if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
-          assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
-          zType[i-1] = '\0';
-        }
-        pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
-** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned 
-** and an error left in pParse.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Module *pMod;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( !pTab || (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || pTab->pVtab ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  pMod = pTab->pMod;
-  if( !pMod ){
-    const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  } else {
-    char *zErr = 0;
-    sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add the virtual table pVtab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[].
-*/
-static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
-
-  /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
-  if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
-    sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;
-    int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
-    aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
-    if( !aVTrans ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
-    db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  }
-
-  /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
-  db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVtab;
-  sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. 
-**
-** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
-** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
-** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Module *pMod;
-  const char *zModule;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  assert(pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVtab);
-  pMod = pTab->pMod;
-  zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
-
-  /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, 
-  ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an 
-  ** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
-  */
-  if( !pMod ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zModule);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }else{
-    rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab->pVtab ){
-      rc = addToVTrans(db, pTab->pVtab);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table.  It is only
-** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
-** virtual table module.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
-  Parse sParse;
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-  char *zErr = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pTab = db->pVTab;
-  if( !pTab ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  assert((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0);
-
-  memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
-  sParse.declareVtab = 1;
-  sParse.db = db;
-
-  if( 
-      SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && 
-      sParse.pNewTable && 
-      !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect && 
-      (sParse.pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
-  ){
-    pTab->aCol = sParse.pNewTable->aCol;
-    pTab->nCol = sParse.pNewTable->nCol;
-    sParse.pNewTable->nCol = 0;
-    sParse.pNewTable->aCol = 0;
-    db->pVTab = 0;
-  } else {
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sParse.declareVtab = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe);
-  sqlite3DeleteTable(sParse.pNewTable);
-  sParse.pNewTable = 0;
-
-  assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
-** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
-** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
-**
-** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab)
-{
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  Table *pTab;
-
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
-  assert(pTab);
-  if( pTab->pVtab ){
-    int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab) = pTab->pMod->pModule->xDestroy;
-    rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-    if( xDestroy ){
-      rc = xDestroy(pTab->pVtab);
-    }
-    (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int i;
-      for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
-        if( db->aVTrans[i]==pTab->pVtab ){
-          db->aVTrans[i] = db->aVTrans[--db->nVTrans];
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      pTab->pVtab = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
-** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
-** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
-** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
-**
-** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. 
-*/
-static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
-  int i;
-  if( db->aVTrans ){
-    for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans && db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
-      sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = db->aVTrans[i];
-      int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-      x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)pVtab->pModule + offset);
-      if( x ) x(pVtab);
-      sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
-    db->nVTrans = 0;
-    db->aVTrans = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
-** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
-** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
-**
-** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using 
-** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
-  int i;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int rcsafety;
-  sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
-
-  rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-  db->aVTrans = 0;
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans && aVTrans[i]; i++){
-    sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i];
-    int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
-    x = pVtab->pModule->xSync;
-    if( x ){
-      rc = x(pVtab);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg);
-      *pzErrmsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
-      pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
-  rcsafety = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = rcsafety;
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the 
-** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
-** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
-** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
-**
-** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
-** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;
-
-  /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
-  ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
-  ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to 
-  ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED.
-  */
-  if( 0==db->aVTrans && db->nVTrans>0 ){
-    return SQLITE_LOCKED;
-  }
-  if( !pVtab ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  } 
-  pModule = pVtab->pModule;
-
-  if( pModule->xBegin ){
-    int i;
-
-
-    /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
-    for(i=0; (i<db->nVTrans) && 0!=db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
-      if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVtab ){
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Invoke the xBegin method */
-    rc = pModule->xBegin(pVtab);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = addToVTrans(db, pVtab);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation.  The
-** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
-** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
-** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
-**
-** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
-** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
-**
-** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a 
-** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
-** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,    /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
-  FuncDef *pDef,  /* Function to possibly overload */
-  int nArg,       /* Number of arguments to the function */
-  Expr *pExpr     /* First argument to the function */
-){
-  Table *pTab;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
-  sqlite3_module *pMod;
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-  void *pArg;
-  FuncDef *pNew;
-  int rc = 0;
-  char *zLowerName;
-  unsigned char *z;
-
-
-  /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return pDef;
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
-  pTab = pExpr->pTab;
-  if( pTab==0 ) return pDef;
-  if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
-  pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
-  assert( pVtab!=0 );
-  assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
-  pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
-  if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
- 
-  /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
-  ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function 
-  */
-  zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
-  if( zLowerName ){
-    for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
-      *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
-    }
-    rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
-    if( pVtab->zErrMsg ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
-      pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    return pDef;
-  }
-
-  /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
-  ** function */
-  pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + strlen(pDef->zName) );
-  if( pNew==0 ){
-    return pDef;
-  }
-  *pNew = *pDef;
-  pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
-  memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, strlen(pDef->zName)+1);
-  pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
-  pNew->pUserData = pArg;
-  pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
-  return pNew;
-}
-
-/*
-** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
-** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it.  Add pTab to the
-** array if it is missing.  If pTab is already in the array, this routine
-** is a no-op.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  int i, n;
-  assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
-  for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
-    if( pTab==pParse->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
-  }
-  n = (pParse->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pParse->apVtabLock[0]);
-  pParse->apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->apVtabLock, n);
-  if( pParse->apVtabLock ){
-    pParse->apVtabLock[pParse->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
-  }else{
-    pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process
-** the WHERE clause of SQL statements.  This module is responsible for
-** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable
-** rows.  Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing
-** so is applicable.  Because this module is responsible for selecting
-** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer".
-**
-** $Id: where.c,v 1.322 2008/09/06 14:19:11 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The number of bits in a Bitmask.  "BMS" means "BitMask Size".
-*/
-#define BMS  (sizeof(Bitmask)*8)
-
-/*
-** Trace output macros
-*/
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0;
-#endif
-#if 0
-# define WHERETRACE(X)  if(sqlite3WhereTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
-#else
-# define WHERETRACE(X)
-#endif
-
-/* Forward reference
-*/
-typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause;
-typedef struct ExprMaskSet ExprMaskSet;
-
-/*
-** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to
-** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause.  Each WHERE
-** clause subexpression is separated from the others by an AND operator.
-**
-** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure.  
-** The following identity holds:
-**
-**        WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm
-**
-** When a term is of the form:
-**
-**              X <op> <expr>
-**
-** where X is a column name and <op> is one of certain operators,
-** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.leftColumn record the
-** cursor number and column number for X.  WhereTerm.operator records
-** the <op> using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below.  The
-** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search
-** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators.
-**
-** prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers,
-** but they do so indirectly.  A single ExprMaskSet structure translates
-** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq
-** fields.  The translation is used in order to maximize the number of
-** bits that will fit in a Bitmask.  The VDBE cursor numbers might be
-** spread out over the non-negative integers.  For example, the cursor
-** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45.  The ExprMaskSet
-** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers
-** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available
-** bits in the Bitmask.  So, in the example above, the cursor numbers
-** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7.
-*/
-typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm;
-struct WhereTerm {
-  Expr *pExpr;            /* Pointer to the subexpression */
-  i16 iParent;            /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */
-  i16 leftCursor;         /* Cursor number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
-  i16 leftColumn;         /* Column number of X in "X <op> <expr>" */
-  u16 eOperator;          /* A WO_xx value describing <op> */
-  u8 flags;               /* Bit flags.  See below */
-  u8 nChild;              /* Number of children that must disable us */
-  WhereClause *pWC;       /* The clause this term is part of */
-  Bitmask prereqRight;    /* Bitmask of tables used by pRight */
-  Bitmask prereqAll;      /* Bitmask of tables referenced by p */
-};
-
-/*
-** Allowed values of WhereTerm.flags
-*/
-#define TERM_DYNAMIC    0x01   /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */
-#define TERM_VIRTUAL    0x02   /* Added by the optimizer.  Do not code */
-#define TERM_CODED      0x04   /* This term is already coded */
-#define TERM_COPIED     0x08   /* Has a child */
-#define TERM_OR_OK      0x10   /* Used during OR-clause processing */
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a
-** WHERE clause.  Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms.
-*/
-struct WhereClause {
-  Parse *pParse;           /* The parser context */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet;   /* Mapping of table indices to bitmasks */
-  int nTerm;               /* Number of terms */
-  int nSlot;               /* Number of entries in a[] */
-  WhereTerm *a;            /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */
-  WhereTerm aStatic[10];   /* Initial static space for a[] */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping
-** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm.
-**
-** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in 
-** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields.  For any given WHERE 
-** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might
-** contain gaps in the numbering sequence.  But we want to make maximum
-** use of the bits in our bitmasks.  This structure provides a mapping
-** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning
-** with 0.
-**
-** If ExprMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask
-** corresponds VDBE cursor number B.  The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<<A.
-**
-** For example, if the WHERE clause expression used these VDBE
-** cursors:  4, 5, 8, 29, 57, 73.  Then the  ExprMaskSet structure
-** would map those cursor numbers into bits 0 through 5.
-**
-** Note that the mapping is not necessarily ordered.  In the example
-** above, the mapping might go like this:  4->3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0,
-** 57->5, 73->4.  Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It
-** does not really matter.  What is important is that sparse cursor
-** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain
-** no gaps.
-*/
-struct ExprMaskSet {
-  int n;                        /* Number of assigned cursor values */
-  int ix[sizeof(Bitmask)*8];    /* Cursor assigned to each bit */
-};
-
-
-/*
-** Bitmasks for the operators that indices are able to exploit.  An
-** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for
-** terms in the where clause.
-*/
-#define WO_IN     1
-#define WO_EQ     2
-#define WO_LT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_LE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GT     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_GE     (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ))
-#define WO_MATCH  64
-#define WO_ISNULL 128
-
-/*
-** Value for flags returned by bestIndex().  
-**
-** The least significant byte is reserved as a mask for WO_ values above.
-** The WhereLevel.flags field is usually set to WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL.
-** But if the table is the right table of a left join, WhereLevel.flags
-** is set to WO_IN|WO_EQ.  The WhereLevel.flags field can then be used as
-** the "op" parameter to findTerm when we are resolving equality constraints.
-** ISNULL constraints will then not be used on the right table of a left
-** join.  Tickets #2177 and #2189.
-*/
-#define WHERE_ROWID_EQ     0x000100   /* rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_ROWID_RANGE  0x000200   /* rowid<EXPR and/or rowid>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ    0x001000   /* x=EXPR or x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x002000   /* x<EXPR and/or x>EXPR */
-#define WHERE_COLUMN_IN    0x004000   /* x IN (...) */
-#define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT    0x010000   /* x<EXPR or x<=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_BTM_LIMIT    0x020000   /* x>EXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */
-#define WHERE_IDX_ONLY     0x080000   /* Use index only - omit table */
-#define WHERE_ORDERBY      0x100000   /* Output will appear in correct order */
-#define WHERE_REVERSE      0x200000   /* Scan in reverse order */
-#define WHERE_UNIQUE       0x400000   /* Selects no more than one row */
-#define WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE 0x800000   /* Use virtual-table processing */
-
-/*
-** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure.
-*/
-static void whereClauseInit(
-  WhereClause *pWC,        /* The WhereClause to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,           /* The parsing context */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet    /* Mapping from table indices to bitmasks */
-){
-  pWC->pParse = pParse;
-  pWC->pMaskSet = pMaskSet;
-  pWC->nTerm = 0;
-  pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic);
-  pWC->a = pWC->aStatic;
-}
-
-/*
-** Deallocate a WhereClause structure.  The WhereClause structure
-** itself is not freed.  This routine is the inverse of whereClauseInit().
-*/
-static void whereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){
-  int i;
-  WhereTerm *a;
-  sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){
-    if( a->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-      sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-  if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Add a new entries to the WhereClause structure.  Increase the allocated
-** space as necessary.
-**
-** If the flags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility
-** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object.
-**
-** WARNING:  This routine might reallocate the space used to store
-** WhereTerms.  All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after
-** calling this routine.  Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing
-** the pWC->a[] array.
-*/
-static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, int flags){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int idx;
-  if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){
-    WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a;
-    sqlite3 *db = pWC->pParse->db;
-    pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 );
-    if( pWC->a==0 ){
-      if( flags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){
-        sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p);
-      }
-      pWC->a = pOld;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm);
-    if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld);
-    }
-    pWC->nSlot *= 2;
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm];
-  pWC->nTerm++;
-  pTerm->pExpr = p;
-  pTerm->flags = flags;
-  pTerm->pWC = pWC;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  return idx;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where
-** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other
-** operator specified in the op parameter.  The WhereClause structure
-** is filled with pointers to subexpressions.  For example:
-**
-**    WHERE  a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22)
-**           \________/     \_______________/     \________________/
-**            slot[0]            slot[1]               slot[2]
-**
-** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered.  All this routine
-** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr.
-**
-** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to
-** the WhereClause.a[] array.  This array grows as needed to contain
-** all terms of the WHERE clause.
-*/
-static void whereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, int op){
-  if( pExpr==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->op!=op ){
-    whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0);
-  }else{
-    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pLeft, op);
-    whereSplit(pWC, pExpr->pRight, op);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize an expression mask set
-*/
-#define initMaskSet(P)  memset(P, 0, sizeof(*P))
-
-/*
-** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number.  Return 0 if
-** iCursor is not in the set.
-*/
-static Bitmask getMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pMaskSet->n; i++){
-    if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){
-      return ((Bitmask)1)<<i;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor.
-**
-** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause.  The number of
-** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine.  So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[]
-** array will never overflow.
-*/
-static void createMask(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){
-  assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) );
-  pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine walks (recursively) an expression tree and generates
-** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression
-** tree.
-**
-** In order for this routine to work, the calling function must have
-** previously invoked sqlite3ResolveExprNames() on the expression.  See
-** the header comment on that routine for additional information.
-** The sqlite3ResolveExprNames() routines looks for column names and
-** sets their opcodes to TK_COLUMN and their Expr.iTable fields to
-** the VDBE cursor number of the table.  This routine just has to
-** translate the cursor numbers into bitmask values and OR all
-** the bitmasks together.
-*/
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, ExprList*);
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet*, Select*);
-static Bitmask exprTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( p==0 ) return 0;
-  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-    mask = getMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable);
-    return mask;
-  }
-  mask = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pRight);
-  mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pLeft);
-  mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pList);
-  mask |= exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, p->pSelect);
-  return mask;
-}
-static Bitmask exprListTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){
-  int i;
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  if( pList ){
-    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
-      mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr);
-    }
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-static Bitmask exprSelectTableUsage(ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){
-  Bitmask mask = 0;
-  while( pS ){
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList);
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy);
-    mask |= exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy);
-    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere);
-    mask |= exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving);
-    pS = pS->pPrior;
-  }
-  return mask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is
-** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term.  The allowed operators are
-** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", and "IN".
-*/
-static int allowedOp(int op){
-  assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GT<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_LT>TK_EQ && TK_LT<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_LE>TK_EQ && TK_LE<TK_GE );
-  assert( TK_GE==TK_EQ+4 );
-  return op==TK_IN || (op>=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL;
-}
-
-/*
-** Swap two objects of type T.
-*/
-#define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;}
-
-/*
-** Commute a comparison operator.  Expressions of the form "X op Y"
-** are converted into "Y op X".
-**
-** If a collation sequence is associated with either the left or right
-** side of the comparison, it remains associated with the same side after
-** the commutation. So "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes 
-** "X collate NOCASE op Y". This is because any collation sequence on
-** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence 
-** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_ExpCollate flag
-** is not commuted.
-*/
-static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){
-  u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
-  u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_ExpCollate);
-  assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN );
-  pExpr->pRight->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pRight);
-  pExpr->pLeft->pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft);
-  SWAP(CollSeq*,pExpr->pRight->pColl,pExpr->pLeft->pColl);
-  pExpr->pRight->flags = (pExpr->pRight->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expLeft;
-  pExpr->pLeft->flags = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & ~EP_ExpCollate) | expRight;
-  SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){
-    assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 );
-    assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 );
-    assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ );
-    assert( TK_GT<TK_LE );
-    assert( pExpr->op>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE );
-    pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask.
-*/
-static int operatorMask(int op){
-  int c;
-  assert( allowedOp(op) );
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    c = WO_IN;
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    c = WO_ISNULL;
-  }else{
-    c = WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ);
-  }
-  assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL );
-  assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN );
-  assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ );
-  assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT );
-  assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE );
-  assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT );
-  assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE );
-  return c;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X <op> <expr>"
-** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur and <op> is one of
-** the WO_xx operator codes specified by the op parameter.
-** Return a pointer to the term.  Return 0 if not found.
-*/
-static WhereTerm *findTerm(
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause to be searched */
-  int iCur,             /* Cursor number of LHS */
-  int iColumn,          /* Column number of LHS */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */
-  u16 op,               /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */
-  Index *pIdx           /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int k;
-  assert( iCur>=0 );
-  for(pTerm=pWC->a, k=pWC->nTerm; k; k--, pTerm++){
-    if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur
-       && (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0
-       && pTerm->leftColumn==iColumn
-       && (pTerm->eOperator & op)!=0
-    ){
-      if( pIdx && pTerm->eOperator!=WO_ISNULL ){
-        Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-        CollSeq *pColl;
-        char idxaff;
-        int j;
-        Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
-
-        idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity;
-        if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, idxaff) ) continue;
-
-        /* Figure out the collation sequence required from an index for
-        ** it to be useful for optimising expression pX. Store this
-        ** value in variable pColl.
-        */
-        assert(pX->pLeft);
-        pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight);
-        if( !pColl ){
-          pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl;
-        }
-
-        for(j=0; pIdx->aiColumn[j]!=iColumn; j++){
-          if( NEVER(j>=pIdx->nColumn) ) return 0;
-        }
-        if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[j]) ) continue;
-      }
-      return pTerm;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Forward reference */
-static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int);
-
-/*
-** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause.  
-**
-**
-*/
-static void exprAnalyzeAll(
-  SrcList *pTabList,       /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC         /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){
-    exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that
-** can be optimized using inequality constraints.  Return TRUE if it is
-** so and false if not.
-**
-** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string
-** literal that does not begin with a wildcard.  
-*/
-static int isLikeOrGlob(
-  Parse *pParse,    /* Parsing and code generating context */
-  Expr *pExpr,      /* Test this expression */
-  int *pnPattern,   /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */
-  int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */
-  int *pnoCase      /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */
-){
-  const char *z;
-  Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
-  ExprList *pList;
-  int c, cnt;
-  char wc[3];
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, wc) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-  if( *pnoCase ) return 0;
-#endif
-  pList = pExpr->pList;
-  pRight = pList->a[0].pExpr;
-  if( pRight->op!=TK_STRING
-   && (pRight->op!=TK_REGISTER || pRight->iColumn!=TK_STRING) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr;
-  if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft);
-  assert( pColl!=0 || pLeft->iColumn==-1 );
-  if( pColl==0 ){
-    /* No collation is defined for the ROWID.  Use the default. */
-    pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-  }
-  if( (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_BINARY || *pnoCase) &&
-      (pColl->type!=SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE || !*pnoCase) ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3DequoteExpr(db, pRight);
-  z = (char *)pRight->token.z;
-  cnt = 0;
-  if( z ){
-    while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ cnt++; }
-  }
-  if( cnt==0 || 255==(u8)z[cnt] ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  *pisComplete = z[cnt]==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0;
-  *pnPattern = cnt;
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Check to see if the given expression is of the form
-**
-**         column MATCH expr
-**
-** If it is then return TRUE.  If not, return FALSE.
-*/
-static int isMatchOfColumn(
-  Expr *pExpr      /* Test this expression */
-){
-  ExprList *pList;
-
-  if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pExpr->token.n!=5 ||
-       sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pExpr->token.z,"match",5)!=0 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  pList = pExpr->pList;
-  if( pList->nExpr!=2 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pList->a[1].pExpr->op != TK_COLUMN ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of
-** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived.
-*/
-static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){
-  pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin;
-  pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable;
-}
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given term of an OR clause can be converted
-** into an IN clause.  The iCursor and iColumn define the left-hand
-** side of the IN clause.
-**
-** The context is that we have multiple OR-connected equality terms
-** like this:
-**
-**           a=<expr1> OR  a=<expr2> OR b=<expr3>  OR ...
-**
-** The pOrTerm input to this routine corresponds to a single term of
-** this OR clause.  In order for the term to be a candidate for
-** conversion to an IN operator, the following must be true:
-**
-**     *  The left-hand side of the term must be the column which
-**        is identified by iCursor and iColumn.
-**
-**     *  If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities
-**        of both right and left sides must be such that no type
-**        conversions are required on the right.  (Ticket #2249)
-**
-** If both of these conditions are true, then return true.  Otherwise
-** return false.
-*/
-static int orTermIsOptCandidate(WhereTerm *pOrTerm, int iCursor, int iColumn){
-  int affLeft, affRight;
-  assert( pOrTerm->eOperator==WO_EQ );
-  if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( pOrTerm->leftColumn!=iColumn ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-  if( affRight==0 ){
-    return 1;
-  }
-  affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft);
-  if( affRight!=affLeft ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the given term of an OR clause can be ignored during
-** a check to make sure all OR terms are candidates for optimization.
-** In other words, return true if a call to the orTermIsOptCandidate()
-** above returned false but it is not necessary to disqualify the
-** optimization.
-**
-** Suppose the original OR phrase was this:
-**
-**           a=4  OR  a=11  OR  a=b
-**
-** During analysis, the third term gets flipped around and duplicate
-** so that we are left with this:
-**
-**           a=4  OR  a=11  OR  a=b  OR  b=a
-**
-** Since the last two terms are duplicates, only one of them
-** has to qualify in order for the whole phrase to qualify.  When
-** this routine is called, we know that pOrTerm did not qualify.
-** This routine merely checks to see if pOrTerm has a duplicate that
-** might qualify.  If there is a duplicate that has not yet been
-** disqualified, then return true.  If there are no duplicates, or
-** the duplicate has also been disqualified, return false.
-*/
-static int orTermHasOkDuplicate(WhereClause *pOr, WhereTerm *pOrTerm){
-  if( pOrTerm->flags & TERM_COPIED ){
-    /* This is the original term.  The duplicate is to the left had
-    ** has not yet been analyzed and thus has not yet been disqualified. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0
-     && (pOr->a[pOrTerm->iParent].flags & TERM_OR_OK)!=0 ){
-    /* This is a duplicate term.  The original qualified so this one
-    ** does not have to. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  /* This is either a singleton term or else it is a duplicate for
-  ** which the original did not qualify.  Either way we are done for. */
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */
-
-/*
-** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the
-** "pExpr" field filled in.  The job of this routine is to analyze the
-** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm
-** structure.
-**
-** If the expression is of the form "<expr> <op> X" it gets commuted
-** to the standard form of "X <op> <expr>".  If the expression is of
-** the form "X <op> Y" where both X and Y are columns, then the original
-** expression is unchanged and a new virtual expression of the form
-** "Y <op> X" is added to the WHERE clause and analyzed separately.
-*/
-static void exprAnalyze(
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* the FROM clause */
-  WhereClause *pWC,         /* the WHERE clause */
-  int idxTerm               /* Index of the term to be analyzed */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet;
-  Expr *pExpr;
-  Bitmask prereqLeft;
-  Bitmask prereqAll;
-  Bitmask extraRight = 0;
-  int nPattern;
-  int isComplete;
-  int noCase;
-  int op;
-  Parse *pParse = pWC->pParse;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    return;
-  }
-  pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-  pMaskSet = pWC->pMaskSet;
-  pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-  prereqLeft = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft);
-  op = pExpr->op;
-  if( op==TK_IN ){
-    assert( pExpr->pRight==0 );
-    pTerm->prereqRight = exprListTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pList)
-                          | exprSelectTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pSelect);
-  }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    pTerm->prereqRight = 0;
-  }else{
-    pTerm->prereqRight = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight);
-  }
-  prereqAll = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr);
-  if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){
-    Bitmask x = getMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable);
-    prereqAll |= x;
-    extraRight = x-1;  /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index
-                       ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN.  Ticket #3015 */
-  }
-  pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-  pTerm->leftCursor = -1;
-  pTerm->iParent = -1;
-  pTerm->eOperator = 0;
-  if( allowedOp(op) && (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ){
-    Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft;
-    Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight;
-    if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-      pTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op);
-    }
-    if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN ){
-      WhereTerm *pNew;
-      Expr *pDup;
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){
-        int idxNew;
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr);
-        if( db->mallocFailed ){
-          sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup);
-          return;
-        }
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        if( idxNew==0 ) return;
-        pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-        pNew->iParent = idxTerm;
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pTerm->nChild = 1;
-        pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      }else{
-        pDup = pExpr;
-        pNew = pTerm;
-      }
-      exprCommute(pParse, pDup);
-      pLeft = pDup->pLeft;
-      pNew->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNew->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft;
-      pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll;
-      pNew->eOperator = operatorMask(pDup->op);
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms
-  ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){
-    ExprList *pList = pExpr->pList;
-    int i;
-    static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE};
-    assert( pList!=0 );
-    assert( pList->nExpr==2 );
-    for(i=0; i<2; i++){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      int idxNew;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft),
-                             sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr), 0);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
-    }
-    pTerm->nChild = 2;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
-  /* Attempt to convert OR-connected terms into an IN operator so that
-  ** they can make use of indices.  Example:
-  **
-  **      x = expr1  OR  expr2 = x  OR  x = expr3
-  **
-  ** is converted into
-  **
-  **      x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3)
-  **
-  ** This optimization must be omitted if OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined because
-  ** the compiler for the the IN operator is part of sub-queries.
-  */
-  else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){
-    int ok;
-    int i, j;
-    int iColumn, iCursor;
-    WhereClause sOr;
-    WhereTerm *pOrTerm;
-
-    assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_DYNAMIC)==0 );
-    whereClauseInit(&sOr, pWC->pParse, pMaskSet);
-    whereSplit(&sOr, pExpr, TK_OR);
-    exprAnalyzeAll(pSrc, &sOr);
-    assert( sOr.nTerm>=2 );
-    j = 0;
-    if( db->mallocFailed ) goto or_not_possible;
-    do{
-      assert( j<sOr.nTerm );
-      iColumn = sOr.a[j].leftColumn;
-      iCursor = sOr.a[j].leftCursor;
-      ok = iCursor>=0;
-      for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0 && ok; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        if( pOrTerm->eOperator!=WO_EQ ){
-          goto or_not_possible;
-        }
-        if( orTermIsOptCandidate(pOrTerm, iCursor, iColumn) ){
-          pOrTerm->flags |= TERM_OR_OK;
-        }else if( orTermHasOkDuplicate(&sOr, pOrTerm) ){
-          pOrTerm->flags &= ~TERM_OR_OK;
-        }else{
-          ok = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }while( !ok && (sOr.a[j++].flags & TERM_COPIED)!=0 && j<2 );
-    if( ok ){
-      ExprList *pList = 0;
-      Expr *pNew, *pDup;
-      Expr *pLeft = 0;
-      for(i=sOr.nTerm-1, pOrTerm=sOr.a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){
-        if( (pOrTerm->flags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue;
-        pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight);
-        pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWC->pParse, pList, pDup, 0);
-        pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft;
-      }
-      assert( pLeft!=0 );
-      pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft);
-      pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_IN, pDup, 0, 0);
-      if( pNew ){
-        int idxNew;
-        transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr);
-        pNew->pList = pList;
-        idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-        exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew);
-        pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-        pWC->a[idxNew].iParent = idxTerm;
-        pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      }else{
-        sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList);
-      }
-    }
-or_not_possible:
-    whereClauseClear(&sOr);
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION
-  /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB
-  ** operator.
-  **
-  ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'abc%'" is changed into constraints
-  **
-  **          x>='abc' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'abc%'
-  **
-  ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the
-  ** termination condition "abd".
-  */
-  if( isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &nPattern, &isComplete, &noCase) ){
-    Expr *pLeft, *pRight;
-    Expr *pStr1, *pStr2;
-    Expr *pNewExpr1, *pNewExpr2;
-    int idxNew1, idxNew2;
-
-    pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    pStr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( pStr1 ){
-      sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pStr1->token, &pRight->token);
-      pStr1->token.n = nPattern;
-      pStr1->flags = EP_Dequoted;
-    }
-    pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1);
-    if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-      u8 c, *pC;
-      assert( pStr2->token.dyn );
-      pC = (u8*)&pStr2->token.z[nPattern-1];
-      c = *pC;
-      if( noCase ){
-        if( c=='@' ) isComplete = 0;
-        c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c];
-      }
-      *pC = c + 1;
-    }
-    pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr1, 0);
-    idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1);
-    pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprDup(db,pLeft), pStr2, 0);
-    idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-    exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2);
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-    if( isComplete ){
-      pWC->a[idxNew1].iParent = idxTerm;
-      pWC->a[idxNew2].iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm->nChild = 2;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  /* Add a WO_MATCH auxiliary term to the constraint set if the
-  ** current expression is of the form:  column MATCH expr.
-  ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of
-  ** virtual tables.  The native query optimizer does not attempt
-  ** to do anything with MATCH functions.
-  */
-  if( isMatchOfColumn(pExpr) ){
-    int idxNew;
-    Expr *pRight, *pLeft;
-    WhereTerm *pNewTerm;
-    Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr;
-
-    pRight = pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr;
-    pLeft = pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr;
-    prereqExpr = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pRight);
-    prereqColumn = exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft);
-    if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){
-      Expr *pNewExpr;
-      pNewExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight), 0);
-      idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC);
-      pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew];
-      pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr;
-      pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable;
-      pNewTerm->leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn;
-      pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_MATCH;
-      pNewTerm->iParent = idxTerm;
-      pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm];
-      pTerm->nChild = 1;
-      pTerm->flags |= TERM_COPIED;
-      pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll;
-    }
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-  /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive
-  ** an index for tables to the left of the join.
-  */
-  pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if any of the expressions in pList->a[iFirst...] contain
-** a reference to any table other than the iBase table.
-*/
-static int referencesOtherTables(
-  ExprList *pList,          /* Search expressions in ths list */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,    /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
-  int iFirst,               /* Be searching with the iFirst-th expression */
-  int iBase                 /* Ignore references to this table */
-){
-  Bitmask allowed = ~getMask(pMaskSet, iBase);
-  while( iFirst<pList->nExpr ){
-    if( (exprTableUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[iFirst++].pExpr)&allowed)!=0 ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This routine decides if pIdx can be used to satisfy the ORDER BY
-** clause.  If it can, it returns 1.  If pIdx cannot satisfy the
-** ORDER BY clause, this routine returns 0.
-**
-** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY clause from a SELECT statement.  pTab is the
-** left-most table in the FROM clause of that same SELECT statement and
-** the table has a cursor number of "base".  pIdx is an index on pTab.
-**
-** nEqCol is the number of columns of pIdx that are used as equality
-** constraints.  Any of these columns may be missing from the ORDER BY
-** clause and the match can still be a success.
-**
-** All terms of the ORDER BY that match against the index must be either
-** ASC or DESC.  (Terms of the ORDER BY clause past the end of a UNIQUE
-** index do not need to satisfy this constraint.)  The *pbRev value is
-** set to 1 if the ORDER BY clause is all DESC and it is set to 0 if
-** the ORDER BY clause is all ASC.
-*/
-static int isSortingIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,          /* Parsing context */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from table indices to bitmaps */
-  Index *pIdx,            /* The index we are testing */
-  int base,               /* Cursor number for the table to be sorted */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  int nEqCol,             /* Number of index columns with == constraints */
-  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
-){
-  int i, j;                       /* Loop counters */
-  int sortOrder = 0;              /* XOR of index and ORDER BY sort direction */
-  int nTerm;                      /* Number of ORDER BY terms */
-  struct ExprList_item *pTerm;    /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
-  nTerm = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-  assert( nTerm>0 );
-
-  /* Match terms of the ORDER BY clause against columns of
-  ** the index.
-  **
-  ** Note that indices have pIdx->nColumn regular columns plus
-  ** one additional column containing the rowid.  The rowid column
-  ** of the index is also allowed to match against the ORDER BY
-  ** clause.
-  */
-  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pOrderBy->a; j<nTerm && i<=pIdx->nColumn; i++){
-    Expr *pExpr;       /* The expression of the ORDER BY pTerm */
-    CollSeq *pColl;    /* The collating sequence of pExpr */
-    int termSortOrder; /* Sort order for this term */
-    int iColumn;       /* The i-th column of the index.  -1 for rowid */
-    int iSortOrder;    /* 1 for DESC, 0 for ASC on the i-th index term */
-    const char *zColl; /* Name of the collating sequence for i-th index term */
-
-    pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-    if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=base ){
-      /* Can not use an index sort on anything that is not a column in the
-      ** left-most table of the FROM clause */
-      break;
-    }
-    pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr);
-    if( !pColl ){
-      pColl = db->pDfltColl;
-    }
-    if( i<pIdx->nColumn ){
-      iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
-      if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){
-        iColumn = -1;
-      }
-      iSortOrder = pIdx->aSortOrder[i];
-      zColl = pIdx->azColl[i];
-    }else{
-      iColumn = -1;
-      iSortOrder = 0;
-      zColl = pColl->zName;
-    }
-    if( pExpr->iColumn!=iColumn || sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){
-      /* Term j of the ORDER BY clause does not match column i of the index */
-      if( i<nEqCol ){
-        /* If an index column that is constrained by == fails to match an
-        ** ORDER BY term, that is OK.  Just ignore that column of the index
-        */
-        continue;
-      }else if( i==pIdx->nColumn ){
-        /* Index column i is the rowid.  All other terms match. */
-        break;
-      }else{
-        /* If an index column fails to match and is not constrained by ==
-        ** then the index cannot satisfy the ORDER BY constraint.
-        */
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }
-    assert( pIdx->aSortOrder!=0 );
-    assert( pTerm->sortOrder==0 || pTerm->sortOrder==1 );
-    assert( iSortOrder==0 || iSortOrder==1 );
-    termSortOrder = iSortOrder ^ pTerm->sortOrder;
-    if( i>nEqCol ){
-      if( termSortOrder!=sortOrder ){
-        /* Indices can only be used if all ORDER BY terms past the
-        ** equality constraints are all either DESC or ASC. */
-        return 0;
-      }
-    }else{
-      sortOrder = termSortOrder;
-    }
-    j++;
-    pTerm++;
-    if( iColumn<0 && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
-      /* If the indexed column is the primary key and everything matches
-      ** so far and none of the ORDER BY terms to the right reference other
-      ** tables in the join, then we are assured that the index can be used 
-      ** to sort because the primary key is unique and so none of the other
-      ** columns will make any difference
-      */
-      j = nTerm;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *pbRev = sortOrder!=0;
-  if( j>=nTerm ){
-    /* All terms of the ORDER BY clause are covered by this index so
-    ** this index can be used for sorting. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( pIdx->onError!=OE_None && i==pIdx->nColumn
-      && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, j, base) ){
-    /* All terms of this index match some prefix of the ORDER BY clause
-    ** and the index is UNIQUE and no terms on the tail of the ORDER BY
-    ** clause reference other tables in a join.  If this is all true then
-    ** the order by clause is superfluous. */
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check table to see if the ORDER BY clause in pOrderBy can be satisfied
-** by sorting in order of ROWID.  Return true if so and set *pbRev to be
-** true for reverse ROWID and false for forward ROWID order.
-*/
-static int sortableByRowid(
-  int base,               /* Cursor number for table to be sorted */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,     /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  ExprMaskSet *pMaskSet,  /* Mapping from tables to bitmaps */
-  int *pbRev              /* Set to 1 if ORDER BY is DESC */
-){
-  Expr *p;
-
-  assert( pOrderBy!=0 );
-  assert( pOrderBy->nExpr>0 );
-  p = pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr;
-  if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==base && p->iColumn==-1
-    && !referencesOtherTables(pOrderBy, pMaskSet, 1, base) ){
-    *pbRev = pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare a crude estimate of the logarithm of the input value.
-** The results need not be exact.  This is only used for estimating
-** the total cost of performing operations with O(logN) or O(NlogN)
-** complexity.  Because N is just a guess, it is no great tragedy if
-** logN is a little off.
-*/
-static double estLog(double N){
-  double logN = 1;
-  double x = 10;
-  while( N>x ){
-    logN += 1;
-    x *= 10;
-  }
-  return logN;
-}
-
-/*
-** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info
-** structure.  Used for testing and debugging only.  If neither
-** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines
-** are no-ops.
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
-static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iColumn,
-       p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset,
-       p->aConstraint[i].op,
-       p->aConstraint[i].usable);
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<p->nOrderBy; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn,
-       p->aOrderBy[i].desc);
-  }
-}
-static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){
-  int i;
-  if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<p->nConstraint; i++){
-    sqlite3DebugPrintf("  usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n",
-       i,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex,
-       p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit);
-  }
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed);
-  sqlite3DebugPrintf("  estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost);
-}
-#else
-#define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A)
-#define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-/*
-** Compute the best index for a virtual table.
-**
-** The best index is computed by the xBestIndex method of the virtual
-** table module.  This routine is really just a wrapper that sets up
-** the sqlite3_index_info structure that is used to communicate with
-** xBestIndex.
-**
-** In a join, this routine might be called multiple times for the
-** same virtual table.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is created
-** and initialized on the first invocation and reused on all subsequent
-** invocations.  The sqlite3_index_info structure is also used when
-** code is generated to access the virtual table.  The whereInfoDelete() 
-** routine takes care of freeing the sqlite3_index_info structure after
-** everybody has finished with it.
-*/
-static double bestVirtualIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,                 /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC,              /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,     /* The FROM clause term to search */
-  Bitmask notReady,              /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,            /* The order by clause */
-  int orderByUsable,             /* True if we can potential sort */
-  sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo /* Index information passed to xBestIndex */
-){
-  Table *pTab = pSrc->pTab;
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
-  sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons;
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy;
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage;
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  int i, j;
-  int nOrderBy;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* If the sqlite3_index_info structure has not been previously
-  ** allocated and initialized for this virtual table, then allocate
-  ** and initialize it now
-  */
-  pIdxInfo = *ppIdxInfo;
-  if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
-    WhereTerm *pTerm;
-    int nTerm;
-    WHERETRACE(("Recomputing index info for %s...\n", pTab->zName));
-
-    /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring
-    ** to this virtual table */
-    for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-      assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
-      nTerm++;
-    }
-
-    /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
-    ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
-    ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
-    */
-    nOrderBy = 0;
-    if( pOrderBy ){
-      for(i=0; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++){
-        Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-        if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break;
-      }
-      if( i==pOrderBy->nExpr ){
-        nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure
-    */
-    pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo)
-                             + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm
-                             + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy );
-    if( pIdxInfo==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory");
-      return 0.0;
-    }
-    *ppIdxInfo = pIdxInfo;
-
-    /* Initialize the structure.  The sqlite3_index_info structure contains
-    ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from
-    ** changing them.  We have to do some funky casting in order to
-    ** initialize those fields.
-    */
-    pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pIdxInfo[1];
-    pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm];
-    pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy];
-    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm;
-    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
-    *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons;
-    *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy;
-    *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage =
-                                                                     pUsage;
-
-    for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
-      if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
-      assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
-      testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
-      pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->leftColumn;
-      pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
-      pIdxCons[j].op = pTerm->eOperator;
-      /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
-      ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
-      ** following asserts verify this fact. */
-      assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
-      assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT );
-      assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE );
-      assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT );
-      assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE );
-      assert( WO_MATCH==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH );
-      assert( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_MATCH) );
-      j++;
-    }
-    for(i=0; i<nOrderBy; i++){
-      Expr *pExpr = pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr;
-      pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn;
-      pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* At this point, the sqlite3_index_info structure that pIdxInfo points
-  ** to will have been initialized, either during the current invocation or
-  ** during some prior invocation.  Now we just have to customize the
-  ** details of pIdxInfo for the current invocation and pass it to
-  ** xBestIndex.
-  */
-
-  /* The module name must be defined. Also, by this point there must
-  ** be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. Otherwise
-  ** sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames() would have picked up the error. 
-  */
-  assert( pTab->azModuleArg && pTab->azModuleArg[0] );
-  assert( pVtab );
-#if 0
-  if( pTab->pVtab==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "undefined module %s for table %s",
-        pTab->azModuleArg[0], pTab->zName);
-    return 0.0;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Set the aConstraint[].usable fields and initialize all 
-  ** output variables to zero.
-  **
-  ** aConstraint[].usable is true for constraints where the right-hand
-  ** side contains only references to tables to the left of the current
-  ** table.  In other words, if the constraint is of the form:
-  **
-  **           column = expr
-  **
-  ** and we are evaluating a join, then the constraint on column is 
-  ** only valid if all tables referenced in expr occur to the left
-  ** of the table containing column.
-  **
-  ** The aConstraints[] array contains entries for all constraints
-  ** on the current table.  That way we only have to compute it once
-  ** even though we might try to pick the best index multiple times.
-  ** For each attempt at picking an index, the order of tables in the
-  ** join might be different so we have to recompute the usable flag
-  ** each time.
-  */
-  pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint;
-  pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage;
-  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++, pIdxCons++){
-    j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset;
-    pTerm = &pWC->a[j];
-    pIdxCons->usable =  (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)==0;
-  }
-  memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*pIdxInfo->nConstraint);
-  if( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ){
-    sqlite3_free(pIdxInfo->idxStr);
-  }
-  pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0;
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / 2.0;
-  nOrderBy = pIdxInfo->nOrderBy;
-  if( pIdxInfo->nOrderBy && !orderByUsable ){
-    *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = 0;
-  }
-
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(pParse->db);
-  WHERETRACE(("xBestIndex for %s\n", pTab->zName));
-  TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(pIdxInfo);
-  rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, pIdxInfo);
-  TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(pIdxInfo);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(pParse->db);
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
-  pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
-
-  for(i=0; i<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; i++){
-    if( !pIdxInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-          "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName);
-      return 0.0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy;
-  return pIdxInfo->estimatedCost;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-/*
-** Find the best index for accessing a particular table.  Return a pointer
-** to the index, flags that describe how the index should be used, the
-** number of equality constraints, and the "cost" for this index.
-**
-** The lowest cost index wins.  The cost is an estimate of the amount of
-** CPU and disk I/O need to process the request using the selected index.
-** Factors that influence cost include:
-**
-**    *  The estimated number of rows that will be retrieved.  (The
-**       fewer the better.)
-**
-**    *  Whether or not sorting must occur.
-**
-**    *  Whether or not there must be separate lookups in the
-**       index and in the main table.
-**
-*/
-static double bestIndex(
-  Parse *pParse,              /* The parsing context */
-  WhereClause *pWC,           /* The WHERE clause */
-  struct SrcList_item *pSrc,  /* The FROM clause term to search */
-  Bitmask notReady,           /* Mask of cursors that are not available */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy,         /* The order by clause */
-  Index **ppIndex,            /* Make *ppIndex point to the best index */
-  int *pFlags,                /* Put flags describing this choice in *pFlags */
-  int *pnEq                   /* Put the number of == or IN constraints here */
-){
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;
-  Index *bestIdx = 0;         /* Index that gives the lowest cost */
-  double lowestCost;          /* The cost of using bestIdx */
-  int bestFlags = 0;          /* Flags associated with bestIdx */
-  int bestNEq = 0;            /* Best value for nEq */
-  int iCur = pSrc->iCursor;   /* The cursor of the table to be accessed */
-  Index *pProbe;              /* An index we are evaluating */
-  int rev;                    /* True to scan in reverse order */
-  int flags;                  /* Flags associated with pProbe */
-  int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
-  int eqTermMask;             /* Mask of valid equality operators */
-  double cost;                /* Cost of using pProbe */
-
-  WHERETRACE(("bestIndex: tbl=%s notReady=%llx\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, notReady));
-  lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
-  pProbe = pSrc->pTab->pIndex;
-
-  /* If the table has no indices and there are no terms in the where
-  ** clause that refer to the ROWID, then we will never be able to do
-  ** anything other than a full table scan on this table.  We might as
-  ** well put it first in the join order.  That way, perhaps it can be
-  ** referenced by other tables in the join.
-  */
-  if( pProbe==0 &&
-     findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE,0)==0 &&
-     (pOrderBy==0 || !sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev)) ){
-    *pFlags = 0;
-    *ppIndex = 0;
-    *pnEq = 0;
-    return 0.0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check for a rowid=EXPR or rowid IN (...) constraints
-  */
-  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
-  if( pTerm ){
-    Expr *pExpr;
-    *ppIndex = 0;
-    bestFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ;
-    if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ){
-      /* Rowid== is always the best pick.  Look no further.  Because only
-      ** a single row is generated, output is always in sorted order */
-      *pFlags = WHERE_ROWID_EQ | WHERE_UNIQUE;
-      *pnEq = 1;
-      WHERETRACE(("... best is rowid\n"));
-      return 0.0;
-    }else if( (pExpr = pTerm->pExpr)->pList!=0 ){
-      /* Rowid IN (LIST): cost is NlogN where N is the number of list
-      ** elements.  */
-      lowestCost = pExpr->pList->nExpr;
-      lowestCost *= estLog(lowestCost);
-    }else{
-      /* Rowid IN (SELECT): cost is NlogN where N is the number of rows
-      ** in the result of the inner select.  We have no way to estimate
-      ** that value so make a wild guess. */
-      lowestCost = 200;
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("... rowid IN cost: %.9g\n", lowestCost));
-  }
-
-  /* Estimate the cost of a table scan.  If we do not know how many
-  ** entries are in the table, use 1 million as a guess.
-  */
-  cost = pProbe ? pProbe->aiRowEst[0] : 1000000;
-  WHERETRACE(("... table scan base cost: %.9g\n", cost));
-  flags = WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
-
-  /* Check for constraints on a range of rowids in a table scan.
-  */
-  pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
-  if( pTerm ){
-    if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0) ){
-      flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-      cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowid<EXPR eliminates two-thirds or rows */
-    }
-    if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0) ){
-      flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
-      cost /= 3;  /* Guess that rowid>EXPR eliminates two-thirds of rows */
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("... rowid range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-  }else{
-    flags = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If the table scan does not satisfy the ORDER BY clause, increase
-  ** the cost by NlogN to cover the expense of sorting. */
-  if( pOrderBy ){
-    if( sortableByRowid(iCur, pOrderBy, pWC->pMaskSet, &rev) ){
-      flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE;
-      if( rev ){
-        flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
-      }
-    }else{
-      cost += cost*estLog(cost);
-      WHERETRACE(("... sorting increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-    }
-  }
-  if( cost<lowestCost ){
-    lowestCost = cost;
-    bestFlags = flags;
-  }
-
-  /* If the pSrc table is the right table of a LEFT JOIN then we may not
-  ** use an index to satisfy IS NULL constraints on that table.  This is
-  ** because columns might end up being NULL if the table does not match -
-  ** a circumstance which the index cannot help us discover.  Ticket #2177.
-  */
-  if( (pSrc->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN;
-  }else{
-    eqTermMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_ISNULL;
-  }
-
-  /* Look at each index.
-  */
-  for(; pProbe; pProbe=pProbe->pNext){
-    int i;                       /* Loop counter */
-    double inMultiplier = 1;
-
-    WHERETRACE(("... index %s:\n", pProbe->zName));
-
-    /* Count the number of columns in the index that are satisfied
-    ** by x=EXPR constraints or x IN (...) constraints.
-    */
-    flags = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<pProbe->nColumn; i++){
-      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[i];
-      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, eqTermMask, pProbe);
-      if( pTerm==0 ) break;
-      flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ;
-      if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){
-        Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
-        flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN;
-        if( pExpr->pSelect!=0 ){
-          inMultiplier *= 25;
-        }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->pList) ){
-          inMultiplier *= pExpr->pList->nExpr + 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    cost = pProbe->aiRowEst[i] * inMultiplier * estLog(inMultiplier);
-    nEq = i;
-    if( pProbe->onError!=OE_None && (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0
-         && nEq==pProbe->nColumn ){
-      flags |= WHERE_UNIQUE;
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("...... nEq=%d inMult=%.9g cost=%.9g\n",nEq,inMultiplier,cost));
-
-    /* Look for range constraints
-    */
-    if( nEq<pProbe->nColumn ){
-      int j = pProbe->aiColumn[nEq];
-      pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe);
-      if( pTerm ){
-        flags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
-        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, pProbe) ){
-          flags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT;
-          cost /= 3;
-        }
-        if( findTerm(pWC, iCur, j, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, pProbe) ){
-          flags |= WHERE_BTM_LIMIT;
-          cost /= 3;
-        }
-        WHERETRACE(("...... range reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Add the additional cost of sorting if that is a factor.
-    */
-    if( pOrderBy ){
-      if( (flags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)==0 &&
-           isSortingIndex(pParse,pWC->pMaskSet,pProbe,iCur,pOrderBy,nEq,&rev) ){
-        if( flags==0 ){
-          flags = WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE;
-        }
-        flags |= WHERE_ORDERBY;
-        if( rev ){
-          flags |= WHERE_REVERSE;
-        }
-      }else{
-        cost += cost*estLog(cost);
-        WHERETRACE(("...... orderby increases cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check to see if we can get away with using just the index without
-    ** ever reading the table.  If that is the case, then halve the
-    ** cost of this index.
-    */
-    if( flags && pSrc->colUsed < (((Bitmask)1)<<(BMS-1)) ){
-      Bitmask m = pSrc->colUsed;
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<pProbe->nColumn; j++){
-        int x = pProbe->aiColumn[j];
-        if( x<BMS-1 ){
-          m &= ~(((Bitmask)1)<<x);
-        }
-      }
-      if( m==0 ){
-        flags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-        cost /= 2;
-        WHERETRACE(("...... idx-only reduces cost to %.9g\n", cost));
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* If this index has achieved the lowest cost so far, then use it.
-    */
-    if( flags && cost < lowestCost ){
-      bestIdx = pProbe;
-      lowestCost = cost;
-      bestFlags = flags;
-      bestNEq = nEq;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Report the best result
-  */
-  *ppIndex = bestIdx;
-  WHERETRACE(("best index is %s, cost=%.9g, flags=%x, nEq=%d\n",
-        bestIdx ? bestIdx->zName : "(none)", lowestCost, bestFlags, bestNEq));
-  *pFlags = bestFlags | eqTermMask;
-  *pnEq = bestNEq;
-  return lowestCost;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Disable a term in the WHERE clause.  Except, do not disable the term
-** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON
-** or USING clause of that join.
-**
-** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries:
-**
-**   (1)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok'
-**   (2)  SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**   (3)  SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok'
-**
-** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates
-** in the ON clause.  The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part
-** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN.  In (1), the term is not disabled.
-**
-** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop
-** of the join.  Disabling is an optimization.  When terms are satisfied
-** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner
-** loop.  We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled,
-** but joins might run a little slower.  The trick is to disable as much
-** as we can without disabling too much.  If we disabled in (1), we'd get
-** the wrong answer.  See ticket #813.
-*/
-static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){
-  if( pTerm
-      && ALWAYS((pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0)
-      && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin))
-  ){
-    pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
-    if( pTerm->iParent>=0 ){
-      WhereTerm *pOther = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent];
-      if( (--pOther->nChild)==0 ){
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pOther);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Apply the affinities associated with the first n columns of index
-** pIdx to the values in the n registers starting at base.
-*/
-static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, Index *pIdx){
-  if( n>0 ){
-    Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-    assert( v!=0 );
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Affinity, base, n);
-    sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-    sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, base, n);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause.  An equality
-** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...).   pTerm is the term to be 
-** coded.
-**
-** The current value for the constraint is left in register iReg.
-**
-** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated and its
-** result is left on the stack.  For constraints of the form X IN (...)
-** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X.
-*/
-static int codeEqualityTerm(
-  Parse *pParse,      /* The parsing context */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm,   /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel, /* When level of the FROM clause we are working on */
-  int iTarget         /* Attempt to leave results in this register */
-){
-  Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int iReg;                  /* Register holding results */
-
-  if( iTarget<=0 ){
-    iReg = iTarget = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-  }
-  if( pX->op==TK_EQ ){
-    iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget);
-  }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
-  }else{
-    int eType;
-    int iTab;
-    struct InLoop *pIn;
-
-    assert( pX->op==TK_IN );
-    iReg = iTarget;
-    eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, 0);
-    iTab = pX->iTable;
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
-    VdbeComment((v, "%.*s", pX->span.n, pX->span.z));
-    if( pLevel->nIn==0 ){
-      pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    }
-    pLevel->nIn++;
-    pLevel->aInLoop = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->aInLoop,
-                                    sizeof(pLevel->aInLoop[0])*pLevel->nIn);
-    pIn = pLevel->aInLoop;
-    if( pIn ){
-      pIn += pLevel->nIn - 1;
-      pIn->iCur = iTab;
-      if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){
-        pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iReg);
-      }else{
-        pIn->topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTab, 0, iReg);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iReg);
-    }else{
-      pLevel->nIn = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-  disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm);
-  return iReg;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an
-** index.  The values for all constraints are left on the stack.
-**
-** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c).
-** Suppose the WHERE clause is this:  a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10
-** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this
-** example, the third "c" value is an inequality.  So only two 
-** constraints are coded.  This routine will generate code to evaluate
-** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3).  The current values for a and b will be left
-** on the stack - a is the deepest and b the shallowest.
-**
-** In the example above nEq==2.  But this subroutine works for any value
-** of nEq including 0.  If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op.
-** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell.
-**
-** This routine always allocates at least one memory cell and puts
-** the address of that memory cell in pLevel->iMem.  The code that
-** calls this routine will use pLevel->iMem to store the termination
-** key value of the loop.  If one or more IN operators appear, then
-** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal
-** use.
-*/
-static int codeAllEqualityTerms(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* Parsing context */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel,   /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */
-  WhereClause *pWC,     /* The WHERE clause */
-  Bitmask notReady,     /* Which parts of FROM have not yet been coded */
-  int nExtraReg         /* Number of extra registers to allocate */
-){
-  int nEq = pLevel->nEq;        /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;      /* The virtual machine under construction */
-  Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;   /* The index being used for this loop */
-  int iCur = pLevel->iTabCur;   /* The cursor of the table */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;             /* A single constraint term */
-  int j;                        /* Loop counter */
-  int regBase;                  /* Base register */
-
-  /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them.
-  ** We always need at least one used to store the loop terminator
-  ** value.  If there are IN operators we'll need one for each == or
-  ** IN constraint.
-  */
-  pLevel->iMem = pParse->nMem + 1;
-  regBase = pParse->nMem + 2;
-  pParse->nMem += pLevel->nEq + 2 + nExtraReg;
-
-  /* Evaluate the equality constraints
-  */
-  assert( pIdx->nColumn>=nEq );
-  for(j=0; j<nEq; j++){
-    int r1;
-    int k = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
-    pTerm = findTerm(pWC, iCur, k, notReady, pLevel->flags, pIdx);
-    if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) break;
-    assert( (pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED)==0 );
-    r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, regBase+j);
-    if( r1!=regBase+j ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j);
-    }
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL );
-    testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN );
-    if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IN))==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->brk);
-    }
-  }
-  return regBase;
-}
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
-/*
-** The following variable holds a text description of query plan generated
-** by the most recent call to sqlite3WhereBegin().  Each call to WhereBegin
-** overwrites the previous.  This information is used for testing and
-** analysis only.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char sqlite3_query_plan[BMS*2*40];  /* Text of the join */
-static int nQPlan = 0;              /* Next free slow in _query_plan[] */
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
-
-
-/*
-** Free a WhereInfo structure
-*/
-static void whereInfoFree(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  if( pWInfo ){
-    int i;
-    sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db;
-    for(i=0; i<pWInfo->nLevel; i++){
-      sqlite3_index_info *pInfo = pWInfo->a[i].pIdxInfo;
-      if( pInfo ){
-        assert( pInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 );
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, pInfo);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing.
-** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains
-** information needed to terminate the loop.  Later, the calling routine
-** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function
-** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing.
-**
-** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL.
-**
-** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in
-** the FROM clause of a select.  (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the
-** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.)  For
-** example, if the SQL is this:
-**
-**       SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...;
-**
-** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following:
-**
-**      foreach row1 in t1 do       \    Code generated
-**        foreach row2 in t2 do      |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin()
-**          foreach row3 in t3 do   /
-**            ...
-**          end                     \    Code generated
-**        end                        |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd()
-**      end                         /
-**
-** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they
-** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make
-** use of indices.  Note also that when the IN operator appears in
-** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for
-** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN.
-**
-** There are Btree cursors associated with each table.  t1 uses cursor
-** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor.  t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor.
-** And so forth.  This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors
-** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them.
-**
-** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named
-** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries.  The [...] code
-** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract
-** data from the various tables of the loop.
-**
-** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their
-** entire tables.  Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation.  But if
-** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that
-** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the
-** code will run much faster.  Most of the work of this routine is checking
-** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop.
-**
-** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually
-** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop.  After each "foreach",
-** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer
-** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent
-** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner-
-** most loop)
-**
-** OUTER JOINS
-**
-** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows:
-**
-**    foreach row1 in t1 do
-**      flag = 0
-**      foreach row2 in t2 do
-**        start:
-**          ...
-**          flag = 1
-**      end
-**      if flag==0 then
-**        move the row2 cursor to a null row
-**        goto start
-**      fi
-**    end
-**
-** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING
-**
-** *ppOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause of a SELECT statement,
-** if there is one.  If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine
-** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then ppOrderBy is NULL.
-**
-** If an index can be used so that the natural output order of the table
-** scan is correct for the ORDER BY clause, then that index is used and
-** *ppOrderBy is set to NULL.  This is an optimization that prevents an
-** unnecessary sort of the result set if an index appropriate for the
-** ORDER BY clause already exists.
-**
-** If the where clause loops cannot be arranged to provide the correct
-** output order, then the *ppOrderBy is unchanged.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,    /* A list of all tables to be scanned */
-  Expr *pWhere,         /* The WHERE clause */
-  ExprList **ppOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY clause, or NULL */
-  u8 wflags             /* One of the WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */
-){
-  int i;                     /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;         /* Will become the return value of this function */
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;   /* The virtual database engine */
-  int brk, cont = 0;         /* Addresses used during code generation */
-  Bitmask notReady;          /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */
-  WhereTerm *pTerm;          /* A single term in the WHERE clause */
-  ExprMaskSet maskSet;       /* The expression mask set */
-  WhereClause wc;            /* The WHERE clause is divided into these terms */
-  struct SrcList_item *pTabItem;  /* A single entry from pTabList */
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;             /* A single level in the pWInfo list */
-  int iFrom;                      /* First unused FROM clause element */
-  int andFlags;              /* AND-ed combination of all wc.a[].flags */
-  sqlite3 *db;               /* Database connection */
-  ExprList *pOrderBy = 0;
-
-  /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of
-  ** bits in a Bitmask 
-  */
-  if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS);
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  if( ppOrderBy ){
-    pOrderBy = *ppOrderBy;
-  }
-
-  /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each
-  ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator.
-  */
-  initMaskSet(&maskSet);
-  whereClauseInit(&wc, pParse, &maskSet);
-  sqlite3ExprCodeConstants(pParse, pWhere);
-  whereSplit(&wc, pWhere, TK_AND);
-    
-  /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the
-  ** return value.
-  */
-  db = pParse->db;
-  pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db,  
-                      sizeof(WhereInfo) + pTabList->nSrc*sizeof(WhereLevel));
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto whereBeginNoMem;
-  }
-  pWInfo->nLevel = pTabList->nSrc;
-  pWInfo->pParse = pParse;
-  pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList;
-  pWInfo->iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-  /* Special case: a WHERE clause that is constant.  Evaluate the
-  ** expression and either jump over all of the code or fall thru.
-  */
-  if( pWhere && (pTabList->nSrc==0 || sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pWhere)) ){
-    sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-    pWhere = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause.
-  **
-  ** When assigning bitmask values to FROM clause cursors, it must be
-  ** the case that if X is the bitmask for the N-th FROM clause term then
-  ** the bitmask for all FROM clause terms to the left of the N-th term
-  ** is (X-1).   An expression from the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN can use
-  ** its Expr.iRightJoinTable value to find the bitmask of the right table
-  ** of the join.  Subtracting one from the right table bitmask gives a
-  ** bitmask for all tables to the left of the join.  Knowing the bitmask
-  ** for all tables to the left of a left join is important.  Ticket #3015.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-    createMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-  }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  {
-    Bitmask toTheLeft = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-      Bitmask m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-      assert( (m-1)==toTheLeft );
-      toTheLeft |= m;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Analyze all of the subexpressions.  Note that exprAnalyze() might
-  ** add new virtual terms onto the end of the WHERE clause.  We do not
-  ** want to analyze these virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end
-  ** and work forward so that the added virtual terms are never processed.
-  */
-  exprAnalyzeAll(pTabList, &wc);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto whereBeginNoMem;
-  }
-
-  /* Chose the best index to use for each table in the FROM clause.
-  **
-  ** This loop fills in the following fields:
-  **
-  **   pWInfo->a[].pIdx      The index to use for this level of the loop.
-  **   pWInfo->a[].flags     WHERE_xxx flags associated with pIdx
-  **   pWInfo->a[].nEq       The number of == and IN constraints
-  **   pWInfo->a[].iFrom     When term of the FROM clause is being coded
-  **   pWInfo->a[].iTabCur   The VDBE cursor for the database table
-  **   pWInfo->a[].iIdxCur   The VDBE cursor for the index
-  **
-  ** This loop also figures out the nesting order of tables in the FROM
-  ** clause.
-  */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  pTabItem = pTabList->a;
-  pLevel = pWInfo->a;
-  andFlags = ~0;
-  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Start ***\n"));
-  for(i=iFrom=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    Index *pIdx;                /* Index for FROM table at pTabItem */
-    int flags;                  /* Flags asssociated with pIdx */
-    int nEq;                    /* Number of == or IN constraints */
-    double cost;                /* The cost for pIdx */
-    int j;                      /* For looping over FROM tables */
-    Index *pBest = 0;           /* The best index seen so far */
-    int bestFlags = 0;          /* Flags associated with pBest */
-    int bestNEq = 0;            /* nEq associated with pBest */
-    double lowestCost;          /* Cost of the pBest */
-    int bestJ = 0;              /* The value of j */
-    Bitmask m;                  /* Bitmask value for j or bestJ */
-    int once = 0;               /* True when first table is seen */
-    sqlite3_index_info *pIndex; /* Current virtual index */
-
-    lowestCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL;
-    for(j=iFrom, pTabItem=&pTabList->a[j]; j<pTabList->nSrc; j++, pTabItem++){
-      int doNotReorder;  /* True if this table should not be reordered */
-
-      doNotReorder =  (pTabItem->jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0;
-      if( once && doNotReorder ) break;
-      m = getMask(&maskSet, pTabItem->iCursor);
-      if( (m & notReady)==0 ){
-        if( j==iFrom ) iFrom++;
-        continue;
-      }
-      assert( pTabItem->pTab );
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      if( IsVirtual(pTabItem->pTab) ){
-        sqlite3_index_info **ppIdxInfo = &pWInfo->a[j].pIdxInfo;
-        cost = bestVirtualIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
-                                ppOrderBy ? *ppOrderBy : 0, i==0,
-                                ppIdxInfo);
-        flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE;
-        pIndex = *ppIdxInfo;
-        if( pIndex && pIndex->orderByConsumed ){
-          flags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE | WHERE_ORDERBY;
-        }
-        pIdx = 0;
-        nEq = 0;
-        if( (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0)<cost ){
-          /* The cost is not allowed to be larger than SQLITE_BIG_DBL (the
-          ** inital value of lowestCost in this loop. If it is, then
-          ** the (cost<lowestCost) test below will never be true and
-          ** pLevel->pBestIdx never set.
-          */ 
-          cost = (SQLITE_BIG_DBL/2.0);
-        }
-      }else 
-#endif
-      {
-        cost = bestIndex(pParse, &wc, pTabItem, notReady,
-                         (i==0 && ppOrderBy) ? *ppOrderBy : 0,
-                         &pIdx, &flags, &nEq);
-        pIndex = 0;
-      }
-      if( cost<lowestCost ){
-        once = 1;
-        lowestCost = cost;
-        pBest = pIdx;
-        bestFlags = flags;
-        bestNEq = nEq;
-        bestJ = j;
-        pLevel->pBestIdx = pIndex;
-      }
-      if( doNotReorder ) break;
-    }
-    WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer selects table %d for loop %d\n", bestJ,
-           pLevel-pWInfo->a));
-    if( (bestFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY)!=0 ){
-      *ppOrderBy = 0;
-    }
-    andFlags &= bestFlags;
-    pLevel->flags = bestFlags;
-    pLevel->pIdx = pBest;
-    pLevel->nEq = bestNEq;
-    pLevel->aInLoop = 0;
-    pLevel->nIn = 0;
-    if( pBest ){
-      pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
-    }else{
-      pLevel->iIdxCur = -1;
-    }
-    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, pTabList->a[bestJ].iCursor);
-    pLevel->iFrom = bestJ;
-  }
-  WHERETRACE(("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n"));
-
-  /* If the total query only selects a single row, then the ORDER BY
-  ** clause is irrelevant.
-  */
-  if( (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 && ppOrderBy ){
-    *ppOrderBy = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting
-  ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate.
-  ** The one-pass algorithm only works if the WHERE clause constraints
-  ** the statement to update a single row.
-  */
-  assert( (wflags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 );
-  if( (wflags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (andFlags & WHERE_UNIQUE)!=0 ){
-    pWInfo->okOnePass = 1;
-    pWInfo->a[0].flags &= ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-  }
-
-  /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for
-  ** searching those tables.
-  */
-  sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, -1); /* Insert the cookie verifier Goto */
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    Table *pTab;     /* Table to open */
-    Index *pIx;      /* Index used to access pTab (if any) */
-    int iDb;         /* Index of database containing table/index */
-    int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-    if( pParse->explain==2 ){
-      char *zMsg;
-      struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-      zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "TABLE %s", pItem->zName);
-      if( pItem->zAlias ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s AS %s", zMsg, pItem->zAlias);
-      }
-      if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s WITH INDEX %s", zMsg, pIx->zName);
-      }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s USING PRIMARY KEY", zMsg);
-      }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-      else if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
-        sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", zMsg,
-                    pBestIdx->idxNum, pBestIdx->idxStr);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ORDERBY ){
-        zMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(db, zMsg, "%s ORDER BY", zMsg);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, i, pLevel->iFrom, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC);
-    }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
-      int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0,
-                        (const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
-    }else
-#endif
-    if( (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-      int op = pWInfo->okOnePass ? OP_OpenWrite : OP_OpenRead;
-      sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op);
-      if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && pTab->nCol<(sizeof(Bitmask)*8) ){
-        Bitmask b = pTabItem->colUsed;
-        int n = 0;
-        for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){}
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2, n);
-        assert( n<=pTab->nCol );
-      }
-    }else{
-      sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
-    }
-    pLevel->iTabCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-    if( (pIx = pLevel->pIdx)!=0 ){
-      KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIx);
-      assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SetNumColumns, 0, pIx->nColumn+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIx->tnum, iDb,
-                        (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
-      VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName));
-    }
-    sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
-  }
-  pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-  /* Generate the code to do the search.  Each iteration of the for
-  ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM
-  ** program.
-  */
-  notReady = ~(Bitmask)0;
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    int j;
-    int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;  /* The VDBE cursor for the table */
-    Index *pIdx;       /* The index we will be using */
-    int nxt;           /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */
-    int iIdxCur;       /* The VDBE cursor for the index */
-    int omitTable;     /* True if we use the index only */
-    int bRev;          /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */
-
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    iCur = pTabItem->iCursor;
-    pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
-    iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-    bRev = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_REVERSE)!=0;
-    omitTable = (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0;
-
-    /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions
-    ** for the current loop.  Jump to brk to break out of a loop.
-    ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the
-    ** loop.
-    **
-    ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "nxt" label that
-    ** means to continue with the next IN value combination.  When
-    ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "nxt" label
-    ** is the same as "brk".
-    */
-    brk = pLevel->brk = pLevel->nxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-    cont = pLevel->cont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and
-    ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any
-    ** row of the left table of the join.
-    */
-    if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
-      pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-      VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag"));
-    }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-    if( pLevel->pBestIdx ){
-      /* Case 0:  The table is a virtual-table.  Use the VFilter and VNext
-      **          to access the data.
-      */
-      int j;
-      int iReg;   /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */
-      sqlite3_index_info *pBestIdx = pLevel->pBestIdx;
-      int nConstraint = pBestIdx->nConstraint;
-      struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *aUsage =
-                                                  pBestIdx->aConstraintUsage;
-      const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *aConstraint =
-                                                  pBestIdx->aConstraint;
-
-      iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2);
-      pParse->disableColCache++;
-      for(j=1; j<=nConstraint; j++){
-        int k;
-        for(k=0; k<nConstraint; k++){
-          if( aUsage[k].argvIndex==j ){
-            int iTerm = aConstraint[k].iTermOffset;
-            assert( pParse->disableColCache );
-            sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, wc.a[iTerm].pExpr->pRight, iReg+j+1);
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if( k==nConstraint ) break;
-      }
-      assert( pParse->disableColCache );
-      pParse->disableColCache--;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pBestIdx->idxNum, iReg);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, j-1, iReg+1);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, brk, iReg, pBestIdx->idxStr,
-                        pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr ? P4_MPRINTF : P4_STATIC);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2);
-      pBestIdx->needToFreeIdxStr = 0;
-      for(j=0; j<nConstraint; j++){
-        if( aUsage[j].omit ){
-          int iTerm = aConstraint[j].iTermOffset;
-          disableTerm(pLevel, &wc.a[iTerm]);
-        }
-      }
-      pLevel->op = OP_VNext;
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-    }else
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
-
-    if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ ){
-      /* Case 1:  We can directly reference a single row using an
-      **          equality comparison against the ROWID field.  Or
-      **          we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)"
-      **          construct.
-      */
-      int r1;
-      pTerm = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN, 0);
-      assert( pTerm!=0 );
-      assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 );
-      assert( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur );
-      assert( omitTable==0 );
-      r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0);
-      nxt = pLevel->nxt;
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r1, nxt);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, nxt, r1);
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-      pLevel->op = OP_Noop;
-    }else if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE ){
-      /* Case 2:  We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field.
-      */
-      int testOp = OP_Noop;
-      int start;
-      WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd;
-
-      assert( omitTable==0 );
-      pStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_GT|WO_GE, 0);
-      pEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, -1, notReady, WO_LT|WO_LE, 0);
-      if( bRev ){
-        pTerm = pStart;
-        pStart = pEnd;
-        pEnd = pTerm;
-      }
-      if( pStart ){
-        Expr *pX;
-        int r1, regFree1;
-        pX = pStart->pExpr;
-        assert( pX!=0 );
-        assert( pStart->leftCursor==iCur );
-        r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &regFree1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ForceInt, r1, brk, 
-                             pX->op==TK_LE || pX->op==TK_GT);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bRev ? OP_MoveLt : OP_MoveGe, iCur, brk, r1);
-        VdbeComment((v, "pk"));
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1);
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pStart);
-      }else{
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
-      }
-      if( pEnd ){
-        Expr *pX;
-        pX = pEnd->pExpr;
-        assert( pX!=0 );
-        assert( pEnd->leftCursor==iCur );
-        pLevel->iMem = ++pParse->nMem;
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pX->pRight, pLevel->iMem);
-        if( pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT ){
-          testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge;
-        }else{
-          testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt;
-        }
-        disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd);
-      }
-      start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = start;
-      if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){
-        int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, r1);
-        /* sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, pLevel->iMem, 0); */
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, pLevel->iMem, brk, r1);
-        sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-      }
-    }else if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ) ){
-      /* Case 3: A scan using an index.
-      **
-      **         The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality 
-      **         terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N
-      **         left-most columns of the index. It may also contain
-      **         inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed
-      **         column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only 
-      **         the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must
-      **         use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the 
-      **         index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all 
-      **         optimized:
-      **
-      **            x=5
-      **            x=5 AND y=10
-      **            x=5 AND y<10
-      **            x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10
-      **            x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10
-      **
-      **         The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only
-      **         the x=5 term:
-      **
-      **            x=5 AND z<10
-      **
-      **         N may be zero if there are inequality constraints.
-      **         If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at
-      **         least one.
-      **
-      **         This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause
-      **         constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order
-      **         to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY.
-      */  
-      int aStartOp[] = {
-        0,
-        0,
-        OP_Rewind,           /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq &&  !bRev) */
-        OP_Last,             /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq &&   bRev) */
-        OP_MoveGt,           /* 4: (start_constraints  && !startEq && !bRev) */
-        OP_MoveLt,           /* 5: (start_constraints  && !startEq &&  bRev) */
-        OP_MoveGe,           /* 6: (start_constraints  &&  startEq && !bRev) */
-        OP_MoveLe            /* 7: (start_constraints  &&  startEq &&  bRev) */
-      };
-      int aEndOp[] = {
-        OP_Noop,             /* 0: (!end_constraints) */
-        OP_IdxGE,            /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev) */
-        OP_IdxLT             /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev) */
-      };
-      int nEq = pLevel->nEq;
-      int isMinQuery = 0;          /* If this is an optimized SELECT min(x).. */
-      int regBase;                 /* Base register holding constraint values */
-      int r1;                      /* Temp register */
-      WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0;  /* Inequality constraint at range start */
-      WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0;    /* Inequality constraint at range end */
-      int startEq;                 /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */
-      int endEq;                   /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */
-      int start_constraints;       /* Start of range is constrained */
-      int k = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; /* Column for inequality constraints */
-      int nConstraint;             /* Number of constraint terms */
-      int op;
-
-      /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN
-      ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers
-      ** starting at regBase.
-      */
-      regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse, pLevel, &wc, notReady, 2);
-      nxt = pLevel->nxt;
-
-      /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that 
-      ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." 
-      ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for
-      ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned
-      ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is
-      ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index,
-      ** this requires some special handling.
-      */
-      if( (wflags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0
-       && (pLevel->flags&WHERE_ORDERBY)
-       && (pIdx->nColumn>nEq)
-      ){
-        assert( pOrderBy->nExpr==1 );
-        assert( pOrderBy->a[0].pExpr->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[nEq] );
-        isMinQuery = 1;
-      }
-
-      /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end 
-      ** of the range. 
-      */
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){
-        pRangeEnd = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_LT|WO_LE), pIdx);
-      }
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){
-        pRangeStart = findTerm(&wc, iCur, k, notReady, (WO_GT|WO_GE), pIdx);
-      }
-
-      /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or
-      ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the 
-      ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd).
-      */
-      if( bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC) ){
-        SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart);
-      }
-
-      testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE );
-      testcase( pRangeStart && pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE );
-      testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE );
-      testcase( pRangeEnd && pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE );
-      startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-      endEq =   !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE);
-      start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0;
-
-      /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */
-      nConstraint = nEq;
-      if( pRangeStart ){
-        int dcc = pParse->disableColCache;
-        if( pRangeEnd ){
-          pParse->disableColCache++;
-        }
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
-        pParse->disableColCache = dcc;
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, nxt);
-        nConstraint++;
-      }else if( isMinQuery ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq);
-        nConstraint++;
-        startEq = 0;
-        start_constraints = 1;
-      }
-      codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint, pIdx);
-      op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev];
-      assert( op!=0 );
-      testcase( op==OP_Rewind );
-      testcase( op==OP_Last );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveGt );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveGe );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveLe );
-      testcase( op==OP_MoveLt );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt, regBase, 
-                        SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
-
-      /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the
-      ** range (if any).
-      */
-      nConstraint = nEq;
-      if( pRangeEnd ){
-        sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight, regBase+nEq);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, nxt);
-        codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nEq+1, pIdx);
-        nConstraint++;
-      }
-
-      /* Top of the loop body */
-      pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-
-      /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */
-      op = aEndOp[(pRangeEnd || nEq) * (1 + bRev)];
-      testcase( op==OP_Noop );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxGE );
-      testcase( op==OP_IdxLT );
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, iIdxCur, nxt, regBase,
-                        SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nConstraint), P4_INT32);
-      sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, endEq!=bRev);
-
-      /* If there are inequality constraints, check that the value
-      ** of the table column that the inequality contrains is not NULL.
-      ** If it is, jump to the next iteration of the loop.
-      */
-      r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
-      testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT );
-      testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT );
-      if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT) ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, nEq, r1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1, cont);
-      }
-
-      /* Seek the table cursor, if required */
-      if( !omitTable ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, r1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0, r1);  /* Deferred seek */
-      }
-      sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1);
-
-      /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. Disable 
-      ** WHERE clause terms made redundant by the index range scan.
-      */
-      pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next;
-      pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur;
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart);
-      disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd);
-    }else{
-      /* Case 4:  There is no usable index.  We must do a complete
-      **          scan of the entire table.
-      */
-      assert( omitTable==0 );
-      assert( bRev==0 );
-      pLevel->op = OP_Next;
-      pLevel->p1 = iCur;
-      pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, brk);
-    }
-    notReady &= ~getMask(&maskSet, iCur);
-
-    /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely
-    ** computed using the current set of tables.
-    */
-    for(pTerm=wc.a, j=wc.nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){
-      Expr *pE;
-      testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-      testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED );
-      if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-      if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
-      pE = pTerm->pExpr;
-      assert( pE!=0 );
-      if( pLevel->iLeftJoin && !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ){
-        continue;
-      }
-      sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, cont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-      pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
-    }
-
-    /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that
-    ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table.  
-    */
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-      pLevel->top = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-      VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit"));
-      sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iTabCur);
-      sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      for(pTerm=wc.a, j=0; j<wc.nTerm; j++, pTerm++){
-        testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_VIRTUAL );
-        testcase( pTerm->flags & TERM_CODED );
-        if( pTerm->flags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue;
-        if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notReady)!=0 ) continue;
-        assert( pTerm->pExpr );
-        sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, cont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
-        pTerm->flags |= TERM_CODED;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST  /* For testing and debugging use only */
-  /* Record in the query plan information about the current table
-  ** and the index used to access it (if any).  If the table itself
-  ** is not used, its name is just '{}'.  If no index is used
-  ** the index is listed as "{}".  If the primary key is used the
-  ** index name is '*'.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++){
-    char *z;
-    int n;
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-    pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    z = pTabItem->zAlias;
-    if( z==0 ) z = pTabItem->pTab->zName;
-    n = strlen(z);
-    if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-10 ){
-      if( pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){
-        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{}", 2);
-        nQPlan += 2;
-      }else{
-        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], z, n);
-        nQPlan += n;
-      }
-      sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
-    }
-    testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_EQ );
-    testcase( pLevel->flags & WHERE_ROWID_RANGE );
-    if( pLevel->flags & (WHERE_ROWID_EQ|WHERE_ROWID_RANGE) ){
-      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "* ", 2);
-      nQPlan += 2;
-    }else if( pLevel->pIdx==0 ){
-      memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], "{} ", 3);
-      nQPlan += 3;
-    }else{
-      n = strlen(pLevel->pIdx->zName);
-      if( n+nQPlan < sizeof(sqlite3_query_plan)-2 ){
-        memcpy(&sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan], pLevel->pIdx->zName, n);
-        nQPlan += n;
-        sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan++] = ' ';
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  while( nQPlan>0 && sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan-1]==' ' ){
-    sqlite3_query_plan[--nQPlan] = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_query_plan[nQPlan] = 0;
-  nQPlan = 0;
-#endif /* SQLITE_TEST // Testing and debugging use only */
-
-  /* Record the continuation address in the WhereInfo structure.  Then
-  ** clean up and return.
-  */
-  pWInfo->iContinue = cont;
-  whereClauseClear(&wc);
-  return pWInfo;
-
-  /* Jump here if malloc fails */
-whereBeginNoMem:
-  whereClauseClear(&wc);
-  whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the end of the WHERE loop.  See comments on 
-** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){
-  Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse;
-  Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
-  int i;
-  WhereLevel *pLevel;
-  SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-
-  /* Generate loop termination code.
-  */
-  sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, -1);
-  for(i=pTabList->nSrc-1; i>=0; i--){
-    pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i];
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->cont);
-    if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->nIn ){
-      struct InLoop *pIn;
-      int j;
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->nxt);
-      for(j=pLevel->nIn, pIn=&pLevel->aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr+1);
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pIn->iCur, pIn->topAddr);
-        sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->topAddr-1);
-      }
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->aInLoop);
-    }
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->brk);
-    if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){
-      int addr;
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pTabList->a[i].iCursor);
-      if( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, pLevel->top);
-      sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop.
-  ** Set it.
-  */
-  sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak);
-
-  /* Close all of the cursors that were opened by sqlite3WhereBegin.
-  */
-  for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; i<pTabList->nSrc; i++, pLevel++){
-    struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom];
-    Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab;
-    assert( pTab!=0 );
-    if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ) continue;
-    if( !pWInfo->okOnePass && (pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pTabItem->iCursor);
-    }
-    if( pLevel->pIdx!=0 ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, pLevel->iIdxCur);
-    }
-
-    /* If this scan uses an index, make code substitutions to read data
-    ** from the index in preference to the table. Sometimes, this means
-    ** the table need never be read from. This is a performance boost,
-    ** as the vdbe level waits until the table is read before actually
-    ** seeking the table cursor to the record corresponding to the current
-    ** position in the index.
-    ** 
-    ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and
-    ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table
-    ** directly.  This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes
-    ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that
-    ** reference the index.
-    */
-    if( pLevel->pIdx ){
-      int k, j, last;
-      VdbeOp *pOp;
-      Index *pIdx = pLevel->pIdx;
-      int useIndexOnly = pLevel->flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY;
-
-      assert( pIdx!=0 );
-      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pWInfo->iTop);
-      last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
-      for(k=pWInfo->iTop; k<last; k++, pOp++){
-        if( pOp->p1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue;
-        if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){
-          for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
-            if( pOp->p2==pIdx->aiColumn[j] ){
-              pOp->p2 = j;
-              pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-          assert(!useIndexOnly || j<pIdx->nColumn);
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){
-          pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur;
-          pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid;
-        }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_NullRow && useIndexOnly ){
-          pOp->opcode = OP_Noop;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Final cleanup
-  */
-  whereInfoFree(pWInfo);
-  return;
-}
-
-/************** End of where.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/
-/* Driver template for the LEMON parser generator.
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-*/
-/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
-** in the input grammar file. */
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds information about the
-** LIMIT clause of a SELECT statement.
-*/
-struct LimitVal {
-  Expr *pLimit;    /* The LIMIT expression.  NULL if there is no limit */
-  Expr *pOffset;   /* The OFFSET expression.  NULL if there is none */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure is used to store the LIKE,
-** GLOB, NOT LIKE, and NOT GLOB operators.
-*/
-struct LikeOp {
-  Token eOperator;  /* "like" or "glob" or "regexp" */
-  int not;         /* True if the NOT keyword is present */
-};
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a
-** TRIGGER.  "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT,
-** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD.  If the event is of the form
-**
-**      UPDATE ON (a,b,c)
-**
-** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c".
-*/
-struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; };
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure holds the ATTACH key and the key type.
-*/
-struct AttachKey { int type;  Token key; };
-
-/* Next is all token values, in a form suitable for use by makeheaders.
-** This section will be null unless lemon is run with the -m switch.
-*/
-/* 
-** These constants (all generated automatically by the parser generator)
-** specify the various kinds of tokens (terminals) that the parser
-** understands. 
-**
-** Each symbol here is a terminal symbol in the grammar.
-*/
-/* Make sure the INTERFACE macro is defined.
-*/
-#ifndef INTERFACE
-# define INTERFACE 1
-#endif
-/* The next thing included is series of defines which control
-** various aspects of the generated parser.
-**    YYCODETYPE         is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 terminals
-**                       and nonterminals.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    YYNOCODE           is a number of type YYCODETYPE which corresponds
-**                       to no legal terminal or nonterminal number.  This
-**                       number is used to fill in empty slots of the hash 
-**                       table.
-**    YYFALLBACK         If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens
-**                       have fall-back values which should be used if the
-**                       original value of the token will not parse.
-**    YYACTIONTYPE       is the data type used for storing terminal
-**                       and nonterminal numbers.  "unsigned char" is
-**                       used if there are fewer than 250 rules and
-**                       states combined.  "int" is used otherwise.
-**    sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE     is the data type used for minor tokens given 
-**                       directly to the parser from the tokenizer.
-**    YYMINORTYPE        is the data type used for all minor tokens.
-**                       This is typically a union of many types, one of
-**                       which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE.  The entry in the union
-**                       for base tokens is called "yy0".
-**    YYSTACKDEPTH       is the maximum depth of the parser's stack.  If
-**                       zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc()
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL     A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL     A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_STORE     Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser
-**    sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH     Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser
-**    YYNSTATE           the combined number of states.
-**    YYNRULE            the number of rules in the grammar
-**    YYERRORSYMBOL      is the code number of the error symbol.  If not
-**                       defined, then do no error processing.
-*/
-#define YYCODETYPE unsigned char
-#define YYNOCODE 247
-#define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int
-#define YYWILDCARD 59
-#define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token
-typedef union {
-  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0;
-  struct TrigEvent yy30;
-  Expr* yy62;
-  SrcList* yy151;
-  struct LimitVal yy220;
-  struct LikeOp yy222;
-  IdList* yy240;
-  int yy280;
-  struct {int value; int mask;} yy359;
-  TriggerStep* yy360;
-  Select* yy375;
-  ExprList* yy418;
-} YYMINORTYPE;
-#ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH
-#define YYSTACKDEPTH 100
-#endif
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL Parse *pParse;
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL ,Parse *pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Parse *pParse = yypParser->pParse
-#define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE yypParser->pParse = pParse
-#define YYNSTATE 590
-#define YYNRULE 312
-#define YYFALLBACK 1
-#define YY_NO_ACTION      (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2)
-#define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION  (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1)
-#define YY_ERROR_ACTION   (YYNSTATE+YYNRULE)
-
-/* The yyzerominor constant is used to initialize instances of
-** YYMINORTYPE objects to zero. */
-#if 0
-static YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor;
-#else
-static const YYMINORTYPE yyzerominor;
-#endif
-
-/* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the
-** current state and lookahead token.  These tables are used to implement
-** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an
-** action integer.  
-**
-** Suppose the action integer is N.  Then the action is determined as
-** follows
-**
-**   0 <= N < YYNSTATE                  Shift N.  That is, push the lookahead
-**                                      token onto the stack and goto state N.
-**
-**   YYNSTATE <= N < YYNSTATE+YYNRULE   Reduce by rule N-YYNSTATE.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE              A syntax error has occurred.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+1            The parser accepts its input.
-**
-**   N == YYNSTATE+YYNRULE+2            No such action.  Denotes unused
-**                                      slots in the yy_action[] table.
-**
-** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[].
-** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as
-**
-**      yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ]
-**
-** If the index value yy_shift_ofst[S]+X is out of range or if the value
-** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X or if yy_shift_ofst[S]
-** is equal to YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT, it means that the action is not in the table
-** and that yy_default[S] should be used instead.  
-**
-** The formula above is for computing the action when the lookahead is
-** a terminal symbol.  If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after
-** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of
-** the yy_shift_ofst[] array and YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT is used in place of
-** YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT.
-**
-** The following are the tables generated in this section:
-**
-**  yy_action[]        A single table containing all actions.
-**  yy_lookahead[]     A table containing the lookahead for each entry in
-**                     yy_action.  Used to detect hash collisions.
-**  yy_shift_ofst[]    For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting terminals.
-**  yy_reduce_ofst[]   For each state, the offset into yy_action for
-**                     shifting non-terminals after a reduce.
-**  yy_default[]       Default action for each state.
-*/
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = {
- /*     0 */   292,  903,  120,  589,    2,  172,  419,  419,   62,   62,
- /*    10 */    62,   62,  209,   64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,
- /*    20 */    66,   66,   67,  211,  392,  389,  426,  432,   69,   64,
- /*    30 */    64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,
- /*    40 */   448,  213,  397,  452,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,
- /*    50 */   433,   63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  264,   64,   64,
- /*    60 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  292,
- /*    70 */   317,  419,  419,  490,  211,   83,   68,  421,   70,  154,
- /*    80 */    64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,
- /*    90 */   211,  489,  415,   36,  181,  426,  432,  448,  265,   59,
- /*   100 */    65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  398,  399,  423,
- /*   110 */   423,  423,  292,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,
- /*   120 */    63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  317,   64,   64,   64,
- /*   130 */    64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  426,  432,
- /*   140 */    95,  313,  394,  475,  237,  172,  208,  419,  415,   35,
- /*   150 */    57,   67,  211,  201,  411,  475,   61,   60,  297,  436,
- /*   160 */   437,  433,  433,   63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  503,
- /*   170 */    64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,
- /*   180 */   211,  292,  481,  524,  542,  573,  109,  416,  541,  452,
- /*   190 */   331,  317,  408,   21,  240,  340,  409,  522,  317,   68,
- /*   200 */   362,   70,  154,  572,  571,  519,  492,  426,  432,  149,
- /*   210 */   150,  380,  419,  415,   42,  412,  151,  533,  202,  490,
- /*   220 */   415,   50,  532,  421,  292,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,
- /*   230 */   433,  433,   63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  388,   64,
- /*   240 */    64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,
- /*   250 */   426,  432,  416,  333,  216,  423,  423,  423,   66,   66,
- /*   260 */    66,   67,  211,  491,  568,  212,  308,  292,   61,   60,
- /*   270 */   297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,   63,   62,   62,   62,
- /*   280 */    62,  397,   64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,
- /*   290 */    66,   67,  211,  426,  432,  182,  300,  410,  345,  348,
- /*   300 */   349,  531,  506,  252,   68,  519,   70,  154,  530,  350,
- /*   310 */   231,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,   63,
- /*   320 */    62,   62,   62,   62,  575,   64,   64,   64,   64,   65,
- /*   330 */    65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  525,  317,  303,   78,
- /*   340 */   292,  238,  300,  511,  485,  153,  398,  399,  182,  494,
- /*   350 */   495,  345,  348,  349,  320,  152,  439,  439,  339,  415,
- /*   360 */    28,  328,  350,  512,  222,  370,  426,  432,  547,  495,
- /*   370 */   164,  114,  244,  343,  249,  344,  176,  583,  291,  416,
- /*   380 */   415,    3,   81,  253,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,
- /*   390 */   433,   63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  174,   64,   64,
- /*   400 */    64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  292,
- /*   410 */   222,  587,  894,  488,  894,  302,  573,  114,  244,  343,
- /*   420 */   249,  344,  176,  182,  317,  397,  345,  348,  349,  253,
- /*   430 */   224,  416,  155,  549,  572,  426,  432,  350,   68,  463,
- /*   440 */    70,  154,  397,  175,  160,  397,  415,   35,  338,  587,
- /*   450 */   893,  584,  893,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,
- /*   460 */    63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  416,   64,   64,   64,
- /*   470 */    64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  292,  550,
- /*   480 */   448,  213,  505,  373,  270,  269,  171,  160,  331,  584,
- /*   490 */   398,  399,  317,  330,  209,  383,  212,  159,  427,  428,
- /*   500 */   569,  570,  483,  524,  426,  432,  336,  398,  399,  230,
- /*   510 */   398,  399,  534,   21,  415,   42,  239,  549,  479,  430,
- /*   520 */   431,  475,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,
- /*   530 */    63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  264,   64,   64,   64,   64,
- /*   540 */    65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  292,  429,  287,
- /*   550 */   457,  256,  450,  523,  168,  215,  197,  295,  317,  353,
- /*   560 */   242,  317,  458,  298,  443,  444,  468,  373,  270,  269,
- /*   570 */   322,  443,  444,  426,  432,  459,  558,  496,  209,  299,
- /*   580 */   415,   35,  544,  415,   50,    1,  177,  497,  479,  397,
- /*   590 */   416,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,   63,
- /*   600 */    62,   62,   62,   62,  484,   64,   64,   64,   64,   65,
- /*   610 */    65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  292,  317,  524,  375,
- /*   620 */   457,   94,  335,  590,  392,  389,  212,  580,   21,  309,
- /*   630 */    10,  363,  458,  212,  397,  209,  366,  391,    2,  415,
- /*   640 */    29,  294,  426,  432,  195,  459,  253,  327,  372,  361,
- /*   650 */   440,  450,  323,  168,  398,  399,  252,  147,  546,  292,
- /*   660 */    61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,   63,   62,
- /*   670 */    62,   62,   62,  317,   64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,
- /*   680 */    66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  426,  432,  210,  318,  453,
- /*   690 */   320,  223,  439,  439,   56,  415,   24,  826,  252,  398,
- /*   700 */   399,  193,  292,   61,   60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,
- /*   710 */    63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  226,   64,   64,   64,
- /*   720 */    64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,  426,  432,
- /*   730 */   311,  119,  264,  304,  396,  416,  320,   19,  439,  439,
- /*   740 */   400,  401,  402,   85,  274,  292,   61,   71,  297,  436,
- /*   750 */   437,  433,  433,   63,   63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  371,
- /*   760 */    64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,
- /*   770 */   211,  426,  432,  385,  115,  320,   18,  439,  439,  446,
- /*   780 */   446,  374,  277,    5,  275,  264,    8,  252,  292,  341,
- /*   790 */    60,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,   63,   62,   62,
- /*   800 */    62,   62,  397,   64,   64,   64,   64,   65,   65,   66,
- /*   810 */    66,   66,   67,  211,  426,  432,  414,  397,  422,  470,
- /*   820 */   413,   22,  305,  387,  252,  419,  560,  193,  414,  264,
- /*   830 */   264,  370,  413,  190,  297,  436,  437,  433,  433,   63,
- /*   840 */    63,   62,   62,   62,   62,  479,   64,   64,   64,   64,
- /*   850 */    65,   65,   66,   66,   66,   67,  211,   73,  324,  306,
- /*   860 */     4,  416,  264,  276,  296,  449,  177,  398,  399,  317,
- /*   870 */   561,  562,  321,   73,  324,  317,    4,  540,  360,  540,
- /*   880 */   296,  329,  398,  399,  461,  371,  158,  317,  321,  326,
- /*   890 */   419,  415,   33,  471,  317,  165,  225,  415,   54,  452,
- /*   900 */   317,  264,  317,  278,  317,  326,  307,  367,  472,  415,
- /*   910 */    53,  470,  178,  179,  180,  452,  415,   99,  317,   76,
- /*   920 */    75,  294,  415,   97,  415,  102,  415,  103,   74,  315,
- /*   930 */   316,  319,  264,  421,  469,   76,   75,  482,  317,  382,
- /*   940 */   415,  108,  379,  474,   74,  315,  316,   73,  324,  421,
- /*   950 */     4,  209,  317,  156,  296,  317,  184,  465,  209,  187,
- /*   960 */   415,  110,  321,  258,  466,  423,  423,  423,  424,  425,
- /*   970 */    12,  381,  478,  280,  415,   17,  250,  415,  100,  326,
- /*   980 */   507,  423,  423,  423,  424,  425,   12,  416,  624,  452,
- /*   990 */   416,  162,  508,  416,  317,  513,  227,  228,  229,  105,
- /*  1000 */   514,  262,  317,  260,   20,  317,  144,  434,  317,   76,
- /*  1010 */    75,   77,  206,   79,  282,  317,  415,   34,   74,  315,
- /*  1020 */   316,  283,  317,  421,  415,   98,  251,  415,   25,  526,
- /*  1030 */   415,   55,  441,  204,   23,  549,  257,  415,  111,  203,
- /*  1040 */   317,  477,  205,  173,  415,  112,  317,  259,  317,  515,
- /*  1050 */   317,  181,  317,  261,  245,  423,  423,  423,  424,  425,
- /*  1060 */    12,  263,  415,  113,  357,  246,  317,  268,  415,   26,
- /*  1070 */   415,   37,  415,   38,  415,   27,  317,  500,  501,  510,
- /*  1080 */   509,  317,  365,  317,  368,  378,  279,  269,  415,   39,
- /*  1090 */   369,  293,  317,  255,  317,  181,  209,  271,  415,   40,
- /*  1100 */   317,  272,  317,  415,   41,  415,   43,  352,  317,  181,
- /*  1110 */   317,  273,  557,  317,  415,   44,  415,   45,  317,  545,
- /*  1120 */   384,  181,  415,   30,  415,   31,  317,  585,  567,  317,
- /*  1130 */   415,   46,  415,   47,  317,  415,   48,  317,  281,  284,
- /*  1140 */   415,   49,  553,  554,  173,   92,  285,  579,  415,   32,
- /*  1150 */   406,  415,   11,  565,  420,   92,  415,   51,  146,  415,
- /*  1160 */    52,  582,  232,  290,  325,  517,  586,  445,  447,  464,
- /*  1170 */   467,  506,  520,  163,  247,  516,  395,  518,  552,  347,
- /*  1180 */   403,  404,  405,  564,    7,  314,   85,  334,  332,  233,
- /*  1190 */    84,  234,   80,  170,   58,  214,  417,  462,  121,   86,
- /*  1200 */   337,  342,  499,  493,  235,  301,  236,  503,  418,  498,
- /*  1210 */   248,  124,  504,  502,  220,  354,  288,  241,  527,  476,
- /*  1220 */   243,  528,  480,  521,  529,  289,  185,  358,  535,  186,
- /*  1230 */    89,  356,  189,  188,  117,  537,  364,  191,  548,  194,
- /*  1240 */   219,  132,  142,  221,  376,  377,  555,  133,  134,  310,
- /*  1250 */   135,  136,  266,  563,  538,  581,  576,  141,   93,  393,
- /*  1260 */    96,  138,  407,  577,  578,  107,  218,  101,  104,  118,
- /*  1270 */   312,  625,  626,  166,  435,  167,  438,  442,   72,  454,
- /*  1280 */   451,  143,  157,  169,  455,  456,  460,    6,   14,   82,
- /*  1290 */   473,   13,  122,  161,  123,  486,  487,  217,   87,  346,
- /*  1300 */   125,  126,  116,  254,   88,  127,  183,  246,  355,  145,
- /*  1310 */   536,  128,  173,  359,  192,  351,  267,  130,    9,  551,
- /*  1320 */   131,  196,   90,  539,   91,  129,   15,  198,  556,  543,
- /*  1330 */   199,  559,  200,  137,  139,  566,   16,  140,  106,  574,
- /*  1340 */   207,  148,  286,  390,  386,  588,
-};
-static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = {
- /*     0 */    16,  139,  140,  141,  142,   21,   23,   23,   69,   70,
- /*    10 */    71,   72,  110,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
- /*    20 */    81,   82,   83,   84,    1,    2,   42,   43,   73,   74,
- /*    30 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,
- /*    40 */    78,   79,   23,   58,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
- /*    50 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,
- /*    60 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,
- /*    70 */   147,   88,   88,   88,   84,   22,  217,   92,  219,  220,
- /*    80 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*    90 */    84,  169,  169,  170,   22,   42,   43,   78,  188,   46,
- /*   100 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   88,   89,  124,
- /*   110 */   125,  126,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
- /*   120 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   130 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,
- /*   140 */    44,  143,  144,  161,  221,   21,  148,   23,  169,  170,
- /*   150 */    19,   83,   84,  155,   23,  161,   60,   61,   62,   63,
- /*   160 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,   97,
- /*   170 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*   180 */    84,   16,  200,  147,   25,  147,   21,  189,   29,   58,
- /*   190 */   211,  147,  156,  157,  200,  216,  167,  168,  147,  217,
- /*   200 */    41,  219,  220,  165,  166,  176,  160,   42,   43,   78,
- /*   210 */    79,  213,   88,  169,  170,  169,  180,  181,  155,   88,
- /*   220 */   169,  170,  181,   92,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,
- /*   230 */    65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  240,   74,
- /*   240 */    75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,
- /*   250 */    42,   43,  189,  209,  210,  124,  125,  126,   80,   81,
- /*   260 */    82,   83,   84,  169,  226,  227,  215,   16,   60,   61,
- /*   270 */    62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,
- /*   280 */    72,   23,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,
- /*   290 */    82,   83,   84,   42,   43,   90,   16,  168,   93,   94,
- /*   300 */    95,  176,  177,  147,  217,  176,  219,  220,  183,  104,
- /*   310 */   190,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,
- /*   320 */    69,   70,   71,   72,  237,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
- /*   330 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,  181,  147,  182,  131,
- /*   340 */    16,  147,   16,   30,   20,  155,   88,   89,   90,  185,
- /*   350 */   186,   93,   94,   95,  106,   22,  108,  109,  147,  169,
- /*   360 */   170,  186,  104,   50,   84,  147,   42,   43,  185,  186,
- /*   370 */    90,   91,   92,   93,   94,   95,   96,  243,  244,  189,
- /*   380 */   169,  170,  131,  103,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,
- /*   390 */    66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  155,   74,   75,
- /*   400 */    76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,
- /*   410 */    84,   19,   20,   20,   22,  102,  147,   91,   92,   93,
- /*   420 */    94,   95,   96,   90,  147,   23,   93,   94,   95,  103,
- /*   430 */   212,  189,  155,   49,  165,   42,   43,  104,  217,  218,
- /*   440 */   219,  220,   23,  201,  202,   23,  169,  170,  206,   19,
- /*   450 */    20,   59,   22,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
- /*   460 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  189,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   470 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   11,
- /*   480 */    78,   79,   20,   99,  100,  101,  201,  202,  211,   59,
- /*   490 */    88,   89,  147,  216,  110,  226,  227,  147,   42,   43,
- /*   500 */    98,   99,   80,  147,   42,   43,  147,   88,   89,  153,
- /*   510 */    88,   89,  156,  157,  169,  170,  147,   49,  147,   63,
- /*   520 */    64,  161,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,
- /*   530 */    68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,
- /*   540 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   92,  158,
- /*   550 */    12,   20,  161,  162,  163,  210,  155,  150,  147,   16,
- /*   560 */   200,  147,   24,  164,  165,  166,   22,   99,  100,  101,
- /*   570 */   164,  165,  166,   42,   43,   37,  188,   39,  110,  208,
- /*   580 */   169,  170,   18,  169,  170,   19,   43,   49,  147,   23,
- /*   590 */   189,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,
- /*   600 */    69,   70,   71,   72,   20,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,
- /*   610 */    79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,  147,  147,   55,
- /*   620 */    12,   21,  211,    0,    1,    2,  227,  156,  157,  215,
- /*   630 */    19,  224,   24,  227,   23,  110,  229,  141,  142,  169,
- /*   640 */   170,   98,   42,   43,   22,   37,  103,   39,  123,  208,
- /*   650 */    20,  161,  162,  163,   88,   89,  147,  113,   94,   16,
- /*   660 */    60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,
- /*   670 */    70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,
- /*   680 */    80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,  192,  147,   20,
- /*   690 */   106,  182,  108,  109,  199,  169,  170,  133,  147,   88,
- /*   700 */    89,  155,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,
- /*   710 */    67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  145,   74,   75,   76,
- /*   720 */    77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,
- /*   730 */   241,  242,  147,  182,  147,  189,  106,   19,  108,  109,
- /*   740 */     7,    8,    9,  121,   14,   16,   60,   61,   62,   63,
- /*   750 */    64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  213,
- /*   760 */    74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,
- /*   770 */    84,   42,   43,  188,  147,  106,  230,  108,  109,  124,
- /*   780 */   125,  235,   52,  191,   54,  147,   68,  147,   16,   80,
- /*   790 */    61,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,   68,   69,   70,
- /*   800 */    71,   72,   23,   74,   75,   76,   77,   78,   79,   80,
- /*   810 */    81,   82,   83,   84,   42,   43,  107,   23,  147,   22,
- /*   820 */   111,   19,  182,  238,  147,   23,  188,  155,  107,  147,
- /*   830 */   147,  147,  111,  231,   62,   63,   64,   65,   66,   67,
- /*   840 */    68,   69,   70,   71,   72,  147,   74,   75,   76,   77,
- /*   850 */    78,   79,   80,   81,   82,   83,   84,   16,   17,  182,
- /*   860 */    19,  189,  147,  133,   23,  161,   43,   88,   89,  147,
- /*   870 */   188,  188,   31,   16,   17,  147,   19,   99,  100,  101,
- /*   880 */    23,  147,   88,   89,  147,  213,   89,  147,   31,   48,
- /*   890 */    88,  169,  170,  114,  147,   19,  212,  169,  170,   58,
- /*   900 */   147,  147,  147,  188,  147,   48,  208,  235,  114,  169,
- /*   910 */   170,  114,   99,  100,  101,   58,  169,  170,  147,   78,
- /*   920 */    79,   98,  169,  170,  169,  170,  169,  170,   87,   88,
- /*   930 */    89,   16,  147,   92,  203,   78,   79,   80,  147,   91,
- /*   940 */   169,  170,  188,  147,   87,   88,   89,   16,   17,   92,
- /*   950 */    19,  110,  147,  155,   23,  147,  155,   27,  110,  155,
- /*   960 */   169,  170,   31,   14,   34,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,
- /*   970 */   129,  123,  147,  188,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,   48,
- /*   980 */   147,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,  129,  189,  112,   58,
- /*   990 */   189,    5,  178,  189,  147,  178,   10,   11,   12,   13,
- /*  1000 */   178,   52,  147,   54,   19,  147,   21,   92,  147,   78,
- /*  1010 */    79,  130,   26,  132,   28,  147,  169,  170,   87,   88,
- /*  1020 */    89,   35,  147,   92,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,
- /*  1030 */   169,  170,   20,   47,   22,   49,  147,  169,  170,   53,
- /*  1040 */   147,   20,   56,   22,  169,  170,  147,  147,  147,   20,
- /*  1050 */   147,   22,  147,  147,   92,  124,  125,  126,  127,  128,
- /*  1060 */   129,  147,  169,  170,  232,  103,  147,  147,  169,  170,
- /*  1070 */   169,  170,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,    7,    8,   91,
- /*  1080 */    92,  147,  147,  147,  147,   99,  100,  101,  169,  170,
- /*  1090 */   147,  105,  147,   20,  147,   22,  110,  147,  169,  170,
- /*  1100 */   147,  147,  147,  169,  170,  169,  170,   20,  147,   22,
- /*  1110 */   147,  147,  147,  147,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,   20,
- /*  1120 */   134,   22,  169,  170,  169,  170,  147,   20,  147,  147,
- /*  1130 */   169,  170,  169,  170,  147,  169,  170,  147,  147,  147,
- /*  1140 */   169,  170,   20,   20,   22,   22,  147,  147,  169,  170,
- /*  1150 */   149,  169,  170,   20,  161,   22,  169,  170,  191,  169,
- /*  1160 */   170,   20,  193,   22,  223,  161,   59,  228,  228,  172,
- /*  1170 */   172,  177,  161,    6,  172,  172,  146,  172,  194,  173,
- /*  1180 */   146,  146,  146,  194,   22,  154,  121,  118,  116,  194,
- /*  1190 */   119,  195,  130,  112,  120,  222,  189,  152,  152,   98,
- /*  1200 */   115,   98,  179,  171,  196,   40,  197,   97,  198,  171,
- /*  1210 */   171,   19,  171,  173,   84,   15,  174,  204,  171,  205,
- /*  1220 */   204,  171,  205,  179,  171,  174,  151,   38,  152,  151,
- /*  1230 */   130,  152,  152,  151,   60,  152,  152,  151,  184,  184,
- /*  1240 */   225,   19,  214,  225,  152,   15,  194,  187,  187,  152,
- /*  1250 */   187,  187,  233,  194,  234,  137,   33,  214,  236,    1,
- /*  1260 */   236,  184,   20,  152,  152,  239,  175,  159,  175,  242,
- /*  1270 */   245,  112,  112,  112,   92,  112,  107,   20,   19,   11,
- /*  1280 */    20,   19,   19,   22,   20,   20,   20,  117,  117,   22,
- /*  1290 */   114,   22,   19,  112,   20,   20,   20,   44,   19,   44,
- /*  1300 */    19,   19,   32,   20,   19,   19,   96,  103,   16,   21,
- /*  1310 */    17,   98,   22,   36,   98,   44,  133,   19,    5,    1,
- /*  1320 */   102,  122,   68,   51,   68,   45,   19,  113,    1,   45,
- /*  1330 */    14,   17,  115,  113,  102,  123,   19,  122,   14,   20,
- /*  1340 */   135,   19,  136,    3,   57,    4,
-};
-#define YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT (-99)
-#define YY_SHIFT_MAX 390
-static const short yy_shift_ofst[] = {
- /*     0 */    23,  841,  986,  -16,  841,  931,  931,  258,  402,  384,
- /*    10 */   -98,   96,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  -45,  468,   19,
- /*    20 */   419,  -17,  -38,  -38,   53,  165,  208,  251,  324,  393,
- /*    30 */   462,  531,  600,  643,  686,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,
- /*    40 */   643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,  643,
- /*    50 */   643,  643,  643,  729,  772,  772,  857,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    60 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    70 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    80 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,
- /*    90 */   931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  931,  -61,  -61,    6,
- /*   100 */     6,  280,   22,  178,  543,  564,  419,  419,   68,  -17,
- /*   110 */   -10,  -99,  -99,  -99,  131,  326,  538,  538,  392,  430,
- /*   120 */   623,  124,  419,  124,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,
- /*   130 */   419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,
- /*   140 */   419,  848,  525,  -98,  -98,  -98,  -99,  -99,  -99,  -15,
- /*   150 */   -15,  333,  205,  584,  566,  630,  669,  608,  779,  794,
- /*   160 */   611,  422,  733,  419,  419,  709,  419,  419,  802,  419,
- /*   170 */   419,  797,  419,  419,  248,  797,  419,  419,  313,  313,
- /*   180 */   313,  419,  419,  419,  248,  419,  419,  248,  419,  159,
- /*   190 */   778,  419,  419,  248,  419,  419,  419,  248,  419,  419,
- /*   200 */   419,  248,  248,  419,  419,  419,  419,  419,  985,  721,
- /*   210 */   544,  -17,  655,  655,  881,  930,  930,  930,  823,  930,
- /*   220 */   -17,  930,  -17,   72,  622,  622, 1167, 1167, 1167, 1167,
- /*   230 */  1162,  -98, 1065, 1069, 1071, 1072, 1074, 1062, 1081, 1081,
- /*   240 */  1101, 1085, 1101, 1085, 1103, 1103, 1165, 1103, 1110, 1103,
- /*   250 */  1192, 1130, 1130, 1165, 1103, 1103, 1103, 1192, 1200, 1081,
- /*   260 */  1200, 1081, 1200, 1081, 1081, 1189, 1100, 1200, 1081, 1174,
- /*   270 */  1174, 1222, 1065, 1081, 1230, 1230, 1230, 1230, 1065, 1174,
- /*   280 */  1222, 1081, 1223, 1223, 1081, 1081, 1118,  -99,  -99,  -99,
- /*   290 */   -99,  -99,  456,  730,  813,  949,  876,  915, 1012, 1021,
- /*   300 */   962, 1070,  988, 1029, 1073, 1087, 1099, 1122, 1123, 1133,
- /*   310 */   718, 1141, 1107, 1258, 1242, 1159, 1160, 1161, 1163, 1182,
- /*   320 */  1169, 1259, 1257, 1260, 1262, 1268, 1263, 1264, 1261, 1265,
- /*   330 */  1266, 1267, 1170, 1269, 1171, 1267, 1176, 1273, 1274, 1181,
- /*   340 */  1275, 1276, 1270, 1253, 1279, 1255, 1281, 1283, 1282, 1285,
- /*   350 */  1271, 1286, 1210, 1204, 1292, 1293, 1288, 1213, 1277, 1272,
- /*   360 */  1280, 1290, 1284, 1183, 1216, 1298, 1313, 1318, 1218, 1254,
- /*   370 */  1256, 1199, 1307, 1214, 1327, 1316, 1217, 1314, 1220, 1232,
- /*   380 */  1215, 1317, 1212, 1319, 1324, 1287, 1205, 1206, 1322, 1340,
- /*   390 */  1341,
-};
-#define YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT (-142)
-#define YY_REDUCE_MAX 291
-static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = {
- /*     0 */  -138,  277,   -2,  -18,  190,  -21,   44,   36,   38,  546,
- /*    10 */   242,   87,  -77,  345,  411,   51,  414,  221,  672,  269,
- /*    20 */   356,  391,  399,  406, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141,
- /*    30 */  -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141,
- /*    40 */  -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141,
- /*    50 */  -141, -141, -141, -141, -141, -141,  211,  470,  526,  722,
- /*    60 */   728,  740,  747,  753,  755,  757,  771,  791,  805,  808,
- /*    70 */   847,  855,  858,  861,  868,  875,  893,  899,  901,  903,
- /*    80 */   905,  919,  929,  934,  936,  945,  947,  953,  955,  961,
- /*    90 */   963,  966,  971,  979,  982,  987,  990, -141, -141, -141,
- /*   100 */  -141,   29, -141, -141,  125,  407,  585,  471, -141,  490,
- /*   110 */  -141, -141, -141, -141,   46,  129,  164,  183,  134,  134,
- /*   120 */   496,   -6,  371,  360,  156,  509,  551,  640,  -90,  441,
- /*   130 */   677,  218,  698,  388,  638,  682,  683,  715,  754,  684,
- /*   140 */   785,   63,  401,  798,  801,  804,  495,  285,  489,  -78,
- /*   150 */    94,   41,  155,  120,  194,  120,  120,  175,  350,  359,
- /*   160 */   369,  541,  571,  587,  627,  592,  541,  671,  704,  734,
- /*   170 */   737,  731,  796,  825,  120,  731,  829,  833,  814,  817,
- /*   180 */   822,  879,  882,  889,  120,  900,  906,  120,  914,  602,
- /*   190 */   832,  920,  935,  120,  937,  943,  950,  120,  954,  964,
- /*   200 */   965,  120,  120,  981,  991,  992,  999, 1000, 1001,  967,
- /*   210 */   969,  993,  939,  940,  941,  997,  998, 1002,  994, 1003,
- /*   220 */  1004, 1005, 1011, 1006,  984,  989, 1030, 1034, 1035, 1036,
- /*   230 */  1031, 1007,  995,  996, 1008, 1009, 1010,  973, 1045, 1046,
- /*   240 */  1013, 1014, 1016, 1017, 1032, 1038, 1023, 1039, 1040, 1041,
- /*   250 */  1042, 1015, 1018, 1044, 1047, 1050, 1053, 1051, 1075, 1076,
- /*   260 */  1078, 1079, 1082, 1080, 1083, 1019, 1020, 1086, 1084, 1054,
- /*   270 */  1055, 1028, 1052, 1092, 1060, 1061, 1063, 1064, 1059, 1077,
- /*   280 */  1043, 1097, 1022, 1024, 1111, 1112, 1026, 1108, 1091, 1093,
- /*   290 */  1027, 1025,
-};
-static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = {
- /*     0 */   595,  821,  902,  711,  902,  821,  902,  902,  848,  902,
- /*    10 */   715,  877,  819,  902,  902,  902,  902,  793,  902,  848,
- /*    20 */   902,  627,  848,  848,  744,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    30 */   902,  902,  902,  745,  902,  823,  818,  814,  816,  815,
- /*    40 */   822,  746,  735,  742,  749,  727,  861,  751,  752,  758,
- /*    50 */   759,  878,  876,  781,  780,  799,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    60 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    70 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    80 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*    90 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  783,  805,  782,
- /*   100 */   792,  620,  784,  785,  680,  615,  902,  902,  786,  902,
- /*   110 */   787,  800,  801,  802,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   120 */   595,  711,  902,  711,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   130 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   140 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  705,  715,  895,  902,
- /*   150 */   902,  671,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   160 */   902,  902,  603,  601,  902,  703,  902,  902,  629,  902,
- /*   170 */   902,  713,  902,  902,  718,  719,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   180 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  617,  902,  902,  692,  902,  854,
- /*   190 */   902,  902,  902,  868,  902,  902,  902,  866,  902,  902,
- /*   200 */   902,  694,  754,  834,  902,  881,  883,  902,  902,  703,
- /*   210 */   712,  902,  902,  902,  817,  738,  738,  738,  650,  738,
- /*   220 */   902,  738,  902,  653,  748,  748,  600,  600,  600,  600,
- /*   230 */   670,  902,  748,  739,  741,  731,  743,  902,  720,  720,
- /*   240 */   728,  730,  728,  730,  682,  682,  667,  682,  653,  682,
- /*   250 */   827,  831,  831,  667,  682,  682,  682,  827,  612,  720,
- /*   260 */   612,  720,  612,  720,  720,  858,  860,  612,  720,  684,
- /*   270 */   684,  760,  748,  720,  691,  691,  691,  691,  748,  684,
- /*   280 */   760,  720,  880,  880,  720,  720,  888,  637,  655,  655,
- /*   290 */   895,  900,  902,  902,  902,  902,  767,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   300 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   310 */   841,  902,  902,  902,  902,  772,  768,  902,  769,  902,
- /*   320 */   697,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   330 */   902,  820,  902,  732,  902,  740,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   340 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   350 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   360 */   856,  857,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   370 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  902,
- /*   380 */   902,  902,  902,  902,  902,  887,  902,  902,  890,  596,
- /*   390 */   902,  591,  593,  594,  598,  599,  602,  624,  625,  626,
- /*   400 */   604,  605,  606,  607,  608,  609,  610,  616,  618,  636,
- /*   410 */   638,  622,  640,  701,  702,  764,  695,  696,  700,  623,
- /*   420 */   775,  766,  770,  771,  773,  774,  788,  789,  791,  797,
- /*   430 */   804,  807,  790,  795,  796,  798,  803,  806,  698,  699,
- /*   440 */   810,  630,  631,  634,  635,  844,  846,  845,  847,  633,
- /*   450 */   632,  776,  779,  812,  813,  869,  870,  871,  872,  873,
- /*   460 */   808,  721,  811,  794,  733,  736,  737,  734,  704,  714,
- /*   470 */   723,  724,  725,  726,  709,  710,  716,  729,  762,  763,
- /*   480 */   717,  706,  707,  708,  809,  765,  777,  778,  641,  642,
- /*   490 */   772,  643,  644,  645,  683,  686,  687,  688,  646,  665,
- /*   500 */   668,  669,  647,  654,  648,  649,  656,  657,  658,  661,
- /*   510 */   662,  663,  664,  659,  660,  828,  829,  832,  830,  651,
- /*   520 */   652,  666,  639,  628,  621,  672,  675,  676,  677,  678,
- /*   530 */   679,  681,  673,  674,  619,  611,  613,  722,  850,  859,
- /*   540 */   855,  851,  852,  853,  614,  824,  825,  685,  756,  757,
- /*   550 */   849,  862,  864,  761,  865,  867,  863,  892,  689,  690,
- /*   560 */   693,  833,  874,  747,  750,  753,  755,  835,  836,  837,
- /*   570 */   838,  839,  842,  843,  840,  875,  879,  882,  884,  885,
- /*   580 */   886,  889,  891,  896,  897,  898,  901,  899,  597,  592,
-};
-#define YY_SZ_ACTTAB (int)(sizeof(yy_action)/sizeof(yy_action[0]))
-
-/* The next table maps tokens into fallback tokens.  If a construct
-** like the following:
-** 
-**      %fallback ID X Y Z.
-**
-** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y,
-** and Z.  Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser
-** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and
-** the parse is retried before an error is thrown.
-*/
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = {
-    0,  /*          $ => nothing */
-    0,  /*       SEMI => nothing */
-   23,  /*    EXPLAIN => ID */
-   23,  /*      QUERY => ID */
-   23,  /*       PLAN => ID */
-   23,  /*      BEGIN => ID */
-    0,  /* TRANSACTION => nothing */
-   23,  /*   DEFERRED => ID */
-   23,  /*  IMMEDIATE => ID */
-   23,  /*  EXCLUSIVE => ID */
-    0,  /*     COMMIT => nothing */
-   23,  /*        END => ID */
-    0,  /*   ROLLBACK => nothing */
-    0,  /*     CREATE => nothing */
-    0,  /*      TABLE => nothing */
-   23,  /*         IF => ID */
-    0,  /*        NOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     EXISTS => nothing */
-   23,  /*       TEMP => ID */
-    0,  /*         LP => nothing */
-    0,  /*         RP => nothing */
-    0,  /*         AS => nothing */
-    0,  /*      COMMA => nothing */
-    0,  /*         ID => nothing */
-   23,  /*      ABORT => ID */
-   23,  /*      AFTER => ID */
-   23,  /*    ANALYZE => ID */
-   23,  /*        ASC => ID */
-   23,  /*     ATTACH => ID */
-   23,  /*     BEFORE => ID */
-   23,  /*    CASCADE => ID */
-   23,  /*       CAST => ID */
-   23,  /*   CONFLICT => ID */
-   23,  /*   DATABASE => ID */
-   23,  /*       DESC => ID */
-   23,  /*     DETACH => ID */
-   23,  /*       EACH => ID */
-   23,  /*       FAIL => ID */
-   23,  /*        FOR => ID */
-   23,  /*     IGNORE => ID */
-   23,  /*  INITIALLY => ID */
-   23,  /*    INSTEAD => ID */
-   23,  /*    LIKE_KW => ID */
-   23,  /*      MATCH => ID */
-   23,  /*        KEY => ID */
-   23,  /*         OF => ID */
-   23,  /*     OFFSET => ID */
-   23,  /*     PRAGMA => ID */
-   23,  /*      RAISE => ID */
-   23,  /*    REPLACE => ID */
-   23,  /*   RESTRICT => ID */
-   23,  /*        ROW => ID */
-   23,  /*    TRIGGER => ID */
-   23,  /*     VACUUM => ID */
-   23,  /*       VIEW => ID */
-   23,  /*    VIRTUAL => ID */
-   23,  /*    REINDEX => ID */
-   23,  /*     RENAME => ID */
-   23,  /*   CTIME_KW => ID */
-    0,  /*        ANY => nothing */
-    0,  /*         OR => nothing */
-    0,  /*        AND => nothing */
-    0,  /*         IS => nothing */
-    0,  /*    BETWEEN => nothing */
-    0,  /*         IN => nothing */
-    0,  /*     ISNULL => nothing */
-    0,  /*    NOTNULL => nothing */
-    0,  /*         NE => nothing */
-    0,  /*         EQ => nothing */
-    0,  /*         GT => nothing */
-    0,  /*         LE => nothing */
-    0,  /*         LT => nothing */
-    0,  /*         GE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     ESCAPE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     BITAND => nothing */
-    0,  /*      BITOR => nothing */
-    0,  /*     LSHIFT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     RSHIFT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       PLUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*      MINUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*       STAR => nothing */
-    0,  /*      SLASH => nothing */
-    0,  /*        REM => nothing */
-    0,  /*     CONCAT => nothing */
-    0,  /*    COLLATE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     UMINUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*      UPLUS => nothing */
-    0,  /*     BITNOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     STRING => nothing */
-    0,  /*    JOIN_KW => nothing */
-    0,  /* CONSTRAINT => nothing */
-    0,  /*    DEFAULT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       NULL => nothing */
-    0,  /*    PRIMARY => nothing */
-    0,  /*     UNIQUE => nothing */
-    0,  /*      CHECK => nothing */
-    0,  /* REFERENCES => nothing */
-    0,  /*   AUTOINCR => nothing */
-    0,  /*         ON => nothing */
-    0,  /*     DELETE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     UPDATE => nothing */
-    0,  /*     INSERT => nothing */
-    0,  /*        SET => nothing */
-    0,  /* DEFERRABLE => nothing */
-    0,  /*    FOREIGN => nothing */
-    0,  /*       DROP => nothing */
-    0,  /*      UNION => nothing */
-    0,  /*        ALL => nothing */
-    0,  /*     EXCEPT => nothing */
-    0,  /*  INTERSECT => nothing */
-    0,  /*     SELECT => nothing */
-    0,  /*   DISTINCT => nothing */
-    0,  /*        DOT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       FROM => nothing */
-    0,  /*       JOIN => nothing */
-    0,  /*      USING => nothing */
-    0,  /*      ORDER => nothing */
-    0,  /*         BY => nothing */
-    0,  /*      GROUP => nothing */
-    0,  /*     HAVING => nothing */
-    0,  /*      LIMIT => nothing */
-    0,  /*      WHERE => nothing */
-    0,  /*       INTO => nothing */
-    0,  /*     VALUES => nothing */
-    0,  /*    INTEGER => nothing */
-    0,  /*      FLOAT => nothing */
-    0,  /*       BLOB => nothing */
-    0,  /*   REGISTER => nothing */
-    0,  /*   VARIABLE => nothing */
-    0,  /*       CASE => nothing */
-    0,  /*       WHEN => nothing */
-    0,  /*       THEN => nothing */
-    0,  /*       ELSE => nothing */
-    0,  /*      INDEX => nothing */
-    0,  /*      ALTER => nothing */
-    0,  /*         TO => nothing */
-    0,  /*        ADD => nothing */
-    0,  /*   COLUMNKW => nothing */
-};
-#endif /* YYFALLBACK */
-
-/* The following structure represents a single element of the
-** parser's stack.  Information stored includes:
-**
-**   +  The state number for the parser at this level of the stack.
-**
-**   +  The value of the token stored at this level of the stack.
-**      (In other words, the "major" token.)
-**
-**   +  The semantic value stored at this level of the stack.  This is
-**      the information used by the action routines in the grammar.
-**      It is sometimes called the "minor" token.
-*/
-struct yyStackEntry {
-  YYACTIONTYPE stateno;  /* The state-number */
-  YYCODETYPE major;      /* The major token value.  This is the code
-                         ** number for the token at this stack level */
-  YYMINORTYPE minor;     /* The user-supplied minor token value.  This
-                         ** is the value of the token  */
-};
-typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry;
-
-/* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of
-** the following structure */
-struct yyParser {
-  int yyidx;                    /* Index of top element in stack */
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  int yyidxMax;                 /* Maximum value of yyidx */
-#endif
-  int yyerrcnt;                 /* Shifts left before out of the error */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL                /* A place to hold %extra_argument */
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  int yystksz;                  /* Current side of the stack */
-  yyStackEntry *yystack;        /* The parser's stack */
-#else
-  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
-#endif
-};
-typedef struct yyParser yyParser;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
-static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* 
-** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
-** and a prompt to preface each trace message.  Tracing is turned off
-** by making either argument NULL 
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A FILE* to which trace output should be written.
-**      If NULL, then tracing is turned off.
-** <li> A prefix string written at the beginning of every
-**      line of trace output.  If NULL, then tracing is
-**      turned off.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){
-  yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE;
-  yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt;
-  if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0;
-  else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0;
-}
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals
-** are required.  The following table supplies these names */
-static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { 
-  "$",             "SEMI",          "EXPLAIN",       "QUERY",       
-  "PLAN",          "BEGIN",         "TRANSACTION",   "DEFERRED",    
-  "IMMEDIATE",     "EXCLUSIVE",     "COMMIT",        "END",         
-  "ROLLBACK",      "CREATE",        "TABLE",         "IF",          
-  "NOT",           "EXISTS",        "TEMP",          "LP",          
-  "RP",            "AS",            "COMMA",         "ID",          
-  "ABORT",         "AFTER",         "ANALYZE",       "ASC",         
-  "ATTACH",        "BEFORE",        "CASCADE",       "CAST",        
-  "CONFLICT",      "DATABASE",      "DESC",          "DETACH",      
-  "EACH",          "FAIL",          "FOR",           "IGNORE",      
-  "INITIALLY",     "INSTEAD",       "LIKE_KW",       "MATCH",       
-  "KEY",           "OF",            "OFFSET",        "PRAGMA",      
-  "RAISE",         "REPLACE",       "RESTRICT",      "ROW",         
-  "TRIGGER",       "VACUUM",        "VIEW",          "VIRTUAL",     
-  "REINDEX",       "RENAME",        "CTIME_KW",      "ANY",         
-  "OR",            "AND",           "IS",            "BETWEEN",     
-  "IN",            "ISNULL",        "NOTNULL",       "NE",          
-  "EQ",            "GT",            "LE",            "LT",          
-  "GE",            "ESCAPE",        "BITAND",        "BITOR",       
-  "LSHIFT",        "RSHIFT",        "PLUS",          "MINUS",       
-  "STAR",          "SLASH",         "REM",           "CONCAT",      
-  "COLLATE",       "UMINUS",        "UPLUS",         "BITNOT",      
-  "STRING",        "JOIN_KW",       "CONSTRAINT",    "DEFAULT",     
-  "NULL",          "PRIMARY",       "UNIQUE",        "CHECK",       
-  "REFERENCES",    "AUTOINCR",      "ON",            "DELETE",      
-  "UPDATE",        "INSERT",        "SET",           "DEFERRABLE",  
-  "FOREIGN",       "DROP",          "UNION",         "ALL",         
-  "EXCEPT",        "INTERSECT",     "SELECT",        "DISTINCT",    
-  "DOT",           "FROM",          "JOIN",          "USING",       
-  "ORDER",         "BY",            "GROUP",         "HAVING",      
-  "LIMIT",         "WHERE",         "INTO",          "VALUES",      
-  "INTEGER",       "FLOAT",         "BLOB",          "REGISTER",    
-  "VARIABLE",      "CASE",          "WHEN",          "THEN",        
-  "ELSE",          "INDEX",         "ALTER",         "TO",          
-  "ADD",           "COLUMNKW",      "error",         "input",       
-  "cmdlist",       "ecmd",          "explain",       "cmdx",        
-  "cmd",           "transtype",     "trans_opt",     "nm",          
-  "create_table",  "create_table_args",  "temp",          "ifnotexists", 
-  "dbnm",          "columnlist",    "conslist_opt",  "select",      
-  "column",        "columnid",      "type",          "carglist",    
-  "id",            "ids",           "typetoken",     "typename",    
-  "signed",        "plus_num",      "minus_num",     "carg",        
-  "ccons",         "term",          "expr",          "onconf",      
-  "sortorder",     "autoinc",       "idxlist_opt",   "refargs",     
-  "defer_subclause",  "refarg",        "refact",        "init_deferred_pred_opt",
-  "conslist",      "tcons",         "idxlist",       "defer_subclause_opt",
-  "orconf",        "resolvetype",   "raisetype",     "ifexists",    
-  "fullname",      "oneselect",     "multiselect_op",  "distinct",    
-  "selcollist",    "from",          "where_opt",     "groupby_opt", 
-  "having_opt",    "orderby_opt",   "limit_opt",     "sclp",        
-  "as",            "seltablist",    "stl_prefix",    "joinop",      
-  "on_opt",        "using_opt",     "seltablist_paren",  "joinop2",     
-  "inscollist",    "sortlist",      "sortitem",      "nexprlist",   
-  "setlist",       "insert_cmd",    "inscollist_opt",  "itemlist",    
-  "exprlist",      "likeop",        "escape",        "between_op",  
-  "in_op",         "case_operand",  "case_exprlist",  "case_else",   
-  "uniqueflag",    "collate",       "nmnum",         "plus_opt",    
-  "number",        "trigger_decl",  "trigger_cmd_list",  "trigger_time",
-  "trigger_event",  "foreach_clause",  "when_clause",   "trigger_cmd", 
-  "database_kw_opt",  "key_opt",       "add_column_fullname",  "kwcolumn_opt",
-  "create_vtab",   "vtabarglist",   "vtabarg",       "vtabargtoken",
-  "lp",            "anylist",     
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required.
-*/
-static const char *const yyRuleName[] = {
- /*   0 */ "input ::= cmdlist",
- /*   1 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd",
- /*   2 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd",
- /*   3 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI",
- /*   4 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI",
- /*   5 */ "explain ::=",
- /*   6 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN",
- /*   7 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN",
- /*   8 */ "cmdx ::= cmd",
- /*   9 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt",
- /*  10 */ "trans_opt ::=",
- /*  11 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION",
- /*  12 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm",
- /*  13 */ "transtype ::=",
- /*  14 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED",
- /*  15 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE",
- /*  16 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE",
- /*  17 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt",
- /*  18 */ "cmd ::= END trans_opt",
- /*  19 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt",
- /*  20 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args",
- /*  21 */ "create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm",
- /*  22 */ "ifnotexists ::=",
- /*  23 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS",
- /*  24 */ "temp ::= TEMP",
- /*  25 */ "temp ::=",
- /*  26 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP",
- /*  27 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select",
- /*  28 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column",
- /*  29 */ "columnlist ::= column",
- /*  30 */ "column ::= columnid type carglist",
- /*  31 */ "columnid ::= nm",
- /*  32 */ "id ::= ID",
- /*  33 */ "ids ::= ID|STRING",
- /*  34 */ "nm ::= ID",
- /*  35 */ "nm ::= STRING",
- /*  36 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW",
- /*  37 */ "type ::=",
- /*  38 */ "type ::= typetoken",
- /*  39 */ "typetoken ::= typename",
- /*  40 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP",
- /*  41 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP",
- /*  42 */ "typename ::= ids",
- /*  43 */ "typename ::= typename ids",
- /*  44 */ "signed ::= plus_num",
- /*  45 */ "signed ::= minus_num",
- /*  46 */ "carglist ::= carglist carg",
- /*  47 */ "carglist ::=",
- /*  48 */ "carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons",
- /*  49 */ "carg ::= ccons",
- /*  50 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT term",
- /*  51 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP",
- /*  52 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term",
- /*  53 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term",
- /*  54 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT id",
- /*  55 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf",
- /*  56 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf",
- /*  57 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc",
- /*  58 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf",
- /*  59 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP",
- /*  60 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs",
- /*  61 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause",
- /*  62 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ids",
- /*  63 */ "autoinc ::=",
- /*  64 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR",
- /*  65 */ "refargs ::=",
- /*  66 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg",
- /*  67 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm",
- /*  68 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact",
- /*  69 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact",
- /*  70 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact",
- /*  71 */ "refact ::= SET NULL",
- /*  72 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT",
- /*  73 */ "refact ::= CASCADE",
- /*  74 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT",
- /*  75 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /*  76 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt",
- /*  77 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=",
- /*  78 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED",
- /*  79 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE",
- /*  80 */ "conslist_opt ::=",
- /*  81 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist",
- /*  82 */ "conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons",
- /*  83 */ "conslist ::= conslist tcons",
- /*  84 */ "conslist ::= tcons",
- /*  85 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm",
- /*  86 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf",
- /*  87 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf",
- /*  88 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf",
- /*  89 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt",
- /*  90 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=",
- /*  91 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause",
- /*  92 */ "onconf ::=",
- /*  93 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype",
- /*  94 */ "orconf ::=",
- /*  95 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype",
- /*  96 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype",
- /*  97 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE",
- /*  98 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE",
- /*  99 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname",
- /* 100 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS",
- /* 101 */ "ifexists ::=",
- /* 102 */ "cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select",
- /* 103 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname",
- /* 104 */ "cmd ::= select",
- /* 105 */ "select ::= oneselect",
- /* 106 */ "select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect",
- /* 107 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION",
- /* 108 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL",
- /* 109 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT",
- /* 110 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt",
- /* 111 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT",
- /* 112 */ "distinct ::= ALL",
- /* 113 */ "distinct ::=",
- /* 114 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA",
- /* 115 */ "sclp ::=",
- /* 116 */ "selcollist ::= sclp expr as",
- /* 117 */ "selcollist ::= sclp STAR",
- /* 118 */ "selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR",
- /* 119 */ "as ::= AS nm",
- /* 120 */ "as ::= ids",
- /* 121 */ "as ::=",
- /* 122 */ "from ::=",
- /* 123 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist",
- /* 124 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop",
- /* 125 */ "stl_prefix ::=",
- /* 126 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 127 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt",
- /* 128 */ "seltablist_paren ::= select",
- /* 129 */ "seltablist_paren ::= seltablist",
- /* 130 */ "dbnm ::=",
- /* 131 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm",
- /* 132 */ "fullname ::= nm dbnm",
- /* 133 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN",
- /* 134 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN",
- /* 135 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN",
- /* 136 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN",
- /* 137 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr",
- /* 138 */ "on_opt ::=",
- /* 139 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP",
- /* 140 */ "using_opt ::=",
- /* 141 */ "orderby_opt ::=",
- /* 142 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist",
- /* 143 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder",
- /* 144 */ "sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder",
- /* 145 */ "sortitem ::= expr",
- /* 146 */ "sortorder ::= ASC",
- /* 147 */ "sortorder ::= DESC",
- /* 148 */ "sortorder ::=",
- /* 149 */ "groupby_opt ::=",
- /* 150 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist",
- /* 151 */ "having_opt ::=",
- /* 152 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr",
- /* 153 */ "limit_opt ::=",
- /* 154 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr",
- /* 155 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr",
- /* 156 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr",
- /* 157 */ "cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt",
- /* 158 */ "where_opt ::=",
- /* 159 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr",
- /* 160 */ "cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 161 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr",
- /* 162 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr",
- /* 163 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 164 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select",
- /* 165 */ "cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES",
- /* 166 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf",
- /* 167 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE",
- /* 168 */ "itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr",
- /* 169 */ "itemlist ::= expr",
- /* 170 */ "inscollist_opt ::=",
- /* 171 */ "inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP",
- /* 172 */ "inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm",
- /* 173 */ "inscollist ::= nm",
- /* 174 */ "expr ::= term",
- /* 175 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP",
- /* 176 */ "term ::= NULL",
- /* 177 */ "expr ::= ID",
- /* 178 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW",
- /* 179 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm",
- /* 180 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm",
- /* 181 */ "term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB",
- /* 182 */ "term ::= STRING",
- /* 183 */ "expr ::= REGISTER",
- /* 184 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE",
- /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ids",
- /* 186 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP",
- /* 187 */ "expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP",
- /* 188 */ "expr ::= ID LP STAR RP",
- /* 189 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW",
- /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr",
- /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr",
- /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr",
- /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr",
- /* 194 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr",
- /* 195 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr",
- /* 196 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr",
- /* 197 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr",
- /* 198 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW",
- /* 199 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW",
- /* 200 */ "likeop ::= MATCH",
- /* 201 */ "likeop ::= NOT MATCH",
- /* 202 */ "escape ::= ESCAPE expr",
- /* 203 */ "escape ::=",
- /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr escape",
- /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL",
- /* 206 */ "expr ::= expr IS NULL",
- /* 207 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL",
- /* 208 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL",
- /* 209 */ "expr ::= NOT expr",
- /* 210 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr",
- /* 211 */ "expr ::= MINUS expr",
- /* 212 */ "expr ::= PLUS expr",
- /* 213 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN",
- /* 214 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN",
- /* 215 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr",
- /* 216 */ "in_op ::= IN",
- /* 217 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN",
- /* 218 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP",
- /* 219 */ "expr ::= LP select RP",
- /* 220 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP",
- /* 221 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm",
- /* 222 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP",
- /* 223 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END",
- /* 224 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 225 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr",
- /* 226 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr",
- /* 227 */ "case_else ::=",
- /* 228 */ "case_operand ::= expr",
- /* 229 */ "case_operand ::=",
- /* 230 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist",
- /* 231 */ "exprlist ::=",
- /* 232 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr",
- /* 233 */ "nexprlist ::= expr",
- /* 234 */ "cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP",
- /* 235 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE",
- /* 236 */ "uniqueflag ::=",
- /* 237 */ "idxlist_opt ::=",
- /* 238 */ "idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP",
- /* 239 */ "idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder",
- /* 240 */ "idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder",
- /* 241 */ "collate ::=",
- /* 242 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ids",
- /* 243 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname",
- /* 244 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM",
- /* 245 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm",
- /* 246 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum",
- /* 247 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON",
- /* 248 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE",
- /* 249 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num",
- /* 250 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP",
- /* 251 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm",
- /* 252 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num",
- /* 253 */ "nmnum ::= nm",
- /* 254 */ "plus_num ::= plus_opt number",
- /* 255 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS number",
- /* 256 */ "number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT",
- /* 257 */ "plus_opt ::= PLUS",
- /* 258 */ "plus_opt ::=",
- /* 259 */ "cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END",
- /* 260 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause",
- /* 261 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE",
- /* 262 */ "trigger_time ::= AFTER",
- /* 263 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF",
- /* 264 */ "trigger_time ::=",
- /* 265 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT",
- /* 266 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE",
- /* 267 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist",
- /* 268 */ "foreach_clause ::=",
- /* 269 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW",
- /* 270 */ "when_clause ::=",
- /* 271 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr",
- /* 272 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 273 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI",
- /* 274 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt",
- /* 275 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP",
- /* 276 */ "trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select",
- /* 277 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt",
- /* 278 */ "trigger_cmd ::= select",
- /* 279 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP",
- /* 280 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP",
- /* 281 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK",
- /* 282 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT",
- /* 283 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL",
- /* 284 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname",
- /* 285 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt",
- /* 286 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr",
- /* 287 */ "key_opt ::=",
- /* 288 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr",
- /* 289 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE",
- /* 290 */ "database_kw_opt ::=",
- /* 291 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX",
- /* 292 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm",
- /* 293 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE",
- /* 294 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm",
- /* 295 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm",
- /* 296 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column",
- /* 297 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname",
- /* 298 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=",
- /* 299 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW",
- /* 300 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab",
- /* 301 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP",
- /* 302 */ "create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm",
- /* 303 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg",
- /* 304 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg",
- /* 305 */ "vtabarg ::=",
- /* 306 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken",
- /* 307 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY",
- /* 308 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP",
- /* 309 */ "lp ::= LP",
- /* 310 */ "anylist ::=",
- /* 311 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY",
-};
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-/*
-** Try to increase the size of the parser stack.
-*/
-static void yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){
-  int newSize;
-  yyStackEntry *pNew;
-
-  newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100;
-  pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0]));
-  if( pNew ){
-    p->yystack = pNew;
-    p->yystksz = newSize;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-    if( yyTraceFILE ){
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows to %d entries!\n",
-              yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz);
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/* 
-** This function allocates a new parser.
-** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like
-** malloc.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory.
-**
-** Outputs:
-** A pointer to a parser.  This pointer is used in subsequent calls
-** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(size_t)){
-  yyParser *pParser;
-  pParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (size_t)sizeof(yyParser) );
-  if( pParser ){
-    pParser->yyidx = -1;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-    pParser->yyidxMax = 0;
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    yyGrowStack(pParser);
-#endif
-  }
-  return pParser;
-}
-
-/* The following function deletes the value associated with a
-** symbol.  The symbol can be either a terminal or nonterminal.
-** "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is a pointer to
-** the value.
-*/
-static void yy_destructor(
-  yyParser *yypParser,    /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor,     /* Type code for object to destroy */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypminor   /* The object to be destroyed */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-  switch( yymajor ){
-    /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a
-    ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed.  This can happen
-    ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a
-    ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is 
-    ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing.
-    **
-    ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those
-    ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are not used
-    ** inside the C code.
-    */
-    case 155: /* select */
-    case 189: /* oneselect */
-    case 206: /* seltablist_paren */
-{
-sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy375));
-}
-      break;
-    case 169: /* term */
-    case 170: /* expr */
-    case 194: /* where_opt */
-    case 196: /* having_opt */
-    case 204: /* on_opt */
-    case 210: /* sortitem */
-    case 218: /* escape */
-    case 221: /* case_operand */
-    case 223: /* case_else */
-    case 234: /* when_clause */
-    case 237: /* key_opt */
-{
-sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy62));
-}
-      break;
-    case 174: /* idxlist_opt */
-    case 182: /* idxlist */
-    case 192: /* selcollist */
-    case 195: /* groupby_opt */
-    case 197: /* orderby_opt */
-    case 199: /* sclp */
-    case 209: /* sortlist */
-    case 211: /* nexprlist */
-    case 212: /* setlist */
-    case 215: /* itemlist */
-    case 216: /* exprlist */
-    case 222: /* case_exprlist */
-{
-sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy418));
-}
-      break;
-    case 188: /* fullname */
-    case 193: /* from */
-    case 201: /* seltablist */
-    case 202: /* stl_prefix */
-{
-sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy151));
-}
-      break;
-    case 205: /* using_opt */
-    case 208: /* inscollist */
-    case 214: /* inscollist_opt */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy240));
-}
-      break;
-    case 230: /* trigger_cmd_list */
-    case 235: /* trigger_cmd */
-{
-sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy360));
-}
-      break;
-    case 232: /* trigger_event */
-{
-sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy30).b);
-}
-      break;
-    default:  break;   /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop the parser's stack once.
-**
-** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which
-** is popped from the stack, then call it.
-**
-** Return the major token number for the symbol popped.
-*/
-static int yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){
-  YYCODETYPE yymajor;
-  yyStackEntry *yytos = &pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx];
-
-  if( pParser->yyidx<0 ) return 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && pParser->yyidx>=0 ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n",
-      yyTracePrompt,
-      yyTokenName[yytos->major]);
-  }
-#endif
-  yymajor = yytos->major;
-  yy_destructor(pParser, yymajor, &yytos->minor);
-  pParser->yyidx--;
-  return yymajor;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Deallocate and destroy a parser.  Destructors are all called for
-** all stack elements before shutting the parser down.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li>  A pointer to the parser.  This should be a pointer
-**       obtained from sqlite3ParserAlloc.
-** <li>  A pointer to a function used to reclaim memory obtained
-**       from malloc.
-** </ul>
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(
-  void *p,                    /* The parser to be deleted */
-  void (*freeProc)(void*)     /* Function used to reclaim memory */
-){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  if( pParser==0 ) return;
-  while( pParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser);
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-  free(pParser->yystack);
-#endif
-  (*freeProc)((void*)pParser);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser.
-*/
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){
-  yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p;
-  return pParser->yyidxMax;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_shift_action(
-  yyParser *pParser,        /* The parser */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-  int stateno = pParser->yystack[pParser->yyidx].stateno;
- 
-  if( stateno>YY_SHIFT_MAX || (i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno])==YY_SHIFT_USE_DFLT ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    if( iLookAhead>0 ){
-#ifdef YYFALLBACK
-      int iFallback;            /* Fallback token */
-      if( iLookAhead<sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])
-             && (iFallback = yyFallback[iLookAhead])!=0 ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sFALLBACK %s => %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]);
-        }
-#endif
-        return yy_find_shift_action(pParser, iFallback);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYWILDCARD
-      {
-        int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD;
-        if( j>=0 && j<YY_SZ_ACTTAB && yy_lookahead[j]==YYWILDCARD ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-          if( yyTraceFILE ){
-            fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n",
-               yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]);
-          }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-          return yy_action[j];
-        }
-      }
-#endif /* YYWILDCARD */
-    }
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }else{
-    return yy_action[i];
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal
-** look-ahead token iLookAhead.
-**
-** If the look-ahead token is YYNOCODE, then check to see if the action is
-** independent of the look-ahead.  If it is, return the action, otherwise
-** return YY_NO_ACTION.
-*/
-static int yy_find_reduce_action(
-  int stateno,              /* Current state number */
-  YYCODETYPE iLookAhead     /* The look-ahead token */
-){
-  int i;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_MAX ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_MAX );
-#endif
-  i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno];
-  assert( i!=YY_REDUCE_USE_DFLT );
-  assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE );
-  i += iLookAhead;
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  if( i<0 || i>=YY_SZ_ACTTAB || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){
-    return yy_default[stateno];
-  }
-#else
-  assert( i>=0 && i<YY_SZ_ACTTAB );
-  assert( yy_lookahead[i]==iLookAhead );
-#endif
-  return yy_action[i];
-}
-
-/*
-** The following routine is called if the stack overflows.
-*/
-static void yyStackOverflow(yyParser *yypParser, YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor){
-   sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-   yypParser->yyidx--;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-   if( yyTraceFILE ){
-     fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack Overflow!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-   }
-#endif
-   while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-   /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser
-   ** stack every overflows */
-
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow");
-  pParse->parseError = 1;
-   sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */
-}
-
-/*
-** Perform a shift action.
-*/
-static void yy_shift(
-  yyParser *yypParser,          /* The parser to be shifted */
-  int yyNewState,               /* The new state to shift in */
-  int yyMajor,                  /* The major token to shift in */
-  YYMINORTYPE *yypMinor         /* Pointer to the minor token to shift in */
-){
-  yyStackEntry *yytos;
-  yypParser->yyidx++;
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>yypParser->yyidxMax ){
-    yypParser->yyidxMax = yypParser->yyidx;
-  }
-#endif
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=YYSTACKDEPTH ){
-    yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-    return;
-  }
-#else
-  if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-    yyGrowStack(yypParser);
-    if( yypParser->yyidx>=yypParser->yystksz ){
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, yypMinor);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  yytos = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-  yytos->stateno = yyNewState;
-  yytos->major = yyMajor;
-  yytos->minor = *yypMinor;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yypParser->yyidx>0 ){
-    int i;
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sShift %d\n",yyTracePrompt,yyNewState);
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack:",yyTracePrompt);
-    for(i=1; i<=yypParser->yyidx; i++)
-      fprintf(yyTraceFILE," %s",yyTokenName[yypParser->yystack[i].major]);
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"\n");
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* The following table contains information about every rule that
-** is used during the reduce.
-*/
-static const struct {
-  YYCODETYPE lhs;         /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */
-  unsigned char nrhs;     /* Number of right-hand side symbols in the rule */
-} yyRuleInfo[] = {
-  { 139, 1 },
-  { 140, 2 },
-  { 140, 1 },
-  { 141, 1 },
-  { 141, 3 },
-  { 142, 0 },
-  { 142, 1 },
-  { 142, 3 },
-  { 143, 1 },
-  { 144, 3 },
-  { 146, 0 },
-  { 146, 1 },
-  { 146, 2 },
-  { 145, 0 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 145, 1 },
-  { 144, 2 },
-  { 144, 2 },
-  { 144, 2 },
-  { 144, 2 },
-  { 148, 6 },
-  { 151, 0 },
-  { 151, 3 },
-  { 150, 1 },
-  { 150, 0 },
-  { 149, 4 },
-  { 149, 2 },
-  { 153, 3 },
-  { 153, 1 },
-  { 156, 3 },
-  { 157, 1 },
-  { 160, 1 },
-  { 161, 1 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 147, 1 },
-  { 158, 0 },
-  { 158, 1 },
-  { 162, 1 },
-  { 162, 4 },
-  { 162, 6 },
-  { 163, 1 },
-  { 163, 2 },
-  { 164, 1 },
-  { 164, 1 },
-  { 159, 2 },
-  { 159, 0 },
-  { 167, 3 },
-  { 167, 1 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 3 },
-  { 168, 3 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 3 },
-  { 168, 5 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 4 },
-  { 168, 1 },
-  { 168, 2 },
-  { 173, 0 },
-  { 173, 1 },
-  { 175, 0 },
-  { 175, 2 },
-  { 177, 2 },
-  { 177, 3 },
-  { 177, 3 },
-  { 177, 3 },
-  { 178, 2 },
-  { 178, 2 },
-  { 178, 1 },
-  { 178, 1 },
-  { 176, 3 },
-  { 176, 2 },
-  { 179, 0 },
-  { 179, 2 },
-  { 179, 2 },
-  { 154, 0 },
-  { 154, 2 },
-  { 180, 3 },
-  { 180, 2 },
-  { 180, 1 },
-  { 181, 2 },
-  { 181, 7 },
-  { 181, 5 },
-  { 181, 5 },
-  { 181, 10 },
-  { 183, 0 },
-  { 183, 1 },
-  { 171, 0 },
-  { 171, 3 },
-  { 184, 0 },
-  { 184, 2 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 185, 1 },
-  { 144, 4 },
-  { 187, 2 },
-  { 187, 0 },
-  { 144, 8 },
-  { 144, 4 },
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 155, 1 },
-  { 155, 3 },
-  { 190, 1 },
-  { 190, 2 },
-  { 190, 1 },
-  { 189, 9 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 191, 1 },
-  { 191, 0 },
-  { 199, 2 },
-  { 199, 0 },
-  { 192, 3 },
-  { 192, 2 },
-  { 192, 4 },
-  { 200, 2 },
-  { 200, 1 },
-  { 200, 0 },
-  { 193, 0 },
-  { 193, 2 },
-  { 202, 2 },
-  { 202, 0 },
-  { 201, 6 },
-  { 201, 7 },
-  { 206, 1 },
-  { 206, 1 },
-  { 152, 0 },
-  { 152, 2 },
-  { 188, 2 },
-  { 203, 1 },
-  { 203, 2 },
-  { 203, 3 },
-  { 203, 4 },
-  { 204, 2 },
-  { 204, 0 },
-  { 205, 4 },
-  { 205, 0 },
-  { 197, 0 },
-  { 197, 3 },
-  { 209, 4 },
-  { 209, 2 },
-  { 210, 1 },
-  { 172, 1 },
-  { 172, 1 },
-  { 172, 0 },
-  { 195, 0 },
-  { 195, 3 },
-  { 196, 0 },
-  { 196, 2 },
-  { 198, 0 },
-  { 198, 2 },
-  { 198, 4 },
-  { 198, 4 },
-  { 144, 4 },
-  { 194, 0 },
-  { 194, 2 },
-  { 144, 6 },
-  { 212, 5 },
-  { 212, 3 },
-  { 144, 8 },
-  { 144, 5 },
-  { 144, 6 },
-  { 213, 2 },
-  { 213, 1 },
-  { 215, 3 },
-  { 215, 1 },
-  { 214, 0 },
-  { 214, 3 },
-  { 208, 3 },
-  { 208, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 6 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 169, 1 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 217, 1 },
-  { 217, 2 },
-  { 217, 1 },
-  { 217, 2 },
-  { 218, 2 },
-  { 218, 0 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 170, 2 },
-  { 219, 1 },
-  { 219, 2 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 220, 1 },
-  { 220, 2 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 170, 3 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 5 },
-  { 222, 5 },
-  { 222, 4 },
-  { 223, 2 },
-  { 223, 0 },
-  { 221, 1 },
-  { 221, 0 },
-  { 216, 1 },
-  { 216, 0 },
-  { 211, 3 },
-  { 211, 1 },
-  { 144, 11 },
-  { 224, 1 },
-  { 224, 0 },
-  { 174, 0 },
-  { 174, 3 },
-  { 182, 5 },
-  { 182, 3 },
-  { 225, 0 },
-  { 225, 2 },
-  { 144, 4 },
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 144, 2 },
-  { 144, 5 },
-  { 144, 5 },
-  { 144, 5 },
-  { 144, 5 },
-  { 144, 6 },
-  { 144, 3 },
-  { 226, 1 },
-  { 226, 1 },
-  { 165, 2 },
-  { 166, 2 },
-  { 228, 1 },
-  { 227, 1 },
-  { 227, 0 },
-  { 144, 5 },
-  { 229, 11 },
-  { 231, 1 },
-  { 231, 1 },
-  { 231, 2 },
-  { 231, 0 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 1 },
-  { 232, 3 },
-  { 233, 0 },
-  { 233, 3 },
-  { 234, 0 },
-  { 234, 2 },
-  { 230, 3 },
-  { 230, 2 },
-  { 235, 6 },
-  { 235, 8 },
-  { 235, 5 },
-  { 235, 4 },
-  { 235, 1 },
-  { 170, 4 },
-  { 170, 6 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 186, 1 },
-  { 144, 4 },
-  { 144, 6 },
-  { 144, 3 },
-  { 237, 0 },
-  { 237, 2 },
-  { 236, 1 },
-  { 236, 0 },
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 144, 3 },
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 144, 3 },
-  { 144, 6 },
-  { 144, 6 },
-  { 238, 1 },
-  { 239, 0 },
-  { 239, 1 },
-  { 144, 1 },
-  { 144, 4 },
-  { 240, 7 },
-  { 241, 1 },
-  { 241, 3 },
-  { 242, 0 },
-  { 242, 2 },
-  { 243, 1 },
-  { 243, 3 },
-  { 244, 1 },
-  { 245, 0 },
-  { 245, 2 },
-};
-
-static void yy_accept(yyParser*);  /* Forward Declaration */
-
-/*
-** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately
-** follow the reduce.
-*/
-static void yy_reduce(
-  yyParser *yypParser,         /* The parser */
-  int yyruleno                 /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */
-){
-  int yygoto;                     /* The next state */
-  int yyact;                      /* The next action */
-  YYMINORTYPE yygotominor;        /* The LHS of the rule reduced */
-  yyStackEntry *yymsp;            /* The top of the parser's stack */
-  int yysize;                     /* Amount to pop the stack */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-  yymsp = &yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno>=0 
-        && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt,
-      yyRuleName[yyruleno]);
-  }
-#endif /* NDEBUG */
-
-  /* Silence complaints from purify about yygotominor being uninitialized
-  ** in some cases when it is copied into the stack after the following
-  ** switch.  yygotominor is uninitialized when a rule reduces that does
-  ** not set the value of its left-hand side nonterminal.  Leaving the
-  ** value of the nonterminal uninitialized is utterly harmless as long
-  ** as the value is never used.  So really the only thing this code
-  ** accomplishes is to quieten purify.  
-  **
-  ** 2007-01-16:  The wireshark project (www.wireshark.org) reports that
-  ** without this code, their parser segfaults.  I'm not sure what there
-  ** parser is doing to make this happen.  This is the second bug report
-  ** from wireshark this week.  Clearly they are stressing Lemon in ways
-  ** that it has not been previously stressed...  (SQLite ticket #2172)
-  */
-  /*memset(&yygotominor, 0, sizeof(yygotominor));*/
-  yygotominor = yyzerominor;
-
-
-  switch( yyruleno ){
-  /* Beginning here are the reduction cases.  A typical example
-  ** follows:
-  **   case 0:
-  **  #line <lineno> <grammarfile>
-  **     { ... }           // User supplied code
-  **  #line <lineno> <thisfile>
-  **     break;
-  */
-      case 0: /* input ::= cmdlist */
-      case 1: /* cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */
-      case 2: /* cmdlist ::= ecmd */
-      case 3: /* ecmd ::= SEMI */
-      case 4: /* ecmd ::= explain cmdx SEMI */
-      case 10: /* trans_opt ::= */
-      case 11: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */
-      case 12: /* trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */
-      case 20: /* cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */
-      case 28: /* columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA column */
-      case 29: /* columnlist ::= column */
-      case 37: /* type ::= */
-      case 44: /* signed ::= plus_num */
-      case 45: /* signed ::= minus_num */
-      case 46: /* carglist ::= carglist carg */
-      case 47: /* carglist ::= */
-      case 48: /* carg ::= CONSTRAINT nm ccons */
-      case 49: /* carg ::= ccons */
-      case 55: /* ccons ::= NULL onconf */
-      case 82: /* conslist ::= conslist COMMA tcons */
-      case 83: /* conslist ::= conslist tcons */
-      case 84: /* conslist ::= tcons */
-      case 85: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */
-      case 257: /* plus_opt ::= PLUS */
-      case 258: /* plus_opt ::= */
-      case 268: /* foreach_clause ::= */
-      case 269: /* foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */
-      case 289: /* database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */
-      case 290: /* database_kw_opt ::= */
-      case 298: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= */
-      case 299: /* kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */
-      case 303: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */
-      case 304: /* vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */
-      case 306: /* vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */
-      case 310: /* anylist ::= */
-{
-}
-        break;
-      case 5: /* explain ::= */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 0); }
-        break;
-      case 6: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 1); }
-        break;
-      case 7: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */
-{ sqlite3BeginParse(pParse, 2); }
-        break;
-      case 8: /* cmdx ::= cmd */
-{ sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); }
-        break;
-      case 9: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */
-{sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 13: /* transtype ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = TK_DEFERRED;}
-        break;
-      case 14: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */
-      case 15: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */
-      case 16: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */
-      case 107: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */
-      case 109: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = yymsp[0].major;}
-        break;
-      case 17: /* cmd ::= COMMIT trans_opt */
-      case 18: /* cmd ::= END trans_opt */
-{sqlite3CommitTransaction(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 19: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */
-{sqlite3RollbackTransaction(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 21: /* create_table ::= CREATE temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */
-{
-   sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy280,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 22: /* ifnotexists ::= */
-      case 25: /* temp ::= */
-      case 63: /* autoinc ::= */
-      case 77: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */
-      case 79: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */
-      case 90: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */
-      case 101: /* ifexists ::= */
-      case 112: /* distinct ::= ALL */
-      case 113: /* distinct ::= */
-      case 213: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */
-      case 216: /* in_op ::= IN */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 23: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */
-      case 24: /* temp ::= TEMP */
-      case 64: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */
-      case 78: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */
-      case 100: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */
-      case 111: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */
-      case 214: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */
-      case 217: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = 1;}
-        break;
-      case 26: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP */
-{
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 27: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */
-{
-  sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy375);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy375);
-}
-        break;
-      case 30: /* column ::= columnid type carglist */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy0.n = (pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n;
-}
-        break;
-      case 31: /* columnid ::= nm */
-{
-  sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-}
-        break;
-      case 32: /* id ::= ID */
-      case 33: /* ids ::= ID|STRING */
-      case 34: /* nm ::= ID */
-      case 35: /* nm ::= STRING */
-      case 36: /* nm ::= JOIN_KW */
-      case 39: /* typetoken ::= typename */
-      case 42: /* typename ::= ids */
-      case 119: /* as ::= AS nm */
-      case 120: /* as ::= ids */
-      case 131: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */
-      case 242: /* collate ::= COLLATE ids */
-      case 252: /* nmnum ::= plus_num */
-      case 253: /* nmnum ::= nm */
-      case 254: /* plus_num ::= plus_opt number */
-      case 255: /* minus_num ::= MINUS number */
-      case 256: /* number ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */
-{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 38: /* type ::= typetoken */
-{sqlite3AddColumnType(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 40: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy0.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-}
-        break;
-      case 41: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy0.z = yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
-  yygotominor.yy0.n = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z;
-}
-        break;
-      case 43: /* typename ::= typename ids */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z; yygotominor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);}
-        break;
-      case 50: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT term */
-      case 52: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy62);}
-        break;
-      case 51: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62);}
-        break;
-      case 53: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
-}
-        break;
-      case 54: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT id */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p);
-}
-        break;
-      case 56: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */
-{sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 57: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy280,yymsp[0].minor.yy280,yymsp[-2].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 58: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy280,0,0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 59: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62);}
-        break;
-      case 60: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs */
-{sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy418,yymsp[0].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 61: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */
-{sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 62: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ids */
-{sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 65: /* refargs ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Restrict * 0x010101; }
-        break;
-      case 66: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy280 & yymsp[0].minor.yy359.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy359.value; }
-        break;
-      case 67: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */
-{ yygotominor.yy359.value = 0;     yygotominor.yy359.mask = 0x000000; }
-        break;
-      case 68: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy359.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;     yygotominor.yy359.mask = 0x0000ff; }
-        break;
-      case 69: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy359.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy280<<8;  yygotominor.yy359.mask = 0x00ff00; }
-        break;
-      case 70: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */
-{ yygotominor.yy359.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy280<<16; yygotominor.yy359.mask = 0xff0000; }
-        break;
-      case 71: /* refact ::= SET NULL */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = OE_SetNull; }
-        break;
-      case 72: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = OE_SetDflt; }
-        break;
-      case 73: /* refact ::= CASCADE */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Cascade; }
-        break;
-      case 74: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Restrict; }
-        break;
-      case 75: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
-      case 76: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */
-      case 91: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */
-      case 93: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */
-      case 95: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */
-      case 96: /* resolvetype ::= raisetype */
-      case 166: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;}
-        break;
-      case 80: /* conslist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0; yygotominor.yy0.z = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 81: /* conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */
-{yygotominor.yy0 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0;}
-        break;
-      case 86: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP idxlist autoinc RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy418,yymsp[0].minor.yy280,yymsp[-2].minor.yy280,0);}
-        break;
-      case 87: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP idxlist RP onconf */
-{sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy418,yymsp[0].minor.yy280,0,0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 88: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */
-{sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy62);}
-        break;
-      case 89: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP idxlist RP REFERENCES nm idxlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */
-{
-    sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy418, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy418, yymsp[-1].minor.yy280);
-    sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 92: /* onconf ::= */
-      case 94: /* orconf ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Default;}
-        break;
-      case 97: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Ignore;}
-        break;
-      case 98: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */
-      case 167: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Replace;}
-        break;
-      case 99: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy151, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 102: /* cmd ::= CREATE temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm AS select */
-{
-  sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy375, yymsp[-6].minor.yy280, yymsp[-4].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 103: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy151, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 104: /* cmd ::= select */
-{
-  SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-  sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy375, &dest);
-  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy375);
-}
-        break;
-      case 105: /* select ::= oneselect */
-      case 128: /* seltablist_paren ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy375 = yymsp[0].minor.yy375;}
-        break;
-      case 106: /* select ::= select multiselect_op oneselect */
-{
-  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy375 ){
-    yymsp[0].minor.yy375->op = yymsp[-1].minor.yy280;
-    yymsp[0].minor.yy375->pPrior = yymsp[-2].minor.yy375;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy375);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy375 = yymsp[0].minor.yy375;
-}
-        break;
-      case 108: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = TK_ALL;}
-        break;
-      case 110: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy375 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy418,yymsp[-5].minor.yy151,yymsp[-4].minor.yy62,yymsp[-3].minor.yy418,yymsp[-2].minor.yy62,yymsp[-1].minor.yy418,yymsp[-7].minor.yy280,yymsp[0].minor.yy220.pLimit,yymsp[0].minor.yy220.pOffset);
-}
-        break;
-      case 114: /* sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */
-      case 238: /* idxlist_opt ::= LP idxlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy418;}
-        break;
-      case 115: /* sclp ::= */
-      case 141: /* orderby_opt ::= */
-      case 149: /* groupby_opt ::= */
-      case 231: /* exprlist ::= */
-      case 237: /* idxlist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 116: /* selcollist ::= sclp expr as */
-{
-   yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy418,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 117: /* selcollist ::= sclp STAR */
-{
-  Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy418, p, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 118: /* selcollist ::= sclp nm DOT STAR */
-{
-  Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ALL, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *pLeft = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy418, pDot, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 121: /* as ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 122: /* from ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy151 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yygotominor.yy151));}
-        break;
-      case 123: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy151 = yymsp[0].minor.yy151;
-  sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yygotominor.yy151);
-}
-        break;
-      case 124: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */
-{
-   yygotominor.yy151 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy151;
-   if( yygotominor.yy151 && yygotominor.yy151->nSrc>0 ) yygotominor.yy151->a[yygotominor.yy151->nSrc-1].jointype = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;
-}
-        break;
-      case 125: /* stl_prefix ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy151 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 126: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as on_opt using_opt */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy151 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-5].minor.yy151,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62,yymsp[0].minor.yy240);
-}
-        break;
-      case 127: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist_paren RP as on_opt using_opt */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy151 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy151,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy375,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62,yymsp[0].minor.yy240);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 129: /* seltablist_paren ::= seltablist */
-{
-     sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[0].minor.yy151);
-     yygotominor.yy375 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy151,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 130: /* dbnm ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z=0; yygotominor.yy0.n=0;}
-        break;
-      case 132: /* fullname ::= nm dbnm */
-{yygotominor.yy151 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 133: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = JT_INNER; }
-        break;
-      case 134: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); }
-        break;
-      case 135: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); }
-        break;
-      case 136: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); }
-        break;
-      case 137: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */
-      case 145: /* sortitem ::= expr */
-      case 152: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */
-      case 159: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */
-      case 174: /* expr ::= term */
-      case 202: /* escape ::= ESCAPE expr */
-      case 226: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */
-      case 228: /* case_operand ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = yymsp[0].minor.yy62;}
-        break;
-      case 138: /* on_opt ::= */
-      case 151: /* having_opt ::= */
-      case 158: /* where_opt ::= */
-      case 203: /* escape ::= */
-      case 227: /* case_else ::= */
-      case 229: /* case_operand ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 139: /* using_opt ::= USING LP inscollist RP */
-      case 171: /* inscollist_opt ::= LP inscollist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy240 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy240;}
-        break;
-      case 140: /* using_opt ::= */
-      case 170: /* inscollist_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy240 = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 142: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */
-      case 150: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */
-      case 230: /* exprlist ::= nexprlist */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = yymsp[0].minor.yy418;}
-        break;
-      case 143: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA sortitem sortorder */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy418,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62,0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy418 ) yygotominor.yy418->a[yygotominor.yy418->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;
-}
-        break;
-      case 144: /* sortlist ::= sortitem sortorder */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy62,0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy418 && yygotominor.yy418->a ) yygotominor.yy418->a[0].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;
-}
-        break;
-      case 146: /* sortorder ::= ASC */
-      case 148: /* sortorder ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;}
-        break;
-      case 147: /* sortorder ::= DESC */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;}
-        break;
-      case 153: /* limit_opt ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy220.pLimit = 0; yygotominor.yy220.pOffset = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 154: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy220.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy62; yygotominor.yy220.pOffset = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 155: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */
-{yygotominor.yy220.pLimit = yymsp[-2].minor.yy62; yygotominor.yy220.pOffset = yymsp[0].minor.yy62;}
-        break;
-      case 156: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy220.pOffset = yymsp[-2].minor.yy62; yygotominor.yy220.pLimit = yymsp[0].minor.yy62;}
-        break;
-      case 157: /* cmd ::= DELETE FROM fullname where_opt */
-{sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy151,yymsp[0].minor.yy62);}
-        break;
-      case 160: /* cmd ::= UPDATE orconf fullname SET setlist where_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy418,"set list"); 
-  sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy151,yymsp[-1].minor.yy418,yymsp[0].minor.yy62,yymsp[-4].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 161: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy418,yymsp[0].minor.yy62,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 162: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy62,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 163: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy151, yymsp[-1].minor.yy418, 0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy240, yymsp[-7].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 164: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt select */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy151, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy375, yymsp[-1].minor.yy240, yymsp[-4].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 165: /* cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO fullname inscollist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */
-{sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy151, 0, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy240, yymsp[-5].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 168: /* itemlist ::= itemlist COMMA expr */
-      case 232: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy418,yymsp[0].minor.yy62,0);}
-        break;
-      case 169: /* itemlist ::= expr */
-      case 233: /* nexprlist ::= expr */
-{yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy62,0);}
-        break;
-      case 172: /* inscollist ::= inscollist COMMA nm */
-{yygotominor.yy240 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,yymsp[-2].minor.yy240,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 173: /* inscollist ::= nm */
-{yygotominor.yy240 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 175: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy62; sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); }
-        break;
-      case 176: /* term ::= NULL */
-      case 181: /* term ::= INTEGER|FLOAT|BLOB */
-      case 182: /* term ::= STRING */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 177: /* expr ::= ID */
-      case 178: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 179: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */
-{
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 180: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */
-{
-  Expr *temp1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp3 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ID, 0, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 183: /* expr ::= REGISTER */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3RegisterExpr(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 184: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */
-{
-  Token *pToken = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-  Expr *pExpr = yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, 0, 0, pToken);
-  sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, pExpr);
-}
-        break;
-      case 185: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ids */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy62, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 186: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CAST, yymsp[-3].minor.yy62, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 187: /* expr ::= ID LP distinct exprlist RP */
-{
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy418 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy418->nExpr>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy418, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy280 && yygotominor.yy62 ){
-    yygotominor.yy62->flags |= EP_Distinct;
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 188: /* expr ::= ID LP STAR RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 189: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */
-{
-  /* The CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_DATE, and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP values are
-  ** treated as functions that return constants */
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-    yygotominor.yy62->op = TK_CONST_FUNC;  
-    yygotominor.yy62->span = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 190: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */
-      case 191: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */
-      case 192: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */
-      case 193: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */
-      case 194: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */
-      case 195: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */
-      case 196: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */
-      case 197: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */
-{yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy62,yymsp[0].minor.yy62,0);}
-        break;
-      case 198: /* likeop ::= LIKE_KW */
-      case 200: /* likeop ::= MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy222.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy222.not = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 199: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW */
-      case 201: /* likeop ::= NOT MATCH */
-{yygotominor.yy222.eOperator = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yygotominor.yy222.not = 1;}
-        break;
-      case 204: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr escape */
-{
-  ExprList *pList;
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy62, 0);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-3].minor.yy62, 0);
-  if( yymsp[0].minor.yy62 ){
-    pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy222.eOperator);
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy222.not ) yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy62->span, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy62->span);
-  if( yygotominor.yy62 ) yygotominor.yy62->flags |= EP_InfixFunc;
-}
-        break;
-      case 205: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[0].major, yymsp[-1].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 206: /* expr ::= expr IS NULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ISNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 207: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-2].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 208: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT NULL */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOTNULL, yymsp[-3].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 209: /* expr ::= NOT expr */
-      case 210: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy62->span);
-}
-        break;
-      case 211: /* expr ::= MINUS expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy62->span);
-}
-        break;
-      case 212: /* expr ::= PLUS expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UPLUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy62->span);
-}
-        break;
-      case 215: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */
-{
-  ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy62, 0);
-  pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-    yygotominor.yy62->pList = pList;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList);
-  } 
-  if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy280 ) yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy62, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy62->span);
-}
-        break;
-      case 218: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-      yygotominor.yy62->pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy418;
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy62);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy418);
-    }
-    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy280 ) yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy62, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 219: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-      yygotominor.yy62->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy375;
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy62);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy375);
-    }
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 220: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
-{
-    yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-      yygotominor.yy62->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy375;
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy62);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy375);
-    }
-    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy280 ) yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy62, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy62->span,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 221: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
-{
-    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-    yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy62, 0, 0);
-    if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-      yygotominor.yy62->pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy62);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
-    }
-    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy280 ) yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy62, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy62->span,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z?&yymsp[0].minor.yy0:&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  }
-        break;
-      case 222: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
-{
-    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
-    if( p ){
-      p->pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy375;
-      sqlite3ExprSpan(p,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy62);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy375);
-    }
-  }
-        break;
-      case 223: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy62, yymsp[-1].minor.yy62, 0);
-  if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-    yygotominor.yy62->pList = yymsp[-2].minor.yy418;
-    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy62);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy418);
-  }
-  sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 224: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy418, yymsp[-2].minor.yy62, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy418, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 225: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy62, 0);
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yygotominor.yy418, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, 0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 234: /* cmd ::= CREATE uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP idxlist RP */
-{
-  sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, 
-                     sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-1].minor.yy418, yymsp[-9].minor.yy280,
-                      &yymsp[-10].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-7].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 235: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */
-      case 282: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Abort;}
-        break;
-      case 236: /* uniqueflag ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_None;}
-        break;
-      case 239: /* idxlist ::= idxlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */
-{
-  Expr *p = 0;
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
-    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy418, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy418, "index");
-  if( yygotominor.yy418 ) yygotominor.yy418->a[yygotominor.yy418->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;
-}
-        break;
-      case 240: /* idxlist ::= nm collate sortorder */
-{
-  Expr *p = 0;
-  if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n>0 ){
-    p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3ExprSetColl(pParse, p, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);
-  }
-  yygotominor.yy418 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, p, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0);
-  sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, yygotominor.yy418, "index");
-  if( yygotominor.yy418 ) yygotominor.yy418->a[yygotominor.yy418->nExpr-1].sortOrder = yymsp[0].minor.yy280;
-}
-        break;
-      case 241: /* collate ::= */
-{yygotominor.yy0.z = 0; yygotominor.yy0.n = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 243: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */
-{sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy151, yymsp[-1].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 244: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */
-      case 245: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */
-{sqlite3Vacuum(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 246: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */
-      case 247: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ ON */
-      case 248: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ DELETE */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 249: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */
-{
-  sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);
-}
-        break;
-      case 250: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 251: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);}
-        break;
-      case 259: /* cmd ::= CREATE trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */
-{
-  Token all;
-  all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
-  all.n = (yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n;
-  sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy360, &all);
-}
-        break;
-      case 260: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */
-{
-  sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy280, yymsp[-4].minor.yy30.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy30.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy151, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, yymsp[-10].minor.yy280, yymsp[-8].minor.yy280);
-  yygotominor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 261: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE */
-      case 264: /* trigger_time ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = TK_BEFORE; }
-        break;
-      case 262: /* trigger_time ::= AFTER */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = TK_AFTER;  }
-        break;
-      case 263: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */
-{ yygotominor.yy280 = TK_INSTEAD;}
-        break;
-      case 265: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */
-      case 266: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */
-{yygotominor.yy30.a = yymsp[0].major; yygotominor.yy30.b = 0;}
-        break;
-      case 267: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF inscollist */
-{yygotominor.yy30.a = TK_UPDATE; yygotominor.yy30.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy240;}
-        break;
-      case 270: /* when_clause ::= */
-      case 287: /* key_opt ::= */
-{ yygotominor.yy62 = 0; }
-        break;
-      case 271: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */
-      case 288: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */
-{ yygotominor.yy62 = yymsp[0].minor.yy62; }
-        break;
-      case 272: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{
-/*
-  if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy360 ){
-    yymsp[-2].minor.yy360->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy360;
-  }else{
-    yymsp[-2].minor.yy360 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy360;
-  }
-*/
-  assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy360!=0 );
-  yymsp[-2].minor.yy360->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy360;
-  yymsp[-2].minor.yy360->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy360;
-  yygotominor.yy360 = yymsp[-2].minor.yy360;
-}
-        break;
-      case 273: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */
-{ 
-  /* if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy360 ) */
-  assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy360!=0 );
-  yymsp[-1].minor.yy360->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy360;
-  yygotominor.yy360 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy360;
-}
-        break;
-      case 274: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf nm SET setlist where_opt */
-{ yygotominor.yy360 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy418, yymsp[0].minor.yy62, yymsp[-4].minor.yy280); }
-        break;
-      case 275: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt VALUES LP itemlist RP */
-{yygotominor.yy360 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy240, yymsp[-1].minor.yy418, 0, yymsp[-7].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 276: /* trigger_cmd ::= insert_cmd INTO nm inscollist_opt select */
-{yygotominor.yy360 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy240, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy375, yymsp[-4].minor.yy280);}
-        break;
-      case 277: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM nm where_opt */
-{yygotominor.yy360 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse->db, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy62);}
-        break;
-      case 278: /* trigger_cmd ::= select */
-{yygotominor.yy360 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy375); }
-        break;
-      case 279: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, 0); 
-  if( yygotominor.yy62 ){
-    yygotominor.yy62->iColumn = OE_Ignore;
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 280: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */
-{
-  yygotominor.yy62 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); 
-  if( yygotominor.yy62 ) {
-    yygotominor.yy62->iColumn = yymsp[-3].minor.yy280;
-    sqlite3ExprSpan(yygotominor.yy62, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-  }
-}
-        break;
-      case 281: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Rollback;}
-        break;
-      case 283: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */
-{yygotominor.yy280 = OE_Fail;}
-        break;
-      case 284: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy151,yymsp[-1].minor.yy280);
-}
-        break;
-      case 285: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */
-{
-  sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy62, yymsp[-1].minor.yy62, yymsp[0].minor.yy62);
-}
-        break;
-      case 286: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */
-{
-  sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy62);
-}
-        break;
-      case 291: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);}
-        break;
-      case 292: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 293: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);}
-        break;
-      case 294: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */
-{sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 295: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy151,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 296: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt column */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 297: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */
-{
-  sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy151);
-}
-        break;
-      case 300: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);}
-        break;
-      case 301: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */
-{sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-      case 302: /* create_vtab ::= CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE nm dbnm USING nm */
-{
-    sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
-}
-        break;
-      case 305: /* vtabarg ::= */
-{sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);}
-        break;
-      case 307: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */
-      case 308: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */
-      case 309: /* lp ::= LP */
-      case 311: /* anylist ::= anylist ANY */
-{sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);}
-        break;
-  };
-  yygoto = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].lhs;
-  yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs;
-  yypParser->yyidx -= yysize;
-  yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(yymsp[-yysize].stateno,yygoto);
-  if( yyact < YYNSTATE ){
-#ifdef NDEBUG
-    /* If we are not debugging and the reduce action popped at least
-    ** one element off the stack, then we can push the new element back
-    ** onto the stack here, and skip the stack overflow test in yy_shift().
-    ** That gives a significant speed improvement. */
-    if( yysize ){
-      yypParser->yyidx++;
-      yymsp -= yysize-1;
-      yymsp->stateno = yyact;
-      yymsp->major = yygoto;
-      yymsp->minor = yygotominor;
-    }else
-#endif
-    {
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yygoto,&yygotominor);
-    }
-  }else{
-    assert( yyact == YYNSTATE + YYNRULE + 1 );
-    yy_accept(yypParser);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The following code executes when the parse fails
-*/
-static void yy_parse_failed(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser fails */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/*
-** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs.
-*/
-static void yy_syntax_error(
-  yyParser *yypParser,           /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                   /* The major type of the error token */
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminor            /* The minor type of the error token */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#define TOKEN (yyminor.yy0)
-
-  assert( TOKEN.z[0] );  /* The tokenizer always gives us a token */
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN);
-  pParse->parseError = 1;
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/*
-** The following is executed when the parser accepts
-*/
-static void yy_accept(
-  yyParser *yypParser           /* The parser */
-){
-  sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-  }
-#endif
-  while( yypParser->yyidx>=0 ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-  /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the
-  ** parser accepts */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE; /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */
-}
-
-/* The main parser program.
-** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from
-** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser.
-** The second argument is the major token number.  The third is
-** the minor token.  The fourth optional argument is whatever the
-** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for
-** use by the action routines.
-**
-** Inputs:
-** <ul>
-** <li> A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.)
-** <li> The major token number.
-** <li> The minor token number.
-** <li> An option argument of a grammar-specified type.
-** </ul>
-**
-** Outputs:
-** None.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(
-  void *yyp,                   /* The parser */
-  int yymajor,                 /* The major token code number */
-  sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor       /* The value for the token */
-  sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL               /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */
-){
-  YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion;
-  int yyact;            /* The parser action. */
-  int yyendofinput;     /* True if we are at the end of input */
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-  int yyerrorhit = 0;   /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */
-#endif
-  yyParser *yypParser;  /* The parser */
-
-  /* (re)initialize the parser, if necessary */
-  yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp;
-  if( yypParser->yyidx<0 ){
-#if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0
-    if( yypParser->yystksz <=0 ){
-      /*memset(&yyminorunion, 0, sizeof(yyminorunion));*/
-      yyminorunion = yyzerominor;
-      yyStackOverflow(yypParser, &yyminorunion);
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-    yypParser->yyidx = 0;
-    yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0;
-    yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0;
-  }
-  yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor;
-  yyendofinput = (yymajor==0);
-  sqlite3ParserARG_STORE;
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  if( yyTraceFILE ){
-    fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput %s\n",yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  do{
-    yyact = yy_find_shift_action(yypParser,yymajor);
-    if( yyact<YYNSTATE ){
-      assert( !yyendofinput );  /* Impossible to shift the $ token */
-      yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt--;
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-    }else if( yyact < YYNSTATE + YYNRULE ){
-      yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YYNSTATE);
-    }else{
-      assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION );
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      int yymx;
-#endif
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-      if( yyTraceFILE ){
-        fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt);
-      }
-#endif
-#ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL
-      /* A syntax error has occurred.
-      ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the
-      ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR".  
-      **
-      ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Call the %syntax_error function.
-      **
-      **  * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where
-      **    it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift
-      **    the error symbol.
-      **
-      **  * Set the error count to three.
-      **
-      **  * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens.  No new error
-      **    processing will occur until three tokens have been
-      **    shifted successfully.
-      **
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yymx = yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].major;
-      if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-        if( yyTraceFILE ){
-          fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n",
-             yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]);
-        }
-#endif
-        yy_destructor(yypParser, yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-        yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-      }else{
-         while(
-          yypParser->yyidx >= 0 &&
-          yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL &&
-          (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action(
-                        yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yyidx].stateno,
-                        YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YYNSTATE
-        ){
-          yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser);
-        }
-        if( yypParser->yyidx < 0 || yymajor==0 ){
-          yy_destructor(yypParser,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-          yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-          yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-        }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){
-          YYMINORTYPE u2;
-          u2.YYERRSYMDT = 0;
-          yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,&u2);
-        }
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yyerrorhit = 1;
-#else  /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */
-      /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR:
-      **
-      **  * Report an error message, and throw away the input token.
-      **
-      **  * If the input token is $, then fail the parse.
-      **
-      ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until
-      ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted.
-      */
-      if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){
-        yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminorunion);
-      }
-      yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3;
-      yy_destructor(yypParser,yymajor,&yyminorunion);
-      if( yyendofinput ){
-        yy_parse_failed(yypParser);
-      }
-      yymajor = YYNOCODE;
-#endif
-    }
-  }while( yymajor!=YYNOCODE && yypParser->yyidx>=0 );
-  return;
-}
-
-/************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
-** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
-** parser for analysis.
-**
-** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.152 2008/09/01 15:52:11 drh Exp $
-*/
-
-/*
-** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
-** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
-** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
-** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
-** need to be translated.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
-const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
-/* 0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   A   B   C   D   E   F */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 0x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 1x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 2x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 3x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 4x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 5x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0, 95,  0,  0,  /* 6x */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 7x */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 8x */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* 9x */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ax */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Bx */
-   0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Cx */
-   0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Dx */
-   0,  0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Ex */
-   0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
-** it is a keyword.  If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is 
-** returned.  If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
-**
-** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
-** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
-** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
-** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
-** the #include below.
-*/
-/************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/
-/************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/
-/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
-**
-** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
-**
-**     $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.31 2007/07/30 18:26:20 rse Exp $
-**
-** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
-** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword.  The same thing
-** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
-** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
-** is substantially reduced.  This is important for embedded applications
-** on platforms with limited memory.
-*/
-/* Hash score: 165 */
-static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
-  /* zText[] encodes 775 bytes of keywords in 526 bytes */
-  static const char zText[526] =
-    "BEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDESCAPEACHECKEYCONSTRAINTERSECTABLEFT"
-    "HENDATABASELECTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISELSEXCEPTRIGGEREFERENCES"
-    "UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEMPORARYBEGINNEREINDEXCLUSIVEXISTSBETWEEN"
-    "OTNULLIKECASCADEFERRABLECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDELETEDETACH"
-    "IMMEDIATEJOINSERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHEN"
-    "WHERENAMEAFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICT"
-    "CROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOB"
-    "YIFINTOFFSETISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUM"
-    "VIEWINITIALLY";
-  static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
-      63,  92, 109,  61,   0,  38,   0,   0,  69,   0,  64,   0,   0,
-     102,   4,  65,   7,   0, 108,  72, 103,  99,   0,  22,   0,   0,
-     113,   0, 111, 106,   0,  18,  80,   0,   1,   0,   0,  56,  57,
-       0,  55,  11,   0,  33,  77,  89,   0, 110,  88,   0,   0,  45,
-       0,  90,  54,   0,  20,   0, 114,  34,  19,   0,  10,  97,  28,
-      83,   0,   0, 116,  93,  47, 115,  41,  12,  44,   0,  78,   0,
-      87,  29,   0,  86,   0,   0,   0,  82,  79,  84,  75,  96,   6,
-      14,  95,   0,  68,   0,  21,  76,  98,  27,   0, 112,  67, 104,
-      49,  40,  71,   0,   0,  81, 100,   0, 107,   0,  15,   0,   0,
-      24,   0,  73,  42,  50,   0,  16,  48,   0,  37,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aNext[116] = {
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   9,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   5,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,  32,   0,   0,
-      17,   0,   0,   0,  36,  39,   0,   0,  25,   0,   0,  31,   0,
-       0,   0,  43,  52,   0,   0,   0,  53,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,
-       0,   0,   0,   0,  51,   0,   0,   0,   0,  26,   0,   8,  46,
-       2,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   0,   3,  58,  66,   0,  13,
-       0,  91,  85,   0,  94,   0,  74,   0,   0,  62,   0,  35, 101,
-       0,   0, 105,  23,  30,  60,  70,   0,   0,  59,   0,   0,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aLen[116] = {
-       6,   7,   3,   6,   6,   7,   7,   3,   4,   6,   4,   5,   3,
-      10,   9,   5,   4,   4,   3,   8,   2,   6,  11,   2,   7,   5,
-       5,   4,   6,   7,  10,   6,   5,   6,   6,   5,   6,   4,   9,
-       2,   5,   5,   7,   5,   9,   6,   7,   7,   3,   4,   4,   7,
-       3,  10,   4,   7,   6,  12,   6,   6,   9,   4,   6,   5,   4,
-       7,   6,   5,   6,   7,   5,   4,   5,   6,   5,   7,   3,   7,
-      13,   2,   2,   4,   6,   6,   8,   5,  17,  12,   7,   8,   8,
-       2,   4,   4,   4,   4,   4,   2,   2,   4,   6,   2,   3,   6,
-       5,   8,   5,   5,   8,   3,   5,   5,   6,   4,   9,   3,
-  };
-  static const unsigned short int aOffset[116] = {
-       0,   2,   2,   6,  10,  13,  18,  23,  25,  26,  31,  33,  37,
-      40,  47,  55,  58,  61,  63,  65,  70,  71,  76,  85,  86,  91,
-      95,  99, 102, 107, 113, 123, 126, 131, 136, 141, 144, 148, 148,
-     152, 157, 160, 164, 166, 169, 177, 183, 189, 189, 192, 195, 199,
-     200, 204, 214, 218, 225, 231, 243, 249, 255, 264, 266, 272, 277,
-     279, 286, 291, 296, 302, 308, 313, 317, 320, 326, 330, 337, 339,
-     346, 348, 350, 359, 363, 369, 375, 383, 388, 388, 404, 411, 418,
-     419, 426, 430, 434, 438, 442, 445, 447, 449, 452, 452, 455, 458,
-     464, 468, 476, 480, 485, 493, 496, 501, 506, 512, 516, 521,
-  };
-  static const unsigned char aCode[116] = {
-    TK_BEFORE,     TK_FOREIGN,    TK_FOR,        TK_IGNORE,     TK_LIKE_KW,    
-    TK_EXPLAIN,    TK_INSTEAD,    TK_ADD,        TK_DESC,       TK_ESCAPE,     
-    TK_EACH,       TK_CHECK,      TK_KEY,        TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTERSECT,  
-    TK_TABLE,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_THEN,       TK_END,        TK_DATABASE,   
-    TK_AS,         TK_SELECT,     TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON,         TK_JOIN_KW,    
-    TK_ALTER,      TK_RAISE,      TK_ELSE,       TK_EXCEPT,     TK_TRIGGER,    
-    TK_REFERENCES, TK_UNIQUE,     TK_QUERY,      TK_ATTACH,     TK_HAVING,     
-    TK_GROUP,      TK_UPDATE,     TK_TEMP,       TK_TEMP,       TK_OR,         
-    TK_BEGIN,      TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_REINDEX,    TK_INDEX,      TK_EXCLUSIVE,  
-    TK_EXISTS,     TK_BETWEEN,    TK_NOTNULL,    TK_NOT,        TK_NULL,       
-    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_CASCADE,    TK_ASC,        TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_CASE,       
-    TK_COLLATE,    TK_CREATE,     TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_DELETE,     TK_DETACH,     
-    TK_IMMEDIATE,  TK_JOIN,       TK_INSERT,     TK_MATCH,      TK_PLAN,       
-    TK_ANALYZE,    TK_PRAGMA,     TK_ABORT,      TK_VALUES,     TK_VIRTUAL,    
-    TK_LIMIT,      TK_WHEN,       TK_WHERE,      TK_RENAME,     TK_AFTER,      
-    TK_REPLACE,    TK_AND,        TK_DEFAULT,    TK_AUTOINCR,   TK_TO,         
-    TK_IN,         TK_CAST,       TK_COLUMNKW,   TK_COMMIT,     TK_CONFLICT,   
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_CTIME_KW,   TK_PRIMARY,    TK_DEFERRED,   
-    TK_DISTINCT,   TK_IS,         TK_DROP,       TK_FAIL,       TK_FROM,       
-    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_LIKE_KW,    TK_BY,         TK_IF,         TK_INTO,       
-    TK_OFFSET,     TK_OF,         TK_SET,        TK_ISNULL,     TK_ORDER,      
-    TK_RESTRICT,   TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_JOIN_KW,    TK_ROLLBACK,   TK_ROW,        
-    TK_UNION,      TK_USING,      TK_VACUUM,     TK_VIEW,       TK_INITIALLY,  
-    TK_ALL,        
-  };
-  int h, i;
-  if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
-  h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
-      (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
-      n) % 127;
-  for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
-    if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
-      return aCode[i];
-    }
-  }
-  return TK_ID;
-}
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
-  return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
-}
-
-/************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/
-
-
-/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** IdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
-** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
-** end result.
-**
-** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-};
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 4x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 5x */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,  /* 6x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* 8x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0,  /* 9x */
-    1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Ax */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* Bx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Cx */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Dx */
-    0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* Ex */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,  /* Fx */
-};
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
-  int i, c;
-  switch( *z ){
-    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
-      for(i=1; isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '-': {
-      if( z[1]=='-' ){
-        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
-        *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
-        return i;
-      }
-      *tokenType = TK_MINUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '(': {
-      *tokenType = TK_LP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ')': {
-      *tokenType = TK_RP;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case ';': {
-      *tokenType = TK_SEMI;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '+': {
-      *tokenType = TK_PLUS;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '*': {
-      *tokenType = TK_STAR;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '/': {
-      if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_SLASH;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      if( c ) i++;
-      *tokenType = TK_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '%': {
-      *tokenType = TK_REM;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '=': {
-      *tokenType = TK_EQ;
-      return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
-    }
-    case '<': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='<' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_LT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '>': {
-      if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_GE;
-        return 2;
-      }else if( c=='>' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_GT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-    }
-    case '!': {
-      if( z[1]!='=' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return 2;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_NE;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case '|': {
-      if( z[1]!='|' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BITOR;
-        return 1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
-        return 2;
-      }
-    }
-    case ',': {
-      *tokenType = TK_COMMA;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '&': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITAND;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '~': {
-      *tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
-      return 1;
-    }
-    case '`':
-    case '\'':
-    case '"': {
-      int delim = z[0];
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( c==delim ){
-          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( c=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_STRING;
-        return i+1;
-      }else if( c!=0 ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ID;
-        return i+1;
-      }else{
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        return i;
-      }
-    }
-    case '.': {
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( !isdigit(z[1]) )
-#endif
-      {
-        *tokenType = TK_DOT;
-        return 1;
-      }
-      /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
-      ** number that begins with ".".  Fall thru into the next case */
-    }
-    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
-      *tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
-      for(i=0; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-      if( z[i]=='.' ){
-        i++;
-        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-      if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
-           ( isdigit(z[i+1]) 
-            || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && isdigit(z[i+2]))
-           )
-      ){
-        i += 2;
-        while( isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
-        *tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
-      }
-#endif
-      while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
-        *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        i++;
-      }
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '[': {
-      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '?': {
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '#': {
-      for(i=1; isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
-      if( i>1 ){
-        /* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
-        ** internally by sqlite3NestedParse.  */
-        *tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
-        return i;
-      }
-      /* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
-      ** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-    case '$':
-#endif
-    case '@':  /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
-    case ':': {
-      int n = 0;
-      *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( IdChar(c) ){
-          n++;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
-        }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
-          do{
-            i++;
-          }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !isspace(c) && c!=')' );
-          if( c==')' ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          }
-          break;
-        }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
-          i++;
-#endif
-        }else{
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-      return i;
-    }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
-    case 'x': case 'X': {
-      if( z[1]=='\'' ){
-        *tokenType = TK_BLOB;
-        for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){
-          if( !isxdigit(c) ){
-            *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-          }
-        }
-        if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-        if( c ) i++;
-        return i;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
-    }
-#endif
-    default: {
-      if( !IdChar(*z) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Run the parser on the given SQL string.  The parser structure is
-** passed in.  An SQLITE_ status code is returned.  If an error occurs
-** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into 
-** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
-** error message.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
-  int nErr = 0;
-  int i;
-  void *pEngine;
-  int tokenType;
-  int lastTokenParsed = -1;
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
-
-  if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
-    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
-  }
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
-  i = 0;
-  assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
-  pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
-  if( pEngine==0 ){
-    db->mallocFailed = 1;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
-  assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
-  assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
-  assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
-  while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
-    assert( i>=0 );
-    pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i];
-    assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
-    pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
-    i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
-    if( i>mxSqlLen ){
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
-      break;
-    }
-    switch( tokenType ){
-      case TK_SPACE: {
-        if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
-          pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
-          sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "interrupt");
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-      case TK_ILLEGAL: {
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
-        *pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
-                        &pParse->sLastToken);
-        nErr++;
-        goto abort_parse;
-      }
-      case TK_SEMI: {
-        pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-        /* Fall thru into the default case */
-      }
-      default: {
-        sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-        lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
-        if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-          goto abort_parse;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-abort_parse:
-  if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
-      sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-      pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
-    }
-    sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
-  }
-#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
-  sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
-      sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
-  );
-#endif /* YYDEBUG */
-  sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
-    sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
-  }
-  if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
-    if( *pzErrMsg==0 ){
-      *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
-    }
-    pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
-    nErr++;
-  }
-  if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
-    pParse->pVdbe = 0;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
-    pParse->aTableLock = 0;
-    pParse->nTableLock = 0;
-  }
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVtabLock);
-#endif
-
-  if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
-    /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table 
-    ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
-    ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
-    */
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
-  while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
-    Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
-    pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
-  }
-  if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  return nErr;
-}
-
-/************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** An tokenizer for SQL
-**
-** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
-** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file.  But by
-** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
-** static links that do not use it.
-**
-** $Id: complete.c,v 1.7 2008/06/13 18:24:27 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
-
-/*
-** This is defined in tokenize.c.  We just have to import the definition.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
-#define IdChar(C)  (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
-
-
-/*
-** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine.  See the header
-** comments on that procedure for additional information.
-*/
-#define tkSEMI    0
-#define tkWS      1
-#define tkOTHER   2
-#define tkEXPLAIN 3
-#define tkCREATE  4
-#define tkTEMP    5
-#define tkTRIGGER 6
-#define tkEND     7
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
-**
-** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
-** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
-** must end with ";END;".
-**
-** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
-**
-**   (0) START     At the beginning or end of an SQL statement.  This routine
-**                 returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
-**                 in any other state.
-**
-**   (1) NORMAL    We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
-**                 semicolon.
-**
-**   (2) EXPLAIN   The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of 
-**                 a statement.
-**
-**   (3) CREATE    The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
-**                 statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
-**                 TEMP or TEMPORARY
-**
-**   (4) TRIGGER   We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
-**                 ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
-**
-**   (5) SEMI      We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
-**                 the end of a trigger definition.
-**
-**   (6) END       We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
-**                 of a trigger difinition.
-**
-** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
-** from the input.  The following tokens are significant:
-**
-**   (0) tkSEMI      A semicolon.
-**   (1) tkWS        Whitespace
-**   (2) tkOTHER     Any other SQL token.
-**   (3) tkEXPLAIN   The "explain" keyword.
-**   (4) tkCREATE    The "create" keyword.
-**   (5) tkTEMP      The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
-**   (6) tkTRIGGER   The "trigger" keyword.
-**   (7) tkEND       The "end" keyword.
-**
-** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
-**
-** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
-** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted.  All we have to do
-** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
-  u8 state = 0;   /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
-  u8 token;       /* Value of the next token */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
-  ** statement.  This is the normal case.
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
-                     /* Token:                                                */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER EXPLAIN  CREATE  TEMP  TRIGGER  END  */
-     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1,      2,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
-     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1,      1,      1,    1,       1,   1,  },
-     /* 2 EXPLAIN: */ {    0,  2,     1,      1,      3,    1,       1,   1,  },
-     /* 3  CREATE: */ {    0,  3,     1,      1,      1,    3,       4,   1,  },
-     /* 4 TRIGGER: */ {    5,  4,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
-     /* 5    SEMI: */ {    5,  5,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   6,  },
-     /* 6     END: */ {    0,  6,     4,      4,      4,    4,       4,   4,  },
-  };
-#else
-  /* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
-  ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
-  */
-  static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
-                     /* Token:           */
-     /* State:       **  SEMI  WS  OTHER */
-     /* 0   START: */ {    0,  0,     1, },
-     /* 1  NORMAL: */ {    0,  1,     1, },
-  };
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-  while( *zSql ){
-    switch( *zSql ){
-      case ';': {  /* A semicolon */
-        token = tkSEMI;
-        break;
-      }
-      case ' ':
-      case '\r':
-      case '\t':
-      case '\n':
-      case '\f': {  /* White space is ignored */
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '/': {   /* C-style comments */
-        if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        zSql += 2;
-        while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
-        if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
-        zSql++;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '-': {   /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
-        if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
-          token = tkOTHER;
-          break;
-        }
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
-        token = tkWS;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '[': {   /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      case '`':     /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
-      case '"':     /* single- and double-quoted strings */
-      case '\'': {
-        int c = *zSql;
-        zSql++;
-        while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
-        if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
-        token = tkOTHER;
-        break;
-      }
-      default: {
-        int c;
-        if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
-          /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
-          int nId;
-          for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          token = tkOTHER;
-#else
-          switch( *zSql ){
-            case 'c': case 'C': {
-              if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
-                token = tkCREATE;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 't': case 'T': {
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkTRIGGER;
-              }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
-                token = tkTEMP;
-              }else{
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            case 'e':  case 'E': {
-              if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
-                token = tkEND;
-              }else
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
-              if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
-                token = tkEXPLAIN;
-              }else
-#endif
-              {
-                token = tkOTHER;
-              }
-              break;
-            }
-            default: {
-              token = tkOTHER;
-              break;
-            }
-          }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-          zSql += nId-1;
-        }else{
-          /* Operators and special symbols */
-          token = tkOTHER;
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    state = trans[state][token];
-    zSql++;
-  }
-  return state==0;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
-** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
-** UTF-8.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  char const *zSql8;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zSql8 ){
-    rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */
-
-/************** End of complete.c ********************************************/
-/************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Main file for the SQLite library.  The routines in this file
-** implement the programmer interface to the library.  Routines in
-** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
-** accessed by users of the library.
-**
-** $Id: main.c,v 1.500 2008/09/08 08:08:09 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-/************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-/************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-/************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/
-/************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** RTREE library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-/************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-/************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2008 May 26
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
-** ICU extension.  All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-extern "C" {
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db);
-
-#if 0
-}  /* extern "C" */
-#endif  /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-/************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The version of the library
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION;
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; }
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; }
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE)
-/*
-** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if
-** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing
-** I/O active are written using this function.  These messages
-** are intended for debugging activity only.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0;
-#endif
-
-/*
-** If the following global variable points to a string which is the
-** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store
-** temporary files.
-**
-** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command.
-*/
-SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0;
-
-/*
-** Initialize SQLite.  
-**
-** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation,
-** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with
-** SQLite.  But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as
-** sqlite3_open().  
-**
-** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process,
-** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown.
-**
-** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to
-** completion.  If subsequent threads call this routine before the first
-** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent
-** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization.
-**
-** The first thread might call this routine recursively.  Recursive
-** calls to this routine should not block, of course.  Otherwise the
-** initialization process would never complete.
-**
-** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine.  Let Y be some other
-** thread.  Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is
-** incomplete, it is required that:
-**
-**    *  Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most
-**       call by X completes.
-**
-**    *  Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately
-**       without blocking.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){
-  sqlite3_mutex *pMaster;                      /* The main static mutex */
-  int rc;                                      /* Result code */
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
-  rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call
-  ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op.  But the initialization
-  ** must be complete.  So isInit must not be set until the very end
-  ** of this routine.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized.  If unable to 
-  ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error.
-  ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex,
-  ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do.
-  **
-  ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own
-  ** initialization.
-  */
-  rc = sqlite3MutexInit();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-
-  /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex.
-  ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex.  Note that
-  ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the
-  ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static
-  ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem.
-  */
-  pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){
-    rc = sqlite3MallocInit();
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1;
-    if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-
-  /* If unable to initialize the malloc subsystem, then return early.
-  ** There is little hope of getting SQLite to run if the malloc
-  ** subsystem cannot be initialized.
-  */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so
-  ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into
-  ** sqlite3_initialize().  The recursive calls normally come through
-  ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other
-  ** recursive calls might also be possible.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){
-    FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1;
-    memset(pHash, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalFunctions));
-    sqlite3RegisterGlobalFunctions();
-    rc = sqlite3_os_init();
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize();
-      sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, 
-          sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage);
-    }
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0;
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = (rc==SQLITE_OK ? 1 : 0);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-
-  /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive
-  ** mutex to prevent a resource leak.
-  */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster);
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--;
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){
-    assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex);
-    sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster);
-
-  /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has
-  ** been compiled correctly.  It is important to run this code, but
-  ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no
-  ** reason.  So we run it once during initialization.
-  */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */
-  if ( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1;
-    double y;
-    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
-    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
-    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
-    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
-** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
-** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread.  This
-** routine is not threadsafe.  Not by a long shot.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0;
-  sqlite3PcacheShutdown();
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
-    sqlite3_os_end();
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
-    sqlite3MallocEnd();
-  }
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
-    sqlite3MutexEnd();
-  }
-  sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of
-** the SQLite library at run-time.
-**
-** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding
-** database connections or memory allocations.  This routine is not
-** threadsafe.  Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable
-** behavior.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while
-  ** the SQLite library is in use. */
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: {
-      /* Disable all mutexing */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: {
-      /* Disable mutexing of database connections */
-      /* Enable mutexing of core data structures */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: {
-      /* Enable all mutexing */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1;
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: {
-      /* Specify an alternative malloc implementation */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: {
-      /* Retrieve the current malloc() implementation */
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault();
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: {
-      /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: {
-      /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */
-      *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex;
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: {
-      /* Enable or disable the malloc status collection */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH: {
-      /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: {
-      /* Designate a buffer for scratch memory space */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5)
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: {
-      /* Designate a buffer for heap memory space */
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int);
-
-      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){
-        /* If the heap pointer is NULL, then restore the malloc implementation
-        ** back to NULL pointers too.  This will cause the malloc to go
-        ** back to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is
-        ** run.
-        */
-        memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m));
-      }else{
-        /* The heap pointer is not NULL, then install one of the
-        ** mem5.c/mem3.c methods. If neither ENABLE_MEMSYS3 nor
-        ** ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined, return an error.
-        ** the default case and return an error.
-        */
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3();
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
-        sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5();
-#endif
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS6)
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nSmall = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys6();
-      break;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
-      sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    default: {
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection.
-** Return SQLITE_OK on success.  
-** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY.
-**
-** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot.
-** The cnt parameter is the number of slots.  If pStart is NULL the
-** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc().
-** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for
-** the lookaside memory.
-*/
-static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){
-  void *pStart;
-  if( db->lookaside.nOut ){
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  if( sz<0 ) sz = 0;
-  if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0;
-  if( pBuf==0 ){
-    sz = (sz + 7)&~7;
-    sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-    pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt );
-    sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-  }else{
-    sz = sz&~7;
-    pStart = pBuf;
-  }
-  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
-    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
-  }
-  db->lookaside.pStart = pStart;
-  db->lookaside.pFree = 0;
-  db->lookaside.sz = sz;
-  db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0;
-  if( pStart ){
-    int i;
-    LookasideSlot *p;
-    p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart;
-    for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){
-      p->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
-      db->lookaside.pFree = p;
-      p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz];
-    }
-    db->lookaside.pEnd = p;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
-  }else{
-    db->lookaside.pEnd = 0;
-    db->lookaside.bEnabled = 0;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Configuration settings for an individual database connection
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){
-  va_list ap;
-  int rc;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-    case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: {
-      void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*);
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int cnt = va_arg(ap, int);
-      rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt);
-      break;
-    }
-    default: {
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
-  static int dummy = 0;
-  dummy += x;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces.
-*/
-static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){
-  while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; }
-  return n==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always
-** available.
-**
-** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end
-** of strings is ignored.  This implements the RTRIM collation.
-*/
-static int binCollFunc(
-  void *padFlag,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int rc, n;
-  n = nKey1<nKey2 ? nKey1 : nKey2;
-  rc = memcmp(pKey1, pKey2, n);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    if( padFlag
-     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey1)+n, nKey1-n)
-     && allSpaces(((char*)pKey2)+n, nKey2-n)
-    ){
-      /* Leave rc unchanged at 0 */
-    }else{
-      rc = nKey1 - nKey2;
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. 
-**
-** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independant
-** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents
-** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language.
-**
-** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation.
-*/
-static int nocaseCollatingFunc(
-  void *NotUsed,
-  int nKey1, const void *pKey1,
-  int nKey2, const void *pKey2
-){
-  int r = sqlite3StrNICmp(
-      (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1<nKey2)?nKey1:nKey2);
-  if( 0==r ){
-    r = nKey1-nKey2;
-  }
-  return r;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the ROWID of the most recent insert
-*/
-SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->lastRowid;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->nChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->nTotalChange;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close an existing SQLite database
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){
-  HashElem *i;
-  int j;
-
-  if( !db ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
-  {
-    extern void sqlite3SseCleanup(sqlite3*);
-    sqlite3SseCleanup(db);
-  }
-#endif 
-
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-
-  /* If a transaction is open, the ResetInternalSchema() call above
-  ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual
-  ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback()
-  ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active
-  ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing
-  ** some prepared statements internally.
-  */
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-
-  /* If there are any outstanding VMs, return SQLITE_BUSY. */
-  if( db->pVdbe ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "Unable to close due to unfinalised statements");
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-    return SQLITE_BUSY;
-  }
-  assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) );
-
-  for(j=0; j<db->nDb; j++){
-    struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j];
-    if( pDb->pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-      pDb->pBt = 0;
-      if( j!=1 ){
-        pDb->pSchema = 0;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  assert( db->nDb<=2 );
-  assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic );
-  for(j=0; j<ArraySize(db->aFunc.a); j++){
-    FuncDef *pNext, *pHash, *p;
-    for(p=db->aFunc.a[j]; p; p=pHash){
-      pHash = p->pHash;
-      while( p ){
-        pNext = p->pNext;
-        sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
-        p = pNext;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */
-    for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-      if( pColl[j].xDel ){
-        pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
-    Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i);
-    if( pMod->xDestroy ){
-      pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux);
-    }
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod);
-  }
-  sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule);
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */
-  if( db->pErr ){
-    sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr);
-  }
-  sqlite3CloseExtensions(db);
-
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
-
-  /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema
-  ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()).
-  ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into
-  ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database 
-  ** structure?
-  */
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED;
-  sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex);
-  if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){
-    sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rollback all database files.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db){
-  int i;
-  int inTrans = 0;
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
-      if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(db->aDb[i].pBt) ){
-        inTrans = 1;
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeRollback(db->aDb[i].pBt);
-      db->aDb[i].inTrans = 0;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VtabRollback(db);
-  sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
-
-  if( db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges ){
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */
-  if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){
-    db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the
-** argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){
-  const char *z;
-  switch( rc & 0xff ){
-    case SQLITE_ROW:
-    case SQLITE_DONE:
-    case SQLITE_OK:         z = "not an error";                          break;
-    case SQLITE_ERROR:      z = "SQL logic error or missing database";   break;
-    case SQLITE_PERM:       z = "access permission denied";              break;
-    case SQLITE_ABORT:      z = "callback requested query abort";        break;
-    case SQLITE_BUSY:       z = "database is locked";                    break;
-    case SQLITE_LOCKED:     z = "database table is locked";              break;
-    case SQLITE_NOMEM:      z = "out of memory";                         break;
-    case SQLITE_READONLY:   z = "attempt to write a readonly database";  break;
-    case SQLITE_INTERRUPT:  z = "interrupted";                           break;
-    case SQLITE_IOERR:      z = "disk I/O error";                        break;
-    case SQLITE_CORRUPT:    z = "database disk image is malformed";      break;
-    case SQLITE_FULL:       z = "database or disk is full";              break;
-    case SQLITE_CANTOPEN:   z = "unable to open database file";          break;
-    case SQLITE_EMPTY:      z = "table contains no data";                break;
-    case SQLITE_SCHEMA:     z = "database schema has changed";           break;
-    case SQLITE_TOOBIG:     z = "String or BLOB exceeded size limit";    break;
-    case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: z = "constraint failed";                     break;
-    case SQLITE_MISMATCH:   z = "datatype mismatch";                     break;
-    case SQLITE_MISUSE:     z = "library routine called out of sequence";break;
-    case SQLITE_NOLFS:      z = "large file support is disabled";        break;
-    case SQLITE_AUTH:       z = "authorization denied";                  break;
-    case SQLITE_FORMAT:     z = "auxiliary database format error";       break;
-    case SQLITE_RANGE:      z = "bind or column index out of range";     break;
-    case SQLITE_NOTADB:     z = "file is encrypted or is not a database";break;
-    default:                z = "unknown error";                         break;
-  }
-  return z;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine implements a busy callback that sleeps and tries
-** again until a timeout value is reached.  The timeout value is
-** an integer number of milliseconds passed in as the first
-** argument.
-*/
-static int sqliteDefaultBusyCallback(
- void *ptr,               /* Database connection */
- int count                /* Number of times table has been busy */
-){
-#if SQLITE_OS_WIN || (defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP)
-  static const u8 delays[] =
-     { 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 25,  25,  50,  50, 100 };
-  static const u8 totals[] =
-     { 0, 1, 3,  8, 18, 33, 53, 78, 103, 128, 178, 228 };
-# define NDELAY (sizeof(delays)/sizeof(delays[0]))
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = db->busyTimeout;
-  int delay, prior;
-
-  assert( count>=0 );
-  if( count < NDELAY ){
-    delay = delays[count];
-    prior = totals[count];
-  }else{
-    delay = delays[NDELAY-1];
-    prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1));
-  }
-  if( prior + delay > timeout ){
-    delay = timeout - prior;
-    if( delay<=0 ) return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000);
-  return 1;
-#else
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr;
-  int timeout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout;
-  if( (count+1)*1000 > timeout ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000);
-  return 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the given busy handler.
-**
-** This routine is called when an operation failed with a lock.
-** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried.  If it
-** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p){
-  int rc;
-  if( NEVER(p==0) || p->xFunc==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0;
-  rc = p->xFunc(p->pArg, p->nBusy);
-  if( rc==0 ){
-    p->nBusy = -1;
-  }else{
-    p->nBusy++;
-  }
-  return rc; 
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
-  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
-  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
-/*
-** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the
-** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will
-** be invoked every nOps opcodes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  int nOps,
-  int (*xProgress)(void*), 
-  void *pArg
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( nOps>0 ){
-    db->xProgress = xProgress;
-    db->nProgressOps = nOps;
-    db->pProgressArg = pArg;
-  }else{
-    db->xProgress = 0;
-    db->nProgressOps = 0;
-    db->pProgressArg = 0;
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the
-** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){
-  if( ms>0 ){
-    db->busyTimeout = ms;
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){
-  db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except
-** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is
-** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code
-** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. 
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *pUserData,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  FuncDef *p;
-  int nName;
-
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  if( zFunctionName==0 ||
-      (xFunc && (xFinal || xStep)) || 
-      (!xFunc && (xFinal && !xStep)) ||
-      (!xFunc && (!xFinal && xStep)) ||
-      (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) ||
-      (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zFunctionName))) ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "bad parameters");
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  **
-  ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function
-  ** to the hash table.
-  */
-  if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){
-    int rc;
-    rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
-         pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE,
-          pUserData, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-    enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-  }
-#else
-  enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-#endif
-  
-  /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so,
-  ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function
-  ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the
-  ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements.
-  */
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 0);
-  if( p && p->iPrefEnc==enc && p->nArg==nArg ){
-    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "Unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements");
-      assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-    }
-  }
-
-  p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nName, nArg, enc, 1);
-  assert(p || db->mallocFailed);
-  if( !p ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  p->flags = 0;
-  p->xFunc = xFunc;
-  p->xStep = xStep;
-  p->xFinalize = xFinal;
-  p->pUserData = pUserData;
-  p->nArg = nArg;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create new user functions.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int enc,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, enc, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *p,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zFunc8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1);
-  rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xFunc, xStep, xFinal);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table.
-**
-** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then
-** this routine is a no-op.  If the function does not exist, then create
-** a new one that always throws a run-time error.  
-**
-** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they
-** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists.
-** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work
-** properly.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nArg
-){
-  int nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)==0 ){
-    sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8,
-                      0, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
-/*
-** Register a trace function.  The pArg from the previously registered trace
-** is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes.  A non-NULL
-** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each
-** SQL statement.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void (*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pTraceArg;
-  db->xTrace = xTrace;
-  db->pTraceArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-/*
-** Register a profile function.  The pArg from the previously registered 
-** profile function is returned.  
-**
-** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes.  A non-NULL
-** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of
-** each SQL statement that is run.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pProfileArg;
-  db->xProfile = xProfile;
-  db->pProfileArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */
-
-/*** EXPERIMENTAL ***
-**
-** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction comments.
-** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a
-** rollback.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  int (*xCallback)(void*),  /* Function to invoke on each commit */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pOld;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pOld = db->pCommitArg;
-  db->xCommitCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pCommitArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pOld;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated,
-** inserted or deleted using this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64),
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pUpdateArg;
-  db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pUpdateArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled
-** back by this database connection.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* Attach the hook to this database */
-  void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */
-  void *pArg                /* Argument to the function */
-){
-  void *pRet;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  pRet = db->pRollbackArg;
-  db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback;
-  db->pRollbackArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return pRet;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called to create a connection to a database BTree
-** driver.  If zFilename is the name of a file, then that file is
-** opened and used.  If zFilename is the magic name ":memory:" then
-** the database is stored in memory (and is thus forgotten as soon as
-** the connection is closed.)  If zFilename is NULL then the database
-** is a "virtual" database for transient use only and is deleted as
-** soon as the connection is closed.
-**
-** A virtual database can be either a disk file (that is automatically
-** deleted when the file is closed) or it an be held entirely in memory,
-** depending on the values of the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE compile-time macro and the
-** db->temp_store variable, according to the following chart:
-**
-**   SQLITE_TEMP_STORE     db->temp_store     Location of temporary database
-**   -----------------     --------------     ------------------------------
-**   0                     any                file
-**   1                     1                  file
-**   1                     2                  memory
-**   1                     0                  file
-**   2                     1                  file
-**   2                     2                  memory
-**   2                     0                  memory
-**   3                     any                memory
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFactory(
-  const sqlite3 *db,        /* Main database when opening aux otherwise 0 */
-  const char *zFilename,    /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */
-  int omitJournal,          /* if TRUE then do not journal this file */
-  int nCache,               /* How many pages in the page cache */
-  int vfsFlags,             /* Flags passed through to vfsOpen */
-  Btree **ppBtree           /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */
-){
-  int btFlags = 0;
-  int rc;
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-  assert( ppBtree != 0);
-  if( omitJournal ){
-    btFlags |= BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL;
-  }
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
-    btFlags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
-  }
-  if( zFilename==0 ){
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0
-    /* Do nothing */
-#endif
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1
-    if( db->temp_store==2 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2
-    if( db->temp_store!=1 ) zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3
-    zFilename = ":memory:";
-#endif
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB */
-  }
-
-  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (zFilename==0 || *zFilename==0) ){
-    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(zFilename, (sqlite3 *)db, ppBtree, btFlags, vfsFlags);
-
-  /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the
-  ** default value. Except, if the call to BtreeOpen() returned a handle
-  ** open on an existing shared pager-cache, do not change the pager-cache 
-  ** size.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeSchema(*ppBtree, 0, 0) ){
-    sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(*ppBtree, nCache);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){
-  const char *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM);
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  if( z==0 ){
-    z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent
-** error.
-*/
-SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){
-  /* Because all the characters in the string are in the unicode
-  ** range 0x00-0xFF, if we pad the big-endian string with a 
-  ** zero byte, we can obtain the little-endian string with
-  ** &big_endian[1].
-  */
-  static const char outOfMemBe[] = {
-    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'm', 0, 'e', 0, 'm', 0, 'o', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, 0, 0
-  };
-  static const char misuseBe [] = {
-    0, 'l', 0, 'i', 0, 'b', 0, 'r', 0, 'a', 0, 'r', 0, 'y', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'r', 0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, 'i', 0, 'n', 0, 'e', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'c', 0, 'a', 0, 'l', 0, 'l', 0, 'e', 0, 'd', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'o', 0, 'u', 0, 't', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 'o', 0, 'f', 0, ' ', 
-    0, 's', 0, 'e', 0, 'q', 0, 'u', 0, 'e', 0, 'n', 0, 'c', 0, 'e', 0, 0, 0
-  };
-
-  const void *z;
-  if( !db ){
-    return (void *)(&outOfMemBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
-  }
-  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return (void *)(&misuseBe[SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16LE?1:0]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-  if( z==0 ){
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode),
-         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr);
-  }
-  /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16()
-  ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to
-  ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via
-  ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message.
-  */
-  db->mallocFailed = 0;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return z;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is
-** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open().
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){
-  if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-  if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  return db->errCode & db->errMask;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new collating function for database "db".  The name is zName
-** and the encoding is enc.
-*/
-static int createCollation(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int enc2;
-  int nName;
-  
-  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
-
-  /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this
-  ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the
-  ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally.
-  */
-  enc2 = enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED;
-  if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ){
-    enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-  }
-  if( (enc2&~3)!=0 ){
-    return SQLITE_MISUSE;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation 
-  ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there
-  ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements.
-  */
-  nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, nName, 0);
-  if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){
-    if( db->activeVdbeCnt ){
-      sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_BUSY, 
-        "Unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements");
-      return SQLITE_BUSY;
-    }
-    sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-
-    /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to
-    ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(),
-    ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated.
-    ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need
-    ** to be called.
-    */ 
-    if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){
-      CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-      int j;
-      for(j=0; j<3; j++){
-        CollSeq *p = &aColl[j];
-        if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){
-          if( p->xDel ){
-            p->xDel(p->pUser);
-          }
-          p->xCmp = 0;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, nName, 1);
-  if( pColl ){
-    pColl->xCmp = xCompare;
-    pColl->pUser = pCtx;
-    pColl->xDel = xDel;
-    pColl->enc = enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED);
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values.  The
-** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_*
-** #defines in sqlite3.h.
-*/
-static const int aHardLimit[] = {
-  SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN,
-  SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP,
-  SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG,
-  SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED,
-  SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH,
-  SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER,
-};
-
-/*
-** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values
-*/
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-# error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>127
-# error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 127
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30
-# error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 30
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<1
-# error SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER must be at least 1
-#endif
-#if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767
-# error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Change the value of a limit.  Report the old value.
-** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1.
-** Make no changes but still report the old value if the
-** new limit is negative.
-**
-** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs.
-** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit
-** from forming.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){
-  int oldLimit;
-  if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){
-    return -1;
-  }
-  oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId];
-  if( newLimit>=0 ){
-    if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){
-      newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId];
-    }
-    db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit;
-  }
-  return oldLimit;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename"  
-** is UTF-8 encoded.
-*/
-static int openDatabase(
-  const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,        /* OUT: Returned database handle */
-  unsigned flags,        /* Operational flags */
-  const char *zVfs       /* Name of the VFS to use */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  int rc;
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  int isThreadsafe;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){
-    isThreadsafe = 0;
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){
-    isThreadsafe = 0;
-  }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){
-    isThreadsafe = 1;
-  }else{
-    isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter */
-  flags &=  ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | 
-               SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX |
-               SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX
-             );
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */
-  db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) );
-  if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out;
-  if( isThreadsafe ){
-    db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
-    if( db->mutex==0 ){
-      sqlite3_free(db);
-      db = 0;
-      goto opendb_out;
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = 0xff;
-  db->priorNewRowid = 0;
-  db->nDb = 2;
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
-  db->aDb = db->aDbStatic;
-
-  assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) );
-  memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit));
-  db->autoCommit = 1;
-  db->nextAutovac = -1;
-  db->nextPagesize = 0;
-  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames
-#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
-                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
-                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
-#endif
-      ;
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
-  sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-#endif
-
-  db->pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs);
-  if( !db->pVfs ){
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, "no such vfs: %s", zVfs);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8
-  ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary
-  ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure.
-  */
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "BINARY", SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0);
-  createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0);
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
-  assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 );
-
-  /* Also add a UTF-8 case-insensitive collation sequence. */
-  createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0);
-
-  /* Set flags on the built-in collating sequences */
-  db->pDfltColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_BINARY;
-  pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "NOCASE", 6, 0);
-  if( pColl ){
-    pColl->type = SQLITE_COLL_NOCASE;
-  }
-
-  /* Open the backend database driver */
-  db->openFlags = flags;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFilename, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 
-                           flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
-                           &db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-  db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt);
-  db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0);
-
-
-  /* The default safety_level for the main database is 'full'; for the temp
-  ** database it is 'NONE'. This matches the pager layer defaults.  
-  */
-  db->aDb[0].zName = "main";
-  db->aDb[0].safety_level = 3;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
-  db->aDb[1].zName = "temp";
-  db->aDb[1].safety_level = 1;
-#endif
-
-  db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
-  if( db->mallocFailed ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the
-  ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database
-  ** is accessed.
-  */
-  sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
-  sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(db);
-
-  /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered
-  ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API.
-  */
-  (void)sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db);
-  if( sqlite3_errcode(db)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto opendb_out;
-  }
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1
-  if( !db->mallocFailed ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*);
-    rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE
-  if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){
-    rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
-
-  /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking
-  ** mode.  -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking
-  ** mode.  Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default.
-  */
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE
-  db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE;
-  sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt),
-                          SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE);
-#endif
-
-  /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */
-  setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside);
-
-opendb_out:
-  if( db ){
-    assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 );
-    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3_errcode(db);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-    sqlite3_close(db);
-    db = 0;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK;
-  }
-  *ppDb = db;
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *zFilename, 
-  sqlite3 **ppDb 
-){
-  return openDatabase(zFilename, ppDb,
-                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-}
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-){
-  return openDatabase(filename, ppDb, flags, zVfs);
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Open a new database handle.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *zFilename, 
-  sqlite3 **ppDb
-){
-  char const *zFilename8;   /* zFilename encoded in UTF-8 instead of UTF-16 */
-  sqlite3_value *pVal;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( zFilename );
-  assert( ppDb );
-  *ppDb = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-  rc = sqlite3_initialize();
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-#endif
-  pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
-  sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zFilename, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  zFilename8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
-  if( zFilename8 ){
-    rc = openDatabase(zFilename8, ppDb,
-                      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, 0);
-    assert( *ppDb || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !DbHasProperty(*ppDb, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
-      ENC(*ppDb) = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE;
-    }
-  }else{
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-
-  return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDel)(void*)
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  rc = createCollation(db, zName, enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int enc, 
-  void* pCtx,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  char *zName8;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  assert( !db->mallocFailed );
-  zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1);
-  if( zName8 ){
-    rc = createCollation(db, zName8, enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0);
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8);
-  }
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = 0;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-/*
-** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle
-** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  void *pCollNeededArg, 
-  void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->xCollNeeded = 0;
-  db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16;
-  db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GLOBALRECOVER
-/*
-** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a
-** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit
-** mode.  Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not.  Autocommit mode is on
-** by default.  Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled
-** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK.
-**
-******* THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL API AND IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE ******
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){
-  return db->autoCommit;
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-/*
-** The following routine is subtituted for constant SQLITE_CORRUPT in
-** debugging builds.  This provides a way to set a breakpoint for when
-** corruption is first detected.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Corrupt(void){
-  return SQLITE_CORRUPT;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific
-** data for this thread has been deallocated.
-**
-** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a
-** no-op.  It is retained for historical compatibility.
-*/
-SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){
-}
-
-/*
-** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table.
-** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-){
-  int rc;
-  char *zErrMsg = 0;
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  Column *pCol = 0;
-  int iCol;
-
-  char const *zDataType = 0;
-  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
-  int notnull = 0;
-  int primarykey = 0;
-  int autoinc = 0;
-
-  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
-  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
-  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Locate the table in question */
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName);
-  if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){
-    pTab = 0;
-    goto error_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Find the column for which info is requested */
-  if( sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){
-    iCol = pTab->iPKey;
-    if( iCol>=0 ){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-    }
-  }else{
-    for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
-      pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol];
-      if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
-      pTab = 0;
-      goto error_out;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned
-  ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey
-  ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities:
-  ** 
-  **     1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" 
-  **        and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. 
-  **
-  **     2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an 
-  **        explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol.
-  */ 
-  if( pCol ){
-    zDataType = pCol->zType;
-    zCollSeq = pCol->zColl;
-    notnull = pCol->notNull!=0;
-    primarykey  = pCol->isPrimKey!=0;
-    autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0;
-  }else{
-    zDataType = "INTEGER";
-    primarykey = 1;
-  }
-  if( !zCollSeq ){
-    zCollSeq = "BINARY";
-  }
-
-error_out:
-  (void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
-
-  /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters
-  ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur,
-  ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters.
-  */
-  if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType;
-  if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq;
-  if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull;
-  if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey;
-  if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){
-    sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-    zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName,
-        zColumnName);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-  sqlite3Error(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg);
-  sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
-  rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){
-  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;
-  int rc;
-  pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0);
-  if( pVfs==0 ) return 0;
-
-  /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() 
-  ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's.
-  */
-  rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Enable or disable the extended result codes.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff;
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){
-  int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-  int iDb;
-  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
-  if( zDbName==0 ){
-    iDb = 0;
-  }else{
-    for(iDb=0; iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
-      if( strcmp(db->aDb[iDb].zName, zDbName)==0 ) break;
-    }
-  }
-  if( iDb<db->nDb ){
-    Btree *pBtree = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
-    if( pBtree ){
-      Pager *pPager;
-      sqlite3_file *fd;
-      sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree);
-      pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree);
-      assert( pPager!=0 );
-      fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager);
-      assert( fd!=0 );
-      if( fd->pMethods ){
-        rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
-      }
-      sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
-  return rc;   
-}
-
-/*
-** Interface to the testing logic.
-*/
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
-  int rc = 0;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
-  va_list ap;
-  va_start(ap, op);
-  switch( op ){
-
-    /*
-    ** Save the current state of the PRNG.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: {
-      sqlite3PrngSaveState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using
-    ** PRNG_SAVE.  If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then
-    ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: {
-      sqlite3PrngRestoreState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state.  The next call
-    ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call
-    ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: {
-      sqlite3PrngResetState();
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program)
-    **
-    ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size.  The program argument
-    ** is an array of integers that defines the test.  Return -1 on a
-    ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error.
-    ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: {
-      int sz = va_arg(ap, int);
-      int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*);
-      rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    **  sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd)
-    **
-    ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures 
-    ** are benign.
-    */
-    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: {
-      typedef void (*void_function)(void);
-      void_function xBenignBegin;
-      void_function xBenignEnd;
-      xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function);
-      xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function);
-      sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd);
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  va_end(ap);
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/************** End of main.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-
-/* TODO(shess) Consider exporting this comment to an HTML file or the
-** wiki.
-*/
-/* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like)
-** structures called segments which map terms to doclists.  The
-** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the
-** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable.  Since trees
-** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the
-** bottom up.
-**
-**
-**** Varints ****
-** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a
-** varint.  We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order
-** using seven bits * per byte as follows:
-**
-** KEY:
-**         A = 0xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**         B = 1xxxxxxx    7 bits of data and one flag bit
-**
-**  7 bits - A
-** 14 bits - BA
-** 21 bits - BBA
-** and so on.
-**
-** This is identical to how sqlite encodes varints (see util.c).
-**
-**
-**** Document lists ****
-** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a
-** given term.  Doclists hold docids, and can optionally associate
-** token positions and offsets with docids.
-**
-** A DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS doclist is stored like this:
-**
-** array {
-**   varint docid;
-**   array {                (position list for column 0)
-**     varint position;     (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
-**     varint startOffset;  (delta from previous startOffset)
-**     varint endOffset;    (delta from startOffset)
-**   }
-**   array {
-**     varint POS_COLUMN;   (marks start of position list for new column)
-**     varint column;       (index of new column)
-**     array {
-**       varint position;   (delta from previous position plus POS_BASE)
-**       varint startOffset;(delta from previous startOffset)
-**       varint endOffset;  (delta from startOffset)
-**     }
-**   }
-**   varint POS_END;        (marks end of positions for this document.
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.  A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream
-** generated by the tokenizer, while an "offset" is a byte offset,
-** both based at 0.  Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur in the
-** same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals
-** ending a position list array.
-**
-** A DL_POSITIONS doclist omits the startOffset and endOffset
-** information.  A DL_DOCIDS doclist omits both the position and
-** offset information, becoming an array of varint-encoded docids.
-**
-** On-disk data is stored as type DL_DEFAULT, so we don't serialize
-** the type.  Due to how deletion is implemented in the segmentation
-** system, on-disk doclists MUST store at least positions.
-**
-**
-**** Segment leaf nodes ****
-** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term.  Leaf
-** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to
-** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to
-** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer).  Leaf nodes have
-** the format:
-**
-** varint iHeight;             (height from leaf level, always 0)
-** varint nTerm;               (length of first term)
-** char pTerm[nTerm];          (content of first term)
-** varint nDoclist;            (length of term's associated doclist)
-** char pDoclist[nDoclist];    (content of doclist)
-** array {
-**                             (further terms are delta-encoded)
-**   varint nPrefix;           (length of prefix shared with previous term)
-**   varint nSuffix;           (length of unshared suffix)
-**   char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term)
-**   varint nDoclist;          (length of term's associated doclist)
-**   char pDoclist[nDoclist];  (content of doclist)
-** }
-**
-** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in
-** memory.
-**
-** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in
-** the %_segments table in sorted order.  This means that when the end
-** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next
-** greater node id.
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node
-** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048).  New data which itself is
-** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone
-** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist).  The goal of
-** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while
-** making it efficient to directly access large doclists.  The
-** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more
-** likely to be query targets.
-**
-** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more
-** dynamic.  For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf
-** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes.  My intuition is
-** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize.
-**
-**
-**** Segment interior nodes ****
-** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms
-** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree.  Interior
-** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using
-** InteriorReader.  InteriorWriters are created as needed when
-** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node
-** itself grows too big and must be split.  The format of interior
-** nodes:
-**
-** varint iHeight;           (height from leaf level, always >0)
-** varint iBlockid;          (block id of node's leftmost subtree)
-** optional {
-**   varint nTerm;           (length of first term)
-**   char pTerm[nTerm];      (content of first term)
-**   array {
-**                                (further terms are delta-encoded)
-**     varint nPrefix;            (length of shared prefix with previous term)
-**     varint nSuffix;            (length of unshared suffix)
-**     char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term)
-**   }
-** }
-**
-** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X }
-** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory.
-**
-** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees.  The
-** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid
-** is encoded.  The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less
-** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded).
-** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less
-** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at
-** iBlockid+i.  Interior nodes only store enough term data to
-** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left
-** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is
-** "wicked", only "w" is stored).
-**
-** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when
-** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048).
-** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing
-** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny.  The interior nodes
-** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at
-** height+1, and so on.
-**
-**
-**** Segment directory ****
-** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for
-** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the
-** segment's tree.
-**
-** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding
-** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024).
-** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node.  If the top
-** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments
-** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit
-** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the
-** height and the blockid of the previous root).
-**
-** The meta-information in the segment directory is:
-**   level               - segment level (see below)
-**   idx                 - index within level
-**                       - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment)
-**   start_block         - first leaf node
-**   leaves_end_block    - last leaf node
-**   end_block           - last block (including interior nodes)
-**   root                - contents of root node
-**
-** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block,
-** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0.
-**
-**
-**** Segment merging ****
-** To amortize update costs, segments are groups into levels and
-** merged in matches.  Each increase in level represents exponentially
-** more documents.
-**
-** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and
-** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with
-** incrementing idx.  When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all
-** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment.  Level 1
-** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1
-** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing
-** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on.
-**
-** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in
-** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge.  Since segment
-** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this
-** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently.
-** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are
-** deleted.
-**
-** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments.  16 seems to be
-** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance.  32 and 64 show
-** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're
-** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time
-** sorting).  8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than
-** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16.
-**
-** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments
-** which need to be scanned and merged.  For instance, with 100k docs
-** inserted:
-**
-**    MERGE_COUNT   segments
-**       16           25
-**        8           12
-**        4           10
-**        2            6
-**
-** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very
-** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge
-** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast
-** even with many segments.
-**
-** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side
-** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16.  Also, it is possible/likely that
-** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet
-** spot around.
-**
-**
-**
-**** Handling of deletions and updates ****
-** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented
-** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term
-** index when a document is deleted or updated.  For deletions, we
-** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates
-** we simply write the new doclist.  Segment merges overwrite older
-** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates
-** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out.  The
-** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out
-** older data.
-**
-** TODO(shess) Provide a VACUUM type operation to clear out all
-** deletions and duplications.  This would basically be a forced merge
-** into a single segment.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
-# define SQLITE_CORE 1
-#endif
-
-
-/************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3.c ******************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
-** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
-** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
-**
-*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
-#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
-
-/* Forward declarations of structures. */
-typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
-typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
-
-/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
-** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
-** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
-** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
-** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
-** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
-** this structure opaque.
-*/
-struct fts3Hash {
-  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
-  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
-  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
-  fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
-  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
-  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
-    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
-    fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
-  } *ht;
-};
-
-/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
-** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
-**
-** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
-** be opaque because it is used by macros.
-*/
-struct fts3HashElem {
-  fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
-  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
-  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
-};
-
-/*
-** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
-**
-**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
-**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
-**                           is respected in comparisons.
-**
-**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
-**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
-**
-** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
-*/
-#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
-#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
-
-/*
-** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
-
-/*
-** Shorthand for the functions above
-*/
-#define fts3HashInit   sqlite3Fts3HashInit
-#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
-#define fts3HashFind   sqlite3Fts3HashFind
-#define fts3HashClear  sqlite3Fts3HashClear
-
-/*
-** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
-** like this:
-**
-**   fts3Hash h;
-**   fts3HashElem *p;
-**   ...
-**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
-**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
-**     // do something with pData
-**   }
-*/
-#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
-#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
-#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
-#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
-#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
-
-/*
-** Number of entries in a hash table
-*/
-#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
-
-#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */
-
-/************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-/************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3.c *************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/
-/*
-** 2006 July 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
-** are three basic components:
-**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
-** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
-** tokenizers.
-**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
-** including customization information defined at creation time.
-**
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
-** tokens from a particular input.
-*/
-#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
-
-/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
-** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
-** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
-** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
-** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
-** functions that make up an implementation.
-**
-** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
-** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
-** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
-** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
-** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
-** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
-**
-** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
-** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
-** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
-** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
-** object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
-typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
-
-  /*
-  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
-  */
-  int iVersion;
-
-  /*
-  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
-  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
-  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
-  ** the following SQL is executed:
-  **
-  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
-  **
-  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
-  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
-  **
-  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
-  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
-  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
-  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
-  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
-  */
-  int (*xCreate)(
-    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
-    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
-    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
-  );
-
-  /*
-  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
-  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
-  */
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
-
-  /*
-  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
-  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
-  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
-  */
-  int (*xOpen)(
-    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
-    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
-  );
-
-  /*
-  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
-  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
-  */
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
-
-  /*
-  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
-  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
-  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
-  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
-  **
-  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
-  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
-  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
-  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
-  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
-  ** *piEndOffset.
-  **
-  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
-  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
-  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
-  */
-  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
-  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
-  ** should be converted to zInput.
-  */
-  int (*xNext)(
-    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
-    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
-    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
-    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
-    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
-  );
-};
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
-  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
-  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/
-/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
-
-
-/* TODO(shess) MAN, this thing needs some refactoring.  At minimum, it
-** would be nice to order the file better, perhaps something along the
-** lines of:
-**
-**  - utility functions
-**  - table setup functions
-**  - table update functions
-**  - table query functions
-**
-** Put the query functions last because they're likely to reference
-** typedefs or functions from the table update section.
-*/
-
-#if 0
-# define FTSTRACE(A)  printf A; fflush(stdout)
-#else
-# define FTSTRACE(A)
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Default span for NEAR operators.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
-
-/* It is not safe to call isspace(), tolower(), or isalnum() on
-** hi-bit-set characters.  This is the same solution used in the
-** tokenizer.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The snippet-generation code should be using the
-** tokenizer-generated tokens rather than doing its own local
-** tokenization.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Is __isascii() a portable version of (c&0x80)==0? */
-static int safe_isspace(char c){
-  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
-}
-static int safe_tolower(char c){
-  return (c&0x80)==0 ? tolower(c) : c;
-}
-static int safe_isalnum(char c){
-  return (c&0x80)==0 ? isalnum(c) : 0;
-}
-
-typedef enum DocListType {
-  DL_DOCIDS,              /* docids only */
-  DL_POSITIONS,           /* docids + positions */
-  DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS    /* docids + positions + offsets */
-} DocListType;
-
-/*
-** By default, only positions and not offsets are stored in the doclists.
-** To change this so that offsets are stored too, compile with
-**
-**          -DDL_DEFAULT=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS
-**
-** If DL_DEFAULT is set to DL_DOCIDS, your table can only be inserted
-** into (no deletes or updates).
-*/
-#ifndef DL_DEFAULT
-# define DL_DEFAULT DL_POSITIONS
-#endif
-
-enum {
-  POS_END = 0,        /* end of this position list */
-  POS_COLUMN,         /* followed by new column number */
-  POS_BASE
-};
-
-/* MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments (see comment at
-** top of file).
-*/
-#define MERGE_COUNT 16
-
-/* utility functions */
-
-/* CLEAR() and SCRAMBLE() abstract memset() on a pointer to a single
-** record to prevent errors of the form:
-**
-** my_function(SomeType *b){
-**   memset(b, '\0', sizeof(b));  // sizeof(b)!=sizeof(*b)
-** }
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Obvious candidates for a header file. */
-#define CLEAR(b) memset(b, '\0', sizeof(*(b)))
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-#  define SCRAMBLE(b) memset(b, 0x55, sizeof(*(b)))
-#else
-#  define SCRAMBLE(b)
-#endif
-
-/* We may need up to VARINT_MAX bytes to store an encoded 64-bit integer. */
-#define VARINT_MAX 10
-
-/* Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
- * The length of data written will be between 1 and VARINT_MAX bytes.
- * The number of bytes written is returned. */
-static int fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){
-  unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p;
-  sqlite_uint64 vu = v;
-  do{
-    *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80);
-    vu >>= 7;
-  }while( vu!=0 );
-  q[-1] &= 0x7f;  /* turn off high bit in final byte */
-  assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= VARINT_MAX );
-  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
-}
-
-/* Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
- * Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error.
- * The value is stored in *v. */
-static int fts3GetVarint(const char *p, sqlite_int64 *v){
-  const unsigned char *q = (const unsigned char *) p;
-  sqlite_uint64 x = 0, y = 1;
-  while( (*q & 0x80) == 0x80 ){
-    x += y * (*q++ & 0x7f);
-    y <<= 7;
-    if( q - (unsigned char *)p >= VARINT_MAX ){  /* bad data */
-      assert( 0 );
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  x += y * (*q++);
-  *v = (sqlite_int64) x;
-  return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p);
-}
-
-static int fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){
- sqlite_int64 i;
- int ret = fts3GetVarint(p, &i);
- *pi = (int) i;
- assert( *pi==i );
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DataBuffer is used to collect data into a buffer in piecemeal
-** fashion.  It implements the usual distinction between amount of
-** data currently stored (nData) and buffer capacity (nCapacity).
-**
-** dataBufferInit - create a buffer with given initial capacity.
-** dataBufferReset - forget buffer's data, retaining capacity.
-** dataBufferDestroy - free buffer's data.
-** dataBufferSwap - swap contents of two buffers.
-** dataBufferExpand - expand capacity without adding data.
-** dataBufferAppend - append data.
-** dataBufferAppend2 - append two pieces of data at once.
-** dataBufferReplace - replace buffer's data.
-*/
-typedef struct DataBuffer {
-  char *pData;          /* Pointer to malloc'ed buffer. */
-  int nCapacity;        /* Size of pData buffer. */
-  int nData;            /* End of data loaded into pData. */
-} DataBuffer;
-
-static void dataBufferInit(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nCapacity){
-  assert( nCapacity>=0 );
-  pBuffer->nData = 0;
-  pBuffer->nCapacity = nCapacity;
-  pBuffer->pData = nCapacity==0 ? NULL : sqlite3_malloc(nCapacity);
-}
-static void dataBufferReset(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
-  pBuffer->nData = 0;
-}
-static void dataBufferDestroy(DataBuffer *pBuffer){
-  if( pBuffer->pData!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffer->pData);
-  SCRAMBLE(pBuffer);
-}
-static void dataBufferSwap(DataBuffer *pBuffer1, DataBuffer *pBuffer2){
-  DataBuffer tmp = *pBuffer1;
-  *pBuffer1 = *pBuffer2;
-  *pBuffer2 = tmp;
-}
-static void dataBufferExpand(DataBuffer *pBuffer, int nAddCapacity){
-  assert( nAddCapacity>0 );
-  /* TODO(shess) Consider expanding more aggressively.  Note that the
-  ** underlying malloc implementation may take care of such things for
-  ** us already.
-  */
-  if( pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity>pBuffer->nCapacity ){
-    pBuffer->nCapacity = pBuffer->nData+nAddCapacity;
-    pBuffer->pData = sqlite3_realloc(pBuffer->pData, pBuffer->nCapacity);
-  }
-}
-static void dataBufferAppend(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
-                             const char *pSource, int nSource){
-  assert( nSource>0 && pSource!=NULL );
-  dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource);
-  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource, nSource);
-  pBuffer->nData += nSource;
-}
-static void dataBufferAppend2(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
-                              const char *pSource1, int nSource1,
-                              const char *pSource2, int nSource2){
-  assert( nSource1>0 && pSource1!=NULL );
-  assert( nSource2>0 && pSource2!=NULL );
-  dataBufferExpand(pBuffer, nSource1+nSource2);
-  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData, pSource1, nSource1);
-  memcpy(pBuffer->pData+pBuffer->nData+nSource1, pSource2, nSource2);
-  pBuffer->nData += nSource1+nSource2;
-}
-static void dataBufferReplace(DataBuffer *pBuffer,
-                              const char *pSource, int nSource){
-  dataBufferReset(pBuffer);
-  dataBufferAppend(pBuffer, pSource, nSource);
-}
-
-/* StringBuffer is a null-terminated version of DataBuffer. */
-typedef struct StringBuffer {
-  DataBuffer b;            /* Includes null terminator. */
-} StringBuffer;
-
-static void initStringBuffer(StringBuffer *sb){
-  dataBufferInit(&sb->b, 100);
-  dataBufferReplace(&sb->b, "", 1);
-}
-static int stringBufferLength(StringBuffer *sb){
-  return sb->b.nData-1;
-}
-static char *stringBufferData(StringBuffer *sb){
-  return sb->b.pData;
-}
-static void stringBufferDestroy(StringBuffer *sb){
-  dataBufferDestroy(&sb->b);
-}
-
-static void nappend(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom, int nFrom){
-  assert( sb->b.nData>0 );
-  if( nFrom>0 ){
-    sb->b.nData--;
-    dataBufferAppend2(&sb->b, zFrom, nFrom, "", 1);
-  }
-}
-static void append(StringBuffer *sb, const char *zFrom){
-  nappend(sb, zFrom, strlen(zFrom));
-}
-
-/* Append a list of strings separated by commas. */
-static void appendList(StringBuffer *sb, int nString, char **azString){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<nString; ++i){
-    if( i>0 ) append(sb, ", ");
-    append(sb, azString[i]);
-  }
-}
-
-static int endsInWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
-  return stringBufferLength(p)>0 &&
-    safe_isspace(stringBufferData(p)[stringBufferLength(p)-1]);
-}
-
-/* If the StringBuffer ends in something other than white space, add a
-** single space character to the end.
-*/
-static void appendWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
-  if( stringBufferLength(p)==0 ) return;
-  if( !endsInWhiteSpace(p) ) append(p, " ");
-}
-
-/* Remove white space from the end of the StringBuffer */
-static void trimWhiteSpace(StringBuffer *p){
-  while( endsInWhiteSpace(p) ){
-    p->b.pData[--p->b.nData-1] = '\0';
-  }
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLReader is used to read document elements from a doclist.  The
-** current docid is cached, so dlrDocid() is fast.  DLReader does not
-** own the doclist buffer.
-**
-** dlrAtEnd - true if there's no more data to read.
-** dlrDocid - docid of current document.
-** dlrDocData - doclist data for current document (including docid).
-** dlrDocDataBytes - length of same.
-** dlrAllDataBytes - length of all remaining data.
-** dlrPosData - position data for current document.
-** dlrPosDataLen - length of pos data for current document (incl POS_END).
-** dlrStep - step to current document.
-** dlrInit - initial for doclist of given type against given data.
-** dlrDestroy - clean up.
-**
-** Expected usage is something like:
-**
-**   DLReader reader;
-**   dlrInit(&reader, pData, nData);
-**   while( !dlrAtEnd(&reader) ){
-**     // calls to dlrDocid() and kin.
-**     dlrStep(&reader);
-**   }
-**   dlrDestroy(&reader);
-*/
-typedef struct DLReader {
-  DocListType iType;
-  const char *pData;
-  int nData;
-
-  sqlite_int64 iDocid;
-  int nElement;
-} DLReader;
-
-static int dlrAtEnd(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( pReader->nData>=0 );
-  return pReader->nData==0;
-}
-static sqlite_int64 dlrDocid(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iDocid;
-}
-static const char *dlrDocData(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->pData;
-}
-static int dlrDocDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->nElement;
-}
-static int dlrAllDataBytes(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->nData;
-}
-/* TODO(shess) Consider adding a field to track iDocid varint length
-** to make these two functions faster.  This might matter (a tiny bit)
-** for queries.
-*/
-static const char *dlrPosData(DLReader *pReader){
-  sqlite_int64 iDummy;
-  int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->pData+n;
-}
-static int dlrPosDataLen(DLReader *pReader){
-  sqlite_int64 iDummy;
-  int n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->nElement-n;
-}
-static void dlrStep(DLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !dlrAtEnd(pReader) );
-
-  /* Skip past current doclist element. */
-  assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
-  pReader->pData += pReader->nElement;
-  pReader->nData -= pReader->nElement;
-
-  /* If there is more data, read the next doclist element. */
-  if( pReader->nData!=0 ){
-    sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
-    int iDummy, n = fts3GetVarint(pReader->pData, &iDocidDelta);
-    pReader->iDocid += iDocidDelta;
-    if( pReader->iType>=DL_POSITIONS ){
-      assert( n<pReader->nData );
-      while( 1 ){
-        n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-        assert( n<=pReader->nData );
-        if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
-        if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-          assert( n<pReader->nData );
-        }else if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &iDummy);
-          assert( n<pReader->nData );
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    pReader->nElement = n;
-    assert( pReader->nElement<=pReader->nData );
-  }
-}
-static void dlrInit(DLReader *pReader, DocListType iType,
-                    const char *pData, int nData){
-  assert( pData!=NULL && nData!=0 );
-  pReader->iType = iType;
-  pReader->pData = pData;
-  pReader->nData = nData;
-  pReader->nElement = 0;
-  pReader->iDocid = 0;
-
-  /* Load the first element's data.  There must be a first element. */
-  dlrStep(pReader);
-}
-static void dlrDestroy(DLReader *pReader){
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the doclist can be validly decoded.  Also returns the
-** last docid found because it is convenient in other assertions for
-** DLWriter.
-*/
-static void docListValidate(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
-                            sqlite_int64 *pLastDocid){
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid = 0;
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData!=0 );
-  assert( pData+nData>pData );
-  while( nData!=0 ){
-    sqlite_int64 iDocidDelta;
-    int n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocidDelta);
-    iPrevDocid += iDocidDelta;
-    if( iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
-      int iDummy;
-      while( 1 ){
-        n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-        if( iDummy==POS_END ) break;
-        if( iDummy==POS_COLUMN ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-        }else if( iType>DL_POSITIONS ){
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-          n += fts3GetVarint32(pData+n, &iDummy);
-        }
-        assert( n<=nData );
-      }
-    }
-    assert( n<=nData );
-    pData += n;
-    nData -= n;
-  }
-  if( pLastDocid ) *pLastDocid = iPrevDocid;
-}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) docListValidate(i, p, n, o)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(i, p, n, o) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLWriter is used to write doclist data to a DataBuffer.  DLWriter
-** always appends to the buffer and does not own it.
-**
-** dlwInit - initialize to write a given type doclistto a buffer.
-** dlwDestroy - clear the writer's memory.  Does not free buffer.
-** dlwAppend - append raw doclist data to buffer.
-** dlwCopy - copy next doclist from reader to writer.
-** dlwAdd - construct doclist element and append to buffer.
-**    Only apply dlwAdd() to DL_DOCIDS doclists (else use PLWriter).
-*/
-typedef struct DLWriter {
-  DocListType iType;
-  DataBuffer *b;
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  int has_iPrevDocid;
-#endif
-} DLWriter;
-
-static void dlwInit(DLWriter *pWriter, DocListType iType, DataBuffer *b){
-  pWriter->b = b;
-  pWriter->iType = iType;
-  pWriter->iPrevDocid = 0;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 0;
-#endif
-}
-static void dlwDestroy(DLWriter *pWriter){
-  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
-}
-/* iFirstDocid is the first docid in the doclist in pData.  It is
-** needed because pData may point within a larger doclist, in which
-** case the first item would be delta-encoded.
-**
-** iLastDocid is the final docid in the doclist in pData.  It is
-** needed to create the new iPrevDocid for future delta-encoding.  The
-** code could decode the passed doclist to recreate iLastDocid, but
-** the only current user (docListMerge) already has decoded this
-** information.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) This has become just a helper for docListMerge.
-** Consider a refactor to make this cleaner.
-*/
-static void dlwAppend(DLWriter *pWriter,
-                      const char *pData, int nData,
-                      sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid, sqlite_int64 iLastDocid){
-  sqlite_int64 iDocid = 0;
-  char c[VARINT_MAX];
-  int nFirstOld, nFirstNew;     /* Old and new varint len of first docid. */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  sqlite_int64 iLastDocidDelta;
-#endif
-
-  /* Recode the initial docid as delta from iPrevDocid. */
-  nFirstOld = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iDocid);
-  assert( nFirstOld<nData || (nFirstOld==nData && pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS) );
-  nFirstNew = fts3PutVarint(c, iFirstDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
-
-  /* Verify that the incoming doclist is valid AND that it ends with
-  ** the expected docid.  This is essential because we'll trust this
-  ** docid in future delta-encoding.
-  */
-  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(pWriter->iType, pData, nData, &iLastDocidDelta);
-  assert( iLastDocid==iFirstDocid-iDocid+iLastDocidDelta );
-
-  /* Append recoded initial docid and everything else.  Rest of docids
-  ** should have been delta-encoded from previous initial docid.
-  */
-  if( nFirstOld<nData ){
-    dataBufferAppend2(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew,
-                      pData+nFirstOld, nData-nFirstOld);
-  }else{
-    dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, nFirstNew);
-  }
-  pWriter->iPrevDocid = iLastDocid;
-}
-static void dlwCopy(DLWriter *pWriter, DLReader *pReader){
-  dlwAppend(pWriter, dlrDocData(pReader), dlrDocDataBytes(pReader),
-            dlrDocid(pReader), dlrDocid(pReader));
-}
-static void dlwAdd(DLWriter *pWriter, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX];
-  int n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->iPrevDocid);
-
-  /* Docids must ascend. */
-  assert( !pWriter->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->iPrevDocid );
-  assert( pWriter->iType==DL_DOCIDS );
-
-  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->b, c, n);
-  pWriter->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
-#endif
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* PLReader is used to read data from a document's position list.  As
-** the caller steps through the list, data is cached so that varints
-** only need to be decoded once.
-**
-** plrInit, plrDestroy - create/destroy a reader.
-** plrColumn, plrPosition, plrStartOffset, plrEndOffset - accessors
-** plrAtEnd - at end of stream, only call plrDestroy once true.
-** plrStep - step to the next element.
-*/
-typedef struct PLReader {
-  /* These refer to the next position's data.  nData will reach 0 when
-  ** reading the last position, so plrStep() signals EOF by setting
-  ** pData to NULL.
-  */
-  const char *pData;
-  int nData;
-
-  DocListType iType;
-  int iColumn;         /* the last column read */
-  int iPosition;       /* the last position read */
-  int iStartOffset;    /* the last start offset read */
-  int iEndOffset;      /* the last end offset read */
-} PLReader;
-
-static int plrAtEnd(PLReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->pData==NULL;
-}
-static int plrColumn(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iColumn;
-}
-static int plrPosition(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iPosition;
-}
-static int plrStartOffset(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iStartOffset;
-}
-static int plrEndOffset(PLReader *pReader){
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->iEndOffset;
-}
-static void plrStep(PLReader *pReader){
-  int i, n;
-
-  assert( !plrAtEnd(pReader) );
-
-  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
-    pReader->pData = NULL;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &i);
-  if( i==POS_COLUMN ){
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &pReader->iColumn);
-    pReader->iPosition = 0;
-    pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
-  }
-  /* Should never see adjacent column changes. */
-  assert( i!=POS_COLUMN );
-
-  if( i==POS_END ){
-    pReader->nData = 0;
-    pReader->pData = NULL;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pReader->iPosition += i-POS_BASE;
-  if( pReader->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
-    pReader->iStartOffset += i;
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &i);
-    pReader->iEndOffset = pReader->iStartOffset+i;
-  }
-  assert( n<=pReader->nData );
-  pReader->pData += n;
-  pReader->nData -= n;
-}
-
-static void plrInit(PLReader *pReader, DLReader *pDLReader){
-  pReader->pData = dlrPosData(pDLReader);
-  pReader->nData = dlrPosDataLen(pDLReader);
-  pReader->iType = pDLReader->iType;
-  pReader->iColumn = 0;
-  pReader->iPosition = 0;
-  pReader->iStartOffset = 0;
-  pReader->iEndOffset = 0;
-  plrStep(pReader);
-}
-static void plrDestroy(PLReader *pReader){
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* PLWriter is used in constructing a document's position list.  As a
-** convenience, if iType is DL_DOCIDS, PLWriter becomes a no-op.
-** PLWriter writes to the associated DLWriter's buffer.
-**
-** plwInit - init for writing a document's poslist.
-** plwDestroy - clear a writer.
-** plwAdd - append position and offset information.
-** plwCopy - copy next position's data from reader to writer.
-** plwTerminate - add any necessary doclist terminator.
-**
-** Calling plwAdd() after plwTerminate() may result in a corrupt
-** doclist.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Until we've written the second item, we can cache the
-** first item's information.  Then we'd have three states:
-**
-** - initialized with docid, no positions.
-** - docid and one position.
-** - docid and multiple positions.
-**
-** Only the last state needs to actually write to dlw->b, which would
-** be an improvement in the DLCollector case.
-*/
-typedef struct PLWriter {
-  DLWriter *dlw;
-
-  int iColumn;    /* the last column written */
-  int iPos;       /* the last position written */
-  int iOffset;    /* the last start offset written */
-} PLWriter;
-
-/* TODO(shess) In the case where the parent is reading these values
-** from a PLReader, we could optimize to a copy if that PLReader has
-** the same type as pWriter.
-*/
-static void plwAdd(PLWriter *pWriter, int iColumn, int iPos,
-                   int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
-  /* Worst-case space for POS_COLUMN, iColumn, iPosDelta,
-  ** iStartOffsetDelta, and iEndOffsetDelta.
-  */
-  char c[5*VARINT_MAX];
-  int n = 0;
-
-  /* Ban plwAdd() after plwTerminate(). */
-  assert( pWriter->iPos!=-1 );
-
-  if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return;
-
-  if( iColumn!=pWriter->iColumn ){
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_COLUMN);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iColumn);
-    pWriter->iColumn = iColumn;
-    pWriter->iPos = 0;
-    pWriter->iOffset = 0;
-  }
-  assert( iPos>=pWriter->iPos );
-  n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, POS_BASE+(iPos-pWriter->iPos));
-  pWriter->iPos = iPos;
-  if( pWriter->dlw->iType==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-    assert( iStartOffset>=pWriter->iOffset );
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iStartOffset-pWriter->iOffset);
-    pWriter->iOffset = iStartOffset;
-    assert( iEndOffset>=iStartOffset );
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iEndOffset-iStartOffset);
-  }
-  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
-}
-static void plwCopy(PLWriter *pWriter, PLReader *pReader){
-  plwAdd(pWriter, plrColumn(pReader), plrPosition(pReader),
-         plrStartOffset(pReader), plrEndOffset(pReader));
-}
-static void plwInit(PLWriter *pWriter, DLWriter *dlw, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX];
-  int n;
-
-  pWriter->dlw = dlw;
-
-  /* Docids must ascend. */
-  assert( !pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid || iDocid>pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid );
-  n = fts3PutVarint(c, iDocid-pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid);
-  dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
-  pWriter->dlw->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->dlw->has_iPrevDocid = 1;
-#endif
-
-  pWriter->iColumn = 0;
-  pWriter->iPos = 0;
-  pWriter->iOffset = 0;
-}
-/* TODO(shess) Should plwDestroy() also terminate the doclist?  But
-** then plwDestroy() would no longer be just a destructor, it would
-** also be doing work, which isn't consistent with the overall idiom.
-** Another option would be for plwAdd() to always append any necessary
-** terminator, so that the output is always correct.  But that would
-** add incremental work to the common case with the only benefit being
-** API elegance.  Punt for now.
-*/
-static void plwTerminate(PLWriter *pWriter){
-  if( pWriter->dlw->iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
-    char c[VARINT_MAX];
-    int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
-    dataBufferAppend(pWriter->dlw->b, c, n);
-  }
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  /* Mark as terminated for assert in plwAdd(). */
-  pWriter->iPos = -1;
-#endif
-}
-static void plwDestroy(PLWriter *pWriter){
-  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* DLCollector wraps PLWriter and DLWriter to provide a
-** dynamically-allocated doclist area to use during tokenization.
-**
-** dlcNew - malloc up and initialize a collector.
-** dlcDelete - destroy a collector and all contained items.
-** dlcAddPos - append position and offset information.
-** dlcAddDoclist - add the collected doclist to the given buffer.
-** dlcNext - terminate the current document and open another.
-*/
-typedef struct DLCollector {
-  DataBuffer b;
-  DLWriter dlw;
-  PLWriter plw;
-} DLCollector;
-
-/* TODO(shess) This could also be done by calling plwTerminate() and
-** dataBufferAppend().  I tried that, expecting nominal performance
-** differences, but it seemed to pretty reliably be worth 1% to code
-** it this way.  I suspect it is the incremental malloc overhead (some
-** percentage of the plwTerminate() calls will cause a realloc), so
-** this might be worth revisiting if the DataBuffer implementation
-** changes.
-*/
-static void dlcAddDoclist(DLCollector *pCollector, DataBuffer *b){
-  if( pCollector->dlw.iType>DL_DOCIDS ){
-    char c[VARINT_MAX];
-    int n = fts3PutVarint(c, POS_END);
-    dataBufferAppend2(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData, c, n);
-  }else{
-    dataBufferAppend(b, pCollector->b.pData, pCollector->b.nData);
-  }
-}
-static void dlcNext(DLCollector *pCollector, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  plwTerminate(&pCollector->plw);
-  plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
-  plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
-}
-static void dlcAddPos(DLCollector *pCollector, int iColumn, int iPos,
-                      int iStartOffset, int iEndOffset){
-  plwAdd(&pCollector->plw, iColumn, iPos, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
-}
-
-static DLCollector *dlcNew(sqlite_int64 iDocid, DocListType iType){
-  DLCollector *pCollector = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(DLCollector));
-  dataBufferInit(&pCollector->b, 0);
-  dlwInit(&pCollector->dlw, iType, &pCollector->b);
-  plwInit(&pCollector->plw, &pCollector->dlw, iDocid);
-  return pCollector;
-}
-static void dlcDelete(DLCollector *pCollector){
-  plwDestroy(&pCollector->plw);
-  dlwDestroy(&pCollector->dlw);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pCollector->b);
-  SCRAMBLE(pCollector);
-  sqlite3_free(pCollector);
-}
-
-
-/* Copy the doclist data of iType in pData/nData into *out, trimming
-** unnecessary data as we go.  Only columns matching iColumn are
-** copied, all columns copied if iColumn is -1.  Elements with no
-** matching columns are dropped.  The output is an iOutType doclist.
-*/
-/* NOTE(shess) This code is only valid after all doclists are merged.
-** If this is run before merges, then doclist items which represent
-** deletion will be trimmed, and will thus not effect a deletion
-** during the merge.
-*/
-static void docListTrim(DocListType iType, const char *pData, int nData,
-                        int iColumn, DocListType iOutType, DataBuffer *out){
-  DLReader dlReader;
-  DLWriter dlWriter;
-
-  assert( iOutType<=iType );
-
-  dlrInit(&dlReader, iType, pData, nData);
-  dlwInit(&dlWriter, iOutType, out);
-
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader) ){
-    PLReader plReader;
-    PLWriter plWriter;
-    int match = 0;
-
-    plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
-
-    while( !plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
-      if( iColumn==-1 || plrColumn(&plReader)==iColumn ){
-        if( !match ){
-          plwInit(&plWriter, &dlWriter, dlrDocid(&dlReader));
-          match = 1;
-        }
-        plwAdd(&plWriter, plrColumn(&plReader), plrPosition(&plReader),
-               plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
-      }
-      plrStep(&plReader);
-    }
-    if( match ){
-      plwTerminate(&plWriter);
-      plwDestroy(&plWriter);
-    }
-
-    plrDestroy(&plReader);
-    dlrStep(&dlReader);
-  }
-  dlwDestroy(&dlWriter);
-  dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
-}
-
-/* Used by docListMerge() to keep doclists in the ascending order by
-** docid, then ascending order by age (so the newest comes first).
-*/
-typedef struct OrderedDLReader {
-  DLReader *pReader;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) If we assume that docListMerge pReaders is ordered by
-  ** age (which we do), then we could use pReader comparisons to break
-  ** ties.
-  */
-  int idx;
-} OrderedDLReader;
-
-/* Order eof to end, then by docid asc, idx desc. */
-static int orderedDLReaderCmp(OrderedDLReader *r1, OrderedDLReader *r2){
-  if( dlrAtEnd(r1->pReader) ){
-    if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return 0;  /* Both atEnd(). */
-    return 1;                              /* Only r1 atEnd(). */
-  }
-  if( dlrAtEnd(r2->pReader) ) return -1;   /* Only r2 atEnd(). */
-
-  if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)<dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return -1;
-  if( dlrDocid(r1->pReader)>dlrDocid(r2->pReader) ) return 1;
-
-  /* Descending on idx. */
-  return r2->idx-r1->idx;
-}
-
-/* Bubble p[0] to appropriate place in p[1..n-1].  Assumes that
-** p[1..n-1] is already sorted.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Is this frequent enough to warrant a binary search?
-** Before implementing that, instrument the code to check.  In most
-** current usage, I expect that p[0] will be less than p[1] a very
-** high proportion of the time.
-*/
-static void orderedDLReaderReorder(OrderedDLReader *p, int n){
-  while( n>1 && orderedDLReaderCmp(p, p+1)>0 ){
-    OrderedDLReader tmp = p[0];
-    p[0] = p[1];
-    p[1] = tmp;
-    n--;
-    p++;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Given an array of doclist readers, merge their doclist elements
-** into out in sorted order (by docid), dropping elements from older
-** readers when there is a duplicate docid.  pReaders is assumed to be
-** ordered by age, oldest first.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) nReaders must be <= MERGE_COUNT.  This should probably
-** be fixed.
-*/
-static void docListMerge(DataBuffer *out,
-                         DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
-  OrderedDLReader readers[MERGE_COUNT];
-  DLWriter writer;
-  int i, n;
-  const char *pStart = 0;
-  int nStart = 0;
-  sqlite_int64 iFirstDocid = 0, iLastDocid = 0;
-
-  assert( nReaders>0 );
-  if( nReaders==1 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(out, dlrDocData(pReaders), dlrAllDataBytes(pReaders));
-    return;
-  }
-
-  assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
-  n = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nReaders; i++){
-    assert( pReaders[i].iType==pReaders[0].iType );
-    readers[i].pReader = pReaders+i;
-    readers[i].idx = i;
-    n += dlrAllDataBytes(&pReaders[i]);
-  }
-  /* Conservatively size output to sum of inputs.  Output should end
-  ** up strictly smaller than input.
-  */
-  dataBufferExpand(out, n);
-
-  /* Get the readers into sorted order. */
-  while( i-->0 ){
-    orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
-  }
-
-  dlwInit(&writer, pReaders[0].iType, out);
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(readers[0].pReader) ){
-    sqlite_int64 iDocid = dlrDocid(readers[0].pReader);
-
-    /* If this is a continuation of the current buffer to copy, extend
-    ** that buffer.  memcpy() seems to be more efficient if it has a
-    ** lots of data to copy.
-    */
-    if( dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader)==pStart+nStart ){
-      nStart += dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
-    }else{
-      if( pStart!=0 ){
-        dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
-      }
-      pStart = dlrDocData(readers[0].pReader);
-      nStart = dlrDocDataBytes(readers[0].pReader);
-      iFirstDocid = iDocid;
-    }
-    iLastDocid = iDocid;
-    dlrStep(readers[0].pReader);
-
-    /* Drop all of the older elements with the same docid. */
-    for(i=1; i<nReaders &&
-             !dlrAtEnd(readers[i].pReader) &&
-             dlrDocid(readers[i].pReader)==iDocid; i++){
-      dlrStep(readers[i].pReader);
-    }
-
-    /* Get the readers back into order. */
-    while( i-->0 ){
-      orderedDLReaderReorder(readers+i, nReaders-i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Copy over any remaining elements. */
-  if( nStart>0 ) dlwAppend(&writer, pStart, nStart, iFirstDocid, iLastDocid);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
-
-/* Helper function for posListUnion().  Compares the current position
-** between left and right, returning as standard C idiom of <0 if
-** left<right, >0 if left>right, and 0 if left==right.  "End" always
-** compares greater.
-*/
-static int posListCmp(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
-  assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
-  if( pLeft->iType==DL_DOCIDS ) return 0;
-
-  if( plrAtEnd(pLeft) ) return plrAtEnd(pRight) ? 0 : 1;
-  if( plrAtEnd(pRight) ) return -1;
-
-  if( plrColumn(pLeft)<plrColumn(pRight) ) return -1;
-  if( plrColumn(pLeft)>plrColumn(pRight) ) return 1;
-
-  if( plrPosition(pLeft)<plrPosition(pRight) ) return -1;
-  if( plrPosition(pLeft)>plrPosition(pRight) ) return 1;
-  if( pLeft->iType==DL_POSITIONS ) return 0;
-
-  if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)<plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return -1;
-  if( plrStartOffset(pLeft)>plrStartOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
-
-  if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)<plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return -1;
-  if( plrEndOffset(pLeft)>plrEndOffset(pRight) ) return 1;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Write the union of position lists in pLeft and pRight to pOut.
-** "Union" in this case meaning "All unique position tuples".  Should
-** work with any doclist type, though both inputs and the output
-** should be the same type.
-*/
-static void posListUnion(DLReader *pLeft, DLReader *pRight, DLWriter *pOut){
-  PLReader left, right;
-  PLWriter writer;
-
-  assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
-  assert( pLeft->iType==pRight->iType );
-  assert( pLeft->iType==pOut->iType );
-
-  plrInit(&left, pLeft);
-  plrInit(&right, pRight);
-  plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
-
-  while( !plrAtEnd(&left) || !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    int c = posListCmp(&left, &right);
-    if( c<0 ){
-      plwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      plrStep(&left);
-    }else if( c>0 ){
-      plwCopy(&writer, &right);
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      plwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      plrStep(&left);
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }
-  }
-
-  plwTerminate(&writer);
-  plwDestroy(&writer);
-  plrDestroy(&left);
-  plrDestroy(&right);
-}
-
-/* Write the union of doclists in pLeft and pRight to pOut.  For
-** docids in common between the inputs, the union of the position
-** lists is written.  Inputs and outputs are always type DL_DEFAULT.
-*/
-static void docListUnion(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
-
-  if( nLeft==0 ){
-    if( nRight!=0) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( nRight==0 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DEFAULT, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DEFAULT, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DEFAULT, pOut);
-
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &left);
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)>dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlwCopy(&writer, &right);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      posListUnion(&left, &right, &writer);
-      dlrStep(&left);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
-  }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
-
-/* 
-** This function is used as part of the implementation of phrase and
-** NEAR matching.
-**
-** pLeft and pRight are DLReaders positioned to the same docid in
-** lists of type DL_POSITION. This function writes an entry to the
-** DLWriter pOut for each position in pRight that is less than
-** (nNear+1) greater (but not equal to or smaller) than a position 
-** in pLeft. For example, if nNear is 0, and the positions contained
-** by pLeft and pRight are:
-**
-**    pLeft:  5 10 15 20
-**    pRight: 6  9 17 21
-**
-** then the docid is added to pOut. If pOut is of type DL_POSITIONS,
-** then a positionids "6" and "21" are also added to pOut.
-**
-** If boolean argument isSaveLeft is true, then positionids are copied
-** from pLeft instead of pRight. In the example above, the positions "5"
-** and "20" would be added instead of "6" and "21".
-*/
-static void posListPhraseMerge(
-  DLReader *pLeft, 
-  DLReader *pRight,
-  int nNear,
-  int isSaveLeft,
-  DLWriter *pOut
-){
-  PLReader left, right;
-  PLWriter writer;
-  int match = 0;
-
-  assert( dlrDocid(pLeft)==dlrDocid(pRight) );
-  assert( pOut->iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
-
-  plrInit(&left, pLeft);
-  plrInit(&right, pRight);
-
-  while( !plrAtEnd(&left) && !plrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( plrColumn(&left)<plrColumn(&right) ){
-      plrStep(&left);
-    }else if( plrColumn(&left)>plrColumn(&right) ){
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }else if( plrPosition(&left)>=plrPosition(&right) ){
-      plrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      if( (plrPosition(&right)-plrPosition(&left))<=(nNear+1) ){
-        if( !match ){
-          plwInit(&writer, pOut, dlrDocid(pLeft));
-          match = 1;
-        }
-        if( !isSaveLeft ){
-          plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&right), plrPosition(&right), 0, 0);
-        }else{
-          plwAdd(&writer, plrColumn(&left), plrPosition(&left), 0, 0);
-        }
-        plrStep(&right);
-      }else{
-        plrStep(&left);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( match ){
-    plwTerminate(&writer);
-    plwDestroy(&writer);
-  }
-
-  plrDestroy(&left);
-  plrDestroy(&right);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare the values pointed to by the PLReaders passed as arguments. 
-** Return -1 if the value pointed to by pLeft is considered less than
-** the value pointed to by pRight, +1 if it is considered greater
-** than it, or 0 if it is equal. i.e.
-**
-**     (*pLeft - *pRight)
-**
-** A PLReader that is in the EOF condition is considered greater than
-** any other. If neither argument is in EOF state, the return value of
-** plrColumn() is used. If the plrColumn() values are equal, the
-** comparison is on the basis of plrPosition().
-*/
-static int plrCompare(PLReader *pLeft, PLReader *pRight){
-  assert(!plrAtEnd(pLeft) || !plrAtEnd(pRight));
-
-  if( plrAtEnd(pRight) || plrAtEnd(pLeft) ){
-    return (plrAtEnd(pRight) ? -1 : 1);
-  }
-  if( plrColumn(pLeft)!=plrColumn(pRight) ){
-    return ((plrColumn(pLeft)<plrColumn(pRight)) ? -1 : 1);
-  }
-  if( plrPosition(pLeft)!=plrPosition(pRight) ){
-    return ((plrPosition(pLeft)<plrPosition(pRight)) ? -1 : 1);
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* We have two doclists with positions:  pLeft and pRight. Depending
-** on the value of the nNear parameter, perform either a phrase
-** intersection (if nNear==0) or a NEAR intersection (if nNear>0)
-** and write the results into pOut.
-**
-** A phrase intersection means that two documents only match
-** if pLeft.iPos+1==pRight.iPos.
-**
-** A NEAR intersection means that two documents only match if 
-** (abs(pLeft.iPos-pRight.iPos)<nNear).
-**
-** If a NEAR intersection is requested, then the nPhrase argument should
-** be passed the number of tokens in the two operands to the NEAR operator
-** combined. For example:
-**
-**       Query syntax               nPhrase
-**      ------------------------------------
-**       "A B C" NEAR "D E"         5
-**       A NEAR B                   2
-**
-** iType controls the type of data written to pOut.  If iType is
-** DL_POSITIONS, the positions are those from pRight.
-*/
-static void docListPhraseMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  int nNear,            /* 0 for a phrase merge, non-zero for a NEAR merge */
-  int nPhrase,          /* Number of tokens in left+right operands to NEAR */
-  DocListType iType,    /* Type of doclist to write to pOut */
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
-
-  if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
-
-  assert( iType!=DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS );
-
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_POSITIONS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_POSITIONS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, iType, pOut);
-
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      if( nNear==0 ){
-        posListPhraseMerge(&left, &right, 0, 0, &writer);
-      }else{
-        /* This case occurs when two terms (simple terms or phrases) are
-         * connected by a NEAR operator, span (nNear+1). i.e.
-         *
-         *     '"terrible company" NEAR widget'
-         */
-        DataBuffer one = {0, 0, 0};
-        DataBuffer two = {0, 0, 0};
-
-        DLWriter dlwriter2;
-        DLReader dr1 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; 
-        DLReader dr2 = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0};
-
-        dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &one);
-        posListPhraseMerge(&right, &left, nNear-3+nPhrase, 1, &dlwriter2);
-        dlwInit(&dlwriter2, iType, &two);
-        posListPhraseMerge(&left, &right, nNear-1, 0, &dlwriter2);
-
-        if( one.nData) dlrInit(&dr1, iType, one.pData, one.nData);
-        if( two.nData) dlrInit(&dr2, iType, two.pData, two.nData);
-
-        if( !dlrAtEnd(&dr1) || !dlrAtEnd(&dr2) ){
-          PLReader pr1 = {0};
-          PLReader pr2 = {0};
-
-          PLWriter plwriter;
-          plwInit(&plwriter, &writer, dlrDocid(dlrAtEnd(&dr1)?&dr2:&dr1));
-
-          if( one.nData ) plrInit(&pr1, &dr1);
-          if( two.nData ) plrInit(&pr2, &dr2);
-          while( !plrAtEnd(&pr1) || !plrAtEnd(&pr2) ){
-            int iCompare = plrCompare(&pr1, &pr2);
-            switch( iCompare ){
-              case -1:
-                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
-                plrStep(&pr1);
-                break;
-              case 1:
-                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr2);
-                plrStep(&pr2);
-                break;
-              case 0:
-                plwCopy(&plwriter, &pr1);
-                plrStep(&pr1);
-                plrStep(&pr2);
-                break;
-            }
-          }
-          plwTerminate(&plwriter);
-        }
-        dataBufferDestroy(&one);
-        dataBufferDestroy(&two);
-      }
-      dlrStep(&left);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
-  }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
-
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
-** Write the intersection of these two doclists into pOut as a
-** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
-*/
-static void docListAndMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
-
-  if( nLeft==0 || nRight==0 ) return;
-
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
-
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) && !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
-      dlrStep(&left);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
-  }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
-
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
-** Write the union of these two doclists into pOut as a
-** DL_DOCIDS doclist.
-*/
-static void docListOrMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
-
-  if( nLeft==0 ){
-    if( nRight!=0 ) dataBufferAppend(pOut, pRight, nRight);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( nRight==0 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
-
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) || !dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&right));
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
-      dlrStep(&left);
-    }else if( dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&right));
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }else{
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
-      dlrStep(&left);
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
-  }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
-
-/* We have two DL_DOCIDS doclists:  pLeft and pRight.
-** Write into pOut as DL_DOCIDS doclist containing all documents that
-** occur in pLeft but not in pRight.
-*/
-static void docListExceptMerge(
-  const char *pLeft, int nLeft,
-  const char *pRight, int nRight,
-  DataBuffer *pOut      /* Write the combined doclist here */
-){
-  DLReader left, right;
-  DLWriter writer;
-
-  if( nLeft==0 ) return;
-  if( nRight==0 ){
-    dataBufferAppend(pOut, pLeft, nLeft);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  dlrInit(&left, DL_DOCIDS, pLeft, nLeft);
-  dlrInit(&right, DL_DOCIDS, pRight, nRight);
-  dlwInit(&writer, DL_DOCIDS, pOut);
-
-  while( !dlrAtEnd(&left) ){
-    while( !dlrAtEnd(&right) && dlrDocid(&right)<dlrDocid(&left) ){
-      dlrStep(&right);
-    }
-    if( dlrAtEnd(&right) || dlrDocid(&left)<dlrDocid(&right) ){
-      dlwAdd(&writer, dlrDocid(&left));
-    }
-    dlrStep(&left);
-  }
-
-  dlrDestroy(&left);
-  dlrDestroy(&right);
-  dlwDestroy(&writer);
-}
-
-static char *string_dup_n(const char *s, int n){
-  char *str = sqlite3_malloc(n + 1);
-  memcpy(str, s, n);
-  str[n] = '\0';
-  return str;
-}
-
-/* Duplicate a string; the caller must free() the returned string.
- * (We don't use strdup() since it is not part of the standard C library and
- * may not be available everywhere.) */
-static char *string_dup(const char *s){
-  return string_dup_n(s, strlen(s));
-}
-
-/* Format a string, replacing each occurrence of the % character with
- * zDb.zName.  This may be more convenient than sqlite_mprintf()
- * when one string is used repeatedly in a format string.
- * The caller must free() the returned string. */
-static char *string_format(const char *zFormat,
-                           const char *zDb, const char *zName){
-  const char *p;
-  size_t len = 0;
-  size_t nDb = strlen(zDb);
-  size_t nName = strlen(zName);
-  size_t nFullTableName = nDb+1+nName;
-  char *result;
-  char *r;
-
-  /* first compute length needed */
-  for(p = zFormat ; *p ; ++p){
-    len += (*p=='%' ? nFullTableName : 1);
-  }
-  len += 1;  /* for null terminator */
-
-  r = result = sqlite3_malloc(len);
-  for(p = zFormat; *p; ++p){
-    if( *p=='%' ){
-      memcpy(r, zDb, nDb);
-      r += nDb;
-      *r++ = '.';
-      memcpy(r, zName, nName);
-      r += nName;
-    } else {
-      *r++ = *p;
-    }
-  }
-  *r++ = '\0';
-  assert( r == result + len );
-  return result;
-}
-
-static int sql_exec(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
-                    const char *zFormat){
-  char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
-  int rc;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 sql: %s\n", zCommand));
-  rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCommand, NULL, 0, NULL);
-  sqlite3_free(zCommand);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int sql_prepare(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zName,
-                       sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, const char *zFormat){
-  char *zCommand = string_format(zFormat, zDb, zName);
-  int rc;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 prepare: %s\n", zCommand));
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zCommand, -1, ppStmt, NULL);
-  sqlite3_free(zCommand);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* end utility functions */
-
-/* Forward reference */
-typedef struct fulltext_vtab fulltext_vtab;
-
-/* A single term in a query is represented by an instances of
-** the following structure. Each word which may match against
-** document content is a term. Operators, like NEAR or OR, are
-** not terms. Query terms are organized as a flat list stored
-** in the Query.pTerms array.
-**
-** If the QueryTerm.nPhrase variable is non-zero, then the QueryTerm
-** is the first in a contiguous string of terms that are either part
-** of the same phrase, or connected by the NEAR operator.
-**
-** If the QueryTerm.nNear variable is non-zero, then the token is followed 
-** by a NEAR operator with span set to (nNear-1). For example, the 
-** following query:
-**
-** The QueryTerm.iPhrase variable stores the index of the token within
-** its phrase, indexed starting at 1, or 1 if the token is not part 
-** of any phrase.
-**
-** For example, the data structure used to represent the following query:
-**
-**     ... MATCH 'sqlite NEAR/5 google NEAR/2 "search engine"'
-**
-** is:
-**
-**     {nPhrase=4, iPhrase=1, nNear=6, pTerm="sqlite"},
-**     {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=1, nNear=3, pTerm="google"},
-**     {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=1, nNear=0, pTerm="search"},
-**     {nPhrase=0, iPhrase=2, nNear=0, pTerm="engine"},
-**
-** compiling the FTS3 syntax to Query structures is done by the parseQuery()
-** function.
-*/
-typedef struct QueryTerm {
-  short int nPhrase; /* How many following terms are part of the same phrase */
-  short int iPhrase; /* This is the i-th term of a phrase. */
-  short int iColumn; /* Column of the index that must match this term */
-  short int nNear;   /* term followed by a NEAR operator with span=(nNear-1) */
-  signed char isOr;  /* this term is preceded by "OR" */
-  signed char isNot; /* this term is preceded by "-" */
-  signed char isPrefix; /* this term is followed by "*" */
-  char *pTerm;       /* text of the term.  '\000' terminated.  malloced */
-  int nTerm;         /* Number of bytes in pTerm[] */
-} QueryTerm;
-
-
-/* A query string is parsed into a Query structure.
- *
- * We could, in theory, allow query strings to be complicated
- * nested expressions with precedence determined by parentheses.
- * But none of the major search engines do this.  (Perhaps the
- * feeling is that an parenthesized expression is two complex of
- * an idea for the average user to grasp.)  Taking our lead from
- * the major search engines, we will allow queries to be a list
- * of terms (with an implied AND operator) or phrases in double-quotes,
- * with a single optional "-" before each non-phrase term to designate
- * negation and an optional OR connector.
- *
- * OR binds more tightly than the implied AND, which is what the
- * major search engines seem to do.  So, for example:
- * 
- *    [one two OR three]     ==>    one AND (two OR three)
- *    [one OR two three]     ==>    (one OR two) AND three
- *
- * A "-" before a term matches all entries that lack that term.
- * The "-" must occur immediately before the term with in intervening
- * space.  This is how the search engines do it.
- *
- * A NOT term cannot be the right-hand operand of an OR.  If this
- * occurs in the query string, the NOT is ignored:
- *
- *    [one OR -two]          ==>    one OR two
- *
- */
-typedef struct Query {
-  fulltext_vtab *pFts;  /* The full text index */
-  int nTerms;           /* Number of terms in the query */
-  QueryTerm *pTerms;    /* Array of terms.  Space obtained from malloc() */
-  int nextIsOr;         /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */
-  int nextIsNear;       /* Set the isOr flag on the next inserted term */
-  int nextColumn;       /* Next word parsed must be in this column */
-  int dfltColumn;       /* The default column */
-} Query;
-
-
-/*
-** An instance of the following structure keeps track of generated
-** matching-word offset information and snippets.
-*/
-typedef struct Snippet {
-  int nMatch;     /* Total number of matches */
-  int nAlloc;     /* Space allocated for aMatch[] */
-  struct snippetMatch { /* One entry for each matching term */
-    char snStatus;       /* Status flag for use while constructing snippets */
-    short int iCol;      /* The column that contains the match */
-    short int iTerm;     /* The index in Query.pTerms[] of the matching term */
-    int iToken;          /* The index of the matching document token */
-    short int nByte;     /* Number of bytes in the term */
-    int iStart;          /* The offset to the first character of the term */
-  } *aMatch;      /* Points to space obtained from malloc */
-  char *zOffset;  /* Text rendering of aMatch[] */
-  int nOffset;    /* strlen(zOffset) */
-  char *zSnippet; /* Snippet text */
-  int nSnippet;   /* strlen(zSnippet) */
-} Snippet;
-
-
-typedef enum QueryType {
-  QUERY_GENERIC,   /* table scan */
-  QUERY_DOCID,     /* lookup by docid */
-  QUERY_FULLTEXT   /* QUERY_FULLTEXT + [i] is a full-text search for column i*/
-} QueryType;
-
-typedef enum fulltext_statement {
-  CONTENT_INSERT_STMT,
-  CONTENT_SELECT_STMT,
-  CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT,
-  CONTENT_DELETE_STMT,
-  CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT,
-
-  BLOCK_INSERT_STMT,
-  BLOCK_SELECT_STMT,
-  BLOCK_DELETE_STMT,
-  BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT,
-
-  SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SET_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT,
-  SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT,
-
-  MAX_STMT                     /* Always at end! */
-} fulltext_statement;
-
-/* These must exactly match the enum above. */
-/* TODO(shess): Is there some risk that a statement will be used in two
-** cursors at once, e.g.  if a query joins a virtual table to itself?
-** If so perhaps we should move some of these to the cursor object.
-*/
-static const char *const fulltext_zStatement[MAX_STMT] = {
-  /* CONTENT_INSERT */ NULL,  /* generated in contentInsertStatement() */
-  /* CONTENT_SELECT */ NULL,  /* generated in contentSelectStatement() */
-  /* CONTENT_UPDATE */ NULL,  /* generated in contentUpdateStatement() */
-  /* CONTENT_DELETE */ "delete from %_content where docid = ?",
-  /* CONTENT_EXISTS */ "select docid from %_content limit 1",
-
-  /* BLOCK_INSERT */
-  "insert into %_segments (blockid, block) values (null, ?)",
-  /* BLOCK_SELECT */ "select block from %_segments where blockid = ?",
-  /* BLOCK_DELETE */ "delete from %_segments where blockid between ? and ?",
-  /* BLOCK_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segments",
-
-  /* SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX */ "select max(idx) from %_segdir where level = ?",
-  /* SEGDIR_SET */ "insert into %_segdir values (?, ?, ?, ?, ?, ?)",
-  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL */
-  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
-  " where level = ? order by idx",
-  /* SEGDIR_SPAN */
-  "select min(start_block), max(end_block) from %_segdir "
-  " where level = ? and start_block <> 0",
-  /* SEGDIR_DELETE */ "delete from %_segdir where level = ?",
-
-  /* NOTE(shess): The first three results of the following two
-  ** statements must match.
-  */
-  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT */
-  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
-  " where level = ? and idx = ?",
-  /* SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL */
-  "select start_block, leaves_end_block, root from %_segdir "
-  " order by level desc, idx asc",
-  /* SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL */ "delete from %_segdir",
-  /* SEGDIR_COUNT */ "select count(*), ifnull(max(level),0) from %_segdir",
-};
-
-/*
-** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following
-** structure.  The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance
-** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance.
-** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their
-** arguments.
-*/
-struct fulltext_vtab {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;               /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  sqlite3 *db;                     /* The database connection */
-  const char *zDb;                 /* logical database name */
-  const char *zName;               /* virtual table name */
-  int nColumn;                     /* number of columns in virtual table */
-  char **azColumn;                 /* column names.  malloced */
-  char **azContentColumn;          /* column names in content table; malloced */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;   /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */
-
-  /* Precompiled statements which we keep as long as the table is
-  ** open.
-  */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pFulltextStatements[MAX_STMT];
-
-  /* Precompiled statements used for segment merges.  We run a
-  ** separate select across the leaf level of each tree being merged.
-  */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pLeafSelectStmts[MERGE_COUNT];
-  /* The statement used to prepare pLeafSelectStmts. */
-#define LEAF_SELECT \
-  "select block from %_segments where blockid between ? and ? order by blockid"
-
-  /* These buffer pending index updates during transactions.
-  ** nPendingData estimates the memory size of the pending data.  It
-  ** doesn't include the hash-bucket overhead, nor any malloc
-  ** overhead.  When nPendingData exceeds kPendingThreshold, the
-  ** buffer is flushed even before the transaction closes.
-  ** pendingTerms stores the data, and is only valid when nPendingData
-  ** is >=0 (nPendingData<0 means pendingTerms has not been
-  ** initialized).  iPrevDocid is the last docid written, used to make
-  ** certain we're inserting in sorted order.
-  */
-  int nPendingData;
-#define kPendingThreshold (1*1024*1024)
-  sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid;
-  fts3Hash pendingTerms;
-};
-
-/*
-** When the core wants to do a query, it create a cursor using a
-** call to xOpen.  This structure is an instance of a cursor.  It
-** is destroyed by xClose.
-*/
-typedef struct fulltext_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;        /* Base class used by SQLite core */
-  QueryType iCursorType;           /* Copy of sqlite3_index_info.idxNum */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;             /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */
-  int eof;                         /* True if at End Of Results */
-  Query q;                         /* Parsed query string */
-  Snippet snippet;                 /* Cached snippet for the current row */
-  int iColumn;                     /* Column being searched */
-  DataBuffer result;               /* Doclist results from fulltextQuery */
-  DLReader reader;                 /* Result reader if result not empty */
-} fulltext_cursor;
-
-static struct fulltext_vtab *cursor_vtab(fulltext_cursor *c){
-  return (fulltext_vtab *) c->base.pVtab;
-}
-
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module;   /* forward declaration */
-
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- *   insert into %_content (docid, ...) values (?, ...)
- */
-static const char *contentInsertStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  int i;
-
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "insert into %_content (docid, ");
-  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
-  append(&sb, ") values (?");
-  for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i)
-    append(&sb, ", ?");
-  append(&sb, ")");
-  return stringBufferData(&sb);
-}
-
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- *   select <content columns> from %_content where docid = ?
- */
-static const char *contentSelectStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "SELECT ");
-  appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
-  append(&sb, " FROM %_content WHERE docid = ?");
-  return stringBufferData(&sb);
-}
-
-/* Return a dynamically generated statement of the form
- *   update %_content set [col_0] = ?, [col_1] = ?, ...
- *                    where docid = ?
- */
-static const char *contentUpdateStatement(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  int i;
-
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  append(&sb, "update %_content set ");
-  for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i) {
-    if( i>0 ){
-      append(&sb, ", ");
-    }
-    append(&sb, v->azContentColumn[i]);
-    append(&sb, " = ?");
-  }
-  append(&sb, " where docid = ?");
-  return stringBufferData(&sb);
-}
-
-/* Puts a freshly-prepared statement determined by iStmt in *ppStmt.
-** If the indicated statement has never been prepared, it is prepared
-** and cached, otherwise the cached version is reset.
-*/
-static int sql_get_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, fulltext_statement iStmt,
-                             sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
-  assert( iStmt<MAX_STMT );
-  if( v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]==NULL ){
-    const char *zStmt;
-    int rc;
-    switch( iStmt ){
-      case CONTENT_INSERT_STMT:
-        zStmt = contentInsertStatement(v); break;
-      case CONTENT_SELECT_STMT:
-        zStmt = contentSelectStatement(v); break;
-      case CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT:
-        zStmt = contentUpdateStatement(v); break;
-      default:
-        zStmt = fulltext_zStatement[iStmt];
-    }
-    rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt],
-                         zStmt);
-    if( zStmt != fulltext_zStatement[iStmt]) sqlite3_free((void *) zStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  } else {
-    int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  *ppStmt = v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt];
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Like sqlite3_step(), but convert SQLITE_DONE to SQLITE_OK and
-** SQLITE_ROW to SQLITE_ERROR.  Useful for statements like UPDATE,
-** where we expect no results.
-*/
-static int sql_single_step(sqlite3_stmt *s){
-  int rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  return (rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
-}
-
-/* Like sql_get_statement(), but for special replicated LEAF_SELECT
-** statements.  idx -1 is a special case for an uncached version of
-** the statement (used in the optimize implementation).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Write version for generic statements and then share
-** that between the cached-statement functions.
-*/
-static int sql_get_leaf_statement(fulltext_vtab *v, int idx,
-                                  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt){
-  assert( idx>=-1 && idx<MERGE_COUNT );
-  if( idx==-1 ){
-    return sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, ppStmt, LEAF_SELECT);
-  }else if( v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]==NULL ){
-    int rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx],
-                         LEAF_SELECT);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }else{
-    int rc = sqlite3_reset(v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  *ppStmt = v->pLeafSelectStmts[idx];
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* insert into %_content (docid, ...) values ([docid], [pValues])
-** If the docid contains SQL NULL, then a unique docid will be
-** generated.
-*/
-static int content_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *docid,
-                          sqlite3_value **pValues){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int i;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_INSERT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1, docid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 2+i, pValues[i]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* update %_content set col0 = pValues[0], col1 = pValues[1], ...
- *                  where docid = [iDocid] */
-static int content_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value **pValues,
-                          sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int i;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_UPDATE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i){
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_value(s, 1+i, pValues[i]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1+v->nColumn, iDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-static void freeStringArray(int nString, const char **pString){
-  int i;
-
-  for (i=0 ; i < nString ; ++i) {
-    if( pString[i]!=NULL ) sqlite3_free((void *) pString[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free((void *) pString);
-}
-
-/* select * from %_content where docid = [iDocid]
- * The caller must delete the returned array and all strings in it.
- * null fields will be NULL in the returned array.
- *
- * TODO: Perhaps we should return pointer/length strings here for consistency
- * with other code which uses pointer/length. */
-static int content_select(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
-                          const char ***pValues){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  const char **values;
-  int i;
-  int rc;
-
-  *pValues = NULL;
-
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_SELECT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-  values = (const char **) sqlite3_malloc(v->nColumn * sizeof(const char *));
-  for(i=0; i<v->nColumn; ++i){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(s, i)==SQLITE_NULL ){
-      values[i] = NULL;
-    }else{
-      values[i] = string_dup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(s, i));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    *pValues = values;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  freeStringArray(v->nColumn, values);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* delete from %_content where docid = [iDocid ] */
-static int content_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_DELETE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* Returns SQLITE_ROW if any rows exist in %_content, SQLITE_DONE if
-** no rows exist, and any error in case of failure.
-*/
-static int content_exists(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, CONTENT_EXISTS_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ROW;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* insert into %_segments values ([pData])
-**   returns assigned blockid in *piBlockid
-*/
-static int block_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                        sqlite_int64 *piBlockid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_INSERT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 1, pData, nData, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-
-  /* blockid column is an alias for rowid. */
-  *piBlockid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* delete from %_segments
-**   where blockid between [iStartBlockid] and [iEndBlockid]
-**
-** Deletes the range of blocks, inclusive, used to delete the blocks
-** which form a segment.
-*/
-static int block_delete(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                        sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* Returns SQLITE_ROW with *pidx set to the maximum segment idx found
-** at iLevel.  Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no segments at
-** iLevel.  Otherwise returns an error.
-*/
-static int segdir_max_index(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_MAX_INDEX_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  /* Should always get at least one row due to how max() works. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-  /* NULL means that there were no inputs to max(). */
-  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
-    rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *pidx = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-  return SQLITE_ROW;
-}
-
-/* insert into %_segdir values (
-**   [iLevel], [idx],
-**   [iStartBlockid], [iLeavesEndBlockid], [iEndBlockid],
-**   [pRootData]
-** )
-*/
-static int segdir_set(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int idx,
-                      sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
-                      sqlite_int64 iLeavesEndBlockid,
-                      sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
-                      const char *pRootData, int nRootData){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SET_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, idx);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 3, iStartBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 4, iLeavesEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 5, iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(s, 6, pRootData, nRootData, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* Queries %_segdir for the block span of the segments in level
-** iLevel.  Returns SQLITE_DONE if there are no blocks for iLevel,
-** SQLITE_ROW if there are blocks, else an error.
-*/
-static int segdir_span(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
-                       sqlite_int64 *piStartBlockid,
-                       sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SPAN_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_DONE;  /* Should never happen */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-  /* This happens if all segments at this level are entirely inline. */
-  if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_column_type(s, 0) ){
-    /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-     * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-    int rc2 = sqlite3_step(s);
-    if( rc2==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return rc2;
-  }
-
-  *piStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
-  *piEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-  return SQLITE_ROW;
-}
-
-/* Delete the segment blocks and segment directory records for all
-** segments at iLevel.
-*/
-static int segdir_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid;
-  int rc = segdir_span(v, iLevel, &iStartBlockid, &iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    rc = block_delete(v, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Delete the segment directory itself. */
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* Delete entire fts index, SQLITE_OK on success, relevant error on
-** failure.
-*/
-static int segdir_delete_all(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sql_single_step(s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_DELETE_ALL_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return sql_single_step(s);
-}
-
-/* Returns SQLITE_OK with *pnSegments set to the number of entries in
-** %_segdir and *piMaxLevel set to the highest level which has a
-** segment.  Otherwise returns the SQLite error which caused failure.
-*/
-static int segdir_count(fulltext_vtab *v, int *pnSegments, int *piMaxLevel){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_COUNT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  /* TODO(shess): This case should not be possible?  Should stronger
-  ** measures be taken if it happens?
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    *pnSegments = 0;
-    *piMaxLevel = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-  *pnSegments = sqlite3_column_int(s, 0);
-  *piMaxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(s, 1);
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) clearPendingTerms() is far down the file because
-** writeZeroSegment() is far down the file because LeafWriter is far
-** down the file.  Consider refactoring the code to move the non-vtab
-** code above the vtab code so that we don't need this forward
-** reference.
-*/
-static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
-
-/*
-** Free the memory used to contain a fulltext_vtab structure.
-*/
-static void fulltext_vtab_destroy(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  int iStmt, i;
-
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", v));
-  for( iStmt=0; iStmt<MAX_STMT; iStmt++ ){
-    if( v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]!=NULL ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt]);
-      v->pFulltextStatements[iStmt] = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  for( i=0; i<MERGE_COUNT; i++ ){
-    if( v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]!=NULL ){
-      sqlite3_finalize(v->pLeafSelectStmts[i]);
-      v->pLeafSelectStmts[i] = NULL;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( v->pTokenizer!=NULL ){
-    v->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(v->pTokenizer);
-    v->pTokenizer = NULL;
-  }
-
-  clearPendingTerms(v);
-
-  sqlite3_free(v->azColumn);
-  for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
-    sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn[i]);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(v->azContentColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(v);
-}
-
-/*
-** Token types for parsing the arguments to xConnect or xCreate.
-*/
-#define TOKEN_EOF         0    /* End of file */
-#define TOKEN_SPACE       1    /* Any kind of whitespace */
-#define TOKEN_ID          2    /* An identifier */
-#define TOKEN_STRING      3    /* A string literal */
-#define TOKEN_PUNCT       4    /* A single punctuation character */
-
-/*
-** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
-** ftsIdChar(X) will be true.  Otherwise it is false.
-**
-** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
-** allowed in an identifier.  For 7-bit characters, 
-** isFtsIdChar[X] must be 1.
-**
-** Ticket #1066.  the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
-** middle of identfiers.  But many SQL implementations do. 
-** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
-** But the feature is undocumented.
-*/
-static const char isFtsIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 2x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-};
-#define ftsIdChar(C)  (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && isFtsIdChar[c-0x20]))
-
-
-/*
-** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0]. 
-** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
-*/
-static int ftsGetToken(const char *z, int *tokenType){
-  int i, c;
-  switch( *z ){
-    case 0: {
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_EOF;
-      return 0;
-    }
-    case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
-      for(i=1; safe_isspace(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_SPACE;
-      return i;
-    }
-    case '`':
-    case '\'':
-    case '"': {
-      int delim = z[0];
-      for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
-        if( c==delim ){
-          if( z[i+1]==delim ){
-            i++;
-          }else{
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_STRING;
-      return i + (c!=0);
-    }
-    case '[': {
-      for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
-      return i;
-    }
-    default: {
-      if( !ftsIdChar(*z) ){
-        break;
-      }
-      for(i=1; ftsIdChar(z[i]); i++){}
-      *tokenType = TOKEN_ID;
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  *tokenType = TOKEN_PUNCT;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** A token extracted from a string is an instance of the following
-** structure.
-*/
-typedef struct FtsToken {
-  const char *z;       /* Pointer to token text.  Not '\000' terminated */
-  short int n;         /* Length of the token text in bytes. */
-} FtsToken;
-
-/*
-** Given a input string (which is really one of the argv[] parameters
-** passed into xConnect or xCreate) split the string up into tokens.
-** Return an array of pointers to '\000' terminated strings, one string
-** for each non-whitespace token.
-**
-** The returned array is terminated by a single NULL pointer.
-**
-** Space to hold the returned array is obtained from a single
-** malloc and should be freed by passing the return value to free().
-** The individual strings within the token list are all a part of
-** the single memory allocation and will all be freed at once.
-*/
-static char **tokenizeString(const char *z, int *pnToken){
-  int nToken = 0;
-  FtsToken *aToken = sqlite3_malloc( strlen(z) * sizeof(aToken[0]) );
-  int n = 1;
-  int e, i;
-  int totalSize = 0;
-  char **azToken;
-  char *zCopy;
-  while( n>0 ){
-    n = ftsGetToken(z, &e);
-    if( e!=TOKEN_SPACE ){
-      aToken[nToken].z = z;
-      aToken[nToken].n = n;
-      nToken++;
-      totalSize += n+1;
-    }
-    z += n;
-  }
-  azToken = (char**)sqlite3_malloc( nToken*sizeof(char*) + totalSize );
-  zCopy = (char*)&azToken[nToken];
-  nToken--;
-  for(i=0; i<nToken; i++){
-    azToken[i] = zCopy;
-    n = aToken[i].n;
-    memcpy(zCopy, aToken[i].z, n);
-    zCopy[n] = 0;
-    zCopy += n+1;
-  }
-  azToken[nToken] = 0;
-  sqlite3_free(aToken);
-  *pnToken = nToken;
-  return azToken;
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
-** the quote characters.  The conversion is done in-place.  If the
-** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
-** is a no-op.
-**
-** Examples:
-**
-**     "abc"   becomes   abc
-**     'xyz'   becomes   xyz
-**     [pqr]   becomes   pqr
-**     `mno`   becomes   mno
-*/
-static void dequoteString(char *z){
-  int quote;
-  int i, j;
-  if( z==0 ) return;
-  quote = z[0];
-  switch( quote ){
-    case '\'':  break;
-    case '"':   break;
-    case '`':   break;                /* For MySQL compatibility */
-    case '[':   quote = ']';  break;  /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
-    default:    return;
-  }
-  for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
-    if( z[i]==quote ){
-      if( z[i+1]==quote ){
-        z[j++] = quote;
-        i++;
-      }else{
-        z[j++] = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-    }else{
-      z[j++] = z[i];
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** The input azIn is a NULL-terminated list of tokens.  Remove the first
-** token and all punctuation tokens.  Remove the quotes from
-** around string literal tokens.
-**
-** Example:
-**
-**     input:      tokenize chinese ( 'simplifed' , 'mixed' )
-**     output:     chinese simplifed mixed
-**
-** Another example:
-**
-**     input:      delimiters ( '[' , ']' , '...' )
-**     output:     [ ] ...
-*/
-static void tokenListToIdList(char **azIn){
-  int i, j;
-  if( azIn ){
-    for(i=0, j=-1; azIn[i]; i++){
-      if( safe_isalnum(azIn[i][0]) || azIn[i][1] ){
-        dequoteString(azIn[i]);
-        if( j>=0 ){
-          azIn[j] = azIn[i];
-        }
-        j++;
-      }
-    }
-    azIn[j] = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Find the first alphanumeric token in the string zIn.  Null-terminate
-** this token.  Remove any quotation marks.  And return a pointer to
-** the result.
-*/
-static char *firstToken(char *zIn, char **pzTail){
-  int n, ttype;
-  while(1){
-    n = ftsGetToken(zIn, &ttype);
-    if( ttype==TOKEN_SPACE ){
-      zIn += n;
-    }else if( ttype==TOKEN_EOF ){
-      *pzTail = zIn;
-      return 0;
-    }else{
-      zIn[n] = 0;
-      *pzTail = &zIn[1];
-      dequoteString(zIn);
-      return zIn;
-    }
-  }
-  /*NOTREACHED*/
-}
-
-/* Return true if...
-**
-**   *  s begins with the string t, ignoring case
-**   *  s is longer than t
-**   *  The first character of s beyond t is not a alphanumeric
-** 
-** Ignore leading space in *s.
-**
-** To put it another way, return true if the first token of
-** s[] is t[].
-*/
-static int startsWith(const char *s, const char *t){
-  while( safe_isspace(*s) ){ s++; }
-  while( *t ){
-    if( safe_tolower(*s++)!=safe_tolower(*t++) ) return 0;
-  }
-  return *s!='_' && !safe_isalnum(*s);
-}
-
-/*
-** An instance of this structure defines the "spec" of a
-** full text index.  This structure is populated by parseSpec
-** and use by fulltextConnect and fulltextCreate.
-*/
-typedef struct TableSpec {
-  const char *zDb;         /* Logical database name */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of the full-text index */
-  int nColumn;             /* Number of columns to be indexed */
-  char **azColumn;         /* Original names of columns to be indexed */
-  char **azContentColumn;  /* Column names for %_content */
-  char **azTokenizer;      /* Name of tokenizer and its arguments */
-} TableSpec;
-
-/*
-** Reclaim all of the memory used by a TableSpec
-*/
-static void clearTableSpec(TableSpec *p) {
-  sqlite3_free(p->azColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(p->azContentColumn);
-  sqlite3_free(p->azTokenizer);
-}
-
-/* Parse a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement, which looks like this:
- *
- * CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE email
- *        USING fts3(subject, body, tokenize mytokenizer(myarg))
- *
- * We return parsed information in a TableSpec structure.
- * 
- */
-static int parseSpec(TableSpec *pSpec, int argc, const char *const*argv,
-                     char**pzErr){
-  int i, n;
-  char *z, *zDummy;
-  char **azArg;
-  const char *zTokenizer = 0;    /* argv[] entry describing the tokenizer */
-
-  assert( argc>=3 );
-  /* Current interface:
-  ** argv[0] - module name
-  ** argv[1] - database name
-  ** argv[2] - table name
-  ** argv[3..] - columns, optionally followed by tokenizer specification
-  **             and snippet delimiters specification.
-  */
-
-  /* Make a copy of the complete argv[][] array in a single allocation.
-  ** The argv[][] array is read-only and transient.  We can write to the
-  ** copy in order to modify things and the copy is persistent.
-  */
-  CLEAR(pSpec);
-  for(i=n=0; i<argc; i++){
-    n += strlen(argv[i]) + 1;
-  }
-  azArg = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(char*)*argc + n );
-  if( azArg==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  z = (char*)&azArg[argc];
-  for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-    azArg[i] = z;
-    strcpy(z, argv[i]);
-    z += strlen(z)+1;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the column names and the tokenizer and delimiter arguments
-  ** in the argv[][] array.
-  */
-  pSpec->zDb = azArg[1];
-  pSpec->zName = azArg[2];
-  pSpec->nColumn = 0;
-  pSpec->azColumn = azArg;
-  zTokenizer = "tokenize simple";
-  for(i=3; i<argc; ++i){
-    if( startsWith(azArg[i],"tokenize") ){
-      zTokenizer = azArg[i];
-    }else{
-      z = azArg[pSpec->nColumn] = firstToken(azArg[i], &zDummy);
-      pSpec->nColumn++;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pSpec->nColumn==0 ){
-    azArg[0] = "content";
-    pSpec->nColumn = 1;
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Construct the list of content column names.
-  **
-  ** Each content column name will be of the form cNNAAAA
-  ** where NN is the column number and AAAA is the sanitized
-  ** column name.  "sanitized" means that special characters are
-  ** converted to "_".  The cNN prefix guarantees that all column
-  ** names are unique.
-  **
-  ** The AAAA suffix is not strictly necessary.  It is included
-  ** for the convenience of people who might examine the generated
-  ** %_content table and wonder what the columns are used for.
-  */
-  pSpec->azContentColumn = sqlite3_malloc( pSpec->nColumn * sizeof(char *) );
-  if( pSpec->azContentColumn==0 ){
-    clearTableSpec(pSpec);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<pSpec->nColumn; i++){
-    char *p;
-    pSpec->azContentColumn[i] = sqlite3_mprintf("c%d%s", i, azArg[i]);
-    for (p = pSpec->azContentColumn[i]; *p ; ++p) {
-      if( !safe_isalnum(*p) ) *p = '_';
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Parse the tokenizer specification string.
-  */
-  pSpec->azTokenizer = tokenizeString(zTokenizer, &n);
-  tokenListToIdList(pSpec->azTokenizer);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement that describes the schema of
-** the virtual table.  Return a pointer to this schema string.
-**
-** Space is obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() and should be freed
-** using sqlite3_free().
-*/
-static char *fulltextSchema(
-  int nColumn,                  /* Number of columns */
-  const char *const* azColumn,  /* List of columns */
-  const char *zTableName        /* Name of the table */
-){
-  int i;
-  char *zSchema, *zNext;
-  const char *zSep = "(";
-  zSchema = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x");
-  for(i=0; i<nColumn; i++){
-    zNext = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s%Q", zSchema, zSep, azColumn[i]);
-    sqlite3_free(zSchema);
-    zSchema = zNext;
-    zSep = ",";
-  }
-  zNext = sqlite3_mprintf("%s,%Q HIDDEN", zSchema, zTableName);
-  sqlite3_free(zSchema);
-  zSchema = zNext;
-  zNext = sqlite3_mprintf("%s,docid HIDDEN)", zSchema);
-  sqlite3_free(zSchema);
-  return zNext;
-}
-
-/*
-** Build a new sqlite3_vtab structure that will describe the
-** fulltext index defined by spec.
-*/
-static int constructVtab(
-  sqlite3 *db,              /* The SQLite database connection */
-  fts3Hash *pHash,          /* Hash table containing tokenizers */
-  TableSpec *spec,          /* Parsed spec information from parseSpec() */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,    /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */
-  char **pzErr              /* Write any error message here */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int n;
-  fulltext_vtab *v = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m = NULL;
-  char *schema;
-
-  char const *zTok;         /* Name of tokenizer to use for this fts table */
-  int nTok;                 /* Length of zTok, including nul terminator */
-
-  v = (fulltext_vtab *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_vtab));
-  if( v==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  CLEAR(v);
-  /* sqlite will initialize v->base */
-  v->db = db;
-  v->zDb = spec->zDb;       /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
-  v->zName = spec->zName;   /* Freed when azColumn is freed */
-  v->nColumn = spec->nColumn;
-  v->azContentColumn = spec->azContentColumn;
-  spec->azContentColumn = 0;
-  v->azColumn = spec->azColumn;
-  spec->azColumn = 0;
-
-  if( spec->azTokenizer==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  zTok = spec->azTokenizer[0]; 
-  if( !zTok ){
-    zTok = "simple";
-  }
-  nTok = strlen(zTok)+1;
-
-  m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zTok, nTok);
-  if( !m ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", spec->azTokenizer[0]);
-    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    goto err;
-  }
-
-  for(n=0; spec->azTokenizer[n]; n++){}
-  if( n ){
-    rc = m->xCreate(n-1, (const char*const*)&spec->azTokenizer[1],
-                    &v->pTokenizer);
-  }else{
-    rc = m->xCreate(0, 0, &v->pTokenizer);
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-  v->pTokenizer->pModule = m;
-
-  /* TODO: verify the existence of backing tables foo_content, foo_term */
-
-  schema = fulltextSchema(v->nColumn, (const char*const*)v->azColumn,
-                          spec->zName);
-  rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, schema);
-  sqlite3_free(schema);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-  memset(v->pFulltextStatements, 0, sizeof(v->pFulltextStatements));
-
-  /* Indicate that the buffer is not live. */
-  v->nPendingData = -1;
-
-  *ppVTab = &v->base;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Connect %p\n", v));
-
-  return rc;
-
-err:
-  fulltext_vtab_destroy(v);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fulltextConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  TableSpec spec;
-  int rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
-  clearTableSpec(&spec);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* The %_content table holds the text of each document, with
-** the docid column exposed as the SQLite rowid for the table.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) This comment needs elaboration to match the updated
-** code.  Work it into the top-of-file comment at that time.
-*/
-static int fulltextCreate(sqlite3 *db, void *pAux,
-                          int argc, const char * const *argv,
-                          sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char **pzErr){
-  int rc;
-  TableSpec spec;
-  StringBuffer schema;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Create\n"));
-
-  rc = parseSpec(&spec, argc, argv, pzErr);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  initStringBuffer(&schema);
-  append(&schema, "CREATE TABLE %_content(");
-  append(&schema, "  docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,");
-  appendList(&schema, spec.nColumn, spec.azContentColumn);
-  append(&schema, ")");
-  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName, stringBufferData(&schema));
-  stringBufferDestroy(&schema);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
-
-  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
-                "create table %_segments("
-                "  blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,"
-                "  block blob"
-                ");"
-                );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
-
-  rc = sql_exec(db, spec.zDb, spec.zName,
-                "create table %_segdir("
-                "  level integer,"
-                "  idx integer,"
-                "  start_block integer,"
-                "  leaves_end_block integer,"
-                "  end_block integer,"
-                "  root blob,"
-                "  primary key(level, idx)"
-                ");");
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto out;
-
-  rc = constructVtab(db, (fts3Hash *)pAux, &spec, ppVTab, pzErr);
-
-out:
-  clearTableSpec(&spec);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Decide how to handle an SQL query. */
-static int fulltextBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
-  int i;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 BestIndex\n"));
-
-  for(i=0; i<pInfo->nConstraint; ++i){
-    const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint;
-    pConstraint = &pInfo->aConstraint[i];
-    if( pConstraint->usable ) {
-      if( (pConstraint->iColumn==-1 || pConstraint->iColumn==v->nColumn+1) &&
-          pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
-        pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_DOCID;      /* lookup by docid */
-        FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_DOCID\n"));
-      } else if( pConstraint->iColumn>=0 && pConstraint->iColumn<=v->nColumn &&
-                 pConstraint->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){
-        /* full-text search */
-        pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_FULLTEXT + pConstraint->iColumn;
-        FTSTRACE(("FTS3 QUERY_FULLTEXT %d\n", pConstraint->iColumn));
-      } else continue;
-
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1;
-      pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1;
-
-      /* An arbitrary value for now.
-       * TODO: Perhaps docid matches should be considered cheaper than
-       * full-text searches. */
-      pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0;   
-
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  pInfo->idxNum = QUERY_GENERIC;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fulltextDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Disconnect %p\n", pVTab));
-  fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fulltextDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *)pVTab;
-  int rc;
-
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Destroy %p\n", pVTab));
-  rc = sql_exec(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName,
-                "drop table if exists %_content;"
-                "drop table if exists %_segments;"
-                "drop table if exists %_segdir;"
-                );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  fulltext_vtab_destroy((fulltext_vtab *)pVTab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fulltextOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c;
-
-  c = (fulltext_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
-  if( c ){
-    memset(c, 0, sizeof(fulltext_cursor));
-    /* sqlite will initialize c->base */
-    *ppCursor = &c->base;
-    FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Open %p: %p\n", pVTab, c));
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }else{
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by *q
-*/
-static void queryClear(Query *q){
-  int i;
-  for(i = 0; i < q->nTerms; ++i){
-    sqlite3_free(q->pTerms[i].pTerm);
-  }
-  sqlite3_free(q->pTerms);
-  CLEAR(q);
-}
-
-/* Free all of the dynamically allocated memory held by the
-** Snippet
-*/
-static void snippetClear(Snippet *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p->aMatch);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zOffset);
-  sqlite3_free(p->zSnippet);
-  CLEAR(p);
-}
-/*
-** Append a single entry to the p->aMatch[] log.
-*/
-static void snippetAppendMatch(
-  Snippet *p,               /* Append the entry to this snippet */
-  int iCol, int iTerm,      /* The column and query term */
-  int iToken,               /* Matching token in document */
-  int iStart, int nByte     /* Offset and size of the match */
-){
-  int i;
-  struct snippetMatch *pMatch;
-  if( p->nMatch+1>=p->nAlloc ){
-    p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + 10;
-    p->aMatch = sqlite3_realloc(p->aMatch, p->nAlloc*sizeof(p->aMatch[0]) );
-    if( p->aMatch==0 ){
-      p->nMatch = 0;
-      p->nAlloc = 0;
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  i = p->nMatch++;
-  pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
-  pMatch->iCol = iCol;
-  pMatch->iTerm = iTerm;
-  pMatch->iToken = iToken;
-  pMatch->iStart = iStart;
-  pMatch->nByte = nByte;
-}
-
-/*
-** Sizing information for the circular buffer used in snippetOffsetsOfColumn()
-*/
-#define FTS3_ROTOR_SZ   (32)
-#define FTS3_ROTOR_MASK (FTS3_ROTOR_SZ-1)
-
-/*
-** Add entries to pSnippet->aMatch[] for every match that occurs against
-** document zDoc[0..nDoc-1] which is stored in column iColumn.
-*/
-static void snippetOffsetsOfColumn(
-  Query *pQuery,
-  Snippet *pSnippet,
-  int iColumn,
-  const char *zDoc,
-  int nDoc
-){
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pTModule;  /* The tokenizer module */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;             /* The specific tokenizer */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTCursor;        /* Tokenizer cursor */
-  fulltext_vtab *pVtab;                /* The full text index */
-  int nColumn;                         /* Number of columns in the index */
-  const QueryTerm *aTerm;              /* Query string terms */
-  int nTerm;                           /* Number of query string terms */  
-  int i, j;                            /* Loop counters */
-  int rc;                              /* Return code */
-  unsigned int match, prevMatch;       /* Phrase search bitmasks */
-  const char *zToken;                  /* Next token from the tokenizer */
-  int nToken;                          /* Size of zToken */
-  int iBegin, iEnd, iPos;              /* Offsets of beginning and end */
-
-  /* The following variables keep a circular buffer of the last
-  ** few tokens */
-  unsigned int iRotor = 0;             /* Index of current token */
-  int iRotorBegin[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ];      /* Beginning offset of token */
-  int iRotorLen[FTS3_ROTOR_SZ];        /* Length of token */
-
-  pVtab = pQuery->pFts;
-  nColumn = pVtab->nColumn;
-  pTokenizer = pVtab->pTokenizer;
-  pTModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  rc = pTModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zDoc, nDoc, &pTCursor);
-  if( rc ) return;
-  pTCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-  aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
-  nTerm = pQuery->nTerms;
-  if( nTerm>=FTS3_ROTOR_SZ ){
-    nTerm = FTS3_ROTOR_SZ - 1;
-  }
-  prevMatch = 0;
-  while(1){
-    rc = pTModule->xNext(pTCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-    if( rc ) break;
-    iRotorBegin[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iBegin;
-    iRotorLen[iRotor&FTS3_ROTOR_MASK] = iEnd-iBegin;
-    match = 0;
-    for(i=0; i<nTerm; i++){
-      int iCol;
-      iCol = aTerm[i].iColumn;
-      if( iCol>=0 && iCol<nColumn && iCol!=iColumn ) continue;
-      if( aTerm[i].nTerm>nToken ) continue;
-      if( !aTerm[i].isPrefix && aTerm[i].nTerm<nToken ) continue;
-      assert( aTerm[i].nTerm<=nToken );
-      if( memcmp(aTerm[i].pTerm, zToken, aTerm[i].nTerm) ) continue;
-      if( aTerm[i].iPhrase>1 && (prevMatch & (1<<i))==0 ) continue;
-      match |= 1<<i;
-      if( i==nTerm-1 || aTerm[i+1].iPhrase==1 ){
-        for(j=aTerm[i].iPhrase-1; j>=0; j--){
-          int k = (iRotor-j) & FTS3_ROTOR_MASK;
-          snippetAppendMatch(pSnippet, iColumn, i-j, iPos-j,
-                iRotorBegin[k], iRotorLen[k]);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    prevMatch = match<<1;
-    iRotor++;
-  }
-  pTModule->xClose(pTCursor);  
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove entries from the pSnippet structure to account for the NEAR
-** operator. When this is called, pSnippet contains the list of token 
-** offsets produced by treating all NEAR operators as AND operators.
-** This function removes any entries that should not be present after
-** accounting for the NEAR restriction. For example, if the queried
-** document is:
-**
-**     "A B C D E A"
-**
-** and the query is:
-** 
-**     A NEAR/0 E
-**
-** then when this function is called the Snippet contains token offsets
-** 0, 4 and 5. This function removes the "0" entry (because the first A
-** is not near enough to an E).
-*/
-static void trimSnippetOffsetsForNear(Query *pQuery, Snippet *pSnippet){
-  int ii;
-  int iDir = 1;
-
-  while(iDir>-2) {
-    assert( iDir==1 || iDir==-1 );
-    for(ii=0; ii<pSnippet->nMatch; ii++){
-      int jj;
-      int nNear;
-      struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &pSnippet->aMatch[ii];
-      QueryTerm *pQueryTerm = &pQuery->pTerms[pMatch->iTerm];
-
-      if( (pMatch->iTerm+iDir)<0 
-       || (pMatch->iTerm+iDir)>=pQuery->nTerms
-      ){
-        continue;
-      }
-     
-      nNear = pQueryTerm->nNear;
-      if( iDir<0 ){
-        nNear = pQueryTerm[-1].nNear;
-      }
-  
-      if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 && nNear ){
-        int isOk = 0;
-        int iNextTerm = pMatch->iTerm+iDir;
-        int iPrevTerm = iNextTerm;
-
-        int iEndToken;
-        int iStartToken;
-
-        if( iDir<0 ){
-          int nPhrase = 1;
-          iStartToken = pMatch->iToken;
-          while( (pMatch->iTerm+nPhrase)<pQuery->nTerms 
-              && pQuery->pTerms[pMatch->iTerm+nPhrase].iPhrase>1 
-          ){
-            nPhrase++;
-          }
-          iEndToken = iStartToken + nPhrase - 1;
-        }else{
-          iEndToken   = pMatch->iToken;
-          iStartToken = pMatch->iToken+1-pQueryTerm->iPhrase;
-        }
-
-        while( pQuery->pTerms[iNextTerm].iPhrase>1 ){
-          iNextTerm--;
-        }
-        while( (iPrevTerm+1)<pQuery->nTerms && 
-               pQuery->pTerms[iPrevTerm+1].iPhrase>1 
-        ){
-          iPrevTerm++;
-        }
-  
-        for(jj=0; isOk==0 && jj<pSnippet->nMatch; jj++){
-          struct snippetMatch *p = &pSnippet->aMatch[jj];
-          if( p->iCol==pMatch->iCol && ((
-               p->iTerm==iNextTerm && 
-               p->iToken>iEndToken && 
-               p->iToken<=iEndToken+nNear
-          ) || (
-               p->iTerm==iPrevTerm && 
-               p->iToken<iStartToken && 
-               p->iToken>=iStartToken-nNear
-          ))){
-            isOk = 1;
-          }
-        }
-        if( !isOk ){
-          for(jj=1-pQueryTerm->iPhrase; jj<=0; jj++){
-            pMatch[jj].iTerm = -1;
-          }
-          ii = -1;
-          iDir = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    iDir -= 2;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Compute all offsets for the current row of the query.  
-** If the offsets have already been computed, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-static void snippetAllOffsets(fulltext_cursor *p){
-  int nColumn;
-  int iColumn, i;
-  int iFirst, iLast;
-  fulltext_vtab *pFts;
-
-  if( p->snippet.nMatch ) return;
-  if( p->q.nTerms==0 ) return;
-  pFts = p->q.pFts;
-  nColumn = pFts->nColumn;
-  iColumn = (p->iCursorType - QUERY_FULLTEXT);
-  if( iColumn<0 || iColumn>=nColumn ){
-    iFirst = 0;
-    iLast = nColumn-1;
-  }else{
-    iFirst = iColumn;
-    iLast = iColumn;
-  }
-  for(i=iFirst; i<=iLast; i++){
-    const char *zDoc;
-    int nDoc;
-    zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(p->pStmt, i+1);
-    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(p->pStmt, i+1);
-    snippetOffsetsOfColumn(&p->q, &p->snippet, i, zDoc, nDoc);
-  }
-
-  trimSnippetOffsetsForNear(&p->q, &p->snippet);
-}
-
-/*
-** Convert the information in the aMatch[] array of the snippet
-** into the string zOffset[0..nOffset-1].
-*/
-static void snippetOffsetText(Snippet *p){
-  int i;
-  int cnt = 0;
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  char zBuf[200];
-  if( p->zOffset ) return;
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-  for(i=0; i<p->nMatch; i++){
-    struct snippetMatch *pMatch = &p->aMatch[i];
-    if( pMatch->iTerm>=0 ){
-      /* If snippetMatch.iTerm is less than 0, then the match was 
-      ** discarded as part of processing the NEAR operator (see the 
-      ** trimSnippetOffsetsForNear() function for details). Ignore 
-      ** it in this case
-      */
-      zBuf[0] = ' ';
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf)-1, &zBuf[cnt>0], "%d %d %d %d",
-          pMatch->iCol, pMatch->iTerm, pMatch->iStart, pMatch->nByte);
-      append(&sb, zBuf);
-      cnt++;
-    }
-  }
-  p->zOffset = stringBufferData(&sb);
-  p->nOffset = stringBufferLength(&sb);
-}
-
-/*
-** zDoc[0..nDoc-1] is phrase of text.  aMatch[0..nMatch-1] are a set
-** of matching words some of which might be in zDoc.  zDoc is column
-** number iCol.
-**
-** iBreak is suggested spot in zDoc where we could begin or end an
-** excerpt.  Return a value similar to iBreak but possibly adjusted
-** to be a little left or right so that the break point is better.
-*/
-static int wordBoundary(
-  int iBreak,                   /* The suggested break point */
-  const char *zDoc,             /* Document text */
-  int nDoc,                     /* Number of bytes in zDoc[] */
-  struct snippetMatch *aMatch,  /* Matching words */
-  int nMatch,                   /* Number of entries in aMatch[] */
-  int iCol                      /* The column number for zDoc[] */
-){
-  int i;
-  if( iBreak<=10 ){
-    return 0;
-  }
-  if( iBreak>=nDoc-10 ){
-    return nDoc;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<nMatch && aMatch[i].iCol<iCol; i++){}
-  while( i<nMatch && aMatch[i].iStart+aMatch[i].nByte<iBreak ){ i++; }
-  if( i<nMatch ){
-    if( aMatch[i].iStart<iBreak+10 ){
-      return aMatch[i].iStart;
-    }
-    if( i>0 && aMatch[i-1].iStart+aMatch[i-1].nByte>=iBreak ){
-      return aMatch[i-1].iStart;
-    }
-  }
-  for(i=1; i<=10; i++){
-    if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak-i]) ){
-      return iBreak - i + 1;
-    }
-    if( safe_isspace(zDoc[iBreak+i]) ){
-      return iBreak + i + 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return iBreak;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Allowed values for Snippet.aMatch[].snStatus
-*/
-#define SNIPPET_IGNORE  0   /* It is ok to omit this match from the snippet */
-#define SNIPPET_DESIRED 1   /* We want to include this match in the snippet */
-
-/*
-** Generate the text of a snippet.
-*/
-static void snippetText(
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor,   /* The cursor we need the snippet for */
-  const char *zStartMark,     /* Markup to appear before each match */
-  const char *zEndMark,       /* Markup to appear after each match */
-  const char *zEllipsis       /* Ellipsis mark */
-){
-  int i, j;
-  struct snippetMatch *aMatch;
-  int nMatch;
-  int nDesired;
-  StringBuffer sb;
-  int tailCol;
-  int tailOffset;
-  int iCol;
-  int nDoc;
-  const char *zDoc;
-  int iStart, iEnd;
-  int tailEllipsis = 0;
-  int iMatch;
-  
-
-  sqlite3_free(pCursor->snippet.zSnippet);
-  pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = 0;
-  aMatch = pCursor->snippet.aMatch;
-  nMatch = pCursor->snippet.nMatch;
-  initStringBuffer(&sb);
-
-  for(i=0; i<nMatch; i++){
-    aMatch[i].snStatus = SNIPPET_IGNORE;
-  }
-  nDesired = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<pCursor->q.nTerms; i++){
-    for(j=0; j<nMatch; j++){
-      if( aMatch[j].iTerm==i ){
-        aMatch[j].snStatus = SNIPPET_DESIRED;
-        nDesired++;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  iMatch = 0;
-  tailCol = -1;
-  tailOffset = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nMatch && nDesired>0; i++){
-    if( aMatch[i].snStatus!=SNIPPET_DESIRED ) continue;
-    nDesired--;
-    iCol = aMatch[i].iCol;
-    zDoc = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
-    nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCursor->pStmt, iCol+1);
-    iStart = aMatch[i].iStart - 40;
-    iStart = wordBoundary(iStart, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
-    if( iStart<=10 ){
-      iStart = 0;
-    }
-    if( iCol==tailCol && iStart<=tailOffset+20 ){
-      iStart = tailOffset;
-    }
-    if( (iCol!=tailCol && tailCol>=0) || iStart!=tailOffset ){
-      trimWhiteSpace(&sb);
-      appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
-      append(&sb, zEllipsis);
-      appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
-    }
-    iEnd = aMatch[i].iStart + aMatch[i].nByte + 40;
-    iEnd = wordBoundary(iEnd, zDoc, nDoc, aMatch, nMatch, iCol);
-    if( iEnd>=nDoc-10 ){
-      iEnd = nDoc;
-      tailEllipsis = 0;
-    }else{
-      tailEllipsis = 1;
-    }
-    while( iMatch<nMatch && aMatch[iMatch].iCol<iCol ){ iMatch++; }
-    while( iStart<iEnd ){
-      while( iMatch<nMatch && aMatch[iMatch].iStart<iStart
-             && aMatch[iMatch].iCol<=iCol ){
-        iMatch++;
-      }
-      if( iMatch<nMatch && aMatch[iMatch].iStart<iEnd
-             && aMatch[iMatch].iCol==iCol ){
-        nappend(&sb, &zDoc[iStart], aMatch[iMatch].iStart - iStart);
-        iStart = aMatch[iMatch].iStart;
-        append(&sb, zStartMark);
-        nappend(&sb, &zDoc[iStart], aMatch[iMatch].nByte);
-        append(&sb, zEndMark);
-        iStart += aMatch[iMatch].nByte;
-        for(j=iMatch+1; j<nMatch; j++){
-          if( aMatch[j].iTerm==aMatch[iMatch].iTerm
-              && aMatch[j].snStatus==SNIPPET_DESIRED ){
-            nDesired--;
-            aMatch[j].snStatus = SNIPPET_IGNORE;
-          }
-        }
-      }else{
-        nappend(&sb, &zDoc[iStart], iEnd - iStart);
-        iStart = iEnd;
-      }
-    }
-    tailCol = iCol;
-    tailOffset = iEnd;
-  }
-  trimWhiteSpace(&sb);
-  if( tailEllipsis ){
-    appendWhiteSpace(&sb);
-    append(&sb, zEllipsis);
-  }
-  pCursor->snippet.zSnippet = stringBufferData(&sb);
-  pCursor->snippet.nSnippet = stringBufferLength(&sb);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Close the cursor.  For additional information see the documentation
-** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface.
-*/
-static int fulltextClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Close %p\n", c));
-  sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
-  queryClear(&c->q);
-  snippetClear(&c->snippet);
-  if( c->result.nData!=0 ) dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&c->result);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static int fulltextNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  int rc;
-
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Next %p\n", pCursor));
-  snippetClear(&c->snippet);
-  if( c->iCursorType < QUERY_FULLTEXT ){
-    /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
-    rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
-    switch( rc ){
-      case SQLITE_ROW:
-        c->eof = 0;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      case SQLITE_DONE:
-        c->eof = 1;
-        return SQLITE_OK;
-      default:
-        c->eof = 1;
-        return rc;
-    }
-  } else {  /* full-text query */
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    if( c->result.nData==0 || dlrAtEnd(&c->reader) ){
-      c->eof = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, dlrDocid(&c->reader));
-    dlrStep(&c->reader);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    /* TODO(shess) Handle SQLITE_SCHEMA AND SQLITE_BUSY. */
-    rc = sqlite3_step(c->pStmt);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){   /* the case we expect */
-      c->eof = 0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    /* an error occurred; abort */
-    return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_ERROR : rc;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* TODO(shess) If we pushed LeafReader to the top of the file, or to
-** another file, term_select() could be pushed above
-** docListOfTerm().
-*/
-static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
-                      const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                      DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out);
-
-/* Return a DocList corresponding to the query term *pTerm.  If *pTerm
-** is the first term of a phrase query, go ahead and evaluate the phrase
-** query and return the doclist for the entire phrase query.
-**
-** The resulting DL_DOCIDS doclist is stored in pResult, which is
-** overwritten.
-*/
-static int docListOfTerm(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,    /* The full text index */
-  int iColumn,         /* column to restrict to.  No restriction if >=nColumn */
-  QueryTerm *pQTerm,   /* Term we are looking for, or 1st term of a phrase */
-  DataBuffer *pResult  /* Write the result here */
-){
-  DataBuffer left, right, new;
-  int i, rc;
-
-  /* No phrase search if no position info. */
-  assert( pQTerm->nPhrase==0 || DL_DEFAULT!=DL_DOCIDS );
-
-  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-
-  dataBufferInit(&left, 0);
-  rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm->pTerm, pQTerm->nTerm, pQTerm->isPrefix,
-                  (0<pQTerm->nPhrase ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS), &left);
-  if( rc ) return rc;
-  for(i=1; i<=pQTerm->nPhrase && left.nData>0; i++){
-    /* If this token is connected to the next by a NEAR operator, and
-    ** the next token is the start of a phrase, then set nPhraseRight
-    ** to the number of tokens in the phrase. Otherwise leave it at 1.
-    */
-    int nPhraseRight = 1;
-    while( (i+nPhraseRight)<=pQTerm->nPhrase 
-        && pQTerm[i+nPhraseRight].nNear==0 
-    ){
-      nPhraseRight++;
-    }
-
-    dataBufferInit(&right, 0);
-    rc = termSelect(v, iColumn, pQTerm[i].pTerm, pQTerm[i].nTerm,
-                    pQTerm[i].isPrefix, DL_POSITIONS, &right);
-    if( rc ){
-      dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-    docListPhraseMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData,
-                       pQTerm[i-1].nNear, pQTerm[i-1].iPhrase + nPhraseRight,
-                       ((i<pQTerm->nPhrase) ? DL_POSITIONS : DL_DOCIDS),
-                       &new);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-    left = new;
-  }
-  *pResult = left;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Add a new term pTerm[0..nTerm-1] to the query *q.
-*/
-static void queryAdd(Query *q, const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
-  QueryTerm *t;
-  ++q->nTerms;
-  q->pTerms = sqlite3_realloc(q->pTerms, q->nTerms * sizeof(q->pTerms[0]));
-  if( q->pTerms==0 ){
-    q->nTerms = 0;
-    return;
-  }
-  t = &q->pTerms[q->nTerms - 1];
-  CLEAR(t);
-  t->pTerm = sqlite3_malloc(nTerm+1);
-  memcpy(t->pTerm, pTerm, nTerm);
-  t->pTerm[nTerm] = 0;
-  t->nTerm = nTerm;
-  t->isOr = q->nextIsOr;
-  t->isPrefix = 0;
-  q->nextIsOr = 0;
-  t->iColumn = q->nextColumn;
-  q->nextColumn = q->dfltColumn;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to see if the string zToken[0...nToken-1] matches any
-** column name in the virtual table.   If it does,
-** return the zero-indexed column number.  If not, return -1.
-*/
-static int checkColumnSpecifier(
-  fulltext_vtab *pVtab,    /* The virtual table */
-  const char *zToken,      /* Text of the token */
-  int nToken               /* Number of characters in the token */
-){
-  int i;
-  for(i=0; i<pVtab->nColumn; i++){
-    if( memcmp(pVtab->azColumn[i], zToken, nToken)==0
-        && pVtab->azColumn[i][nToken]==0 ){
-      return i;
-    }
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parse the text at zSegment[0..nSegment-1].  Add additional terms
-** to the query being assemblied in pQuery.
-**
-** inPhrase is true if zSegment[0..nSegement-1] is contained within
-** double-quotes.  If inPhrase is true, then the first term
-** is marked with the number of terms in the phrase less one and
-** OR and "-" syntax is ignored.  If inPhrase is false, then every
-** term found is marked with nPhrase=0 and OR and "-" syntax is significant.
-*/
-static int tokenizeSegment(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,          /* The tokenizer to use */
-  const char *zSegment, int nSegment,     /* Query expression being parsed */
-  int inPhrase,                           /* True if within "..." */
-  Query *pQuery                           /* Append results here */
-){
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
-  int firstIndex = pQuery->nTerms;
-  int iCol;
-  int nTerm = 1;
-  
-  int rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zSegment, nSegment, &pCursor);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-
-  while( 1 ){
-    const char *zToken;
-    int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
-
-    rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor,
-                        &zToken, &nToken,
-                        &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-    if( !inPhrase &&
-        zSegment[iEnd]==':' &&
-         (iCol = checkColumnSpecifier(pQuery->pFts, zToken, nToken))>=0 ){
-      pQuery->nextColumn = iCol;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>0 && nToken==2 
-     && zSegment[iBegin+0]=='O'
-     && zSegment[iBegin+1]=='R' 
-    ){
-      pQuery->nextIsOr = 1;
-      continue;
-    }
-    if( !inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>0 && !pQuery->nextIsOr && nToken==4 
-      && memcmp(&zSegment[iBegin], "NEAR", 4)==0
-    ){
-      QueryTerm *pTerm = &pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1];
-      if( (iBegin+6)<nSegment 
-       && zSegment[iBegin+4] == '/'
-       && isdigit(zSegment[iBegin+5])
-      ){
-        int k;
-        pTerm->nNear = 0;
-        for(k=5; (iBegin+k)<=nSegment && isdigit(zSegment[iBegin+k]); k++){
-          pTerm->nNear = pTerm->nNear*10 + (zSegment[iBegin+k] - '0');
-        }
-        pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
-      } else {
-        pTerm->nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
-      }
-      pTerm->nNear++;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    queryAdd(pQuery, zToken, nToken);
-    if( !inPhrase && iBegin>0 && zSegment[iBegin-1]=='-' ){
-      pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isNot = 1;
-    }
-    if( iEnd<nSegment && zSegment[iEnd]=='*' ){
-      pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].isPrefix = 1;
-    }
-    pQuery->pTerms[pQuery->nTerms-1].iPhrase = nTerm;
-    if( inPhrase ){
-      nTerm++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( inPhrase && pQuery->nTerms>firstIndex ){
-    pQuery->pTerms[firstIndex].nPhrase = pQuery->nTerms - firstIndex - 1;
-  }
-
-  return pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-}
-
-/* Parse a query string, yielding a Query object pQuery.
-**
-** The calling function will need to queryClear() to clean up
-** the dynamically allocated memory held by pQuery.
-*/
-static int parseQuery(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,        /* The fulltext index */
-  const char *zInput,      /* Input text of the query string */
-  int nInput,              /* Size of the input text */
-  int dfltColumn,          /* Default column of the index to match against */
-  Query *pQuery            /* Write the parse results here. */
-){
-  int iInput, inPhrase = 0;
-  int ii;
-  QueryTerm *aTerm;
-
-  if( zInput==0 ) nInput = 0;
-  if( nInput<0 ) nInput = strlen(zInput);
-  pQuery->nTerms = 0;
-  pQuery->pTerms = NULL;
-  pQuery->nextIsOr = 0;
-  pQuery->nextColumn = dfltColumn;
-  pQuery->dfltColumn = dfltColumn;
-  pQuery->pFts = v;
-
-  for(iInput=0; iInput<nInput; ++iInput){
-    int i;
-    for(i=iInput; i<nInput && zInput[i]!='"'; ++i){}
-    if( i>iInput ){
-      tokenizeSegment(v->pTokenizer, zInput+iInput, i-iInput, inPhrase,
-                       pQuery);
-    }
-    iInput = i;
-    if( i<nInput ){
-      assert( zInput[i]=='"' );
-      inPhrase = !inPhrase;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( inPhrase ){
-    /* unmatched quote */
-    queryClear(pQuery);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Modify the values of the QueryTerm.nPhrase variables to account for
-  ** the NEAR operator. For the purposes of QueryTerm.nPhrase, phrases
-  ** and tokens connected by the NEAR operator are handled as a single
-  ** phrase. See comments above the QueryTerm structure for details.
-  */
-  aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
-  for(ii=0; ii<pQuery->nTerms; ii++){
-    if( aTerm[ii].nNear || aTerm[ii].nPhrase ){
-      while (aTerm[ii+aTerm[ii].nPhrase].nNear) {
-        aTerm[ii].nPhrase += (1 + aTerm[ii+aTerm[ii].nPhrase+1].nPhrase);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
-static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v);
-
-/* Perform a full-text query using the search expression in
-** zInput[0..nInput-1].  Return a list of matching documents
-** in pResult.
-**
-** Queries must match column iColumn.  Or if iColumn>=nColumn
-** they are allowed to match against any column.
-*/
-static int fulltextQuery(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,      /* The full text index */
-  int iColumn,           /* Match against this column by default */
-  const char *zInput,    /* The query string */
-  int nInput,            /* Number of bytes in zInput[] */
-  DataBuffer *pResult,   /* Write the result doclist here */
-  Query *pQuery          /* Put parsed query string here */
-){
-  int i, iNext, rc;
-  DataBuffer left, right, or, new;
-  int nNot = 0;
-  QueryTerm *aTerm;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Instead of flushing pendingTerms, we could query for
-  ** the relevant term and merge the doclist into what we receive from
-  ** the database.  Wait and see if this is a common issue, first.
-  **
-  ** A good reason not to flush is to not generate update-related
-  ** error codes from here.
-  */
-
-  /* Flush any buffered updates before executing the query. */
-  rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) I think that the queryClear() calls below are not
-  ** necessary, because fulltextClose() already clears the query.
-  */
-  rc = parseQuery(v, zInput, nInput, iColumn, pQuery);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Empty or NULL queries return no results. */
-  if( pQuery->nTerms==0 ){
-    dataBufferInit(pResult, 0);
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Merge AND terms. */
-  /* TODO(shess) I think we can early-exit if( i>nNot && left.nData==0 ). */
-  aTerm = pQuery->pTerms;
-  for(i = 0; i<pQuery->nTerms; i=iNext){
-    if( aTerm[i].isNot ){
-      /* Handle all NOT terms in a separate pass */
-      nNot++;
-      iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase+1;
-      continue;
-    }
-    iNext = i + aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1;
-    rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right);
-    if( rc ){
-      if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      queryClear(pQuery);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    while( iNext<pQuery->nTerms && aTerm[iNext].isOr ){
-      rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[iNext].iColumn, &aTerm[iNext], &or);
-      iNext += aTerm[iNext].nPhrase + 1;
-      if( rc ){
-        if( i!=nNot ) dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-        dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-        queryClear(pQuery);
-        return rc;
-      }
-      dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-      docListOrMerge(right.pData, right.nData, or.pData, or.nData, &new);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&or);
-      right = new;
-    }
-    if( i==nNot ){           /* first term processed. */
-      left = right;
-    }else{
-      dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-      docListAndMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      left = new;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( nNot==pQuery->nTerms ){
-    /* We do not yet know how to handle a query of only NOT terms */
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Do the EXCEPT terms */
-  for(i=0; i<pQuery->nTerms;  i += aTerm[i].nPhrase + 1){
-    if( !aTerm[i].isNot ) continue;
-    rc = docListOfTerm(v, aTerm[i].iColumn, &aTerm[i], &right);
-    if( rc ){
-      queryClear(pQuery);
-      dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-      return rc;
-    }
-    dataBufferInit(&new, 0);
-    docListExceptMerge(left.pData, left.nData, right.pData, right.nData, &new);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&right);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&left);
-    left = new;
-  }
-
-  *pResult = left;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table.  See
-** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional
-** information.
-**
-** If idxNum==QUERY_GENERIC then do a full table scan against
-** the %_content table.
-**
-** If idxNum==QUERY_DOCID then do a docid lookup for a single entry
-** in the %_content table.
-**
-** If idxNum>=QUERY_FULLTEXT then use the full text index.  The
-** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column
-** number idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, 0 indexed.  argv[0] is the right-hand
-** side of the MATCH operator.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Upgrade the cursor initialization and destruction to
-** account for fulltextFilter() being called multiple times on the
-** same cursor.  The current solution is very fragile.  Apply fix to
-** fts3 as appropriate.
-*/
-static int fulltextFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,     /* The cursor used for this query */
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,   /* Which indexing scheme to use */
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv    /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */
-){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
-  int rc;
-
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Filter %p\n",pCursor));
-
-  /* If the cursor has a statement that was not prepared according to
-  ** idxNum, clear it.  I believe all calls to fulltextFilter with a
-  ** given cursor will have the same idxNum , but in this case it's
-  ** easy to be safe.
-  */
-  if( c->pStmt && c->iCursorType!=idxNum ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(c->pStmt);
-    c->pStmt = NULL;
-  }
-
-  /* Get a fresh statement appropriate to idxNum. */
-  /* TODO(shess): Add a prepared-statement cache in the vt structure.
-  ** The cache must handle multiple open cursors.  Easier to cache the
-  ** statement variants at the vt to reduce malloc/realloc/free here.
-  ** Or we could have a StringBuffer variant which allowed stack
-  ** construction for small values.
-  */
-  if( !c->pStmt ){
-    StringBuffer sb;
-    initStringBuffer(&sb);
-    append(&sb, "SELECT docid, ");
-    appendList(&sb, v->nColumn, v->azContentColumn);
-    append(&sb, " FROM %_content");
-    if( idxNum!=QUERY_GENERIC ) append(&sb, " WHERE docid = ?");
-    rc = sql_prepare(v->db, v->zDb, v->zName, &c->pStmt,
-                     stringBufferData(&sb));
-    stringBufferDestroy(&sb);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    c->iCursorType = idxNum;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_reset(c->pStmt);
-    assert( c->iCursorType==idxNum );
-  }
-
-  switch( idxNum ){
-    case QUERY_GENERIC:
-      break;
-
-    case QUERY_DOCID:
-      rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(c->pStmt, 1, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]));
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      break;
-
-    default:   /* full-text search */
-    {
-      const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-      assert( idxNum<=QUERY_FULLTEXT+v->nColumn);
-      assert( argc==1 );
-      queryClear(&c->q);
-      if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
-        /* This case happens if the same cursor is used repeatedly. */
-        dlrDestroy(&c->reader);
-        dataBufferReset(&c->result);
-      }else{
-        dataBufferInit(&c->result, 0);
-      }
-      rc = fulltextQuery(v, idxNum-QUERY_FULLTEXT, zQuery, -1, &c->result, &c->q);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      if( c->result.nData!=0 ){
-        dlrInit(&c->reader, DL_DOCIDS, c->result.pData, c->result.nData);
-      }
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return fulltextNext(pCursor);
-}
-
-/* This is the xEof method of the virtual table.  The SQLite core
-** calls this routine to find out if it has reached the end of
-** a query's results set.
-*/
-static int fulltextEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  return c->eof;
-}
-
-/* This is the xColumn method of the virtual table.  The SQLite
-** core calls this method during a query when it needs the value
-** of a column from the virtual table.  This method needs to use
-** one of the sqlite3_result_*() routines to store the requested
-** value back in the pContext.
-*/
-static int fulltextColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor,
-                          sqlite3_context *pContext, int idxCol){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-  fulltext_vtab *v = cursor_vtab(c);
-
-  if( idxCol<v->nColumn ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, idxCol+1);
-    sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
-  }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn ){
-    /* The extra column whose name is the same as the table.
-    ** Return a blob which is a pointer to the cursor
-    */
-    sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, &c, sizeof(c), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }else if( idxCol==v->nColumn+1 ){
-    /* The docid column, which is an alias for rowid. */
-    sqlite3_value *pVal = sqlite3_column_value(c->pStmt, 0);
-    sqlite3_result_value(pContext, pVal);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* This is the xRowid method.  The SQLite core calls this routine to
-** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set.  fts3
-** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table.  The
-** rowid should be written to *pRowid.
-*/
-static int fulltextRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  fulltext_cursor *c = (fulltext_cursor *) pCursor;
-
-  *pRowid = sqlite3_column_int64(c->pStmt, 0);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Add all terms in [zText] to pendingTerms table.  If [iColumn] > 0,
-** we also store positions and offsets in the hash table using that
-** column number.
-*/
-static int buildTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
-                      const char *zText, int iColumn){
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = v->pTokenizer;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
-  const char *pToken;
-  int nTokenBytes;
-  int iStartOffset, iEndOffset, iPosition;
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = pTokenizer->pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zText, -1, &pCursor);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-  while( SQLITE_OK==(rc=pTokenizer->pModule->xNext(pCursor,
-                                                   &pToken, &nTokenBytes,
-                                                   &iStartOffset, &iEndOffset,
-                                                   &iPosition)) ){
-    DLCollector *p;
-    int nData;                   /* Size of doclist before our update. */
-
-    /* Positions can't be negative; we use -1 as a terminator
-     * internally.  Token can't be NULL or empty. */
-    if( iPosition<0 || pToken == NULL || nTokenBytes == 0 ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    p = fts3HashFind(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes);
-    if( p==NULL ){
-      nData = 0;
-      p = dlcNew(iDocid, DL_DEFAULT);
-      fts3HashInsert(&v->pendingTerms, pToken, nTokenBytes, p);
-
-      /* Overhead for our hash table entry, the key, and the value. */
-      v->nPendingData += sizeof(struct fts3HashElem)+sizeof(*p)+nTokenBytes;
-    }else{
-      nData = p->b.nData;
-      if( p->dlw.iPrevDocid!=iDocid ) dlcNext(p, iDocid);
-    }
-    if( iColumn>=0 ){
-      dlcAddPos(p, iColumn, iPosition, iStartOffset, iEndOffset);
-    }
-
-    /* Accumulate data added by dlcNew or dlcNext, and dlcAddPos. */
-    v->nPendingData += p->b.nData-nData;
-  }
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Check return?  Should this be able to cause errors at
-  ** this point?  Actually, same question about sqlite3_finalize(),
-  ** though one could argue that failure there means that the data is
-  ** not durable.  *ponder*
-  */
-  pTokenizer->pModule->xClose(pCursor);
-  if( SQLITE_DONE == rc ) return SQLITE_OK;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Add doclists for all terms in [pValues] to pendingTerms table. */
-static int insertTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid,
-                       sqlite3_value **pValues){
-  int i;
-  for(i = 0; i < v->nColumn ; ++i){
-    char *zText = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValues[i]);
-    int rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, zText, i);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Add empty doclists for all terms in the given row's content to
-** pendingTerms.
-*/
-static int deleteTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  const char **pValues;
-  int i, rc;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Should we allow such tables at all? */
-  if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-
-  rc = content_select(v, iDocid, &pValues);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  for(i = 0 ; i < v->nColumn; ++i) {
-    rc = buildTerms(v, iDocid, pValues[i], -1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-  }
-
-  freeStringArray(v->nColumn, pValues);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) Refactor the code to remove this forward decl. */
-static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid);
-
-/* Insert a row into the %_content table; set *piDocid to be the ID of the
-** new row.  Add doclists for terms to pendingTerms.
-*/
-static int index_insert(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid,
-                        sqlite3_value **pValues, sqlite_int64 *piDocid){
-  int rc;
-
-  rc = content_insert(v, pRequestDocid, pValues);  /* execute an SQL INSERT */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* docid column is an alias for rowid. */
-  *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(v->db);
-  rc = initPendingTerms(v, *piDocid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return insertTerms(v, *piDocid, pValues);
-}
-
-/* Delete a row from the %_content table; add empty doclists for terms
-** to pendingTerms.
-*/
-static int index_delete(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow){
-  int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  return content_delete(v, iRow);  /* execute an SQL DELETE */
-}
-
-/* Update a row in the %_content table; add delete doclists to
-** pendingTerms for old terms not in the new data, add insert doclists
-** to pendingTerms for terms in the new data.
-*/
-static int index_update(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iRow,
-                        sqlite3_value **pValues){
-  int rc = initPendingTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Generate an empty doclist for each term that previously appeared in this
-   * row. */
-  rc = deleteTerms(v, iRow);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = content_update(v, pValues, iRow);  /* execute an SQL UPDATE */
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Now add positions for terms which appear in the updated row. */
-  return insertTerms(v, iRow, pValues);
-}
-
-/*******************************************************************/
-/* InteriorWriter is used to collect terms and block references into
-** interior nodes in %_segments.  See commentary at top of file for
-** format.
-*/
-
-/* How large interior nodes can grow. */
-#define INTERIOR_MAX 2048
-
-/* Minimum number of terms per interior node (except the root). This
-** prevents large terms from making the tree too skinny - must be >0
-** so that the tree always makes progress.  Note that the min tree
-** fanout will be INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS+1.
-*/
-#define INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS 7
-#if INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS<1
-# error INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS must be greater than 0.
-#endif
-
-/* ROOT_MAX controls how much data is stored inline in the segment
-** directory.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Push ROOT_MAX down to whoever is writing things.  It's
-** only here so that interiorWriterRootInfo() and leafWriterRootInfo()
-** can both see it, but if the caller passed it in, we wouldn't even
-** need a define.
-*/
-#define ROOT_MAX 1024
-#if ROOT_MAX<VARINT_MAX*2
-# error ROOT_MAX must have enough space for a header.
-#endif
-
-/* InteriorBlock stores a linked-list of interior blocks while a lower
-** layer is being constructed.
-*/
-typedef struct InteriorBlock {
-  DataBuffer term;           /* Leftmost term in block's subtree. */
-  DataBuffer data;           /* Accumulated data for the block. */
-  struct InteriorBlock *next;
-} InteriorBlock;
-
-static InteriorBlock *interiorBlockNew(int iHeight, sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
-                                       const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
-  InteriorBlock *block = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(InteriorBlock));
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int n;
-
-  if( block ){
-    memset(block, 0, sizeof(*block));
-    dataBufferInit(&block->term, 0);
-    dataBufferReplace(&block->term, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, iHeight);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, iChildBlock);
-    dataBufferInit(&block->data, INTERIOR_MAX);
-    dataBufferReplace(&block->data, c, n);
-  }
-  return block;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the data is readable as an interior node. */
-static void interiorBlockValidate(InteriorBlock *pBlock){
-  const char *pData = pBlock->data.pData;
-  int nData = pBlock->data.nData;
-  int n, iDummy;
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
-
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData!=0 );
-  assert( pData+nData>pData );
-
-  /* Must lead with height of node as a varint(n), n>0 */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n<nData );
-  pData += n;
-  nData -= n;
-
-  /* Must contain iBlockid. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint(pData, &iBlockid);
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( n<=nData );
-  pData += n;
-  nData -= n;
-
-  /* Zero or more terms of positive length */
-  if( nData!=0 ){
-    /* First term is not delta-encoded. */
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-    assert( n>0 );
-    assert( iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy>0);
-    assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-    pData += n+iDummy;
-    nData -= n+iDummy;
-
-    /* Following terms delta-encoded. */
-    while( nData!=0 ){
-      /* Length of shared prefix. */
-      n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-      assert( n>0 );
-      assert( iDummy>=0 );
-      assert( n<nData );
-      pData += n;
-      nData -= n;
-
-      /* Length and data of distinct suffix. */
-      n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-      assert( n>0 );
-      assert( iDummy>0 );
-      assert( n+iDummy>0);
-      assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-      pData += n+iDummy;
-      nData -= n+iDummy;
-    }
-  }
-}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) interiorBlockValidate(x)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(x) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-
-typedef struct InteriorWriter {
-  int iHeight;                   /* from 0 at leaves. */
-  InteriorBlock *first, *last;
-  struct InteriorWriter *parentWriter;
-
-  DataBuffer term;               /* Last term written to block "last". */
-  sqlite_int64 iOpeningChildBlock; /* First child block in block "last". */
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  sqlite_int64 iLastChildBlock;  /* for consistency checks. */
-#endif
-} InteriorWriter;
-
-/* Initialize an interior node where pTerm[nTerm] marks the leftmost
-** term in the tree.  iChildBlock is the leftmost child block at the
-** next level down the tree.
-*/
-static void interiorWriterInit(int iHeight, const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                               sqlite_int64 iChildBlock,
-                               InteriorWriter *pWriter){
-  InteriorBlock *block;
-  assert( iHeight>0 );
-  CLEAR(pWriter);
-
-  pWriter->iHeight = iHeight;
-  pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->iLastChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-#endif
-  block = interiorBlockNew(iHeight, iChildBlock, pTerm, nTerm);
-  pWriter->last = pWriter->first = block;
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
-  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 0);
-}
-
-/* Append the child node rooted at iChildBlock to the interior node,
-** with pTerm[nTerm] as the leftmost term in iChildBlock's subtree.
-*/
-static void interiorWriterAppend(InteriorWriter *pWriter,
-                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                                 sqlite_int64 iChildBlock){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int n, nPrefix = 0;
-
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
-
-  /* The first term written into an interior node is actually
-  ** associated with the second child added (the first child was added
-  ** in interiorWriterInit, or in the if clause at the bottom of this
-  ** function).  That term gets encoded straight up, with nPrefix left
-  ** at 0.
-  */
-  if( pWriter->term.nData==0 ){
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nTerm);
-  }else{
-    while( nPrefix<pWriter->term.nData &&
-           pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
-      nPrefix++;
-    }
-
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
-  }
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  pWriter->iLastChildBlock++;
-#endif
-  assert( pWriter->iLastChildBlock==iChildBlock );
-
-  /* Overflow to a new block if the new term makes the current block
-  ** too big, and the current block already has enough terms.
-  */
-  if( pWriter->last->data.nData+n+nTerm-nPrefix>INTERIOR_MAX &&
-      iChildBlock-pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock>INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS ){
-    pWriter->last->next = interiorBlockNew(pWriter->iHeight, iChildBlock,
-                                           pTerm, nTerm);
-    pWriter->last = pWriter->last->next;
-    pWriter->iOpeningChildBlock = iChildBlock;
-    dataBufferReset(&pWriter->term);
-  }else{
-    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->last->data, c, n,
-                      pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
-    dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
-  }
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(pWriter->last);
-}
-
-/* Free the space used by pWriter, including the linked-list of
-** InteriorBlocks, and parentWriter, if present.
-*/
-static int interiorWriterDestroy(InteriorWriter *pWriter){
-  InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
-
-  while( block!=NULL ){
-    InteriorBlock *b = block;
-    block = block->next;
-    dataBufferDestroy(&b->term);
-    dataBufferDestroy(&b->data);
-    sqlite3_free(b);
-  }
-  if( pWriter->parentWriter!=NULL ){
-    interiorWriterDestroy(pWriter->parentWriter);
-    sqlite3_free(pWriter->parentWriter);
-  }
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
-  SCRAMBLE(pWriter);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* If pWriter can fit entirely in ROOT_MAX, return it as the root info
-** directly, leaving *piEndBlockid unchanged.  Otherwise, flush
-** pWriter to %_segments, building a new layer of interior nodes, and
-** recursively ask for their root into.
-*/
-static int interiorWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, InteriorWriter *pWriter,
-                                  char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
-                                  sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
-  InteriorBlock *block = pWriter->first;
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* If we can fit the segment inline */
-  if( block==pWriter->last && block->data.nData<ROOT_MAX ){
-    *ppRootInfo = block->data.pData;
-    *pnRootInfo = block->data.nData;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Flush the first block to %_segments, and create a new level of
-  ** interior node.
-  */
-  ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
-  rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
-
-  pWriter->parentWriter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pWriter->parentWriter));
-  interiorWriterInit(pWriter->iHeight+1,
-                     block->term.pData, block->term.nData,
-                     iBlockid, pWriter->parentWriter);
-
-  /* Flush additional blocks and append to the higher interior
-  ** node.
-  */
-  for(block=block->next; block!=NULL; block=block->next){
-    ASSERT_VALID_INTERIOR_BLOCK(block);
-    rc = block_insert(v, block->data.pData, block->data.nData, &iBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-    *piEndBlockid = iBlockid;
-
-    interiorWriterAppend(pWriter->parentWriter,
-                         block->term.pData, block->term.nData, iBlockid);
-  }
-
-  /* Parent node gets the chance to be the root. */
-  return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter->parentWriter,
-                                ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
-}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* InteriorReader is used to read off the data from an interior node
-** (see comment at top of file for the format).
-*/
-typedef struct InteriorReader {
-  const char *pData;
-  int nData;
-
-  DataBuffer term;          /* previous term, for decoding term delta. */
-
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid;
-} InteriorReader;
-
-static void interiorReaderDestroy(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) The assertions are great, but what if we're in NDEBUG
-** and the blob is empty or otherwise contains suspect data?
-*/
-static void interiorReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
-                               InteriorReader *pReader){
-  int n, nTerm;
-
-  /* Require at least the leading flag byte */
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData[0]!='\0' );
-
-  CLEAR(pReader);
-
-  /* Decode the base blockid, and set the cursor to the first term. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint(pData+1, &pReader->iBlockid);
-  assert( 1+n<=nData );
-  pReader->pData = pData+1+n;
-  pReader->nData = nData-(1+n);
-
-  /* A single-child interior node (such as when a leaf node was too
-  ** large for the segment directory) won't have any terms.
-  ** Otherwise, decode the first term.
-  */
-  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
-    dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, 0);
-  }else{
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nTerm);
-    dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
-    dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nTerm);
-    assert( n+nTerm<=pReader->nData );
-    pReader->pData += n+nTerm;
-    pReader->nData -= n+nTerm;
-  }
-}
-
-static int interiorReaderAtEnd(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->term.nData==0;
-}
-
-static sqlite_int64 interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->iBlockid;
-}
-
-static int interiorReaderTermBytes(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->term.nData;
-}
-static const char *interiorReaderTerm(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-  return pReader->term.pData;
-}
-
-/* Step forward to the next term in the node. */
-static void interiorReaderStep(InteriorReader *pReader){
-  assert( !interiorReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-
-  /* If the last term has been read, signal eof, else construct the
-  ** next term.
-  */
-  if( pReader->nData==0 ){
-    dataBufferReset(&pReader->term);
-  }else{
-    int n, nPrefix, nSuffix;
-
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
-
-    /* Truncate the current term and append suffix data. */
-    pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
-    dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
-
-    assert( n+nSuffix<=pReader->nData );
-    pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
-    pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
-  }
-  pReader->iBlockid++;
-}
-
-/* Compare the current term to pTerm[nTerm], returning strcmp-style
-** results.  If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
-*/
-static int interiorReaderTermCmp(InteriorReader *pReader,
-                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
-  const char *pReaderTerm = interiorReaderTerm(pReader);
-  int nReaderTerm = interiorReaderTermBytes(pReader);
-  int c, n = nReaderTerm<nTerm ? nReaderTerm : nTerm;
-
-  if( n==0 ){
-    if( nReaderTerm>0 ) return -1;
-    if( nTerm>0 ) return 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  c = memcmp(pReaderTerm, pTerm, n);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
-  return nReaderTerm - nTerm;
-}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeafWriter is used to collect terms and associated doclist data
-** into leaf blocks in %_segments (see top of file for format info).
-** Expected usage is:
-**
-** LeafWriter writer;
-** leafWriterInit(0, 0, &writer);
-** while( sorted_terms_left_to_process ){
-**   // data is doclist data for that term.
-**   rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer, pTerm, nTerm, pData, nData);
-**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-** }
-** rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
-**err:
-** leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-** return rc;
-**
-** leafWriterStep() may write a collected leaf out to %_segments.
-** leafWriterFinalize() finishes writing any buffered data and stores
-** a root node in %_segdir.  leafWriterDestroy() frees all buffers and
-** InteriorWriters allocated as part of writing this segment.
-**
-** TODO(shess) Document leafWriterStepMerge().
-*/
-
-/* Put terms with data this big in their own block. */
-#define STANDALONE_MIN 1024
-
-/* Keep leaf blocks below this size. */
-#define LEAF_MAX 2048
-
-typedef struct LeafWriter {
-  int iLevel;
-  int idx;
-  sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid;     /* needed to create the root info */
-  sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;       /* when we're done writing. */
-
-  DataBuffer term;                /* previous encoded term */
-  DataBuffer data;                /* encoding buffer */
-
-  /* bytes of first term in the current node which distinguishes that
-  ** term from the last term of the previous node.
-  */
-  int nTermDistinct;
-
-  InteriorWriter parentWriter;    /* if we overflow */
-  int has_parent;
-} LeafWriter;
-
-static void leafWriterInit(int iLevel, int idx, LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  CLEAR(pWriter);
-  pWriter->iLevel = iLevel;
-  pWriter->idx = idx;
-
-  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->term, 32);
-
-  /* Start out with a reasonably sized block, though it can grow. */
-  dataBufferInit(&pWriter->data, LEAF_MAX);
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-/* Verify that the data is readable as a leaf node. */
-static void leafNodeValidate(const char *pData, int nData){
-  int n, iDummy;
-
-  if( nData==0 ) return;
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData!=0 );
-  assert( pData+nData>pData );
-
-  /* Must lead with a varint(0) */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( iDummy==0 );
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( n<nData );
-  pData += n;
-  nData -= n;
-
-  /* Leading term length and data must fit in buffer. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy<nData );
-  pData += n+iDummy;
-  nData -= n+iDummy;
-
-  /* Leading term's doclist length and data must fit. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-  assert( n>0 );
-  assert( iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-  assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
-  pData += n+iDummy;
-  nData -= n+iDummy;
-
-  /* Verify that trailing terms and doclists also are readable. */
-  while( nData!=0 ){
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-    assert( n>0 );
-    assert( iDummy>=0 );
-    assert( n<nData );
-    pData += n;
-    nData -= n;
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-    assert( n>0 );
-    assert( iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy<nData );
-    pData += n+iDummy;
-    nData -= n+iDummy;
-
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pData, &iDummy);
-    assert( n>0 );
-    assert( iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy>0 );
-    assert( n+iDummy<=nData );
-    ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT, pData+n, iDummy, NULL);
-    pData += n+iDummy;
-    nData -= n+iDummy;
-  }
-}
-#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) leafNodeValidate(p, n)
-#else
-#define ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(p, n) assert( 1 )
-#endif
-
-/* Flush the current leaf node to %_segments, and adding the resulting
-** blockid and the starting term to the interior node which will
-** contain it.
-*/
-static int leafWriterInternalFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                                   int iData, int nData){
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid = 0;
-  const char *pStartingTerm;
-  int nStartingTerm, rc, n;
-
-  /* Must have the leading varint(0) flag, plus at least some
-  ** valid-looking data.
-  */
-  assert( nData>2 );
-  assert( iData>=0 );
-  assert( iData+nData<=pWriter->data.nData );
-  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData);
-
-  rc = block_insert(v, pWriter->data.pData+iData, nData, &iBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  assert( iBlockid!=0 );
-
-  /* Reconstruct the first term in the leaf for purposes of building
-  ** the interior node.
-  */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pWriter->data.pData+iData+1, &nStartingTerm);
-  pStartingTerm = pWriter->data.pData+iData+1+n;
-  assert( pWriter->data.nData>iData+1+n+nStartingTerm );
-  assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct>0 );
-  assert( pWriter->nTermDistinct<=nStartingTerm );
-  nStartingTerm = pWriter->nTermDistinct;
-
-  if( pWriter->has_parent ){
-    interiorWriterAppend(&pWriter->parentWriter,
-                         pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid);
-  }else{
-    interiorWriterInit(1, pStartingTerm, nStartingTerm, iBlockid,
-                       &pWriter->parentWriter);
-    pWriter->has_parent = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Track the span of this segment's leaf nodes. */
-  if( pWriter->iEndBlockid==0 ){
-    pWriter->iEndBlockid = pWriter->iStartBlockid = iBlockid;
-  }else{
-    pWriter->iEndBlockid++;
-    assert( iBlockid==pWriter->iEndBlockid );
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-static int leafWriterFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  int rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, pWriter->data.nData);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Re-initialize the output buffer. */
-  dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Fetch the root info for the segment.  If the entire leaf fits
-** within ROOT_MAX, then it will be returned directly, otherwise it
-** will be flushed and the root info will be returned from the
-** interior node.  *piEndBlockid is set to the blockid of the last
-** interior or leaf node written to disk (0 if none are written at
-** all).
-*/
-static int leafWriterRootInfo(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                              char **ppRootInfo, int *pnRootInfo,
-                              sqlite_int64 *piEndBlockid){
-  /* we can fit the segment entirely inline */
-  if( !pWriter->has_parent && pWriter->data.nData<ROOT_MAX ){
-    *ppRootInfo = pWriter->data.pData;
-    *pnRootInfo = pWriter->data.nData;
-    *piEndBlockid = 0;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  /* Flush remaining leaf data. */
-  if( pWriter->data.nData>0 ){
-    int rc = leafWriterFlush(v, pWriter);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* We must have flushed a leaf at some point. */
-  assert( pWriter->has_parent );
-
-  /* Tenatively set the end leaf blockid as the end blockid.  If the
-  ** interior node can be returned inline, this will be the final
-  ** blockid, otherwise it will be overwritten by
-  ** interiorWriterRootInfo().
-  */
-  *piEndBlockid = pWriter->iEndBlockid;
-
-  return interiorWriterRootInfo(v, &pWriter->parentWriter,
-                                ppRootInfo, pnRootInfo, piEndBlockid);
-}
-
-/* Collect the rootInfo data and store it into the segment directory.
-** This has the effect of flushing the segment's leaf data to
-** %_segments, and also flushing any interior nodes to %_segments.
-*/
-static int leafWriterFinalize(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid;
-  char *pRootInfo;
-  int rc, nRootInfo;
-
-  rc = leafWriterRootInfo(v, pWriter, &pRootInfo, &nRootInfo, &iEndBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Don't bother storing an entirely empty segment. */
-  if( iEndBlockid==0 && nRootInfo==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
-
-  return segdir_set(v, pWriter->iLevel, pWriter->idx,
-                    pWriter->iStartBlockid, pWriter->iEndBlockid,
-                    iEndBlockid, pRootInfo, nRootInfo);
-}
-
-static void leafWriterDestroy(LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  if( pWriter->has_parent ) interiorWriterDestroy(&pWriter->parentWriter);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->term);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pWriter->data);
-}
-
-/* Encode a term into the leafWriter, delta-encoding as appropriate.
-** Returns the length of the new term which distinguishes it from the
-** previous term, which can be used to set nTermDistinct when a node
-** boundary is crossed.
-*/
-static int leafWriterEncodeTerm(LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                                const char *pTerm, int nTerm){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int n, nPrefix = 0;
-
-  assert( nTerm>0 );
-  while( nPrefix<pWriter->term.nData &&
-         pTerm[nPrefix]==pWriter->term.pData[nPrefix] ){
-    nPrefix++;
-    /* Failing this implies that the terms weren't in order. */
-    assert( nPrefix<nTerm );
-  }
-
-  if( pWriter->data.nData==0 ){
-    /* Encode the node header and leading term as:
-    **  varint(0)
-    **  varint(nTerm)
-    **  char pTerm[nTerm]
-    */
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, '\0');
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
-    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm, nTerm);
-  }else{
-    /* Delta-encode the term as:
-    **  varint(nPrefix)
-    **  varint(nSuffix)
-    **  char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]
-    */
-    n = fts3PutVarint(c, nPrefix);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm-nPrefix);
-    dataBufferAppend2(&pWriter->data, c, n, pTerm+nPrefix, nTerm-nPrefix);
-  }
-  dataBufferReplace(&pWriter->term, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-  return nPrefix+1;
-}
-
-/* Used to avoid a memmove when a large amount of doclist data is in
-** the buffer.  This constructs a node and term header before
-** iDoclistData and flushes the resulting complete node using
-** leafWriterInternalFlush().
-*/
-static int leafWriterInlineFlush(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                                 const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                                 int iDoclistData){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int iData, n = fts3PutVarint(c, 0);
-  n += fts3PutVarint(c+n, nTerm);
-
-  /* There should always be room for the header.  Even if pTerm shared
-  ** a substantial prefix with the previous term, the entire prefix
-  ** could be constructed from earlier data in the doclist, so there
-  ** should be room.
-  */
-  assert( iDoclistData>=n+nTerm );
-
-  iData = iDoclistData-(n+nTerm);
-  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData, c, n);
-  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-  return leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, iData, pWriter->data.nData-iData);
-}
-
-/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
-** %_segments.
-*/
-static int leafWriterStepMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                               const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                               DLReader *pReaders, int nReaders){
-  char c[VARINT_MAX+VARINT_MAX];
-  int iTermData = pWriter->data.nData, iDoclistData;
-  int i, nData, n, nActualData, nActual, rc, nTermDistinct;
-
-  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
-  nTermDistinct = leafWriterEncodeTerm(pWriter, pTerm, nTerm);
-
-  /* Remember nTermDistinct if opening a new node. */
-  if( iTermData==0 ) pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
-
-  iDoclistData = pWriter->data.nData;
-
-  /* Estimate the length of the merged doclist so we can leave space
-  ** to encode it.
-  */
-  for(i=0, nData=0; i<nReaders; i++){
-    nData += dlrAllDataBytes(&pReaders[i]);
-  }
-  n = fts3PutVarint(c, nData);
-  dataBufferAppend(&pWriter->data, c, n);
-
-  docListMerge(&pWriter->data, pReaders, nReaders);
-  ASSERT_VALID_DOCLIST(DL_DEFAULT,
-                       pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
-                       pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData-n, NULL);
-
-  /* The actual amount of doclist data at this point could be smaller
-  ** than the length we encoded.  Additionally, the space required to
-  ** encode this length could be smaller.  For small doclists, this is
-  ** not a big deal, we can just use memmove() to adjust things.
-  */
-  nActualData = pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n);
-  nActual = fts3PutVarint(c, nActualData);
-  assert( nActualData<=nData );
-  assert( nActual<=n );
-
-  /* If the new doclist is big enough for force a standalone leaf
-  ** node, we can immediately flush it inline without doing the
-  ** memmove().
-  */
-  /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
-  ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
-  ** doclist lengths.  At some point, change to
-  ** pWriter->data.nData-iTermData>STANDALONE_MIN.
-  */
-  if( nTerm+nActualData>STANDALONE_MIN ){
-    /* Push leaf node from before this term. */
-    if( iTermData>0 ){
-      rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-      pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
-    }
-
-    /* Fix the encoded doclist length. */
-    iDoclistData += n - nActual;
-    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
-
-    /* Push the standalone leaf node. */
-    rc = leafWriterInlineFlush(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, iDoclistData);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    /* Leave the node empty. */
-    dataBufferReset(&pWriter->data);
-
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* At this point, we know that the doclist was small, so do the
-  ** memmove if indicated.
-  */
-  if( nActual<n ){
-    memmove(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+nActual,
-            pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData+n,
-            pWriter->data.nData-(iDoclistData+n));
-    pWriter->data.nData -= n-nActual;
-  }
-
-  /* Replace written length with actual length. */
-  memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData, c, nActual);
-
-  /* If the node is too large, break things up. */
-  /* TODO(shess) This test matches leafWriterStep(), which does this
-  ** test before it knows the cost to varint-encode the term and
-  ** doclist lengths.  At some point, change to
-  ** pWriter->data.nData>LEAF_MAX.
-  */
-  if( iTermData+nTerm+nActualData>LEAF_MAX ){
-    /* Flush out the leading data as a node */
-    rc = leafWriterInternalFlush(v, pWriter, 0, iTermData);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    pWriter->nTermDistinct = nTermDistinct;
-
-    /* Rebuild header using the current term */
-    n = fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData, 0);
-    n += fts3PutVarint(pWriter->data.pData+n, nTerm);
-    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n, pTerm, nTerm);
-    n += nTerm;
-
-    /* There should always be room, because the previous encoding
-    ** included all data necessary to construct the term.
-    */
-    assert( n<iDoclistData );
-    /* So long as STANDALONE_MIN is half or less of LEAF_MAX, the
-    ** following memcpy() is safe (as opposed to needing a memmove).
-    */
-    assert( 2*STANDALONE_MIN<=LEAF_MAX );
-    assert( n+pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData<iDoclistData );
-    memcpy(pWriter->data.pData+n,
-           pWriter->data.pData+iDoclistData,
-           pWriter->data.nData-iDoclistData);
-    pWriter->data.nData -= iDoclistData-n;
-  }
-  ASSERT_VALID_LEAF_NODE(pWriter->data.pData, pWriter->data.nData);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Push pTerm[nTerm] along with the doclist data to the leaf layer of
-** %_segments.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Revise writeZeroSegment() so that doclists are
-** constructed directly in pWriter->data.
-*/
-static int leafWriterStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeafWriter *pWriter,
-                          const char *pTerm, int nTerm,
-                          const char *pData, int nData){
-  int rc;
-  DLReader reader;
-
-  dlrInit(&reader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
-  rc = leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, &reader, 1);
-  dlrDestroy(&reader);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeafReader is used to iterate over an individual leaf node. */
-typedef struct LeafReader {
-  DataBuffer term;          /* copy of current term. */
-
-  const char *pData;        /* data for current term. */
-  int nData;
-} LeafReader;
-
-static void leafReaderDestroy(LeafReader *pReader){
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->term);
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
-
-static int leafReaderAtEnd(LeafReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->nData<=0;
-}
-
-/* Access the current term. */
-static int leafReaderTermBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->term.nData;
-}
-static const char *leafReaderTerm(LeafReader *pReader){
-  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
-  return pReader->term.pData;
-}
-
-/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
-static int leafReaderDataBytes(LeafReader *pReader){
-  int nData;
-  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
-  fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
-  return nData;
-}
-static const char *leafReaderData(LeafReader *pReader){
-  int n, nData;
-  assert( pReader->term.nData>0 );
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
-  return pReader->pData+n;
-}
-
-static void leafReaderInit(const char *pData, int nData,
-                           LeafReader *pReader){
-  int nTerm, n;
-
-  assert( nData>0 );
-  assert( pData[0]=='\0' );
-
-  CLEAR(pReader);
-
-  /* Read the first term, skipping the header byte. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pData+1, &nTerm);
-  dataBufferInit(&pReader->term, nTerm);
-  dataBufferReplace(&pReader->term, pData+1+n, nTerm);
-
-  /* Position after the first term. */
-  assert( 1+n+nTerm<nData );
-  pReader->pData = pData+1+n+nTerm;
-  pReader->nData = nData-1-n-nTerm;
-}
-
-/* Step the reader forward to the next term. */
-static void leafReaderStep(LeafReader *pReader){
-  int n, nData, nPrefix, nSuffix;
-  assert( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-
-  /* Skip previous entry's data block. */
-  n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nData);
-  assert( n+nData<=pReader->nData );
-  pReader->pData += n+nData;
-  pReader->nData -= n+nData;
-
-  if( !leafReaderAtEnd(pReader) ){
-    /* Construct the new term using a prefix from the old term plus a
-    ** suffix from the leaf data.
-    */
-    n = fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData, &nPrefix);
-    n += fts3GetVarint32(pReader->pData+n, &nSuffix);
-    assert( n+nSuffix<pReader->nData );
-    pReader->term.nData = nPrefix;
-    dataBufferAppend(&pReader->term, pReader->pData+n, nSuffix);
-
-    pReader->pData += n+nSuffix;
-    pReader->nData -= n+nSuffix;
-  }
-}
-
-/* strcmp-style comparison of pReader's current term against pTerm.
-** If isPrefix, equality means equal through nTerm bytes.
-*/
-static int leafReaderTermCmp(LeafReader *pReader,
-                             const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix){
-  int c, n = pReader->term.nData<nTerm ? pReader->term.nData : nTerm;
-  if( n==0 ){
-    if( pReader->term.nData>0 ) return -1;
-    if(nTerm>0 ) return 1;
-    return 0;
-  }
-
-  c = memcmp(pReader->term.pData, pTerm, n);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  if( isPrefix && n==nTerm ) return 0;
-  return pReader->term.nData - nTerm;
-}
-
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* LeavesReader wraps LeafReader to allow iterating over the entire
-** leaf layer of the tree.
-*/
-typedef struct LeavesReader {
-  int idx;                  /* Index within the segment. */
-
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;      /* Statement we're streaming leaves from. */
-  int eof;                  /* we've seen SQLITE_DONE from pStmt. */
-
-  LeafReader leafReader;    /* reader for the current leaf. */
-  DataBuffer rootData;      /* root data for inline. */
-} LeavesReader;
-
-/* Access the current term. */
-static int leavesReaderTermBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderTermBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-static const char *leavesReaderTerm(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderTerm(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-
-/* Access the doclist data for the current term. */
-static int leavesReaderDataBytes(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderDataBytes(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-static const char *leavesReaderData(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !pReader->eof );
-  return leafReaderData(&pReader->leafReader);
-}
-
-static int leavesReaderAtEnd(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  return pReader->eof;
-}
-
-/* loadSegmentLeaves() may not read all the way to SQLITE_DONE, thus
-** leaving the statement handle open, which locks the table.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) This "solution" is not satisfactory.  Really, there
-** should be check-in function for all statement handles which
-** arranges to call sqlite3_reset().  This most likely will require
-** modification to control flow all over the place, though, so for now
-** just punt.
-**
-** Note the the current system assumes that segment merges will run to
-** completion, which is why this particular probably hasn't arisen in
-** this case.  Probably a brittle assumption.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderReset(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  return sqlite3_reset(pReader->pStmt);
-}
-
-static void leavesReaderDestroy(LeavesReader *pReader){
-  /* If idx is -1, that means we're using a non-cached statement
-  ** handle in the optimize() case, so we need to release it.
-  */
-  if( pReader->pStmt!=NULL && pReader->idx==-1 ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(pReader->pStmt);
-  }
-  leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&pReader->rootData);
-  SCRAMBLE(pReader);
-}
-
-/* Initialize pReader with the given root data (if iStartBlockid==0
-** the leaf data was entirely contained in the root), or from the
-** stream of blocks between iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderInit(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                            int idx,
-                            sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid,
-                            sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid,
-                            const char *pRootData, int nRootData,
-                            LeavesReader *pReader){
-  CLEAR(pReader);
-  pReader->idx = idx;
-
-  dataBufferInit(&pReader->rootData, 0);
-  if( iStartBlockid==0 ){
-    /* Entire leaf level fit in root data. */
-    dataBufferReplace(&pReader->rootData, pRootData, nRootData);
-    leafReaderInit(pReader->rootData.pData, pReader->rootData.nData,
-                   &pReader->leafReader);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_stmt *s;
-    int rc = sql_get_leaf_statement(v, idx, &s);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iStartBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 2, iEndBlockid);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-    rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      pReader->eof = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-    pReader->pStmt = s;
-    leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   &pReader->leafReader);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Step the current leaf forward to the next term.  If we reach the
-** end of the current leaf, step forward to the next leaf block.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader){
-  assert( !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader) );
-  leafReaderStep(&pReader->leafReader);
-
-  if( leafReaderAtEnd(&pReader->leafReader) ){
-    int rc;
-    if( pReader->rootData.pData ){
-      pReader->eof = 1;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_step(pReader->pStmt);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
-      pReader->eof = 1;
-      return rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc;
-    }
-    leafReaderDestroy(&pReader->leafReader);
-    leafReaderInit(sqlite3_column_blob(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   sqlite3_column_bytes(pReader->pStmt, 0),
-                   &pReader->leafReader);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Order LeavesReaders by their term, ignoring idx.  Readers at eof
-** always sort to the end.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderTermCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
-  if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr1) ){
-    if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return 0;
-    return 1;
-  }
-  if( leavesReaderAtEnd(lr2) ) return -1;
-
-  return leafReaderTermCmp(&lr1->leafReader,
-                           leavesReaderTerm(lr2), leavesReaderTermBytes(lr2),
-                           0);
-}
-
-/* Similar to leavesReaderTermCmp(), with additional ordering by idx
-** so that older segments sort before newer segments.
-*/
-static int leavesReaderCmp(LeavesReader *lr1, LeavesReader *lr2){
-  int c = leavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  return lr1->idx-lr2->idx;
-}
-
-/* Assume that pLr[1]..pLr[nLr] are sorted.  Bubble pLr[0] into its
-** sorted position.
-*/
-static void leavesReaderReorder(LeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
-  while( nLr>1 && leavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
-    LeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
-    pLr[0] = pLr[1];
-    pLr[1] = tmp;
-    nLr--;
-    pLr++;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Initializes pReaders with the segments from level iLevel, returning
-** the number of segments in *piReaders.  Leaves pReaders in sorted
-** order.
-*/
-static int leavesReadersInit(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel,
-                             LeavesReader *pReaders, int *piReaders){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int i, rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_LEVEL_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, iLevel);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  i = 0;
-  while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
-    sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-    const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
-    int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-
-    assert( i<MERGE_COUNT );
-    rc = leavesReaderInit(v, i, iStart, iEnd, pRootData, nRootData,
-                          &pReaders[i]);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
-    i++;
-  }
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
-    while( i-->0 ){
-      leavesReaderDestroy(&pReaders[i]);
-    }
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  *piReaders = i;
-
-  /* Leave our results sorted by term, then age. */
-  while( i-- ){
-    leavesReaderReorder(pReaders+i, *piReaders-i);
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Merge doclists from pReaders[nReaders] into a single doclist, which
-** is written to pWriter.  Assumes pReaders is ordered oldest to
-** newest.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Consider putting this inline in segmentMerge(). */
-static int leavesReadersMerge(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                              LeavesReader *pReaders, int nReaders,
-                              LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT];
-  const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(pReaders);
-  int i, nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(pReaders);
-
-  assert( nReaders<=MERGE_COUNT );
-
-  for(i=0; i<nReaders; i++){
-    dlrInit(&dlReaders[i], DL_DEFAULT,
-            leavesReaderData(pReaders+i),
-            leavesReaderDataBytes(pReaders+i));
-  }
-
-  return leafWriterStepMerge(v, pWriter, pTerm, nTerm, dlReaders, nReaders);
-}
-
-/* Forward ref due to mutual recursion with segdirNextIndex(). */
-static int segmentMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel);
-
-/* Put the next available index at iLevel into *pidx.  If iLevel
-** already has MERGE_COUNT segments, they are merged to a higher
-** level to make room.
-*/
-static int segdirNextIndex(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel, int *pidx){
-  int rc = segdir_max_index(v, iLevel, pidx);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){              /* No segments at iLevel. */
-    *pidx = 0;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    if( *pidx==(MERGE_COUNT-1) ){
-      rc = segmentMerge(v, iLevel);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      *pidx = 0;
-    }else{
-      (*pidx)++;
-    }
-  }else{
-    return rc;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Merge MERGE_COUNT segments at iLevel into a new segment at
-** iLevel+1.  If iLevel+1 is already full of segments, those will be
-** merged to make room.
-*/
-static int segmentMerge(fulltext_vtab *v, int iLevel){
-  LeafWriter writer;
-  LeavesReader lrs[MERGE_COUNT];
-  int i, rc, idx = 0;
-
-  /* Determine the next available segment index at the next level,
-  ** merging as necessary.
-  */
-  rc = segdirNextIndex(v, iLevel+1, &idx);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* TODO(shess) This assumes that we'll always see exactly
-  ** MERGE_COUNT segments to merge at a given level.  That will be
-  ** broken if we allow the developer to request preemptive or
-  ** deferred merging.
-  */
-  memset(&lrs, '\0', sizeof(lrs));
-  rc = leavesReadersInit(v, iLevel, lrs, &i);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  assert( i==MERGE_COUNT );
-
-  leafWriterInit(iLevel+1, idx, &writer);
-
-  /* Since leavesReaderReorder() pushes readers at eof to the end,
-  ** when the first reader is empty, all will be empty.
-  */
-  while( !leavesReaderAtEnd(lrs) ){
-    /* Figure out how many readers share their next term. */
-    for(i=1; i<MERGE_COUNT && !leavesReaderAtEnd(lrs+i); i++){
-      if( 0!=leavesReaderTermCmp(lrs, lrs+i) ) break;
-    }
-
-    rc = leavesReadersMerge(v, lrs, i, &writer);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-    /* Step forward those that were merged. */
-    while( i-->0 ){
-      rc = leavesReaderStep(v, lrs+i);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-      /* Reorder by term, then by age. */
-      leavesReaderReorder(lrs+i, MERGE_COUNT-i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; i<MERGE_COUNT; i++){
-    leavesReaderDestroy(&lrs[i]);
-  }
-
-  rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
-  leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* Delete the merged segment data. */
-  return segdir_delete(v, iLevel);
-
- err:
-  for(i=0; i<MERGE_COUNT; i++){
-    leavesReaderDestroy(&lrs[i]);
-  }
-  leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Accumulate the union of *acc and *pData into *acc. */
-static void docListAccumulateUnion(DataBuffer *acc,
-                                   const char *pData, int nData) {
-  DataBuffer tmp = *acc;
-  dataBufferInit(acc, tmp.nData+nData);
-  docListUnion(tmp.pData, tmp.nData, pData, nData, acc);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&tmp);
-}
-
-/* TODO(shess) It might be interesting to explore different merge
-** strategies, here.  For instance, since this is a sorted merge, we
-** could easily merge many doclists in parallel.  With some
-** comprehension of the storage format, we could merge all of the
-** doclists within a leaf node directly from the leaf node's storage.
-** It may be worthwhile to merge smaller doclists before larger
-** doclists, since they can be traversed more quickly - but the
-** results may have less overlap, making them more expensive in a
-** different way.
-*/
-
-/* Scan pReader for pTerm/nTerm, and merge the term's doclist over
-** *out (any doclists with duplicate docids overwrite those in *out).
-** Internal function for loadSegmentLeaf().
-*/
-static int loadSegmentLeavesInt(fulltext_vtab *v, LeavesReader *pReader,
-                                const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                                DataBuffer *out){
-  /* doclist data is accumulated into pBuffers similar to how one does
-  ** increment in binary arithmetic.  If index 0 is empty, the data is
-  ** stored there.  If there is data there, it is merged and the
-  ** results carried into position 1, with further merge-and-carry
-  ** until an empty position is found.
-  */
-  DataBuffer *pBuffers = NULL;
-  int nBuffers = 0, nMaxBuffers = 0, rc;
-
-  assert( nTerm>0 );
-
-  for(rc=SQLITE_OK; rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(pReader);
-      rc=leavesReaderStep(v, pReader)){
-    /* TODO(shess) Really want leavesReaderTermCmp(), but that name is
-    ** already taken to compare the terms of two LeavesReaders.  Think
-    ** on a better name.  [Meanwhile, break encapsulation rather than
-    ** use a confusing name.]
-    */
-    int c = leafReaderTermCmp(&pReader->leafReader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix);
-    if( c>0 ) break;      /* Past any possible matches. */
-    if( c==0 ){
-      const char *pData = leavesReaderData(pReader);
-      int iBuffer, nData = leavesReaderDataBytes(pReader);
-
-      /* Find the first empty buffer. */
-      for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer<nBuffers; ++iBuffer){
-        if( 0==pBuffers[iBuffer].nData ) break;
-      }
-
-      /* Out of buffers, add an empty one. */
-      if( iBuffer==nBuffers ){
-        if( nBuffers==nMaxBuffers ){
-          DataBuffer *p;
-          nMaxBuffers += 20;
-
-          /* Manual realloc so we can handle NULL appropriately. */
-          p = sqlite3_malloc(nMaxBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers));
-          if( p==NULL ){
-            rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-            break;
-          }
-
-          if( nBuffers>0 ){
-            assert(pBuffers!=NULL);
-            memcpy(p, pBuffers, nBuffers*sizeof(*pBuffers));
-            sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
-          }
-          pBuffers = p;
-        }
-        dataBufferInit(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]), 0);
-        nBuffers++;
-      }
-
-      /* At this point, must have an empty at iBuffer. */
-      assert(iBuffer<nBuffers && pBuffers[iBuffer].nData==0);
-
-      /* If empty was first buffer, no need for merge logic. */
-      if( iBuffer==0 ){
-        dataBufferReplace(&(pBuffers[0]), pData, nData);
-      }else{
-        /* pAcc is the empty buffer the merged data will end up in. */
-        DataBuffer *pAcc = &(pBuffers[iBuffer]);
-        DataBuffer *p = &(pBuffers[0]);
-
-        /* Handle position 0 specially to avoid need to prime pAcc
-        ** with pData/nData.
-        */
-        dataBufferSwap(p, pAcc);
-        docListAccumulateUnion(pAcc, pData, nData);
-
-        /* Accumulate remaining doclists into pAcc. */
-        for(++p; p<pAcc; ++p){
-          docListAccumulateUnion(pAcc, p->pData, p->nData);
-
-          /* dataBufferReset() could allow a large doclist to blow up
-          ** our memory requirements.
-          */
-          if( p->nCapacity<1024 ){
-            dataBufferReset(p);
-          }else{
-            dataBufferDestroy(p);
-            dataBufferInit(p, 0);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Union all the doclists together into *out. */
-  /* TODO(shess) What if *out is big?  Sigh. */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nBuffers>0 ){
-    int iBuffer;
-    for(iBuffer=0; iBuffer<nBuffers; ++iBuffer){
-      if( pBuffers[iBuffer].nData>0 ){
-        if( out->nData==0 ){
-          dataBufferSwap(out, &(pBuffers[iBuffer]));
-        }else{
-          docListAccumulateUnion(out, pBuffers[iBuffer].pData,
-                                 pBuffers[iBuffer].nData);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  while( nBuffers-- ){
-    dataBufferDestroy(&(pBuffers[nBuffers]));
-  }
-  if( pBuffers!=NULL ) sqlite3_free(pBuffers);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with pData/nData as input. */
-static int loadSegmentLeaf(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                           const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                           DataBuffer *out){
-  LeavesReader reader;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nData>1 );
-  assert( *pData=='\0' );
-  rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, 0, 0, pData, nData, &reader);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  leavesReaderReset(&reader);
-  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Call loadSegmentLeavesInt() with the leaf nodes from iStartLeaf to
-** iEndLeaf (inclusive) as input, and merge the resulting doclist into
-** out.
-*/
-static int loadSegmentLeaves(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                             sqlite_int64 iStartLeaf, sqlite_int64 iEndLeaf,
-                             const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                             DataBuffer *out){
-  int rc;
-  LeavesReader reader;
-
-  assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf );
-  rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartLeaf, iEndLeaf, NULL, 0, &reader);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = loadSegmentLeavesInt(v, &reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  leavesReaderReset(&reader);
-  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Taking pData/nData as an interior node, find the sequence of child
-** nodes which could include pTerm/nTerm/isPrefix.  Note that the
-** interior node terms logically come between the blocks, so there is
-** one more blockid than there are terms (that block contains terms >=
-** the last interior-node term).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The calling code may already know that the end child is
-** not worth calculating, because the end may be in a later sibling
-** node.  Consider whether breaking symmetry is worthwhile.  I suspect
-** it is not worthwhile.
-*/
-static void getChildrenContaining(const char *pData, int nData,
-                                  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                                  sqlite_int64 *piStartChild,
-                                  sqlite_int64 *piEndChild){
-  InteriorReader reader;
-
-  assert( nData>1 );
-  assert( *pData!='\0' );
-  interiorReaderInit(pData, nData, &reader);
-
-  /* Scan for the first child which could contain pTerm/nTerm. */
-  while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
-    if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, 0)>0 ) break;
-    interiorReaderStep(&reader);
-  }
-  *piStartChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
-
-  /* Keep scanning to find a term greater than our term, using prefix
-  ** comparison if indicated.  If isPrefix is false, this will be the
-  ** same blockid as the starting block.
-  */
-  while( !interiorReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
-    if( interiorReaderTermCmp(&reader, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix)>0 ) break;
-    interiorReaderStep(&reader);
-  }
-  *piEndChild = interiorReaderCurrentBlockid(&reader);
-
-  interiorReaderDestroy(&reader);
-
-  /* Children must ascend, and if !prefix, both must be the same. */
-  assert( *piEndChild>=*piStartChild );
-  assert( isPrefix || *piStartChild==*piEndChild );
-}
-
-/* Read block at iBlockid and pass it with other params to
-** getChildrenContaining().
-*/
-static int loadAndGetChildrenContaining(
-  fulltext_vtab *v,
-  sqlite_int64 iBlockid,
-  const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-  sqlite_int64 *piStartChild, sqlite_int64 *piEndChild
-){
-  sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( iBlockid!=0 );
-  assert( pTerm!=NULL );
-  assert( nTerm!=0 );        /* TODO(shess) Why not allow this? */
-  assert( piStartChild!=NULL );
-  assert( piEndChild!=NULL );
-
-  rc = sql_get_statement(v, BLOCK_SELECT_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(s, 1, iBlockid);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) return rc;
-
-  getChildrenContaining(sqlite3_column_blob(s, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 0),
-                        pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, piStartChild, piEndChild);
-
-  /* We expect only one row.  We must execute another sqlite3_step()
-   * to complete the iteration; otherwise the table will remain
-   * locked. */
-  rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) return rc;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Traverse the tree represented by pData[nData] looking for
-** pTerm[nTerm], placing its doclist into *out.  This is internal to
-** loadSegment() to make error-handling cleaner.
-*/
-static int loadSegmentInt(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                          sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
-                          const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                          DataBuffer *out){
-  /* Special case where root is a leaf. */
-  if( *pData=='\0' ){
-    return loadSegmentLeaf(v, pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  }else{
-    int rc;
-    sqlite_int64 iStartChild, iEndChild;
-
-    /* Process pData as an interior node, then loop down the tree
-    ** until we find the set of leaf nodes to scan for the term.
-    */
-    getChildrenContaining(pData, nData, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                          &iStartChild, &iEndChild);
-    while( iStartChild>iLeavesEnd ){
-      sqlite_int64 iNextStart, iNextEnd;
-      rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iStartChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                                        &iNextStart, &iNextEnd);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-      /* If we've branched, follow the end branch, too. */
-      if( iStartChild!=iEndChild ){
-        sqlite_int64 iDummy;
-        rc = loadAndGetChildrenContaining(v, iEndChild, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                                          &iDummy, &iNextEnd);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-      }
-
-      assert( iNextStart<=iNextEnd );
-      iStartChild = iNextStart;
-      iEndChild = iNextEnd;
-    }
-    assert( iStartChild<=iLeavesEnd );
-    assert( iEndChild<=iLeavesEnd );
-
-    /* Scan through the leaf segments for doclists. */
-    return loadSegmentLeaves(v, iStartChild, iEndChild,
-                             pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, out);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Call loadSegmentInt() to collect the doclist for pTerm/nTerm, then
-** merge its doclist over *out (any duplicate doclists read from the
-** segment rooted at pData will overwrite those in *out).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) Consider changing this to determine the depth of the
-** leaves using either the first characters of interior nodes (when
-** ==1, we're one level above the leaves), or the first character of
-** the root (which will describe the height of the tree directly).
-** Either feels somewhat tricky to me.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess) The current merge is likely to be slow for large
-** doclists (though it should process from newest/smallest to
-** oldest/largest, so it may not be that bad).  It might be useful to
-** modify things to allow for N-way merging.  This could either be
-** within a segment, with pairwise merges across segments, or across
-** all segments at once.
-*/
-static int loadSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, const char *pData, int nData,
-                       sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd,
-                       const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                       DataBuffer *out){
-  DataBuffer result;
-  int rc;
-
-  assert( nData>1 );
-
-  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-
-  dataBufferInit(&result, 0);
-  rc = loadSegmentInt(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd,
-                      pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, &result);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && result.nData>0 ){
-    if( out->nData==0 ){
-      DataBuffer tmp = *out;
-      *out = result;
-      result = tmp;
-    }else{
-      DataBuffer merged;
-      DLReader readers[2];
-
-      dlrInit(&readers[0], DL_DEFAULT, out->pData, out->nData);
-      dlrInit(&readers[1], DL_DEFAULT, result.pData, result.nData);
-      dataBufferInit(&merged, out->nData+result.nData);
-      docListMerge(&merged, readers, 2);
-      dataBufferDestroy(out);
-      *out = merged;
-      dlrDestroy(&readers[0]);
-      dlrDestroy(&readers[1]);
-    }
-  }
-  dataBufferDestroy(&result);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Scan the database and merge together the posting lists for the term
-** into *out.
-*/
-static int termSelect(fulltext_vtab *v, int iColumn,
-                      const char *pTerm, int nTerm, int isPrefix,
-                      DocListType iType, DataBuffer *out){
-  DataBuffer doclist;
-  sqlite3_stmt *s;
-  int rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  /* This code should never be called with buffered updates. */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-
-  dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
-
-  /* Traverse the segments from oldest to newest so that newer doclist
-  ** elements for given docids overwrite older elements.
-  */
-  while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
-    const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-    const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-    rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, isPrefix,
-                     &doclist);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-    if( doclist.nData!=0 ){
-      /* TODO(shess) The old term_select_all() code applied the column
-      ** restrict as we merged segments, leading to smaller buffers.
-      ** This is probably worthwhile to bring back, once the new storage
-      ** system is checked in.
-      */
-      if( iColumn==v->nColumn) iColumn = -1;
-      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
-                  iColumn, iType, out);
-    }
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
- err:
-  dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/****************************************************************/
-/* Used to hold hashtable data for sorting. */
-typedef struct TermData {
-  const char *pTerm;
-  int nTerm;
-  DLCollector *pCollector;
-} TermData;
-
-/* Orders TermData elements in strcmp fashion ( <0 for less-than, 0
-** for equal, >0 for greater-than).
-*/
-static int termDataCmp(const void *av, const void *bv){
-  const TermData *a = (const TermData *)av;
-  const TermData *b = (const TermData *)bv;
-  int n = a->nTerm<b->nTerm ? a->nTerm : b->nTerm;
-  int c = memcmp(a->pTerm, b->pTerm, n);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  return a->nTerm-b->nTerm;
-}
-
-/* Order pTerms data by term, then write a new level 0 segment using
-** LeafWriter.
-*/
-static int writeZeroSegment(fulltext_vtab *v, fts3Hash *pTerms){
-  fts3HashElem *e;
-  int idx, rc, i, n;
-  TermData *pData;
-  LeafWriter writer;
-  DataBuffer dl;
-
-  /* Determine the next index at level 0, merging as necessary. */
-  rc = segdirNextIndex(v, 0, &idx);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  n = fts3HashCount(pTerms);
-  pData = sqlite3_malloc(n*sizeof(TermData));
-
-  for(i = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; i++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
-    assert( i<n );
-    pData[i].pTerm = fts3HashKey(e);
-    pData[i].nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(e);
-    pData[i].pCollector = fts3HashData(e);
-  }
-  assert( i==n );
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Should we allow user-defined collation sequences,
-  ** here?  I think we only need that once we support prefix searches.
-  */
-  if( n>1 ) qsort(pData, n, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Refactor so that we can write directly to the segment
-  ** DataBuffer, as happens for segment merges.
-  */
-  leafWriterInit(0, idx, &writer);
-  dataBufferInit(&dl, 0);
-  for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-    dataBufferReset(&dl);
-    dlcAddDoclist(pData[i].pCollector, &dl);
-    rc = leafWriterStep(v, &writer,
-                        pData[i].pTerm, pData[i].nTerm, dl.pData, dl.nData);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-  }
-  rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
-
- err:
-  dataBufferDestroy(&dl);
-  sqlite3_free(pData);
-  leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* If pendingTerms has data, free it. */
-static int clearPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
-    fts3HashElem *e;
-    for(e=fts3HashFirst(&v->pendingTerms); e; e=fts3HashNext(e)){
-      dlcDelete(fts3HashData(e));
-    }
-    fts3HashClear(&v->pendingTerms);
-    v->nPendingData = -1;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* If pendingTerms has data, flush it to a level-zero segment, and
-** free it.
-*/
-static int flushPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v){
-  if( v->nPendingData>=0 ){
-    int rc = writeZeroSegment(v, &v->pendingTerms);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) clearPendingTerms(v);
-    return rc;
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* If pendingTerms is "too big", or docid is out of order, flush it.
-** Regardless, be certain that pendingTerms is initialized for use.
-*/
-static int initPendingTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite_int64 iDocid){
-  /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on
-  ** forced-flush would provide better performance.  I suspect that if
-  ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the
-  ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms
-  ** generate longer doclists.
-  */
-  if( iDocid<=v->iPrevDocid || v->nPendingData>kPendingThreshold ){
-    int rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-  }
-  if( v->nPendingData<0 ){
-    fts3HashInit(&v->pendingTerms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-    v->nPendingData = 0;
-  }
-  v->iPrevDocid = iDocid;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* This function implements the xUpdate callback; it is the top-level entry
- * point for inserting, deleting or updating a row in a full-text table. */
-static int fulltextUpdate(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, sqlite3_value **ppArg,
-                          sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
-  int rc;
-
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 Update %p\n", pVtab));
-
-  if( nArg<2 ){
-    rc = index_delete(v, sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]));
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      /* If we just deleted the last row in the table, clear out the
-      ** index data.
-      */
-      rc = content_exists(v);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-        rc = SQLITE_OK;
-      }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-        /* Clear the pending terms so we don't flush a useless level-0
-        ** segment when the transaction closes.
-        */
-        rc = clearPendingTerms(v);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = segdir_delete_all(v);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  } else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[0]) != SQLITE_NULL ){
-    /* An update:
-     * ppArg[0] = old rowid
-     * ppArg[1] = new rowid
-     * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
-     */
-    sqlite_int64 rowid = sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[0]);
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
-        sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[1]) != rowid ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;  /* we don't allow changing the rowid */
-    }else if( sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != SQLITE_INTEGER ||
-              sqlite3_value_int64(ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1]) != rowid ){
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;  /* we don't allow changing the docid */
-    }else{
-      assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
-      rc = index_update(v, rowid, &ppArg[2]);
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* An insert:
-     * ppArg[1] = requested rowid
-     * ppArg[2..2+v->nColumn-1] = values
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn] = value for magic column (we ignore this)
-     * ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1] = value for docid
-     */
-    sqlite3_value *pRequestDocid = ppArg[2+v->nColumn+1];
-    assert( nArg==2+v->nColumn+2);
-    if( SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) &&
-        SQLITE_NULL != sqlite3_value_type(ppArg[1]) ){
-      /* TODO(shess) Consider allowing this to work if the values are
-      ** identical.  I'm inclined to discourage that usage, though,
-      ** given that both rowid and docid are special columns.  Better
-      ** would be to define one or the other as the default winner,
-      ** but should it be fts3-centric (docid) or SQLite-centric
-      ** (rowid)?
-      */
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }else{
-      if( SQLITE_NULL == sqlite3_value_type(pRequestDocid) ){
-        pRequestDocid = ppArg[1];
-      }
-      rc = index_insert(v, pRequestDocid, &ppArg[2], pRowid);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fulltextSync(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xSync()\n"));
-  return flushPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
-}
-
-static int fulltextBegin(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xBegin()\n"));
-
-  /* Any buffered updates should have been cleared by the previous
-  ** transaction.
-  */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-  return clearPendingTerms(v);
-}
-
-static int fulltextCommit(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  fulltext_vtab *v = (fulltext_vtab *) pVtab;
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xCommit()\n"));
-
-  /* Buffered updates should have been cleared by fulltextSync(). */
-  assert( v->nPendingData<0 );
-  return clearPendingTerms(v);
-}
-
-static int fulltextRollback(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  FTSTRACE(("FTS3 xRollback()\n"));
-  return clearPendingTerms((fulltext_vtab *)pVtab);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void snippetFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-      sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to html_snippet",-1);
-  }else{
-    const char *zStart = "<b>";
-    const char *zEnd = "</b>";
-    const char *zEllipsis = "<b>...</b>";
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    if( argc>=2 ){
-      zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-      if( argc>=3 ){
-        zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-        if( argc>=4 ){
-          zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
-    snippetText(pCursor, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis);
-    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, pCursor->snippet.zSnippet,
-                        pCursor->snippet.nSnippet, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3
-*/
-static void snippetOffsetsFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc<1 ) return;
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-      sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to offsets",-1);
-  }else{
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    snippetAllOffsets(pCursor);
-    snippetOffsetText(&pCursor->snippet);
-    sqlite3_result_text(pContext,
-                        pCursor->snippet.zOffset, pCursor->snippet.nOffset,
-                        SQLITE_STATIC);
-  }
-}
-
-/* OptLeavesReader is nearly identical to LeavesReader, except that
-** where LeavesReader is geared towards the merging of complete
-** segment levels (with exactly MERGE_COUNT segments), OptLeavesReader
-** is geared towards implementation of the optimize() function, and
-** can merge all segments simultaneously.  This version may be
-** somewhat less efficient than LeavesReader because it merges into an
-** accumulator rather than doing an N-way merge, but since segment
-** size grows exponentially (so segment count logrithmically) this is
-** probably not an immediate problem.
-*/
-/* TODO(shess): Prove that assertion, or extend the merge code to
-** merge tree fashion (like the prefix-searching code does).
-*/
-/* TODO(shess): OptLeavesReader and LeavesReader could probably be
-** merged with little or no loss of performance for LeavesReader.  The
-** merged code would need to handle >MERGE_COUNT segments, and would
-** also need to be able to optionally optimize away deletes.
-*/
-typedef struct OptLeavesReader {
-  /* Segment number, to order readers by age. */
-  int segment;
-  LeavesReader reader;
-} OptLeavesReader;
-
-static int optLeavesReaderAtEnd(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
-  return leavesReaderAtEnd(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderTermBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
-  return leavesReaderTermBytes(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static const char *optLeavesReaderData(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
-  return leavesReaderData(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderDataBytes(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
-  return leavesReaderDataBytes(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static const char *optLeavesReaderTerm(OptLeavesReader *pReader){
-  return leavesReaderTerm(&pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderStep(fulltext_vtab *v, OptLeavesReader *pReader){
-  return leavesReaderStep(v, &pReader->reader);
-}
-static int optLeavesReaderTermCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){
-  return leavesReaderTermCmp(&lr1->reader, &lr2->reader);
-}
-/* Order by term ascending, segment ascending (oldest to newest), with
-** exhausted readers to the end.
-*/
-static int optLeavesReaderCmp(OptLeavesReader *lr1, OptLeavesReader *lr2){
-  int c = optLeavesReaderTermCmp(lr1, lr2);
-  if( c!=0 ) return c;
-  return lr1->segment-lr2->segment;
-}
-/* Bubble pLr[0] to appropriate place in pLr[1..nLr-1].  Assumes that
-** pLr[1..nLr-1] is already sorted.
-*/
-static void optLeavesReaderReorder(OptLeavesReader *pLr, int nLr){
-  while( nLr>1 && optLeavesReaderCmp(pLr, pLr+1)>0 ){
-    OptLeavesReader tmp = pLr[0];
-    pLr[0] = pLr[1];
-    pLr[1] = tmp;
-    nLr--;
-    pLr++;
-  }
-}
-
-/* optimize() helper function.  Put the readers in order and iterate
-** through them, merging doclists for matching terms into pWriter.
-** Returns SQLITE_OK on success, or the SQLite error code which
-** prevented success.
-*/
-static int optimizeInternal(fulltext_vtab *v,
-                            OptLeavesReader *readers, int nReaders,
-                            LeafWriter *pWriter){
-  int i, rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  DataBuffer doclist, merged, tmp;
-
-  /* Order the readers. */
-  i = nReaders;
-  while( i-- > 0 ){
-    optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i);
-  }
-
-  dataBufferInit(&doclist, LEAF_MAX);
-  dataBufferInit(&merged, LEAF_MAX);
-
-  /* Exhausted readers bubble to the end, so when the first reader is
-  ** at eof, all are at eof.
-  */
-  while( !optLeavesReaderAtEnd(&readers[0]) ){
-
-    /* Figure out how many readers share the next term. */
-    for(i=1; i<nReaders && !optLeavesReaderAtEnd(&readers[i]); i++){
-      if( 0!=optLeavesReaderTermCmp(&readers[0], &readers[i]) ) break;
-    }
-
-    /* Special-case for no merge. */
-    if( i==1 ){
-      /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */
-      dataBufferReset(&merged);
-      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT,
-                  optLeavesReaderData(&readers[0]),
-                  optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[0]),
-                  -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged);
-    }else{
-      DLReader dlReaders[MERGE_COUNT];
-      int iReader, nReaders;
-
-      /* Prime the pipeline with the first reader's doclist.  After
-      ** one pass index 0 will reference the accumulated doclist.
-      */
-      dlrInit(&dlReaders[0], DL_DEFAULT,
-              optLeavesReaderData(&readers[0]),
-              optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[0]));
-      iReader = 1;
-
-      assert( iReader<i );  /* Must execute the loop at least once. */
-      while( iReader<i ){
-        /* Merge 16 inputs per pass. */
-        for( nReaders=1; iReader<i && nReaders<MERGE_COUNT;
-             iReader++, nReaders++ ){
-          dlrInit(&dlReaders[nReaders], DL_DEFAULT,
-                  optLeavesReaderData(&readers[iReader]),
-                  optLeavesReaderDataBytes(&readers[iReader]));
-        }
-
-        /* Merge doclists and swap result into accumulator. */
-        dataBufferReset(&merged);
-        docListMerge(&merged, dlReaders, nReaders);
-        tmp = merged;
-        merged = doclist;
-        doclist = tmp;
-
-        while( nReaders-- > 0 ){
-          dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[nReaders]);
-        }
-
-        /* Accumulated doclist to reader 0 for next pass. */
-        dlrInit(&dlReaders[0], DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
-      }
-
-      /* Destroy reader that was left in the pipeline. */
-      dlrDestroy(&dlReaders[0]);
-
-      /* Trim deletions from the doclist. */
-      dataBufferReset(&merged);
-      docListTrim(DL_DEFAULT, doclist.pData, doclist.nData,
-                  -1, DL_DEFAULT, &merged);
-    }
-
-    /* Only pass doclists with hits (skip if all hits deleted). */
-    if( merged.nData>0 ){
-      rc = leafWriterStep(v, pWriter,
-                          optLeavesReaderTerm(&readers[0]),
-                          optLeavesReaderTermBytes(&readers[0]),
-                          merged.pData, merged.nData);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-    }
-
-    /* Step merged readers to next term and reorder. */
-    while( i-- > 0 ){
-      rc = optLeavesReaderStep(v, &readers[i]);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-      optLeavesReaderReorder(&readers[i], nReaders-i);
-    }
-  }
-
- err:
-  dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
-  dataBufferDestroy(&merged);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Implement optimize() function for FTS3.  optimize(t) merges all
-** segments in the fts index into a single segment.  't' is the magic
-** table-named column.
-*/
-static void optimizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pContext,
-                         int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc>1 ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "excess arguments to optimize()",-1);
-  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-            sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "illegal first argument to optimize",-1);
-  }else{
-    fulltext_vtab *v;
-    int i, rc, iMaxLevel;
-    OptLeavesReader *readers;
-    int nReaders;
-    LeafWriter writer;
-    sqlite3_stmt *s;
-
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
-
-    /* Flush any buffered updates before optimizing. */
-    rc = flushPendingTerms(v);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-    rc = segdir_count(v, &nReaders, &iMaxLevel);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-    if( nReaders==0 || nReaders==1 ){
-      sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1,
-                          SQLITE_STATIC);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-    readers = sqlite3_malloc(nReaders*sizeof(readers[0]));
-    if( readers==NULL ) goto err;
-
-    /* Note that there will already be a segment at this position
-    ** until we call segdir_delete() on iMaxLevel.
-    */
-    leafWriterInit(iMaxLevel, 0, &writer);
-
-    i = 0;
-    while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      sqlite_int64 iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
-      sqlite_int64 iEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-      const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
-      int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-
-      assert( i<nReaders );
-      rc = leavesReaderInit(v, -1, iStart, iEnd, pRootData, nRootData,
-                            &readers[i].reader);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-
-      readers[i].segment = i;
-      i++;
-    }
-
-    /* If we managed to succesfully read them all, optimize them. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-      assert( i==nReaders );
-      rc = optimizeInternal(v, readers, nReaders, &writer);
-    }
-
-    while( i-- > 0 ){
-      leavesReaderDestroy(&readers[i].reader);
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(readers);
-
-    /* If we've successfully gotten to here, delete the old segments
-    ** and flush the interior structure of the new segment.
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      for( i=0; i<=iMaxLevel; i++ ){
-        rc = segdir_delete(v, i);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = leafWriterFinalize(v, &writer);
-    }
-
-    leafWriterDestroy(&writer);
-
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto err;
-
-    sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    return;
-
-    /* TODO(shess): Error-handling needs to be improved along the
-    ** lines of the dump_ functions.
-    */
- err:
-    {
-      char buf[512];
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "Error in optimize: %s",
-                       sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext)));
-      sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-/* Generate an error of the form "<prefix>: <msg>".  If msg is NULL,
-** pull the error from the context's db handle.
-*/
-static void generateError(sqlite3_context *pContext,
-                          const char *prefix, const char *msg){
-  char buf[512];
-  if( msg==NULL ) msg = sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_context_db_handle(pContext));
-  sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%s: %s", prefix, msg);
-  sqlite3_result_error(pContext, buf, -1);
-}
-
-/* Helper function to collect the set of terms in the segment into
-** pTerms.  The segment is defined by the leaf nodes between
-** iStartBlockid and iEndBlockid, inclusive, or by the contents of
-** pRootData if iStartBlockid is 0 (in which case the entire segment
-** fit in a leaf).
-*/
-static int collectSegmentTerms(fulltext_vtab *v, sqlite3_stmt *s,
-                               fts3Hash *pTerms){
-  const sqlite_int64 iStartBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 0);
-  const sqlite_int64 iEndBlockid = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-  const char *pRootData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
-  const int nRootData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-  LeavesReader reader;
-  int rc = leavesReaderInit(v, 0, iStartBlockid, iEndBlockid,
-                            pRootData, nRootData, &reader);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
-
-  while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !leavesReaderAtEnd(&reader) ){
-    const char *pTerm = leavesReaderTerm(&reader);
-    const int nTerm = leavesReaderTermBytes(&reader);
-    void *oldValue = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm);
-    void *newValue = (void *)((char *)oldValue+1);
-
-    /* From the comment before sqlite3Fts3HashInsert in fts3_hash.c,
-    ** the data value passed is returned in case of malloc failure.
-    */
-    if( newValue==sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pTerms, pTerm, nTerm, newValue) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }else{
-      rc = leavesReaderStep(v, &reader);
-    }
-  }
-
-  leavesReaderDestroy(&reader);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* Helper function to build the result string for dump_terms(). */
-static int generateTermsResult(sqlite3_context *pContext, fts3Hash *pTerms){
-  int iTerm, nTerms, nResultBytes, iByte;
-  char *result;
-  TermData *pData;
-  fts3HashElem *e;
-
-  /* Iterate pTerms to generate an array of terms in pData for
-  ** sorting.
-  */
-  nTerms = fts3HashCount(pTerms);
-  assert( nTerms>0 );
-  pData = sqlite3_malloc(nTerms*sizeof(TermData));
-  if( pData==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  nResultBytes = 0;
-  for(iTerm = 0, e = fts3HashFirst(pTerms); e; iTerm++, e = fts3HashNext(e)){
-    nResultBytes += fts3HashKeysize(e)+1;   /* Term plus trailing space */
-    assert( iTerm<nTerms );
-    pData[iTerm].pTerm = fts3HashKey(e);
-    pData[iTerm].nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(e);
-    pData[iTerm].pCollector = fts3HashData(e);  /* unused */
-  }
-  assert( iTerm==nTerms );
-
-  assert( nResultBytes>0 );   /* nTerms>0, nResultsBytes must be, too. */
-  result = sqlite3_malloc(nResultBytes);
-  if( result==NULL ){
-    sqlite3_free(pData);
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  if( nTerms>1 ) qsort(pData, nTerms, sizeof(*pData), termDataCmp);
-
-  /* Read the terms in order to build the result. */
-  iByte = 0;
-  for(iTerm=0; iTerm<nTerms; ++iTerm){
-    memcpy(result+iByte, pData[iTerm].pTerm, pData[iTerm].nTerm);
-    iByte += pData[iTerm].nTerm;
-    result[iByte++] = ' ';
-  }
-  assert( iByte==nResultBytes );
-  assert( result[nResultBytes-1]==' ' );
-  result[nResultBytes-1] = '\0';
-
-  /* Passes away ownership of result. */
-  sqlite3_result_text(pContext, result, nResultBytes-1, sqlite3_free);
-  sqlite3_free(pData);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* Implements dump_terms() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from
-** tests.  TEXT result containing the ordered list of terms joined by
-** spaces.  dump_terms(t, level, idx) dumps the terms for the segment
-** specified by level, idx (in %_segdir), while dump_terms(t) dumps
-** all terms in the index.  In both cases t is the fts table's magic
-** table-named column.
-*/
-static void dumpTermsFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc!=3 && argc!=1 ){
-    generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "incorrect arguments");
-  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-            sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "illegal first argument");
-  }else{
-    fulltext_vtab *v;
-    fts3Hash terms;
-    sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
-    int rc;
-
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
-
-    /* If passed only the cursor column, get all segments.  Otherwise
-    ** get the segment described by the following two arguments.
-    */
-    if( argc==1 ){
-      rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_ALL_STMT, &s);
-    }else{
-      rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]));
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", NULL);
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* Collect the terms for each segment. */
-    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(&terms, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-    while( (rc = sqlite3_step(s))==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      rc = collectSegmentTerms(v, s, &terms);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
-    }
-
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
-      sqlite3_reset(s);
-      generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", NULL);
-    }else{
-      const int nTerms = fts3HashCount(&terms);
-      if( nTerms>0 ){
-        rc = generateTermsResult(pContext, &terms);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-          generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "out of memory");
-        }else{
-          assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-        }
-      }else if( argc==3 ){
-        /* The specific segment asked for could not be found. */
-        generateError(pContext, "dump_terms", "segment not found");
-      }else{
-        /* No segments found. */
-        /* TODO(shess): It should be impossible to reach this.  This
-        ** case can only happen for an empty table, in which case
-        ** SQLite has no rows to call this function on.
-        */
-        sqlite3_result_null(pContext);
-      }
-    }
-    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(&terms);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Expand the DL_DEFAULT doclist in pData into a text result in
-** pContext.
-*/
-static void createDoclistResult(sqlite3_context *pContext,
-                                const char *pData, int nData){
-  DataBuffer dump;
-  DLReader dlReader;
-
-  assert( pData!=NULL && nData>0 );
-
-  dataBufferInit(&dump, 0);
-  dlrInit(&dlReader, DL_DEFAULT, pData, nData);
-  for( ; !dlrAtEnd(&dlReader); dlrStep(&dlReader) ){
-    char buf[256];
-    PLReader plReader;
-
-    plrInit(&plReader, &dlReader);
-    if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_DOCIDS || plrAtEnd(&plReader) ){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld] ", dlrDocid(&dlReader));
-      dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
-    }else{
-      int iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader);
-
-      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "[%lld %d[",
-                       dlrDocid(&dlReader), iColumn);
-      dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
-
-      for( ; !plrAtEnd(&plReader); plrStep(&plReader) ){
-        if( plrColumn(&plReader)!=iColumn ){
-          iColumn = plrColumn(&plReader);
-          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "] %d[", iColumn);
-          assert( dump.nData>0 );
-          dump.nData--;                     /* Overwrite trailing space. */
-          assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
-          dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
-        }
-        if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d,%d,%d ",
-                           plrPosition(&plReader),
-                           plrStartOffset(&plReader), plrEndOffset(&plReader));
-        }else if( DL_DEFAULT==DL_POSITIONS ){
-          sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(buf), buf, "%d ", plrPosition(&plReader));
-        }else{
-          assert( NULL=="Unhandled DL_DEFAULT value");
-        }
-        dataBufferAppend(&dump, buf, strlen(buf));
-      }
-      plrDestroy(&plReader);
-
-      assert( dump.nData>0 );
-      dump.nData--;                     /* Overwrite trailing space. */
-      assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
-      dataBufferAppend(&dump, "]] ", 3);
-    }
-  }
-  dlrDestroy(&dlReader);
-
-  assert( dump.nData>0 );
-  dump.nData--;                     /* Overwrite trailing space. */
-  assert( dump.pData[dump.nData]==' ');
-  dump.pData[dump.nData] = '\0';
-  assert( dump.nData>0 );
-
-  /* Passes ownership of dump's buffer to pContext. */
-  sqlite3_result_text(pContext, dump.pData, dump.nData, sqlite3_free);
-  dump.pData = NULL;
-  dump.nData = dump.nCapacity = 0;
-}
-
-/* Implements dump_doclist() for use in inspecting the fts3 index from
-** tests.  TEXT result containing a string representation of the
-** doclist for the indicated term.  dump_doclist(t, term, level, idx)
-** dumps the doclist for term from the segment specified by level, idx
-** (in %_segdir), while dump_doclist(t, term) dumps the logical
-** doclist for the term across all segments.  The per-segment doclist
-** can contain deletions, while the full-index doclist will not
-** (deletions are omitted).
-**
-** Result formats differ with the setting of DL_DEFAULTS.  Examples:
-**
-** DL_DOCIDS: [1] [3] [7]
-** DL_POSITIONS: [1 0[0 4] 1[17]] [3 1[5]]
-** DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS: [1 0[0,0,3 4,23,26] 1[17,102,105]] [3 1[5,20,23]]
-**
-** In each case the number after the outer '[' is the docid.  In the
-** latter two cases, the number before the inner '[' is the column
-** associated with the values within.  For DL_POSITIONS the numbers
-** within are the positions, for DL_POSITIONS_OFFSETS they are the
-** position, the start offset, and the end offset.
-*/
-static void dumpDoclistFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *pContext,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fulltext_cursor *pCursor;
-  if( argc!=2 && argc!=4 ){
-    generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "incorrect arguments");
-  }else if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB ||
-            sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])!=sizeof(pCursor) ){
-    generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "illegal first argument");
-  }else if( sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])==NULL ||
-            sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])[0]=='\0' ){
-    generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "empty second argument");
-  }else{
-    const char *pTerm = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-    const int nTerm = strlen(pTerm);
-    fulltext_vtab *v;
-    int rc;
-    DataBuffer doclist;
-
-    memcpy(&pCursor, sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]), sizeof(pCursor));
-    v = cursor_vtab(pCursor);
-
-    dataBufferInit(&doclist, 0);
-
-    /* termSelect() yields the same logical doclist that queries are
-    ** run against.
-    */
-    if( argc==2 ){
-      rc = termSelect(v, v->nColumn, pTerm, nTerm, 0, DL_DEFAULT, &doclist);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_stmt *s = NULL;
-
-      /* Get our specific segment's information. */
-      rc = sql_get_statement(v, SEGDIR_SELECT_SEGMENT_STMT, &s);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 1, sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]));
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = sqlite3_bind_int(s, 2, sqlite3_value_int(argv[3]));
-        }
-      }
-
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-
-        if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
-          dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
-          generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "segment not found");
-          return;
-        }
-
-        /* Found a segment, load it into doclist. */
-        if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-          const sqlite_int64 iLeavesEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(s, 1);
-          const char *pData = sqlite3_column_blob(s, 2);
-          const int nData = sqlite3_column_bytes(s, 2);
-
-          /* loadSegment() is used by termSelect() to load each
-          ** segment's data.
-          */
-          rc = loadSegment(v, pData, nData, iLeavesEnd, pTerm, nTerm, 0,
-                           &doclist);
-          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-            rc = sqlite3_step(s);
-
-            /* Should not have more than one matching segment. */
-            if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
-              sqlite3_reset(s);
-              dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
-              generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "invalid segdir");
-              return;
-            }
-            rc = SQLITE_OK;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      sqlite3_reset(s);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      if( doclist.nData>0 ){
-        createDoclistResult(pContext, doclist.pData, doclist.nData);
-      }else{
-        /* TODO(shess): This can happen if the term is not present, or
-        ** if all instances of the term have been deleted and this is
-        ** an all-index dump.  It may be interesting to distinguish
-        ** these cases.
-        */
-        sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC);
-      }
-    }else if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
-      /* Handle out-of-memory cases specially because if they are
-      ** generated in fts3 code they may not be reflected in the db
-      ** handle.
-      */
-      /* TODO(shess): Handle this more comprehensively.
-      ** sqlite3ErrStr() has what I need, but is internal.
-      */
-      generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", "out of memory");
-    }else{
-      generateError(pContext, "dump_doclist", NULL);
-    }
-
-    dataBufferDestroy(&doclist);
-  }
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3
-** virtual table.
-*/
-static int fulltextFindFunction(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
-  int nArg,
-  const char *zName,
-  void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void **ppArg
-){
-  if( strcmp(zName,"snippet")==0 ){
-    *pxFunc = snippetFunc;
-    return 1;
-  }else if( strcmp(zName,"offsets")==0 ){
-    *pxFunc = snippetOffsetsFunc;
-    return 1;
-  }else if( strcmp(zName,"optimize")==0 ){
-    *pxFunc = optimizeFunc;
-    return 1;
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-    /* NOTE(shess): These functions are present only for testing
-    ** purposes.  No particular effort is made to optimize their
-    ** execution or how they build their results.
-    */
-  }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_terms")==0 ){
-    /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_terms\n"); */
-    *pxFunc = dumpTermsFunc;
-    return 1;
-  }else if( strcmp(zName,"dump_doclist")==0 ){
-    /* fprintf(stderr, "Found dump_doclist\n"); */
-    *pxFunc = dumpDoclistFunc;
-    return 1;
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rename an fts3 table.
-*/
-static int fulltextRename(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab,
-  const char *zName
-){
-  fulltext_vtab *p = (fulltext_vtab *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content'  RENAME TO '%q_content';"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'   RENAME TO '%q_segdir';"
-    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName 
-    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName 
-    , p->zDb, p->zName, zName
-  );
-  if( zSql ){
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = {
-  /* iVersion      */ 0,
-  /* xCreate       */ fulltextCreate,
-  /* xConnect      */ fulltextConnect,
-  /* xBestIndex    */ fulltextBestIndex,
-  /* xDisconnect   */ fulltextDisconnect,
-  /* xDestroy      */ fulltextDestroy,
-  /* xOpen         */ fulltextOpen,
-  /* xClose        */ fulltextClose,
-  /* xFilter       */ fulltextFilter,
-  /* xNext         */ fulltextNext,
-  /* xEof          */ fulltextEof,
-  /* xColumn       */ fulltextColumn,
-  /* xRowid        */ fulltextRowid,
-  /* xUpdate       */ fulltextUpdate,
-  /* xBegin        */ fulltextBegin,
-  /* xSync         */ fulltextSync,
-  /* xCommit       */ fulltextCommit,
-  /* xRollback     */ fulltextRollback,
-  /* xFindFunction */ fulltextFindFunction,
-  /* xRename */       fulltextRename,
-};
-
-static void hashDestroy(void *p){
-  fts3Hash *pHash = (fts3Hash *)p;
-  sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
-  sqlite3_free(pHash);
-}
-
-/*
-** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple" and "porter" - are implemented
-** in files fts3_tokenizer1.c and fts3_porter.c respectively. The following
-** two forward declarations are for functions declared in these files
-** used to retrieve the respective implementations.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed
-** to by the argument to point a the "simple" tokenizer implementation.
-** Function ...PorterTokenizerModule() sets *pModule to point to the
-** porter tokenizer/stemmer implementation.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, fts3Hash *, const char *);
-
-/*
-** Initialise the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part
-** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by
-** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this
-** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  fts3Hash *pHash = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0;
-
-  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple);
-  sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter);
-#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
-  sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu);
-#endif
-
-  /* Allocate and initialise the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */
-  pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(fts3Hash));
-  if( !pHash ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-  }
-
-  /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple)
-     || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) 
-     || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu))
-    ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload 
-  ** the two scalar functions. If this is successful, register the
-  ** module with sqlite.
-  */
-  if( SQLITE_OK==rc 
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer"))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", -1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", -1))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_terms", -1))
-   && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "dump_doclist", -1))
-#endif
-  ){
-    return sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-        db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy
-    );
-  }
-
-  /* An error has occured. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */
-  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
-  if( pHash ){
-    sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash);
-    sqlite3_free(pHash);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3Fts3Init(db);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
-** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
-** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-
-
-/*
-** Malloc and Free functions
-*/
-static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
-  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
-  if( p ){
-    memset(p, 0, n);
-  }
-  return p;
-}
-static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
-** fields of the Hash structure.
-**
-** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
-** keyClass is one of the constants 
-** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
-** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
-** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
-** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
-  assert( pNew!=0 );
-  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
-  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
-  pNew->first = 0;
-  pNew->count = 0;
-  pNew->htsize = 0;
-  pNew->ht = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
-** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
-** to the empty state.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
-  fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  elem = pH->first;
-  pH->first = 0;
-  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = 0;
-  pH->htsize = 0;
-  while( elem ){
-    fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
-    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
-    }
-    fts3HashFree(elem);
-    elem = next_elem;
-  }
-  pH->count = 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
-*/
-static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  int h = 0;
-  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
-  while( nKey > 0  ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
-    nKey--;
-  }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
-*/
-static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h = 0;
-  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
-  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
-    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
-  }
-  return h & 0x7fffffff;
-}
-static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
-  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
-  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
-** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
-**
-** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
-** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
-** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
-** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
-** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
-*/
-static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
-  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &fts3StrHash;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &fts3BinHash;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
-**
-** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
-** see the header comment on the previous function.
-*/
-static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
-  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
-    return &fts3StrCompare;
-  }else{
-    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
-    return &fts3BinCompare;
-  }
-}
-
-/* Link an element into the hash table
-*/
-static void fts3HashInsertElement(
-  fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
-  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
-  fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
-){
-  fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
-  pHead = pEntry->chain;
-  if( pHead ){
-    pNew->next = pHead;
-    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
-    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
-    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
-    pHead->prev = pNew;
-  }else{
-    pNew->next = pH->first;
-    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
-    pNew->prev = 0;
-    pH->first = pNew;
-  }
-  pEntry->count++;
-  pEntry->chain = pNew;
-}
-
-
-/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
-** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
-** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
-*/
-static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
-  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
-  fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
-
-  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
-  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
-  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
-  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
-  pH->ht = new_ht;
-  pH->htsize = new_size;
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
-    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
-    next_elem = elem->next;
-    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
-  }
-}
-
-/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
-** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
-** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
-*/
-static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
-  const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
-  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
-  int nKey,
-  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
-){
-  fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
-  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
-
-  if( pH->ht ){
-    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-    elem = pEntry->chain;
-    count = pEntry->count;
-    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
-    while( count-- && elem ){
-      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
-        return elem;
-      }
-      elem = elem->next;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
-** element and a hash on the element's key.
-*/
-static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
-  fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
-  fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
-  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
-){
-  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
-  if( elem->prev ){
-    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
-  }else{
-    pH->first = elem->next;
-  }
-  if( elem->next ){
-    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
-  }
-  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
-  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
-    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
-  }
-  pEntry->count--;
-  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
-    pEntry->chain = 0;
-  }
-  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
-    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
-  }
-  fts3HashFree( elem );
-  pH->count--;
-  if( pH->count<=0 ){
-    assert( pH->first==0 );
-    assert( pH->count==0 );
-    fts3HashClear(pH);
-  }
-}
-
-/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
-** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
-** found, or NULL if there is no match.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
-  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
-  fts3HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
-  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
-}
-
-/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
-** and the data is "data".
-**
-** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
-** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
-** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
-**
-** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
-** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
-** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
-** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
-**
-** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
-** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
-  fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
-  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
-  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
-  void *data           /* The data */
-){
-  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
-  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
-  fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
-  fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
-  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
-
-  assert( pH!=0 );
-  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
-  assert( xHash!=0 );
-  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
-  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
-  if( elem ){
-    void *old_data = elem->data;
-    if( data==0 ){
-      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
-    }else{
-      elem->data = data;
-    }
-    return old_data;
-  }
-  if( data==0 ) return 0;
-  new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
-  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
-  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
-    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
-    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
-      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
-      return data;
-    }
-    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
-  }else{
-    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
-  }
-  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
-  pH->count++;
-  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-    fts3Rehash(pH,8);
-    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
-      pH->count = 0;
-      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
-      return data;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
-    fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
-  }
-  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
-  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
-  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
-  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
-  new_elem->data = data;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/
-/*
-** 2006 September 30
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
-** a Porter stemmer.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-
-
-
-/*
-** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
-*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
-} porter_tokenizer;
-
-/*
-** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
-*/
-typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
-  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
-  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
-  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
-  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
-  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
-
-
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int porterCreate(
-  int argc, const char * const *argv,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
-){
-  porter_tokenizer *t;
-  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
-  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
-  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
-** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int porterOpen(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
-){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
-
-  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
-  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  c->zInput = zInput;
-  if( zInput==0 ){
-    c->nInput = 0;
-  }else if( nInput<0 ){
-    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
-  }else{
-    c->nInput = nInput;
-  }
-  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
-  c->iToken = 0;
-  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
-  c->nAllocated = 0;
-
-  *ppCursor = &c->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** porterOpen() above.
-*/
-static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-/*
-** Vowel or consonant
-*/
-static const char cType[] = {
-   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
-   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
-};
-
-/*
-** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
-** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
-** to Porter ruls.  
-**
-** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
-** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
-** in which case it is a vowel.
-**
-** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
-** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
-** consonent.
-*/
-static int isVowel(const char*);
-static int isConsonant(const char *z){
-  int j;
-  char x = *z;
-  if( x==0 ) return 0;
-  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
-  j = cType[x-'a'];
-  if( j<2 ) return j;
-  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
-}
-static int isVowel(const char *z){
-  int j;
-  char x = *z;
-  if( x==0 ) return 0;
-  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
-  j = cType[x-'a'];
-  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
-  return isConsonant(z + 1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
-** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
-** represented as:
-**
-**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
-**
-** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
-** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
-** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
-** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
-**
-** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
-** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
-** by a consonant.
-**
-** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
-** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
-*/
-static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
-}
-
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
-** exactly 1
-*/
-static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z==0;
-}
-
-/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
-** or m>0
-*/
-static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
-  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
-*/
-static int hasVowel(const char *z){
-  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
-  return *z!=0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
-**
-** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
-** the first two characters of z[].
-*/
-static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
-  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
-** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
-** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
-**
-** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
-** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
-*/
-static int star_oh(const char *z){
-  return
-    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
-    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
-    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
-    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
-** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
-** ending to zTo.
-**
-** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
-** is in normal order. 
-**
-** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
-** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
-** no substitution occurs.
-*/
-static int stem(
-  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
-  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
-  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
-  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
-){
-  char *z = *pz;
-  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
-  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
-  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
-  while( *zTo ){
-    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
-  }
-  *pz = z;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
-** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
-** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
-** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
-** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
-** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
-*/
-static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
-  int i, mx, j;
-  int hasDigit = 0;
-  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
-    int c = zIn[i];
-    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
-      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
-    }else{
-      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
-      zOut[i] = c;
-    }
-  }
-  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
-  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
-    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
-      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
-    }
-    i = j;
-  }
-  zOut[i] = 0;
-  *pnOut = i;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
-** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
-** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
-**
-** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
-** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
-** unchanged.
-**
-** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
-** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
-** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
-** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
-** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
-** 
-** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
-** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
-** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
-** case folding.
-**
-** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
-** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
-*/
-static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
-  int i, j, c;
-  char zReverse[28];
-  char *z, *z2;
-  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
-    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
-    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
-    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
-    return;
-  }
-  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
-    c = zIn[i];
-    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
-      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
-    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
-      zReverse[j] = c;
-    }else{
-      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
-      ** to the copy stemmer */
-      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
-  z = &zReverse[j+1];
-
-
-  /* Step 1a */
-  if( z[0]=='s' ){
-    if(
-     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
-     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
-     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
-    ){
-      z++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 1b */  
-  z2 = z;
-  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
-    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
-  }else if( 
-     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
-      && z!=z2
-  ){
-     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
-         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
-         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
-       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
-     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
-       z++;
-     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
-       *(--z) = 'e';
-     }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 1c */
-  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
-    z[0] = 'i';
-  }
-
-  /* Step 2 */
-  switch( z[1] ){
-   case 'a':
-     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'c':
-     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'e':
-     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'g':
-     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'l':
-     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'o':
-     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 's':
-     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 't':
-     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Step 3 */
-  switch( z[0] ){
-   case 'e':
-     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
-     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'i':
-     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 'l':
-     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
-     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-   case 's':
-     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
-     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Step 4 */
-  switch( z[1] ){
-   case 'a':
-     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-       z += 2;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'c':
-     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
-       z += 4;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'e':
-     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-       z += 2;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'i':
-     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-       z += 2;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'l':
-     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
-       z += 4;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'n':
-     if( z[0]=='t' ){
-       if( z[2]=='a' ){
-         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-           z += 3;
-         }
-       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
-         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
-         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
-         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
-       }
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'o':
-     if( z[0]=='u' ){
-       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
-         z += 2;
-       }
-     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
-       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
-     }
-     break;
-   case 's':
-     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-       z += 3;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 't':
-     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
-     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
-     break;
-   case 'u':
-     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-       z += 3;
-     }
-     break;
-   case 'v':
-   case 'z':
-     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
-       z += 3;
-     }
-     break;
-  }
-
-  /* Step 5a */
-  if( z[0]=='e' ){
-    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
-      z++;
-    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
-      z++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Step 5b */
-  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
-    z++;
-  }
-
-  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
-  ** around into forward order and return.
-  */
-  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
-  zOut[i] = 0;
-  while( *z ){
-    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
-** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
-** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
-** values of 0x7f or lower.
-*/
-static const char porterIdChar[] = {
-/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
-    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
-    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
-};
-#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
-*/
-static int porterNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
-  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
-  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
-  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  const char *z = c->zInput;
-
-  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
-    int iStartOffset, ch;
-
-    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
-    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
-      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
-      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
-        c->nAllocated = n+20;
-        c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
-        if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
-      *pzToken = c->zToken;
-      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
-      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
-      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
-
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
-  0,
-  porterCreate,
-  porterDestroy,
-  porterOpen,
-  porterClose,
-  porterNext,
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
-  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/
-/*
-** 2007 June 22
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
-** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
-** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
-**
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
-**
-** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
-** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
-** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
-** an error is returned.
-**
-** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
-** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
-** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
-*/
-static void scalarFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fts3Hash *pHash;
-  void *pPtr = 0;
-  const unsigned char *zName;
-  int nName;
-
-  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
-
-  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
-  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
-
-  if( argc==2 ){
-    void *pOld;
-    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
-    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
-    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
-    if( pOld==pPtr ){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-  }else{
-    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
-    if( !pPtr ){
-      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-      sqlite3_free(zErr);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-}
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
-** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
-** function must be called with two arguments:
-**
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
-**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
-**
-** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
-** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
-** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
-**
-** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
-** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
-** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
-** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
-** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
-** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
-**
-**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
-**
-** will return the string:
-**
-**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
-**   
-*/
-static void testFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  fts3Hash *pHash;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
-
-  const char *zErr = 0;
-
-  const char *zName;
-  int nName;
-  const char *zInput;
-  int nInput;
-
-  const char *zArg = 0;
-
-  const char *zToken;
-  int nToken;
-  int iStart;
-  int iEnd;
-  int iPos;
-
-  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
-
-  assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
-
-  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
-  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
-
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  }
-
-  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
-
-  if( !p ){
-    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-    sqlite3_free(zErr);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
-  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
-    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
-    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
-
-  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
-    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
-    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
-    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
-    zErr = "error in xClose()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
-    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
-    goto finish;
-  }
-
-finish:
-  if( zErr ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
-  }
-  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
-}
-
-static
-int registerTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char *zName, 
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
-  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-static
-int queryTokenizer(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char *zName,  
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
-){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
-
-  *pp = 0;
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
-      memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
-    }
-  }
-
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
-** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
-** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
-**
-** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
-** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
-** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
-** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
-** test them.
-**
-** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
-** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
-** detected. i.e.:
-**
-**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
-**
-*/
-static void intTestFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  int rc;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
-  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
-
-  /* Test the query function */
-  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( p1==p2 );
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
-  assert( p2==0 );
-  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
-
-  /* Test the storage function */
-  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
-  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
-  assert( p2==p1 );
-
-  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
-** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
-** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
-** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
-**
-**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
-**
-** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
-** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
-** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
-** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
-** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
-**
-** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
-** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  fts3Hash *pHash, 
-  const char *zName
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  void *p = (void *)pHash;
-  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
-  char *zTest = 0;
-  char *zTest2 = 0;
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-  void *pdb = (void *)db;
-  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
-  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
-  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
-   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0))
-#endif
-  );
-
-  sqlite3_free(zTest);
-  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/
-/************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/
-/*
-** 2006 Oct 10
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-******************************************************************************
-**
-** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
-*/
-
-/*
-** The code in this file is only compiled if:
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
-**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
-**
-**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
-**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
-*/
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
-
-
-
-
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
-  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
-} simple_tokenizer;
-
-typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
-  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
-  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
-  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
-  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
-  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
-  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
-} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
-
-
-/* Forward declaration */
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
-
-static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
-  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a new tokenizer instance.
-*/
-static int simpleCreate(
-  int argc, const char * const *argv,
-  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
-){
-  simple_tokenizer *t;
-
-  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
-  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
-
-  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
-  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
-  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
-  ** information on the initial create.
-  */
-  if( argc>1 ){
-    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
-    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
-      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
-      if( ch>=0x80 ){
-        sqlite3_free(t);
-        return SQLITE_ERROR;
-      }
-      t->delim[ch] = 1;
-    }
-  } else {
-    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
-    int i;
-    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
-      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Destroy a tokenizer
-*/
-static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
-  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
-** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
-** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
-** *ppCursor.
-*/
-static int simpleOpen(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
-  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
-){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
-
-  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
-  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-
-  c->pInput = pInput;
-  if( pInput==0 ){
-    c->nBytes = 0;
-  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
-    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
-  }else{
-    c->nBytes = nBytes;
-  }
-  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
-  c->iToken = 0;
-  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
-  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
-
-  *ppCursor = &c->base;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
-** simpleOpen() above.
-*/
-static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
-  sqlite3_free(c);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
-** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
-*/
-static int simpleNext(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
-  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
-  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
-  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
-  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
-  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
-){
-  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
-  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
-  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
-
-  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
-    int iStartOffset;
-
-    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
-    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
-    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
-      c->iOffset++;
-    }
-
-    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
-      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
-      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
-        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
-        c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
-        if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }
-      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
-        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
-        ** case-insensitivity.
-        */
-        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
-        c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
-      }
-      *ppToken = c->pToken;
-      *pnBytes = n;
-      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
-      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
-      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
-
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_DONE;
-}
-
-/*
-** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
-*/
-static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
-  0,
-  simpleCreate,
-  simpleDestroy,
-  simpleOpen,
-  simpleClose,
-  simpleNext,
-};
-
-/*
-** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
-** tokenizer in *ppModule
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
-  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
-){
-  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
-}
-
-#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */
-
-/************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/
-/************** Begin file rtree.c *******************************************/
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code for implementations of the r-tree and r*-tree
-** algorithms packaged as an SQLite virtual table module.
-**
-** $Id: rtree.c,v 1.9 2008/09/08 11:07:03 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE)
-
-/*
-** This file contains an implementation of a couple of different variants
-** of the r-tree algorithm. See the README file for further details. The 
-** same data-structure is used for all, but the algorithms for insert and
-** delete operations vary. The variants used are selected at compile time 
-** by defining the following symbols:
-*/
-
-/* Either, both or none of the following may be set to activate 
-** r*tree variant algorithms.
-*/
-#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE 0
-#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT      1
-
-/* 
-** Exactly one of the following must be set to 1.
-*/
-#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT 0
-#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT    0
-#define VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT         1
-
-#define VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT \
-        (VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT||VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT)
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
-  #define PickNext QuadraticPickNext
-  #define PickSeeds QuadraticPickSeeds
-  #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
-#endif
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
-  #define PickNext LinearPickNext
-  #define PickSeeds LinearPickSeeds
-  #define AssignCells splitNodeGuttman
-#endif
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
-  #define AssignCells splitNodeStartree
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #include "sqlite3ext.h"
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#else
-  #include "sqlite3.h"
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
-typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
-typedef unsigned char u8;
-typedef unsigned int u32;
-#endif
-
-typedef struct Rtree Rtree;
-typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor;
-typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode;
-typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell;
-typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint;
-typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord;
-
-/* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */
-#define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5
-
-/* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to
-** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is 
-** used.
-*/
-#define HASHSIZE 128
-
-/* 
-** An rtree virtual-table object.
-*/
-struct Rtree {
-  sqlite3_vtab base;
-  sqlite3 *db;                /* Host database connection */
-  int iNodeSize;              /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */
-  int nDim;                   /* Number of dimensions */
-  int nBytesPerCell;          /* Bytes consumed per cell */
-  int iDepth;                 /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */
-  char *zDb;                  /* Name of database containing r-tree table */
-  char *zName;                /* Name of r-tree table */ 
-  RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ 
-  int nBusy;                  /* Current number of users of this structure */
-
-  /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is
-  ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains -
-  ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree 
-  ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0).
-  */
-  RtreeNode *pDeleted;
-  int iReinsertHeight;        /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */
-
-  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReadNode;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode;
-
-  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid;
-
-  /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */
-  sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent;
-
-  int eCoordType;
-};
-
-/* Possible values for eCoordType: */
-#define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0
-#define RTREE_COORD_INT32  1
-
-/*
-** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the 
-** maximum. In Gutman's notation:
-**
-**     m = M/3
-**
-** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of
-** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree.
-*/
-#define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3)
-#define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p)
-#define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51
-
-/* 
-** An rtree cursor object.
-*/
-struct RtreeCursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor base;
-  RtreeNode *pNode;                 /* Node cursor is currently pointing at */
-  int iCell;                        /* Index of current cell in pNode */
-  int iStrategy;                    /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */
-  int nConstraint;                  /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  RtreeConstraint *aConstraint;     /* Search constraints. */
-};
-
-union RtreeCoord {
-  float f;
-  int i;
-};
-
-/*
-** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord
-** formatted as a double. This macro assumes that local variable pRtree points
-** to the Rtree structure associated with the RtreeCoord.
-*/
-#define DCOORD(coord) (                           \
-  (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ?      \
-    ((double)coord.f) :                           \
-    ((double)coord.i)                             \
-)
-
-/*
-** A search constraint.
-*/
-struct RtreeConstraint {
-  int iCoord;                       /* Index of constrained coordinate */
-  int op;                           /* Constraining operation */
-  double rValue;                    /* Constraint value. */
-};
-
-/* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */
-#define RTREE_EQ 0x41
-#define RTREE_LE 0x42
-#define RTREE_LT 0x43
-#define RTREE_GE 0x44
-#define RTREE_GT 0x45
-
-/* 
-** An rtree structure node.
-**
-** Data format (RtreeNode.zData):
-**
-**   1. If the node is the root node (node 1), then the first 2 bytes
-**      of the node contain the tree depth as a big-endian integer.
-**      For non-root nodes, the first 2 bytes are left unused.
-**
-**   2. The next 2 bytes contain the number of entries currently 
-**      stored in the node.
-**
-**   3. The remainder of the node contains the node entries. Each entry
-**      consists of a single 8-byte integer followed by an even number
-**      of 4-byte coordinates. For leaf nodes the integer is the rowid
-**      of a record. For internal nodes it is the node number of a
-**      child page.
-*/
-struct RtreeNode {
-  RtreeNode *pParent;               /* Parent node */
-  i64 iNode;
-  int nRef;
-  int isDirty;
-  u8 *zData;
-  RtreeNode *pNext;                 /* Next node in this hash chain */
-};
-#define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2])
-
-/* 
-** Structure to store a deserialized rtree record.
-*/
-struct RtreeCell {
-  i64 iRowid;
-  RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2];
-};
-
-#define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x))
-#define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x))
-
-/*
-** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
-** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned.
-*/
-static int readInt16(u8 *p){
-  return (p[0]<<8) + p[1];
-}
-static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
-  u32 i = (
-    (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + 
-    (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + 
-    (((u32)p[2]) <<  8) + 
-    (((u32)p[3]) <<  0)
-  );
-  *(u32 *)pCoord = i;
-}
-static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){
-  return (
-    (((i64)p[0]) << 56) + 
-    (((i64)p[1]) << 48) + 
-    (((i64)p[2]) << 40) + 
-    (((i64)p[3]) << 32) + 
-    (((i64)p[4]) << 24) + 
-    (((i64)p[5]) << 16) + 
-    (((i64)p[6]) <<  8) + 
-    (((i64)p[7]) <<  0)
-  );
-}
-
-/*
-** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and
-** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written
-** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively).
-*/
-static int writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){
-  p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
-  p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
-  return 2;
-}
-static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){
-  u32 i;
-  assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 );
-  assert( sizeof(u32)==4 );
-  i = *(u32 *)pCoord;
-  p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
-  p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
-  p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
-  p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
-  return 4;
-}
-static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){
-  p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF;
-  p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF;
-  p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF;
-  p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF;
-  p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF;
-  p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF;
-  p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF;
-  p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF;
-  return 8;
-}
-
-/*
-** Increment the reference count of node p.
-*/
-static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){
-  if( p ){
-    p->nRef++;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00).
-*/
-static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){
-  if( p ){
-    memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2);
-    p->isDirty = 1;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use
-** in the Rtree.aHash table.
-*/
-static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){
-  return (
-    (iNode>>56) ^ (iNode>>48) ^ (iNode>>40) ^ (iNode>>32) ^ 
-    (iNode>>24) ^ (iNode>>16) ^ (iNode>> 8) ^ (iNode>> 0)
-  ) % HASHSIZE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer
-** to it. Otherwise, return 0.
-*/
-static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){
-  RtreeNode *p;
-  assert( iNode!=0 );
-  for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** Add node pNode to the node hash table.
-*/
-static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  if( pNode ){
-    int iHash;
-    assert( pNode->pNext==0 );
-    iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode);
-    pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash];
-    pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove node pNode from the node hash table.
-*/
-static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  RtreeNode **pp;
-  if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){
-    pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)];
-    for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); }
-    *pp = pNode->pNext;
-    pNode->pNext = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0),
-** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is
-** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the
-** node contents out to the database.
-*/
-static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent, int zero){
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
-  if( pNode ){
-    memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + (zero?pRtree->iNodeSize:0));
-    pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
-    pNode->nRef = 1;
-    pNode->pParent = pParent;
-    pNode->isDirty = 1;
-    nodeReference(pParent);
-  }
-  return pNode;
-}
-
-/*
-** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node.
-*/
-static int
-nodeAcquire(
-  Rtree *pRtree,             /* R-tree structure */
-  i64 iNode,                 /* Node number to load */
-  RtreeNode *pParent,        /* Either the parent node or NULL */
-  RtreeNode **ppNode         /* OUT: Acquired node */
-){
-  int rc;
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-
-  /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so,
-  ** increase its reference count and return it.
-  */
-  if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode)) ){
-    assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent );
-    if( pParent ){
-      pNode->pParent = pParent;
-    }
-    pNode->nRef++;
-    *ppNode = pNode;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize);
-  if( !pNode ){
-    *ppNode = 0;
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  pNode->pParent = pParent;
-  pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1];
-  pNode->nRef = 1;
-  pNode->iNode = iNode;
-  pNode->isDirty = 0;
-  pNode->pNext = 0;
-
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadNode, 1, iNode);
-  rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadNode);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    const u8 *zBlob = sqlite3_column_blob(pRtree->pReadNode, 0);
-    memcpy(pNode->zData, zBlob, pRtree->iNodeSize);
-    nodeReference(pParent);
-  }else{
-    sqlite3_free(pNode);
-    pNode = 0;
-  }
-
-  *ppNode = pNode;
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadNode);
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNode==1 ){
-    pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData);
-  }
-
-  assert( (rc==SQLITE_OK && pNode) || (pNode==0 && rc!=SQLITE_OK) );
-  nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell.
-*/
-static void nodeOverwriteCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode,  
-  RtreeCell *pCell, 
-  int iCell
-){
-  int ii;
-  u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
-  p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid);
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii++){
-    p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
-  }
-  pNode->isDirty = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Remove cell the cell with index iCell from node pNode.
-*/
-static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){
-  u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell];
-  u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell];
-  int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
-  memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte);
-  writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1);
-  pNode->isDirty = 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert
-** is successful, return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL.
-*/
-static int
-nodeInsertCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  RtreeCell *pCell 
-){
-  int nCell;                    /* Current number of cells in pNode */
-  int nMaxCell;                 /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */
-
-  nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell;
-  nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-
-  assert(nCell<=nMaxCell);
-
-  if( nCell<nMaxCell ){
-    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell, nCell);
-    writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], nCell+1);
-    pNode->isDirty = 1;
-  }
-
-  return (nCell==nMaxCell);
-}
-
-/*
-** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database.
-*/
-static int
-nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pNode->isDirty ){
-    sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode;
-    if( pNode->iNode ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1);
-    }
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3_step(p);
-    pNode->isDirty = 0;
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(p);
-    if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
-      nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference
-** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database.
-*/
-static int
-nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pNode ){
-    assert( pNode->nRef>0 );
-    pNode->nRef--;
-    if( pNode->nRef==0 ){
-      if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-        pRtree->iDepth = -1;
-      }
-      if( pNode->pParent ){
-        rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent);
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode);
-      }
-      nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
-      sqlite3_free(pNode);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of
-** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is
-** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number.
-*/
-static i64 nodeGetRowid(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  int iCell
-){
-  assert( iCell<NCELL(pNode) );
-  return readInt64(&pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]);
-}
-
-/*
-** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode.
-*/
-static void nodeGetCoord(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  int iCell,
-  int iCoord,
-  RtreeCoord *pCoord           /* Space to write result to */
-){
-  readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord);
-}
-
-/*
-** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed
-** to by pCell with the results.
-*/
-static void nodeGetCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  int iCell,
-  RtreeCell *pCell
-){
-  int ii;
-  pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
-  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim*2; ii++){
-    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, iCell, ii, &pCell->aCoord[ii]);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of
-** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods.
-*/
-static int rtreeInit(
-  sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int, int
-);
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method.
-*/
-static int rtreeCreate(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1, (int)pAux);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method.
-*/
-static int rtreeConnect(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  void *pAux,
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,
-  char **pzErr
-){
-  return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0, (int)pAux);
-}
-
-/*
-** Increment the r-tree reference count.
-*/
-static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){
-  pRtree->nBusy++;
-}
-
-/*
-** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches
-** zero the structure is deleted.
-*/
-static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){
-  pRtree->nBusy--;
-  if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadNode);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent);
-    sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
-    sqlite3_free(pRtree);
-  }
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method.
-*/
-static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method.
-*/
-static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
-  int rc;
-  char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
-    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';"
-    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';"
-    "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';",
-    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, 
-    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName,
-    pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName
-  );
-  if( !zCreate ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method.
-*/
-static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr;
-
-  pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor));
-  if( pCsr ){
-    memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor));
-    pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab;
-    rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr;
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xClose method.
-*/
-static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab);
-  int rc;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
-  rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rtree virtual table module xEof method.
-**
-** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid 
-** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise.
-*/
-static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
-  return (pCsr->pNode==0);
-}
-
-/* 
-** Cursor pCursor currently points to a cell in a non-leaf page.
-** Return true if the sub-tree headed by the cell is filtered
-** (excluded) by the constraints in the pCursor->aConstraint[] 
-** array, or false otherwise.
-*/
-static int testRtreeCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){
-  RtreeCell cell;
-  int ii;
-  int bRes = 0;
-
-  nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
-  for(ii=0; bRes==0 && ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
-    RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
-    double cell_min = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2]);
-    double cell_max = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[(p->iCoord>>1)*2+1]);
-
-    assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
-        || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ
-    );
-
-    switch( p->op ){
-      case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: bRes = p->rValue<cell_min; break;
-      case RTREE_GE: case RTREE_GT: bRes = p->rValue>cell_max; break;
-      case RTREE_EQ: 
-        bRes = (p->rValue>cell_max || p->rValue<cell_min);
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return bRes;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Return true if the cell that cursor pCursor currently points to
-** would be filtered (excluded) by the constraints in the 
-** pCursor->aConstraint[] array, or false otherwise.
-**
-** This function assumes that the cell is part of a leaf node.
-*/
-static int testRtreeEntry(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCursor *pCursor){
-  RtreeCell cell;
-  int ii;
-
-  nodeGetCell(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell, &cell);
-  for(ii=0; ii<pCursor->nConstraint; ii++){
-    RtreeConstraint *p = &pCursor->aConstraint[ii];
-    double coord = DCOORD(cell.aCoord[p->iCoord]);
-    int res;
-    assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE 
-        || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ
-    );
-    switch( p->op ){
-      case RTREE_LE: res = (coord<=p->rValue); break;
-      case RTREE_LT: res = (coord<p->rValue);  break;
-      case RTREE_GE: res = (coord>=p->rValue); break;
-      case RTREE_GT: res = (coord>p->rValue);  break;
-      case RTREE_EQ: res = (coord==p->rValue); break;
-    }
-
-    if( !res ) return 1;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Cursor pCursor currently points at a node that heads a sub-tree of
-** height iHeight (if iHeight==0, then the node is a leaf). Descend
-** to point to the left-most cell of the sub-tree that matches the 
-** configured constraints.
-*/
-static int descendToCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeCursor *pCursor, 
-  int iHeight,
-  int *pEof                 /* OUT: Set to true if cannot descend */
-){
-  int isEof;
-  int rc;
-  int ii;
-  RtreeNode *pChild;
-  sqlite3_int64 iRowid;
-
-  RtreeNode *pSavedNode = pCursor->pNode;
-  int iSavedCell = pCursor->iCell;
-
-  assert( iHeight>=0 );
-
-  if( iHeight==0 ){
-    isEof = testRtreeEntry(pRtree, pCursor);
-  }else{
-    isEof = testRtreeCell(pRtree, pCursor);
-  }
-  if( isEof || iHeight==0 ){
-    *pEof = isEof;
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCursor->pNode, pCursor->iCell);
-  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iRowid, pCursor->pNode, &pChild);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  nodeRelease(pRtree, pCursor->pNode);
-  pCursor->pNode = pChild;
-  isEof = 1;
-  for(ii=0; isEof && ii<NCELL(pChild); ii++){
-    pCursor->iCell = ii;
-    rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCursor, iHeight-1, &isEof);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( isEof ){
-    assert( pCursor->pNode==pChild );
-    nodeReference(pSavedNode);
-    nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild);
-    pCursor->pNode = pSavedNode;
-    pCursor->iCell = iSavedCell;
-  }
-
-  *pEof = isEof;
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit 
-** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell.
-*/
-static int nodeRowidIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid){
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, ii)!=iRowid; ii++){
-    assert( ii<(NCELL(pNode)-1) );
-  }
-  return ii;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the index of the cell containing a pointer to node pNode
-** in its parent. If pNode is the root node, return -1.
-*/
-static int nodeParentIndex(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
-  if( pParent ){
-    return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode);
-  }
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xNext method.
-*/
-static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(pVtabCursor->pVtab);
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( pCsr->iStrategy==1 ){
-    /* This "scan" is a direct lookup by rowid. There is no next entry. */
-    nodeRelease(pRtree, pCsr->pNode);
-    pCsr->pNode = 0;
-  }
-
-  else if( pCsr->pNode ){
-    /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */
-    int iHeight = 0;
-    while( pCsr->pNode ){
-      RtreeNode *pNode = pCsr->pNode;
-      int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-      for(pCsr->iCell++; pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){
-        int isEof;
-        rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, iHeight, &isEof);
-        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !isEof ){
-          return rc;
-        }
-      }
-      pCsr->pNode = pNode->pParent;
-      pCsr->iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
-      nodeReference(pCsr->pNode);
-      nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
-      iHeight++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method.
-*/
-static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-
-  assert(pCsr->pNode);
-  *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method.
-*/
-static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur;
-
-  if( i==0 ){
-    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell);
-    sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, iRowid);
-  }else{
-    RtreeCoord c;
-    nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pCsr->pNode, pCsr->iCell, i-1, &c);
-    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
-      sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f);
-    }else{
-      assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 );
-      sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/* 
-** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with 
-** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and
-** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set
-** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf
-** to zero and return an SQLite error code.
-*/
-static int findLeafNode(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iRowid, RtreeNode **ppLeaf){
-  int rc;
-  *ppLeaf = 0;
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid);
-  if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-    i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0);
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf);
-    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-  }else{
-    rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/* 
-** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method.
-*/
-static int rtreeFilter(
-  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, 
-  int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-  int argc, sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab;
-  RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor;
-
-  RtreeNode *pRoot = 0;
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  rtreeReference(pRtree);
-
-  sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint);
-  pCsr->aConstraint = 0;
-  pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum;
-
-  if( idxNum==1 ){
-    /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */
-    RtreeNode *pLeaf;        /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */
-    i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]);
-    rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf);
-    pCsr->pNode = pLeaf; 
-    if( pLeaf && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pCsr->iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid);
-    }
-  }else{
-    /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array 
-    ** with the configured constraints. 
-    */
-    if( argc>0 ){
-      pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc);
-      pCsr->nConstraint = argc;
-      if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-      }else{
-        assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || strlen(idxStr)==argc*2 );
-        for(ii=0; ii<argc; ii++){
-          RtreeConstraint *p = &pCsr->aConstraint[ii];
-          p->op = idxStr[ii*2];
-          p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'a';
-          p->rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      pCsr->pNode = 0;
-      rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int isEof = 1;
-      int nCell = NCELL(pRoot);
-      pCsr->pNode = pRoot;
-      for(pCsr->iCell=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->iCell<nCell; pCsr->iCell++){
-        assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
-        rc = descendToCell(pRtree, pCsr, pRtree->iDepth, &isEof);
-        if( !isEof ){
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isEof ){
-        assert( pCsr->pNode==pRoot );
-        nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
-        pCsr->pNode = 0;
-      }
-      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !pCsr->pNode || pCsr->iCell<NCELL(pCsr->pNode) );
-    }
-  }
-
-  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three
-** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to 
-** least desirable):
-**
-**   idxNum     idxStr        Strategy
-**   ------------------------------------------------
-**     1        Unused        Direct lookup by rowid.
-**     2        See below     R-tree query.
-**     3        Unused        Full table scan.
-**   ------------------------------------------------
-**
-** If strategy 1 or 3 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy
-** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each 
-** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to 
-** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with
-** (argvIndex==1) etc.
-**
-** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint
-** operator as follows:
-**
-**   Operator    Byte Value
-**   ----------------------
-**      =        0x41 ('A')
-**     <=        0x42 ('B')
-**      <        0x43 ('C')
-**     >=        0x44 ('D')
-**      >        0x45 ('E')
-**   ----------------------
-**
-** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column
-** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column
-** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc.
-*/
-static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int ii, cCol;
-
-  int iIdx = 0;
-  char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1];
-  memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr));
-
-  assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 );
-  for(ii=0; ii<pIdxInfo->nConstraint; ii++){
-    struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii];
-
-    if( p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){
-      /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */
-      int jj;
-      for(jj=0; jj<ii; jj++){
-        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0;
-        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0;
-      }
-      pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1;
-      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1;
-      pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1;
-
-      /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures
-      ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be 
-      ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which 
-      ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0).
-      */ 
-      pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 10.0;
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-
-    if( p->usable && p->iColumn>0 ){
-      u8 op = 0;
-      switch( p->op ){
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break;
-        case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break;
-      }
-      if( op ){
-        /* Make sure this particular constraint has not been used before.
-        ** If it has been used before, ignore it.
-        **
-        ** A <= or < can be used if there is a prior >= or >.
-        ** A >= or > can be used if there is a prior < or <=.
-        ** A <= or < is disqualified if there is a prior <=, <, or ==.
-        ** A >= or > is disqualified if there is a prior >=, >, or ==.
-        ** A == is disqualifed if there is any prior constraint.
-        */
-        int j, opmsk;
-        static const unsigned char compatible[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2 };
-        assert( compatible[RTREE_EQ & 7]==0 );
-        assert( compatible[RTREE_LT & 7]==1 );
-        assert( compatible[RTREE_LE & 7]==1 );
-        assert( compatible[RTREE_GT & 7]==2 );
-        assert( compatible[RTREE_GE & 7]==2 );
-        cCol = p->iColumn - 1 + 'a';
-        opmsk = compatible[op & 7];
-        for(j=0; j<iIdx; j+=2){
-          if( zIdxStr[j+1]==cCol && (compatible[zIdxStr[j] & 7] & opmsk)!=0 ){
-            op = 0;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      if( op ){
-        assert( iIdx<sizeof(zIdxStr)-1 );
-        zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op;
-        zIdxStr[iIdx++] = cCol;
-        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2);
-        pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2;
-  pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1;
-  if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  assert( iIdx>=0 );
-  pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (2000000.0 / (double)(iIdx + 1));
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p.
-*/
-static float cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
-  float area = 1.0;
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-    area = area * (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
-  }
-  return area;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum
-** of the objects size in each dimension.
-*/
-static float cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){
-  float margin = 0.0;
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-    margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii]));
-  }
-  return margin;
-}
-
-/*
-** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1.
-*/
-static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
-  int ii;
-  if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
-    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-      p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f);
-      p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f);
-    }
-  }else{
-    for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-      p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i);
-      p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered
-** by p1. False otherwise.
-*/
-static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){
-  int ii;
-  int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32);
-  for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-    RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii];
-    RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii];
-    if( (!isInt && (a2[0].f<a1[0].f || a2[1].f>a1[1].f)) 
-     || ( isInt && (a2[0].i<a1[0].i || a2[1].i>a1[1].i)) 
-    ){
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell.
-*/
-static float cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){
-  float area;
-  RtreeCell cell;
-  memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
-  cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
-  return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area);
-}
-
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE || VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
-static float cellOverlap(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeCell *p, 
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell, 
-  int iExclude
-){
-  int ii;
-  float overlap = 0.0;
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    if( ii!=iExclude ){
-      int jj;
-      float o = 1.0;
-      for(jj=0; jj<(pRtree->nDim*2); jj+=2){
-        double x1;
-        double x2;
-
-        x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj]));
-        x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1]));
-
-        if( x2<x1 ){
-          o = 0.0;
-          break;
-        }else{
-          o = o * (x2-x1);
-        }
-      }
-      overlap += o;
-    }
-  }
-  return overlap;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
-static float cellOverlapEnlargement(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeCell *p, 
-  RtreeCell *pInsert, 
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell, 
-  int iExclude
-){
-  float before;
-  float after;
-  before = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
-  cellUnion(pRtree, p, pInsert);
-  after = cellOverlap(pRtree, p, aCell, nCell, iExclude);
-  return after-before;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** This function implements the ChooseLeaf algorithm from Gutman[84].
-** ChooseSubTree in r*tree terminology.
-*/
-static int ChooseLeaf(
-  Rtree *pRtree,               /* Rtree table */
-  RtreeCell *pCell,            /* Cell to insert into rtree */
-  int iHeight,                 /* Height of sub-tree rooted at pCell */
-  RtreeNode **ppLeaf           /* OUT: Selected leaf page */
-){
-  int rc;
-  int ii;
-  RtreeNode *pNode;
-  rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pNode);
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(pRtree->iDepth-iHeight); ii++){
-    int iCell;
-    sqlite3_int64 iBest;
-
-    float fMinGrowth;
-    float fMinArea;
-    float fMinOverlap;
-
-    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    RtreeNode *pChild;
-
-    RtreeCell *aCell = 0;
-
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
-    if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
-      int jj;
-      aCell = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCell)*nCell);
-      if( !aCell ){
-        rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-        nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
-        pNode = 0;
-        continue;
-      }
-      for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
-        nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, jj, &aCell[jj]);
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell
-    ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with
-    ** the smallest area.
-    */
-    for(iCell=0; iCell<nCell; iCell++){
-      float growth;
-      float area;
-      float overlap = 0.0;
-      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell, &cell);
-      growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
-      area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell);
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_CHOOSESUBTREE
-      if( ii==(pRtree->iDepth-1) ){
-        overlap = cellOverlapEnlargement(pRtree,&cell,pCell,aCell,nCell,iCell);
-      }
-#endif
-      if( (iCell==0) 
-       || (overlap<fMinOverlap) 
-       || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth<fMinGrowth)
-       || (overlap==fMinOverlap && growth==fMinGrowth && area<fMinArea)
-      ){
-        fMinOverlap = overlap;
-        fMinGrowth = growth;
-        fMinArea = area;
-        iBest = cell.iRowid;
-      }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_free(aCell);
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iBest, pNode, &pChild);
-    nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode);
-    pNode = pChild;
-  }
-
-  *ppLeaf = pNode;
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** A cell with the same content as pCell has just been inserted into
-** the node pNode. This function updates the bounding box cells in
-** all ancestor elements.
-*/
-static void AdjustTree(
-  Rtree *pRtree,                    /* Rtree table */
-  RtreeNode *pNode,                 /* Adjust ancestry of this node. */
-  RtreeCell *pCell                  /* This cell was just inserted */
-){
-  RtreeNode *p = pNode;
-  while( p->pParent ){
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent;
-    int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p);
-
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell);
-    if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){
-      cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell);
-      nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell);
-    }
- 
-    p = pParent;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the <rtree>_rowid table.
-*/
-static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid);
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-}
-
-/*
-** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the <rtree>_parent table.
-*/
-static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode);
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent);
-  return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent);
-}
-
-static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int);
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickNext() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static RtreeCell *LinearPickNext(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell, 
-  RtreeCell *pLeftBox, 
-  RtreeCell *pRightBox,
-  int *aiUsed
-){
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; aiUsed[ii]; ii++);
-  aiUsed[ii] = 1;
-  return &aCell[ii];
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the linear variant of the PickSeeds() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static void LinearPickSeeds(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell, 
-  int *piLeftSeed, 
-  int *piRightSeed
-){
-  int i;
-  int iLeftSeed = 0;
-  int iRightSeed = 1;
-  float maxNormalInnerWidth = 0.0;
-
-  /* Pick two "seed" cells from the array of cells. The algorithm used
-  ** here is the LinearPickSeeds algorithm from Gutman[1984]. The 
-  ** indices of the two seed cells in the array are stored in local
-  ** variables iLeftSeek and iRightSeed.
-  */
-  for(i=0; i<pRtree->nDim; i++){
-    float x1 = aCell[0].aCoord[i*2];
-    float x2 = aCell[0].aCoord[i*2+1];
-    float x3 = x1;
-    float x4 = x2;
-    int jj;
-
-    int iCellLeft = 0;
-    int iCellRight = 0;
-
-    for(jj=1; jj<nCell; jj++){
-      float left = aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2];
-      float right = aCell[jj].aCoord[i*2+1];
-
-      if( left<x1 ) x1 = left;
-      if( right>x4 ) x4 = right;
-      if( left>x3 ){
-        x3 = left;
-        iCellRight = jj;
-      }
-      if( right<x2 ){
-        x2 = right;
-        iCellLeft = jj;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( x4!=x1 ){
-      float normalwidth = (x3 - x2) / (x4 - x1);
-      if( normalwidth>maxNormalInnerWidth ){
-        iLeftSeed = iCellLeft;
-        iRightSeed = iCellRight;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
-  *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
-}
-#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_LINEAR_SPLIT */
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickNext() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static RtreeCell *QuadraticPickNext(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell, 
-  RtreeCell *pLeftBox, 
-  RtreeCell *pRightBox,
-  int *aiUsed
-){
-  #define FABS(a) ((a)<0.0?-1.0*(a):(a))
-
-  int iSelect = -1;
-  float fDiff;
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    if( aiUsed[ii]==0 ){
-      float left = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]);
-      float right = cellGrowth(pRtree, pLeftBox, &aCell[ii]);
-      float diff = FABS(right-left);
-      if( iSelect<0 || diff>fDiff ){
-        fDiff = diff;
-        iSelect = ii;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  aiUsed[iSelect] = 1;
-  return &aCell[iSelect];
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the quadratic variant of the PickSeeds() function from
-** Guttman[84].
-*/
-static void QuadraticPickSeeds(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int nCell, 
-  int *piLeftSeed, 
-  int *piRightSeed
-){
-  int ii;
-  int jj;
-
-  int iLeftSeed = 0;
-  int iRightSeed = 1;
-  float fWaste = 0.0;
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    for(jj=ii+1; jj<nCell; jj++){
-      float right = cellArea(pRtree, &aCell[jj]);
-      float growth = cellGrowth(pRtree, &aCell[ii], &aCell[jj]);
-      float waste = growth - right;
-
-      if( waste>fWaste ){
-        iLeftSeed = ii;
-        iRightSeed = jj;
-        fWaste = waste;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  *piLeftSeed = iLeftSeed;
-  *piRightSeed = iRightSeed;
-}
-#endif /* VARIANT_GUTTMAN_QUADRATIC_SPLIT */
-
-/*
-** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
-** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
-** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For
-** example, assuming the inputs:
-**
-**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
-**   aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 }
-**
-** this function sets the aIdx array to contain:
-**
-**   aIdx      = { 0,   1,   2,   3 }
-**
-** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
-** sorting algorithm.
-*/
-static void SortByDistance(
-  int *aIdx, 
-  int nIdx, 
-  float *aDistance, 
-  int *aSpare
-){
-  if( nIdx>1 ){
-    int iLeft = 0;
-    int iRight = 0;
-
-    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
-    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
-    int *aLeft = aIdx;
-    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
-
-    SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare);
-    SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare);
-
-    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
-    aLeft = aSpare;
-
-    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
-      if( iLeft==nLeft ){
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
-        iRight++;
-      }else if( iRight==nRight ){
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
-        iLeft++;
-      }else{
-        float fLeft = aDistance[aLeft[iLeft]];
-        float fRight = aDistance[aRight[iRight]];
-        if( fLeft<fRight ){
-          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
-          iLeft++;
-        }else{
-          aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
-          iRight++;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    /* Check that the sort worked */
-    {
-      int jj;
-      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
-        float left = aDistance[aIdx[jj-1]];
-        float right = aDistance[aIdx[jj]];
-        assert( left<=right );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Arguments aIdx, aCell and aSpare all point to arrays of size
-** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to 
-** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values
-** in aIdx according to dimension iDim of the cells in aCell. The
-** minimum value of dimension iDim is considered first, the
-** maximum used to break ties.
-**
-** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the
-** sorting algorithm.
-*/
-static void SortByDimension(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  int *aIdx, 
-  int nIdx, 
-  int iDim, 
-  RtreeCell *aCell, 
-  int *aSpare
-){
-  if( nIdx>1 ){
-
-    int iLeft = 0;
-    int iRight = 0;
-
-    int nLeft = nIdx/2;
-    int nRight = nIdx-nLeft;
-    int *aLeft = aIdx;
-    int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft];
-
-    SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
-    SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare);
-
-    memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft);
-    aLeft = aSpare;
-    while( iLeft<nLeft || iRight<nRight ){
-      double xleft1 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      double xleft2 = DCOORD(aCell[aLeft[iLeft]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
-      double xright1 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      double xright2 = DCOORD(aCell[aRight[iRight]].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
-      if( (iLeft!=nLeft) && ((iRight==nRight)
-       || (xleft1<xright1)
-       || (xleft1==xright1 && xleft2<xright2)
-      )){
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aLeft[iLeft];
-        iLeft++;
-      }else{
-        aIdx[iLeft+iRight] = aRight[iRight];
-        iRight++;
-      }
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    /* Check that the sort worked */
-    {
-      int jj;
-      for(jj=1; jj<nIdx; jj++){
-        float xleft1 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2];
-        float xleft2 = aCell[aIdx[jj-1]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
-        float xright1 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2];
-        float xright2 = aCell[aIdx[jj]].aCoord[iDim*2+1];
-        assert( xleft1<=xright1 && (xleft1<xright1 || xleft2<=xright2) );
-      }
-    }
-#endif
-  }
-}
-
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the R*-tree variant of SplitNode from Beckman[1990].
-*/
-static int splitNodeStartree(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell,
-  int nCell,
-  RtreeNode *pLeft,
-  RtreeNode *pRight,
-  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
-  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
-){
-  int **aaSorted;
-  int *aSpare;
-  int ii;
-
-  int iBestDim;
-  int iBestSplit;
-  float fBestMargin;
-
-  int nByte = (pRtree->nDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int));
-
-  aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
-  if( !aaSorted ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell];
-  memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte);
-  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
-    int jj;
-    aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell];
-    for(jj=0; jj<nCell; jj++){
-      aaSorted[ii][jj] = jj;
-    }
-    SortByDimension(pRtree, aaSorted[ii], nCell, ii, aCell, aSpare);
-  }
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<pRtree->nDim; ii++){
-    float margin = 0.0;
-    float fBestOverlap;
-    float fBestArea;
-    int iBestLeft;
-    int nLeft;
-
-    for(
-      nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); 
-      nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); 
-      nLeft++
-    ){
-      RtreeCell left;
-      RtreeCell right;
-      int kk;
-      float overlap;
-      float area;
-
-      memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-      memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-      for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){
-        if( kk<nLeft ){
-          cellUnion(pRtree, &left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
-        }else{
-          cellUnion(pRtree, &right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][kk]]);
-        }
-      }
-      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &left);
-      margin += cellMargin(pRtree, &right);
-      overlap = cellOverlap(pRtree, &left, &right, 1, -1);
-      area = cellArea(pRtree, &left) + cellArea(pRtree, &right);
-      if( (nLeft==RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
-       || (overlap<fBestOverlap)
-       || (overlap==fBestOverlap && area<fBestArea)
-      ){
-        iBestLeft = nLeft;
-        fBestOverlap = overlap;
-        fBestArea = area;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if( ii==0 || margin<fBestMargin ){
-      iBestDim = ii;
-      fBestMargin = margin;
-      iBestSplit = iBestLeft;
-    }
-  }
-
-  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][iBestSplit]], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    RtreeNode *pTarget = (ii<iBestSplit)?pLeft:pRight;
-    RtreeCell *pBbox = (ii<iBestSplit)?pBboxLeft:pBboxRight;
-    RtreeCell *pCell = &aCell[aaSorted[iBestDim][ii]];
-    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pTarget, pCell);
-    cellUnion(pRtree, pBbox, pCell);
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aaSorted);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if VARIANT_GUTTMAN_SPLIT
-/*
-** Implementation of the regular R-tree SplitNode from Guttman[1984].
-*/
-static int splitNodeGuttman(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeCell *aCell,
-  int nCell,
-  RtreeNode *pLeft,
-  RtreeNode *pRight,
-  RtreeCell *pBboxLeft,
-  RtreeCell *pBboxRight
-){
-  int iLeftSeed = 0;
-  int iRightSeed = 1;
-  int *aiUsed;
-  int i;
-
-  aiUsed = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(int)*nCell);
-  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*nCell);
-
-  PickSeeds(pRtree, aCell, nCell, &iLeftSeed, &iRightSeed);
-
-  memcpy(pBboxLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  memcpy(pBboxRight, &aCell[iRightSeed], sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, &aCell[iLeftSeed]);
-  nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, &aCell[iRightSeed]);
-  aiUsed[iLeftSeed] = 1;
-  aiUsed[iRightSeed] = 1;
-
-  for(i=nCell-2; i>0; i--){
-    RtreeCell *pNext;
-    pNext = PickNext(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pBboxLeft, pBboxRight, aiUsed);
-    float diff =  
-      cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext) - 
-      cellGrowth(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext)
-    ;
-    if( (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pRight)==i)
-     || (diff>0.0 && (RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)-NCELL(pLeft)!=i))
-    ){
-      nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight, pNext);
-      cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxRight, pNext);
-    }else{
-      nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft, pNext);
-      cellUnion(pRtree, pBboxLeft, pNext);
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aiUsed);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-#endif
-
-static int updateMapping(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  i64 iRowid, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int (*xSetMapping)(Rtree *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64);
-  xSetMapping = ((iHeight==0)?rowidWrite:parentWrite);
-  if( iHeight>0 ){
-    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid);
-    if( pChild ){
-      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
-      nodeReference(pNode);
-      pChild->pParent = pNode;
-    }
-  }
-  return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-}
-
-static int SplitNode(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeNode *pNode,
-  RtreeCell *pCell,
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int i;
-  int newCellIsRight = 0;
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-  RtreeCell *aCell;
-  int *aiUsed;
-
-  RtreeNode *pLeft = 0;
-  RtreeNode *pRight = 0;
-
-  RtreeCell leftbbox;
-  RtreeCell rightbbox;
-
-  /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and 
-  ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node.
-  */
-  aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1));
-  if( !aCell ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-  aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1];
-  memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1));
-  for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, i, &aCell[i]);
-  }
-  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
-  memcpy(&aCell[nCell], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
-  nCell++;
-
-  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1);
-    pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode, 1);
-    pRtree->iDepth++;
-    pNode->isDirty = 1;
-    writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
-  }else{
-    pLeft = pNode;
-    pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, 1);
-    nodeReference(pLeft);
-  }
-
-  if( !pLeft || !pRight ){
-    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
-  memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize);
-
-  rc = AssignCells(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them. */
-  if( (0==pRight->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)))
-   || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft)))
-  ){
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode;
-  leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode;
-
-  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-    rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto splitnode_out;
-    }
-  }else{
-    RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent;
-    int iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft);
-    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell);
-    AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox);
-  }
-  if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){
-    goto splitnode_out;
-  }
-
-  for(i=0; i<NCELL(pRight); i++){
-    i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRight, i);
-    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pRight, iHeight);
-    if( iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
-      newCellIsRight = 1;
-    }
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      goto splitnode_out;
-    }
-  }
-  if( pNode->iNode==1 ){
-    for(i=0; i<NCELL(pLeft); i++){
-      i64 iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pLeft, i);
-      rc = updateMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
-      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-        goto splitnode_out;
-      }
-    }
-  }else if( newCellIsRight==0 ){
-    rc = updateMapping(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pLeft, iHeight);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
-    pRight = 0;
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
-    pLeft = 0;
-  }
-
-splitnode_out:
-  nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight);
-  nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft);
-  sqlite3_free(aCell);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( pLeaf->iNode!=1 && pLeaf->pParent==0 ){
-    sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pLeaf->iNode);
-    if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent)==SQLITE_ROW ){
-      i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0);
-      rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pLeaf->pParent);
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pLeaf->pParent);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int);
-
-static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){
-  int rc;
-  RtreeNode *pParent;
-  int iCell;
-
-  assert( pNode->nRef==1 );
-
-  /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */
-  iCell = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
-  pParent = pNode->pParent;
-  pNode->pParent = 0;
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1)) 
-   || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent))
-  ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */
-  sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent);
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-  
-  /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into
-  ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on.
-  */
-  nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode);
-  pNode->iNode = iHeight;
-  pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted;
-  pNode->nRef++;
-  pRtree->pDeleted = pNode;
-
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-static void fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
-  if( pParent ){
-    int ii; 
-    int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-    RtreeCell box;                            /* Bounding box for pNode */
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box);
-    for(ii=1; ii<nCell; ii++){
-      RtreeCell cell;
-      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
-      cellUnion(pRtree, &box, &cell);
-    }
-    box.iRowid = pNode->iNode;
-    ii = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode);
-    nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii);
-    fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the
-** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required.
-*/
-static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){
-  int rc;
-
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around
-  ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail.
-  */
-  nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell);
-
-  /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum
-  ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the
-  ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated
-  ** node.
-  */
-  if( pNode->iNode!=1 ){
-    RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent;
-    if( (pParent->iNode!=1 || NCELL(pParent)!=1) 
-     && (NCELL(pNode)<RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree))
-    ){
-      rc = removeNode(pRtree, pNode, iHeight);
-    }else{
-      fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int Reinsert(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  RtreeNode *pNode, 
-  RtreeCell *pCell, 
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int *aOrder;
-  int *aSpare;
-  RtreeCell *aCell;
-  float *aDistance;
-  int nCell;
-  float aCenterCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS];
-  int iDim;
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  memset(aCenterCoord, 0, sizeof(float)*RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS);
-
-  nCell = NCELL(pNode)+1;
-
-  /* Allocate the buffers used by this operation. The allocation is
-  ** relinquished before this function returns.
-  */
-  aCell = (RtreeCell *)sqlite3_malloc(nCell * (
-    sizeof(RtreeCell) +         /* aCell array */
-    sizeof(int)       +         /* aOrder array */
-    sizeof(int)       +         /* aSpare array */
-    sizeof(float)               /* aDistance array */
-  ));
-  if( !aCell ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  aOrder    = (int *)&aCell[nCell];
-  aSpare    = (int *)&aOrder[nCell];
-  aDistance = (float *)&aSpare[nCell];
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    if( ii==(nCell-1) ){
-      memcpy(&aCell[ii], pCell, sizeof(RtreeCell));
-    }else{
-      nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &aCell[ii]);
-    }
-    aOrder[ii] = ii;
-    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
-      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]);
-    }
-  }
-  for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
-    aCenterCoord[iDim] = aCenterCoord[iDim]/((float)nCell*2.0);
-  }
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<nCell; ii++){
-    aDistance[ii] = 0.0;
-    for(iDim=0; iDim<pRtree->nDim; iDim++){
-      float coord = DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - 
-          DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]);
-      aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]);
-    }
-  }
-
-  SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare);
-  nodeZero(pRtree, pNode);
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){
-    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
-    nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p);
-    if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){
-      if( iHeight==0 ){
-        rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-      }else{
-        rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode);
-  }
-  for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
-    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
-    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
-    */
-    RtreeNode *pInsert;
-    RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]];
-    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_free(aCell);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a 
-** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0).
-*/
-static int rtreeInsertCell(
-  Rtree *pRtree,
-  RtreeNode *pNode,
-  RtreeCell *pCell,
-  int iHeight
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  if( iHeight>0 ){
-    RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid);
-    if( pChild ){
-      nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent);
-      nodeReference(pNode);
-      pChild->pParent = pNode;
-    }
-  }
-  if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){
-#if VARIANT_RSTARTREE_REINSERT
-    if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){
-      rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
-    }else{
-      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight;
-      rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
-    }
-#else
-    rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight);
-#endif
-  }else{
-    AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell);
-    if( iHeight==0 ){
-      rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-    }else{
-      rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode);
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){
-  int ii;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int nCell = NCELL(pNode);
-
-  for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nCell; ii++){
-    RtreeNode *pInsert;
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, ii, &cell);
-
-    /* Find a node to store this cell in. pNode->iNode currently contains
-    ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell.
-    */
-    rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, pNode->iNode, &pInsert);
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, pNode->iNode);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record.
-*/
-static int newRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){
-  int rc;
-  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1);
-  sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2);
-  sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-  rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid);
-  *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-static int hashIsEmpty(Rtree *pRtree){
-  int ii;
-  for(ii=0; ii<HASHSIZE; ii++){
-    assert( !pRtree->aHash[ii] );
-  }
-  return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-/*
-** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables.
-*/
-int rtreeUpdate(
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, 
-  int nData, 
-  sqlite3_value **azData, 
-  sqlite_int64 *pRowid
-){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  rtreeReference(pRtree);
-
-  assert(nData>=1);
-  assert(hashIsEmpty(pRtree));
-
-  /* If azData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a
-  ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does
-  ** just that.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){
-    i64 iDelete;                /* The rowid to delete */
-    RtreeNode *pLeaf;           /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */
-    int iCell;                  /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */
-    RtreeNode *pRoot;
-
-    /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialise Rtree.iDepth */
-    rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot);
-
-    /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry 
-    ** about to be deleted. 
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      iDelete = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[0]);
-      rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf);
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      iCell = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete);
-      rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Delete the corresponding entry in the <rtree>_rowid table. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete);
-      sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid);
-    }
-
-    /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove
-    ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and 
-    ** reduce the tree height by one.
-    **
-    ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into
-    ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform 
-    ** in this scenario).
-    */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 ){
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){
-        RtreeNode *pChild;
-        i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0);
-        rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild);
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1);
-        }
-        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-          pRtree->iDepth--;
-          writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth);
-          pRoot->isDirty = 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */
-    for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf);
-      }
-      pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext;
-      sqlite3_free(pLeaf);
-    }
-
-    /* Release the reference to the root node. */
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
-    }else{
-      nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the azData[] array contains more than one element, elements
-  ** (azData[2]..azData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into
-  ** the r-tree structure.
-  */
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){
-    /* Insert a new record into the r-tree */
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    int ii;
-    RtreeNode *pLeaf;
-
-    /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is azData[3]. */
-    assert( nData==(pRtree->nDim*2 + 3) );
-    if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){
-      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-        cell.aCoord[ii].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+3]);
-        cell.aCoord[ii+1].f = (float)sqlite3_value_double(azData[ii+4]);
-        if( cell.aCoord[ii].f>cell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-          goto constraint;
-        }
-      }
-    }else{
-      for(ii=0; ii<(pRtree->nDim*2); ii+=2){
-        cell.aCoord[ii].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+3]);
-        cell.aCoord[ii+1].i = sqlite3_value_int(azData[ii+4]);
-        if( cell.aCoord[ii].i>cell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){
-          rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-          goto constraint;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */
-    if( sqlite3_value_type(azData[2])==SQLITE_NULL ){
-      rc = newRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid);
-    }else{
-      cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(azData[2]);
-      sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid);
-      if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid) ){
-        sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-        rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT;
-        goto constraint;
-      }
-      rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid);
-    }
-
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf);
-    }
-    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-      int rc2;
-      pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1;
-      rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0);
-      rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf);
-      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-        rc = rc2;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-constraint:
-  rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables.
-*/
-static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){
-  Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab;
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node'   RENAME TO \"%w_node\";"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";"
-    "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid'  RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";"
-    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
-    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName 
-    , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName
-  );
-  if( zSql ){
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = {
-  0,                         /* iVersion */
-  rtreeCreate,                /* xCreate - create a table */
-  rtreeConnect,               /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */
-  rtreeBestIndex,             /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */
-  rtreeDisconnect,            /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */
-  rtreeDestroy,               /* xDestroy - Drop a table */
-  rtreeOpen,                  /* xOpen - open a cursor */
-  rtreeClose,                 /* xClose - close a cursor */
-  rtreeFilter,                /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */
-  rtreeNext,                  /* xNext - advance a cursor */
-  rtreeEof,                   /* xEof */
-  rtreeColumn,                /* xColumn - read data */
-  rtreeRowid,                 /* xRowid - read data */
-  rtreeUpdate,                /* xUpdate - write data */
-  0,                          /* xBegin - begin transaction */
-  0,                          /* xSync - sync transaction */
-  0,                          /* xCommit - commit transaction */
-  0,                          /* xRollback - rollback transaction */
-  0,                          /* xFindFunction - function overloading */
-  rtreeRename                 /* xRename - rename the table */
-};
-
-static int rtreeSqlInit(
-  Rtree *pRtree, 
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  const char *zDb, 
-  const char *zPrefix, 
-  int isCreate
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  #define N_STATEMENT 9
-  static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = {
-    /* Read and write the xxx_node table */
-    "SELECT data FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
-    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(:1, :2)",
-    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = :1",
-
-    /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */
-    "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
-    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(:1, :2)",
-    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = :1",
-
-    /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */
-    "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1",
-    "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(:1, :2)",
-    "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = :1"
-  };
-  sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT];
-  int i;
-
-  pRtree->db = db;
-
-  if( isCreate ){
-    char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf(
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, data BLOB);"
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER);"
-"CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER);"
-"INSERT INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(1, zeroblob(%d))",
-      zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize
-    );
-    if( !zCreate ){
-      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(zCreate);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-      return rc;
-    }
-  }
-
-  appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pReadNode;
-  appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pWriteNode;
-  appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode;
-  appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pReadRowid;
-  appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid;
-  appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid;
-  appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pReadParent;
-  appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pWriteParent;
-  appStmt[8] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent;
-
-  for(i=0; i<N_STATEMENT && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){
-    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[i], zDb, zPrefix);
-    if( zSql ){
-      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, appStmt[i], 0); 
-    }else{
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine queries database handle db for the page-size used by
-** database zDb. If successful, the page-size in bytes is written to
-** *piPageSize and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, and an SQLite error 
-** code is returned.
-*/
-static int getPageSize(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, int *piPageSize){
-  int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  char *zSql;
-  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
-
-  zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", zDb);
-  if( !zSql ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-
-  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
-  sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
-    *piPageSize = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0);
-  }
-  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-}
-
-/* 
-** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate
-** methods of the r-tree virtual table.
-**
-**   argv[0]   -> module name
-**   argv[1]   -> database name
-**   argv[2]   -> table name
-**   argv[...] -> column names...
-*/
-static int rtreeInit(
-  sqlite3 *db,                        /* Database connection */
-  void *pAux,                         /* Pointer to head of rtree list */
-  int argc, const char *const*argv,   /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */
-  sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab,              /* OUT: New virtual table */
-  char **pzErr,                       /* OUT: Error message, if any */
-  int isCreate,                       /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */
-  int eCoordType                      /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */
-){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int iPageSize = 0;
-  Rtree *pRtree;
-  int nDb;              /* Length of string argv[1] */
-  int nName;            /* Length of string argv[2] */
-
-  const char *aErrMsg[] = {
-    0,                                                    /* 0 */
-    "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table",         /* 1 */
-    "Too few columns for an rtree table",                 /* 2 */
-    "Too many columns for an rtree table"                 /* 3 */
-  };
-
-  int iErr = (argc<6) ? 2 : argc>(RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2+4) ? 3 : argc%2;
-  if( aErrMsg[iErr] ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]);
-    return SQLITE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  rc = getPageSize(db, argv[1], &iPageSize);
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return rc;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */
-  nDb = strlen(argv[1]);
-  nName = strlen(argv[2]);
-  pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
-  if( !pRtree ){
-    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
-  }
-  memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2);
-  pRtree->nBusy = 1;
-  pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule;
-  pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1];
-  pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1];
-  pRtree->nDim = (argc-4)/2;
-  pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim*4*2;
-  pRtree->eCoordType = eCoordType;
-  memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb);
-  memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName);
-
-  /* Figure out the node size to use. By default, use 64 bytes less than
-  ** the database page-size. This ensures that each node is stored on
-  ** a single database page.
-  **
-  ** If the databasd page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS
-  ** entries would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size.
-  */
-  pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64;
-  if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)<pRtree->iNodeSize ){
-    pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS;
-  }
-
-  /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If
-  ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure
-  ** the r-tree table schema.
-  */
-  if( (rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate)) ){
-    *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
-  }else{
-    char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]);
-    char *zTmp;
-    int ii;
-    for(ii=4; zSql && ii<argc; ii++){
-      zTmp = zSql;
-      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s, %s", zTmp, argv[ii]);
-      sqlite3_free(zTmp);
-    }
-    if( zSql ){
-      zTmp = zSql;
-      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("%s);", zTmp);
-      sqlite3_free(zTmp);
-    }
-    if( !zSql || sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql) ){
-      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
-    }
-    sqlite3_free(zSql);
-  }
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree;
-  }else{
-    rtreeRelease(pRtree);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to
-** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis.
-**
-** The scalar function takes two arguments, a blob of data containing
-** an r-tree node, and the number of dimensions the r-tree indexes.
-** For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to deserialize
-** all nodes, a statement like:
-**
-**   SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node;
-**
-** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one
-** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a
-** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the 
-** <num-dimension>*2 coordinates.
-*/
-static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  char *zText = 0;
-  RtreeNode node;
-  Rtree tree;
-  int ii;
-
-  memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode));
-  memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree));
-  tree.nDim = sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]);
-  tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim;
-  node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]);
-
-  for(ii=0; ii<NCELL(&node); ii++){
-    char zCell[512];
-    int nCell = 0;
-    RtreeCell cell;
-    int jj;
-
-    nodeGetCell(&tree, &node, ii, &cell);
-    sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell],"%d", cell.iRowid);
-    nCell = strlen(zCell);
-    for(jj=0; jj<tree.nDim*2; jj++){
-      sqlite3_snprintf(512-nCell,&zCell[nCell]," %f",(double)cell.aCoord[jj].f);
-      nCell = strlen(zCell);
-    }
-
-    if( zText ){
-      char *zTextNew = sqlite3_mprintf("%s {%s}", zText, zCell);
-      sqlite3_free(zText);
-      zText = zTextNew;
-    }else{
-      zText = sqlite3_mprintf("{%s}", zCell);
-    }
-  }
-  
-  sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zText, -1, sqlite3_free);
-}
-
-static void rtreedepth(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  if( sqlite3_value_type(apArg[0])!=SQLITE_BLOB 
-   || sqlite3_value_bytes(apArg[0])<2
-  ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "Invalid argument to rtreedepth()", -1); 
-  }else{
-    u8 *zBlob = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[0]);
-    sqlite3_result_int(ctx, readInt16(zBlob));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the r-tree module with database handle db. This creates the
-** virtual table module "rtree" and the debugging/analysis scalar 
-** function "rtreenode".
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db){
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreenode", 2, utf8, 0, rtreenode, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    int utf8 = SQLITE_UTF8;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "rtreedepth", 1, utf8, 0,rtreedepth, 0, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_REAL32;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
-  }
-  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    void *c = (void *)RTREE_COORD_INT32;
-    rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2(db, "rtree_i32", &rtreeModule, c, 0);
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3RtreeInit(db);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/
-/************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/
-/*
-** 2007 May 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
-**
-** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
-** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
-** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
-** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
-**
-**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
-**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
-**
-**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
-**     for case mapping.
-**
-**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences.
-**
-**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
-**     provide case-independent matching.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
-
-/* Include ICU headers */
-#include <unicode/utypes.h>
-#include <unicode/uregex.h>
-#include <unicode/ustring.h>
-#include <unicode/ucol.h>
-
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-  #include "sqlite3ext.h"
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
-#else
-  #include "sqlite3.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
-** operator.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
-# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
-*/
-static void xFree(void *p){
-  sqlite3_free(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
-** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
-** false (0) if they are different.
-*/
-static int icuLikeCompare(
-  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
-  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
-  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
-){
-  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
-  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
-
-  int iPattern = 0;       /* Current byte index in zPattern */
-  int iString = 0;        /* Current byte index in zString */
-
-  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
-
-  while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){
-
-    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
-    UChar32 uPattern;
-    U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern);
-    assert(uPattern!=0);
-
-    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
-    **
-    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
-    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
-    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
-    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
-    */
-    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
-      /* Case 1. */
-      uint8_t c;
-
-      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
-      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
-      ** test string.
-      */
-      while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
-        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
-          if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
-          U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
-        }
-        iPattern++;
-      }
-
-      if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1;
-
-      while( zString[iString] ){
-        if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){
-          return 1;
-        }
-        U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
-      }
-      return 0;
-
-    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
-      /* Case 2. */
-      if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
-      U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
-
-    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
-      /* Case 3. */
-      prevEscape = 1;
-
-    }else{
-      /* Case 4. */
-      UChar32 uString;
-      U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString);
-      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
-      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
-      if( uString!=uPattern ){
-        return 0;
-      }
-      prevEscape = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return zString[iString]==0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
-** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
-** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
-**
-**       A LIKE B
-**
-** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
-**
-**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
-**
-** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
-*/
-static void icuLikeFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context, 
-  int argc, 
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
-
-  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
-  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
-  */
-  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
-    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
-    return;
-  }
-
-
-  if( argc==3 ){
-    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
-    ** Otherwise, return an error.
-    */
-    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
-    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
-    int i = 0;
-    if( zE==0 ) return;
-    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
-    if( i!=nE){
-      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
-          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( zA && zB ){
-    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
-** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
-**
-** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
-** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
-*/
-static void icuFunctionError(
-  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
-  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
-  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
-){
-  char zBuf[128];
-  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
-  zBuf[127] = '\0';
-  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
-}
-
-/*
-** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
-** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
-*/
-static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
-  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
-  uregex_close(pExpr);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
-** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
-** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
-** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
-** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
-**
-** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
-** that the following two are equivalent:
-**
-**     zString REGEXP zPattern
-**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
-**
-** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
-**
-**     uregex_open()
-**     uregex_matches()
-**     uregex_close()
-*/
-static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  URegularExpression *pExpr;
-  UBool res;
-  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
-
-  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
-  ** then the result is also NULL. 
-  */
-  if( !zString ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
-  if( !pExpr ){
-    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
-    if( !zPattern ){
-      return;
-    }
-    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
-
-    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
-    }else{
-      assert(!pExpr);
-      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
-  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Attempt the match */
-  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
-  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
-  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
-  ** pointer after this function returns.
-  */
-  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
-
-  /* Return 1 or 0. */
-  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
-** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
-** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
-**
-** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
-** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
-** between the two.
-**
-** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
-** functions are invoked with one argument:
-**
-**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
-**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
-**
-** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
-** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
-** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
-** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
-** of upper() or lower().
-**
-**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
-**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'Ä±' (small dotless i)
-**
-** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
-*/
-static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
-  const UChar *zInput;
-  UChar *zOutput;
-  int nInput;
-  int nOutput;
-
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  const char *zLocale = 0;
-
-  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
-  if( nArg==2 ){
-    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
-  }
-
-  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
-  if( !zInput ){
-    return;
-  }
-  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
-
-  nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2;
-  zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput);
-  if( !zOutput ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){
-    u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
-  }else{
-    u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
-  }
-
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree);
-}
-
-/*
-** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
-** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
-*/
-static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
-  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
-  ucol_close(p);
-}
-
-/*
-** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
-** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
-*/
-static int icuCollationColl(
-  void *pCtx,
-  int nLeft,
-  const void *zLeft,
-  int nRight,
-  const void *zRight
-){
-  UCollationResult res;
-  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
-  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
-  switch( res ){
-    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
-    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
-    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
-  }
-  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
-**
-** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
-** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
-** as follows:
-**
-**     SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>);
-**
-** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
-** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the
-** collation sequence to create.
-*/
-static void icuLoadCollation(
-  sqlite3_context *p, 
-  int nArg, 
-  sqlite3_value **apArg
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
-  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
-  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
-  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
-  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
-  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
-
-  assert(nArg==2);
-  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
-  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
-
-  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
-    return;
-  }
-
-  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
-  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
-    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
-    return;
-  }
-  assert(p);
-
-  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
-      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
-  );
-  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    ucol_close(pUCollator);
-    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
-*/
-SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
-  struct IcuScalar {
-    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
-    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
-    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
-    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
-    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
-  } scalars[] = {
-    {"regexp",-1, SQLITE_ANY,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
-
-    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-
-    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
-
-    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
-    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
-
-    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
-  };
-
-  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(struct IcuScalar)); i++){
-    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
-    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
-        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
-    );
-  }
-
-  return rc;
-}
-
-#if !SQLITE_CORE
-SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extension_init(
-  sqlite3 *db, 
-  char **pzErrMsg,
-  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
-){
-  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
-  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-/************** End of icu.c *************************************************/
Index: vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/cbr.c
===================================================================
--- vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/cbr.c	(revision 98)
+++ 	(revision )
@@ -1,285 +1,0 @@
-//
-// Case-based reasoner
-//
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "cbr.h"
-
-
-struct cbr_s {
-    char filename[64];
-    char tablename[64];
-    char command[2048];
-    sqlite3 *db; 
-    unsigned int num_columns;
-};
-
-
-// open a database or create a database if it does not exist
-int OpenDatabase(cbr _cbr){
-    int rc;
-    //sqlite3 **db;
-
-    //printf("database name: %s\n", _cbr->filename);
-    //rc = sqlite3_open(_cbr->filename, db);
-    rc = sqlite3_open(_cbr->filename, &(_cbr->db));
-    if (rc) {
-        //fprintf(stderr, "can't open database: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(*db));
-        fprintf(stderr, "can't open database: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(_cbr->db));
-        sqlite3_close(_cbr->db);
-        exit(1);
-    } else{
-        //printf("database opened.\n");
-    }
-    //_cbr->db = *db;
-    return rc;
-}
-
-
-// simple callback function, display result
-int callback(void *notUsed, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName){
-    int i;
-    for(i=0; i<argc; i++){
-        printf("%s = %s\n", azColName[i], argv[i] ? argv[i] : "NULL");
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-// execute command
-int ExecuteCommand(cbr _cbr){
-    int rc;
-    char *zErrMsg = 0;
-
-    //printf("command: %s\n", _cbr->command);
-    rc = sqlite3_exec(_cbr->db, _cbr->command, callback, 0, &zErrMsg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK){
-        fprintf(stderr, "SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
-        sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-    } else{
-        //printf("command executed.\n");
-    }
-    return rc;
-}
-
-
-// execute search command
-int ExecuteSearchCommand(cbr _cbr, float *_retvals){
-    int rc;
-    //char *zErrMsg = 0;
-    unsigned int i;
-
-    //printf("command: %s\n", _cbr->command);
-    sqlite3_stmt * pStatement;
-    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(_cbr->db, _cbr->command, -1, &pStatement, NULL);
-    //if (rc == SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStatement) == SQLITE_ROW){
-    if (rc == SQLITE_OK){ 
-        if (sqlite3_step(pStatement) == SQLITE_ROW){
-        printf("there is search return data\n");
-        for (i=0; i<_cbr->num_columns; ++i)
-            _retvals[i] = sqlite3_column_double(pStatement, i);
-        } else {
-            printf("no matched rearch results. use default values\n");
-            
-            _retvals[0] = 100;  // throughput
-            _retvals[1] = 1;    // spectral_efficiency
-            _retvals[2] = -2;   // log10_ber
-            _retvals[3] = 1;    // mod_scheme
-            _retvals[4] = -10;  // tx_power
-            _retvals[5] = 10;   // snr
-            _retvals[6] = 0.5;  // utility
-        }
-    }
-
-    sqlite3_finalize(pStatement);
-    
-    /*rc = sqlite3_exec(_cbr->db, _cbr->command, SearchCallback, 0, &zErrMsg);
-    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK){
-        fprintf(stderr, "SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
-        sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
-    } else{
-        printf("command executed.\n");
-    }*/
-
-    return rc;
-}
-
-
-// create database
-cbr cbr_create(char * _filename, char * _tablename, char * _cols[], unsigned int _len)
-{
-    // cbr is a pointer to struct cbr_s
-    cbr _cbr = (cbr) malloc(sizeof(struct cbr_s));
-
-    // create database
-
-    // copy filename
-    unsigned int i=0;
-    strcpy(_cbr->filename, _filename);
-
-    // execute create database command
-    // database handle
-    //_cbr->db = NULL;
-    OpenDatabase(_cbr);
-
-    // create table
-
-    // copy tablename
-    strcpy(_cbr->tablename, _tablename);
-
-    // number of columns in the table
-    _cbr->num_columns = _len;
-
-    // generate command
-    strcpy(_cbr->command, "CREATE TABLE ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-    strcat(_cbr->command, "(");
-    for (i=0; i<_cbr->num_columns; i++) {
-        strcat(_cbr->command, _cols[i]);
-        strcat(_cbr->command, " FLOAT");
-        if (i != _cbr->num_columns-1) // not last entry
-            strcat(_cbr->command, ", ");
-    }
-    strcat(_cbr->command, ");");
-
-    // execute create table command
-    ExecuteCommand(_cbr);
-
-    return _cbr;
-}
-
-
-// free space
-void cbr_free(cbr _cbr)
-{  
-    // generate command, remove a table with its content
-    strcpy(_cbr->command, "drop table ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-
-    // execute delete command
-    ExecuteCommand(_cbr);
-
-    // clean the database
-    strcpy(_cbr->command, "vacuum");
-    ExecuteCommand(_cbr);
-
-    free(_cbr);
-}
-
-
-// print 
-void cbr_print(cbr _cbr)
-{
-    // generate commandi
-    strcpy(_cbr->command, "select ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-    strcat(_cbr->command, ".* from ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-    strcat(_cbr->command, ";");
-
-    // execute print (select all)  command
-    ExecuteCommand(_cbr);
-    //printf("database %s, table %s:\n", _cbr->filename, _cbr->tablename);
-}
-
-
-/*//static
-int cbr_callback(void *notUsed, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName)
-{
-    return 0;
-}*/
-
-
-const char * ops_str[] = {
-    "==", "!=", ">", ">=", "<", "<="};
-
-
-// cbr search
-int cbr_search(
-    cbr _cbr,
-    char *_names[],
-    int * _ops,
-    float *_vals,
-    unsigned int _n,
-    float *_retvals)
-{   
-    // generate command
-    strcpy(_cbr->command, "select ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-    strcat(_cbr->command, ".* from ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-    strcat(_cbr->command, " where ");
-
-    unsigned int i;
-    char str_buffer[64];
-    //printf("number of ops %d:\n", _n);
-    for (i=0; i<_n; i++) {
-        // ensure valid ops value
-        if (_ops[i] < 0 || _ops[i] > 5) {
-            printf("error: cbr_search(), invalid ops id : %d\n", _ops[i]);
-            exit(1);
-        }
-
-        strcat(_cbr->command, _names[i]);
-        strcat(_cbr->command, ops_str[_ops[i]]);
-        sprintf(str_buffer, "%E", _vals[i]);
-        strcat(_cbr->command, str_buffer);
-
-        if (i<_n-1)
-            strcat(_cbr->command, " AND ");
-        else
-            strcat(_cbr->command, " order by utility desc;");
-    }
-
-    //printf("search command: %s\n", _cbr->command);
-
-    //ExecuteCommand(_cbr);
-    ExecuteSearchCommand(_cbr, _retvals);
-    
-    /*printf("search result: ");
-    for (i=0; i<_cbr->num_columns; i++)
-        printf("%f, ",_retvals[i]);
-    printf("\n");*/
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-
-// cbr add a row
-int cbr_add_row(cbr _cbr, char *_cols[], float *_vals, unsigned int _len)
-{
-    unsigned int i;
-    
-    // generate command
-    //printf("%s\n", _cbr->command);
-    strcpy(_cbr->command, "insert into ");
-    strcat(_cbr->command, _cbr->tablename);
-    
-    strcat(_cbr->command, " (");
-    for (i=0; i<_len; i++) {
-        strcat(_cbr->command, _cols[i]);
-        if (i != _cbr->num_columns-1) // not last entry
-            strcat(_cbr->command, ", ");
-    }
-    strcat(_cbr->command, ") ");
-
-    strcat(_cbr->command, " values(");
-    for (i=0; i<_len; i++) {
-        // ???? how to fill the values if _cbr->num_columns != _len
-        // assume = in the following
-        sprintf(_cbr->command, "%s%f", _cbr->command, _vals[i]);
-        if (i != _cbr->num_columns-1) // not last entry
-            strcat(_cbr->command, ", ");
-    }
-    strcat(_cbr->command, ");");
-    
-    // execute add command
-    ExecuteCommand(_cbr);
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
Index: vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/main_policy_engine.c
===================================================================
--- vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/main_policy_engine.c	(revision 98)
+++ 	(revision )
@@ -1,252 +1,0 @@
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/socket.h>
-#include <netinet/in.h>
-#include <netdb.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "cbr.h"
-
-#define CR_PORT 30002
-
-struct CE_Info {
-    int numUtilities;
-    int numParameters;
-    int numObservables;
-};
-
-struct Parameter {
-    /*string name;
-    string units;*/
-    char name[50];
-    char units[50];
-    float min;
-    float max;
-    float step;
-    float value;
-};      
-        
-// error handling
-void error(char *msg)
-{
-    perror(msg);
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-void ReadMessage(int socket,char * buffer) {
-    int i,n;
-
-    n = recv(socket,buffer,256,MSG_PEEK);
-    for(i=0;i<256;i++){
-	    if(strcmp(&buffer[i],"\0") == 0) break;
-    }
-    n = recv(socket,buffer,i+1,0);
-    if (n < 0) 
-         error("ERROR reading from socket");
-    //printf("ReadMessage:%s %d\n",buffer,n);
-}
-
-// setup client socket connection
-int ClientSocket(int argc, char** argv)
-{
-    int sockfd;
-    int portno;
-    struct sockaddr_in serv_addr;
-    struct hostent *server;
-    
-    // server name
-    server = gethostbyname(argv[1]);
-    if (server == NULL) {
-        fprintf(stderr,"ERROR, no such host\n");
-        exit(0);
-    }
-    // port no.
-    portno = atoi(argv[2]);
-    // socket file descriptor
-    sockfd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
-    if (sockfd < 0) 
-        error("ERROR opening socket");
-    // initiate struct socketaddr_in
-    bzero((char *) &serv_addr, sizeof(serv_addr));
-    serv_addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
-    serv_addr.sin_port = htons(portno);
-    bcopy((char *)server->h_addr, 
-         (char *)&serv_addr.sin_addr.s_addr,
-         server->h_length);
-    // cast sockaddr_in to sockaddr
-    if (connect(sockfd,(struct sockaddr *)&serv_addr,sizeof(serv_addr)) < 0) 
-        error("ERROR connecting");
-
-    return sockfd;
-}
-
-    
-int SendMessage(int socketfd, char *message) 
-{
-    int n;
-     
-    strcat(message, "\0000");
-    n = send(socketfd,message,(strlen(message)+1),0);
-    if (n<0)
-        error("Error sending to server\n");
-    else if(n == 0)
-        printf("Server closed the socket.\n");
-   
-    return n;
-}
-
-int GetParameter(int sockfd, struct Parameter pList[], struct CE_Info *ce_info)
-{
-    char buffer[256];
-    int i;
-
-    // numParameters
-    bzero(buffer,256);
-    ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-    ce_info->numParameters = atoi(buffer);
-    printf("number of parameters: %d\n", ce_info->numParameters);
-    
-    for (i = 0; i < ce_info->numParameters; i++){
-        bzero(buffer,256);
-        ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-        printf("Name: %s\n", buffer);
-        strcpy(pList[i].name, buffer);
-    
-        bzero(buffer,256);
-        ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-        printf("Units: %s\n", buffer);
-        strcpy(pList[i].units, buffer);
-
-        bzero(buffer,256);
-        ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-        printf("Min: %s\n", buffer);
-        pList[i].min = atof(buffer);
-    
-        bzero(buffer,256);
-        ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-        printf("Max: %s\n", buffer);
-        pList[i].max = atof(buffer);
-    
-        bzero(buffer,256);
-        ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-        printf("Step: %s\n", buffer);
-        pList[i].step = atof(buffer);
-    
-        bzero(buffer,256);
-        ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-        printf("Value: %s\n", buffer);
-        pList[i].value = atof(buffer);
-    
-    }
-    return 1;
-}
-
-
-int GetRequest(int sockfd, struct Parameter pList[], struct CE_Info *ce_info)
-{
-    char buffer[256];
-   
-    // Get control identifier
-    // Possibly could implement some sort of authentication here
-    bzero(buffer,256);
-    ReadMessage(sockfd,buffer);
-
-    if(strcmp(buffer,"val") != 0) {
-            printf("Policy Engine:: Unexpected control data received.\n\n");
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-    printf("Policy Engine:: Getting parameters.\n\n");
-    // Get potenial transmission parameter values
-    GetParameter(sockfd, pList, ce_info);
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int ValidateTransmissionParameters(struct Parameter pList[], struct CE_Info *ce_info, int decision_array[])
-{
-    int i = 0;
-    // Decision array holds parameter decision
-    // 1 = OK
-    // 0 = FAIL
-
-    printf("Policy Engine:: Policies Validated.\n\n");
-    for (i = 0; i < ce_info->numParameters; i++){
-        decision_array[i] = 1;
-    }
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-
-int RegisterPE(int sockfd)
-{
-    // Send register message to cognitive radio
-    SendMessage(sockfd, "p_register");
-    printf("Policy Engine:: Registration message sent.\n\n");
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int SendCEDecision(int sockfd, struct Parameter pList[], struct CE_Info *ce_info, int decision_array[])
-{
-    // send results back to server
-    char var[50];
-    int i;
- 
-    // parameter
-    for (i = 0; i < ce_info->numParameters; i++){
-        sprintf(var, "%i", decision_array[i]);
-        SendMessage(sockfd, var);
-    }
-    
-    return 1;
-}
-
-int ParsePolicies() {
-
-    printf("Policy Engine:: Policies parsed.\n\n");
-
-    return 1;
-}
-
-// main client socket
-int main(int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    int decision_array[10];
-    struct Parameter pList[10];
-    struct CE_Info ce_info;
-    int sockfd;
-    int ret = 0;
-    
-    // setup client socket connection
-    if (argc < 3) {
-       fprintf(stderr,"usage: %s hostname port\n", argv[0]);
-       exit(0);
-    }
-    
-    // setup client socket connection with server
-    sockfd = ClientSocket(argc, argv);
-
-    // Parse initial Policies 
-    printf("Policy Engine:: Parsing local policies.\n\n");
-    ret = ParsePolicies();
-
-    ret = RegisterPE(sockfd);
-
-    while(1) {
-        
-        printf("Policy Engine:: Waiting for Policy Check Request.\n\n");
-        ret = GetRequest(sockfd, pList, &ce_info);
-       
-        if(ret == 1) {
-            printf("Policy Engine:: Validating Transmission Parameters.\n\n");
-            ValidateTransmissionParameters(pList, &ce_info, decision_array);    
-   
-            printf("Policy Engine:: Sending Policy decision to Server.\n\n");
-            SendCEDecision(sockfd, pList, &ce_info, decision_array);
-        }
-    }
-    
-    return 0;
-}
Index: vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/sqlite3.h
===================================================================
--- vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/sqlite3.h	(revision 98)
+++ 	(revision )
@@ -1,6364 +1,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library
-** presents to client programs.  If a C-function, structure, datatype,
-** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is
-** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without
-** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite.
-**
-** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as
-** "experimental".  Experimental interfaces are normally new
-** features recently added to SQLite.  We do not anticipate changes
-** to experimental interfaces but reserve to make minor changes if
-** experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent.
-**
-** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived
-** from comments in this file.  This file is the authoritative source
-** on how SQLite interfaces are suppose to operate.
-**
-** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in".
-** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting
-** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as
-** part of the build process.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite.h.in,v 1.398 2008/09/10 13:09:24 drh Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3_H_
-#define _SQLITE3_H_
-#include <stdarg.h>     /* Needed for the definition of va_list */
-
-/*
-** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++.
-*/
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to override 'extern'
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN
-# define SQLITE_EXTERN extern
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to mark interfaces as deprecated.
-*/
-#if (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))
-  /* GCC added the deprecated attribute in version 3.1 */
-  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER>1200) 
-  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated)
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Add the ability to mark interfaces as experimental.
-*/
-#if (__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))
-  /* I can confirm that it does not work on version 4.1.0... */
-  /* First appears in GCC docs for version 4.3.0 */
-  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL __attribute__ ((warning ("is experimental")))
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER>1200) 
-  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL __declspec(deprecated("was declared experimental"))
-#else
-  #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-# undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers {H10010} <S60100>
-**
-** The SQLITE_VERSION and SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #defines in
-** the sqlite3.h file specify the version of SQLite with which
-** that header file is associated.
-**
-** The "version" of SQLite is a string of the form "X.Y.Z".
-** The phrase "alpha" or "beta" might be appended after the Z.
-** The X value is major version number always 3 in SQLite3.
-** The X value only changes when backwards compatibility is
-** broken and we intend to never break backwards compatibility.
-** The Y value is the minor version number and only changes when
-** there are major feature enhancements that are forwards compatible
-** but not backwards compatible.
-** The Z value is the release number and is incremented with
-** each release but resets back to 0 whenever Y is incremented.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()] and [sqlite3_libversion_number()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10011} The SQLITE_VERSION #define in the sqlite3.h header file shall
-**          evaluate to a string literal that is the SQLite version
-**          with which the header file is associated.
-**
-** {H10014} The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #define shall resolve to an integer
-**          with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z
-**          are the major version, minor version, and release number.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_VERSION         "3.6.3"
-#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER  3006003
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers {H10020} <S60100>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version
-**
-** These features provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION]
-** and [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] #defines in the header, but are associated
-** with the library instead of the header file.  Cautious programmers might
-** include a check in their application to verify that
-** sqlite3_libversion_number() always returns the value
-** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
-**
-** The sqlite3_libversion() function returns the same information as is
-** in the sqlite3_version[] string constant.  The function is provided
-** for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have direct access to string
-** constants within the DLL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10021} The [sqlite3_libversion_number()] interface shall return
-**          an integer equal to [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER].
-**
-** {H10022} The [sqlite3_version] string constant shall contain
-**          the text of the [SQLITE_VERSION] string.
-**
-** {H10023} The [sqlite3_libversion()] function shall return
-**          a pointer to the [sqlite3_version] string constant.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN const char sqlite3_version[];
-const char *sqlite3_libversion(void);
-int sqlite3_libversion_number(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe {H10100} <S60100>
-**
-** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes.  When
-** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro 1 or 2, mutexes
-** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe.  When the
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, 
-** the mutexes are omitted.  Without the mutexes, it is not safe
-** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread.
-**
-** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty.
-** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable
-** the mutexes.  But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled.
-** The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled.
-**
-** This interface can be used by a program to make sure that the
-** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with
-** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro.
-**
-** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting
-** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag.  If SQLite is compiled with
-** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 then mutexes are enabled by default but
-** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()]
-** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD],
-** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX].  The return value of this function shows
-** only the default compile-time setting, not any run-time changes
-** to that setting.
-**
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10101} The [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function shall return nonzero if
-**          and only if
-**          SQLite was compiled with the its mutexes enabled by default.
-**
-** {H10102} The value returned by the [sqlite3_threadsafe()] function
-**          shall not change when mutex setting are modified at
-**          runtime using the [sqlite3_config()] interface and 
-**          especially the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD],
-**          [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED],
-**          and [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] verbs.
-*/
-int sqlite3_threadsafe(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle {H12000} <S40200>
-** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections}
-**
-** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of
-** the opaque structure named "sqlite3".  It is useful to think of an sqlite3
-** pointer as an object.  The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()]
-** is its destructor.  There are many other interfaces (such as
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and
-** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an
-** sqlite3 object.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types {H10200} <S10110>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64
-**
-** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types
-** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers.
-**
-** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions.
-** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards
-** compatibility only.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10201} The [sqlite_int64] and [sqlite3_int64] type shall specify
-**          a 64-bit signed integer.
-**
-** {H10202} The [sqlite_uint64] and [sqlite3_uint64] type shall specify
-**          a 64-bit unsigned integer.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
-  typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64;
-#elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
-  typedef __int64 sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64;
-#else
-  typedef long long int sqlite_int64;
-  typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64;
-#endif
-typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64;
-typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64;
-
-/*
-** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support,
-** substitute integer for floating-point.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# define double sqlite3_int64
-#endif
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection {H12010} <S30100><S40200>
-**
-** This routine is the destructor for the [sqlite3] object.
-**
-** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements]
-** and [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles] associated with
-** the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object.
-** The [sqlite3_next_stmt()] interface can be used to locate all
-** [prepared statements] associated with a [database connection] if desired.
-** Typical code might look like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-** sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
-** while( (pStmt = sqlite3_next_stmt(db, 0))!=0 ){
-** &nbsp;   sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
-** }
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** If [sqlite3_close()] is invoked while a transaction is open,
-** the transaction is automatically rolled back.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12011} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall destroy the
-**          [database connection] object C.
-**
-** {H12012} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** {H12013} A successful call to [sqlite3_close(C)] shall release all
-**          memory and system resources associated with [database connection]
-**          C.
-**
-** {H12014} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] on a [database connection] C that
-**          has one or more open [prepared statements] shall fail with
-**          an [SQLITE_BUSY] error code.
-**
-** {H12015} A call to [sqlite3_close(C)] where C is a NULL pointer shall
-**          return SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** {H12019} When [sqlite3_close(C)] is invoked on a [database connection] C
-**          that has a pending transaction, the transaction shall be
-**          rolled back.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12016} The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] must be either a NULL
-**          pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained
-**          from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed.
-*/
-int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *);
-
-/*
-** The type for a callback function.
-** This is legacy and deprecated.  It is included for historical
-** compatibility and is not documented.
-*/
-typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface {H12100} <S10000>
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenient way of running one or more
-** SQL statements without having to write a lot of C code.  The UTF-8 encoded
-** SQL statements are passed in as the second parameter to sqlite3_exec().
-** The statements are evaluated one by one until either an error or
-** an interrupt is encountered, or until they are all done.  The 3rd parameter
-** is an optional callback that is invoked once for each row of any query
-** results produced by the SQL statements.  The 5th parameter tells where
-** to write any error messages.
-**
-** The error message passed back through the 5th parameter is held
-** in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  To avoid a memory leak,
-** the calling application should call [sqlite3_free()] on any error
-** message returned through the 5th parameter when it has finished using
-** the error message.
-**
-** If the SQL statement in the 2nd parameter is NULL or an empty string
-** or a string containing only whitespace and comments, then no SQL
-** statements are evaluated and the database is not changed.
-**
-** The sqlite3_exec() interface is implemented in terms of
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** The sqlite3_exec() routine does nothing to the database that cannot be done
-** by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12101} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)]
-**          shall sequentially evaluate all of the UTF-8 encoded,
-**          semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated
-**          string S within the context of the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12102} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL then
-**          the actions of the interface shall be the same as if the
-**          S parameter were an empty string.
-**
-** {H12104} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] shall be [SQLITE_OK] if all
-**          SQL statements run successfully and to completion.
-**
-** {H12105} The return value of [sqlite3_exec()] shall be an appropriate
-**          non-zero [error code] if any SQL statement fails.
-**
-** {H12107} If one or more of the SQL statements handed to [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          return results and the 3rd parameter is not NULL, then
-**          the callback function specified by the 3rd parameter shall be
-**          invoked once for each row of result.
-**
-** {H12110} If the callback returns a non-zero value then [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          shall abort the SQL statement it is currently evaluating,
-**          skip all subsequent SQL statements, and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** {H12113} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall pass its 4th parameter through
-**          as the 1st parameter of the callback.
-**
-** {H12116} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 2nd parameter of its
-**          callback to be the number of columns in the current row of
-**          result.
-**
-** {H12119} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 3rd parameter of its
-**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
-**          values for each column in the current result set row as
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** {H12122} The [sqlite3_exec()] routine shall set the 4th parameter of its
-**          callback to be an array of pointers to strings holding the
-**          names of result columns as obtained from [sqlite3_column_name()].
-**
-** {H12125} If the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] is NULL then
-**          [sqlite3_exec()] shall silently discard query results.
-**
-** {H12131} If an error occurs while parsing or evaluating any of the SQL
-**          statements in the S parameter of [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] and if
-**          the E parameter is not NULL, then [sqlite3_exec()] shall store
-**          in *E an appropriate error message written into memory obtained
-**          from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-**
-** {H12134} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] routine shall set the value of
-**          *E to NULL if E is not NULL and there are no errors.
-**
-** {H12137} The [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] function shall set the [error code]
-**          and message accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** {H12138} If the S parameter to [sqlite3_exec(D,S,C,A,E)] is NULL or an
-**          empty string or contains nothing other than whitespace, comments,
-**          and/or semicolons, then results of [sqlite3_errcode()],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg()], and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
-**          shall reset to indicate no errors.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12141} The first parameter to [sqlite3_exec()] must be an valid and open
-**          [database connection].
-**
-** {A12142} The database connection must not be closed while
-**          [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-**
-** {A12143} The calling function should use [sqlite3_free()] to free
-**          the memory that *errmsg is left pointing at once the error
-**          message is no longer needed.
-**
-** {A12145} The SQL statement text in the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_exec()]
-**          must remain unchanged while [sqlite3_exec()] is running.
-*/
-int sqlite3_exec(
-  sqlite3*,                                  /* An open database */
-  const char *sql,                           /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**),  /* Callback function */
-  void *,                                    /* 1st argument to callback */
-  char **errmsg                              /* Error msg written here */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Codes {H10210} <S10700>
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_OK {error code} {error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {result code} {result codes}
-**
-** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown
-** here in order to indicates success or failure.
-**
-** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite.
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_IOERR_READ | extended result codes]
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OK           0   /* Successful result */
-/* beginning-of-error-codes */
-#define SQLITE_ERROR        1   /* SQL error or missing database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERNAL     2   /* Internal logic error in SQLite */
-#define SQLITE_PERM         3   /* Access permission denied */
-#define SQLITE_ABORT        4   /* Callback routine requested an abort */
-#define SQLITE_BUSY         5   /* The database file is locked */
-#define SQLITE_LOCKED       6   /* A table in the database is locked */
-#define SQLITE_NOMEM        7   /* A malloc() failed */
-#define SQLITE_READONLY     8   /* Attempt to write a readonly database */
-#define SQLITE_INTERRUPT    9   /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR       10   /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */
-#define SQLITE_CORRUPT     11   /* The database disk image is malformed */
-#define SQLITE_NOTFOUND    12   /* NOT USED. Table or record not found */
-#define SQLITE_FULL        13   /* Insertion failed because database is full */
-#define SQLITE_CANTOPEN    14   /* Unable to open the database file */
-#define SQLITE_PROTOCOL    15   /* NOT USED. Database lock protocol error */
-#define SQLITE_EMPTY       16   /* Database is empty */
-#define SQLITE_SCHEMA      17   /* The database schema changed */
-#define SQLITE_TOOBIG      18   /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */
-#define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT  19   /* Abort due to constraint violation */
-#define SQLITE_MISMATCH    20   /* Data type mismatch */
-#define SQLITE_MISUSE      21   /* Library used incorrectly */
-#define SQLITE_NOLFS       22   /* Uses OS features not supported on host */
-#define SQLITE_AUTH        23   /* Authorization denied */
-#define SQLITE_FORMAT      24   /* Auxiliary database format error */
-#define SQLITE_RANGE       25   /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */
-#define SQLITE_NOTADB      26   /* File opened that is not a database file */
-#define SQLITE_ROW         100  /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */
-#define SQLITE_DONE        101  /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */
-/* end-of-error-codes */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes {H10220} <S10700>
-** KEYWORDS: {extended error code} {extended error codes}
-** KEYWORDS: {extended result code} {extended result codes}
-**
-** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 26 integer
-** [SQLITE_OK | result codes].  However, experience has shown that many of
-** these result codes are too coarse-grained.  They do not provide as
-** much information about problems as programmers might like.  In an effort to
-** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 and later) include
-** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information
-** about errors. The extended result codes are enabled or disabled
-** on a per database connection basis using the
-** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API.
-**
-** Some of the available extended result codes are listed here.
-** One may expect the number of extended result codes will be expand
-** over time.  Software that uses extended result codes should expect
-** to see new result codes in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The SQLITE_OK result code will never be extended.  It will always
-** be exactly zero.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10223} The symbolic name for an extended result code shall contains
-**          a related primary result code as a prefix.
-**
-** {H10224} Primary result code names shall contain a single "_" character.
-**
-** {H10225} Extended result code names shall contain two or more "_" characters.
-**
-** {H10226} The numeric value of an extended result code shall contain the
-**          numeric value of its corresponding primary result code in
-**          its least significant 8 bits.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_READ              (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ        (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE             (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC             (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC         (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE          (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT             (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK            (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE            (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED           (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM             (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS            (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8))
-#define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK              (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8))
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations {H10230} <H11120> <H12700>
-**
-** These bit values are intended for use in the
-** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and
-** in the 4th parameter to the xOpen method of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY         0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE        0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE           0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE    0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE        0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB          0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB          0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB     0x00000400
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL     0x00000800
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL     0x00001000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL       0x00002000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL   0x00004000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX          0x00008000
-#define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX        0x00010000
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics {H10240} <H11120>
-**
-** The xDeviceCapabilities method of the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** object returns an integer which is a vector of the these
-** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage
-** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods]
-** refers to.
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-*/
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC          0x00000001
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512       0x00000002
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K        0x00000004
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K        0x00000008
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K        0x00000010
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K        0x00000020
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K       0x00000040
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K       0x00000080
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K       0x00000100
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND     0x00000200
-#define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL      0x00000400
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels {H10250} <H11120> <H11310>
-**
-** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second
-** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods
-** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE          0
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED        1
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED      2
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING       3
-#define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE     4
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags {H10260} <H11120>
-**
-** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of
-** these integer values as the second argument.
-**
-** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the
-** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage.  Inode
-** information need not be flushed. The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL flag means
-** to use normal fsync() semantics. The SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flag means
-** to use Mac OS-X style fullsync instead of fsync().
-*/
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL        0x00002
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL          0x00003
-#define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY      0x00010
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle {H11110} <S20110>
-**
-** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the OS
-** interface layer.  Individual OS interface implementations will
-** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields
-** for their own use.  The pMethods entry is a pointer to an
-** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing
-** I/O operations on the open file.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file;
-struct sqlite3_file {
-  const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods;  /* Methods for an open file */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object {H11120} <S20110>
-**
-** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs] xOpen method populates an
-** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the
-** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object.
-** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations
-** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object.
-**
-** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or
-** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL].  The first choice is the normal fsync().
-** The second choice is a Mac OS-X style fullsync.  The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY]
-** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file
-** and not its inode needs to be synced.
-**
-** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED],
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or
-** <li> [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE].
-** </ul>
-** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock.
-** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection,
-** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED,
-** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file.  It returns true
-** if such a lock exists and false otherwise.
-**
-** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom
-** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the
-** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface.  The second "op" argument is an
-** integer opcode.  The third argument is a generic pointer intended to
-** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to
-** write return values.  Potential uses for xFileControl() might be
-** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the
-** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire
-** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks.  The SQLite
-** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use.
-** A [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available.
-** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes
-** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts.
-**
-** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the
-** device that underlies the file.  The sector size is the
-** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing
-** other bytes in the file.  The xDeviceCharacteristics()
-** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the
-** underlying device:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND]
-** <li> [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL]
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of
-** any size are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values
-** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and
-** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of
-** nnn are atomic.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means
-** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended
-** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other
-** way around.  The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that
-** information is written to disk in the same order as calls
-** to xWrite().
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods;
-struct sqlite3_io_methods {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst);
-  int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags);
-  int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize);
-  int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int);
-  int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg);
-  int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*);
-  int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*);
-  /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes {H11310} <S30800>
-**
-** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method
-** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()]
-** interface.
-**
-** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging.  This
-** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of
-** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED],
-** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE])
-** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability
-** is used during testing and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST
-** is defined.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE        1
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle {H17110} <S20130>
-**
-** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
-** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
-** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
-** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object.
-**
-** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object {H11140} <S20100>
-**
-** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between
-** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system.  The "vfs"
-** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system".
-**
-** The value of the iVersion field is initially 1 but may be larger in
-** future versions of SQLite.  Additional fields may be appended to this
-** object when the iVersion value is increased.  Note that the structure
-** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transaction between
-** SQLite version 3.5.9 and 3.6.0 and yet the iVersion field was not
-** modified.
-**
-** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file]
-** structure used by this VFS.  mxPathname is the maximum length of
-** a pathname in this VFS.
-**
-** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by
-** the pNext pointer.  The [sqlite3_vfs_register()]
-** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list
-** in a thread-safe way.  The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface
-** searches the list.  Neither the application code nor the VFS
-** implementation should use the pNext pointer.
-**
-** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs
-** structure that SQLite will ever modify.  SQLite will only access
-** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex.
-** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs
-** object once the object has been registered.
-**
-** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module.  The name must
-** be unique across all VFS modules.
-**
-** {H11141} SQLite will guarantee that the zFilename parameter to xOpen
-** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained
-** from xFullPathname().  SQLite further guarantees that
-** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is
-** called. {END}  Because of the previous sentense,
-** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the
-** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason.
-** If the zFilename parameter is xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen
-** must invite its own temporary name for the file.  Whenever the 
-** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the
-** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE].
-**
-** {H11142} The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in
-** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()].  Or if [sqlite3_open()]
-** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. {END}
-** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to
-** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY].  Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set.
-**
-** {H11143} SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen()
-** call, depending on the object being opened:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL]
-** <li>  [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL]
-** </ul> {END}
-**
-** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to
-** change the way it deals with files.  For example, an application
-** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make
-** the open of a journal file a no-op.  Writes to this journal would
-** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return
-** SQLITE_IOERR.  Or the implementation might recognize that a database
-** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random
-** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly.
-**
-** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** <li> [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE]
-** </ul>
-**
-** {H11145} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be
-** deleted when it is closed.  {H11146} The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]
-** will be set for TEMP  databases, journals and for subjournals.
-**
-** {H11147} The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag means the file should be opened
-** for exclusive access.  This flag is set for all files except
-** for the main database file.
-**
-** {H11148} At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite
-** to hold the  [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third
-** argument to xOpen. {END}  The xOpen method does not have to
-** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in.
-**
-** {H11149} The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS]
-** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to
-** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ]
-** to test whether a file is at least readable. {END}  The file can be a
-** directory.
-**
-** {H11150} SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the
-** output buffer xFullPathname. {H11151} The exact size of the output buffer
-** is also passed as a parameter to both  methods. {END}  If the output buffer
-** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is
-** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor
-** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value.
-**
-** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), and xCurrentTime() interfaces
-** are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are
-** included in the VFS structure for completeness.
-** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes
-** of good-quality randomness into zOut.  The return value is
-** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained.
-** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at
-** least the number of microseconds given.  The xCurrentTime()
-** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs;
-struct sqlite3_vfs {
-  int iVersion;            /* Structure version number */
-  int szOsFile;            /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */
-  int mxPathname;          /* Maximum file pathname length */
-  sqlite3_vfs *pNext;      /* Next registered VFS */
-  const char *zName;       /* Name of this virtual file system */
-  void *pAppData;          /* Pointer to application-specific data */
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*,
-               int flags, int *pOutFlags);
-  int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir);
-  int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut);
-  int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut);
-  void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename);
-  void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg);
-  void *(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol);
-  void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*);
-  int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut);
-  int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds);
-  int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*);
-  int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *);
-  /* New fields may be appended in figure versions.  The iVersion
-  ** value will increment whenever this happens. */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method {H11190} <H11140>
-**
-** {H11191} These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to
-** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. {END}  They determine
-** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for.
-** {H11192} With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method
-** simply checks whether the file exists.
-** {H11193} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is both readable and writable.
-** {H11194} With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method
-** checks whether the file is readable.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS    0
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1
-#define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ      2
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library {H10130} <S20000><S30100>
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the
-** SQLite library.  The sqlite3_shutdown() routine
-** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize().
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is
-** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of
-** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked
-** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown().  Only an effective call
-** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization.  All other calls
-** are harmless no-ops.
-**
-** Among other things, sqlite3_initialize() shall invoke
-** sqlite3_os_init().  Similarly, sqlite3_shutdown()
-** shall invoke sqlite3_os_end().
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success.
-** If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize
-** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such
-** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than SQLITE_OK.
-**
-** The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other
-** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to
-** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly.  For example, [sqlite3_open()]
-** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically
-** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized
-** already.  However, if SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
-** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize()
-** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly
-** prior to using any other SQLite interface.  For maximum portability,
-** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize()
-** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface.  Future releases
-** of SQLite may require this.  In other words, the behavior exhibited
-** when SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT might become the
-** default behavior in some future release of SQLite.
-**
-** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific
-** initialization of the SQLite library.  The sqlite3_os_end()
-** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init().  Typical tasks
-** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation
-** of static resources, initialization of global variables,
-** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up
-** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()].
-**
-** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init()
-** or sqlite3_os_end() directly.  The application should only invoke
-** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown().  The sqlite3_os_init()
-** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and
-** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown().  Appropriate
-** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end()
-** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for unix, windows, or os/2.
-** When built for other platforms (using the SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1 compile-time
-** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for
-** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end().  An application-supplied
-** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end()
-** must return SQLITE_OK on success and some other [error code] upon
-** failure.
-*/
-int sqlite3_initialize(void);
-int sqlite3_shutdown(void);
-int sqlite3_os_init(void);
-int sqlite3_os_end(void);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library {H10145} <S20000><S30200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration
-** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of
-** the application.  The default configuration is recommended for most
-** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary.  It is
-** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs.
-**
-** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe.  The application
-** must insure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other
-** threads while sqlite3_config() is running.  Furthermore, sqlite3_config()
-** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using
-** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-** Note, however, that sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the
-** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()].
-**
-** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option] that determines
-** what property of SQLite is to be configured.  Subsequent arguments
-** vary depending on the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD | configuration option]
-** in the first argument.
-**
-** When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns SQLITE_OK.
-** If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option
-** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code].
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_config(int, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections  {H10180} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration
-** changes to a [database connection].  The interface is similar to
-** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single
-** [database connection] (specified in the first argument).  The
-** sqlite3_db_config() interface can only be used immediately after
-** the database connection is created using [sqlite3_open()],
-** [sqlite3_open16()], or [sqlite3_open_v2()].  
-**
-** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...)  is the
-** configuration verb - an integer code that indicates what
-** aspect of the [database connection] is being configured.
-** The only choice for this value is [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE].
-** New verbs are likely to be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Additional arguments depend on the verb.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines {H10155} <S20120>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite
-** and low-level memory allocation routines.
-**
-** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface.
-** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to
-** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  By creating an instance of this object
-** and passing it to [sqlite3_config()] during configuration, an
-** application can specify an alternative memory allocation subsystem
-** for SQLite to use for all of its dynamic memory needs.
-**
-** Note that SQLite comes with a built-in memory allocator that is
-** perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications
-** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
-** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
-** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
-** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
-** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
-** conditions.
-**
-** The xMalloc, xFree, and xRealloc methods must work like the
-** malloc(), free(), and realloc() functions from the standard library.
-**
-** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
-** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
-** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
-**
-** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
-** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
-** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple
-** of 8.  Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2.
-**
-** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator.  (For example,
-** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data
-** structures.  The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by
-** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired
-** by xInit.  The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to
-** xInit and xShutdown.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mem_methods {
-  void *(*xMalloc)(int);         /* Memory allocation function */
-  void (*xFree)(void*);          /* Free a prior allocation */
-  void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int);  /* Resize an allocation */
-  int (*xSize)(void*);           /* Return the size of an allocation */
-  int (*xRoundup)(int);          /* Round up request size to allocation size */
-  int (*xInit)(void*);           /* Initialize the memory allocator */
-  void (*xShutdown)(void*);      /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */
-  void *pAppData;                /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10160} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
-** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used
-** by a single thread.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option disables
-** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** The application is responsible for serializing access to
-** [database connections] and [prepared statements].  But other mutexes
-** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded
-** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same
-** [database connection] at the same time.  See the [threading mode]
-** documentation for additional information.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED</dt>
-** <dd>There are no arguments to this option.  This option enables
-** all mutexes including the recursive
-** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects.
-** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with
-** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access
-** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the
-** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the
-** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time.
-** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of
-** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure.  The [sqlite3_mem_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.
-** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation
-** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or
-** tracks memory usage, for example.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes single argument of type int, interpreted as a 
-** boolean, which enables or disables the collection of memory allocation 
-** statistics. When disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become 
-** non-operational:
-**   <ul>
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_used()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_memory_highwater()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit()]
-**   <li> [sqlite3_status()]
-**   </ul>
-** </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** scratch memory.  There are three arguments:  A pointer to the memory, the
-** size of each scratch buffer (sz), and the number of buffers (N).  The sz
-** argument must be a multiple of 16. The sz parameter should be a few bytes
-** larger than the actual scratch space required due internal overhead.
-** The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** SQLite will use no more than one scratch buffer at once per thread, so
-** N should be set to the expected maximum number of threads.  The sz
-** parameter should be 6 times the size of the largest database page size.
-** Scratch buffers are used as part of the btree balance operation.  If
-** The btree balancer needs additional memory beyond what is provided by
-** scratch buffers or if no scratch buffer space is specified, then SQLite
-** goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] to obtain the memory it needs.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite can use for
-** the database page cache.  There are three arguments: A pointer to the
-** memory, the size of each page buffer (sz), and the number of pages (N).
-** The sz argument must be a power of two between 512 and 32768.  The first
-** argument should point to an allocation of at least sz*N bytes of memory.
-** SQLite will use the memory provided by the first argument to satisfy its
-** memory needs for the first N pages that it adds to cache.  If additional
-** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by this option, then
-** SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] for the additional storage space.
-** The implementation might use one or more of the N buffers to hold 
-** memory accounting information. </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP</dt>
-** <dd>This option specifies a static memory buffer that SQLite will use
-** for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs beyond those provided
-** for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].
-** There are three arguments: A pointer to the memory, the number of
-** bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size.  If
-** the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts
-** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation),
-** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC].  If the
-** memory pointer is not NULL and either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] are defined, then the alternative memory
-** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The argument specifies
-** alternative low-level mutex routines to be used in place
-** the mutex routines built into SQLite.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes a single argument which is a pointer to an
-** instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure.  The
-** [sqlite3_mutex_methods]
-** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.
-** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation
-** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance
-** profiling or testing, for example.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes two arguments that determine the default
-** memory allcation lookaside optimization.  The first argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of
-** slots allocated to each database connection.</dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD  1  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD   2  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED    3  /* nil */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC        4  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC     5  /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH       6  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE     7  /* void*, int sz, int N */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP          8  /* void*, int nByte, int min */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS     9  /* boolean */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX        10  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX     11  /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC   12  /* int threshold */
-#define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE    13  /* int int */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options {H10170} <S20000>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These constants are the available integer configuration options that
-** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface.
-**
-** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite.
-** Existing configuration options might be discontinued.  Applications
-** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that
-** the call worked.  The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a
-** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option
-** is invoked.
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE</dt>
-** <dd>This option takes three additional arguments that determine the 
-** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection].
-** The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a
-** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory.  The first
-** argument may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the lookaside
-** buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()].  The second argument is the
-** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the third argument is the number of
-** slots.  The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than
-** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments.</dd>
-**
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE    1001  /* void* int int */
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes {H12200} <S10700>
-**
-** The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the
-** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. The extended result
-** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility considerations.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12201} Each new [database connection] shall have the
-**          [extended result codes] feature disabled by default.
-**
-** {H12202} The [sqlite3_extended_result_codes(D,F)] interface shall enable
-**          [extended result codes] for the  [database connection] D
-**          if the F parameter is true, or disable them if F is false.
-*/
-int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid {H12220} <S10700>
-**
-** Each entry in an SQLite table has a unique 64-bit signed
-** integer key called the "rowid". The rowid is always available
-** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those
-** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. If
-** the table has a column of type INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then that column
-** is another alias for the rowid.
-**
-** This routine returns the rowid of the most recent
-** successful INSERT into the database from the [database connection]
-** in the first argument.  If no successful INSERTs
-** have ever occurred on that database connection, zero is returned.
-**
-** If an INSERT occurs within a trigger, then the rowid of the inserted
-** row is returned by this routine as long as the trigger is running.
-** But once the trigger terminates, the value returned by this routine
-** reverts to the last value inserted before the trigger fired.
-**
-** An INSERT that fails due to a constraint violation is not a
-** successful INSERT and does not change the value returned by this
-** routine.  Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK,
-** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this
-** routine when their insertion fails.  When INSERT OR REPLACE
-** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail.  The
-** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused
-** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change
-** the return value of this interface.
-**
-** For the purposes of this routine, an INSERT is considered to
-** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12221} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the rowid
-**          of the most recent successful INSERT performed on the same
-**          [database connection] and within the same or higher level
-**          trigger context, or zero if there have been no qualifying inserts.
-**
-** {H12223} The [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] function returns the
-**          same value when called from the same trigger context
-**          immediately before and after a ROLLBACK.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12232} If a separate thread performs a new INSERT on the same
-**          database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()]
-**          function is running and thus changes the last insert rowid,
-**          then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is
-**          unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new
-**          last insert rowid.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified {H12240} <S10600>
-**
-** This function returns the number of database rows that were changed
-** or inserted or deleted by the most recently completed SQL statement
-** on the [database connection] specified by the first parameter.
-** Only changes that are directly specified by the INSERT, UPDATE,
-** or DELETE statement are counted.  Auxiliary changes caused by
-** triggers are not counted. Use the [sqlite3_total_changes()] function
-** to find the total number of changes including changes caused by triggers.
-**
-** A "row change" is a change to a single row of a single table
-** caused by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement.  Rows that
-** are changed as side effects of REPLACE constraint resolution,
-** rollback, ABORT processing, DROP TABLE, or by any other
-** mechanisms do not count as direct row changes.
-**
-** A "trigger context" is a scope of execution that begins and
-** ends with the script of a trigger.  Most SQL statements are
-** evaluated outside of any trigger.  This is the "top level"
-** trigger context.  If a trigger fires from the top level, a
-** new trigger context is entered for the duration of that one
-** trigger.  Subtriggers create subcontexts for their duration.
-**
-** Calling [sqlite3_exec()] or [sqlite3_step()] recursively does
-** not create a new trigger context.
-**
-** This function returns the number of direct row changes in the
-** most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement within the same
-** trigger context.
-**
-** Thus, when called from the top level, this function returns the
-** number of changes in the most recent INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that also occurred at the top level.  Within the body of a trigger,
-** the sqlite3_changes() interface can be called to find the number of
-** changes in the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** statement within the body of the same trigger.
-** However, the number returned does not include changes
-** caused by subtriggers since those have their own context.
-**
-** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
-** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
-** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
-** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
-** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
-** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
-** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12241} The [sqlite3_changes()] function shall return the number of
-**          row changes caused by the most recent INSERT, UPDATE,
-**          or DELETE statement on the same database connection and
-**          within the same or higher trigger context, or zero if there have
-**          not been any qualifying row changes.
-**
-** {H12243} Statements of the form "DELETE FROM tablename" with no
-**          WHERE clause shall cause subsequent calls to
-**          [sqlite3_changes()] to return zero, regardless of the
-**          number of rows originally in the table.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12252} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-**          while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned
-**          is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified {H12260} <S10600>
-**
-** This function returns the number of row changes caused by INSERT,
-** UPDATE or DELETE statements since the [database connection] was opened.
-** The count includes all changes from all trigger contexts.  However,
-** the count does not include changes used to implement REPLACE constraints,
-** do rollbacks or ABORT processing, or DROP table processing.
-** The changes are counted as soon as the statement that makes them is
-** completed (when the statement handle is passed to [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()]).
-**
-** SQLite implements the command "DELETE FROM table" without a WHERE clause
-** by dropping and recreating the table.  (This is much faster than going
-** through and deleting individual elements from the table.)  Because of this
-** optimization, the deletions in "DELETE FROM table" are not row changes and
-** will not be counted by the sqlite3_changes() or [sqlite3_total_changes()]
-** functions, regardless of the number of elements that were originally
-** in the table.  To get an accurate count of the number of rows deleted, use
-** "DELETE FROM table WHERE 1" instead.
-**
-** See also the [sqlite3_changes()] interface.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12261} The [sqlite3_total_changes()] returns the total number
-**          of row changes caused by INSERT, UPDATE, and/or DELETE
-**          statements on the same [database connection], in any
-**          trigger context, since the database connection was created.
-**
-** {H12263} Statements of the form "DELETE FROM tablename" with no
-**          WHERE clause shall not change the value returned
-**          by [sqlite3_total_changes()].
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12264} If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection
-**          while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value
-**          returned is unpredictable and not meaningful.
-*/
-int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query {H12270} <S30500>
-**
-** This function causes any pending database operation to abort and
-** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically
-** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel"
-** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt
-** immediately.
-**
-** It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the
-** thread that is currently running the database operation.  But it
-** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that
-** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when
-** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity
-** to be interrupted and might continue to completion.
-**
-** An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-** If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
-** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction
-** will be rolled back automatically.
-**
-** A call to sqlite3_interrupt() has no effect on SQL statements
-** that are started after sqlite3_interrupt() returns.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12271} The [sqlite3_interrupt()] interface will force all running
-**          SQL statements associated with the same database connection
-**          to halt after processing at most one additional row of data.
-**
-** {H12272} Any SQL statement that is interrupted by [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-**          will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT].
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12279} If the database connection closes while [sqlite3_interrupt()]
-**          is running then bad things will likely happen.
-*/
-void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete {H10510} <S70200>
-**
-** These routines are useful for command-line input to determine if the
-** currently entered text seems to form complete a SQL statement or
-** if additional input is needed before sending the text into
-** SQLite for parsing.  These routines return true if the input string
-** appears to be a complete SQL statement.  A statement is judged to be
-** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a fragment of a
-** CREATE TRIGGER statement.  Semicolons that are embedded within
-** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not
-** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are
-** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator.
-**
-** These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus
-** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10511} A successful evaluation of [sqlite3_complete()] or
-**          [sqlite3_complete16()] functions shall
-**          return a numeric 1 if and only if the last non-whitespace
-**          token in their input is a semicolon that is not in between
-**          the BEGIN and END of a CREATE TRIGGER statement.
-**
-** {H10512} If a memory allocation error occurs during an invocation
-**          of [sqlite3_complete()] or [sqlite3_complete16()] then the
-**          routine shall return [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A10512} The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string.
-**
-** {A10513} The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-16 string in native byte order.
-*/
-int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql);
-int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors {H12310} <S40400>
-**
-** This routine sets a callback function that might be invoked whenever
-** an attempt is made to open a database table that another thread
-** or process has locked.
-**
-** If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. If the busy callback
-** is not NULL, then the callback will be invoked with two arguments.
-**
-** The first argument to the handler is a copy of the void* pointer which
-** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler().  The second argument to
-** the handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has
-** been invoked for this locking event.  If the
-** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to
-** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] is returned.
-** If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt
-** is made to open the database for reading and the cycle repeats.
-**
-** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked
-** when there is lock contention. If SQLite determines that invoking the busy
-** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY]
-** or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED] instead of invoking the busy handler.
-** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that
-** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and
-** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying
-** to promote to an exclusive lock.  The first process cannot proceed
-** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot
-** proceed because it is blocked by the first.  If both processes
-** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress.  Therefore,
-** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this
-** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow
-** the second process to proceed.
-**
-** The default busy callback is NULL.
-**
-** The [SQLITE_BUSY] error is converted to [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED]
-** when SQLite is in the middle of a large transaction where all the
-** changes will not fit into the in-memory cache.  SQLite will
-** already hold a RESERVED lock on the database file, but it needs
-** to promote this lock to EXCLUSIVE so that it can spill cache
-** pages into the database file without harm to concurrent
-** readers.  If it is unable to promote the lock, then the in-memory
-** cache will be left in an inconsistent state and so the error
-** code is promoted from the relatively benign [SQLITE_BUSY] to
-** the more severe [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].  This error code promotion
-** forces an automatic rollback of the changes.  See the
-** <a href="/cvstrac/wiki?p=CorruptionFollowingBusyError">
-** CorruptionFollowingBusyError</a> wiki page for a discussion of why
-** this is important.
-**
-** There can only be a single busy handler defined for each
-** [database connection].  Setting a new busy handler clears any
-** previously set handler.  Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()]
-** will also set or clear the busy handler.
-**
-** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the
-** database connection that invoked the busy handler.  Any such actions
-** result in undefined behavior.
-** 
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12311} The [sqlite3_busy_handler(D,C,A)] function shall replace
-**          busy callback in the [database connection] D with a new
-**          a new busy handler C and application data pointer A.
-**
-** {H12312} Newly created [database connections] shall have a busy
-**          handler of NULL.
-**
-** {H12314} When two or more [database connections] share a
-**          [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache | common cache],
-**          the busy handler for the database connection currently using
-**          the cache shall be invoked when the cache encounters a lock.
-**
-** {H12316} If a busy handler callback returns zero, then the SQLite interface
-**          that provoked the locking event shall return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** {H12318} SQLite shall invokes the busy handler with two arguments which
-**          are a copy of the pointer supplied by the 3rd parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_busy_handler()] and a count of the number of prior
-**          invocations of the busy handler for the same locking event.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12319} A busy handler must not close the database connection
-**          or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*,int), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout {H12340} <S40410>
-**
-** This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps
-** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked.  The handler
-** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping
-** have accumulated. {H12343} After "ms" milliseconds of sleeping,
-** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED].
-**
-** Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero
-** turns off all busy handlers.
-**
-** There can only be a single busy handler for a particular
-** [database connection] any any given moment.  If another busy handler
-** was defined  (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling
-** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12341} The [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] function shall override any prior
-**          [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] or [sqlite3_busy_handler()] setting
-**          on the same [database connection].
-**
-** {H12343} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is less than
-**          or equal to zero, then the busy handler shall be cleared so that
-**          all subsequent locking events immediately return [SQLITE_BUSY].
-**
-** {H12344} If the 2nd parameter to [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] is a positive
-**          number N, then a busy handler shall be set that repeatedly calls
-**          the xSleep() method in the [sqlite3_vfs | VFS interface] until
-**          either the lock clears or until the cumulative sleep time
-**          reported back by xSleep() exceeds N milliseconds.
-*/
-int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries {H12370} <S10000>
-**
-** Definition: A <b>result table</b> is memory data structure created by the
-** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface.  A result table records the
-** complete query results from one or more queries.
-**
-** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns.  But
-** these numbers are not part of the result table itself.  These
-** numbers are obtained separately.  Let N be the number of rows
-** and M be the number of columns.
-**
-** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array.  The first M pointers point
-** to zero-terminated strings that  contain the names of the columns.
-** The remaining entries all point to query results.  NULL values result
-** in NULL pointers.  All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated
-** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations.
-** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()].
-** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result
-** is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        Name        | Age
-**        -----------------------
-**        Alice       | 43
-**        Bob         | 28
-**        Cindy       | 21
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3).  Thus the
-** result table has 8 entries.  Suppose the result table is stored
-** in an array names azResult.  Then azResult holds this content:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**        azResult&#91;0] = "Name";
-**        azResult&#91;1] = "Age";
-**        azResult&#91;2] = "Alice";
-**        azResult&#91;3] = "43";
-**        azResult&#91;4] = "Bob";
-**        azResult&#91;5] = "28";
-**        azResult&#91;6] = "Cindy";
-**        azResult&#91;7] = "21";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more
-** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8
-** string of its 2nd parameter.  It returns a result table to the
-** pointer given in its 3rd parameter.
-**
-** After the calling function has finished using the result, it should
-** pass the pointer to the result table to sqlite3_free_table() in order to
-** release the memory that was malloced.  Because of the way the
-** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling
-** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly.  Only
-** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around
-** [sqlite3_exec()].  The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access
-** to any internal data structures of SQLite.  It uses only the public
-** interface defined here.  As a consequence, errors that occur in the
-** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not
-** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12371} If a [sqlite3_get_table()] fails a memory allocation, then
-**          it shall free the result table under construction, abort the
-**          query in process, skip any subsequent queries, set the
-**          *pazResult output pointer to NULL and return [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** {H12373} If the pnColumn parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
-**          then a successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] shall
-**          write the number of columns in the
-**          result set of the query into *pnColumn.
-**
-** {H12374} If the pnRow parameter to [sqlite3_get_table()] is not NULL
-**          then a successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] shall
-**          writes the number of rows in the
-**          result set of the query into *pnRow.
-**
-** {H12376} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_get_table()] that computes
-**          N rows of result with C columns per row shall make *pazResult
-**          point to an array of pointers to (N+1)*C strings where the first
-**          C strings are column names as obtained from
-**          [sqlite3_column_name()] and the rest are column result values
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_column_text()].
-**
-** {H12379} The values in the pazResult array returned by [sqlite3_get_table()]
-**          shall remain valid until cleared by [sqlite3_free_table()].
-**
-** {H12382} When an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_get_table()]
-**          the function shall set *pazResult to NULL, write an error message
-**          into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()], make
-**          **pzErrmsg point to that error message, and return a
-**          appropriate [error code].
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_table(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* An open database */
-  const char *zSql,     /* SQL to be evaluated */
-  char ***pazResult,    /* Results of the query */
-  int *pnRow,           /* Number of result rows written here */
-  int *pnColumn,        /* Number of result columns written here */
-  char **pzErrmsg       /* Error msg written here */
-);
-void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions {H17400} <S70000><S20000>
-**
-** These routines are workalikes of the "printf()" family of functions
-** from the standard C library.
-**
-** The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
-** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-** The strings returned by these two routines should be
-** released by [sqlite3_free()].  Both routines return a
-** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
-** memory to hold the resulting string.
-**
-** In sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from
-** the standard C library.  The result is written into the
-** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by
-** the first parameter. Note that the order of the
-** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().  This is an
-** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking
-** backwards compatibility.  Note also that sqlite3_snprintf()
-** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of
-** characters actually written into the buffer.  We admit that
-** the number of characters written would be a more useful return
-** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf()
-** now without breaking compatibility.
-**
-** As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf()
-** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated.  The first
-** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for
-** the zero terminator.  So the longest string that can be completely
-** written will be n-1 characters.
-**
-** These routines all implement some additional formatting
-** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
-** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
-** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
-**
-** The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a null-terminated
-** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
-** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.  By doubling each '\''
-** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
-** the string.
-**
-** For example, assume the string variable zText contains text as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zText = "It's a happy day!";
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** One can use this text in an SQL statement as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES('%q')", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** Because the %q format string is used, the '\'' character in zText
-** is escaped and the SQL generated is as follows:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It''s a happy day!')
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This is correct.  Had we used %s instead of %q, the generated SQL
-** would have looked like this:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  INSERT INTO table1 VALUES('It's a happy day!');
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** This second example is an SQL syntax error.  As a general rule you should
-** always use %q instead of %s when inserting text into a string literal.
-**
-** The %Q option works like %q except it also adds single quotes around
-** the outside of the total string.  Additionally, if the parameter in the
-** argument list is a NULL pointer, %Q substitutes the text "NULL" (without
-** single quotes) in place of the %Q option.  So, for example, one could say:
-**
-** <blockquote><pre>
-**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
-**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
-**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
-** </pre></blockquote>
-**
-** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
-** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The "%z" formatting option works exactly like "%s" with the
-** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
-** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string. {END}
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17403}  The [sqlite3_mprintf()] and [sqlite3_vmprintf()] interfaces
-**           return either pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings held in
-**           memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] or NULL pointers if
-**           a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] fails.
-**
-** {H17406}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface writes a zero-terminated
-**           UTF-8 string into the buffer pointed to by the second parameter
-**           provided that the first parameter is greater than zero.
-**
-** {H17407}  The [sqlite3_snprintf()] interface does not write slots of
-**           its output buffer (the second parameter) outside the range
-**           of 0 through N-1 (where N is the first parameter)
-**           regardless of the length of the string
-**           requested by the format specification.
-*/
-char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
-char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
-char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem {H17300} <S20000>
-**
-** The SQLite core  uses these three routines for all of its own
-** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence
-** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation.  The
-** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations.
-**
-** The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block
-** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter.
-** If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free
-** memory, it returns a NULL pointer.  If the parameter N to
-** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns
-** a NULL pointer.
-**
-** Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned
-** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so
-** that it might be reused.  The sqlite3_free() routine is
-** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer.  Passing a NULL pointer
-** to sqlite3_free() is harmless.  After being freed, memory
-** should neither be read nor written.  Even reading previously freed
-** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error.
-** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error
-** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that
-** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_free().
-**
-** The sqlite3_realloc() interface attempts to resize a
-** prior memory allocation to be at least N bytes, where N is the
-** second parameter.  The memory allocation to be resized is the first
-** parameter.  If the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc()
-** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling
-** sqlite3_malloc(N) where N is the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** If the second parameter to sqlite3_realloc() is zero or
-** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling
-** sqlite3_free(P) where P is the first parameter to sqlite3_realloc().
-** sqlite3_realloc() returns a pointer to a memory allocation
-** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if sufficient memory is unavailable.
-** If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes
-** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned
-** by sqlite3_realloc() and the prior allocation is freed.
-** If sqlite3_realloc() returns NULL, then the prior allocation
-** is not freed.
-**
-** The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc() and sqlite3_realloc()
-** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary. {END}
-**
-** The default implementation of the memory allocation subsystem uses
-** the malloc(), realloc() and free() provided by the standard C library.
-** {H17382} However, if SQLite is compiled with the
-** SQLITE_MEMORY_SIZE=<i>NNN</i> C preprocessor macro (where <i>NNN</i>
-** is an integer), then SQLite create a static array of at least
-** <i>NNN</i> bytes in size and uses that array for all of its dynamic
-** memory allocation needs. {END}  Additional memory allocator options
-** may be added in future releases.
-**
-** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define
-** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in
-** implementation of these routines to be omitted.  That capability
-** is no longer provided.  Only built-in memory allocators can be used.
-**
-** The Windows OS interface layer calls
-** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting
-** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite
-** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows
-** installation.  Memory allocation errors are detected, but
-** they are reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or
-** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17303}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns either a pointer to
-**           a newly checked-out block of at least N bytes of memory
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, or it returns NULL if it is unable
-**           to fulfill the request.
-**
-** {H17304}  The [sqlite3_malloc(N)] interface returns a NULL pointer if
-**           N is less than or equal to zero.
-**
-** {H17305}  The [sqlite3_free(P)] interface releases memory previously
-**           returned from [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           making it available for reuse.
-**
-** {H17306}  A call to [sqlite3_free(NULL)] is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {H17310}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(0,N)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_malloc(N)].
-**
-** {H17312}  A call to [sqlite3_realloc(P,0)] is equivalent to a call
-**           to [sqlite3_free(P)].
-**
-** {H17315}  The SQLite core uses [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_realloc()],
-**           and [sqlite3_free()] for all of its memory allocation and
-**           deallocation needs.
-**
-** {H17318}  The [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] interface returns either a pointer
-**           to a block of checked-out memory of at least N bytes in size
-**           that is 8-byte aligned, or a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H17321}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           copies the first K bytes of content from P into the newly
-**           allocated block, where K is the lesser of N and the size of
-**           the buffer P.
-**
-** {H17322}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns a non-NULL pointer, it first
-**           releases the buffer P.
-**
-** {H17323}  When [sqlite3_realloc(P,N)] returns NULL, the buffer P is
-**           not modified or released.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A17350}  The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-**           must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior
-**           invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have
-**           not yet been released.
-**
-** {A17351}  The application must not read or write any part of
-**           a block of memory after it has been released using
-**           [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()].
-*/
-void *sqlite3_malloc(int);
-void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int);
-void sqlite3_free(void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics {H17370} <S30210>
-**
-** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status
-** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()]
-** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17371} The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes
-**          of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed).
-**
-** {H17373} The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum
-**          value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark
-**          was last reset.
-**
-** {H17374} The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead
-**          added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()],
-**          but not overhead added by the any underlying system library
-**          routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call.
-**
-** {H17375} The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of
-**          [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true.  The value returned
-**          by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark
-**          prior to the reset.
-*/
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator {H17390} <S20000>
-**
-** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to
-** select random ROWIDs when inserting new records into a table that
-** already uses the largest possible ROWID.  The PRNG is also used for
-** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions.  This interface allows
-** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes.
-**
-** A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P.
-**
-** The first time this routine is invoked (either internally or by
-** the application) the PRNG is seeded using randomness obtained
-** from the xRandomness method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-** On all subsequent invocations, the pseudo-randomness is generated
-** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness
-** method.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17392} The [sqlite3_randomness(N,P)] interface writes N bytes of
-**          high-quality pseudo-randomness into buffer P.
-*/
-void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks {H12500} <S70100>
-**
-** This routine registers a authorizer callback with a particular
-** [database connection], supplied in the first argument.
-** The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled
-** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()],
-** [sqlite3_prepare16()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].  At various
-** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created
-** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to
-** see if those actions are allowed.  The authorizer callback should
-** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the
-** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be
-** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be
-** rejected with an error.  If the authorizer callback returns
-** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY]
-** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered
-** the authorizer will fail with an error message.
-**
-** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation
-** requested is ok.  When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the
-** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that
-** access is denied.  If the authorizer code is [SQLITE_READ]
-** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the
-** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute
-** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.  The [SQLITE_IGNORE]
-** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual
-** columns of a table.
-**
-** The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third
-** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. The second parameter
-** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies
-** the particular action to be authorized. The third through sixth parameters
-** to the callback are zero-terminated strings that contain additional
-** details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing]
-** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements
-** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not
-** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database.  For
-** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary
-** SQL queries for evaluation by a database.  But the application does
-** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the
-** database.  An authorizer could then be put in place while the
-** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that
-** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements.
-**
-** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources
-** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()]
-** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]
-** in addition to using an authorizer.
-**
-** Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection
-** at a time.  Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the
-** previous call.  Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback.
-** The authorizer is disabled by default.
-**
-** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the
-** statement might be reprepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a 
-** schema change.  Hence, the application should ensure that the
-** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during
-** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants.  Authorization is not
-** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12501} The [sqlite3_set_authorizer(D,...)] interface registers a
-**          authorizer callback with database connection D.
-**
-** {H12502} The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are
-**          being parseed and compiled.
-**
-** {H12503} If the authorizer callback returns any value other than
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY], then
-**          the application interface call that caused
-**          the authorizer callback to run shall fail with an
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {H12504} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_OK], the operation
-**          described is processed normally.
-**
-** {H12505} When the authorizer callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the
-**          application interface call that caused the
-**          authorizer callback to run shall fail
-**          with an [SQLITE_ERROR] error code and an error message
-**          explaining that access is denied.
-**
-** {H12506} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is [SQLITE_READ] and the authorizer callback returns
-**          [SQLITE_IGNORE], then the prepared statement is constructed to
-**          insert a NULL value in place of the table column that would have
-**          been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned.
-**
-** {H12507} If the authorizer code (the 2nd parameter to the authorizer
-**          callback) is anything other than [SQLITE_READ], then
-**          a return of [SQLITE_IGNORE] has the same effect as [SQLITE_DENY].
-**
-** {H12510} The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of
-**          the third parameter to the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface.
-**
-** {H12511} The second parameter to the callback is an integer
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies the particular action
-**          to be authorized.
-**
-** {H12512} The third through sixth parameters to the callback are
-**          zero-terminated strings that contain
-**          additional details about the action to be authorized.
-**
-** {H12520} Each call to [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] overrides
-**          any previously installed authorizer.
-**
-** {H12521} A NULL authorizer means that no authorization
-**          callback is invoked.
-**
-** {H12522} The default authorizer is NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3*,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pUserData
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes {H12590} <H12500>
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must
-** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order
-** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted.  See the
-** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional
-** information.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DENY   1   /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */
-#define SQLITE_IGNORE 2   /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes {H12550} <H12500>
-**
-** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function
-** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions.  The
-** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies
-** what action is being authorized.  These are the integer action codes that
-** the authorizer callback may be passed.
-**
-** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be
-** authorized.  The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization
-** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these
-** codes is used as the second parameter.  The 5th parameter to the
-** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp",
-** etc.) if applicable.  The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback
-** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-** top-level SQL code.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12551} The second parameter to an
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be an integer
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] that specifies what action
-**          is being authorized.
-**
-** {H12552} The 3rd and 4th parameters to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorization callback]
-**          shall be parameters or NULL depending on which
-**          [SQLITE_COPY | authorizer code] is used as the second parameter.
-**
-** {H12553} The 5th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
-**          of the database (example: "main", "temp", etc.) if applicable.
-**
-** {H12554} The 6th parameter to the
-**          [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback] shall be the name
-**          of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for
-**          the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from
-**          top-level SQL code.
-*/
-/******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX          1   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE          2   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX     3   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE     4   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER   5   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW      6   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER        7   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW           8   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DELETE                9   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX           10   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE           11   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX      12   /* Index Name      Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE      13   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER    14   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW       15   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER         16   /* Trigger Name    Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW            17   /* View Name       NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_INSERT               18   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_PRAGMA               19   /* Pragma Name     1st arg or NULL */
-#define SQLITE_READ                 20   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_SELECT               21   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_TRANSACTION          22   /* NULL            NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_UPDATE               23   /* Table Name      Column Name     */
-#define SQLITE_ATTACH               24   /* Filename        NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_DETACH               25   /* Database Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE          26   /* Database Name   Table Name      */
-#define SQLITE_REINDEX              27   /* Index Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_ANALYZE              28   /* Table Name      NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE        29   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE          30   /* Table Name      Module Name     */
-#define SQLITE_FUNCTION             31   /* Function Name   NULL            */
-#define SQLITE_COPY                  0   /* No longer used */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions {H12280} <S60400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These routines register callback functions that can be used for
-** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements.
-**
-** The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at
-** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()].
-** The callback returns a UTF-8 rendering of the SQL statement text
-** as the statement first begins executing.  Additional callbacks occur
-** as each triggered subprogram is entered.  The callbacks for triggers
-** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.
-**
-** The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked
-** as each SQL statement finishes.  The profile callback contains
-** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time
-** of how long that statement took to run.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12281} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_trace()] 
-**          shall be invoked
-**          whenever an SQL statement first begins to execute and
-**          whenever a trigger subprogram first begins to run.
-**
-** {H12282} Each call to [sqlite3_trace()] shall override the previously
-**          registered trace callback.
-**
-** {H12283} A NULL trace callback shall disable tracing.
-**
-** {H12284} The first argument to the trace callback shall be a copy of
-**          the pointer which was the 3rd argument to [sqlite3_trace()].
-**
-** {H12285} The second argument to the trace callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the original text
-**          of the SQL statement as it was passed into [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent, or an SQL comment indicating the beginning
-**          of a trigger subprogram.
-**
-** {H12287} The callback function registered by [sqlite3_profile()] is invoked
-**          as each SQL statement finishes.
-**
-** {H12288} The first parameter to the profile callback is a copy of
-**          the 3rd parameter to [sqlite3_profile()].
-**
-** {H12289} The second parameter to the profile callback is a
-**          zero-terminated UTF-8 string that contains the complete text of
-**          the SQL statement as it was processed by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]
-**          or the equivalent.
-**
-** {H12290} The third parameter to the profile callback is an estimate
-**          of the number of nanoseconds of wall-clock time required to
-**          run the SQL statement from start to finish.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*);
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*,
-   void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks {H12910} <S60400>
-**
-** This routine configures a callback function - the
-** progress callback - that is invoked periodically during long
-** running calls to [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and
-** [sqlite3_get_table()].  An example use for this
-** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query.
-**
-** If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is
-** interrupted.  This feature can be used to implement a
-** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box.
-**
-** The progress handler must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the progress handler.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12911} The callback function registered by sqlite3_progress_handler()
-**          is invoked periodically during long running calls to
-**          [sqlite3_step()].
-**
-** {H12912} The progress callback is invoked once for every N virtual
-**          machine opcodes, where N is the second argument to
-**          the [sqlite3_progress_handler()] call that registered
-**          the callback.  If N is less than 1, sqlite3_progress_handler()
-**          acts as if a NULL progress handler had been specified.
-**
-** {H12913} The progress callback itself is identified by the third
-**          argument to sqlite3_progress_handler().
-**
-** {H12914} The fourth argument to sqlite3_progress_handler() is a
-**          void pointer passed to the progress callback
-**          function each time it is invoked.
-**
-** {H12915} If a call to [sqlite3_step()] results in fewer than N opcodes
-**          being executed, then the progress callback is never invoked.
-**
-** {H12916} Every call to [sqlite3_progress_handler()]
-**          overwrites any previously registered progress handler.
-**
-** {H12917} If the progress handler callback is NULL then no progress
-**          handler is invoked.
-**
-** {H12918} If the progress callback returns a result other than 0, then
-**          the behavior is a if [sqlite3_interrupt()] had been called.
-**          <S30500>
-*/
-void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection {H12700} <S40200>
-**
-** These routines open an SQLite database file whose name is given by the
-** filename argument. The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte
-** order for sqlite3_open16(). A [database connection] handle is usually
-** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs.  The only exception is that
-** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object,
-** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3]
-** object. If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then
-** [SQLITE_OK] is returned.  Otherwise an [error code] is returned.  The
-** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain
-** an English language description of the error.
-**
-** The default encoding for the database will be UTF-8 if
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2() is called and
-** UTF-16 in the native byte order if sqlite3_open16() is used.
-**
-** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources
-** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by
-** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open()
-** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control
-** over the new database connection.  The flags parameter can take one of
-** the following three values, optionally combined with the 
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags:
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened in read-only mode.  If the database does not
-** already exist, an error is returned.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading
-** only if the file is write protected by the operating system.  In either
-** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>[SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]</dt>
-** <dd>The database is opened for reading and writing, and is creates it if
-** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for
-** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().</dd>
-** </dl>
-**
-** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the
-** combinations shown above or one of the combinations shown above combined
-** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] or [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flags,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection
-** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread
-** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time.  If the
-** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens
-** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was
-** previously selected at compile-time or start-time.
-**
-** If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database
-** is created for the connection.  This in-memory database will vanish when
-** the database connection is closed.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character.
-** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with
-** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as
-** "./" to avoid ambiguity.
-**
-** If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary
-** on-disk database will be created.  This private database will be
-** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed.
-**
-** The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the
-** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that
-** the new database connection should use.  If the fourth parameter is
-** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used.
-**
-** <b>Note to Windows users:</b>  The encoding used for the filename argument
-** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever
-** codepage is currently defined.  Filenames containing international
-** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into
-** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2().
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12701} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces create a new
-**          [database connection] associated with
-**          the database file given in their first parameter.
-**
-** {H12702} The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8
-**          for [sqlite3_open()] and [sqlite3_open_v2()] and as UTF-16
-**          in the native byte order for [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** {H12703} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] writes a pointer to a new
-**          [database connection] into *ppDb.
-**
-** {H12704} The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces return [SQLITE_OK] upon success,
-**          or an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {H12706} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open()] or [sqlite3_open_v2()] will be UTF-8.
-**
-** {H12707} The default text encoding for a new database created using
-**          [sqlite3_open16()] will be UTF-16.
-**
-** {H12709} The [sqlite3_open(F,D)] interface is equivalent to
-**          [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,0)] where the G parameter is
-**          [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]|[SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE].
-**
-** {H12711} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] then the database is opened
-**          for reading only.
-**
-** {H12712} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] then the database is opened
-**          reading and writing if possible, or for reading only if the
-**          file is write protected by the operating system.
-**
-** {H12713} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] omits the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, an error is returned.
-**
-** {H12714} If the G parameter to [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)] contains the
-**          bit value [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] and the database does not
-**          previously exist, then an attempt is made to create and
-**          initialize the database.
-**
-** {H12717} If the filename argument to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()] is ":memory:", then an private,
-**          ephemeral, in-memory database is created for the connection.
-**          <todo>Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?</todo>
-**
-** {H12719} If the filename is NULL or an empty string, then a private,
-**          ephemeral on-disk database will be created.
-**          <todo>Is SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE required
-**          in sqlite3_open_v2()?</todo>
-**
-** {H12721} The [database connection] created by [sqlite3_open_v2(F,D,G,V)]
-**          will use the [sqlite3_vfs] object identified by the V parameter,
-**          or the default [sqlite3_vfs] object if V is a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H12723} Two [database connections] will share a common cache if both were
-**          opened with the same VFS while [shared cache mode] was enabled and
-**          if both filenames compare equal using memcmp() after having been
-**          processed by the [sqlite3_vfs | xFullPathname] method of the VFS.
-*/
-int sqlite3_open(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-int sqlite3_open16(
-  const void *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-16) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb          /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-);
-int sqlite3_open_v2(
-  const char *filename,   /* Database filename (UTF-8) */
-  sqlite3 **ppDb,         /* OUT: SQLite db handle */
-  int flags,              /* Flags */
-  const char *zVfs        /* Name of VFS module to use */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages {H12800} <S60200>
-**
-** The sqlite3_errcode() interface returns the numeric [result code] or
-** [extended result code] for the most recent failed sqlite3_* API call
-** associated with a [database connection]. If a prior API call failed
-** but the most recent API call succeeded, the return value from
-** sqlite3_errcode() is undefined.
-**
-** The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language
-** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-** Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally.
-** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result.
-** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by
-** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.
-**
-** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface
-** was invoked incorrectly by the application.  In that case, the
-** error code and message may or may not be set.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12801} The [sqlite3_errcode(D)] interface returns the numeric
-**          [result code] or [extended result code] for the most recently
-**          failed interface call associated with the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12803} The [sqlite3_errmsg(D)] and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)]
-**          interfaces return English-language text that describes
-**          the error in the mostly recently failed interface call,
-**          encoded as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively.
-**
-** {H12807} The strings returned by [sqlite3_errmsg()] and [sqlite3_errmsg16()]
-**          are valid until the next SQLite interface call.
-**
-** {H12808} Calls to API routines that do not return an error code
-**          (example: [sqlite3_data_count()]) do not
-**          change the error code or message returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-**
-** {H12809} Interfaces that are not associated with a specific
-**          [database connection] (examples:
-**          [sqlite3_mprintf()] or [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]
-**          do not change the values returned by
-**          [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], or [sqlite3_errmsg16()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db);
-const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*);
-const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Statement Object {H13000} <H13010>
-** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement.
-** This object is variously known as a "prepared statement" or a
-** "compiled SQL statement" or simply as a "statement".
-**
-** The life of a statement object goes something like this:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li> Create the object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or a related
-**      function.
-** <li> Bind values to [host parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*()
-**      interfaces.
-** <li> Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times.
-** <li> Reset the statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back
-**      to step 2.  Do this zero or more times.
-** <li> Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()].
-** </ol>
-**
-** Refer to documentation on individual methods above for additional
-** information.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits {H12760} <S20600>
-**
-** This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited
-** on a connection by connection basis.  The first parameter is the
-** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried.  The
-** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a
-** class of constructs to be size limited.  The third parameter is the
-** new limit for that construct.  The function returns the old limit.
-**
-** If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged.
-** For the limit category of SQLITE_LIMIT_XYZ there is a hard upper
-** bound set by a compile-time C preprocessor macro named SQLITE_MAX_XYZ.
-** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".)
-** Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are
-** silently truncated to the hard upper limit.
-**
-** Run time limits are intended for use in applications that manage
-** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled
-** by untrusted external sources.  An example application might be a
-** webbrowser that has its own databases for storing history and
-** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded
-** off the Internet.  The internal databases can be given the
-** large, default limits.  Databases managed by external sources can
-** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service
-** attack.  Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()]
-** interface to further control untrusted SQL.  The size of the database
-** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the
-** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA].
-**
-** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12762} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is
-**          positive changes the limit on the size of construct C in the
-**          [database connection] D to the lesser of V and the hard upper
-**          bound on the size of C that is set at compile-time.
-**
-** {H12766} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] where V is negative
-**          leaves the state of the [database connection] D unchanged.
-**
-** {H12769} A successful call to [sqlite3_limit(D,C,V)] returns the
-**          value of the limit on the size of construct C in the
-**          [database connection] D as it was prior to the call.
-*/
-int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories {H12790} <H12760>
-** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {limit categories}
-**
-** These constants define various aspects of a [database connection]
-** that can be limited in size by calls to [sqlite3_limit()].
-** The meanings of the various limits are as follows:
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row.<dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of an SQL statement.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the
-** result set of a SELECT or the maximum number of columns in an index
-** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program
-** used to implement an SQL statement.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of arguments on a function.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of attached databases.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum length of the pattern argument to the LIKE or
-** GLOB operators.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER</dt>
-** <dd>The maximum number of variables in an SQL statement that can
-** be bound.</dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH                    0
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH                1
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN                    2
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH                3
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT           4
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP                   5
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG              6
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED                  7
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH       8
-#define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER           9
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement {H13010} <S10000>
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler}
-**
-** To execute an SQL query, it must first be compiled into a byte-code
-** program using one of these routines.
-**
-** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a
-** prior call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or [sqlite3_open16()].
-**
-** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded
-** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16.  The sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare_v2()
-** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2()
-** use UTF-16.
-**
-** If the nByte argument is less than zero, then zSql is read up to the
-** first zero terminator. If nByte is non-negative, then it is the maximum
-** number of  bytes read from zSql.  When nByte is non-negative, the
-** zSql string ends at either the first '\000' or '\u0000' character or
-** the nByte-th byte, whichever comes first. If the caller knows
-** that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then there is a small
-** performance advantage to be gained by passing an nByte parameter that
-** is equal to the number of bytes in the input string <i>including</i>
-** the nul-terminator bytes.
-**
-** *pzTail is made to point to the first byte past the end of the
-** first SQL statement in zSql.  These routines only compile the first
-** statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to what remains
-** uncompiled.
-**
-** *ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be
-** executed using [sqlite3_step()].  If there is an error, *ppStmt is set
-** to NULL.  If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty
-** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL.
-** {A13018} The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled
-** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it.
-**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned, otherwise an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** The sqlite3_prepare_v2() and sqlite3_prepare16_v2() interfaces are
-** recommended for all new programs. The two older interfaces are retained
-** for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged.
-** In the "v2" interfaces, the prepared statement
-** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the
-** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to
-** behave a differently in two ways:
-**
-** <ol>
-** <li>
-** If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it
-** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL
-** statement and try to run it again.  If the schema has changed in
-** a way that makes the statement no longer valid, [sqlite3_step()] will still
-** return [SQLITE_SCHEMA].  But unlike the legacy behavior, [SQLITE_SCHEMA] is
-** now a fatal error.  Calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] again will not make the
-** error go away.  Note: use [sqlite3_errmsg()] to find the text
-** of the parsing error that results in an [SQLITE_SCHEMA] return.
-** </li>
-**
-** <li>
-** When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed
-** [error codes] or [extended error codes].  The legacy behavior was that
-** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code
-** and you would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] in order
-** to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare
-** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately.
-** </li>
-** </ol>
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13011} The [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-8.
-**
-** {H13012} The [sqlite3_prepare16(db,zSql,...)] and
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2(db,zSql,...)] interfaces interpret the
-**          text in their zSql parameter as UTF-16 in the native byte order.
-**
-** {H13013} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is less than zero, the SQL text is
-**          read from zSql is read up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** {H13014} If the nByte argument to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,nByte,...)]
-**          and its variants is non-negative, then at most nBytes bytes of
-**          SQL text is read from zSql.
-**
-** {H13015} In [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,P,pzTail)] and its variants
-**          if the zSql input text contains more than one SQL statement
-**          and pzTail is not NULL, then *pzTail is made to point to the
-**          first byte past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql.
-**          <todo>What does *pzTail point to if there is one statement?</todo>
-**
-** {H13016} A successful call to [sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,zSql,N,ppStmt,...)]
-**          or one of its variants writes into *ppStmt a pointer to a new
-**          [prepared statement] or a pointer to NULL if zSql contains
-**          nothing other than whitespace or comments.
-**
-** {H13019} The [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] interface and its variants return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] or an appropriate [error code] upon failure.
-**
-** {H13021} Before [sqlite3_prepare(db,zSql,nByte,ppStmt,pzTail)] or its
-**          variants returns an error (any value other than [SQLITE_OK]),
-**          they first set *ppStmt to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_prepare(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const char *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const char **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare16(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,            /* Database handle */
-  const void *zSql,       /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */
-  int nByte,              /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */
-  sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt,  /* OUT: Statement handle */
-  const void **pzTail     /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPIREF: Retrieving Statement SQL {H13100} <H13000>
-**
-** This interface can be used to retrieve a saved copy of the original
-** SQL text used to create a [prepared statement] if that statement was
-** compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13101} If the [prepared statement] passed as the argument to
-**          [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], then [sqlite3_sql()] returns
-**          a pointer to a zero-terminated string containing a UTF-8 rendering
-**          of the original SQL statement.
-**
-** {H13102} If the [prepared statement] passed as the argument to
-**          [sqlite3_sql()] was compiled using either [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**          [sqlite3_prepare16()], then [sqlite3_sql()] returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H13103} The string returned by [sqlite3_sql(S)] is valid until the
-**          [prepared statement] S is deleted using [sqlite3_finalize(S)].
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object {H15000} <S20200>
-** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value}
-**
-** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values
-** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing
-** for the values it stores. Values stored in sqlite3_value objects
-** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL.
-**
-** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected".
-** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value.  Other interfaces
-** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value.
-** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies
-** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value.
-**
-** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not
-** a mutex is held.  A internal mutex is held for a protected
-** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected
-** sqlite3_value object.  If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded
-** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0)
-** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]
-** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably.  However,
-** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications
-** still make the distinction between between protected and unprotected
-** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required.
-**
-** The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the
-** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected.
-** The sqlite3_value object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected.
-** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used with
-** [sqlite3_result_value()] and [sqlite3_bind_value()].
-** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of
-** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects.
-*/
-typedef struct Mem sqlite3_value;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object {H16001} <S20200>
-**
-** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an
-** sqlite3_context object.  A pointer to an sqlite3_context object
-** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions].
-** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this
-** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()],
-** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()],
-** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()],
-** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()].
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements {H13500} <S70300>
-** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name}
-** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding}
-**
-** In the SQL strings input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants,
-** literals may be replaced by a parameter in one of these forms:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  ?
-** <li>  ?NNN
-** <li>  :VVV
-** <li>  @VVV
-** <li>  $VVV
-** </ul>
-**
-** In the parameter forms shown above NNN is an integer literal,
-** and VVV is an alpha-numeric parameter name. The values of these
-** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters")
-** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here.
-**
-** The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always
-** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants.
-**
-** The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set.
-** The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1.  When the same named
-** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent
-** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence.
-** The index for named parameters can be looked up using the
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired.  The index
-** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN.
-** The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()]
-** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999).
-**
-** The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter.
-**
-** In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the
-** number of bytes in the parameter.  To be clear: the value is the
-** number of <u>bytes</u> in the value, not the number of characters.
-** If the fourth parameter is negative, the length of the string is
-** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator.
-**
-** The fifth argument to sqlite3_bind_blob(), sqlite3_bind_text(), and
-** sqlite3_bind_text16() is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or
-** string after SQLite has finished with it. If the fifth argument is
-** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the
-** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed.
-** If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then
-** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before
-** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns.
-**
-** The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that
-** is filled with zeroes.  A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory
-** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed.
-** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose
-** content is later written using
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines.
-** A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB.
-**
-** The sqlite3_bind_*() routines must be called after
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] (and its variants) or [sqlite3_reset()] and
-** before [sqlite3_step()].
-** Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine.
-** Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL.
-**
-** These routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an error code if
-** anything goes wrong.  [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter
-** index is out of range.  [SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails.
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] might be returned if these routines are called on a
-** virtual machine that is the wrong state or which has already been finalized.
-** Detection of misuse is unreliable.  Applications should not depend
-** on SQLITE_MISUSE returns.  SQLITE_MISUSE is intended to indicate a
-** a logic error in the application.  Future versions of SQLite might
-** panic rather than return SQLITE_MISUSE.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13506} The [SQL statement compiler] recognizes tokens of the forms
-**          "?", "?NNN", "$VVV", ":VVV", and "@VVV" as SQL parameters,
-**          where NNN is any sequence of one or more digits
-**          and where VVV is any sequence of one or more alphanumeric
-**          characters or "::" optionally followed by a string containing
-**          no spaces and contained within parentheses.
-**
-** {H13509} The initial value of an SQL parameter is NULL.
-**
-** {H13512} The index of an "?" SQL parameter is one larger than the
-**          largest index of SQL parameter to the left, or 1 if
-**          the "?" is the leftmost SQL parameter.
-**
-** {H13515} The index of an "?NNN" SQL parameter is the integer NNN.
-**
-** {H13518} The index of an ":VVV", "$VVV", or "@VVV" SQL parameter is
-**          the same as the index of leftmost occurrences of the same
-**          parameter, or one more than the largest index over all
-**          parameters to the left if this is the first occurrence
-**          of this parameter, or 1 if this is the leftmost parameter.
-**
-** {H13521} The [SQL statement compiler] fails with an [SQLITE_RANGE]
-**          error if the index of an SQL parameter is less than 1
-**          or greater than the compile-time SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
-**          parameter.
-**
-** {H13524} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,V,...)]
-**          associate the value V with all SQL parameters having an
-**          index of N in the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13527} Calls to [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,N,...)]
-**          override prior calls with the same values of S and N.
-**
-** {H13530} Bindings established by [sqlite3_bind_text | sqlite3_bind(S,...)]
-**          persist across calls to [sqlite3_reset(S)].
-**
-** {H13533} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds the first L
-**          bytes of the BLOB or string pointed to by V, when L
-**          is non-negative.
-**
-** {H13536} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)] or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] SQLite binds characters
-**          from V through the first zero character when L is negative.
-**
-** {H13539} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_STATIC], SQLite assumes that the value V
-**          is held in static unmanaged space that will not change
-**          during the lifetime of the binding.
-**
-** {H13542} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is the special
-**          constant [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], the routine makes a
-**          private copy of the value V before it returns.
-**
-** {H13545} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_blob(S,N,V,L,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text(S,N,V,L,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_bind_text16(S,N,V,L,D)] when D is a pointer to
-**          a function, SQLite invokes that function to destroy the
-**          value V after it has finished using the value V.
-**
-** {H13548} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(S,N,V,L)] the value bound
-**          is a BLOB of L bytes, or a zero-length BLOB if L is negative.
-**
-** {H13551} In calls to [sqlite3_bind_value(S,N,V)] the V argument may
-**          be either a [protected sqlite3_value] object or an
-**          [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double);
-int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64);
-int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, int n, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters {H13600} <S70300>
-**
-** This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters]
-** in a [prepared statement].  SQL parameters are tokens of the
-** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as
-** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound]
-** to the parameters at a later time.
-**
-** This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost)
-** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the
-** number of unique parameters.  If parameters of the ?NNN are used,
-** there may be gaps in the list.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13601} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(S)] interface returns
-**          the largest index of all SQL parameters in the
-**          [prepared statement] S, or 0 if S contains no SQL parameters.
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter {H13620} <S70300>
-**
-** This routine returns a pointer to the name of the n-th
-** [SQL parameter] in a [prepared statement].
-** SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA"
-** respectively.
-** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?"
-** is included as part of the name.
-** Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name
-** and are also referred to as "anonymous parameters".
-**
-** The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0.
-**
-** If the value n is out of range or if the n-th parameter is
-** nameless, then NULL is returned.  The returned string is
-** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was
-** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()] or
-** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13621} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(S,N)] interface returns
-**          a UTF-8 rendering of the name of the SQL parameter in
-**          the [prepared statement] S having index N, or
-**          NULL if there is no SQL parameter with index N or if the
-**          parameter with index N is an anonymous parameter "?".
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name {H13640} <S70300>
-**
-** Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name.  The
-** index value returned is suitable for use as the second
-** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()].  A zero
-** is returned if no matching parameter is found.  The parameter
-** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement
-** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()].
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()],
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and
-** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13641} The [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(S,N)] interface returns
-**          the index of SQL parameter in the [prepared statement]
-**          S whose name matches the UTF-8 string N, or 0 if there is
-**          no match.
-*/
-int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement {H13660} <S70300>
-**
-** Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement].
-** Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13661} The [sqlite3_clear_bindings(S)] interface resets all SQL
-**          parameter bindings in the [prepared statement] S back to NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set {H13710} <S10700>
-**
-** Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the
-** [prepared statement]. This routine returns 0 if pStmt is an SQL
-** statement that does not return data (for example an [UPDATE]).
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13711} The [sqlite3_column_count(S)] interface returns the number of
-**          columns in the result set generated by the [prepared statement] S,
-**          or 0 if S does not generate a result set.
-*/
-int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set {H13720} <S10700>
-**
-** These routines return the name assigned to a particular column
-** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement.  The sqlite3_column_name()
-** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string
-** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated
-** UTF-16 string.  The first parameter is the [prepared statement]
-** that implements the [SELECT] statement. The second parameter is the
-** column number.  The leftmost column is number 0.
-**
-** The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement]
-** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the next call to
-** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column.
-**
-** If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine
-** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a
-** NULL pointer is returned.
-**
-** The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for
-** that column, if there is an AS clause.  If there is no AS clause
-** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from
-** one release of SQLite to the next.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13721} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name of the Nth column (where 0 is
-**          the leftmost column) for the result set of the
-**          [prepared statement] S as a zero-terminated UTF-8 string.
-**
-** {H13723} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)]
-**          interface returns the name of the Nth column (where 0 is
-**          the leftmost column) for the result set of the
-**          [prepared statement] S as a zero-terminated UTF-16 string
-**          in the native byte order.
-**
-** {H13724} The [sqlite3_column_name()] and [sqlite3_column_name16()]
-**          interfaces return a NULL pointer if they are unable to
-**          allocate memory to hold their normal return strings.
-**
-** {H13725} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] is out of range, then the
-**          interfaces return a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H13726} The strings returned by [sqlite3_column_name(S,N)] and
-**          [sqlite3_column_name16(S,N)] are valid until the next
-**          call to either routine with the same S and N parameters
-**          or until [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
-**
-** {H13727} When a result column of a [SELECT] statement contains
-**          an AS clause, the name of that column is the identifier
-**          to the right of the AS keyword.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result {H13740} <S10700>
-**
-** These routines provide a means to determine what column of what
-** table in which database a result of a [SELECT] statement comes from.
-** The name of the database or table or column can be returned as
-** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string.  The _database_ routines return
-** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and
-** the origin_ routines return the column name.
-** The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed
-** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the same information is requested
-** again in a different encoding.
-**
-** The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the
-** database, table, and column.
-**
-** The first argument to the following calls is a [prepared statement].
-** These functions return information about the Nth column returned by
-** the statement, where N is the second function argument.
-**
-** If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or
-** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return
-** NULL.  These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error
-** occurs.  Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table
-** and column that query result column was extracted from.
-**
-** As with all other SQLite APIs, those postfixed with "16" return
-** UTF-16 encoded strings, the other functions return UTF-8. {END}
-**
-** These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-**
-** {A13751}
-** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same
-** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are
-** undefined.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13741} The [sqlite3_column_database_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the database from which the
-**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
-**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13742} The [sqlite3_column_database_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the database
-**          from which the Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is
-**          extracted, or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13743} The [sqlite3_column_table_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table from which the
-**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
-**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13744} The [sqlite3_column_table_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the table
-**          from which the Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is
-**          extracted, or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13745} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-8 zero-terminated name of the table column from which the
-**          Nth result column of the [prepared statement] S is extracted,
-**          or NULL if the Nth column of S is a general expression
-**          or if unable to allocate memory to store the name.
-**
-** {H13746} The [sqlite3_column_origin_name16(S,N)] interface returns either
-**          the UTF-16 native byte order zero-terminated name of the table
-**          column from which the Nth result column of the
-**          [prepared statement] S is extracted, or NULL if the Nth column
-**          of S is a general expression or if unable to allocate memory
-**          to store the name.
-**
-** {H13748} The return values from
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-**          are valid for the lifetime of the [prepared statement]
-**          or until the encoding is changed by another metadata
-**          interface call for the same prepared statement and column.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A13751} If two or more threads call one or more
-**          [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces]
-**          for the same [prepared statement] and result column
-**          at the same time then the results are undefined.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result {H13760} <S10700>
-**
-** The first parameter is a [prepared statement].
-** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the
-** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an
-** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table
-** column is returned.  If the Nth column of the result set is an
-** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned.
-** The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. {END}
-**
-** For example, given the database schema:
-**
-** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT);
-**
-** and the following statement to be compiled:
-**
-** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1;
-**
-** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result
-** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).
-**
-** SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing.  So just because a column
-** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the
-** data stored in that column is of the declared type.  SQLite is
-** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static.  Type
-** is associated with individual values, not with the containers
-** used to hold those values.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13761}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] returns a
-**           zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the declared datatype
-**           of the table column that appears as the Nth column (numbered
-**           from 0) of the result set to the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13762}  A successful call to [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)]
-**           returns a zero-terminated UTF-16 native byte order string
-**           containing the declared datatype of the table column that appears
-**           as the Nth column (numbered from 0) of the result set to the
-**           [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13763}  If N is less than 0 or N is greater than or equal to
-**           the number of columns in the [prepared statement] S,
-**           or if the Nth column of S is an expression or subquery rather
-**           than a table column, or if a memory allocation failure
-**           occurs during encoding conversions, then
-**           calls to [sqlite3_column_decltype(S,N)] or
-**           [sqlite3_column_decltype16(S,N)] return NULL.
-*/
-const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement {H13200} <S10000>
-**
-** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using either
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or one of the legacy
-** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function
-** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement.
-**
-** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend
-** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "v2" interface
-** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy
-** interface [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()].  The use of the
-** new "v2" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy
-** interface will continue to be supported.
-**
-** In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY],
-** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-** With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or
-** [extended result codes] might be returned as well.
-**
-** [SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the
-** database locks it needs to do its job.  If the statement is a [COMMIT]
-** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the
-** statement.  If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within a
-** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before
-** continuing.
-**
-** [SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing
-** successfully.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual
-** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual
-** machine back to its initial state.
-**
-** If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW]
-** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the
-** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions].
-** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data.
-**
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint
-** violation) has occurred.  sqlite3_step() should not be called again on
-** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-** With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example,
-** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth)
-** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the
-** [prepared statement].  In the "v2" interface,
-** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step().
-**
-** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately.
-** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has
-** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had
-** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE].  Or it could
-** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or
-** more threads at the same moment in time.
-**
-** <b>Goofy Interface Alert:</b> In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step()
-** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any
-** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE].  You must call
-** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the
-** specific [error codes] that better describes the error.
-** We admit that this is a goofy design.  The problem has been fixed
-** with the "v2" interface.  If you prepare all of your SQL statements
-** using either [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] instead
-** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces,
-** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly
-** by sqlite3_step().  The use of the "v2" interface is recommended.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13202}  If the [prepared statement] S is ready to be run, then
-**           [sqlite3_step(S)] advances that prepared statement until
-**           completion or until it is ready to return another row of the
-**           result set, or until an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt]
-**           or a run-time error occurs.
-**
-** {H15304}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] causes the [prepared statement]
-**           S to run to completion, the function returns [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {H15306}  When a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] stops because it is ready to
-**           return another row of the result set, it returns [SQLITE_ROW].
-**
-** {H15308}  If a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] encounters an
-**           [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt] or a run-time error,
-**           it returns an appropriate error code that is not one of
-**           [SQLITE_OK], [SQLITE_ROW], or [SQLITE_DONE].
-**
-** {H15310}  If an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt] or a run-time error
-**           occurs during a call to [sqlite3_step(S)]
-**           for a [prepared statement] S created using
-**           legacy interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or
-**           [sqlite3_prepare16()], then the function returns either
-**           [SQLITE_ERROR], [SQLITE_BUSY], or [SQLITE_MISUSE].
-*/
-int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set {H13770} <S10700>
-**
-** Returns the number of values in the current row of the result set.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13771}  After a call to [sqlite3_step(S)] that returns [SQLITE_ROW],
-**           the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine will return the same value
-**           as the [sqlite3_column_count(S)] function.
-**
-** {H13772}  After [sqlite3_step(S)] has returned any value other than
-**           [SQLITE_ROW] or before [sqlite3_step(S)] has been called on the
-**           [prepared statement] for the first time since it was
-**           [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] or [sqlite3_reset | reset],
-**           the [sqlite3_data_count(S)] routine returns zero.
-*/
-int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes {H10265} <S10110><S10120>
-** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT
-**
-** {H10266} Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> 64-bit signed integer
-** <li> 64-bit IEEE floating point number
-** <li> string
-** <li> BLOB
-** <li> NULL
-** </ul> {END}
-**
-** These constants are codes for each of those types.
-**
-** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2
-** for a completely different meaning.  Software that links against both
-** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not
-** SQLITE_TEXT.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_INTEGER  1
-#define SQLITE_FLOAT    2
-#define SQLITE_BLOB     4
-#define SQLITE_NULL     5
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEXT
-# undef SQLITE_TEXT
-#else
-# define SQLITE_TEXT     3
-#endif
-#define SQLITE3_TEXT     3
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query {H13800} <S10700>
-** KEYWORDS: {column access functions}
-**
-** These routines form the "result set query" interface.
-**
-** These routines return information about a single column of the current
-** result row of a query.  In every case the first argument is a pointer
-** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*]
-** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants)
-** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information
-** should be returned.  The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0.
-**
-** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the
-** column index is out of range, the result is undefined.
-** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to
-** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither
-** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently.
-** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned
-** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined.
-** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()]
-** are called from a different thread while any of these routines
-** are pending, then the results are undefined.
-**
-** The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the
-** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type
-** of the result column.  The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER],
-** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].  The value
-** returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no type
-** conversions have occurred as described below.  After a type conversion,
-** the value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is undefined.  Future
-** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type()
-** following a type conversion.
-**
-** If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string.
-** If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts
-** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes.
-** If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses
-** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns
-** the number of bytes in that string.
-** The value returned does not include the zero terminator at the end
-** of the string.  For clarity: the value returned is the number of
-** bytes in the string, not the number of characters.
-**
-** Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(),
-** even empty strings, are always zero terminated.  The return
-** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is an arbitrary
-** pointer, possibly even a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The sqlite3_column_bytes16() routine is similar to sqlite3_column_bytes()
-** but leaves the result in UTF-16 in native byte order instead of UTF-8.
-** The zero terminator is not included in this count.
-**
-** The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object.  An unprotected sqlite3_value object
-** may only be used with [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()].
-** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by
-** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls
-** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** These routines attempt to convert the value where appropriate.  For
-** example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result
-** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the
-** conversion automatically.  The following table details the conversions
-** that are applied:
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Internal<br>Type <th> Requested<br>Type <th>  Conversion
-**
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td> INTEGER   <td> Result is 0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Result is 0.0
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   TEXT    <td> Result is NULL pointer
-** <tr><td>  NULL    <td>   BLOB    <td> Result is NULL pointer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert from integer to float
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the integer
-** <tr><td> INTEGER  <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as INTEGER->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert from float to integer
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   TEXT    <td> ASCII rendering of the float
-** <tr><td>  FLOAT   <td>   BLOB    <td> Same as FLOAT->TEXT
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td> INTEGER   <td> Use atoi()
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Use atof()
-** <tr><td>  TEXT    <td>   BLOB    <td> No change
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td> INTEGER   <td> Convert to TEXT then use atoi()
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>  FLOAT    <td> Convert to TEXT then use atof()
-** <tr><td>  BLOB    <td>   TEXT    <td> Add a zero terminator if needed
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>
-**
-** The table above makes reference to standard C library functions atoi()
-** and atof().  SQLite does not really use these functions.  It has its
-** own equivalent internal routines.  The atoi() and atof() names are
-** used in the table for brevity and because they are familiar to most
-** C programmers.
-**
-** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior
-** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or
-** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated.
-** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur
-** in the following cases:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li> The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  A zero-terminator might
-**      need to be added to the string.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text16() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-16.</li>
-** <li> The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-**      sqlite3_column_text() is called.  The content must be converted
-**      to UTF-8.</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do
-** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer
-** that the prior pointer points to will have been modified.  Other kinds
-** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they
-** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated.
-**
-** The safest and easiest to remember policy is to invoke these routines
-** in one of the following ways:
-**
-** <ul>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()</li>
-**  <li>sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()</li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(),
-** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result
-** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result.  Do not mix calls
-** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to
-** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16()
-** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes().
-**
-** The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as
-** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or
-** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called.  The memory space used to hold strings
-** and BLOBs is freed automatically.  Do <b>not</b> pass the pointers returned
-** [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into
-** [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** If a memory allocation error occurs during the evaluation of any
-** of these routines, a default value is returned.  The default value
-** is either the integer 0, the floating point number 0.0, or a NULL
-** pointer.  Subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] will return
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13803} The [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S into a BLOB and then returns a
-**          pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {H13806} The [sqlite3_column_bytes(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the BLOB or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_blob(S,N)] or
-**          [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)].
-**
-** {H13809} The [sqlite3_column_bytes16(S,N)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)].
-**
-** {H13812} The [sqlite3_column_double(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {H13815} The [sqlite3_column_int(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {H13818} The [sqlite3_column_int64(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {H13821} The [sqlite3_column_text(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated UTF-8
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H13824} The [sqlite3_column_text16(S,N)] interface converts the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for the
-**          [prepared statement] S into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order string and returns
-**          a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H13827} The [sqlite3_column_type(S,N)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S.
-**
-** {H13830} The [sqlite3_column_value(S,N)] interface returns a
-**          pointer to an [unprotected sqlite3_value] object for the
-**          Nth column in the current row of the result set for
-**          the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object {H13300} <S70300><S30100>
-**
-** The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement].
-** If the statement was executed successfully or not executed at all, then
-** SQLITE_OK is returned. If execution of the statement failed then an
-** [error code] or [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** This routine can be called at any point during the execution of the
-** [prepared statement].  If the virtual machine has not
-** completed execution when this routine is called, that is like
-** encountering an error or an [sqlite3_interrupt | interrupt].
-** Incomplete updates may be rolled back and transactions canceled,
-** depending on the circumstances, and the
-** [error code] returned will be [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H11302} The [sqlite3_finalize(S)] interface destroys the
-**          [prepared statement] S and releases all
-**          memory and file resources held by that object.
-**
-** {H11304} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S returned an error,
-**          then [sqlite3_finalize(S)] returns that same error.
-*/
-int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object {H13330} <S70300>
-**
-** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement]
-** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed.
-** Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using
-** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values.
-** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings.
-**
-** {H11332} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S
-**          back to the beginning of its program.
-**
-** {H11334} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE],
-**          or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S,
-**          then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK].
-**
-** {H11336} If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the
-**          [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then
-**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code].
-**
-** {H11338} The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values
-**          of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions {H16100} <S20200>
-** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function}
-** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions}
-**
-** These two functions (collectively known as "function creation routines")
-** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior
-** of existing SQL functions or aggregates.  The only difference between the
-** two is that the second parameter, the name of the (scalar) function or
-** aggregate, is encoded in UTF-8 for sqlite3_create_function() and UTF-16
-** for sqlite3_create_function16().
-**
-** The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL
-** function is to be added.  If a single program uses more than one database
-** connection internally, then SQL functions must be added individually to
-** each database connection.
-**
-** The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or
-** redefined.  The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes, exclusive of
-** the zero-terminator.  Note that the name length limit is in bytes, not
-** characters.  Any attempt to create a function with a longer name
-** will result in [SQLITE_ERROR] being returned.
-**
-** The third parameter (nArg)
-** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or
-** aggregate takes. If this parameter is negative, then the SQL function or
-** aggregate may take any number of arguments.
-**
-** The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what
-** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for
-** its parameters.  Any SQL function implementation should be able to work
-** work with UTF-8, UTF-16le, or UTF-16be.  But some implementations may be
-** more efficient with one encoding than another.  It is allowed to
-** invoke sqlite3_create_function() or sqlite3_create_function16() multiple
-** times with the same function but with different values of eTextRep.
-** When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite
-** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion.
-** If there is only a single implementation which does not care what text
-** encoding is used, then the fourth argument should be [SQLITE_ANY].
-**
-** The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer.  The implementation of the
-** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].
-**
-** The seventh, eighth and ninth parameters, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are
-** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or
-** aggregate. A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc
-** callback only, NULL pointers should be passed as the xStep and xFinal
-** parameters. An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep
-** and xFinal and NULL should be passed for xFunc. To delete an existing
-** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL for all three function callbacks.
-**
-** It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same
-** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of
-** arguments or differing preferred text encodings.  SQLite will use
-** the implementation most closely matches the way in which the
-** SQL function is used.  A function implementation with a non-negative
-** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with
-** a negative nArg.  A function where the preferred text encoding
-** matches the database encoding is a better
-** match than a function where the encoding is different.  
-** A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be
-** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is
-** between UTF8 and UTF16.
-**
-** Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions.
-** The first application-defined function with a given name overrides all
-** built-in functions in the same [database connection] with the same name.
-** Subsequent application-defined functions of the same name only override 
-** prior application-defined functions that are an exact match for the
-** number of parameters and preferred encoding.
-**
-** An application-defined function is permitted to call other
-** SQLite interfaces.  However, such calls must not
-** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared
-** statement in which the function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16103} The [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,...)] interface shall behave
-**          as [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] in every way except that it
-**          interprets the X argument as zero-terminated UTF-16
-**          native byte order instead of as zero-terminated UTF-8.
-**
-** {H16106} A successful invocation of the
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)] interface shall register
-**          or replaces callback functions in the [database connection] D
-**          used to implement the SQL function named X with N parameters
-**          and having a preferred text encoding of E.
-**
-** {H16109} A successful call to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          shall replace the P, F, S, and L values from any prior calls with
-**          the same D, X, N, and E values.
-**
-** {H16112} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,...)] interface shall fail
-**          if the SQL function name X is
-**          longer than 255 bytes exclusive of the zero terminator.
-**
-** {H16118} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] interface
-**          shall fail unless either F is NULL and S and L are non-NULL or
-***         F is non-NULL and S and L are NULL.
-**
-** {H16121} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,...)] interface shall fails with an
-**          error code of [SQLITE_BUSY] if there exist [prepared statements]
-**          associated with the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H16124} The [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)] interface shall fail with
-**          an error code of [SQLITE_ERROR] if parameter N is less
-**          than -1 or greater than 127.
-**
-** {H16127} When N is non-negative, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface shall register callbacks to be invoked for the
-**          SQL function
-**          named X when the number of arguments to the SQL function is
-**          exactly N.
-**
-** {H16130} When N is -1, the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          interface shall register callbacks to be invoked for the SQL
-**          function named X with any number of arguments.
-**
-** {H16133} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X
-**          and when one implementation has N>=0 and the other has N=(-1)
-**          the implementation with a non-zero N shall be preferred.
-**
-** {H16136} When calls to [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,...)]
-**          specify multiple implementations of the same function X with
-**          the same number of arguments N but with different
-**          encodings E, then the implementation where E matches the
-**          database encoding shall preferred.
-**
-** {H16139} For an aggregate SQL function created using
-**          [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,0,S,L)] the finalizer
-**          function L shall always be invoked exactly once if the
-**          step function S is called one or more times.
-**
-** {H16142} When SQLite invokes either the xFunc or xStep function of
-**          an application-defined SQL function or aggregate created
-**          by [sqlite3_create_function()] or [sqlite3_create_function16()],
-**          then the array of [sqlite3_value] objects passed as the
-**          third parameter shall be [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_function(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_function16(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const void *zFunctionName,
-  int nArg,
-  int eTextRep,
-  void *pApp,
-  void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-  void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings {H10267} <S50200> <H16100>
-**
-** These constant define integer codes that represent the various
-** text encodings supported by SQLite.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_UTF8           1
-#define SQLITE_UTF16LE        2
-#define SQLITE_UTF16BE        3
-#define SQLITE_UTF16          4    /* Use native byte order */
-#define SQLITE_ANY            5    /* sqlite3_create_function only */
-#define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED  8    /* sqlite3_create_collation only */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions
-** DEPRECATED
-**
-** These functions are [deprecated].  In order to maintain
-** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue 
-** to be supported.  However, new applications should avoid
-** the use of these functions.  To help encourage people to avoid
-** using these functions, we are not going to tell you want they do.
-*/
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void);
-SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int),void*,sqlite3_int64);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Function Parameter Values {H15100} <S20200>
-**
-** The C-language implementation of SQL functions and aggregates uses
-** this set of interface routines to access the parameter values on
-** the function or aggregate.
-**
-** The xFunc (for scalar functions) or xStep (for aggregates) parameters
-** to [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** define callbacks that implement the SQL functions and aggregates.
-** The 4th parameter to these callbacks is an array of pointers to
-** [protected sqlite3_value] objects.  There is one [sqlite3_value] object for
-** each parameter to the SQL function.  These routines are used to
-** extract values from the [sqlite3_value] objects.
-**
-** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects.
-** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-** object results in undefined behavior.
-**
-** These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions]
-** except that  these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object
-** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number.
-**
-** The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string
-** in the native byte-order of the host machine.  The
-** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces
-** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively.
-**
-** The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply
-** numeric affinity to the value.  This means that an attempt is
-** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point.  If
-** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other
-** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number)
-** then the conversion is performed.  Otherwise no conversion occurs.
-** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.
-**
-** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned
-** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or
-** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to
-** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()],
-** or [sqlite3_value_text16()].
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread as
-** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H15103} The [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a BLOB and then
-**          returns a pointer to the converted value.
-**
-** {H15106} The [sqlite3_value_bytes(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the BLOB or string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_blob(V)] or
-**          [sqlite3_value_text(V)].
-**
-** {H15109} The [sqlite3_value_bytes16(V)] interface returns the
-**          number of bytes in the string (exclusive of the
-**          zero terminator on the string) that was returned by the
-**          most recent call to [sqlite3_value_text16(V)],
-**          [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)], or [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)].
-**
-** {H15112} The [sqlite3_value_double(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a floating point value and
-**          returns a copy of that value.
-**
-** {H15115} The [sqlite3_value_int(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns the lower 32 bits of that integer.
-**
-** {H15118} The [sqlite3_value_int64(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a 64-bit signed integer and
-**          returns a copy of that integer.
-**
-** {H15121} The [sqlite3_value_text(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated UTF-8
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15124} The [sqlite3_value_text16(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15127} The [sqlite3_value_text16be(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 big-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15130} The [sqlite3_value_text16le(V)] interface converts the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V into a zero-terminated 2-byte
-**          aligned UTF-16 little-endian
-**          string and returns a pointer to that string.
-**
-** {H15133} The [sqlite3_value_type(V)] interface returns
-**          one of [SQLITE_NULL], [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT],
-**          [SQLITE_TEXT], or [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for
-**          the [sqlite3_value] object V.
-**
-** {H15136} The [sqlite3_value_numeric_type(V)] interface converts
-**          the [protected sqlite3_value] object V into either an integer or
-**          a floating point value if it can do so without loss of
-**          information, and returns one of [SQLITE_NULL],
-**          [SQLITE_INTEGER], [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], or
-**          [SQLITE_BLOB] as appropriate for the
-**          [protected sqlite3_value] object V after the conversion attempt.
-*/
-const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*);
-double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*);
-sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*);
-const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*);
-const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*);
-int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context {H16210} <S20200>
-**
-** The implementation of aggregate SQL functions use this routine to allocate
-** a structure for storing their state.
-**
-** The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context() routine is called for a
-** particular aggregate, SQLite allocates nBytes of memory, zeroes out that
-** memory, and returns a pointer to it. On second and subsequent calls to
-** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function index,
-** the same buffer is returned. The implementation of the aggregate can use
-** the returned buffer to accumulate data.
-**
-** SQLite automatically frees the allocated buffer when the aggregate
-** query concludes.
-**
-** The first parameter should be a copy of the
-** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter
-** to the callback routine that implements the aggregate function.
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the aggregate SQL function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16211} The first invocation of [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for
-**          a particular instance of an aggregate function (for a particular
-**          context C) causes SQLite to allocate N bytes of memory,
-**          zero that memory, and return a pointer to the allocated memory.
-**
-** {H16213} If a memory allocation error occurs during
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] then the function returns 0.
-**
-** {H16215} Second and subsequent invocations of
-**          [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] for the same context pointer C
-**          ignore the N parameter and return a pointer to the same
-**          block of memory returned by the first invocation.
-**
-** {H16217} The memory allocated by [sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N)] is
-**          automatically freed on the next call to [sqlite3_reset()]
-**          or [sqlite3_finalize()] for the [prepared statement] containing
-**          the aggregate function associated with context C.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions {H16240} <S20200>
-**
-** The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function. {END}
-**
-** This routine must be called from the same thread in which
-** the application-defined function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16243} The [sqlite3_user_data(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          P pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with [sqlite3_context] C.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions {H16250} <S60600><S20200>
-**
-** The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of
-** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter)
-** of the [sqlite3_create_function()]
-** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally
-** registered the application defined function.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16253} The [sqlite3_context_db_handle(C)] interface returns a copy of the
-**          D pointer from the [sqlite3_create_function(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)]
-**          or [sqlite3_create_function16(D,X,N,E,P,F,S,L)] call that
-**          registered the SQL function associated with [sqlite3_context] C.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data {H16270} <S20200>
-**
-** The following two functions may be used by scalar SQL functions to
-** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to
-** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under
-** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. This may
-** be used, for example, to add a regular-expression matching scalar
-** function. The compiled version of the regular expression is stored as
-** metadata associated with the SQL value passed as the regular expression
-** pattern.  The compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple
-** invocations of the same function so that the original pattern string
-** does not need to be recompiled on each invocation.
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_auxdata() interface returns a pointer to the metadata
-** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata() function with the Nth argument
-** value to the application-defined function. If no metadata has been ever
-** been set for the Nth argument of the function, or if the corresponding
-** function parameter has changed since the meta-data was set,
-** then sqlite3_get_auxdata() returns a NULL pointer.
-**
-** The sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface saves the metadata
-** pointed to by its 3rd parameter as the metadata for the N-th
-** argument of the application-defined function.  Subsequent
-** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata() might return this data, if it has
-** not been destroyed.
-** If it is not NULL, SQLite will invoke the destructor
-** function given by the 4th parameter to sqlite3_set_auxdata() on
-** the metadata when the corresponding function parameter changes
-** or when the SQL statement completes, whichever comes first.
-**
-** SQLite is free to call the destructor and drop metadata on any
-** parameter of any function at any time.  The only guarantee is that
-** the destructor will be called before the metadata is dropped.
-**
-** In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for
-** expressions that are constant at compile time. This includes literal
-** values and SQL variables.
-**
-** These routines must be called from the same thread in which
-** the SQL function is running.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16272} The [sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to metadata associated with the Nth parameter of the SQL function
-**          whose context is C, or NULL if there is no metadata associated
-**          with that parameter.
-**
-** {H16274} The [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] interface assigns a metadata
-**          pointer P to the Nth parameter of the SQL function with context C.
-**
-** {H16276} SQLite will invoke the destructor D with a single argument
-**          which is the metadata pointer P following a call to
-**          [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] when SQLite ceases to hold
-**          the metadata.
-**
-** {H16277} SQLite ceases to hold metadata for an SQL function parameter
-**          when the value of that parameter changes.
-**
-** {H16278} When [sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,D)] is invoked, the destructor
-**          is called for any prior metadata associated with the same function
-**          context C and parameter N.
-**
-** {H16279} SQLite will call destructors for any metadata it is holding
-**          in a particular [prepared statement] S when either
-**          [sqlite3_reset(S)] or [sqlite3_finalize(S)] is called.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N);
-void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*));
-
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior {H10280} <S30100>
-**
-** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the
-** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()].  If the destructor
-** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant
-** and will never change.  It does not need to be destroyed.  The
-** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in
-** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of
-** the content before returning.
-**
-** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain
-** C++ compilers.  See ticket #2191.
-*/
-typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*);
-#define SQLITE_STATIC      ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0)
-#define SQLITE_TRANSIENT   ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1)
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function {H16400} <S20200>
-**
-** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that
-** implement SQL functions and aggregates.  See
-** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()]
-** for additional information.
-**
-** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of
-** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements.
-** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed
-** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the
-** third parameter.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_zeroblob() interfaces set the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a BLOB containing all zero
-** bytes and N bytes in size, where N is the value of the 2nd parameter.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from
-** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified
-** by its 2nd argument.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions
-** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception.
-** SQLite uses the string pointed to by the
-** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16()
-** as the text of an error message.  SQLite interprets the error
-** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. SQLite
-** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native
-** byte order.  If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error
-** message all text up through the first zero character.
-** If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or
-** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many
-** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message.
-** The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16()
-** routines make a private copy of the error message text before
-** they return.  Hence, the calling function can deallocate or
-** modify the text after they return without harm.
-** The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code
-** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function.  By default,
-** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR.  A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error()
-** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a string or BLOB is to long to represent.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an error
-** indicating that a memory allocation failed.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-** The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer
-** value given in the 2nd argument.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value
-** of the application-defined function to be NULL.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(),
-** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces
-** set the return value of the application-defined function to be
-** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order,
-** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively.
-** SQLite takes the text result from the application from
-** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces.
-** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter
-** through the first zero character.
-** If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text
-** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined
-** function result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that
-** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has
-** finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or
-** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite
-** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not
-** copy the it or call a destructor when it has finished using that result.
-** If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces
-** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT
-** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained from
-** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns.
-**
-** The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of
-** the application-defined function to be a copy the
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter.  The
-** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value]
-** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or
-** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm.
-** A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an
-** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either
-** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface.
-**
-** If these routines are called from within the different thread
-** than the one containing the application-defined function that received
-** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16403} The default return value from any SQL function is NULL.
-**
-** {H16406} The [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be a BLOB that is N bytes
-**          in length and with content pointed to by V.
-**
-** {H16409} The [sqlite3_result_double(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the floating point value V.
-**
-** {H16412} The [sqlite3_result_error(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF-8 error message copied from V up to the
-**          first zero byte or until N bytes are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {H16415} The [sqlite3_result_error16(C,V,N)] interface changes the return
-**          value of function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_ERROR] and a UTF-16 native byte order error message
-**          copied from V up to the first zero terminator or until N bytes
-**          are read if N is positive.
-**
-** {H16418} The [sqlite3_result_error_toobig(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_TOOBIG] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {H16421} The [sqlite3_result_error_nomem(C)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code
-**          [SQLITE_NOMEM] and an appropriate error message.
-**
-** {H16424} The [sqlite3_result_error_code(C,E)] interface changes the return
-**          value of the function C to be an exception with error code E.
-**          The error message text is unchanged.
-**
-** {H16427} The [sqlite3_result_int(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 32-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {H16430} The [sqlite3_result_int64(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the 64-bit integer value V.
-**
-** {H16433} The [sqlite3_result_null(C)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be NULL.
-**
-** {H16436} The [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-8 string
-**          V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16439} The [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 native byte order
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16442} The [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 big-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes or V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16445} The [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the UTF-16 little-endian
-**          string V up to the first zero if N is negative
-**          or the first N bytes of V if N is non-negative.
-**
-** {H16448} The [sqlite3_result_value(C,V)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be the [unprotected sqlite3_value]
-**          object V.
-**
-** {H16451} The [sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N)] interface changes the
-**          return value of function C to be an N-byte BLOB of all zeros.
-**
-** {H16454} The [sqlite3_result_error()] and [sqlite3_result_error16()]
-**          interfaces make a copy of their error message strings before
-**          returning.
-**
-** {H16457} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant [SQLITE_STATIC]
-**          then no destructor is ever called on the pointer V and SQLite
-**          assumes that V is immutable.
-**
-** {H16460} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is the constant
-**          [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then the interfaces makes a copy of the
-**          content of V and retains the copy.
-**
-** {H16463} If the D destructor parameter to [sqlite3_result_blob(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text(C,V,N,D)], [sqlite3_result_text16(C,V,N,D)],
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16be(C,V,N,D)], or
-**          [sqlite3_result_text16le(C,V,N,D)] is some value other than
-**          the constants [SQLITE_STATIC] and [SQLITE_TRANSIENT] then
-**          SQLite will invoke the destructor D with V as its only argument
-**          when it has finished with the V value.
-*/
-void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double);
-void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int);
-void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64);
-void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*);
-void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*));
-void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*);
-void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences {H16600} <S20300>
-**
-** These functions are used to add new collation sequences to the
-** [database connection] specified as the first argument.
-**
-** The name of the new collation sequence is specified as a UTF-8 string
-** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2()
-** and a UTF-16 string for sqlite3_create_collation16(). In all cases
-** the name is passed as the second function argument.
-**
-** The third argument may be one of the constants [SQLITE_UTF8],
-** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] or [SQLITE_UTF16BE], indicating that the user-supplied
-** routine expects to be passed pointers to strings encoded using UTF-8,
-** UTF-16 little-endian, or UTF-16 big-endian, respectively. The
-** third argument might also be [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] to indicate that
-** the routine expects pointers to 16-bit word aligned strings
-** of UTF-16 in the native byte order of the host computer.
-**
-** A pointer to the user supplied routine must be passed as the fifth
-** argument.  If it is NULL, this is the same as deleting the collation
-** sequence (so that SQLite cannot call it anymore).
-** Each time the application supplied function is invoked, it is passed
-** as its first parameter a copy of the void* passed as the fourth argument
-** to sqlite3_create_collation() or sqlite3_create_collation16().
-**
-** The remaining arguments to the application-supplied routine are two strings,
-** each represented by a (length, data) pair and encoded in the encoding
-** that was passed as the third argument when the collation sequence was
-** registered. {END}  The application defined collation routine should
-** return negative, zero or positive if the first string is less than,
-** equal to, or greater than the second string. i.e. (STRING1 - STRING2).
-**
-** The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation()
-** except that it takes an extra argument which is a destructor for
-** the collation.  The destructor is called when the collation is
-** destroyed and is passed a copy of the fourth parameter void* pointer
-** of the sqlite3_create_collation_v2().
-** Collations are destroyed when they are overridden by later calls to the
-** collation creation functions or when the [database connection] is closed
-** using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16603} A successful call to the
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] interface
-**          registers function F as the comparison function used to
-**          implement collation X on the [database connection] B for
-**          databases having encoding E.
-**
-** {H16604} SQLite understands the X parameter to
-**          [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)] as a zero-terminated
-**          UTF-8 string in which case is ignored for ASCII characters and
-**          is significant for non-ASCII characters.
-**
-** {H16606} Successive calls to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          with the same values for B, X, and E, override prior values
-**          of P, F, and D.
-**
-** {H16609} If the destructor D in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is not NULL then it is called with argument P when the
-**          collating function is dropped by SQLite.
-**
-** {H16612} A collating function is dropped when it is overloaded.
-**
-** {H16615} A collating function is dropped when the database connection
-**          is closed using [sqlite3_close()].
-**
-** {H16618} The pointer P in [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)]
-**          is passed through as the first parameter to the comparison
-**          function F for all subsequent invocations of F.
-**
-** {H16621} A call to [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] is exactly
-**          the same as a call to [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()] with
-**          the same parameters and a NULL destructor.
-**
-** {H16624} Following a [sqlite3_create_collation_v2(B,X,E,P,F,D)],
-**          SQLite uses the comparison function F for all text comparison
-**          operations on the [database connection] B on text values that
-**          use the collating sequence named X.
-**
-** {H16627} The [sqlite3_create_collation16(B,X,E,P,F)] works the same
-**          as [sqlite3_create_collation(B,X,E,P,F)] except that the
-**          collation name X is understood as UTF-16 in native byte order
-**          instead of UTF-8.
-**
-** {H16630} When multiple comparison functions are available for the same
-**          collating sequence, SQLite chooses the one whose text encoding
-**          requires the least amount of conversion from the default
-**          text encoding of the database.
-*/
-int sqlite3_create_collation(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void*,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_collation_v2(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void*,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)
-);
-int sqlite3_create_collation16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  const void *zName,
-  int eTextRep, 
-  void*,
-  int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks {H16700} <S20300>
-**
-** To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database
-** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the
-** [database connection] to be called whenever an undefined collation
-** sequence is required.
-**
-** If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API,
-** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings
-** encoded in UTF-8. {H16703} If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used,
-** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order.
-** A call to either function replaces any existing callback.
-**
-** When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy
-** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or
-** sqlite3_collation_needed16().  The second argument is the database
-** connection.  The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE],
-** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation
-** sequence function required.  The fourth parameter is the name of the
-** required collation sequence.
-**
-** The callback function should register the desired collation using
-** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or
-** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()].
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16702} A successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed(D,P,F)]
-**          or [sqlite3_collation_needed16(D,P,F)] causes
-**          the [database connection] D to invoke callback F with first
-**          parameter P whenever it needs a comparison function for a
-**          collating sequence that it does not know about.
-**
-** {H16704} Each successful call to [sqlite3_collation_needed()] or
-**          [sqlite3_collation_needed16()] overrides the callback registered
-**          on the same [database connection] by prior calls to either
-**          interface.
-**
-** {H16706} The name of the requested collating function passed in the
-**          4th parameter to the callback is in UTF-8 if the callback
-**          was registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and
-**          is in UTF-16 native byte order if the callback was
-**          registered using [sqlite3_collation_needed16()].
-*/
-int sqlite3_collation_needed(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*, 
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*)
-);
-int sqlite3_collation_needed16(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void*,
-  void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*)
-);
-
-/*
-** Specify the key for an encrypted database.  This routine should be
-** called right after sqlite3_open().
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-int sqlite3_key(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The key */
-);
-
-/*
-** Change the key on an open database.  If the current database is not
-** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it.  If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the
-** database is decrypted.
-**
-** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release
-** of SQLite.
-*/
-int sqlite3_rekey(
-  sqlite3 *db,                   /* Database to be rekeyed */
-  const void *pKey, int nKey     /* The new key */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time {H10530} <S40410>
-**
-** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution
-** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter.
-**
-** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with
-** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to
-** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually
-** requested from the operating system is returned.
-**
-** SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep()
-** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10533} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface invokes the xSleep
-**          method of the default [sqlite3_vfs|VFS] in order to
-**          suspend execution of the current thread for at least
-**          M milliseconds.
-**
-** {H10536} The [sqlite3_sleep(M)] interface returns the number of
-**          milliseconds of sleep actually requested of the operating
-**          system, which might be larger than the parameter M.
-*/
-int sqlite3_sleep(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files {H10310} <S20000>
-**
-** If this global variable is made to point to a string which is
-** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files
-** created by SQLite will be placed in that directory.  If this variable
-** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate
-** temporary file directory.
-**
-** It is not safe to modify this variable once a [database connection]
-** has been opened.  It is intended that this variable be set once
-** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface
-** routines have been call and remain unchanged thereafter.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXTERN char *sqlite3_temp_directory;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode {H12930} <S60200>
-** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode}
-**
-** The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or
-** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode,
-** respectively.  Autocommit mode is on by default.
-** Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement.
-** Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK].
-**
-** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement
-** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR],
-** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the
-** transaction might be rolled back automatically.  The only way to
-** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after
-** an error is to use this function.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12931} The [sqlite3_get_autocommit(D)] interface returns non-zero or
-**          zero if the [database connection] D is or is not in autocommit
-**          mode, respectively.
-**
-** {H12932} Autocommit mode is on by default.
-**
-** {H12933} Autocommit mode is disabled by a successful [BEGIN] statement.
-**
-** {H12934} Autocommit mode is enabled by a successful [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]
-**          statement.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A12936} If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database
-**          connection while this routine is running, then the return value
-**          is undefined.
-*/
-int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement {H13120} <S60600>
-**
-** The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle
-** to which a [prepared statement] belongs.  The database handle returned by
-** sqlite3_db_handle is the same database handle that was the first argument
-** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to
-** create the statement in the first place.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13123} The [sqlite3_db_handle(S)] interface returns a pointer
-**          to the [database connection] associated with the
-**          [prepared statement] S.
-*/
-sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement {H13140} <S60600>
-**
-** This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after
-** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb.  If pStmt is NULL
-** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement
-** associated with the database connection pDb.  If no prepared statement
-** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H13143} If D is a [database connection] that holds one or more
-**          unfinalized [prepared statements] and S is a NULL pointer,
-**          then [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a pointer
-**          to one of the prepared statements associated with D.
-**
-** {H13146} If D is a [database connection] that holds no unfinalized
-**          [prepared statements] and S is a NULL pointer, then
-**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a NULL pointer.
-**
-** {H13149} If S is a [prepared statement] in the [database connection] D
-**          and S is not the last prepared statement in D, then
-**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)] routine shall return a pointer
-**          to the next prepared statement in D after S.
-**
-** {H13152} If S is the last [prepared statement] in the
-**          [database connection] D then the [sqlite3_next_stmt(D, S)]
-**          routine shall return a NULL pointer.
-**
-** ASSUMPTIONS:
-**
-** {A13154} The [database connection] pointer D in a call to
-**          [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database
-**          connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer.
-*/
-sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks {H12950} <S60400>
-**
-** The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback
-** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is committed.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook()
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-** The pArg argument is passed through to the callback.
-** If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero,
-** then the commit is converted into a rollback.
-**
-** If another function was previously registered, its
-** pArg value is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
-**
-** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the callback.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit
-** or rollback hook in the first place.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** Registering a NULL function disables the callback.
-**
-** For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been
-** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or
-** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur.
-** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed.
-** The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is
-** rolled back because a commit callback returned non-zero.
-** <todo> Check on this </todo>
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12951} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction commits on the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12952} The [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P argument
-**          from the previous call with the same [database connection] D,
-**          or NULL on the first call for a particular database connection D.
-**
-** {H12953} Each call to [sqlite3_commit_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {H12954} If the F argument to [sqlite3_commit_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the commit hook callback is canceled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction commits.
-**
-** {H12955} If the commit callback returns non-zero then the commit is
-**          converted into a rollback.
-**
-** {H12961} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface registers the
-**          callback function F to be invoked with argument P whenever
-**          a transaction rolls back on the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12962} The [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the P
-**          argument from the previous call with the same
-**          [database connection] D, or NULL on the first call
-**          for a particular database connection D.
-**
-** {H12963} Each call to [sqlite3_rollback_hook()] overwrites the callback
-**          registered by prior calls.
-**
-** {H12964} If the F argument to [sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,F,P)] is NULL
-**          then the rollback hook callback is canceled and no callback
-**          is invoked when a transaction rolls back.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*);
-void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks {H12970} <S60400>
-**
-** The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function
-** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument
-** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** Any callback set by a previous call to this function
-** for the same database connection is overridden.
-**
-** The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a
-** row is updated, inserted or deleted.
-** The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument
-** to sqlite3_update_hook().
-** The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE],
-** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback
-** to be invoked.
-** The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the
-** database and table name containing the affected row.
-** The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row. In the case of
-** an update, this is the rowid after the update takes place.
-**
-** The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are
-** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).
-**
-** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify
-** the database connection that invoked the update hook.  Any actions
-** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the
-** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook.
-** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their
-** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph.
-**
-** If another function was previously registered, its pArg value
-** is returned.  Otherwise NULL is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H12971} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface causes the callback
-**          function F to be invoked with first parameter P whenever
-**          a table row is modified, inserted, or deleted on
-**          the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12973} The [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] interface returns the value
-**          of P for the previous call on the same [database connection] D,
-**          or NULL for the first call.
-**
-** {H12975} If the update hook callback F in [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)]
-**          is NULL then the no update callbacks are made.
-**
-** {H12977} Each call to [sqlite3_update_hook(D,F,P)] overrides prior calls
-**          to the same interface on the same [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H12979} The update hook callback is not invoked when internal system
-**          tables such as sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence are modified.
-**
-** {H12981} The second parameter to the update callback
-**          is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE],
-**          depending on the operation that caused the callback to be invoked.
-**
-** {H12983} The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers
-**          to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings which are the names of the
-**          database and table that is being updated.
-
-** {H12985} The final callback parameter is the rowid of the row after
-**          the change occurs.
-*/
-void *sqlite3_update_hook(
-  sqlite3*, 
-  void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64),
-  void*
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache {H10330} <S30900>
-** KEYWORDS: {shared cache} {shared cache mode}
-**
-** This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache
-** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections]
-** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true
-** and disabled if the argument is false.
-**
-** Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. {END}
-** This is a change as of SQLite version 3.5.0. In prior versions of SQLite,
-** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately.
-**
-** The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent
-** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()].
-** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode
-** that was in effect at the time they were opened.
-**
-** Virtual tables cannot be used with a shared cache.  When shared
-** cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()] API used to register
-** virtual tables will always return an error.
-**
-** This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
-** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.
-**
-** Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
-** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
-** cache setting should set it explicitly.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H10331} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)]
-**          will enable or disable shared cache mode for any subsequently
-**          created [database connection] in the same process.
-**
-** {H10336} When shared cache is enabled, the [sqlite3_create_module()]
-**          interface will always return an error.
-**
-** {H10337} The [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(B)] interface returns
-**          [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled successfully.
-**
-** {H10339} Shared cache is disabled by default.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory {H17340} <S30220>
-**
-** The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes
-** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations
-** held by the database library. {END}  Memory used to cache database
-** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory.
-** sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed,
-** which might be more or less than the amount requested.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17341} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] interface attempts to
-**          free N bytes of heap memory by deallocating non-essential
-**          memory allocations held by the database library.
-**
-** {H16342} The [sqlite3_release_memory(N)] returns the number
-**          of bytes actually freed, which might be more or less
-**          than the amount requested.
-*/
-int sqlite3_release_memory(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size {H17350} <S30220>
-**
-** The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() interface places a "soft" limit
-** on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite.
-** If an internal allocation is requested that would exceed the
-** soft heap limit, [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked one or
-** more times to free up some space before the allocation is performed.
-**
-** The limit is called "soft", because if [sqlite3_release_memory()]
-** cannot free sufficient memory to prevent the limit from being exceeded,
-** the memory is allocated anyway and the current operation proceeds.
-**
-** A negative or zero value for N means that there is no soft heap limit and
-** [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be called when memory is exhausted.
-** The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
-**
-** SQLite makes a best effort to honor the soft heap limit.
-** But if the soft heap limit cannot be honored, execution will
-** continue without error or notification.  This is why the limit is
-** called a "soft" limit.  It is advisory only.
-**
-** Prior to SQLite version 3.5.0, this routine only constrained the memory
-** allocated by a single thread - the same thread in which this routine
-** runs.  Beginning with SQLite version 3.5.0, the soft heap limit is
-** applied to all threads. The value specified for the soft heap limit
-** is an upper bound on the total memory allocation for all threads. In
-** version 3.5.0 there is no mechanism for limiting the heap usage for
-** individual threads.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H16351} The [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] interface places a soft limit
-**          of N bytes on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated
-**          using [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] at any point
-**          in time.
-**
-** {H16352} If a call to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] would
-**          cause the total amount of allocated memory to exceed the
-**          soft heap limit, then [sqlite3_release_memory()] is invoked
-**          in an attempt to reduce the memory usage prior to proceeding
-**          with the memory allocation attempt.
-**
-** {H16353} Calls to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that trigger
-**          attempts to reduce memory usage through the soft heap limit
-**          mechanism continue even if the attempt to reduce memory
-**          usage is unsuccessful.
-**
-** {H16354} A negative or zero value for N in a call to
-**          [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] means that there is no soft
-**          heap limit and [sqlite3_release_memory()] will only be
-**          called when memory is completely exhausted.
-**
-** {H16355} The default value for the soft heap limit is zero.
-**
-** {H16358} Each call to [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(N)] overrides the
-**          values set by all prior calls.
-*/
-void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table {H12850} <S60300>
-**
-** This routine returns metadata about a specific column of a specific
-** database table accessible using the [database connection] handle
-** passed as the first function argument.
-**
-** The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to
-** this function. The second parameter is either the name of the database
-** (i.e. "main", "temp" or an attached database) containing the specified
-** table or NULL. If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched
-** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to
-** resolve unqualified table references.
-**
-** The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column
-** name of the desired column, respectively. Neither of these parameters
-** may be NULL.
-**
-** Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th
-** and subsequent parameters to this function. Any of these arguments may be
-** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted.
-**
-** <blockquote>
-** <table border="1">
-** <tr><th> Parameter <th> Output<br>Type <th>  Description
-**
-** <tr><td> 5th <td> const char* <td> Data type
-** <tr><td> 6th <td> const char* <td> Name of default collation sequence
-** <tr><td> 7th <td> int         <td> True if column has a NOT NULL constraint
-** <tr><td> 8th <td> int         <td> True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY
-** <tr><td> 9th <td> int         <td> True if column is AUTOINCREMENT
-** </table>
-** </blockquote>
-**
-** The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the
-** declaration type and collation sequence is valid only until the next
-** call to any SQLite API function.
-**
-** If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned.
-**
-** If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and an
-** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column has been explicitly declared, then the output
-** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. If there is no
-** explicitly declared INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column, then the output
-** parameters are set as follows:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     data type: "INTEGER"
-**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
-**     not null: 0
-**     primary key: 1
-**     auto increment: 0
-** </pre>
-**
-** This function may load one or more schemas from database files. If an
-** error occurs during this process, or if the requested table or column
-** cannot be found, an [error code] is returned and an error message left
-** in the [database connection] (to be retrieved using sqlite3_errmsg()).
-**
-** This API is only available if the library was compiled with the
-** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol defined.
-*/
-int sqlite3_table_column_metadata(
-  sqlite3 *db,                /* Connection handle */
-  const char *zDbName,        /* Database name or NULL */
-  const char *zTableName,     /* Table name */
-  const char *zColumnName,    /* Column name */
-  char const **pzDataType,    /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */
-  char const **pzCollSeq,     /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */
-  int *pNotNull,              /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */
-  int *pPrimaryKey,           /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */
-  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension {H12600} <S20500>
-**
-** This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file.
-**
-** {H12601} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an
-**          SQLite extension library contained in the file zFile.
-**
-** {H12602} The entry point is zProc.
-**
-** {H12603} zProc may be 0, in which case the name of the entry point
-**          defaults to "sqlite3_extension_init".
-**
-** {H12604} The sqlite3_load_extension() interface shall return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong.
-**
-** {H12605} If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the
-**          [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to
-**          fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory
-**          obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. {END}  The calling function
-**          should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()].
-**
-** {H12606} Extension loading must be enabled using
-**          [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] prior to calling this API,
-**          otherwise an error will be returned.
-*/
-int sqlite3_load_extension(
-  sqlite3 *db,          /* Load the extension into this database connection */
-  const char *zFile,    /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
-  const char *zProc,    /* Entry point.  Derived from zFile if 0 */
-  char **pzErrMsg       /* Put error message here if not 0 */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading {H12620} <S20500>
-**
-** So as not to open security holes in older applications that are
-** unprepared to deal with extension loading, and as a means of disabling
-** extension loading while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API
-** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off.
-**
-** Extension loading is off by default. See ticket #1863.
-**
-** {H12621} Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1
-**          to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn
-**          it back off again.
-**
-** {H12622} Extension loading is off by default.
-*/
-int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load An Extensions {H12640} <S20500>
-**
-** This API can be invoked at program startup in order to register
-** one or more statically linked extensions that will be available
-** to all new [database connections]. {END}
-**
-** This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array that is
-** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].  If you run a memory leak checker
-** on your program and it reports a leak because of this array, invoke
-** [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] prior to shutdown to free the memory.
-**
-** {H12641} This function registers an extension entry point that is
-**          automatically invoked whenever a new [database connection]
-**          is opened using [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()],
-**          or [sqlite3_open_v2()].
-**
-** {H12642} Duplicate extensions are detected so calling this routine
-**          multiple times with the same extension is harmless.
-**
-** {H12643} This routine stores a pointer to the extension in an array
-**          that is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
-**
-** {H12644} Automatic extensions apply across all threads.
-*/
-int sqlite3_auto_extension(void *xEntryPoint);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading {H12660} <S20500>
-**
-** This function disables all previously registered automatic
-** extensions. {END}  It undoes the effect of all prior
-** [sqlite3_auto_extension()] calls.
-**
-** {H12661} This function disables all previously registered
-**          automatic extensions.
-**
-** {H12662} This function disables automatic extensions in all threads.
-*/
-void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void);
-
-/*
-****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
-**
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Structures used by the virtual table interface
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab;
-typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info;
-typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor;
-typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object {H18000} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** A module is a class of virtual tables.  Each module is defined
-** by an instance of the following structure.  This structure consists
-** mostly of methods for the module.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_module {
-  int iVersion;
-  int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux,
-               int argc, const char *const*argv,
-               sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**);
-  int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*);
-  int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor);
-  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr,
-                int argc, sqlite3_value **argv);
-  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*);
-  int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int);
-  int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid);
-  int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *);
-  int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab);
-  int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName,
-                       void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),
-                       void **ppArg);
-  int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information {H18100} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used to
-** pass information into and receive the reply from the xBestIndex
-** method of an sqlite3_module.  The fields under **Inputs** are the
-** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only.  xBestIndex inserts its
-** results into the **Outputs** fields.
-**
-** The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form:
-**
-** <pre>column OP expr</pre>
-**
-** where OP is =, &lt;, &lt;=, &gt;, or &gt;=.  The particular operator is
-** stored in aConstraint[].op.  The index of the column is stored in
-** aConstraint[].iColumn.  aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the
-** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint
-** is usable) and false if it cannot.
-**
-** The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column"
-** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to
-** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible.
-** The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms in the correct
-** form that refer to the particular virtual table being queried.
-**
-** Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[].
-** Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause.
-**
-** The xBestIndex method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information
-** about what parameters to pass to xFilter.  If argvIndex>0 then
-** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated
-** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv.  If aConstraintUsage[].omit
-** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the
-** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.
-**
-** The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into xFilter.
-** sqlite3_free() is used to free idxPtr if needToFreeIdxPtr is true.
-**
-** The orderByConsumed means that output from xFilter will occur in
-** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate
-** sorting step is required.
-**
-** The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of doing the
-** particular lookup.  A full scan of a table with N entries should have
-** a cost of N.  A binary search of a table of N entries should have a
-** cost of approximately log(N).
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_index_info {
-  /* Inputs */
-  int nConstraint;           /* Number of entries in aConstraint */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column on left-hand side of constraint */
-     unsigned char op;         /* Constraint operator */
-     unsigned char usable;     /* True if this constraint is usable */
-     int iTermOffset;          /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */
-  } *aConstraint;            /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */
-  int nOrderBy;              /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */
-  struct sqlite3_index_orderby {
-     int iColumn;              /* Column number */
-     unsigned char desc;       /* True for DESC.  False for ASC. */
-  } *aOrderBy;               /* The ORDER BY clause */
-  /* Outputs */
-  struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage {
-    int argvIndex;           /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */
-    unsigned char omit;      /* Do not code a test for this constraint */
-  } *aConstraintUsage;
-  int idxNum;                /* Number used to identify the index */
-  char *idxStr;              /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */
-  int needToFreeIdxStr;      /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */
-  int orderByConsumed;       /* True if output is already ordered */
-  double estimatedCost;      /* Estimated cost of using this index */
-};
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ    2
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT    4
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE    8
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT    16
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE    32
-#define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18200} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This routine is used to register a new module name with a
-** [database connection].  Module names must be registered before
-** creating new virtual tables on the module, or before using
-** preexisting virtual tables of the module.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *                     /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation {H18210} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This routine is identical to the [sqlite3_create_module()] method above,
-** except that it allows a destructor function to be specified. It is
-** even more experimental than the rest of the virtual tables API.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
-  sqlite3 *db,               /* SQLite connection to register module with */
-  const char *zName,         /* Name of the module */
-  const sqlite3_module *,    /* Methods for the module */
-  void *,                    /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */
-  void(*xDestroy)(void*)     /* Module destructor function */
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object {H18010} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe a particular instance of the module.  Each subclass will
-** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation.
-** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are
-** common to all module implementations.
-**
-** Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a
-** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg.  The method should
-** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()]
-** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg.  After the error message
-** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically
-** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed.  Note
-** that sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_free() are used on the zErrMsg field
-** since virtual tables are commonly implemented in loadable extensions which
-** do not have access to sqlite3MPrintf() or sqlite3Free().
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab {
-  const sqlite3_module *pModule;  /* The module for this virtual table */
-  int nRef;                       /* Used internally */
-  char *zErrMsg;                  /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object  {H18020} <S20400>
-** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Every module implementation uses a subclass of the following structure
-** to describe cursors that point into the virtual table and are used
-** to loop through the virtual table.  Cursors are created using the
-** xOpen method of the module.  Each module implementation will define
-** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs.
-**
-** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that
-** are common to all implementations.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor {
-  sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;      /* Virtual table of this cursor */
-  /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table {H18280} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** The xCreate and xConnect methods of a module use the following API
-** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of
-** the virtual tables they implement.
-**
-** This interface is experimental and is subject to change or
-** removal in future releases of SQLite.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zCreateTable);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table {H18300} <S20400>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions
-** using the xFindFunction method.  But global versions of those functions
-** must exist in order to be overloaded.
-**
-** This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular
-** name and number of parameters exists.  If no such function exists
-** before this API is called, a new function is created.  The implementation
-** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown.  So
-** the new function is not good for anything by itself.  Its only
-** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded
-** by virtual tables.
-**
-** This API should be considered part of the virtual table interface,
-** which is experimental and subject to change.
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-
-/*
-** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up
-** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered
-** to be experimental.  The interface might change in incompatible ways.
-** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time.
-**
-** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the
-** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment.
-**
-****** EXPERIMENTAL - subject to change without notice **************
-*/
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB {H17800} <S30230>
-** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles}
-**
-** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which
-** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed.
-** Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()]
-** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()].
-** The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces
-** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB.
-** The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes.
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob;
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O {H17810} <S30230>
-**
-** This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located
-** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb;
-** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by:
-**
-** <pre>
-**     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE rowid = iRow;
-** </pre> {END}
-**
-** If the flags parameter is non-zero, the the BLOB is opened for read
-** and write access. If it is zero, the BLOB is opened for read access.
-**
-** Note that the database name is not the filename that contains
-** the database but rather the symbolic name of the database that
-** is assigned when the database is connected using [ATTACH].
-** For the main database file, the database name is "main".
-** For TEMP tables, the database name is "temp".
-**
-** On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is written
-** to *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and any value written
-** to *ppBlob should not be used by the caller.
-** This function sets the [database connection] error code and message
-** accessible via [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()].
-**
-** If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an
-** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects
-** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired".
-** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column
-** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.
-** Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for
-** a expired BLOB handle fail with an return code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-** Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not
-** rollback by the expiration of the BLOB.  Such changes will eventually
-** commit if the transaction continues to completion.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17813} A successful invocation of the [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)]
-**          interface shall open an [sqlite3_blob] object P on the BLOB
-**          in column C of the table T in the database B on
-**          the [database connection] D.
-**
-** {H17814} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)] shall start
-**          a new transaction on the [database connection] D if that
-**          connection is not already in a transaction.
-**
-** {H17816} The [sqlite3_blob_open(D,B,T,C,R,F,P)] interface shall open
-**          the BLOB for read and write access if and only if the F
-**          parameter is non-zero.
-**
-** {H17819} The [sqlite3_blob_open()] interface shall return [SQLITE_OK] on
-**          success and an appropriate [error code] on failure.
-**
-** {H17821} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_open(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
-**          information appropriate for that error.
-**
-** {H17824} If any column in the row that a [sqlite3_blob] has open is
-**          changed by a separate [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statement or by
-**          an [ON CONFLICT] side effect, then the [sqlite3_blob] shall
-**          be marked as invalid.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_open(
-  sqlite3*,
-  const char *zDb,
-  const char *zTable,
-  const char *zColumn,
-  sqlite3_int64 iRow,
-  int flags,
-  sqlite3_blob **ppBlob
-);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle {H17830} <S30230>
-**
-** Closes an open [BLOB handle].
-**
-** Closing a BLOB shall cause the current transaction to commit
-** if there are no other BLOBs, no pending prepared statements, and the
-** database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-** If any writes were made to the BLOB, they might be held in cache
-** until the close operation if they will fit. {END}
-**
-** Closing the BLOB often forces the changes
-** out to disk and so if any I/O errors occur, they will likely occur
-** at the time when the BLOB is closed.  {H17833} Any errors that occur during
-** closing are reported as a non-zero return value.
-**
-** The BLOB is closed unconditionally.  Even if this routine returns
-** an error code, the BLOB is still closed.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17833} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interface closes an [sqlite3_blob]
-**          object P previously opened using [sqlite3_blob_open()].
-**
-** {H17836} Closing an [sqlite3_blob] object using
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close()] shall cause the current transaction to
-**          commit if there are no other open [sqlite3_blob] objects
-**          or [prepared statements] on the same [database connection] and
-**          the database connection is in [autocommit mode].
-**
-** {H17839} The [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] interfaces shall close the
-**          [sqlite3_blob] object P unconditionally, even if
-**          [sqlite3_blob_close(P)] returns something other than [SQLITE_OK].
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB {H17840} <S30230>
-**
-** Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the open
-** []BLOB handle] in its only argument.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17843} The [sqlite3_blob_bytes(P)] interface returns the size
-**          in bytes of the BLOB that the [sqlite3_blob] object P
-**          refers to.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally {H17850} <S30230>
-**
-** This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z
-** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
-**
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.  If N or iOffset is
-** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read.
-**
-** An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17853} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] 
-**          shall reads N bytes of data out of the BLOB referenced by
-**          [BLOB handle] P beginning at offset X and store those bytes
-**          into buffer Z.
-**
-** {H17856} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if the size of the BLOB
-**          is less than N+X bytes, then the function shall leave the
-**          Z buffer unchanged and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17859} In [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] if X or N is less than zero
-**          then the function shall leave the Z buffer unchanged
-**          and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17862} The [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return [SQLITE_OK]
-**          if N bytes are successfully read into buffer Z.
-**
-** {H17863} If the [BLOB handle] P is expired and X and N are within bounds
-**          then [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave the Z buffer
-**          unchanged and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** {H17865} If the requested read could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {H17868} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_read(P,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
-**          information appropriate for that error, where D is the
-**          [database connection] that was used to open the [BLOB handle] P.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally {H17870} <S30230>
-**
-** This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a
-** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z
-** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.
-**
-** If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for
-** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero),
-** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is
-** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API.
-** If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB,
-** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.  If N is
-** less than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written.
-**
-** An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an
-** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT].  Writes to the BLOB that occurred
-** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the
-** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might
-** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle
-** or by other independent statements.
-**
-** On success, SQLITE_OK is returned.
-** Otherwise, an  [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H17873} A successful invocation of [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)]
-**          shall write N bytes of data from buffer Z into the BLOB 
-**          referenced by [BLOB handle] P beginning at offset X into
-**          the BLOB.
-**
-** {H17874} In the absence of other overridding changes, the changes
-**          written to a BLOB by [sqlite3_blob_write()] shall
-**          remain in effect after the associated [BLOB handle] expires.
-**
-** {H17875} If the [BLOB handle] P was opened for reading only then
-**          an invocation of [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave
-**          the referenced BLOB unchanged and return [SQLITE_READONLY].
-**
-** {H17876} If the size of the BLOB referenced by [BLOB handle] P is
-**          less than N+X bytes then [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] shall
-**          leave the BLOB unchanged and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17877} If the [BLOB handle] P is expired and X and N are within bounds
-**          then [sqlite3_blob_read(P,Z,N,X)] shall leave the BLOB
-**          unchanged and return [SQLITE_ABORT].
-**
-** {H17879} If X or N are less than zero then [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)]
-**          shall leave the BLOB referenced by [BLOB handle] P unchanged
-**          and return [SQLITE_ERROR].
-**
-** {H17882} The [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return
-**          [SQLITE_OK] if N bytes where successfully written into the BLOB.
-**
-** {H17885} If the requested write could not be completed,
-**          the [sqlite3_blob_write(P,Z,N,X)] interface shall return an
-**          appropriate [error code] or [extended error code].
-**
-** {H17888} If an error occurs during evaluation of [sqlite3_blob_write(D,...)]
-**          then subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode(D)],
-**          [sqlite3_errmsg(D)], and [sqlite3_errmsg16(D)] shall return
-**          information appropriate for that error.
-*/
-int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects {H11200} <S20100>
-**
-** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object
-** that SQLite uses to interact
-** with the underlying operating system.  Most SQLite builds come with a
-** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer.
-** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered.
-** The following interfaces are provided.
-**
-** The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name.
-** Names are case sensitive.
-** Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings.
-** If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned.
-** If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned.
-**
-** New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register().
-** Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set.
-** The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury.
-** To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again
-** with the makeDflt flag set.  If two different VFSes with the
-** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined.  If a
-** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string,
-** then the behavior is undefined.
-**
-** Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface.
-** If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as
-** the default.  The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.
-**
-** INVARIANTS:
-**
-** {H11203} The [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] interface returns a pointer to the
-**          registered [sqlite3_vfs] object whose name exactly matches
-**          the zero-terminated UTF-8 string N, or it returns NULL if
-**          there is no match.
-**
-** {H11206} If the N parameter to [sqlite3_vfs_find(N)] is NULL then
-**          the function returns a pointer to the default [sqlite3_vfs]
-**          object if there is one, or NULL if there is no default
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object.
-**
-** {H11209} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface registers the
-**          well-formed [sqlite3_vfs] object P using the name given
-**          by the zName field of the object.
-**
-** {H11212} Using the [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface to register
-**          the same [sqlite3_vfs] object multiple times is a harmless no-op.
-**
-** {H11215} The [sqlite3_vfs_register(P,F)] interface makes the [sqlite3_vfs]
-**          object P the default [sqlite3_vfs] object if F is non-zero.
-**
-** {H11218} The [sqlite3_vfs_unregister(P)] interface unregisters the
-**          [sqlite3_vfs] object P so that it is no longer returned by
-**          subsequent calls to [sqlite3_vfs_find()].
-*/
-sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName);
-int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt);
-int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutexes {H17000} <S20000>
-**
-** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread
-** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal
-** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is
-** permitted to use any of these routines.
-**
-** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations
-** of these mutex routines.  An appropriate implementation
-** is selected automatically at compile-time.  The following
-** implementations are available in the SQLite core:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
-** <li>   SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
-** </ul>
-**
-** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines
-** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in
-** a single-threaded application.  The SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2,
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD, and SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations
-** are appropriate for use on OS/2, Unix, and Windows.
-**
-** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor
-** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex
-** implementation is included with the library. In this case the
-** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function
-** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_
-** function that calls sqlite3_initialize().
-**
-** {H17011} The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
-** mutex and returns a pointer to it. {H17012} If it returns NULL
-** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. {H17013} SQLite
-** will unwind its stack and return an error. {H17014} The argument
-** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
-**
-** <ul>
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
-** <li>  SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2
-** </ul>
-**
-** {H17015} The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
-** a new mutex.  The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
-** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. {END}
-** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
-** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
-** not want to.  {H17016} But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
-** cases where it really needs one.  {END} If a faster non-recursive mutex
-** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
-** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
-**
-** {H17017} The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
-** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. {END}  Four static mutexes are
-** used by the current version of SQLite.  Future versions of SQLite
-** may add additional static mutexes.  Static mutexes are for internal
-** use by SQLite only.  Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
-** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
-**
-** {H17018} Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
-** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
-** returns a different mutex on every call.  {H17034} But for the static
-** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
-** the same type number.
-**
-** {H17019} The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously
-** allocated dynamic mutex. {H17020} SQLite is careful to deallocate every
-** dynamic mutex that it allocates. {A17021} The dynamic mutexes must not be in
-** use when they are deallocated. {A17022} Attempting to deallocate a static
-** mutex results in undefined behavior. {H17023} SQLite never deallocates
-** a static mutex. {END}
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
-** to enter a mutex. {H17024} If another thread is already within the mutex,
-** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
-** SQLITE_BUSY. {H17025}  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK]
-** upon successful entry.  {H17026} Mutexes created using
-** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread.
-** {H17027} In such cases the,
-** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
-** can enter.  {A17028} If the same thread tries to enter any other
-** kind of mutex more than once, the behavior is undefined.
-** {H17029} SQLite will never exhibit
-** such behavior in its own use of mutexes.
-**
-** Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation
-** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try().  On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try()
-** will always return SQLITE_BUSY.  {H17030} The SQLite core only ever uses
-** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable behavior.
-**
-** {H17031} The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
-** previously entered by the same thread.  {A17032} The behavior
-** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the
-** calling thread or is not currently allocated.  {H17033} SQLite will
-** never do either. {END}
-**
-** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or
-** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines
-** behave as no-ops.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()].
-*/
-sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int);
-void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*);
-void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object {H17120} <S20130>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines
-** used to allocate and use mutexes.
-**
-** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are
-** sufficient, however the user has the option of substituting a custom
-** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite
-** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the user
-** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass
-** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option.
-** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an
-** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex
-** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option.
-**
-** The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function.
-** {H17001} The xMutexInit routine shall be called by SQLite once for each
-** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()].
-**
-** The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as
-** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The
-** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding
-** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially
-** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. {H17003} The xMutexEnd()
-** interface shall be invoked once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()].
-**
-** The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc,
-** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and
-** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively):
-**
-** <ul>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_free()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_enter()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_try()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_leave()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_held()] </li>
-**   <li>  [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()] </li>
-** </ul>
-**
-** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated
-** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead
-** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined
-** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results
-** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined
-** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if
-** it is passed a NULL pointer).
-*/
-typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods;
-struct sqlite3_mutex_methods {
-  int (*xMutexInit)(void);
-  int (*xMutexEnd)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int);
-  void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-  int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *);
-};
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines {H17080} <S20130> <S30800>
-**
-** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines
-** are intended for use inside assert() statements. {H17081} The SQLite core
-** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications
-** are advised to follow the lead of the core.  {H17082} The core only
-** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled
-** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag.  {A17087} External mutex implementations
-** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is
-** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined.
-**
-** {H17083} These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument
-** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread.
-**
-** {X17084} The implementation is not required to provided versions of these
-** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working
-** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always
-** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures.
-**
-** {H17085} If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then
-** the routine should return 1.  {END} This seems counter-intuitive since
-** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist.  But the
-** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not
-** using mutexes.  And we do not want the assert() containing the
-** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is
-** the appropriate thing to do.  {H17086} The sqlite3_mutex_notheld()
-** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer.
-*/
-int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*);
-int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types {H17001} <H17000>
-**
-** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument
-** which is one of these integer constants.
-**
-** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the
-** next.  Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be
-** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST             0
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE        1
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER    2
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM       3  /* sqlite3_malloc() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2      4  /* sqlite3_release_memory() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG      5  /* sqlite3_random() */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU       6  /* lru page list */
-#define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2      7  /* lru page list */
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files {H11300} <S30800>
-**
-** {H11301} The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the
-** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated
-** with a particular database identified by the second argument. {H11302} The
-** name of the database is the name assigned to the database by the
-** <a href="lang_attach.html">ATTACH</a> SQL command that opened the
-** database. {H11303} To control the main database file, use the name "main"
-** or a NULL pointer. {H11304} The third and fourth parameters to this routine
-** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of
-** the xFileControl method.  {H11305} The return value of the xFileControl
-** method becomes the return value of this routine.
-**
-** {H11306} If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any
-** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. {H11307} This error
-** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()]
-** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. {A11308} The underlying xFileControl method might
-** also return SQLITE_ERROR.  {A11309} There is no way to distinguish between
-** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying
-** xFileControl method. {END}
-**
-** See also: [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]
-*/
-int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface {H11400} <S30800>
-**
-** The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal
-** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing
-** purposes.  The first parameter is an operation code that determines
-** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters.
-**
-** This interface is not for use by applications.  It exists solely
-** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library.  Depending
-** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist.
-**
-** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters
-** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice.
-** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to
-** operate consistently from one release to the next.
-*/
-int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes {H11410} <H11400>
-**
-** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used
-** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()].
-**
-** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change
-** without notice.  These values are for testing purposes only.
-** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the
-** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE                5
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE             6
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET               7
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST              8
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL            9
-#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS     10
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status {H17200} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
-** about the preformance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
-** highwater marks.  The first argument is an integer code for
-** the specific parameter to measure.  Recognized integer codes
-** are of the form [SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED | SQLITE_STATUS_...].
-** The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent.
-** The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater.  If the
-** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after
-** *pHighwater is written. Some parameters do not record the highest
-** value.  For those parameters
-** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.
-** Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current
-** value.  For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.
-**
-** This routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero
-** [error code] on failure.
-**
-** This routine is threadsafe but is not atomic.  This routine can
-** called while other threads are running the same or different SQLite
-** interfaces.  However the values returned in *pCurrent and
-** *pHighwater reflect the status of SQLite at different points in time
-** and it is possible that another thread might change the parameter
-** in between the times when *pCurrent and *pHighwater are written.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()]
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status {H17201} <S60200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information 
-** about a single [database connection].  The first argument is the
-** database connection object to be interrogated.  The second argument
-** is the parameter to interrogate.  Currently, the only allowed value
-** for the second parameter is [SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED].
-** Additional options will likely appear in future releases of SQLite.
-**
-** The current value of the request parameter is written into *pCur
-** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr.  If
-** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is
-** reset back down to the current value.
-**
-** See also: [sqlite3_status()].
-*/
-SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg);
-
-
-int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J);
-void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L);
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters {H17250} <H17200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters
-** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out
-** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly.  The
-** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application
-** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library.  Scratch memory
-** controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH] and auxiliary page-cache
-** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in
-** this parameter.  The amount returned is the sum of the allocation
-** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their
-** internal equivalents).  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the
-** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using 
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE].  The
-** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache
-** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The
-** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they
-** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because
-** no space was left in the page cache.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [pagecache memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of allocations used out of the
-** [scratch memory allocator] configured using
-** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH].  The value returned is in allocations, not
-** in bytes.  Since a single thread may only have one scratch allocation
-** outstanding at time, this parameter also reports the number of threads
-** using scratch memory at the same time.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of bytes of scratch memory
-** allocation which could not be statisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]
-** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()].  The values
-** returned include overflows because the requested allocation was too
-** larger (that is, because the requested allocation was larger than the
-** "sz" parameter to [SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]) and because no scratch buffer
-** slots were available.
-** </dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the largest memory allocation request
-** handed to [scratch memory allocator].  Only the value returned in the
-** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest.  
-** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.</dd>
-**
-** <dt>SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter records the deepest parser stack.  It is only
-** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].</dd>
-** </dl>
-**
-** New status parameters may be added from time to time.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED          0
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED       1
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW   2
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED         3
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW     4
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE          5
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK         6
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE       7
-#define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE         8
-
-/*
-** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections {H17275} <H17200>
-** EXPERIMENTAL
-**
-** Status verbs for [sqlite3_db_status()].
-**
-** <dl>
-** <dt>SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED</dt>
-** <dd>This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently
-** checked out.</dd>
-** </dl>
-*/
-#define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED     0
-
-/*
-** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for
-** builds on processors without floating point support.
-*/
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
-# undef double
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}  /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */
-#endif
-#endif
Index: vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/sqlite3ext.h
===================================================================
--- vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/sqlite3ext.h	(revision 98)
+++ 	(revision )
@@ -1,372 +1,0 @@
-/*
-** 2006 June 7
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by
-** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into
-** an SQLite instance.  Shared libraries that intend to be loaded
-** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of 
-** sqlite3.h.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: sqlite3ext.h,v 1.24 2008/06/30 15:09:29 danielk1977 Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#define _SQLITE3EXT_H_
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-
-typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines;
-
-/*
-** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API
-** routines.
-**
-** WARNING:  In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new
-** interfaces to the end of this structure only.  If you insert new
-** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different
-** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each others' shared
-** libraries!
-*/
-struct sqlite3_api_routines {
-  void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes);
-  int  (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int  (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double);
-  int  (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int  (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64);
-  int  (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName);
-  const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  int  (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  int  (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*);
-  int  (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms);
-  int  (*changes)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*close)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*));
-  int  (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*));
-  const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i);
-  const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  double  (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite_int64  (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int);
-  const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  int  (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol);
-  void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*complete)(const char*sql);
-  int  (*complete16)(const void*sql);
-  int  (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*));
-  int  (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int  (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*,void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**),void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*));
-  int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*);
-  int  (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*);
-  int  (*enable_shared_cache)(int);
-  int  (*errcode)(sqlite3*db);
-  const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*);
-  const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*);
-  int  (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**);
-  int  (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*free)(void*);
-  void  (*free_table)(char**result);
-  int  (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int  (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**);
-  int  (*global_recover)(void);
-  void  (*interruptx)(sqlite3*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*);
-  const char * (*libversion)(void);
-  int  (*libversion_number)(void);
-  void *(*malloc)(int);
-  char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...);
-  int  (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**);
-  int  (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int  (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*);
-  void  (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*);
-  void *(*realloc)(void*,int);
-  int  (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt);
-  void  (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double);
-  void  (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int);
-  void  (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int);
-  void  (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void  (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64);
-  void  (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void  (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*));
-  void  (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*);
-  void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*);
-  int  (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),void*);
-  void  (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*));
-  char * (*snprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...);
-  int  (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int  (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*);
-  void  (*thread_cleanup)(void);
-  int  (*total_changes)(sqlite3*);
-  void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*);
-  int  (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*,sqlite_int64),void*);
-  void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*);
-  const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  double  (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*);
-  sqlite_int64  (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*);
-  const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*);
-  int  (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*);
-  char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list);
-  /* Added ??? */
-  int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg);
-  /* Added by 3.3.13 */
-  int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**);
-  int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**);
-  int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  /* Added by 3.4.1 */
-  int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*,void (*xDestroy)(void *));
-  /* Added by 3.5.0 */
-  int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*);
-  int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64,int,sqlite3_blob**);
-  int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int);
-  int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int);
-  int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*,int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),void(*)(void*));
-  int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int);
-  sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void);
-  sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int);
-  void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*);
-  int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*);
-  int (*release_memory)(int);
-  void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*);
-  void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*sleep)(int);
-  void (*soft_heap_limit)(int);
-  sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*);
-  int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int);
-  int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*);
-  int (*xthreadsafe)(void);
-  void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int);
-  int (*test_control)(int, ...);
-  void (*randomness)(int,void*);
-  sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*);
-  int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int);
-  int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int);
-  sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*);
-  const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*);
-  int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int);
-};
-
-/*
-** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are
-** redirected throught the global sqlite3_api structure.
-**
-** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file
-** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that
-** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure
-** definition.  But the main library does not want to redefine
-** the API.  So the redefinition macros are only valid if the
-** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_context      sqlite3_api->aggregate_context
-#define sqlite3_aggregate_count        sqlite3_api->aggregate_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_blob              sqlite3_api->bind_blob
-#define sqlite3_bind_double            sqlite3_api->bind_double
-#define sqlite3_bind_int               sqlite3_api->bind_int
-#define sqlite3_bind_int64             sqlite3_api->bind_int64
-#define sqlite3_bind_null              sqlite3_api->bind_null
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index   sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index
-#define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name    sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name
-#define sqlite3_bind_text              sqlite3_api->bind_text
-#define sqlite3_bind_text16            sqlite3_api->bind_text16
-#define sqlite3_bind_value             sqlite3_api->bind_value
-#define sqlite3_busy_handler           sqlite3_api->busy_handler
-#define sqlite3_busy_timeout           sqlite3_api->busy_timeout
-#define sqlite3_changes                sqlite3_api->changes
-#define sqlite3_close                  sqlite3_api->close
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed       sqlite3_api->collation_needed
-#define sqlite3_collation_needed16     sqlite3_api->collation_needed16
-#define sqlite3_column_blob            sqlite3_api->column_blob
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes           sqlite3_api->column_bytes
-#define sqlite3_column_bytes16         sqlite3_api->column_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_column_count           sqlite3_api->column_count
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name   sqlite3_api->column_database_name
-#define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype        sqlite3_api->column_decltype
-#define sqlite3_column_decltype16      sqlite3_api->column_decltype16
-#define sqlite3_column_double          sqlite3_api->column_double
-#define sqlite3_column_int             sqlite3_api->column_int
-#define sqlite3_column_int64           sqlite3_api->column_int64
-#define sqlite3_column_name            sqlite3_api->column_name
-#define sqlite3_column_name16          sqlite3_api->column_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name     sqlite3_api->column_origin_name
-#define sqlite3_column_origin_name16   sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name      sqlite3_api->column_table_name
-#define sqlite3_column_table_name16    sqlite3_api->column_table_name16
-#define sqlite3_column_text            sqlite3_api->column_text
-#define sqlite3_column_text16          sqlite3_api->column_text16
-#define sqlite3_column_type            sqlite3_api->column_type
-#define sqlite3_column_value           sqlite3_api->column_value
-#define sqlite3_commit_hook            sqlite3_api->commit_hook
-#define sqlite3_complete               sqlite3_api->complete
-#define sqlite3_complete16             sqlite3_api->complete16
-#define sqlite3_create_collation       sqlite3_api->create_collation
-#define sqlite3_create_collation16     sqlite3_api->create_collation16
-#define sqlite3_create_function        sqlite3_api->create_function
-#define sqlite3_create_function16      sqlite3_api->create_function16
-#define sqlite3_create_module          sqlite3_api->create_module
-#define sqlite3_create_module_v2       sqlite3_api->create_module_v2
-#define sqlite3_data_count             sqlite3_api->data_count
-#define sqlite3_db_handle              sqlite3_api->db_handle
-#define sqlite3_declare_vtab           sqlite3_api->declare_vtab
-#define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache    sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache
-#define sqlite3_errcode                sqlite3_api->errcode
-#define sqlite3_errmsg                 sqlite3_api->errmsg
-#define sqlite3_errmsg16               sqlite3_api->errmsg16
-#define sqlite3_exec                   sqlite3_api->exec
-#define sqlite3_expired                sqlite3_api->expired
-#define sqlite3_finalize               sqlite3_api->finalize
-#define sqlite3_free                   sqlite3_api->free
-#define sqlite3_free_table             sqlite3_api->free_table
-#define sqlite3_get_autocommit         sqlite3_api->get_autocommit
-#define sqlite3_get_auxdata            sqlite3_api->get_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_get_table              sqlite3_api->get_table
-#define sqlite3_global_recover         sqlite3_api->global_recover
-#define sqlite3_interrupt              sqlite3_api->interruptx
-#define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid      sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid
-#define sqlite3_libversion             sqlite3_api->libversion
-#define sqlite3_libversion_number      sqlite3_api->libversion_number
-#define sqlite3_malloc                 sqlite3_api->malloc
-#define sqlite3_mprintf                sqlite3_api->mprintf
-#define sqlite3_open                   sqlite3_api->open
-#define sqlite3_open16                 sqlite3_api->open16
-#define sqlite3_prepare                sqlite3_api->prepare
-#define sqlite3_prepare16              sqlite3_api->prepare16
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_profile                sqlite3_api->profile
-#define sqlite3_progress_handler       sqlite3_api->progress_handler
-#define sqlite3_realloc                sqlite3_api->realloc
-#define sqlite3_reset                  sqlite3_api->reset
-#define sqlite3_result_blob            sqlite3_api->result_blob
-#define sqlite3_result_double          sqlite3_api->result_double
-#define sqlite3_result_error           sqlite3_api->result_error
-#define sqlite3_result_error16         sqlite3_api->result_error16
-#define sqlite3_result_int             sqlite3_api->result_int
-#define sqlite3_result_int64           sqlite3_api->result_int64
-#define sqlite3_result_null            sqlite3_api->result_null
-#define sqlite3_result_text            sqlite3_api->result_text
-#define sqlite3_result_text16          sqlite3_api->result_text16
-#define sqlite3_result_text16be        sqlite3_api->result_text16be
-#define sqlite3_result_text16le        sqlite3_api->result_text16le
-#define sqlite3_result_value           sqlite3_api->result_value
-#define sqlite3_rollback_hook          sqlite3_api->rollback_hook
-#define sqlite3_set_authorizer         sqlite3_api->set_authorizer
-#define sqlite3_set_auxdata            sqlite3_api->set_auxdata
-#define sqlite3_snprintf               sqlite3_api->snprintf
-#define sqlite3_step                   sqlite3_api->step
-#define sqlite3_table_column_metadata  sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata
-#define sqlite3_thread_cleanup         sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup
-#define sqlite3_total_changes          sqlite3_api->total_changes
-#define sqlite3_trace                  sqlite3_api->trace
-#define sqlite3_transfer_bindings      sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings
-#define sqlite3_update_hook            sqlite3_api->update_hook
-#define sqlite3_user_data              sqlite3_api->user_data
-#define sqlite3_value_blob             sqlite3_api->value_blob
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes            sqlite3_api->value_bytes
-#define sqlite3_value_bytes16          sqlite3_api->value_bytes16
-#define sqlite3_value_double           sqlite3_api->value_double
-#define sqlite3_value_int              sqlite3_api->value_int
-#define sqlite3_value_int64            sqlite3_api->value_int64
-#define sqlite3_value_numeric_type     sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type
-#define sqlite3_value_text             sqlite3_api->value_text
-#define sqlite3_value_text16           sqlite3_api->value_text16
-#define sqlite3_value_text16be         sqlite3_api->value_text16be
-#define sqlite3_value_text16le         sqlite3_api->value_text16le
-#define sqlite3_value_type             sqlite3_api->value_type
-#define sqlite3_vmprintf               sqlite3_api->vmprintf
-#define sqlite3_overload_function      sqlite3_api->overload_function
-#define sqlite3_prepare_v2             sqlite3_api->prepare_v2
-#define sqlite3_prepare16_v2           sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2
-#define sqlite3_clear_bindings         sqlite3_api->clear_bindings
-#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob          sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_blob_bytes             sqlite3_api->blob_bytes
-#define sqlite3_blob_close             sqlite3_api->blob_close
-#define sqlite3_blob_open              sqlite3_api->blob_open
-#define sqlite3_blob_read              sqlite3_api->blob_read
-#define sqlite3_blob_write             sqlite3_api->blob_write
-#define sqlite3_create_collation_v2    sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2
-#define sqlite3_file_control           sqlite3_api->file_control
-#define sqlite3_memory_highwater       sqlite3_api->memory_highwater
-#define sqlite3_memory_used            sqlite3_api->memory_used
-#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc            sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc
-#define sqlite3_mutex_enter            sqlite3_api->mutex_enter
-#define sqlite3_mutex_free             sqlite3_api->mutex_free
-#define sqlite3_mutex_leave            sqlite3_api->mutex_leave
-#define sqlite3_mutex_try              sqlite3_api->mutex_try
-#define sqlite3_open_v2                sqlite3_api->open_v2
-#define sqlite3_release_memory         sqlite3_api->release_memory
-#define sqlite3_result_error_nomem     sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem
-#define sqlite3_result_error_toobig    sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig
-#define sqlite3_sleep                  sqlite3_api->sleep
-#define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit        sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit
-#define sqlite3_vfs_find               sqlite3_api->vfs_find
-#define sqlite3_vfs_register           sqlite3_api->vfs_register
-#define sqlite3_vfs_unregister         sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister
-#define sqlite3_threadsafe             sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe
-#define sqlite3_result_zeroblob        sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob
-#define sqlite3_result_error_code      sqlite3_api->result_error_code
-#define sqlite3_test_control           sqlite3_api->test_control
-#define sqlite3_randomness             sqlite3_api->randomness
-#define sqlite3_context_db_handle      sqlite3_api->context_db_handle
-#define sqlite3_extended_result_codes  sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes
-#define sqlite3_limit                  sqlite3_api->limit
-#define sqlite3_next_stmt              sqlite3_api->next_stmt
-#define sqlite3_sql                    sqlite3_api->sql
-#define sqlite3_status                 sqlite3_api->status
-#endif /* SQLITE_CORE */
-
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
-#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;
-
-#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */
Index: vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/cbr.h
===================================================================
--- vtcross/trunk/CR_policy/src/cbr.h	(revision 98)
+++ 	(revision )
@@ -1,30 +1,0 @@
-//
-// Case-based reasoner
-//
-
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-//#define CBR_LEN_FILENAME 64
-
-#define DATABASENAME "cactus_cbr"
-
-typedef struct cbr_s * cbr;
-
-// create the CBR
-cbr cbr_create(char * _filename, char * _tablename, char * _cols[], unsigned int _len);
-
-// free the CBR
-void cbr_free(cbr _cbr);
-
-// print databse/table
-void cbr_print(cbr _cbr);
-
-#define EQ 0    // equals
-#define NE 1    // not equals
-#define GT 2    // greater than
-#define GE 3    // greater than or equal to
-#define LT 4    // less than
-#define LE 5    // less than or equal to
-int cbr_search(cbr _cbr, char *_names[], int * _ops, float *_vals, unsigned int _n, float *_retvals);
-
-int cbr_add_row(cbr _cbr, char *_cols[], float *_vals, unsigned int _len);
-
